Table of Contents

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 22, 2004

 


1933 Act File No. 333-117187

1940 Act File No. 811-21601  

 

U.S. SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Form N-2

 

x REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
x Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2
¨ Post-Effective Amendment No.

and

x REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
x Amendment No. 2

 

PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund

(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Declaration of Trust)

 

c/o PA Fund Management LLC

1345 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10105

(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

(Number, Street, City, State, Zip Code)

 

(212) 739-3369

(Registrant’s Telephone Number, including Area Code)

 

Newton B. Schott, Jr.

c/o PA Distributors LLC

2187 Atlantic Street

Stamford, Connecticut 06902

(Name and Address (Number, Street, City, State, Zip Code) of Agent for Service)

 

Copies of Communications to:

Joseph B. Kittredge, Jr., Esq.

Ropes & Gray LLP

One International Place

Boston, Massachusetts 02110

 

Leonard B. Mackey, Sr., Esq.

Clifford Chance US LLP

31 West 52nd Street

New York, NY 10019

 

Approximate Date of Proposed Public Offering:

As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement

 



Table of Contents

If any of the securities being registered on this form will be offered on a delayed or continuous basis in reliance on Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, other than securities offered in connection with a dividend reinvestment plan, check the following box. ¨

 

It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box)

 

x when declared effective pursuant to section 8(c)

 


 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 


Title of Securities Being Registered    Amount Being
Registered
  

Proposed Maximum
Offering Price Per

Unit

  

Proposed Maximum
Aggregate

Offering Price(1)

  

Amount of

Registration Fee(2)

Common Shares, par value $0.00001

   1,000 Shares    $ 20.00    $ 20,000    $ 2.53

1 Estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the registration fee.
2 $2.53 of which has already been paid.

 

The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration Statement shall become effective on such dates as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.

 



Table of Contents

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

Subject to Completion

Preliminary Prospectus dated                         , 2004

 

P R O S P E C T U S

LOGO

 

                     Shares

PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund

Common Shares

$20.00 per share


Investment Objective.     The Fund is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company. The Fund’s investment objective is to seek high current income, consistent with the preservation of capital.

 

Portfolio Management Strategies.     The Fund is actively managed in accordance with the portfolio manager’s top down short-term (cyclical) and longer-term (secular) economic outlook, using strategies that focus on credit quality analysis, broad market diversification among industries and sectors, and other risk management techniques. The portfolio manager attempts to identify investments that provide high current income through fundamental research, driven by independent credit analysis and proprietary analytical tools, and also uses a variety of techniques designed to control risk and minimize exposure to issues that the portfolio manager believes are more likely to default or otherwise depreciate in value over time. Under normal market conditions, the Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in a diversified portfolio of floating rate debt instruments, a substantial portion of which will be senior floating rate loans, securities with durations of less than or equal to one year, and fixed rate securities with respect to which the Fund has entered into derivative instruments to effectively convert the fixed rate interest payments into floating rate interest payments. Senior floating rate loans generally hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a borrower and are often secured with collateral. The Fund may invest without limit and ordinarily expects to invest a substantial portion of its assets in senior floating rate loans and other debt securities that are, at the time of purchase, rated below investment grade (below Baa3 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), below BBB- by either Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) or Fitch, Inc. (“Fitch”), or below a comparable rating by Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited (“Dominion”)), or unrated but judged by the portfolio manager to be of comparable quality. The Fund will not invest more than 10% of its total assets in securities that are, at the time of purchase, rated CCC+/Caa1 or lower by each agency rating the security or that are unrated but judged by the portfolio manager to be of comparable quality. Debt securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.” Due to the risks involved in investing in high yield securities, an investment in the Fund should be considered speculative.

(continued on following page)

 

Investing in the Fund’s common shares involves certain risks. See “Risks” beginning on page 36 of this prospectus. Certain of these risks are summarized in “Prospectus Summary—Special Risk Considerations” beginning on page 10 of this prospectus.


     Per Share

     Total

Public offering price

   $20.00      $                

Sales load

   $.90      $                

Estimated offering expenses(1)(2)

   $.04      $                

Proceeds to the Fund

   $19.06      $                

 

  (1) The Fund has agreed to pay the underwriters $.00667 per share as a partial reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with the offering. See “Underwriting.”
  (2) The Fund will pay or reimburse organization and offering expenses estimated at $                 from the proceeds of the offering. PA Fund Management LLC has agreed to pay (i) the amount by which the Fund’s offering costs (other than the sales load) exceed $.04 per share and (ii) all of the Fund’s organizational expenses, except that the Fund has agreed to reimburse PA Fund Management LLC for such organizational expenses to the extent that the aggregate of all such organizational expenses and all offering costs (other than the sales load, but inclusive of the reimbursement of underwriter expenses of $.00667 per share) does not exceed $.04 per share.

 

The underwriters may also purchase up to an additional                      common shares at the public offering price, less the sales load, within 45 days from the date of this prospectus to cover overallotments.

 

Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The common shares will be ready for delivery on or about                     , 2004.

 


Merrill Lynch & Co.       UBS Investment Bank
A.G. Edwards   Wachovia Securities   Advest, Inc.
Robert W. Baird & Co.  

Ferris, Baker Watts

Incorporated

  H&R Block Financial Advisors, Inc.
J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc.   KeyBanc Capital Markets  

Legg Mason Wood Walker

                Incorporated

Oppenheimer & Co.   RBC Capital Markets   Ryan Beck & Co.

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company

Incorporated                          

  SunTrust Robinson Humphrey   Wedbush Morgan Securities
    Wells Fargo Securities, LLC    

The date of this prospectus is                 , 2004.


Table of Contents

(continued from previous page)

 

Because most of the investments held by the Fund will be floating rate assets (as defined below), the Fund’s portfolio is generally expected to have less interest rate risk (i.e., sensitivity to fluctuations in market interest rates) and a more stable net asset value than funds with portfolios that invest in longer-term fixed rate securities, although the net asset value will vary due to fluctuations in interest rates and other factors such as changes in the credit quality of securities in the portfolio. Due to its focus on variable rate securities, the amounts of the Fund’s monthly distributions to common shareholders are expected to vary with fluctuations in market interest rates.

 

No Prior History.     Because the Fund is newly organized, its common shares have no history of public trading. Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value, which creates a risk of loss for the investors purchasing shares in the initial public offering. The common shares are expected to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol “PFN.”

 

Portfolio Contents.     As noted above, a substantial portion of the Fund’s investment assets will ordinarily consist of senior floating rate debt securities and interests in senior floating rate loans (“Senior Loans”) made to or issued by U.S. or non-U.S. banks or other corporations. Senior Loans typically pay interest at rates which are re-determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate (such as the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate, “LIBOR”) plus a premium. Although Senior Loans are typically of below investment grade quality, they tend to have more favorable recovery rates than those of other types of below investment grade quality debt obligations. Other floating rate debt instruments in which the Fund may invest include catastrophe and other event-linked bonds, bank capital securities, unsecured bank loans, corporate bonds, money market instruments and certain types of mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities that pay interest at rates which adjust whenever a specified interest rate changes and/or reset on predetermined dates (such as the last day of a month or calendar quarter). The Fund may also invest without limit in securities with durations of less than or equal to one year, and fixed rate securities with respect to which the Fund has entered into derivative instruments to effectively convert the fixed rate interest payments into floating rate interest payments (together with floating rate debt instruments, “floating rate assets”). The Fund believes that these securities and investments have economic characteristics similar to the floating rate debt securities in which the Fund will invest. The Fund may invest without limit and ordinarily expects to invest a substantial portion of its assets in Senior Loans and other debt instruments that are, at the time of purchase, rated below investment grade or unrated but judged by the portfolio manager to be of comparable quality. To the extent consistent with the Fund’s investment policy specified above, the Fund may invest a portion of its assets in securities and instruments other than floating rate assets, such as fixed rate convertible securities, high-yield bonds and mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities issued on a public or private basis. The Fund expects to invest predominantly in U.S. dollar-denominated debt securities and will not invest more than 25% of its total assets in debt securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The Fund reserves the right to invest without limit in debt securities of non-U.S. issuers, although it will not invest more than 10% of its total assets in debt securities of issuers located in emerging markets. The Fund may make use of a variety of other instruments, including collateralized debt obligations, preferred shares, commercial paper, U.S. Government securities, zero-coupon and inflation-indexed bonds, real estate investment trusts (REITs), structured notes and other hybrid instruments, credit-linked trust certificates, total return swaps, credit default swaps and other derivative instruments. The Fund cannot assure you that it will achieve its investment objective.

 

Because of the floating rate or short-term features of most of the Fund’s investments, it is expected that the Fund normally will have an average portfolio duration of zero to one year. The portfolio manager believes that this duration range and the Fund’s exposure to lower-quality debt securities minimizes exposure to interest rate risk while still offering the potential for higher current income than would be expected from a higher quality portfolio.

 

Borrowings .    The Fund presently intends to use leverage by issuing shares of preferred stock (“Preferred Shares”) representing approximately 38% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after their issuance. The Fund may also leverage the portfolio by borrowing money, issuing debt securities or using reverse repurchase agreements, loans of portfolio securities, credit default swap contracts and other derivatives, as well as when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions. However, these forms of leverage will only be used, if at all, as a substitute for, rather than in addition to, the leverage obtained through the issuance of Preferred Shares. See “The Fund’s Investment Objective and Strategies—Portfolio Contents and Other Information.” By using leverage, the Fund will seek to obtain a higher return for holders of common shares than if the Fund did not use leverage. Leveraging is a speculative technique, and there are special risks involved. There can be no assurance that a leveraging strategy will be used or that it will be successful during any period in which it is employed. See “Preferred Shares and Related Leverage” and “Risks—Leverage Risk.”

 

You should read this prospectus, which contains important information about the Fund, before deciding whether to invest, and retain it for future reference. A Statement of Additional Information, dated                     , 2004, containing additional information about the Fund, has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is incorporated by reference in its entirety into this prospectus, which means that it is part of the prospectus for legal purposes. You can review the table of contents of the Statement of Additional Information on page 62 of this prospectus. You may request a free copy of the Statement of Additional Information by calling (877) 819-2224 or by writing to the Fund, or obtain a copy (and other information regarding the Fund) from the Securities and Exchange Commission’s web site (http://www.sec.gov) .

 

The Fund’s common shares do not represent a deposit or obligation of, and are not guaranteed or endorsed by, any bank or other insured depository institution, and are not federally insured by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, the Federal Reserve Board or any other government agency.

 

2


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

Prospectus Summary

   4

Summary of Fund Expenses

   18

The Fund  

   20

Use of Proceeds

   20

The Fund’s Investment Objective and Strategies

   20

Preferred Shares and Related Leverage

   34

Risks

   36

How the Fund Manages Risk

   43

Management of the Fund

   45

Net Asset Value

   49

Distributions

   49

Dividend Reinvestment Plan

   50

Description of Shares  

   51

Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust

   53

Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund

   54

Tax Matters

   55

Underwriting

   58

Custodian and Transfer Agent

   61

Legal Matters

   61

Table of Contents for the Statement of Additional Information

   62

Appendix A—Description of Securities Ratings

   63

 


 

You should rely only on the information contained or incorporated by reference in this prospectus. The Fund has not, and the underwriters have not, authorized anyone to provide you with different information. If anyone provides you with different or inconsistent information, you should not rely on it. The Fund is not, and the underwriters are not, making an offer of these securities in any state where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus. The Fund’s business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may have changed since that date.

 

3


Table of Contents

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This is only a summary. This summary may not contain all of the information that you should consider before investing in the common shares. You should review the more detailed information contained in this prospectus and in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

The Fund

PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund (the “Fund”) is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company. See “The Fund.”

 

The Offering

The Fund is offering                  common shares of beneficial interest, with a par value of $.00001 per share, at $20.00 per share through a group of underwriters (the “Underwriters”) led by Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”) and UBS Securities LLC (“UBS”). The common shares of beneficial interest are called “Common Shares” in the rest of this prospectus. You must purchase at least 100 Common Shares. The Fund has given the Underwriters an option to purchase up to                  additional Common Shares to cover orders in excess of                  Common Shares. See “Underwriting.” PA Fund Management LLC (the “Manager”), the Fund’s investment manager, has agreed to pay (i) the amount by which the Fund’s offering costs (other than the sales load) exceed $.04 per Common Share and (ii) all of the Fund’s organizational expenses, except that the Fund has agreed to reimburse the Manager for such organizational expenses to the extent that the aggregate of all such organizational expenses and all offering costs (other than the sales load, but inclusive of the reimbursement of underwriter expenses of $.00667 per Common Share) does not exceed $.04 per Common Share.

 

Investment  Objective and Strategies

Investment Objective.     The Fund’s investment objective is to seek high current income, consistent with the preservation of capital. The Fund attempts to achieve this objective by normally investing at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in a diversified portfolio of floating rate debt instruments, a substantial portion of which will be Senior Loans, securities with durations of less than or equal to one year and fixed rate securities with respect to which the Fund has entered into derivative instruments to effectively convert the fixed rate interest payments into floating rate interest payments (collectively, “floating rate assets”). See “Portfolio Contents” below. The Fund may invest without limit, and ordinarily expects to invest a substantial portion of its assets, in Senior Loans and other debt instruments that are, at the time of purchase, rated below investment grade (or unrated but judged by the portfolio manager to be of comparable quality) as described under “Credit Quality” below. The Fund cannot assure you that it will achieve its investment objective.

 

 

Portfolio Management Strategies.     In selecting investments for the Fund, Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (“PIMCO” or the “Sub-Adviser”), the Fund’s portfolio manager, attempts to identify

 

4


Table of Contents

floating rate and other debt instruments that provide high current income through fundamental research, driven by independent credit analysis and proprietary analytical tools. Investment decisions are based primarily on PIMCO’s assessment of the issuer’s credit characteristics and the position of the security in the issuer’s capital structure in light of PIMCO’s outlook for particular industries, the economy and the market generally. At the same time, PIMCO uses a variety of techniques, such as credit default swaps, designed to control risk and minimize the Fund’s exposure to debt instruments that PIMCO believes are more likely to default or otherwise depreciate in value over time and detract from the Fund’s overall return to investors. Because most of the investments held by the Fund will be floating rate assets, the Fund’s portfolio is generally expected to have less interest rate risk (i.e., sensitivity to fluctuations in market interest rates) and a more stable net asset value than portfolios of funds that invest in longer-term fixed rate securities, although the net asset value will vary due to fluctuations in interest rates and other factors such as changes in the credit quality of securities in the portfolio. The Fund also attempts to preserve capital based on PIMCO’s assessment of the issuer’s credit characteristics and macro-economic factors. Subject to the guidelines under “Credit Quality” below, the Fund has the flexibility to invest in debt obligations of any credit quality based on its assessment of the particular issuer.

 

 

The Fund does not invest its assets according to predetermined weightings in particular issuers, industries or sectors. Instead, PIMCO attempts to identify quality investments in any industry or sector through fundamental research, driven by independent credit analysis and proprietary analytical tools.

 

 

Credit Quality.     Under normal market conditions, the Fund may invest without limit, and ordinarily expects to invest a substantial portion of its assets, in Senior Loans and other debt instruments that are, at the time of purchase, rated below investment grade (below Baa3 by Moody’s, below BBB- by either S&P or Fitch, or below a comparable rating by Dominion), or unrated but judged by PIMCO to be of comparable quality. The Fund will not invest more than 10% of its total assets in securities that are, at the time of purchase, rated CCC+/Caa1 or lower by each agency rating the security or that are unrated but judged by PIMCO to be of comparable quality. Debt securities of below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal and are commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.” Debt securities in the lowest investment grade category may also be considered to possess some speculative characteristics.

 

 

Independent Credit Analysis.     PIMCO relies heavily on its own analysis of the credit quality and risks associated with individual debt obligations considered for the Fund, rather than relying exclusively on rating agencies or third-party research. In the case of Senior Loans,

 

5


Table of Contents
 

PIMCO analyzes and takes into account the legal/protective features associated with the securities (such as their position in the borrower’s capital structure and any security through collateral) in assessing their credit characteristics. The individuals managing the Fund utilize this information in an attempt to manage credit risk and identify issuers, industries or sectors that offer attractive yields relative to PIMCO’s assessment of their credit characteristics. This aspect of PIMCO’s capabilities will be particularly important because of the Fund’s emphasis on Senior Loans and other below investment grade debt securities.

 

 

Duration.     The average portfolio duration of the Fund will normally be within a short range ( i.e. , a zero to one-year time frame) due to the Fund’s predominant investment in floating rate assets, although it may be longer at any time and from time to time to the extent that the Fund invests in longer-term fixed rate securities. Duration is a measure of the expected life of a debt security that is used to determine the sensitivity of the security’s price to changes in interest rates. PIMCO believes that the Fund’s short duration range minimizes exposure to price changes of its portfolio securities due to interest rate volatility and related risk while still offering the potential opportunity for high current income.

 

 

Diversification.     Subject to the availability of suitable investment opportunities, PIMCO will attempt to diversify the Fund’s investments broadly in an attempt to minimize the portfolio’s sensitivity to credit and other risks associated with a particular issuer, industry or sector, or to the impact of a single economic, political, corporate or regulatory occurrence.

 

 

Portfolio Contents.     Under normal market conditions, the Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in a diversified portfolio of floating rate debt instruments, a substantial portion of which will be Senior Loans, securities with durations of less than or equal to one year, and fixed rate securities with respect to which the Fund has entered into derivative instruments to effectively convert the fixed rate interest payments into floating rate interest payments (collectively, “floating rate assets”). Senior Loans are typically originated, negotiated and structured by a U.S. or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company or other financial institution (the “Agent”) for a lending syndicate of financial institutions (the “Lenders”). Senior Loans are normally accessible only to financial institutions and large corporate and institutional investors and are not widely available to individual investors. Floating rate debt instruments are debt instruments that pay interest at rates which adjust whenever a specified interest rate changes and/or reset on predetermined dates (such as the last day of a month or calendar quarter). These floating rate debt instruments may include, in addition to Senior Loans, instruments such as catastrophe and other event-linked bonds, bank capital securities, unsecured bank loans, corporate bonds, money

 

6


Table of Contents
 

market instruments and certain types of mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities. As noted above, the Fund may invest without limit and ordinarily expects to invest a substantial portion of its assets in Senior Loans and other debt instruments that are, at the time of purchase, rated below investment grade or unrated but judged by PIMCO to be of comparable quality. The Fund may invest the remainder of its assets in securities and instruments other than floating rate assets, such as fixed rate convertible securities, high-yield bonds and mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities issued on a public or private basis. The Fund expects to invest predominantly in U.S. dollar-denominated debt securities and will not invest more than 25% of its total assets in debt securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The Fund reserves the right to invest without limit in debt securities of non-U.S. issuers, although it will not invest more than 10% of its total assets in debt securities of issuers located in emerging markets. The Fund may make use of a variety of other instruments, including preferred shares, commercial paper, U.S. Government securities, zero-coupon and inflation-indexed bonds, structured notes and other hybrid instruments, credit-linked trust certificates, real estate investment trusts (REITs), total return swaps, credit default swaps and other derivative instruments. The Fund may invest in securities of companies with small market capitalizations. The Fund may invest without limit in illiquid securities. As a diversified fund, the Fund generally may not, with respect to 75% of its total assets, purchase the securities of any issuer, except securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities or securities of other investment companies, if, as a result, (i) more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of that issuer, or (ii) the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer. The Fund will not concentrate its investments in a particular industry by investing more than 25% of its total assets in that industry. The Fund’s industry concentration policy does not preclude it from focusing investments in issuers in a group of related industrial sectors (such as different types of utilities).

 

Proposed Offering of Preferred Shares and Other Forms of Leverage

Subject to market conditions, approximately one to six months after completion of this offering, the Fund intends to offer preferred shares of beneficial interest (“Preferred Shares”) representing approximately 38% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after their issuance. The issuance of Preferred Shares will leverage your investment in Common Shares. Leverage involves special risks. There is no assurance that the Fund will issue Preferred Shares or that, if Preferred Shares are issued, the Fund’s leveraging strategy will be successful. See “Risks—Leverage Risk.” The net proceeds the Fund obtains from selling the Preferred Shares will be invested in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies as described in this prospectus. The Preferred Shares will pay dividends based on short-term interest rates for high quality obligations, which will be reset frequently. So long as

 

7


Table of Contents
 

the rate of return, net of applicable Fund expenses, on the floating rate high yield debt obligations and other investments purchased by the Fund exceeds Preferred Share dividend rates as reset periodically, the investment of the proceeds of the Preferred Shares will generate more income than will be needed to pay dividends on the Preferred Shares. If so, the excess will be used to pay higher dividends to holders of Common Shares (“Common Shareholders”) than if the Fund were not so leveraged through the issuance of Preferred Shares. The Fund may also leverage the portfolio by borrowing money, issuing debt securities or using reverse repurchase agreements, loans of portfolio securities, credit default swap contracts and other derivatives, as well as when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions. However, these forms of leverage will only be used, if at all, as a substitute for, rather than in addition to, the leverage obtained through the issuance of Preferred Shares. See “The Fund’s Investment Objective and Strategies—Portfolio Contents and Other Information.” The Fund cannot assure you that the issuance of Preferred Shares or the use of other forms of leverage will result in a higher yield on your Common Shares. Once Preferred Shares are issued and/or other forms of leverage are used, the net asset value and market price of the Common Shares and the yield to Common Shareholders will be more volatile. See “Preferred Shares and Related Leverage,” “Description of Shares—Preferred Shares” and “Risks—Leverage Risk.” In addition, fees and expenses paid by the Fund are borne entirely by the Common Shareholders (and not by Preferred Shareholders, if any). These include costs associated with any offering of Preferred Shares by the Fund (which costs are estimated to be approximately 1.3% of the total dollar amount of a Preferred Share offering), which will be borne immediately by Common Shareholders (as will the costs associated with any borrowings or other forms of leverage utilized by the Fund) and result in a reduction in the net asset value of the Common Shares.

 

Investment Manager

The Manager serves as the investment manager of the Fund. Subject to the supervision of the Fund’s Board of Trustees, the Manager is responsible for managing, either directly or through others selected by it, the investment activities of the Fund and the Fund’s business affairs and other administrative matters. The Manager will receive an annual fee, payable monthly, in an amount equal to .75% of the Fund’s average weekly total managed assets. “Total managed assets” means the total assets of the Fund (including any assets attributable to any Preferred Shares and borrowings that may be outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities representing borrowings). The Manager is located at 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10105. Organized in 2000 as a subsidiary successor of a business originally organized in 1987, the Manager provides investment management and advisory services to a number of closed-end and open-end investment company clients. As of September 30, 2004, the Manager had approximately $33.6 billion in assets under management. Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P. is the direct parent company of PA Retail Holdings LLC, of which the Manager is a

 

8


Table of Contents
 

wholly-owned subsidiary. As of September 30, 2004, Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P. and its subsidiaries, including PIMCO, had approximately $502 billion in assets under management.

 

The Manager has retained its affiliate, PIMCO, as a sub-adviser to manage the Fund’s portfolio investments. See “Portfolio Manager” below.

 

Portfolio Manager

PIMCO will serve as the Fund’s sub-adviser responsible for managing the Fund’s portfolio investments, and is sometimes referred to herein as the “portfolio manager.” Subject to the supervision of the Manager, PIMCO has full investment discretion and makes all determinations with respect to the investment of the Fund’s assets.

 

PIMCO is located at 840 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660. Organized in 1971, PIMCO provides investment management and advisory services to private accounts of institutional and individual clients and to mutual funds. As of September 30, 2004, PIMCO had approximately $439 billion in assets under management.

 

The Manager (and not the Fund) will pay a portion of the fees it receives to PIMCO in return for PIMCO’s services.

 

Distributions

Commencing with the Fund’s first dividend, the Fund intends to make regular monthly cash distributions to Common Shareholders at a variable rate based on the performance of the Fund and income accrual. The dividend rate that the Fund pays on its Common Shares will depend on a number of factors including the variable rate of interest received on the Fund’s portfolio, dividends payable on any Preferred Shares and the expenses of any other leveraging transactions. Because the Fund expects to invest predominantly in floating rate assets, the amount of the Fund’s monthly distributions to shareholders is expected to vary with fluctuations in market interest rates. Although there is a risk that fluctuations in the dividend rates on Preferred Shares may adversely affect the return to Common Shareholders, PIMCO believes that this should be mitigated when the Fund uses leverage with floating rate costs, because the dividend rates on the Preferred Shares and the interest rates on its portfolio of Senior Loans and other floating rate assets will ordinarily vary in a similar manner. Over time, the Fund will distribute substantially all of its net investment income (after it pays accrued dividends on any outstanding Preferred Shares). In addition, at least annually, the Fund intends to distribute to you your pro rata share of any available net capital gain. Your initial distribution is expected to be declared approximately 45 days, and paid approximately 60 to 90 days, from the completion of this offering, depending on market conditions. Unless you elect to receive distributions in cash, all of your distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares under the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan. See “Distributions” and “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

 

Listing

The Fund has applied for listing of the Common Shares on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to notice of issuance, under the symbol “PFN.” See “Description of Shares—Common Shares.”

 

9


Table of Contents

Custodian and Transfer Agent

State Street Bank and Trust Co. will serve as custodian of the Fund’s assets. PFPC Inc. will serve as the Fund’s transfer and dividend disbursement agent. See “Custodian and Transfer Agent.”

 

Market Price of Shares

Shares of closed-end investment companies frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value. Shares of closed-end investment companies like the Fund have during some periods traded at prices lower than net asset value. The Fund cannot assure you that the Common Shares will trade at or above the Fund’s net asset value. Net asset value will be reduced immediately following the offering by the sales load and the amount of organization and offering expenses paid or reimbursed by the Fund. See “Use of Proceeds.” In addition to net asset value, market price may be affected by such factors relating to the Fund or its portfolio holdings as dividend levels (which are in turn affected by changes in the floating rates of interest on the Fund’s investments and expenses, including the costs of leverage), portfolio credit quality, liquidity, call protection and market supply and demand. See “Preferred Shares and Related Leverage,” “Risks,” “Description of Shares” and “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund” in this prospectus, and the Statement of Additional Information under “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund.” The Common Shares are designed primarily for long-term investors, and you should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes.

 

Special Risk Considerations

The following describes various principal risks of investing in the Fund. A more detailed description of these and other risks of investing in the Fund are described under “Risks” in this Prospectus and under “Investment Objective and Policies” in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

 

Newly Organized.     The Fund is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company with no history of operations.

 

 

Credit Risk/High Yield Risk.     Credit risk is the risk that one or more debt obligations in the Fund’s portfolio will decline in price, or fail to pay interest or principal when due, because the issuer of the obligation or borrower experiences an actual or perceived decline in its financial status. The Fund may invest without limit and ordinarily expects to invest a substantial portion of its assets in debt instruments that are, at the time of purchase, rated below investment grade (below Baa3 by Moody’s, below BBB- by either S&P or Fitch or below a comparable rating by Dominion) or that are unrated but judged by PIMCO to be of comparable quality, including debt securities that are in default or the issuers of which are in bankruptcy. Debt obligations of below investment grade quality are commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds” and are predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s capacity to pay interest and repay principal when due, and therefore involve a greater risk of default. Debt securities in the lowest investment grade category may also be considered to

 

10


Table of Contents
 

possess some speculative characteristics. The prices of these lower grade obligations are generally more volatile and sensitive to actual or perceived negative developments, such as a decline in the revenues of the borrowers underlying Senior Loans or a general economic downturn, than are the prices of higher grade securities. Although Senior Loans in which the Fund will invest will often be secured by collateral, there can be no assurance that liquidation of any such collateral would satisfy the borrower’s obligation in the event of default or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. However, PIMCO believes that Senior Loans generally tend to have more favorable recovery rates than most other types of loans. In the event of bankruptcy of a borrower, the Fund could experience delays or limitations in its ability to realize the benefits of any collateral securing a Senior Loan. Because of the Fund’s emphasis on Senior Loans and other below investment grade debt securities, PIMCO’s capabilities in analyzing credit quality and associated risks will be particularly important, and there can be no assurance that PIMCO will be successful in this regard. See “The Fund’s Investment Objective and Strategies—High Yield Securities (“Junk Bonds”)” and “Risks—Credit Risk/High Yield Risk” for additional information. Due to the risks involved in investing in high yield securities, an investment in the Fund should be considered speculative.

 

 

Market Discount Risk.     As with any stock, the price of the Fund’s shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If shares are sold, the price received may be more or less than the original investment. Net asset value will be reduced immediately following the initial offering by a sales load and organizational and offering expenses paid or reimbursed by the Fund and immediately following any offering of Preferred Shares by the costs of that offering paid by the Fund. Common Shares are designed for long-term investors and should not be treated as trading vehicles. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. The Fund’s shares may trade at a price that is less than the initial offering price. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their shares relatively shortly after completion of the initial offering.

 

 

Liquidity Risk.     The Fund may invest without limit in securities which are illiquid at the time of investment (generally determined using the Securities and Exchange Commission’s standard applicable to open-end investment companies, i.e. , securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the securities). Illiquid securities may trade at a discount from comparable, more liquid investments, and may be subject to wide fluctuations in market value. Also, the Fund may not be able to dispose of illiquid securities when that would be beneficial at a favorable time or price. Below investment grade debt securities tend to be less liquid than higher-rated securities. The Senior Loans in which the Fund invests will likely not be registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission or any state

 

11


Table of Contents
 

securities commission and generally will not be listed on a national securities exchange. PIMCO will determine the liquidity of the Fund’s investments by reference to market conditions and contractual provisions. For example, PIMCO will generally not consider Senior Loans that are part of an issue of at least $250 million in par value to be illiquid.

 

 

Leverage Risk.     The Fund presently intends to use leverage by issuing Preferred Shares representing approximately 38% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after their issuance. The Fund may also leverage the portfolio by borrowing money, issuing debt securities or using reverse repurchase agreements, loans of portfolio securities, credit default swap contracts and other derivatives, as well as when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment transactions. However, these forms of leverage will only be used, if at all, as a substitute for, rather than in addition to, the leverage obtained through the issuance of Preferred Shares. The Fund’s use of leverage creates the opportunity for increased Common Share net income, but also creates special risks for Common Shareholders. There is no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging strategies will be successful. It is anticipated that dividends on Preferred Shares (which would be redetermined periodically, pursuant to an auction process) will be based on short-term rates of return for high quality short-term debt instruments, and that the Fund will invest the net proceeds of the Preferred Shares offering principally in Senior Loans and other floating rate assets in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and strategies. So long as the Fund’s securities portfolio provides a higher rate of return (net of Fund expenses) than the Preferred Share dividend rate, as reset periodically, the leverage will allow Common Shareholders to receive a higher current rate of return than if the Fund were not leveraged. Preferred Shares are expected to pay cumulative dividends, which may tend to increase leverage risk. Leverage creates two major types of risks for Common Shareholders:

 

  r the likelihood of greater volatility of net asset value and market price of Common Shares, because changes in the value of the Fund’s portfolio of securities (including securities bought with the proceeds of the Preferred Shares offering) are borne entirely by the Common Shareholders; and

 

  r the possibility either that Common Share income will fall if the Preferred Share dividend rate rises and there is no corresponding increase, or a lagging increase, in the interest rates on investments in the Fund’s portfolio, or that Common Share income will fluctuate in part because the Preferred Share dividend rate varies.

 

 

Because the fees received by the Manager are based on the total managed assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any Preferred Shares and borrowings that may be outstanding), the Manager has a financial incentive for the Fund to issue Preferred Shares or utilize borrowings, which may create a conflict of interest between the Manager and the Common Shareholders.

 

12


Table of Contents
 

Issuer Risk.     The value of floating rate and other debt instruments may decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer or borrower, such as management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services.

 

 

Variable Dividend Risk.     Because a substantial portion of investments held by the Fund will be floating rate assets, the amounts of the Fund’s monthly distributions to Common Shareholders are expected to vary with fluctuations in market interest rates. Generally, when market interest rates fall, the amount of the distributions to Common Shareholders will likewise decrease.

 

 

Smaller Company Risk.     The general risks associated with floating rate and other debt instruments are particularly pronounced for securities issued by companies with smaller market capitalizations. These companies may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources or they may depend on a few key employees. As a result, they may be subject to greater levels of credit, market and issuer risk.

 

 

Management Risk.     The Fund is subject to management risk because it is an actively managed portfolio. PIMCO and the individual portfolio managers will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results.

 

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Investment Risk.     The Fund expects to invest predominantly in U.S. dollar-denominated debt securities and will not invest more than 25% of its total assets in debt securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar. The Fund reserves the right to invest without limit in debt securities of foreign (non-U.S.) issuers, although it will not invest more than 10% of its total assets in debt securities of issuers located in emerging markets. The Fund’s investments in foreign issuers and in securities denominated in foreign currencies involve special risks. For example, the value of these investments may decline in response to unfavorable political and legal developments, unreliable or untimely information or economic and financial instability. The value of securities denominated in foreign currencies may fluctuate based on changes in the value of those currencies relative to the U.S. dollar, and a decline in applicable foreign exchange rates could reduce the value of such securities held by the Fund. Foreign settlement procedures also may involve additional risks.

 

Emerging Markets Risk.     The Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in debt securities of issuers located in emerging markets. Foreign investment risk may be particularly high to the extent that the Fund invests in securities of issuers based in or securities denominated in the currencies of emerging market countries. Investing in securities of issuers based in underdeveloped emerging markets entails all of the risks of investing in securities of foreign issuers to a heightened degree. These heightened risks include: (i) greater risks of expropriation,

 

13


Table of Contents
 

confiscatory taxation, nationalization and less social, political and economic stability; (ii) the smaller size of the market for such securities and a lower volume of trading, resulting in lack of liquidity and in price volatility; and (iii) certain national policies which may restrict the Fund’s investment opportunities, including restrictions on investing in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to relevant national interests.

 

Derivatives Risk.     The Fund may utilize a variety of derivative instruments for hedging, investment or risk management purposes. As part of its strategy to invest in floating rate assets, the Fund may enter into derivatives in connection with investments in fixed rate securities to effectively convert the fixed rate interest payments into floating rate payments. The Fund may also use derivatives to gain exposure to securities markets in which it will invest (e.g., pending investment of the proceeds of this offering in individual securities) or to add leverage to the portfolio (but only as a substitute for the leverage obtained from Preferred Shares). The types of derivative instruments the Fund may utilize include, but are not limited to, option contracts, futures contracts, options on future contracts, swap agreements (including total return and credit default swaps) and short sales. The Fund may also have exposure to derivatives, such as interest rate or credit-default swaps, through investment in credit-linked trust certificates and other securities issued by special purpose or structured vehicles. Derivatives are subject to a number of risks described elsewhere in this prospectus, such as liquidity risk, issuer risk, interest rate risk, credit risk, leveraging risk, counterparty risk, smaller company risk and management risk. They also involve the risk of mispricing or improper valuation, the risk of ambiguous documentation and the risk that changes in the value of a derivative may not correlate perfectly with an underlying asset, interest rate or index. Suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Fund will engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks when that would be beneficial.

 

Counterparty Risk.     In addition to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the Senior Loans in which the Fund invests, the Fund will also be subject to credit risk with respect to derivative contracts entered into directly by the Fund or held by special purpose or structured vehicles in which the Fund invests. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.

 

Mortgage-Related and Asset-Backed Risk.     The Fund may invest in a variety of mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, including both commercial and residential mortgage securities and other mortgage-backed instruments (public or private). Asset-backed

 

14


Table of Contents
 

securities are subject to a number of risks described elsewhere in this prospectus, such as credit risk and liquidity risk. Generally, rising interest rates tend to extend the duration of fixed rate mortgage-related securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates, and may reduce the market value of the securities. PIMCO expects that the Fund will focus its mortgage-related investments principally in adjustable rate mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, which should minimize the Fund’s sensitivity to interest rate volatility with respect to these investments. However, because interest rates on most adjustable rate mortgage- and asset-backed securities typically only reset periodically (e.g., monthly or quarterly), changes in prevailing interest rates (and particularly sudden and significant changes) can be expected to cause some fluctuation in the market value of these securities, including declines in value as market interest rates rise. In addition, adjustable and fixed rate mortgage-related securities are subject to prepayment risk—the risk that borrowers may pay off their mortgages sooner than expected, particularly when interest rates decline. This can reduce the Fund’s returns because the Fund may have to reinvest that money at lower prevailing interest rates. The Fund’s investments in other asset-backed securities, such as collateralized debt obligations, are subject to risks similar to those associated with mortgage-backed securities, as well as additional risks associated with the nature of the assets and the servicing of those assets.

 

Risk of Investing in REITs.     Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to investing in the real estate industry in general. REITs are subject to interest rate risks (especially mortgage REITs) and the risk of default by lessees or borrowers. An equity REIT may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying properties owned by the REIT. A mortgage REIT may be affected by the ability of the issuers of its portfolio mortgages to repay their obligations. REITs whose underlying assets are concentrated in properties used by a particular industry are also subject to risks associated with such industry. REITs may have limited financial resources, their securities trade less frequently and in a limited volume, and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities.

 

Interest Rate Risk.     Generally, when market interest rates rise, the prices of debt obligations (and particularly longer-term fixed rate debt obligations) fall, and vice versa. This interest rate risk is the risk that the debt obligations in the Fund’s portfolio will decline in value because of increases in market interest rates. The prices of short-term floating rate and other debt obligations generally fluctuate less than prices of long-term debt obligations as interest rates change. Because the Fund will normally have a short portfolio duration ( i.e. , a zero to one-year time frame), the Common Share net asset value and market price per share will tend to fluctuate less in response to changes in market interest rates than if the Fund invested mainly in long-term debt securities. Although the Fund’s net asset value will vary, PIMCO expects the Fund’s policy of investing principally in floating rate assets

 

15


Table of Contents
 

will minimize the Fund’s overall sensitivity to market interest rate fluctuations. However, because rates on certain floating rate debt instruments typically only reset periodically (e.g., monthly or quarterly), changes in prevailing interest rates (and particularly sudden and significant changes) can be expected to cause some fluctuation in the Fund’s net asset value. Moreover, the Fund may invest in debt instruments with fixed rates of interest (including up to 20% of its assets in longer duration fixed rate instruments), which will generally lose value in direct response to rising interest rates. The Fund’s use of leverage, as described below, will tend to increase Common Share interest rate risk.

 

Reinvestment Risk.     Income from the Fund’s portfolio will decline if and when the Fund invests the proceeds from prepaid, matured, traded or called debt obligations at market interest rates that are below the current earnings rate on those obligations. A decline in income could affect the Common Shares’ market price or their overall return.

 

Inflation/Deflation Risk.     Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from the Fund’s investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of payments at future dates. As inflation increases, the real value of the Fund’s portfolio could decline. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time—the opposite of inflation. Deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s portfolio.

 

Regulatory Changes.     To the extent that legislation or state or federal bank or other regulators impose additional requirements or restrictions on the ability of certain financial institutions to make loans, particularly in connection with highly leverage transactions, the availability of Senior Loans and other related investments sought after by the Fund may be reduced. Further, such legislation or regulation could depress the market value of Senior Loans and other instruments held by the Fund.

 

Confidential Information Access Risk .    In managing the fund, PIMCO normally will seek to avoid the receipt by portfolio managers and analysts of material, non-public information (“Confidential Information”) about the issuers of Senior Loans and related investments being considered for acquisition by the Fund or held in the Fund’s portfolio. In many instances, issuers offer to furnish Confidential Information to prospective purchasers or holders of the issuer’s Senior Loans. In circumstances where PIMCO’s portfolio managers and analysts do not receive Confidential Information from these issuers, the Fund may be disadvantaged in comparison to other Senior Loan investors, including with respect to the price the Fund pays or receives when it buys or sells a Senior Loan. Further, in situations where the Fund is asked, for example, to grant consents,

 

16


Table of Contents
 

waivers or amendments with respect to Senior Loans, PIMCO’s ability to assess the desirability of such consents, waivers and amendments may be compromised.

 

Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk.     The war with Iraq, its aftermath and the continuing occupation of Iraq is likely to have a substantial impact on the U.S. and world economies and securities markets. The nature, scope and duration of the war and occupation and the potential costs of rebuilding the Iraqi infrastructure cannot be predicted with any certainty. Terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon on September 11, 2001 closed some of the U.S. securities markets for a four-day period and similar future events cannot be ruled out. The war and occupation, terrorism and related geopolitical risks have led, and may in the future lead to, increased short-term market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects on U.S. and world economies and markets generally. Those events could also have an acute effect on individual issuers or related groups of issuers. These risks could also adversely affect individual issuers and securities markets, interest rates, auctions, secondary trading, ratings, credit risk, inflation and other factors relating to the Common Shares.

 

Certain Affiliations.     Certain broker-dealers may be considered to be affiliated persons of the Fund, the Manager and/or PIMCO due to their possible affiliations with Allianz AG, the ultimate parent of the Manager and PIMCO. Absent an exemption from the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory relief, the Fund is generally precluded from effecting certain principal transactions with affiliated brokers, and its ability to purchase securities being underwritten by an affiliated broker or a syndicate including an affiliated broker, or to utilize affiliated brokers for agency transactions, is subject to restrictions. This could limit the Fund’s ability to engage in securities transactions and take advantage of market opportunities. In addition, unless and until the underwriting syndicate is broken in connection with the initial public offering of the Common Shares, the Fund will be precluded from effecting principal transactions with brokers who are members of the syndicate.

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions.     The Fund’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration”) includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to open-end status. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust.” These provisions could deprive the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then current market price of the Common Shares or at net asset value. In addition, if the Fund issues Preferred Shares, the holders of the Preferred Shares will have voting rights that could deprive the Common Shareholders of such opportunities.

 

17


Table of Contents

SUMMARY OF FUND EXPENSES

 

The following table and the expenses shown assume the issuance of Preferred Shares in an amount equal to 38% of the Fund’s total assets (after their issuance), and show Fund expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares. Footnote 4 to the table also shows Fund expenses as a percentage of net assets attributable to Common Shares, but assumes that no Preferred Shares are issued or outstanding (such as will be the case prior to the Fund’s expected issuance of Preferred Shares).

 

Shareholder Transaction Expenses

      

Sales Load (as a percentage of offering price)

   4.50 %

Offering Costs Borne by the Fund (as a percentage of offering price)

   .20 %(1)(2)

Dividend Reinvestment Plan Fees

   None (3)
    

Percentage of Net Assets

Attributable to

Common Shares

(assuming the issuance
of Preferred Shares)(4)


 

Annual Expenses

      

Management Fees(5)

   1.20 %

Other Expenses

   .23 %(1)(2)

Total Annual Expenses

   1.43 %

(1) The Fund has agreed to pay the underwriters $.00667 per Common Share as a partial reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with the offering. See “Underwriting.” The Manager has agreed to pay (i) the amount by which the Fund’s offering costs (other than the sales load) exceed $.04 per Common Share (.20 % of the offering price), and (ii) all of the Fund’s organizational expenses, except that the Fund has agreed to reimburse the Manager for such organizational expenses to the extent that the aggregate of all such organizational expenses and all offering costs (other than the sales load, but inclusive of the reimbursement of underwriter expenses of $.00667 per Common Share) does not exceed $.04 per Common Share. The organizational expenses and offering costs to be paid or reimbursed by the Fund are not included among the expenses shown in the table. However, these expenses will be borne by Common Shareholders and result in a reduction of the net asset value of the Common Shares.
(2) If the Fund offers Preferred Shares, costs of that offering, estimated to be approximately 1.1% of the total dollar amount of the Preferred Share offering, will be borne immediately by Common Shareholders and result in a reduction of the net asset value of the Common Shares. Assuming the issuance of approximately 37,000,000 Common Shares and the issuance of Preferred Shares in an amount equal to 38% of the Fund’s capital (after their issuance) these Preferred Share offering costs are estimated to be approximately $4,830,000 or approximately $.13 per Common Share (.65% of the offering price). These offering costs are not included among the expenses shown in these tables.
(3) You will pay brokerage charges if you direct the plan agent to sell your Common Shares held in a dividend reinvestment account.
(4) The table presented in this footnote estimates what the Fund’s annual expenses would be stated as percentages of the Fund’s net assets attributable to Common Shares but, unlike the table above, assumes that no Preferred Shares are issued or outstanding. This will be the case, for instance, prior to the Fund’s expected issuance of Preferred Shares. In accordance with these assumptions, the Fund’s expenses would be estimated to be as follows:

 

    

Percentage of Net Assets
Attributable to

Common Shares

(assuming no Preferred
Shares are issued or
outstanding)


 

Annual Expenses

      

Management Fees(5)

   .75 %

Other Expenses

   .05 %(1)

Total Annual Expenses

   .80 %
(5) Although the Fund’s management fees are calculated on total managed assets, the Fund’s total managed assets are expected to be the same as its net assets because the Fund has no present intention to utilize leverage (except through the issuance of Preferred Shares) and borrowings.

 

18


Table of Contents

The purpose of the table above is to help you understand all fees and expenses that you, as a Common Shareholder, would bear directly or indirectly. The Other Expenses shown in the table and related footnotes are based on estimated amounts for the Fund’s first year of operations and assume that the Fund issues approximately 5,000,000 Common Shares. If the Fund issues fewer Common Shares, all other things being equal, these expenses would increase. See “Management of the Fund” and “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

 

As required by relevant Securities and Exchange Commission regulations, the following example illustrates the expenses (including the sales load of $45.00, estimated offering expenses of this offering of $1.59 and the estimated offering costs of issuing Preferred Shares assuming the Fund issues Preferred Shares representing 38% of the Fund’s total assets (after their issuance) of approximately $6.53) that you would pay on a $1,000 investment in Common Shares, assuming the sales load and the offering expenses listed in the parenthetical above, and (a) total net annual expenses of 1.43% of net assets attributable to Common Shares (assuming the issuance of Preferred Shares) in years 1 through 10, and (b) a 5% annual return(1):

 

     1 Year

   3 Years

   5 Years

   10 Years

Total Expenses Incurred

   $ 67    $ 96    $ 127    $ 215

(1) The example above should not be considered a representation of future expenses. Actual expenses may be higher or lower than those shown. The example assumes that the estimated Other Expenses set forth in the Annual Expenses table are accurate and that all dividends and distributions are reinvested at net asset value. Actual expenses may be greater or less than those assumed. Moreover, the Fund’s actual rate of return may be greater or less than the hypothetical 5% annual return shown in the example.

 

19


Table of Contents

THE FUND

 

The Fund is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “1940 Act”). The Fund was organized as a Massachusetts business trust on June 30, 2004, pursuant to the Declaration, which is governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. As a newly organized entity, the Fund has no operating history. The Fund’s principal office is located at 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10105, and its telephone number is (800) 331-1710.

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

The net proceeds of the offering of Common Shares will be approximately $                 (or $                 if the underwriters exercise the overallotment option in full) after payment or reimbursement of the estimated organizational and offering costs. The Manager has agreed to pay (i) the amount by which the Fund’s offering costs (other than the sales load) exceed $.04 per Common Share and (ii) all of the Fund’s organizational expenses, except that the Fund has agreed to reimburse the Manager for such organizational expenses to the extent that the aggregate of all such organizational expenses and all offering costs (other than the sales load, but inclusive of the reimbursement of underwriter expenses of $.00667 per Common Share) does not exceed $.04 per Common Share. The Fund will invest the net proceeds of the offering in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies as stated below. It is presently anticipated that the Fund will be able to invest substantially all of the net proceeds in floating rate debt instruments and other securities that meet its investment objective and policies within six months after the completion of the offering. The Fund anticipates that it may take up to six months to complete this initial investment process due to potential limited availability of suitable Senior Loans in the marketplace as well as additional time required for PIMCO to analyze and assess counterparties and contractual and other features associated with Senior Loans, which are typically more detailed and complex than those associated with more traditional debt instruments. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in high grade, short-term securities, credit-linked trust certificates, and/or index futures contracts or similar derivative instruments designed to give the Fund exposure to the markets in which it intends to invest while PIMCO selects specific securities. During the period in which the Fund is investing the net proceeds of the offering, it may not be in a position to achieve its investment objective.

 

THE FUND’S INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND STRATEGIES

 

Investment Objective

 

The Fund’s investment objective is to seek high current income, consistent with the preservation of capital. Under normal market conditions, the Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in a diversified portfolio of floating rate debt instruments, a substantial portion of which will be Senior Loans, securities with durations of less than or equal to one year, and fixed rate securities with respect to which the Fund has entered into derivative instruments to effectively convert the fixed rate interest payments into floating rate interest payments (collectively, “floating rate assets”). The Fund may invest without limit and ordinarily expects to invest a substantial portion of its assets in debt securities that are, at the time of purchase, rated below investment grade (below Baa3 by Moody’s, below BBB- by either S&P or Fitch, or below a comparable rating by Dominion) or that are unrated but judged by PIMCO to be of comparable quality. Various types of securities and other instruments in which the Fund may invest in are described under “Portfolio Contents and Other Information” below. The Fund cannot assure you that it will achieve its investment objective.

 

Portfolio Management Strategies

 

The Fund is actively managed in accordance with PIMCO’s top down short-term (cyclical) and longer-term (secular) economic outlook, using strategies that focus on credit quality analysis, broad market diversification among industries and sectors and other risk management techniques. In selecting investments for

 

20


Table of Contents

the Fund, PIMCO attempts to identify Senior Loans and other floating rate assets that provide high current income through fundamental research, driven by independent credit analysis and proprietary analytical tools. Investment decisions are based primarily on PIMCO’s assessment of the issuer’s credit characteristics and the position of the particular security in the issuer’s capital structure, in light of PIMCO’s outlook for particular industries, the economy and the market generally. At the same time, PIMCO uses a variety of techniques, such as credit default swaps, designed to control risk and minimize the Fund’s exposure to issues that PIMCO believes are more likely to default or otherwise depreciate in value over time and detract from the Fund’s overall return to investors. The Fund cannot assure you that such securities will ultimately continue to pay current income or be paid in full at maturity.

 

Because most of the investments held by the Fund will be floating rate assets, the Fund’s portfolio is generally expected to have less interest rate risk (i.e., sensitivity to fluctuations in market interest rates) and a more stable net asset value than funds with portfolios that invest in longer-term fixed rate securities, although the net asset value will vary due to fluctuations in interest rates and other factors such as changes in the credit quality of securities in the portfolio.

 

Credit Quality.     The Fund may invest without limit and ordinarily expects to invest a substantial portion of its assets in debt securities that are, at the time of purchase, rated below investment grade or that are unrated but judged PIMCO to be of comparable quality. The Fund will not invest more than 10% of its total assets in securities that are, at the time of purchase, rated CCC+/Caa1 or lower by each agency rating the security or that are unrated but judged by PIMCO to be of comparable quality. The Fund may invest in issuers of any credit quality (including bonds in the lowest ratings categories and debt securities that are in default or the issuers of which are in bankruptcy) if PIMCO determines that the particular obligation offers an attractive yield relative to its risk profile. As described under “High Yield Securities (“Junk Bonds”)” below, debt securities of below investment grade quality (including many Senior Loans) are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.” The Fund’s credit quality policies apply only at the time a security is purchased, and the Fund is not required to dispose of a security in the event that a rating agency or PIMCO downgrades its assessment of the credit characteristics of a particular issue.

 

Independent Credit Analysis.     PIMCO relies heavily on its own analysis of the credit quality and risks associated with individual debt obligations considered for the Fund, rather than relying exclusively on rating agencies or third-party research. In the case of Senior Loans, PIMCO analyzes and takes into account the legal/protective features associated with the securities (such as their position in the borrower’s capital structure and any security through collateral) in assessing their credit characteristics. PIMCO has a devoted team of professionals that conducts fundamental credit research and analysis of individual issuers, industries and sectors and uses proprietary analytical tools (such as computer databases and Web-based applications) to assess and monitor credit risk. The individuals managing the Fund utilize this information in an attempt to manage credit risk and identify issuers, industries or sectors that offer attractive yields relative to PIMCO’s assessment of their credit characteristics. This aspect of PIMCO’s capabilities will be particularly important because of the Fund’s emphasis on Senior Loans and other below investment grade securities. PIMCO’s ability to analyze Senior Loans may be limited to the extent that portfolio managers and analysts avoid the receipt of material, non-public information about the issuers of Senior Loans. See “Risks—Confidential Information Access Risk.”

 

Duration.     The average portfolio duration of the Fund will normally be within a short range ( i.e. , a zero to one-year time frame) due to the Fund’s predominant investment in floating rate assets, although it may be longer at any time and from time to time to the extent that the Fund invests in longer-term fixed-income securities. PIMCO believes that the Fund’s short duration range minimizes exposure to price changes of its portfolio securities due to interest rate volatility and related risk while still offering the potential opportunity for high current income.

 

Duration is a measure of the expected life of a debt security that is used to determine the sensitivity of the security’s price to changes in interest rates. The longer a security’s duration, the more sensitive it will be to changes in interest rates. For example, the market price of a bond with a duration of two years would be expected

 

21


Table of Contents

to decline 2% if interest rates were to rise 1%. Conversely, the market price of the same bond would be expected to increase 2% if interest rates were to fall 1%. The market price of a bond with a duration of one year would be expected to increase or decline half as much as the market price of a bond with a two-year duration. The maturity of a security measures only the time until final payment is due. Duration, on the other hand, takes into account the pattern of all payments of interest and principal on a security over time, including how these payments are affected by prepayments and by changes in interest rates, as well as the time until an interest rate on a security is reset (in the case of variable rate securities).

 

Portfolio Contents and Other Information

 

Under normal market conditions, the Fund seeks to achieve its investment objective by investing at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in a diversified portfolio of floating rate debt instruments, a substantial portion of which will be Senior Loans, securities with durations of less than or equal to one year, and fixed rate securities with respect to which the Fund has entered into derivative instruments to effectively convert the fixed rate interest payments into floating rate interest payments (collectively, “floating rate assets”). In addition to Senior Loans, other floating rate debt instruments in which the Fund may invest include catastrophe and other event-linked bonds, bank capital securities, unsecured bank loans, corporate bonds, money market instruments and certain types of mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities that pay interest at rates which adjust whenever a specified interest rate changes and/or reset on predetermined dates (such as the last day of a month or calendar quarter). The Fund may invest the remainder of its assets in securities and instruments other than floating rate assets, such as fixed rate convertible securities, high-yield bonds and mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities issued on a public or private basis. The Fund may make use of a variety of other instruments, including collateralized debt obligations, preferred shares, commercial paper, U.S. Government securities, zero-coupon and inflation-indexed bonds, real estate investment trusts (REITs), structured notes and other hybrid instruments, credit-linked trust certificates, total return swaps, credit default swaps and other derivative instruments. Certain debt instruments, such as convertible bonds, also may include the right to participate in equity appreciation, and PIMCO will generally evaluate those instruments based primarily on their debt characteristics. The Fund may invest in securities of companies with small market capitalizations. The principal and/or interest rate on some debt instruments may be determined by reference to the performance of a benchmark asset or market, such as an index of securities, or the differential performance of two assets or markets, such as the level of exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency or currencies.

 

The Fund may invest without limit, and ordinarily expects to invest a substantial portion of its assets, in debt securities that are, at the time of purchase, rated below investment grade. See “High Yield Securities (“Junk Bonds”).” The Fund may also invest in investment grade securities.

 

The Fund expects to invest predominantly in U.S. dollar-denominated debt securities, which may include those issued by foreign corporations or supra-national government agencies. The Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in debt instruments denominated in foreign currencies, including obligations of non-U.S. governments and their respective sub-divisions, agencies and government-sponsored enterprises. The Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in securities of issuers located in “emerging markets.”

 

The Fund may utilize a variety of derivative instruments for hedging, investment and risk management purposes. As noted above, as part of its strategy to invest in floating rate assets, the Fund may enter into derivatives in connection with investments in fixed rate securities to effectively convert the fixed rate interest payments into floating rate payments. The types of derivative instruments the Fund may utilize include, but are not limited to, option contracts (including options on futures contracts), futures contracts, swap agreements (including total return and credit default swaps) and short sales. The Fund may also seek to obtain market exposure to the securities in which it primarily invests by entering into a series of purchase and sales contracts. The Fund may also use derivatives to leverage the portfolio, but only as a substitute for leverage attained through Preferred Shares.

 

22


Table of Contents

The Fund may invest without limit in illiquid securities (which are generally determined using the Securities and Exchange Commission’s standard applicable to open-end investment companies, i.e., securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the securities). PIMCO will determine the liquidity of the Fund’s investments by reference to market conditions and contractual provisions.

 

The Fund cannot change its investment objective without the approval of the holders of a “majority of the outstanding” Common Shares and any Preferred Shares voting together as a single class, and of the holders of a “majority of the outstanding” Preferred Shares voting as a separate class. A “majority of the outstanding” shares (whether voting together as a single class or voting as a separate class) means (i) 67% or more of such shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of those shares are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of such shares, whichever is less. See “Description of Shares—Voting Rights” for additional information with respect to the voting rights of holders of Preferred Shares. The Fund may not change its policy to normally invest at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in a diversified portfolio of floating rate assets as specified above unless it provides shareholders with at least 60 days’ written notice of such change.

 

The Fund currently intends to leverage its portfolio through the issuance of Preferred Shares. The Fund may also leverage the portfolio by borrowing money, issuing debt securities or using reverse repurchase agreements, loans of portfolio securities, credit default swap contracts and other derivatives, as well as when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions. However, these forms of leverage will only be used, if at all, as a substitute for, rather than in addition to, the leverage obtained through the issuance of Preferred Shares. See “Preferred Shares and Related Leverage.”

 

Upon PIMCO’s recommendation, for temporary defensive purposes and in order to keep the Fund’s cash fully invested, including during the period in which the net proceeds of this offering are being invested, the Fund may deviate from its investment objective and policies and invest some or all of its total assets in other than floating rate assets, including longer-term fixed rate investment grade debt securities, credit-linked trust certificates and/or index futures contracts or similar derivative instruments. The Fund may not achieve its investment objective when it does so.

 

The following provides additional information regarding the types of securities and other instruments in which the Fund will ordinarily invest. A more detailed discussion of these and other instruments and investment techniques that may be used by the Fund is provided under “Investment Objective and Policies” in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Floating Rate Debt Instruments

 

Floating rate debt instruments are debt instruments that pay interest at rates which adjust whenever a specified interest rate changes and/or which reset on predetermined dates (such as the last day of a month or calendar quarter). In addition to Senior Loans, floating rate debt instruments in which the Fund may invest may include, without limitation, instruments such as catastrophe and other event-linked bonds, bank capital securities, unsecured bank loans, corporate bonds, money market instruments and certain types of mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities. Due to their floating rate features, these instruments will generally pay higher levels of income in a rising interest rate environment and lower levels of income as interest rates decline. For the same reason, the market value of a floating rate debt instrument is generally expected to have less sensitivity to fluctuations in market interest rates than a comparable fixed rate debt instrument, although the value of a floating rate instrument may nonetheless decline as interest rates rise and due to other factors, such as changes in credit quality.

 

23


Table of Contents

Senior Loans

 

The Fund expects to ordinarily invest a substantial portion of its assets in Senior Loans. Senior Loans include senior floating rate loans and institutionally traded senior floating rate debt obligations issued by an asset-backed pool or other issuers, as well as interests therein. Loan interests generally take the form of direct interests acquired during a primary distribution and may also take the form of assignments of, novations of, or participations in a Senior Loan acquired in secondary markets.

 

Senior Loans typically pay interest at rates which are re-determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate (such as the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate, “LIBOR”) plus a premium. Although Senior Loans are typically of below investment grade quality, they tend to have more favorable recovery rates than other types of below investment grade quality debt obligations. Senior Loans generally (but not always) hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a borrower and are often secured with collateral. A Senior Loan is typically originated, negotiated and structured by a U.S. or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company or other financial institution (the “Agent”) for a lending syndicate of financial institutions (“Lenders”). The Agent typically administers and enforces the Senior Loan on behalf of the other Lenders in the syndicate. In addition, an institution, typically but not always the Agent, holds any collateral on behalf of the Lenders. A financial institution’s employment as an Agent might be terminated in the event that it fails to observe a requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent. A successor Agent would generally be appointed to replace the terminated Agent, and assets held by the Agent under the loan agreement would likely remain available to holders of such indebtedness. However, if assets held by the Agent for the benefit of the Fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the Agent’s general creditors, the Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a loan or loan participation and could suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving other interposed financial institutions ( e.g., an insurance company or government agency) similar risks may arise.

 

The Fund may purchase “assignments” of Senior Loans from Lenders. The purchaser of an assignment typically succeeds to all the rights and obligations under the loan agreement with the same rights and obligations as the assigning Lender. Assignments may, however, be arranged through private negotiations between potential assignees and potential assignors, and the rights and obligations acquired by the purchaser of an assignment may differ from, and be more limited than, those held by the assigning Lender.

 

The Fund may also invest in “participations” in Senior Loans, although it expects to do so on a limited basis. Participations by the Fund in a Lender’s portion of a Senior Loan typically will result in the Fund having a contractual relationship only with such Lender, not with the borrower. As a result, the Fund may have the right to receive payments of principal, interest and any fees to which it is entitled only from the Lender selling the participation and only upon receipt by such Lender of such payments from the borrower. In connection with purchasing participations, the Fund generally will have no right to enforce compliance by the borrower with the terms of the loan agreement, nor any rights with respect to any funds acquired by other Lenders through set-off against the borrower, and the Fund may not directly benefit from any collateral supporting the Senior Loan in which it has purchased the participation. As a result, the Fund may assume the credit risk of both the borrower and the Lender selling the participation.

 

Purchasers of Senior Loans and other forms of direct indebtedness depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the corporate or other borrower for payment of principal and interest. If the Fund does not receive scheduled interest or principal payments on such indebtedness, the Fund’s share price and yield could be adversely affected. Senior Loans that are fully secured may offer the Fund more protection than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there is no assurance that the liquidation of any collateral from a secured Senior Loan would satisfy the borrower’s obligation, or that such collateral could be liquidated. Also, the Fund may invest in Senior Loans that are unsecured.

 

Senior Loans may not be readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. In some cases, negotiations involved in disposing of indebtedness may require weeks to complete. Consequently, some indebtedness may be difficult or impossible to dispose of readily at what PIMCO believes to be a fair price.

 

24


Table of Contents

Senior Loans usually require, in addition to scheduled payments of interest and principal, the prepayment of the Senior Loan from free cash flow. The degree to which borrowers prepay Senior Loans, whether as a contractual requirement or at their election, may be affected by general business conditions, the financial condition of the borrower and competitive conditions among lenders, among others. As such, prepayments cannot be predicted with accuracy. Upon a prepayment, either in part or in full, the actual outstanding debt on which the Fund derives interest income will be reduced. However, the Fund may receive both a prepayment penalty fee from the prepaying borrower and a facility fee upon the purchase of a new Senior Loan with the proceeds from the prepayment of the former. The effect of prepayments on the Fund’s performance may be mitigated by the receipt of prepayment fees and the Fund’s ability to reinvest prepayments in other Senior Loans that have similar or identical yields.

 

High Yield Securities (“Junk Bonds”)

 

As noted above, the Fund may invest without limit and ordinarily expects to invest a substantial portion of its assets in Senior Loans and other debt securities that are, at the time of purchase, rated below investment grade (below Baa3 by Moody’s, below BBB- by either S&P or Fitch, or below a comparable rating by Dominion) or that are unrated but judged by PIMCO to be of comparable quality. These securities are sometimes referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.” Investing in high yield securities involves greater risks (in particular, greater risk of default) and special risks in addition to the risks associated with investments in investment grade debt obligations. While offering a greater potential opportunity for capital appreciation and higher yields, high yield securities typically entail greater potential price volatility and may be less liquid than higher-rated securities. High yield securities may be regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments. They also may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic and competitive industry conditions than higher-rated securities. Debt securities in the lowest investment grade category also may be considered to possess some speculative characteristics.

 

The market values of high yield securities tend to reflect individual developments of the issuer to a greater extent than do higher-quality securities, which tend to react mainly to fluctuations in the general level of interest rates. In addition, lower-quality debt securities tend to be more sensitive to economic conditions. Certain “emerging market” governments that issue high yield securities are among the largest debtors to commercial banks, foreign governments and supra-national organizations such as the World Bank, and may not be able or willing to make principal and/or interest payments as they come due.

 

Senior Loans generally tend to have more favorable recovery rates than most other types of loans. Although Senior Loans in which the Fund will invest will often be secured by collateral, there can be no assurance that liquidation of such collateral would satisfy the borrower’s obligation in the event of default or that such collateral could be readily liquidated.

 

Credit Ratings and Unrated Securities.     Rating agencies are private services that provide ratings of the credit quality of debt obligations, including convertible securities. Appendix A to this prospectus describes the various ratings assigned to debt obligations by Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and Dominion. Ratings assigned by a rating agency are not absolute standards of credit quality and do not evaluate market risks. Rating agencies may fail to make timely changes in credit ratings and an issuer’s current financial condition may be better or worse than a rating indicates. PIMCO relies heavily on its own analysis of the credit quality and risks associated with individual debt obligations considered for the Fund, rather than relying exclusively on rating agencies or third-party research. See “Portfolio Management Strategies—Independent Credit Analysis.” In the case of Senior Loans, PIMCO analyzes and takes into account the legal/protective features associated with the securities (such as their position in the borrower’s capital structure and any security through collateral) in assessing their credit characteristics. The Fund will not necessarily sell a security when its rating is reduced below its rating at the time of purchase. The ratings of a debt security may change over time. Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and Dominion monitor and evaluate the ratings assigned to securities on an ongoing basis. As a result, debt instruments held by the Fund could receive a higher rating (which would tend to increase their value) or a lower rating (which would tend to decrease their value) during the period in which they are held.

 

25


Table of Contents

The Fund may purchase unrated securities (which are not rated by a rating agency) if PIMCO determines that the securities are of comparable quality to rated securities that the Fund may purchase. Many of the Senior Loans and other debt instruments in which the Fund invests may be unrated. Unrated securities may be less liquid than comparable rated securities and involve the risk that PIMCO may not accurately evaluate the security’s comparative credit rating. Analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of high yield securities may be more complex than for issuers of higher-quality debt obligations. The Fund’s success in achieving its investment objective may depend more heavily on PIMCO’s credit analysis than if the Fund invested primarily in higher-quality and rated securities.

 

Bonds

 

The Fund may invest in bonds of varying maturities (with predominantly low durations) issued by U.S. and foreign corporations, domestic and foreign banks and other business entities. Bonds can be variable or fixed rate debt obligations, including bills, notes, debentures, money market instruments and similar instruments and securities. Bonds generally are used by corporations as well as governments and other issuers to borrow money from investors. The issuer pays the investor a variable or fixed rate of interest and normally must repay the amount borrowed on or before maturity. Certain bonds are “perpetual” in that they have no maturity date. The Fund may also invest in catastrophe or other “event-linked” bonds. Although the Fund will ordinarily invest in floating rate assets, it may invest a portion of its assets in longer-term fixed rate bonds. Please see “Bonds” and “Event-Linked Bonds” in the Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed description of the investments described in this paragraph.

 

Commercial Paper

 

Commercial paper represents short-term unsecured promissory notes issued in bearer form by corporations such as banks or bank holding companies and finance companies. The rate of return on commercial paper may be linked or indexed to the level of exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency or currencies.

 

Preferred Stocks

 

Preferred stock represents an equity interest in a company that generally entitles the holder to receive, in preference to the holders of other stocks such as common stocks, dividends and a fixed share of the proceeds resulting from liquidation of the company. Some preferred stocks also entitle their holders to receive additional liquidation proceeds on the same basis as holders of a company’s common stock, and thus also represent an ownership interest in the company. The preferred stocks in which the Fund invests will ordinarily have a variable dividend, generally determined on a quarterly or other periodic basis, either according to a formula based upon a specified premium or discount to the yield on particular U.S. Treasury securities or based on an auction process, involving bids submitted by holders and prospective purchasers of such stocks. Some preferred stocks offer a fixed rate of return with no maturity date. Because they never mature, these preferred stocks act like long-term bonds and can be more volatile than other types of preferred stocks and may have heightened sensitivity to changes in interest rates. Because preferred stocks represent an equity ownership interest in a company, their value usually will react more strongly than bonds and other debt instruments to actual or perceived changes in a company’s financial condition or prospects, or to fluctuations in the equity markets.

 

Convertible Securities and Synthetic Convertible Securities

 

The Fund may invest in convertible securities, which are debt securities that may be converted at either a stated price or stated rate into underlying shares of common stock. Convertible securities have general characteristics similar to both debt securities and equity securities. PIMCO will generally evaluate these instruments based primarily on their debt characteristics. Because most convertible securities are fixed rate instruments, the market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely,

 

26


Table of Contents

tends to increase as interest rates decline. In addition, because of the conversion feature, the market value of convertible securities tends to vary with fluctuations in the market value of the underlying common stocks and, therefore, also will react to variations in the general market for equity securities.

 

The Fund may also invest in synthetic convertible securities, which differ from convertible securities in certain respects. Unlike a true convertible security, which is a single security having a unitary market value, a synthetic convertible comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the “market value” of a synthetic convertible security is the sum of the values of its debt component and its convertibility component. Synthetic convertible securities can be variable or fixed rate instruments. For these reasons, the values of a synthetic convertible and a true convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations.

 

Convertible securities generally have higher yields than common stocks. There can be no assurance of current income because the issuers of the convertible securities may default on their obligations. A convertible security, in addition to providing current income, offers the potential for capital appreciation through the conversion feature, which enables the holder to benefit from increases in the market price of the underlying common stock.

 

Bank Capital Securities and Obligations

 

The Fund may invest in bank capital securities. Bank capital securities are issued by banks to help fulfill their regulatory capital requirements. There are three common types of bank capital: Lower Tier II, Upper Tier II and Tier I. To the extent that the Fund invests in bank capital, it expects to primarily invest in floating rate Upper Tier II and Tier I bank capital. Bank capital is generally, but not always, of investment grade quality. Upper Tier II securities are commonly thought of as hybrids of debt and preferred stock. Upper Tier II securities are often perpetual (with no maturity date), callable and have a cumulative interest deferral feature. This means that under certain conditions, the issuer bank can withhold payment of interest until a later date. However, such deferred interest payments generally earn interest. Tier I securities often take the form of trust preferred securities.

 

The Fund may also invest in other bank obligations, including certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances and fixed time deposits. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation.

 

Zero-Coupon Bonds, Step-Ups and Payment-In-Kind Securities

 

Zero-coupon bonds pay interest only at maturity rather than at intervals during the life of the security. Like zero-coupon bonds, “step up” bonds pay no interest initially but eventually begin to pay a coupon rate prior to maturity, which rate may increase at stated intervals during the life of the security. Payment-in-kind securities (“PIKs”) are debt obligations that pay “interest” in the form of other debt obligations, instead of in cash. Each of these instruments is normally issued and traded at a deep discount from face value. Zero-coupon bonds, step-ups and PIKs allow an issuer to avoid or delay the need to generate cash to meet current interest payments and, as a result, may involve greater credit risk than bonds that pay interest currently or in cash. The Fund would be required to distribute the income on these instruments as it accrues, even though the Fund will not receive the income on a current basis or in cash. Thus, the Fund may have to sell other investments, including when it may not be advisable to do so, to make income distributions to its shareholders.

 

27


Table of Contents

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Investments and Currencies

 

The Fund may invest some or all of its assets in U.S. dollar-denominated debt obligations of foreign issuers and of supra-national government entities. Supra-national entities include international organizations that are organized or supported by one or more government entities to promote economic reconstruction or development and by international banking institutions and related governmental agencies. The Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in debt instruments denominated in foreign currencies, including obligations of non-U.S. governments and their respective sub-divisions, agencies and government-sponsored enterprises. Up to 10% of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in debt securities of issuers located in “emerging markets.” Investing in foreign securities involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. securities. See “Risks—Foreign (Non-U.S.) Investment Risk.”

 

Most of the foreign investments of the Fund will consist of Senior Loans originated in a foreign jurisdiction or to which a foreign lender or borrower is a party, or other floating rate debt instruments of non-U.S. corporate issuers.

 

The U.S. dollar-denominated foreign securities in which the Fund may invest include Eurodollar obligations and “Yankee Dollar” obligations. Eurodollar obligations are U.S. dollar-denominated certificates of deposit and time deposits issued outside the U.S. capital markets by foreign branches of U.S. banks and by foreign banks. Yankee Dollar obligations are U.S. dollar-denominated obligations issued in the U.S. capital markets by foreign banks. Eurodollar and Yankee Dollar obligations are generally subject to the same risks that apply to domestic debt issues, notably credit risk, market risk and liquidity risk. Additionally, Eurodollar (and to a limited extent, Yankee Dollar) obligations are subject to certain sovereign risks. One such risk is the possibility that a sovereign country might prevent capital, in the form of U.S. dollars, from flowing across its borders. Other risks include adverse political and economic developments; the extent and quality of government regulation of financial markets and institutions; the imposition of foreign withholding taxes; and the expropriation or nationalization of foreign issuers.

 

The Fund also may invest in sovereign debt issued by foreign governments, their agencies or instrumentalities, or other government-related entities. As a holder of sovereign debt, the Fund may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to governmental entities. In addition, there are generally no bankruptcy proceedings similar to those in the United States by which defaulted sovereign debt may be collected. The Fund also may invest in Brady Bonds, which are securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with a debt restructuring. Investments in Brady Bonds may be viewed as speculative. Brady Bonds acquired by the Fund may be subject to restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may cause the Fund to realize a loss of interest or principal on any of its portfolio holdings.

 

Foreign Currencies and Related Transactions.     The Fund’s investments in securities that trade in, or receive revenues in, foreign currencies will be subject to currency risk, which is the risk that fluctuations in the exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and foreign currencies may negatively affect any investment. The Fund may engage in a variety of transactions involving foreign currencies in order to hedge against foreign currency risk, to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one currency to another. For instance, the Fund may purchase foreign currencies on a spot (cash) basis and enter into forward foreign currency exchange contracts, foreign currency futures contracts and options on foreign currencies and futures. Suitable hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Fund will engage in such transactions at any given time or from time to time. Also, these transactions may not be successful and may eliminate any chance for the Fund to benefit from favorable fluctuations in relevant foreign currencies.

 

Please see “Investment Objective and Policies—Foreign (Non-U.S.) Securities,” “Investment Objective and Policies—Foreign Currency Transactions” and “Investment Objective and Policies—Foreign Currency Exchange-Related Securities” in the Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed description of the types of foreign investments and foreign currency transactions in which the Fund may invest and their related risks.

 

28


Table of Contents

Derivatives

 

The Fund may, but is not required to, use a variety of derivative instruments for hedging or risk management purposes or as part of its investment strategies. Generally, derivatives are financial contracts whose value depends upon, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index, and may relate to individual debt instruments, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, commodities and related indexes. As part of its strategy to invest in floating rate assets, the Fund may enter into derivatives in connection with investments in fixed rate securities to effectively convert the fixed rate interest payments into floating rate payments. The Fund may also use derivatives to gain exposure to floating rate or high yield securities and other securities in which the Fund may invest (including pending investment of the proceeds of this offering). Examples of derivative instruments that the Fund may use include, but are not limited to, options, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, swap agreements (including total return and credit default swaps) and short sales. The Fund may also engage in credit spread trades. A credit spread trade is an investment position relating to a difference in the prices or interest rates of two bonds or other securities, where the value of the investment position is determined by changes in the difference between such prices or interest rates, as the case may be, of the respective securities. The Fund may also have exposure to derivatives, such as interest rate or credit-default swaps, through investment in credit-linked trust certificates and other securities issued by special purpose or structured vehicles. The Fund may also use derivatives to add leverage to the portfolio, but only as a substitute for leverage obtained through Preferred Shares. The Fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, or possibly greater than, the risks associated with investment directly in securities and other more traditional investments. See “Risks—Derivatives Risk.” Certain types of derivative instruments that the Fund may utilize with some frequency are described elsewhere in this section, including those described under “Credit Default Swaps,” “Certain Interest Rate Transactions,” “Structured Notes and Related Instruments” and “Credit-Linked Trust Certificates.” Please see “Investment Objective and Policies—Derivative Instruments” in the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about these and other derivative instruments that the Fund may use and the risks associated with such instruments. There is no assurance that these derivative strategies will be available at any time or that PIMCO will determine to use them for the Fund or, if used, that the strategies will be successful. In addition, the Fund may be subject to certain restrictions on its use of derivative strategies imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for Preferred Shares issued by the Fund.

 

Credit Default Swaps

 

The Fund may enter into credit default swap contracts for hedging purposes, to add leverage to the portfolio or for general investment purposes. When used for hedging purposes, the Fund would be the buyer of a credit default swap contract. In that case, the Fund would be entitled to receive the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation from the counterparty to the contract in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or foreign issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the Fund would pay to the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Fund would have spent the stream of payments and received no benefit from the contract. When the Fund is the seller of a credit default swap contract, it receives the stream of payments but is obligated to pay upon default of the referenced debt obligation. As the seller, the Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

 

Commercial and Other Mortgage-Related and Asset-Backed Securities

 

Mortgage-related securities are debt instruments which provide periodic payments consisting of interest and/or principal that are derived from or related to payments of interest and/or principal on underlying mortgages. Additional payments on mortgage-related securities may be made out of unscheduled prepayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying property, or from refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs that may be incurred. The mortgage-related securities in which the Fund invests will typically pay variable rates of interest, although the Fund may invest in fixed rate obligations as well.

 

29


Table of Contents

The Fund may invest in commercial mortgage-related securities issued by corporations. These are securities that represent an interest in, or are secured by, mortgage loans secured by commercial property, such as industrial and warehouse properties, office buildings, retail space and shopping malls, multifamily properties and cooperative apartments, hotels and motels, nursing homes, hospitals and senior living centers. The commercial mortgage loans that underlie commercial mortgage-related securities have certain distinct risk characteristics. Commercial mortgage loans generally lack standardized terms, which may complicate their structure. Commercial properties themselves tend to be unique and difficult to value. Commercial mortgage loans tend to have shorter maturities than residential mortgage loans, and may not be fully amortizing, meaning that they may have a significant principal balance, or “balloon” payment, due on maturity. In addition, commercial properties, particularly industrial and warehouse properties, are subject to environmental risks and the burdens and costs of compliance with environmental laws and regulations.

 

Other mortgage-related securities in which the Fund may invest include mortgage pass-through securities, collateralized mortgage obligations (“CMOs”), mortgage dollar rolls, CMO residuals (other than residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits), stripped mortgage-backed securities (“SMBSs”) and other securities that directly or indirectly represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans on real property.

 

The Fund may invest in other types of asset-backed securities that are offered in the marketplace, including Enhanced Equipment Trust Certificates (“EETCs”) and collateralized debt obligations (“CDOs”). Although any entity may issue EETCs, to date, U.S. airlines are the primary issuers. An airline EETC is an obligation secured directly by aircraft or aircraft engines as collateral. EETCs tend to be less liquid than bonds. CDOs include collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities. A CBO is a trust typically backed by a diversified pool of high-risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans. While the trusts that issue CDOs may themselves be leveraged and may invest lower quality instruments, the Fund will generally purchase only senior CDOs, will not purchase residual CDOs and will only purchase CDOs that meet the Fund’s credit policies.

 

Other asset-backed securities may be collateralized by the fees earned by service providers. The value of asset-backed securities may be substantially dependent on the servicing of the underlying asset pools and are therefore subject to risks associated with the negligence of, or defalcation by, their servicers. In certain circumstances, the mishandling of related documentation may also affect the rights of the security holders in and to the underlying collateral. The insolvency of entities that generate receivables or that utilize the assets may result in added costs and delays in addition to losses associated with a decline in the value of the underlying assets. The issuers of certain asset-backed securities bear various expenses, including, without limitation, servicing and advisory fees.

 

Please see “Investment Objective and Policies—Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities” in the Statement of Additional Information and “Risks—Mortgage-Related and Asset-Backed Risk” in this prospectus for a more detailed description of the types of mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities in which the Fund may invest and their related risks.

 

Real Estate Investment Trusts (REITs)

 

The Fund may invest in REITs. REITs primarily invest in income-producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and

 

30


Table of Contents

derive income from the collection of interest payments. REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with the applicable requirements of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. The Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management and other expenses paid by REITs in which it invests in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund. Debt securities issued by REITs are, for the most part, general and unsecured obligations and are subject to risks associated with REITs. Please see “Investment Objective and Policies—Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”)” in the Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed description of these instruments and their related risks.

 

Delayed Funding Loans and Revolving Credit Facilities

 

The Fund may enter into, or acquire participations in, delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities, in which a lender agrees to make loans up to a maximum amount upon demand by the borrower during a specified term. These commitments may have the effect of requiring the Fund to increase its investment in a company at a time when it might not be desirable to do so (including at a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid). Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are subject to credit, interest rate and liquidity risk and the risks of being a lender.

 

Certain Interest Rate Transactions

 

The Fund may enter into long and short interest rate swap, cap or floor transactions. One possible use of interest rate swaps involves the Fund’s agreement with the swap counterparty to pay a fixed rate payment in exchange for the counterparty paying the Fund a variable rate payment. The payment obligation would be based on the notional amount of the swap. The Fund may use an interest rate cap or floor, which would require the Fund to pay a premium to the cap or floor counterparty and would entitle the Fund, to the extent that a specified variable rate index exceeds a predetermined fixed rate, to receive from the counterparty payment of the difference based on the notional amount. The Fund may use interest rate swaps, caps and floors for hedging or general investment purposes. The Fund may choose or be required to redeem some or all of the Preferred Shares. This redemption may result in the Fund seeking to terminate early all or a portion of any swap, cap or floor transaction. Such early termination of a swap could result in a termination payment by or to the Fund. Any termination of a cap or floor could result in a termination payment by or to the Fund.

 

Structured Notes and Related Instruments

 

The Fund may invest in “structured” notes and other related instruments, which are privately negotiated debt obligations where the principal and/or interest is determined by reference to the performance of a benchmark asset, market or interest rate (an “embedded index”), such as selected securities, an index of securities or specified interest rates, or the differential performance of two assets or markets, such as indexes reflecting bonds. Structured instruments may be issued by corporations, including banks, as well as by governmental agencies. The terms of such structured instruments normally provide that their principal and/or interest payments are to be adjusted upwards or downwards (but ordinarily not below zero) to reflect changes in the embedded index while the structured instruments are outstanding. As a result, the interest and/or principal payments that may be made on a structured product may vary widely, depending on a variety of factors, including the volatility of the embedded index and the effect of changes in the embedded index on principal and/or interest payments. The rate of return on structured notes may be determined by applying a multiplier to the performance or differential performance of the referenced index(es) or other asset(s). Application of a multiplier involves leverage that will serve to magnify the potential for gain and the risk of loss.

 

PIMCO may utilize structured instruments for investment purposes and also for risk management purposes. While structured instruments may offer the potential for a favorable rate of return from time to time, they also entail certain risks. Structured instruments may be less liquid than other debt securities, and the price of structured instruments may be more volatile. In some cases, depending on the terms of the embedded index, a structured instrument may provide that the principal and/or interest payments may be adjusted below zero.

 

31


Table of Contents

Structured instruments also may involve significant credit risk and risk of default by the counterparty. Although structured instruments are not necessarily illiquid, PIMCO believes that currently most structured instruments are illiquid. Like other sophisticated strategies, the Fund’s use of structured instruments may not work as intended. If the value of the embedded index changes in a manner other than that expected by PIMCO, principal and/or interest payments received on the structured instrument may be substantially less than expected.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

 

As described under “Preferred Shares and Related Leverage,” the Fund may utilize reverse repurchase agreements in order to add leverage to the portfolio as a substitute for, rather than in addition to, leverage obtained through the issuance of Preferred Shares. In a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund sells securities to a bank or broker-dealer and agrees to repurchase the securities at a mutually agreed date and price. Generally, the effect of such a transaction is that the Fund can recover and reinvest all or most of the cash invested in the portfolio securities involved during the term of the reverse repurchase agreement and still be entitled to the returns associated with those portfolio securities. Such transactions are advantageous if the interest cost to the Fund of the reverse repurchase transaction is less than the returns it obtains on investments purchased with the cash.

 

Unless the Fund covers its positions in reverse repurchase agreements (by segregating liquid assets at least equal in amount to the forward purchase commitment), its obligations under the agreements will be subject to the Fund’s limitations on borrowings. Reverse repurchase agreements involve leverage risk and also the risk that the market value of the securities that the Fund is obligated to repurchase under the agreement may decline below the repurchase price. In the event the buyer of securities under a reverse repurchase agreement files for bankruptcy or becomes insolvent, the Fund’s use of the proceeds of the agreement may be restricted pending a determination by the other party, or its trustee or receiver, whether to enforce the Fund’s obligation to repurchase the securities.

 

Repurchase Agreements

 

The Fund may enter into repurchase agreements, in which the Fund purchases a security from a bank or broker-dealer and the bank or broker-dealer agrees to repurchase the security at the Fund’s cost plus interest within a specified time. If the party agreeing to repurchase should default, the Fund will seek to sell the securities which it holds. This could involve transaction costs or delays in addition to a loss on the securities if their value should fall below their repurchase price. Repurchase agreements maturing in more than seven days are considered to be illiquid securities.

 

U.S. Government Securities

 

The Fund may invest in U.S. Government securities, which are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. Government, its agencies or government-sponsored enterprises. U.S. Government securities include a variety of securities that differ in their interest rates, maturities and dates of issue. Securities issued or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government may or may not be supported by the full faith and credit of the United States or by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury.

 

Municipal Bonds

 

Municipal bonds are generally issued by states, municipalities and other political subdivisions, agencies, authorities and instrumentalities of states and multi-state agencies or authorities. Like other debt obligations, municipal bonds are subject to interest rate, credit and market risk. The ability of a municipal issuer to make payments could be affected by litigation, legislation or other political events or the bankruptcy of the issuer. The types of municipal bonds in which the Fund may invest include municipal lease obligations. The Fund also may invest in securities issued by entities whose underlying assets are municipal bonds.

 

32


Table of Contents

When Issued, Delayed Delivery and Forward Commitment Transactions

 

The Fund may purchase securities which it is eligible to purchase on a when-issued basis, may purchase and sell such securities for delayed delivery and may make contracts to purchase such securities for a fixed price at a future date beyond normal settlement time (forward commitments). When-issued transactions, delayed delivery purchases and forward commitments involve a risk of loss if the value of the securities declines prior to the settlement date. This risk is in addition to the risk that the Fund’s other assets will decline in value. Therefore, these transactions may result in a form of leverage and increase the Fund’s overall investment exposure. Typically, no income accrues on securities the Fund has committed to purchase prior to the time delivery of the securities is made, although the Fund may earn income on securities it has segregated to cover these positions.

 

Credit-Linked Trust Certificates

 

Among the income-producing securities in which the Fund may invest are credit-linked trust certificates, which are investments in a limited purpose trust or other vehicle formed under state law which, in turn, invests in a basket of derivative instruments, such as credit default swaps, interest rate swaps and other securities, in order to provide exposure to the high yield or another fixed income market. For instance, the Fund may invest in credit-linked trust certificates as a cash management tool in order to gain exposure to the high yield markets and/or to remain fully invested when more traditional income-producing securities are not available, including during the period when the net proceeds of this offering and any offering of Preferred Shares are being invested.

 

Like an investment in a bond, investments in these credit-linked trust certificates represent the right to receive periodic income payments (in the form of distributions) and payment of principal at the end of the term of the certificate. However, these payments are conditioned on the trust’s receipt of payments from, and the trust’s potential obligations to, the counterparties to the derivative instruments and other securities in which the trust invests. For instance, the trust may sell one or more credit default swaps, under which the trust would receive a stream of payments over the term of the swap agreements provided that no event of default has occurred with respect to the referenced debt obligation upon which the swap is based. If a default occurs, the stream of payments may stop and the trust would be obligated to pay to the counterparty the par (or other agreed upon value) of the referenced debt obligation. This, in turn, would reduce the amount of income and principal that the Fund would receive as an investor in the trust. Please see “Credit Default Swaps” above for additional information about credit default swaps. The Fund’s investments in these instruments are indirectly subject to the risks associated with derivative instruments, including, among others, credit risk, default or similar event risk, counterparty risk, interest rate risk, leverage risk and management risk. It is expected that the trusts which issue credit-linked trust certificates will constitute “private” investment companies, exempt from registration under the 1940 Act. Therefore, the certificates will be subject to the risks described under “Other Investment Companies” in the Statement of Additional Information, and will not be subject to applicable investment limitations and other regulation imposed by the 1940 Act (although the Fund will remain subject to such limitations and regulation, including with respect to its investments in the certificates). Although the trusts are typically private investment companies, they are generally not actively managed such as a “hedge fund” might be. It is also expected that the certificates will be exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933. Accordingly, there may be no established trading market for the certificates and they may constitute illiquid investments. See “Risks—Liquidity Risk.” If market quotations are not readily available for the certificates, they will be valued by the Fund at fair value as determined by the Board of Trustees or persons acting at its direction. See “Net Asset Value.” The Fund may lose its entire investment in a credit-linked trust certificate.

 

Short Sales

 

A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells an instrument that it does not own in anticipation that the market price will decline. The Fund may use short sales for investment and risk management purposes. When the Fund engages in a short sale, it must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the counterparty.

 

33


Table of Contents

The Fund may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and would often be obligated to pay over any payments received on such borrowed securities. The Fund’s obligation to replace the borrowed security will be secured by collateral deposited with the lender, which is usually a broker-dealer, and/or with the Fund’s custodian. The Fund may not receive any payments (including interest) on its collateral. Short sales expose the Fund to the risk that it will be required to cover its short position at a time when the securities have appreciated in value, thus resulting in a loss to the Fund. The Fund may engage in so-called “naked” short sales where it does not own or have the immediate right to acquire the security sold short at no additional cost, in which case the Fund’s losses could theoretically be unlimited.

 

Lending of Portfolio Securities

 

For the purpose of achieving income, the Fund may lend its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers, and other financial institutions provided a number of conditions are satisfied, including that the loan is fully collateralized. Please see “Investment Objective and Policies—Securities Loans” in the Statement of Additional Information for details. When the Fund lends portfolio securities, its investment performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned, and the Fund will also receive a fee or interest on the collateral. Securities lending involves the risk of loss of rights in the collateral or delay in recovery of the collateral if the borrower fails to return the security loaned or becomes insolvent. The Fund may pay lending fees to the party arranging the loan.

 

Please see “Investment Objective and Policies” in the Statement of Additional Information for additional information regarding the investments of the Fund and their related risks.

 

PREFERRED SHARES AND RELATED LEVERAGE

 

Subject to market conditions, approximately one to six months after the completion of the offering of the Common Shares, the Fund intends to offer Preferred Shares representing approximately 38% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after their issuance. The Preferred Shares will have complete priority upon distribution of assets over the Common Shares. The issuance of Preferred Shares will leverage the Common Shares. Leverage involves special risks and there is no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging strategies will be successful. Although the timing and other terms of the offering of the Preferred Shares will be determined by the Fund’s Board of Trustees, the Fund expects to invest the net proceeds of the Preferred Shares predominantly in Senior Loans and other floating rate assets in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies. The Preferred Shares will pay dividends based on short-term interest rates for high quality debt obligations (which would be redetermined periodically). So long as the Fund’s portfolio is invested in securities that provide a higher rate of return than the dividend rate of the Preferred Shares (after taking expenses into consideration), the leverage will allow Common Shareholders to receive a higher current rate of return than if the Fund were not leveraged.

 

Changes in the value of the Fund’s portfolio (including investments bought with the proceeds of the Preferred Shares offering) will be borne entirely by the Common Shareholders. If there is a net decrease (or increase) in the value of the Fund’s investment portfolio, the leverage will decrease (or increase) the net asset value per Common Share to a greater extent than if the Fund were not leveraged. During periods in which the Fund is using leverage, the fees paid to the Manager will be higher than if the Fund did not use leverage because the fees paid will be calculated on the basis of the Fund’s total managed assets, including the proceeds from the issuance of Preferred Shares and borrowings that may be outstanding. Thus, the Manager has a financial incentive for the Fund to issue Preferred Shares, or engage in borrowings, which may result in a conflict of interest between the Manager and the Common Shareholders. Fees and expenses paid by the Fund are borne entirely by the Common Shareholders (and not by Preferred Shareholders, if any). These include costs associated with any offering of Preferred Shares by the Fund (which costs are estimated to be approximately 1.3% of the total dollar amount of a Preferred Share offering), which will be borne immediately by Common Shareholders, as will the costs associated with any borrowings or other forms of leverage utilized by the Fund.

 

34


Table of Contents

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund is not permitted to issue Preferred Shares unless immediately after such issuance the value of the Fund’s total net assets is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares plus the aggregate amount of any senior securities of the Fund representing indebtedness ( i.e. , such liquidation value plus the aggregate amount of senior securities representing indebtedness may not exceed 50% of the Fund’s total net assets). In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Fund’s total net assets satisfies the above-referenced 200% coverage requirement. If Preferred Shares are issued, the Fund intends, to the extent possible, to purchase or redeem Preferred Shares from time to time to the extent necessary in order to maintain coverage of at least 200%. If the Fund has Preferred Shares outstanding, two of the Fund’s Trustees will be elected by the holders of Preferred Shares, voting separately as a class. The remaining Trustees of the Fund will be elected by holders of Common Shares and Preferred Shares voting together as a single class. In the event the Fund were to fail to pay dividends on Preferred Shares for two years, Preferred Shareholders would be entitled to elect a majority of the Trustees of the Fund.

 

The Fund may be subject to certain restrictions imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for Preferred Shares issued by the Fund. These guidelines may impose asset coverage or portfolio composition requirements that are more stringent than those imposed on the Fund by the 1940 Act. It is not anticipated that these covenants or guidelines will impede PIMCO from managing the Fund’s portfolio in accordance with the Fund’s investment objective and policies.

 

Assuming that the Preferred Shares will represent approximately 38% of the Fund’s total assets and pay dividends at an annual average rate of 2.50%, the income generated by the Fund’s portfolio (net of expenses) would have to exceed .95% in order to cover such dividend payments. Of course, these numbers are merely estimates, used for illustration. Actual Preferred Share dividend rates will vary frequently and may be significantly higher or lower than the rate identified above.

 

The following table is furnished in response to requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission. It is designed to illustrate the effect of leverage on Common Share total return, assuming investment portfolio total returns (consisting of income and changes in the value of investments held in the Fund’s portfolio) of -10%, -5%, 0%, 5% and 10%. These assumed investment portfolio returns are hypothetical figures and are not necessarily indicative of the investment portfolio returns expected to be experienced by the Fund. The table further assumes the issuance of Preferred Shares representing approximately 38% of the Fund’s total assets (immediately after their issuance) and the Fund’s current projected initial Preferred Share dividend rate of 2.50%. See “Risks.”

 

Assumed Portfolio Total Return

     (10.00)%      (5.00)%      0%      5.00%      10.00%

Common Share Total Return

     (17.66)%      (9.60)%      (1.53)%      6.53%      14.60%

 

Common Share total return is composed of two elements—the Common Share dividends paid by the Fund (the amount of which is largely determined by the net investment income of the Fund after paying dividends on Preferred Shares) and gains or losses on the value of the securities the Fund owns. As required by Securities and Exchange Commission rules, the table assumes that the Fund is more likely to suffer capital losses than to enjoy capital appreciation. For example, to assume a total return of 0%, the Fund must assume that the interest it receives on its investments is entirely offset by losses in the value of those investments.

 

Other Forms of Leverage and Borrowings.     The Fund may use a variety of other strategies to leverage the portfolio, including borrowing money, issuing debt securities or using reverse repurchase agreements, loaning portfolio securities, entering into credit default swap contracts and other derivatives, as well as when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions. However, these forms of leverage will only be used, if at all, as a substitute for, rather than in addition to, the leverage obtained through the issuance of Preferred Shares. Like leverage obtained through Preferred Shares, these other leveraging strategies would have the potential to increase returns to Common Shareholders, but would also involve additional risks, such as increased volatility of the Fund’s investment portfolio and potentially larger losses than if the strategies were not used.

 

35


Table of Contents

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund generally is not permitted to have outstanding senior securities representing indebtedness (including through the use of reverse repurchase agreements, credit default swaps and other derivatives to the extent that these instruments constitute senior securities) unless immediately after the financing giving rise to the senior security representing indebtedness, the value of the Fund’s total assets less liabilities (other than such senior securities) is at least 300% of the principal amount of such senior security representing indebtedness ( i.e. , such principal amount may not exceed 33  1 / 3 % of the Fund’s total assets). In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Fund’s total assets, less liabilities other than senior securities representing indebtedness, is at least 300% of such principal amount. If the Fund enters into such transactions, it intends, to the extent possible, to prepay all or a portion of the principal amount due to the extent necessary in order to maintain the required asset coverage. Failure to maintain certain asset coverage requirements could result in an event of default and entitle Preferred Shareholders and holders of any other senior securities of the Fund to elect a majority of the Trustees of the Fund. Derivative instruments used by the Fund will not constitute senior securities (and will not be subject to the Fund’s limitations on leverage or senior securities representing indebtedness) to the extent that the Fund segregates liquid assets at least equal in amount to its obligations under the instruments, or enters into offsetting transactions or owns positions covering its obligations. For instance, the Fund may cover its position in a reverse repurchase agreement by segregating liquid assets at least equal in amount to its forward purchase commitment.

 

The Fund may borrow money in order to repurchase its shares or as a temporary measure for extraordinary or emergency purposes, including for the payment of dividends or the settlement of securities transactions which otherwise might require untimely dispositions of the Fund’s securities.

 

RISKS

 

The net asset value of the Common Shares will fluctuate with and be affected by, among other things, the following principal risks of the Fund: high yield risk, credit risk, market discount risk, liquidity risk, leverage risk, issuer risk, variable dividend risk, smaller company risk, management risk, foreign (non-U.S.) investment risk, emerging markets risk, derivatives risk, counterparty risk, mortgage-related and asset-backed risk, risk of investing in REITs, interest rate risk, reinvestment risk, inflation/deflation risk, risk of regulatory changes, confidential information access risk and market disruption and geopolitical risk. An investment in the Fund will also be subject to the principal risk associated with the fact that the Fund is newly organized. These and other risks are summarized below.

 

Newly Organized

 

The Fund is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company and has no operating history.

 

Credit Risk/High Yield Risk

 

In general, lower rated debt securities (including many Senior Loans) carry a greater degree of risk that the issuer will lose its ability to make interest and principal payments, which could have a negative impact on the Fund’s net asset value or dividends. The Fund may invest without limit and ordinarily expects to invest a substantial portion of its assets in debt securities that are, at the time of purchase, rated below investment grade (below Baa3 by Moody’s, below BBB- by either S&P or Fitch, or below a comparable rating by Dominion) or that are unrated but judged by PIMCO to be of comparable quality, including debt securities that are in default or the issuers of which are in bankruptcy. Debt securities rated below investment grade quality are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal, and are commonly referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.” The prices of these lower grade bonds are generally more volatile and sensitive to actual or perceived negative developments, such as a decline in the issuer’s revenues or revenues of the borrowers underlying Senior Loans or a general economic downturn, than

 

36


Table of Contents

are the prices of higher grade securities. In addition, the secondary market on which high yield securities are traded may be less liquid than the market for investment grade securities, meaning these securities are subject to greater liquidity risk than investment grade securities. Bonds in the lowest investment grade category also may be considered to possess some speculative characteristics by certain rating agencies.

 

High yield securities may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic and competitive industry conditions than investment grade securities. A projection of an economic downturn or of a period of rising interest rates, for example, could cause a decline in high yield security prices because the advent of a recession could lessen the ability of an issuer to make principal and interest payments on its debt obligations. If an issuer of high yield securities defaults, in addition to risking non-payment of all or a portion of interest and principal, the Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery. Although Senior Loans in which the Fund will invest will often be secured by collateral, there can be no assurance that liquidation of such collateral would satisfy the borrower’s obligation in the event of a default or that such collateral could be readily liquidated. In the event of bankruptcy of a borrower, the Fund could experience delays or limitations in its ability to realize the benefits of any collateral securing a Senior Loan. The Fund may also invest in Senior Loans that are not secured. In addition, the Fund may purchase interests in Senior Loans from financial intermediaries whereby the Fund depends on the intermediary for payment of principal and interest on the Senior Loan. A decline in the financial soundness of the intermediary may adversely affect the Fund. The market prices of high yield securities structured as zero-coupon, step-up or payment-in-kind securities will normally be affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes, and therefore tend to be more volatile than the prices of securities that pay interest currently and in cash. PIMCO seeks to reduce these risks through diversification, credit analysis and attention to current developments and trends in both the economy and financial markets.

 

The Fund’s credit quality policies apply only at the time a security is purchased, and the Fund is not required to dispose of a security in the event that a rating agency or PIMCO downgrades its assessment of the credit characteristics of a particular issue. In determining whether to retain or sell such a security, PIMCO may consider such factors as PIMCO’s assessment of the credit quality of the issuer of such security, the price at which such security could be sold and the rating, if any, assigned to such security by other rating agencies. Analysis of creditworthiness may be more complex for issuers of high yield securities than for issuers of higher quality debt securities. Because of the Fund’s emphasis on Senior Loans and other below investment grade debt obligations, PIMCO’s capabilities in this area will be particularly important.

 

In addition to the credit risks associated with high yield securities, the Fund could also lose money if the issuer of other debt obligations, or the counterparty to a derivatives contract, repurchase agreement, loan of portfolio securities or other obligation, is, or is perceived to be, unable or unwilling to make timely principal and/or interest payments, or to otherwise honor its obligations. The downgrade of a security may further decrease its value.

 

Market Discount Risk

 

As with any stock, the price of the Fund’s shares will fluctuate with market conditions and other factors. If shares are sold, the price received may be more or less than the original investment. Net asset value will be reduced immediately following the initial offering by a sales load and organizational and offering expenses paid or reimbursed by the Fund and immediately following any offering of Preferred Shares by the costs of that offering paid by the Fund. The Common Shares are designed for long-term investors and should not be treated as trading vehicles. Shares of closed-end management investment companies frequently trade at a discount from their net asset value. The Fund’s shares may trade at a price that is less than the initial offering price. This risk may be greater for investors who sell their shares relatively shortly after completion of the initial offering.

 

Liquidity Risk

 

The Fund may invest without limit in securities which are illiquid at the time of investment. The term “illiquid securities” for this purpose is generally determined using the Securities and Exchange Commission’s standard applicable to open-end investment companies, i.e. , securities that cannot be disposed of within seven

 

37


Table of Contents

days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the securities. Illiquid securities may be subject to wide fluctuations in market value. The Fund may be subject to significant delays in disposing of illiquid securities. Accordingly, the Fund may be forced to sell these securities at less than fair market value or may not be able to sell them when PIMCO believes it is desirable to do so. Illiquid securities also may entail registration expenses and other transaction costs that are higher than those for liquid securities. Restricted securities, i.e. , securities subject to legal or contractual restrictions on resale, may also be illiquid. In general, below investment grade debt securities tend to be less liquid than higher-rated securities. PIMCO will determine the liquidity of the Fund’s investments by reference to market conditions and contractual provisions.

 

Leverage Risk

 

Leverage risk includes the risk associated with the issuance of the Preferred Shares, if any, or the loaning of portfolio securities, the borrowing of money, the issuance of debt securities or the use of credit default swaps, reverse repurchase agreements and other derivatives, as well as when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment transactions, in order to leverage the Fund’s portfolio. There can be no assurance that the Fund’s leveraging involving Preferred Shares or other strategies will be successful. Once the Preferred Shares are issued or other forms of leverage are used, the net asset value and market value of Common Shares will be more volatile, and the yield and total return to Common Shareholders will tend to fluctuate more in response to changes in interest rates and with changes in the short-term dividend rates on the Preferred Shares. The Fund anticipates that the Preferred Shares, at least initially, would likely pay cumulative dividends at rates determined over relatively short-term periods (such as seven days), by providing for the periodic redetermination of the dividend rate through an auction or remarketing procedures. See “Description of Shares—Preferred Shares.” If the dividend rate on the Preferred Shares approaches the net rate of return on the Fund’s investment portfolio, the benefit of leverage to Common Shareholders will be reduced. If the dividend rate on the Preferred Shares exceeds the net rate of return on the Fund’s portfolio, the leverage will result in a lower rate of return to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not leveraged. Although there is a risk that fluctuations in the dividend rates on the Preferred Shares may adversely affect the Fund’s returns to Common Shareholders, it is expected that this risk should be partially mitigated because the dividend rates on Preferred Shares and the interest rates on the Fund’s portfolio of Senior Loans and other investments will ordinarily vary in a similar manner. The Fund will pay (and Common Shareholders will bear) any costs and expenses relating to the issuance and ongoing maintenance of the Preferred Shares. The Fund cannot assure you that it will issue Preferred Shares or use other forms of leverage or, if used, that these strategies will result in a higher yield or return to Common Shareholders.

 

Similarly, any decline in the net asset value of the Fund’s investments will be borne entirely by Common Shareholders. Therefore, if the market value of the Fund’s portfolio declines, any leverage will result in a greater decrease in net asset value to Common Shareholders than if the Fund were not leveraged. Such greater net asset value decrease will also tend to cause a greater decline in the market price for the Common Shares. The Fund might be in danger of failing to maintain the required 200% asset coverage or of losing its expected AAA/Aaa ratings on the Preferred Shares or, in an extreme case, the Fund’s current investment income might not be sufficient to meet the dividend requirements on the Preferred Shares. In order to counteract such an event, or in order to meet its other obligations, including obligations under credit default swaps or other derivative instruments, the Fund might need to liquidate investments in order to fund a redemption of some or all of the Preferred Shares. Liquidation at times of low prices for the Fund’s portfolio securities may result in capital loss and may reduce returns to Common Shareholders.

 

Because the fees received by the Manager are based on the total managed assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to any Preferred Shares and borrowings that may be outstanding), the Manager has a financial incentive for the Fund to issue Preferred Shares and utilize borrowing, which may create a conflict of interest between the Manager and the Common Shareholders.

 

38


Table of Contents

Issuer Risk

 

The value of floating rate and other debt instruments may decline for a number of reasons which directly relate to the issuer, such as management performance, financial leverage and reduced demand for the issuer’s goods and services.

 

Variable Dividend Risk

 

Because a substantial portion of the investments held by the Fund will be floating rate assets, the amounts of the Fund’s monthly distributions to Common Shareholders are expected to vary with fluctuations in market interest rates. Generally, when market interest rates fall, the amount of the distributions to Common Shareholders will likewise decrease.

 

Smaller Company Risk

 

The Fund may invest in smaller companies. The general risks associated with floating rate and other debt instruments are particularly pronounced for securities issued by companies with smaller market capitalizations. These companies may have limited product lines, markets or financial resources or they may depend on a few key employees. As a result, they may be subject to greater levels of credit, market and issuer risk. Securities of smaller companies may trade less frequently and in lesser volume than more widely held securities and their values may fluctuate more sharply than other securities. Companies with medium-sized market capitalizations may have risks similar to those of smaller companies.

 

Management Risk

 

The Fund is subject to management risk because it is an actively managed investment portfolio. PIMCO and the individual portfolio managers will apply investment techniques and risk analyses in making investment decisions for the Fund, but there can be no guarantee that these will produce the desired results.

 

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Investment Risk

 

The Fund may invest some or all of its assets in U.S. dollar-denominated debt obligations of foreign issuers or supra-national government agencies. The Fund may invest up to 25% of its total assets in debt instruments denominated in foreign currencies, including obligations of non-U.S. governments and their respective sub-divisions, agencies and government-sponsored enterprises. The Fund’s investments in foreign issuers and in securities denominated in foreign currencies involve special risks. There may be less information publicly available about a foreign issuer than about a U.S. issuer, and foreign issuers are not generally subject to accounting, auditing and financial reporting standards and practices comparable to those in the United States. The securities of some foreign issuers are less liquid and at times more volatile than securities of comparable U.S. issuers. Foreign brokerage costs, custodial expenses and other fees are also generally higher than for securities traded in the United States. With respect to certain foreign countries, there is also a possibility of expropriation of assets, confiscatory taxation, political or financial instability and diplomatic developments which could affect the value of investments in those countries. In addition, income received by the Fund from sources within foreign countries may be reduced by withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries.

 

The value of securities denominated in foreign currencies may fluctuate based on changes in the value of those currencies relative to the U.S. dollar, and a decline in applicable foreign exchange rates could reduce the value of such securities held by the Fund. The values of foreign investments and the investment income derived from them also may be affected unfavorably by changes in currency exchange control regulations. In addition, although a portion of the Fund’s investment income may be received or realized in foreign currencies, the Fund will be required to compute and distribute its income in U.S. dollars. Therefore, if the exchange rate for any such currency declines after the Fund’s income has been earned and translated into U.S. dollars but before payment, the Fund could be required to liquidate portfolio securities to make such distributions.

 

39


Table of Contents

Emerging Markets Risk

 

The Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in debt securities of issuers located in emerging markets. Foreign investment risk may be particularly high to the extent that the Fund invests in securities of issuers based in or securities denominated in the currencies of emerging market countries. These securities may present market, credit, currency, liquidity, legal, political and other risks different from, and greater than, the risks of investing in developed foreign countries. Investing in securities of issuers based in underdeveloped emerging markets entails all of the risks of investing in securities of foreign issuers to a heightened degree. These heightened risks include: (i) greater risks of expropriation, confiscatory taxation, nationalization and less social, political and economic stability; (ii) the smaller size of the market for such securities and a lower volume of trading, resulting in lack of liquidity and in price volatility; and (iii) certain national policies which may restrict the Fund’s investment opportunities, including restrictions on investing in issuers or industries deemed sensitive to relevant national interests.

 

Derivatives Risk

 

Derivatives are financial contracts whose value depends on, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index (or relationship between two indexes). The Fund may invest in a variety of derivative instruments, for hedging or risk management purposes or as part of its investment strategies, such as options contracts (including options on futures contracts), futures contracts, swap agreements (including total return and credit-default swaps) and short sales. As part of its strategy to invest in floating rate assets, the Fund may enter into derivatives in connection with investments in fixed rate securities to effectively convert the fixed rate interest payments into floating rate payments. The Fund may also have exposure to derivatives, such as interest rate or credit default swaps, through investment in credit-linked trust certificates and other securities issued by special purpose or structured vehicles. The Fund may use derivatives as a substitute for taking a position in an underlying debt instrument or other asset and/or as part of a strategy designed to reduce exposure to other risks, such as interest rate or currency risk. The Fund also may use derivatives to add leverage to the portfolio, but only as a substitute for leverage obtained through Preferred Shares. The Fund’s use of derivative instruments involves risks different from, and possibly greater than, the risks associated with investing directly in securities and other traditional investments. Derivatives are subject to a number of risks described elsewhere in this prospectus, such as liquidity risk, interest rate risk, issuer risk, credit risk, leveraging risk, counterparty risk, management risk and, if applicable, smaller company risk. They also involve the risk of mispricing or improper valuation, the risk of ambiguous documentation, and the risk that changes in the value of the derivative may not correlate perfectly with the underlying asset, rate or index. If the Fund invests in a derivative instrument, it could lose more than the principal amount invested. Also, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances and there can be no assurance that the Fund will engage in these transactions to reduce exposure to other risks when that would be beneficial. In addition, the Fund may be subject to certain restrictions on its use of derivative strategies imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for Preferred Shares issued by the Fund. The use of derivatives also may increase the amount of taxes payable by shareholders. In addition to the risks applicable to derivatives generally, credit default swaps involve special risks because they are difficult to value, are highly susceptible to liquidity and credit risk, and generally pay a return to the party that has paid the premium only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other indication of financial difficulty).

 

Counterparty Risk

 

In addition to credit risk with respect to the counterparties to the Senior Loans in which the Fund invests, the Fund will also be subject to credit risk with respect to the derivative contracts entered into directly by the Fund or held by special purpose or structured vehicles in which the Fund invests. If a counterparty becomes bankrupt or otherwise fails to perform its obligations due to financial difficulties, the Fund may experience significant delays in obtaining any recovery in a bankruptcy or other reorganization proceeding. The Fund may obtain only a limited recovery or may obtain no recovery in such circumstances.

 

40


Table of Contents

Mortgage-Related and Asset-Backed Risk

 

The Fund may invest in a variety of mortgage-related securities, including commercial mortgage securities and other mortgage-backed instruments. Generally, rising interest rates tend to extend the duration of fixed rate mortgage-related securities, making them more sensitive to changes in interest rates. As a result, in a period of rising interest rates, mortgage-related securities held by the Fund may exhibit additional volatility. This is known as extension risk. PIMCO expects that the Fund will focus its mortgage-related investments principally in floating rate mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities, which should minimize the Fund’s overall sensitivity to interest rate volatility and extension risk. However, because interest rates on most adjustable rate mortgage- and other asset-backed securities typically only reset periodically (e.g., monthly or quarterly), changes in prevailing interest rates (and particularly sudden and significant changes) can be expected to cause some fluctuation in the market value of these securities, including declines in market value as interest rates rise. In addition, adjustable and fixed rate mortgage-related securities are subject to prepayment risk—the risk that borrowers may pay off their mortgages sooner than expected, particularly when interest rates decline. This can reduce the Fund’s returns because the Fund may have to reinvest that money at lower prevailing interest rates. The Fund’s investments in other asset-backed securities are subject to risks similar to those associated with mortgage-related securities, as well as additional risks associated with the nature of the assets and the servicing of those assets.

 

Risk of Investing in REITs

 

Like other mortgage-related securities, REITs are subject to interest rate risk and prepayment risk. Investing in REITs also involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. An equity REIT may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying properties owned by the REIT. A mortgage REIT may be affected by changes in interest rates and the ability of the issuers of its portfolio mortgages to repay their obligations. REITs are dependent upon the skills of their managers and are not diversified. REITs are generally dependent upon maintaining cash flows to repay borrowings and to make distributions to shareholders and are subject to the risk of default by lessees or borrowers. REITs whose underlying assets are concentrated in properties used by a particular industry, such as health care, are also subject to risks associated with such industry.

 

REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Historically, REITs have been more volatile in price than the larger capitalization stocks included in Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index.

 

Interest Rate Risk

 

Generally, when market interest rates rise, the prices of debt obligations (and particularly longer-term fixed rate obligations) fall, and vice versa. This interest rate risk is the risk that the debt obligations in the Fund’s portfolio will decline in value because of increases in market interest rates. The prices of short-term floating rate and other debt obligations generally fluctuate less than prices of long-term debt obligations as interest rates change. Because the Fund will normally have a short portfolio duration ( i.e. , a zero to one-year time frame), the Common Share net asset value and market price per share will tend to fluctuate less in response to changes in market interest rates than if the Fund invested mainly in long-term debt securities. Although the Fund’s net asset value will vary, PIMCO expects the Fund’s policy of investing principally in floating rate assets will substantially reduce the Fund’s overall sensitivity to market interest rate fluctuations. However, because rates on certain floating rate debt instruments typically only reset periodically (e.g., monthly or quarterly), changes in prevailing interest rates (and particularly sudden and significant changes) can be expected to cause some fluctuation in the Fund’s net asset value. Moreover, the Fund may invest in debt instruments with fixed rates of interest (including up to 20% of its assets in longer duration fixed rate instruments), which will generally lose value in direct response to rising interest rates. The Fund’s use of leverage will tend to increase Common Share interest rate risk.

 

41


Table of Contents

Reinvestment Risk

 

Reinvestment risk is the risk that income from the Fund’s portfolio will decline if and when the Fund invests the proceeds from prepaid, matured, traded or called debt obligations at market interest rates that are below the portfolio’s current earnings rate. A decline in income could affect the Common Shares’ market price or their overall returns.

 

Inflation/Deflation Risk

 

Inflation risk is the risk that the value of assets or income from the Fund’s investments will be worth less in the future as inflation decreases the value of money. As inflation increases, the real, or inflation-adjusted, value of the Common Shares and distributions can decline and the dividend payments on the Fund’s Preferred Shares, if any, or interest payments on Fund borrowings, if any, may increase. Deflation risk is the risk that prices throughout the economy decline over time—the opposite of inflation. Deflation may have an adverse effect on the creditworthiness of issuers and may make issuer default more likely, which may result in a decline in the value of the Fund’s portfolio.

 

Regulatory Changes

 

To the extent that legislation or state or federal bank or other regulators impose additional requirements or restrictions on the ability of certain financial institutions to make loans, particularly in connection with highly leverage transactions, the availability of Senior Loans and other related investments sought after by the Fund may be reduced. Further, such legislation or regulation could depress the market value of Senior Loans and other instruments held by the Fund.

 

Confidential Information Access Risk

 

In managing the fund, PIMCO normally will seek to avoid the receipt by portfolio managers and analysts of material, non-public information (“Confidential Information”) about the issuers of Senior Loans and related investments being considered for acquisition by the Fund or held in the Fund’s portfolio. In many instances, issuers offer to furnish Confidential Information to prospective purchasers or holders of the issuer’s Senior Loans. In circumstances where PIMCO’s portfolio managers and analysts do not receive Confidential Information from these issuers, the Fund may be disadvantaged in comparison to other Senior Loan investors, including with respect to the price the Fund pays or receives when it buys or sells a Senior Loan. Further, in situations where the Fund is asked, for example, to grant consents, waivers or amendments with respect to Senior Loans, PIMCO’s ability to assess the desirability of such consents, waivers and amendments may be compromised.

 

Market Disruption and Geopolitical Risk

 

The war with Iraq, its aftermath and the continuing occupation of Iraq is likely to have a substantial impact on the U.S. and world economies and securities markets. The nature, scope and duration of the war and occupation and the potential costs of rebuilding the Iraqi infrastructure cannot be predicted with any certainty. Terrorist attacks on the World Trade Center and the Pentagon on September 11, 2001 closed some of the U.S. securities markets for a four-day period and similar future events cannot be ruled out. The war and occupation, terrorism and related geopolitical risks have led, and may in the future lead to, increased short-term market volatility and may have adverse long-term effects on U.S. and world economies and markets generally. Those events could also have an acute effect on individual issuers or related groups of issuers. These risks could also adversely affect individual issuers and securities markets, interest rates, auctions, secondary trading, ratings, credit risk, inflation, deflation and other factors relating to the Common Shares.

 

Certain Affiliations

 

Certain broker-dealers may be considered to be affiliated persons of the Fund, the Manager and/or PIMCO due to their possible affiliations with Allianz AG, the ultimate parent of the Manager and PIMCO. Absent an exemption from the Securities and Exchange Commission or other regulatory relief, the Fund is

 

42


Table of Contents

generally precluded from effecting certain principal transactions with affiliated brokers, and its ability to purchase securities being underwritten by an affiliated broker or a syndicate including an affiliated broker, or to utilize affiliated brokers for agency transactions, is subject to restrictions. This could limit the Fund’s ability to engage in securities transactions and take advantage of market opportunities. In addition, unless and until the underwriting syndicate is broken in connection with the initial public offering of the Common Shares, the Fund will be precluded from effecting principal transactions with brokers who are members of the syndicate.

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions

 

The Fund’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration”) includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or convert the Fund to open-end status. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust.” These provisions could deprive the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then current market price of the Common Shares or at net asset value. In addition, if the Fund issues Preferred Shares, the holders of the Preferred Shares will have voting rights that could deprive the Common Shareholders of such opportunities.

 

HOW THE FUND MANAGES RISK

 

Investment Limitations

 

The Fund has adopted certain investment limitations designed to limit investment risk and maintain portfolio diversification. These limitations (two of which are listed below) are fundamental and may not be changed without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares and, if issued, Preferred Shares voting together as a single class, and the approval of the holders of a majority of the Preferred Shares voting as a separate class. The Fund may not:

 

  r concentrate its investments in a particular “industry,” as that term is used in the 1940 Act and as interpreted, modified, or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time; and

 

  r with respect to 75% of the Fund’s total assets, purchase the securities of any issuer, except securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities or securities of other investment companies, if, as a result, (i) more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of that issuer, or (ii) the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer.

 

The Fund would be deemed to “concentrate” its investments in a particular industry if it invested more than 25% of its total assets in that industry. The Fund’s industry concentration policy does not preclude it from focusing investments in issuers in a group of related industrial sectors (such as different types of utilities).

 

The Fund may become subject to guidelines which are more limiting than the investment restrictions set forth above and other restrictions set forth in the Statement of Additional Information in order to obtain and maintain ratings from Moody’s, S&P and/or Fitch on the Preferred Shares that it intends to issue. The Fund does not anticipate that such guidelines would have a material adverse effect on the Fund’s Common Shareholders or the Fund’s ability to achieve its investment objective. See “Investment Objective and Policies” and “Investment Restrictions” in the Statement of Additional Information for information about these guidelines and a complete list of the fundamental investment policies of the Fund.

 

Limited Issuance of Preferred Shares

 

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund could issue Preferred Shares having a total liquidation value (original purchase price of the shares being liquidated plus any accrued and unpaid dividends) of up to one-half of the value of the total assets of the Fund, less liabilities. To the extent that the Fund has outstanding any senior

 

43


Table of Contents

securities representing indebtedness (such as through the use of reverse repurchase agreements, credit default swaps and other derivative instruments that constitute senior securities), the aggregate amount of such senior securities will be added to the total liquidation value of any outstanding Preferred Shares for purposes of this asset coverage requirement. If the total liquidation value of the Preferred Shares plus the aggregate amount of such other senior securities were ever more than one-half of the value of the Fund’s total net assets, the Fund would not be able to declare dividends on the Common Shares until such liquidation value and/or aggregate amount of other senior securities, as a percentage of the Fund’s total assets, were reduced. The Fund intends to issue Preferred Shares representing approximately 38% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after their issuance approximately one to six months after the completion of the offering of Common Shares. This higher than required margin of net asset value provides a cushion against later fluctuations in the value of the Fund’s portfolio and will subject Common Shareholders to less income and net asset value volatility than if the Fund were more highly leveraged through Preferred Shares. No assurance can be given that this cushion will not be reduced or eliminated. The Fund intends to purchase or redeem Preferred Shares, if necessary, to keep the liquidation value of the Preferred Shares plus the aggregate amount of other senior securities representing indebtedness below one-half of the value of the Fund’s total net assets.

 

Management of Investment Portfolio and Capital Structure to Limit Leverage Risk

 

The Fund may take certain actions if market conditions change (or the Fund anticipates such change) and the Fund’s leverage begins (or is expected) to adversely affect Common Shareholders. In order to attempt to offset such a negative impact of leverage on Common Shareholders, the Fund may invest substantially in short-term, high quality securities, implement certain hedging strategies or extend the maturity of outstanding Preferred Shares. The Fund also may attempt to reduce leverage by redeeming or otherwise purchasing Preferred Shares or by reducing any holdings in other instruments that create leverage. As explained under “Risks—Leverage Risk,” the success of any such attempt to limit leverage risk depends on PIMCO’s ability to accurately predict interest rate or other market changes. Because of the difficulty of making such predictions, the Fund may not be successful in managing its exposure to risks in the manner described above.

 

If market conditions suggest that additional leverage would be beneficial, the Fund may sell previously unissued Preferred Shares or Preferred Shares that the Fund previously issued but later repurchased. The Fund may also leverage the portfolio by borrowing money, issuing debt securities or using reverse repurchase agreements, loans of portfolio securities, credit default swap contracts and other derivatives, as well as when-issued, delayed delivery and forward commitment transactions. However, these forms of leverage will only be used, if at all, as a substitute for, rather than in addition to, the leverage obtained through the issuance of Preferred Shares. See “The Fund’s Investment Objective and Strategies—Portfolio Contents and Other Information.”

 

Hedging and Related Strategies

 

The Fund may use various investment strategies designed to limit the risk of price fluctuations of its portfolio securities and to preserve capital. For instance, the Fund may purchase credit default swap contracts for the purpose of hedging the Fund’s exposure to certain issuers and, thereby, decreasing its exposure to credit risk. See “The Fund’s Investment Objective and Strategies—Credit Default Swaps” in this prospectus. Other hedging strategies that the Fund may use include: financial futures contracts; short sales; other types of swap agreements or options thereon; options on financial futures; and options based on either an index or individual debt securities whose prices, PIMCO believes, correlate with the prices of the Fund’s investments. Income earned by the Fund from many hedging activities will be treated as capital gain and, if not offset by net realized capital loss, will be distributed to shareholders in taxable distributions. If effectively used, hedging strategies will offset in varying percentages losses incurred on the Fund’s investments due to adverse changes involving issuers or economic conditions. There is no assurance that these hedging strategies will be available at any time or that PIMCO will determine to use them for the Fund or, if used, that the strategies will be successful. In addition, the Fund may be subject to certain restrictions on its use of hedging strategies imposed by guidelines of one or more rating agencies that may issue ratings for Preferred Shares issued by the Fund.

 

44


Table of Contents

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

 

Trustees and Officers

 

The Board of Trustees is responsible for the management of the Fund, including supervision of the duties performed by the Manager and PIMCO. There will be three Trustees of the Fund at the time of the offering. The names and business addresses of the Trustees and officers of the Fund and their principal occupations and other affiliations during the past five years are set forth under “Management of the Fund” in the Statement of Additional Information.

 

Investment Manager

 

The Manager serves as the investment manager of the Fund. Subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees, the Manager is responsible for managing, either directly or through others selected by it, the investment activities of the Fund and the Fund’s business affairs and other administrative matters. The Manager is located at 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10105.

 

Organized in 2000 as a subsidiary successor of a business originally organized in 1987, the Manager provides investment management and advisory services to a number of closed-end and open-end investment company clients. As of September 30, 2004, the Manager had approximately $33.6 billion in assets under management. Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P. is the direct parent company of PA Retail Holdings LLC, of which the Manager is a wholly-owned subsidiary. As of September 30, 2004, Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P. and its subsidiaries, including PIMCO, had approximately $502 billion in assets under management.

 

The Manager has retained its affiliate, PIMCO, to manage the Fund’s investments. See “Portfolio Manager” below. The Manager and PIMCO are each majority-owned indirect subsidiaries of Allianz AG, a publicly traded German insurance and financial services company.

 

Portfolio Manager

 

PIMCO serves as the portfolio manager for the Fund. Subject to the supervision of the Manager, PIMCO has full investment discretion and makes all determinations with respect to the investment of the Fund’s assets.

 

PIMCO is located at 840 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660. Organized in 1971, PIMCO provides investment management and advisory services to private accounts of institutional and individual clients and to mutual funds. As of September 30, 2004, PIMCO had approximately $439 billion in assets under management.

 

The Manager (and not the Fund) will pay a portion of the fees it receives to PIMCO in return for PIMCO’s services. For the period from the commencement of Fund operations through October 31, 2009 ( i.e. , roughly the first five years of Fund operations), the fee will be paid monthly at the annual rate of .39% of the Fund’s average weekly total managed assets, provided, however, that the amounts payable for each month shall be reduced to reflect that PIMCO will bear 65% of the fees payable by the Manager to certain underwriters (other than Merrill Lynch) for such month as described under “Underwriting.” Beginning November 1, 2009 and thereafter, the Manager will pay a monthly fee to PIMCO at the annual rate of .55% of the Fund’s average weekly total managed assets, provided, however, that the amounts payable for each month shall be reduced by the amount of all fees payable by the Manager to certain underwriters other than for such month as described under “Underwriting” (such that the Manager retains from its management fee, on an annual basis, .05% of the Fund’s average weekly total managed assets, after having paid PIMCO and the underwriters).

 

45


Table of Contents

Bill Gross, a founder of PIMCO, serves as Managing Director and Chief Investment Officer of PIMCO. In his role as Chief Investment Officer, he serves as the head of the Investment Committee, which oversees setting investment policy decisions, including duration positioning, yield curve management, sector rotation, credit quality and overall portfolio composition, for all PIMCO portfolios and strategies, including the Fund. The following individuals at PIMCO share primary responsibility for the day-to-day portfolio management of the Fund:

 

Name


  

Since


  

Recent Professional Experience


Raymond G. Kennedy, CFA

   2004 (Inception)    Mr. Kennedy is a Managing Director, portfolio manager and senior member of PIMCO’s investment strategy group. He manages High Yield funds and oversees bank loan trading and collateralized debt obligations. Mr. Kennedy joined the firm in 1996, previously having been associated with the Prudential Insurance Company of America as a private placement asset manager, where he was responsible for investing and managing a portfolio of investment grade and high yield privately placed fixed income securities. Prior to that, he was a consultant for Andersen Consulting (now Accenture) in Los Angeles and London. He has seventeen years of investment management experience and holds a bachelor’s degree from Stanford University and an MBA from the Anderson Graduate School of Management at the University of California, Los Angeles. Mr. Kennedy is also a member of LSTA.

Mark T. Hudoff

   2004 (Inception)    Mr. Hudoff is an Executive Vice President and portfolio manager in the high yield area. He joined the firm in 1996, previously having been associated with BCA where he worked as a fixed income strategist. Mr. Hudoff started as a credit analyst for the high yield team and moved to Europe in 2000 to build and manage our European credit business, including the management of PIMCO’s European High Yield funds. He currently oversees the European team and our Global High Yield products. Mr. Hudoff has seventeen years of investment experience and holds a bachelor’s degree in economics from Arizona State University, and an MBA in finance from the University of Chicago School of Business.

Jason R. Rosiak

   2004 (Inception)    Mr. Rosiak is a Senior Vice President and portfolio manager. He focuses on high-yield corporate bonds and bank loans, oversees the construction of PIMCO’s structured products and manages a trade-desk research group. Mr. Rosiak joined the firm in 1996, previously having been associated with Bankers Trust NA, where he worked in their mortgage backed securities division. He has eleven years of investment experience and holds a bachelor’s degree in economics from the University of California, Los Angeles, and a master’s degree in business administration from the Marshall School of Business at the University of Southern California.

 

Mr. Kennedy oversees Messrs. Hudoff and Rosiak regarding the management of the Fund.

 

46


Table of Contents

Investment Management Agreement

 

Pursuant to an investment management agreement between the Manager and the Fund (the “Investment Management Agreement”), the Fund has agreed to pay the Manager an annual management fee payable on a monthly basis at the annual rate of 0.75% of the Fund’s average weekly total managed assets (including assets attributable to Preferred Shares and any borrowings that may be outstanding) for the services and facilities it provides.

 

In addition to the fees of the Manager, the Fund pays all other costs and expenses of its operations, including compensation of its Trustees (other than those affiliated with the Manager), custodial expenses, shareholder servicing expenses, transfer agency and dividend disbursing expenses, legal fees, expenses of independent auditors, expenses of repurchasing shares, expenses of issuing any Preferred Shares, expenses of preparing, printing and distributing prospectuses, shareholder reports, notices, proxy statements and reports to governmental agencies, and taxes, if any.

 

Because the fees received by the Manager are based on the total managed assets of the Fund (including assets attributable to Preferred Shares and any borrowings that may be outstanding), the Manager has a financial incentive for the Fund to issue Preferred Shares and utilize borrowings, which may create a conflict of interest between the Manager and the holders of the Fund’s Common Shares.

 

Regulatory and Litigation Matters

 

On September 13, 2004, the Securities and Exchange Commission announced that the Manager, PEA Capital LLC (“PEA”) and PA Distributors LLC (“PAD”) had agreed to a settlement of charges that they and certain of their officers had, among other things, violated various antifraud provisions of the federal securities laws in connection with an alleged market-timing arrangement involving trading of shares of certain open-end investment companies (“open-end funds”) advised or distributed by the Manager and certain of its affiliates. In their settlement with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Manager, PAD and PEA consented to the entry of an order by the Securities and Exchange Commission and, without admitting or denying the findings contained in the order, agreed to implement certain compliance and governance changes and consented to cease-and-desist orders and censures. In addition, the Manager, PEA and PAD agreed to pay civil money penalties in the aggregate amount of $40 million and to pay disgorgement in the amount of $10 million, for an aggregate payment of $50 million. In connection with the settlement, the Securities and Exchange Commission has indicated that it will seek to dismiss the Manager, PEA and PAD from the related complaint it filed on May 6, 2004 in the U.S. District Court in the Southern District of New York.

 

In a related action, on June 1, 2004, the Attorney General of the State of New Jersey announced that it had entered into a settlement agreement with PEA and PAD and their parent, Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P. (“ADAM”), in connection with a complaint filed by the New Jersey Attorney General (“NJAG”) on February 17, 2004. The NJAG dismissed its claims against PIMCO, which had been filed as part of the same complaint. In the settlement, ADAM, PEA and PAD neither admitted nor denied the allegations or conclusions of law, but did agree to pay New Jersey a civil fine of $15 million and $3 million for investigative costs and further potential enforcement initiatives against unrelated parties. They also undertook to implement certain governance changes. The complaint relating to the settlement alleged, among other things, that ADAM, PEA and PAD had failed to disclose that they improperly allowed certain hedge funds to engage in “market timing” in various open-end funds advised or distributed by the Manager and certain of its affiliates.

 

On September 15, 2004, the Securities and Exchange Commission announced that the Manager, PEA and PAD had agreed to settle a Securities and Exchange Commission enforcement action in connection with charges that they violated various antifraud and other provisions of federal securities laws as a result of, among other things, their failure to disclose to the board of trustees and shareholders of various open-end funds advised or distributed by the Manager and its affiliates material facts and conflicts of interest that arose from their use of brokerage commissions on portfolio transactions to pay for so-called “shelf space” arrangements with certain

 

47


Table of Contents

broker-dealers. In their settlement with the Securities and Exchange Commission, the Manager, PEA and PAD consented to the entry of an order by the Securities and Exchange Commission without admitting or denying the findings contained in the order. In connection with their settlement, the Manager, PEA and PAD agreed to undertake certain compliance and disclosure reforms and consented to cease-and-desist orders and censures. In addition, the Manager, PAD and PEA agreed to pay a civil money penalty of $5 million and to pay disgorgement of approximately $6.6 million based upon the aggregate amount of brokerage commissions alleged to have been paid by such open-end funds in connection with these shelf-space arrangements (and related interest). In a related action, the California Attorney General announced on September 15, 2004 that it had entered an agreement with PAD in resolution of an investigation into matters that are similar to those discussed in the Securities and Exchange Commission order. The settlement agreement resolves matters described in a complaint filed contemporaneously by the California Attorney General in the Superior Court of the State of California alleging, among other things, that PAD violated certain antifraud provisions of California law by failing to disclose matters related to the shelf-space arrangements described above. In the settlement agreement, PAD did not admit to any liability but agreed to pay $5 million in civil penalties and $4 million in recognition of the California Attorney General’s fees and costs associated with the investigation and related matters.

 

Since February 2004, the Manager, the Sub-Adviser and certain of their affiliates and employees have been named as defendants in a total of 14 lawsuits filed in one of the following: U.S. District Court in the Southern District of New York, the Central District of California and the Districts of New Jersey and Connecticut. Ten of those lawsuits concern “market timing,” and they have been transferred to and consolidated for pre-trial proceedings in the U.S. District Court for the District of Maryland; the remaining four lawsuits concern “revenue sharing” with brokers offering “shelf space” and have been consolidated into a single action in the U.S. District Court for the District of Connecticut. The lawsuits have been commenced as putative class actions on behalf of investors who purchased, held or redeemed shares of affiliated funds during specified periods or as derivative actions on behalf of the funds. The lawsuits generally relate to the same facts that are the subject of the regulatory proceedings discussed above. The lawsuits seek, among other things, unspecified compensatory damages plus interest and, in some cases, punitive damages, the rescission of investment advisory contracts, the return of fees paid under those contracts and restitution. The Manager and the Sub-Adviser believe that other similar lawsuits may be filed in federal or state courts naming as defendants the Manager, the Sub-Adviser, ADAM, open- and closed-end funds advised or distributed by the Manager, the Sub-Adviser and/or their affiliates, the boards of trustees of those funds, and/or other affiliates or employees as defendants.

 

Under Section 9(a) of the 1940 Act, if any of the various regulatory proceedings or lawsuits were to result in a court injunction against the Manager, ADAM and/or their affiliates, they and their affiliates (including the Sub-Adviser) would, in the absence of exemptive relief granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, be barred from serving as an investment adviser/sub-adviser or principal underwriter for any registered investment company, including the Fund. In connection with an inquiry from the Securities and Exchange Commission concerning the status of the New Jersey settlement under Section 9(a), the Manager, ADAM, the Sub-Adviser and certain of their affiliates (together, the “Applicants”) sought exemptive relief from the Securities and Exchange Commission under Section 9(c) of the 1940 Act. The Securities and Exchange Commission has granted the Applicants a temporary exemption from the provisions of Section 9(a) with respect to the New Jersey settlement until the earlier of (i) September 13, 2006 and (ii) the date on which the Securities and Exchange Commission takes final action on their application for a permanent order. There is no assurance that the Securities and Exchange Commission will issue a permanent order.

 

In addition, it is possible that these matters and/or other developments resulting from these matters could lead to a decrease in the market value of the Fund’s Common Shares or other adverse consequences to the Fund and its Shareholders. However, the Manager and the Sub-Adviser believe that these matters are not likely to have a material adverse effect on the Fund or on the Manager’s or the Sub-Adviser’s ability to perform its respective investment advisory services relating to the Fund.

 

48


Table of Contents

NET ASSET VALUE

 

The net asset value (“NAV”) of the Fund equals the total value of the Fund’s portfolio investments and other assets, less any liabilities. For purposes of calculating NAV, portfolio securities and other assets for which market quotes are readily available are stated at market value. Market value is generally determined on the basis of the last reported sales price or, if available, the closing price reported for an issue traded on an over-the-counter stock market (including the NASDAQ Official Closing Price for NASD traded securities), or if no sales or closing prices are reported, based on quotes obtained from a quotation reporting system, established market makers or pricing services. Certain securities or investments for which market quotations are not readily available may be valued, pursuant to guidelines established by the Board of Trustees, with reference to other securities or indexes. For instance, a pricing service may recommend a fair market value based on prices of comparable securities. Short-term investments having a maturity of 60 days or less are generally valued at amortized cost. Exchange traded options, futures and options on futures are valued at the settlement price determined by the exchange. Other securities for which market quotes are not readily available are valued at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Trustees or persons acting at their direction.

 

The NAV of the Fund will be determined weekly, generally on the last day of the week that the New York Stock Exchange is open for trading, as of the close of regular trading on the New York Stock Exchange that day (normally 4:00 p.m., Eastern time) (the “NYSE Close”). Domestic debt securities and foreign securities are normally priced using data reflecting the earlier closing of the principal markets for those securities. Information that becomes known to the Fund or its agent after the Fund’s NAV has been calculated on a particular day will not be used to retroactively adjust the price of a security or the Fund’s NAV determined earlier that day.

 

Investments initially valued in currencies other than the U.S. dollar are converted to U.S. dollars using exchange rates obtained from pricing services. As a result, the NAV of the Fund’s shares may be affected by changes in the value of currencies in relation to the U.S. dollar. The value of securities traded in markets outside the United States or denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar may be affected significantly on a day that the New York Stock Exchange is closed.

 

In unusual circumstances, instead of valuing securities in the usual manner, the Fund may value securities at fair value as determined in good faith by the Board of Trustees, generally based upon recommendations provided by PIMCO. Fair valuation also may be required due to material events that occur after the close of the relevant market but prior to the NYSE Close.

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

Commencing with the Fund’s first dividend, the Fund intends to make regular monthly cash distributions to Common Shareholders at a variable rate based upon the performance of the Fund and income accrual. Distributions can only be made from net investment income after paying any accrued dividends to Preferred Shareholders. The dividend rate that the Fund pays on its Common Shares will depend on a number of factors including the variable rate of interest received on the Fund’s portfolio, dividends payable on the Preferred Shares and the expenses of any other leveraging transactions. Because a substantial portion of the Fund’s investments will be floating rate assets, the amount of the Fund’s monthly distributions to Common Shareholders is expected to vary with fluctuations in market interest rates. Although there is a risk that fluctuations in the dividend rates on Preferred Shares may adversely affect the return to Common Shareholders, PIMCO believes that this should be mitigated when the Fund uses leverage with floating rate costs, because dividend rates on the Preferred Shares and the interest rates on the Fund’s portfolio of Senior Loans and other floating rate assets will ordinarily vary in a similar manner. The net income of the Fund consists of all income paid or accrued on portfolio assets less all expenses of the Fund. Expenses of the Fund are accrued each day. Over time, substantially all the net investment income of the Fund will be distributed. At least annually, the Fund also intends to distribute to you your pro rata share of any available net capital gain. Initial distributions to Common Shareholders are expected to be declared approximately 45 days, and paid approximately 60 to 90 days, from the

 

49


Table of Contents

completion of this offering, depending on market conditions. Although it does not now intend to do so, the Board of Trustees may change the Fund’s dividend policy and the amount or timing of the distributions, based on a number of factors, including the amount of the Fund’s undistributed net investment income and historical and projected investment income and the amount of the expenses and dividend rates on any outstanding Preferred Shares.

 

To permit the Fund to maintain a more stable relationship between its monthly distributions and the variable rates of interest it receives on its investment portfolio, the Fund may initially distribute less than the entire amount of net investment income earned in a particular period. The undistributed net investment income would be available to supplement future distributions. As a result, the distributions paid by the Fund for any particular monthly period may be more or less than the amount of net investment income actually earned by the Fund during the period. Undistributed net investment income will be added to the Fund’s net asset value and, correspondingly, distributions from undistributed net investment income will be deducted from the Fund’s net asset value. Unless you elect to receive distributions in cash, all of your distributions will be automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares under the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan. See “Dividend Reinvestment Plan.”

 

DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

 

Pursuant to the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “Plan”), all Common Shareholders whose shares are registered in their own names will have all dividends, including any capital gain dividends, reinvested automatically in additional Common Shares by PFPC Inc., as agent for the Common Shareholders (the “Plan Agent”), unless the shareholder elects to receive cash. An election to receive cash may be revoked or reinstated at the option of the shareholder. In the case of record shareholders such as banks, brokers or other nominees that hold Common Shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Plan Agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Common Shares certified from time to time by the record shareholder as representing the total amount registered in such shareholder’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who are to participate in the Plan. Shareholders whose shares are held in the name of a bank, broker or nominee should contact the bank, broker or nominee for details. Such shareholders may not be able to transfer their shares to another bank or broker and continue to participate in the Plan. All distributions to investors who elect not to participate in the Plan (or whose broker or nominee elects not to participate on the investor’s behalf) will be paid in cash by check mailed, in the case of direct shareholders, to the record holder by PFPC Inc., as the Fund’s dividend disbursement agent.

 

Unless you elect (or your broker or nominee elects) not to participate in the Plan, the number of Common Shares you will receive will be determined as follows:

 

  r If on the payment date the net asset value of the Common Shares is equal to or less than the market price per Common Share plus estimated brokerage commissions that would be incurred upon the purchase of Common Shares on the open market, the Fund will issue new shares at the greater of (i) the net asset value per Common Share on the payment date or (ii) 95% of the market price per Common Share on the payment date; or

 

  r If on the payment date the net asset value of the Common Shares is greater than the market price per Common Share plus estimated brokerage commissions that would be incurred upon the purchase of Common Shares on the open market, the Plan Agent will receive the dividend or distribution in cash and will purchase Common Shares in the open market, on the New York Stock Exchange or elsewhere, for the participants’ accounts. It is possible that the market price for the Common Shares may increase before the Plan Agent has completed its purchases. Therefore, the average purchase price per share paid by the Plan Agent may exceed the market price on the payment date, resulting in the purchase of fewer shares than if the dividend or distribution had been paid in Common Shares issued by the Fund. The Plan Agent will use all dividends and distributions received in cash to purchase Common Shares in the open market on or shortly after the payment date, but in no event later than the ex-dividend date for the next distribution. Interest will not be paid on any uninvested cash payments.

 

50


Table of Contents

You may withdraw from the Plan at any time by giving written notice to the Plan Agent. If you withdraw or the Plan is terminated, you will receive a certificate for each whole share in your account under the Plan and you will receive a cash payment for any fraction of a share in your account. If you wish, the Plan Agent will sell your shares and send you the proceeds, minus brokerage commissions.

 

The Plan Agent maintains all shareholders’ accounts in the Plan and gives written confirmation of all transactions in the accounts, including information you may need for tax records. The Plan Agent will also furnish each person who buys Common Shares with written instructions detailing the procedures for electing not to participate in the Plan and to instead receive distributions in cash. Common Shares in your account will be held by the Plan Agent in non-certificated form. Any proxy you receive will include all Common Shares you have received under the Plan.

 

There is no brokerage charge for reinvestment of your dividends or distributions in Common Shares. However, all participants will pay a pro rata share of brokerage commissions incurred by the Plan Agent when it makes open market purchases.

 

Automatically reinvested dividends and distributions are taxed in the same manner as cash dividends and distributions.

 

The Fund and the Plan Agent reserve the right to amend or terminate the Plan. There is no direct service charge to participants in the Plan; however, the Fund reserves the right to amend the Plan to include a service charge payable by the participants. Additional information about the Plan may be obtained from PFPC Inc., 400 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, telephone number 1-800-331-1710.

 

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

 

Common Shares

 

The Declaration authorizes the issuance of an unlimited number of Common Shares. The Common Shares will be issued with a par value of $.00001 per share. All Common Shares have equal rights to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon liquidation. Common Shares will, when issued, be fully paid and, subject to matters discussed in “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust,” non-assessable, and will have no pre-emptive or conversion rights or rights to cumulative voting. Whenever Preferred Shares are outstanding, Common Shareholders will not be entitled to receive any distributions from the Fund unless all accrued dividends on Preferred Shares have been paid, and unless asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) with respect to Preferred Shares would be at least 200% after giving effect to the distributions. See “Preferred Shares” below.

 

The Common Shares are expected to be listed on the New York Stock Exchange. The Fund intends to hold annual meetings of shareholders so long as the Common Shares are listed on a national securities exchange and such meetings are required as a condition to such listing.

 

Net asset value will be reduced immediately following the offering by the amount of the sales load and organization and offering expenses paid by the Fund. The Manager has agreed to pay (i) the amount by which the Fund’s offering costs (other than the sales load) exceed $.04 per Common Share and (ii) all of the Fund’s organizational expenses, except that the Fund has agreed to reimburse the Manager for such organizational expenses to the extent that the aggregate of all such organizational expenses and all offering costs (other than the sales load, but inclusive of the reimbursement of underwriter expenses of $.00667 per Common Share) does not exceed $.04 per Common Share.

 

Unlike open-end funds, closed-end funds like the Fund do not continuously offer shares and do not provide daily redemptions. Rather, if a shareholder determines to buy additional Common Shares or sell shares already held, the shareholder may do so by trading on the exchange through a broker or otherwise. Shares of closed-end investment companies may frequently trade on an exchange at prices lower than net asset value.

 

51


Table of Contents

Shares of closed-end investment companies have during some periods traded at prices higher than net asset value and during other periods have traded at prices lower than net asset value. The Fund’s Declaration limits the ability of the Fund to convert to open-end status. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust.”

 

Because the market value of the Common Shares may be influenced by such factors as dividend levels (which are in turn affected by changes in the floating rates of interest in the Fund’s investments and expenses), call protection, portfolio credit quality, net asset value, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions, and other factors beyond the control of the Fund, the Fund cannot assure you that the Common Shares will trade at a price equal to or higher than net asset value in the future. The Common Shares are designed primarily for long-term investors, and investors in the Common Shares should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes. See “Preferred Shares and Related Leverage” and the Statement of Additional Information under “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund.”

 

Preferred Shares

 

The Declaration authorizes the issuance of an unlimited number of Preferred Shares. The Preferred Shares may be issued in one or more classes or series, with such par value and rights as determined by the Board of Trustees, by action of the Board of Trustees without the approval of the Common Shareholders.

 

The Fund’s Board of Trustees has indicated its intention to authorize an offering of Preferred Shares, representing approximately 38% of the Fund’s total assets immediately after the time the Preferred Shares are issued, approximately one to six months after completion of the offering of Common Shares. Any such decision is subject to market conditions and to the Board’s continuing belief that leveraging the Fund’s capital structure through the issuance of Preferred Shares is likely to achieve the benefits to the Common Shareholders described in this prospectus. Although the terms of the Preferred Shares will be determined by the Board of Trustees (subject to applicable law and the Fund’s Declaration) if and when it authorizes a Preferred Shares offering, the Board has determined that the Preferred Shares, at least initially, would likely pay cumulative dividends at rates determined over relatively short-term periods (such as seven days), by providing for the periodic redetermination of the dividend rate through an auction or remarketing procedure. The Board of Trustees has indicated that the preference on distribution, liquidation preference, voting rights and redemption provisions of the Preferred Shares will likely be as stated below.

 

As used in this prospectus, unless otherwise noted, the Fund’s “net assets” include assets of the Fund attributable to any outstanding Preferred Shares, with no deduction for the liquidation preference of the Preferred Shares. Solely for financial reporting purposes, however, the Fund is required to exclude the liquidation preference of Preferred Shares from “net assets,” so long as the Preferred Shares have redemption features that are not solely within the control of the Fund. For all regulatory and tax purposes, the Fund’s Preferred Shares will be treated as stock (rather than indebtedness).

 

Limited Issuance of Preferred Shares

 

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund could issue Preferred Shares with an aggregate liquidation value of up to one-half of the value of the Fund’s total net assets (total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by “senior securities,” as defined in the 1940 Act), measured immediately after issuance of the Preferred Shares. “Liquidation value” means the original purchase price of the shares being liquidated plus any accrued and unpaid dividends. In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless the liquidation value of the Preferred Shares is less than one-half of the value of the Fund’s total net assets (determined after deducting the amount of such dividend or distribution) immediately after the distribution. The liquidation value of the Preferred Shares is expected to be approximately 38% of the value of the Fund’s total net assets. The Fund intends to purchase or redeem Preferred Shares, if necessary, to keep that fraction below one-half.

 

52


Table of Contents

Distribution Preference

 

The Preferred Shares have complete priority over the Common Shares as to distribution of assets.

 

Liquidation Preference

 

In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Fund, holders of Preferred Shares will be entitled to receive a preferential liquidating distribution (expected to equal the original purchase price per share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon, whether or not earned or declared) before any distribution of assets is made to the Common Shareholders.

 

Voting Rights

 

Preferred Shares are required to be voting shares. Except as otherwise provided in the Declaration or the Fund’s Bylaws or otherwise required by applicable law, holders of Preferred Shares will vote together with Common Shareholders as a single class.

 

Holders of Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class, will also be entitled to elect two of the Fund’s Trustees. The remaining Trustees will be elected by Common Shareholders and holders of Preferred Shares, voting together as a single class. In the unlikely event that two full years of accrued dividends are unpaid on the Preferred Shares, the holders of all outstanding Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class, will be entitled to elect a majority of the Fund’s Trustees until all dividends in arrears have been paid or declared and set apart for payment.

 

Redemption, Purchase and Sale of Preferred Shares

 

The terms of the Preferred Shares may provide that they are redeemable at certain times, in whole or in part, at the original purchase price per share plus accumulated dividends. The terms also may state that the Fund may tender for or purchase Preferred Shares and resell any shares so tendered. Any redemption or purchase of Preferred Shares by the Fund will reduce the leverage applicable to Common Shares, while any resale of Preferred Shares by the Fund will increase such leverage. See “Preferred Shares and Related Leverage.”

 

The discussion above describes the Board of Trustees’ present intention with respect to a possible offering of Preferred Shares. If the Board of Trustees determines to authorize such an offering, the terms of the Preferred Shares may be the same as, or different from, the terms described above, subject to applicable law and the Fund’s Declaration and Bylaws.

 

ANTI-TAKEOVER AND OTHER PROVISIONS IN THE DECLARATION OF TRUST

 

The Declaration includes provisions that could limit the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to convert the Fund to open-end status. The Fund’s Trustees are divided into three classes. At each annual meeting of shareholders, the term of one class will expire and each Trustee elected to that class will hold office for a term of three years. The classification of the Board of Trustees in this manner could delay for an additional year the replacement of a majority of the Board of Trustees. In addition, the Declaration provides that a Trustee may be removed only for cause and only (i) by action of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding shares of the classes or series of shares entitled to vote for the election of such Trustee, or (ii) by at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the remaining Trustees.

 

As described below, the Declaration grants special approval rights with respect to certain matters to members of the Board who qualify as “Continuing Trustees,” which term means a Trustee who either (i) has been a member of the Board for a period of at least thirty-six months (or since the commencement of the Fund’s operations, if less than thirty-six months) or (ii) was nominated to serve as a member of the Board of Trustees by a majority of the Continuing Trustees then members of the Board.

 

53


Table of Contents

The Declaration requires the affirmative vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Board of Trustees and holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Fund’s shares (including Common and Preferred Shares) to authorize certain Fund transactions not in the ordinary course of business, including a merger or consolidation, issuance or transfer by the Fund of the Fund’s shares (except as may be pursuant to a public offering, the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan or upon exercise of any stock subscription rights), a sale, transfer or other disposition of Fund assets, or any shareholder proposal regarding specific investment decisions, unless the transaction is authorized by both a majority of the Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees (in which case no shareholder authorization would be required by the Declaration, but may be required in certain cases under the 1940 Act). The Declaration also requires the affirmative vote or consent of holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of each class of the Fund’s shares entitled to vote on the matter to authorize a conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company, unless the conversion is authorized by both a majority of the Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees (in which case shareholders would have only the minimum voting rights required by the 1940 Act with respect to the conversion). Also, the Declaration provides that the Fund may be terminated at any time by vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Fund’s shares or, alternatively, by vote or consent of both a majority of the Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees. See “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust” in the Statement of Additional Information for a more detailed summary of these provisions.

 

The Trustees may from time to time grant other voting rights to shareholders with respect to these and other matters in the Fund’s Bylaws.

 

The overall effect of these provisions is to render more difficult the accomplishment of a merger or the assumption of control of the Fund by a third party. They provide, however, the advantage of potentially requiring persons seeking control of the Fund to negotiate with its management regarding the price to be paid and facilitating the continuity of the Fund’s investment objective and policies. The provisions of the Declaration described above could have the effect of depriving the Common Shareholders of opportunities to sell their Common Shares at a premium over the then current market price of the Common Shares by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund in a tender offer or similar transaction. The Board of Trustees of the Fund has considered the foregoing anti-takeover provisions and concluded that they are in the best interests of the Fund and its Common Shareholders.

 

The foregoing is intended only as a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Declaration and the Fund’s Bylaws, both of which are on file with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, in certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. However, the Declaration contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for debts or obligations of the Fund and requires that notice of such limited liability be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the Fund or the Trustees. The Declaration further provides for indemnification out of the assets and property of the Fund for all loss and expense of any shareholder held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which the Fund would be unable to meet its obligations. The Fund believes that the likelihood of such circumstances is remote.

 

REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES; CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND

 

The Fund is a closed-end investment company and as such its shareholders will not have the right to cause the Fund to redeem their shares. Instead, the Common Shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of several factors, including dividend levels (which are in turn affected by changes in the floating rates of interest on the Fund’s investments and expenses), net asset value, call protection, portfolio credit quality, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions, conditions affecting individual issuers and other factors. Shares of a closed-end investment company may frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value. The Fund’s Board of Trustees regularly monitors the

 

54


Table of Contents

relationship between the market price and net asset value of the Common Shares. If the Common Shares were to trade at a substantial discount to net asset value for an extended period of time, the Board may consider the repurchase of its Common Shares on the open market or in private transactions, the making of a tender offer for such shares, or the conversion of the Fund to an open-end investment company. The Fund cannot assure you that its Board of Trustees will decide to take or propose any of these actions, or that share repurchases or tender offers will actually reduce market discount.

 

If the Fund were to convert to an open-end company, it would be required to redeem all Preferred Shares then outstanding (requiring in turn that it liquidate a portion of its investment portfolio), and the Common Shares would no longer be listed on the New York Stock Exchange. In contrast to a closed-end investment company, shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares at any time (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their net asset value, less any redemption charge that is in effect at the time of redemption.

 

Before deciding whether to take any action to convert the Fund to an open-end investment company, the Board would consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Fund’s portfolio, the impact of any action that might be taken on the Fund or its shareholders, and market considerations. Based on these considerations, even if the Fund’s shares should trade at a discount, the Board of Trustees may determine that, in the interest of the Fund and its shareholders, no action should be taken. See the Statement of Additional Information under “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund” for a further discussion of possible action to reduce or eliminate such discount to net asset value.

 

TAX MATTERS

 

Federal Income Tax Matters

 

The following federal income tax discussion is based on the advice of Ropes & Gray LLP, counsel to the Fund, and reflects provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), existing Treasury regulations, rulings published by the Internal Revenue Service (the “Service”), and other applicable authority, as of the date of this prospectus. These authorities are subject to change by legislative or administrative action, possibly with retroactive effect. The following discussion is only a summary of some of the important tax considerations generally applicable to investments in the Fund. For more detailed information regarding tax considerations, see the Statement of Additional Information. There may be other tax considerations applicable to particular investors. In addition, income earned through an investment in the Fund may be subject to state and local taxes.

 

The Fund intends to qualify each year for taxation as a regulated investment company eligible for treatment under the provisions of Subchapter M of the Code. If the Fund so qualifies and satisfies certain distribution requirements, the Fund will not be subject to federal income tax on income distributed in a timely manner to its shareholders in the form of dividends or capital gain distributions.

 

To satisfy the distribution requirement applicable to regulated investment companies, amounts paid as dividends by the Fund to its shareholders, including holders of its Preferred Shares, must qualify for the dividends-paid deduction. In certain circumstances, the Service could take the position that dividends paid on the Preferred Shares constitute preferential dividends under Section 562(c) of the Code, and thus do not qualify for the dividends-paid deduction. The Fund believes this position, if asserted, would be unlikely to prevail.

 

If at any time when Preferred Shares are outstanding the Fund does not meet applicable asset coverage requirements, it will be required to suspend distributions to Common Shareholders until the requisite asset coverage is restored. Any such suspension may cause the Fund to pay a 4% federal excise tax (imposed on regulated investment companies that fail to distribute for a given calendar year, generally, at least 98% of their net investment income and capital gain net income) and income tax on undistributed income or gains, and may, in certain circumstances, prevent the Fund from qualifying for treatment as a regulated investment company. The Fund may redeem or purchase Preferred Shares as part of an effort to comply with the distribution requirement

 

55


Table of Contents

applicable to regulated investment companies and to avoid income and excise taxes. The Fund may have to dispose of portfolio securities to generate cash for such redemptions, which may result in transaction expenses and gain at the Fund level and in further distributions.

 

The Fund’s investments in certain debt obligations may cause the Fund to recognize taxable income in excess of the cash generated by such obligations. Thus, the Fund could be required at times to liquidate other investments in order to satisfy its distribution requirements.

 

For federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income to the extent of the Fund’s accumulated earnings and profits. Taxes on distributions of capital gains are determined by how long the Fund owned the investments that generated them, rather than how long a shareholder has owned his or her shares. Distributions of net capital gains from the sale of investments that the Fund owned for more than one year and that are properly designated by the Fund as capital gain dividends will be taxable as long-term capital gains. Distributions of gains from the sale of investments that the Fund owned for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income. Distributions in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits are treated first as returns of capital to the extent of the shareholder’s basis in the shares and thereafter as capital gain.

 

For taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2008, the Fund may designate distributions of investment income derived from dividends of U.S. corporations and some foreign corporations as “qualified dividend income,” provided holding period and other requirements are met by the Fund. Qualified dividend income will be taxed in the hands of individuals at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain, provided the same holding period and other requirements are met by the shareholder. Fund dividends representing distributions of interest income and short-term capital gains cannot be designated as qualified dividend income and will not qualify for the reduced rates. In light of this, the Fund does not expect a significant portion of Fund distributions to be derived from qualified dividend income.

 

Distributions are taxable to shareholders even if they are paid from income or gains earned by the Fund before a shareholder’s investment (and thus were included in the price the shareholder paid). Distributions are taxable whether shareholders receive them in cash or reinvest them in additional shares through the Dividend Reinvestment Plan. Shareholders will be notified annually as to the U.S. federal tax status of distributions. Any gain resulting from the sale or exchange of Fund shares generally will be taxable as capital gains.

 

The long-term capital gain rates applicable to most shareholders will be 15% (with lower rates applying to taxpayers in the 10% and 15% ordinary income tax brackets) for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2008.

 

Under current law, dividends (other than capital gain dividends) paid by the Fund to a person who is not a “U.S. person” within the meaning of the Code (or a “foreign person”) are generally subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% (or lower applicable treaty rate). Under the American Jobs Creation Act of 2004 signed by President Bush on October 22, 2004, effective for taxable years of the Fund beginning after December 31, 2004 and before January 1, 2008, the Fund will no longer be required to withhold any amounts with respect to distributions of net short-term capital gains in excess of net long-term capital losses that are properly designated by the Fund nor with respect to distributions of interest income that would not be subject to U.S. federal income tax if earned directly by a foreign person. This provision will first apply to the Fund in its taxable year beginning September 1, 2005.

 

The Fund’s investments in foreign securities may be subject to foreign withholding taxes. In that case, the Fund’s yield on those securities would be decreased. In addition, the Fund’s investments in foreign securities or foreign currencies may increase or accelerate the Fund’s recognition of ordinary income and may affect the timing or amount of the Fund’s distributions.

 

56


Table of Contents

Under current law, the backup withholding tax rate is 28% for amounts paid through 2010 and will be 31% for amounts paid after December 31, 2010. The Fund is required to apply backup withholding to certain taxable distributions and redemption proceeds including, for example, distributions paid to any individual shareholder who fails to properly furnish the Fund with a correct taxpayer identification number. Please see “Tax Matters” in the Statement of Additional Information for additional information about backup withholding.

 

This section relates only to federal income tax consequences of investing in the Fund; the consequences under other tax laws may differ. You should consult your tax advisor as to the possible application of foreign, state and local income tax laws to Fund dividends and capital distributions. Please see “Tax Matters” in the Statement of Additional Information for additional information regarding the tax aspects of investing in the Fund.

 

57


Table of Contents

UNDERWRITING

 

Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the Fund’s purchase agreement dated                     , 2004, each underwriter named below, for which Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and UBS Securities LLC are acting as representatives, has severally agreed to purchase, and the Fund has agreed to sell to such underwriter, the number of Common Shares set forth opposite the name of such underwriter.

 

Underwriter

  

Number of

Common Shares


Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith
 Incorporated

    

UBS Securities LLC

    

A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc.

    

Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC

    

Advest, Inc.

    

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

    

Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated

    

H&R Block Financial Advisors, Inc.

    

J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc.

    

KeyBanc Capital Markets, a division of McDonald Investments Inc.

    

Legg Mason Wood Walker, Incorporated

    

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

    

RBC Capital Markets Corporation

    

Ryan Beck & Co., Inc.

    

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

    

SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc.

    

Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc.

    

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

    
    

Total

    
    

 

The purchase agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the Common shares included in this offering are subject to the approval of certain legal matters by counsel and to certain other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the Common Shares sold under the purchase agreement if any of the Common Shares are purchased. In the purchase agreement, the Fund and the Manager have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including certain liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make for any of those liabilities.

 

Commissions and Discounts

 

The underwriters propose to initially offer some of the Common Shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of the Common Shares to certain dealers at the public offering price less a concession not in excess of $                     per Common Share. The sales load the Fund will pay of $.90 per Common Share is equal to 4.5% of the initial offering price. The underwriters may allow, and the dealers may reallow, a discount not in excess of $                    per Common Share on sales to other dealers. After the initial public offering, the public offering price, concession and discount may be changed.

 

58


Table of Contents

The following table shows the public offering price, sales load and proceeds after estimated offering expenses to the Fund. The information assumes either no exercise or full exercise by the underwriters of their overallotment option.

 

     Per Share

   Without Option

   With Option

Public offering price

   $20.00    $                    $                

Sales load

   $.90    $                    $                

Estimated offering expenses

   $.04    $                    $                

Proceeds to the Fund

   $19.06    $                    $                

 

The expenses of the offering are estimated at $                 and are payable by the Fund. The Fund has agreed to pay the underwriters $.00667 per Common Share as a partial reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with the offering. This amount payable by the Fund as this partial reimbursement to the Underwriters will not exceed .03335% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in this offering. The Manager has agreed to pay (i) the amount by which the Fund’s offering costs (other than the sales load) exceed $.04 per Common Share and (ii) all of the Fund’s organizational expenses, except that the Fund has agreed to reimburse the Manager for such organizational expenses to the extent that the aggregate of all such organizational expenses and all offering costs (other than the sales load, but including the reimbursement of underwriter expenses of $.00667 per Common Share) does not exceed $.04 per Common Share.

 

Overallotment Option

 

The Fund has granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to additional                  Common Shares at the public offering price, less the sales load, within 45 days from the date of this prospectus solely to cover any overallotments. If the underwriters exercise this option, each will be obligated, subject to conditions contained in the purchase agreement, to purchase a number of additional shares proportionate to that underwriter’s initial amount reflected in the above table.

 

Price Stabilization, Short Positions and Penalty Bids

 

Until the distribution of the Common Shares is complete, Securities and Exchange Commission rules may limit underwriters and selling group members from bidding for and purchasing the Fund’s Common Shares. However, the representatives may engage in transactions that stabilize the price of the Common Shares, such as bids or purchases to peg, fix or maintain that price.

 

If the underwriters create a short position in the Common Shares in connection with the offering, i.e. , if they sell more Common Shares than are listed on the cover of this prospectus, the representatives may reduce that short position by purchasing Common Shares in the open market. The representatives may also elect to reduce any short position by exercising all or part of the overallotment option described above. The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid, whereby selling concessions allowed to syndicate members or other broker-dealers in respect of the Common Shares sold in this offering for their account may be reclaimed by the syndicate if such Common Shares are repurchased by the syndicate in stabilizing or covering transactions. Purchases of the Common Shares to stabilize the price or to reduce a short position may cause the price of the Common Shares to be higher than it might be in the absence of such purchases.

 

Neither the Fund nor any of the underwriters makes any representation or prediction as to the direction or magnitude of any effect that the transactions described above may have on the price of the Common Shares. In addition, neither the Fund nor any of the underwriters makes any representation that the representatives will engage in these transactions or that these transactions, once commenced, will not be discontinued without notice.

 

The Fund has agreed not to offer or sell any additional Common Shares for a period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus without the prior written consent of the underwriters except for the sale of the Common Shares to the underwriters pursuant to the provisions of the purchase agreement and certain transactions related to the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

 

59


Table of Contents

Other Relationships

 

The Manager (and not the Fund) has also agreed to pay from its own assets a fee to Merrill Lynch quarterly at the annual rate of .15% of the Fund’s average weekly total managed assets, such fee to be paid during the continuance of the Investment Management Agreement and subject to the limitations below. The applicable agreement between Merrill Lynch and the Manager provides that Merrill Lynch will provide, as requested by the Manager, certain after-market services to the Manager designed to maintain the visibility of the Fund on an ongoing basis, provide relevant information, studies or reports regarding the Fund and the closed-end investment company industry and to consult the Manager with respect to applicable strategies designed to address market value discounts. The total amount of these additional compensation amounts paid to Merrill Lynch will not exceed             % of the price to the public of the Common Shares sold in this offering. The Manager (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay from its own assets to UBS a quarterly fee at the annual rate of .15% of the Fund’s average weekly total managed assets attributable to Common Shares sold by UBS in this offering, such fees to be payable during the continuance of the Investment Management Agreement and subject to the limitations below. In addition, the Manager (and not the Fund) has agreed to pay from its own assets to certain underwriters other than Merrill Lynch and UBS (each a “Qualifying Underwriter”) that meet certain sales targets established by the Manager (which may be waived or reduced in the discretion of the Manager) a quarterly fee at the annual rate of up to .10% of the Fund’s average weekly total managed assets attributable to Common Shares (including a proportionate share of assets attributable to any Preferred Shares and other forms of leverage that may be outstanding) sold by such Qualifying Underwriters in this offering, such fees to be payable during the continuance of the Investment Management Agreement and subject to the limitations below. UBS and such Qualifying Underwriters have agreed to provide certain after-market services to the Manager designed to maintain the visibility of the Fund on an ongoing basis and to provide relevant information, studies or reports regarding the Fund and the closed-end investment company industry. The total amount of these additional compensation payments made to UBS will not exceed         % of the price to the public from the Common Shares sold in this offering. The total amount of these additional compensation payments made to the Qualifying Underwriters will not exceed         % of the price to the public of the Common Shares sold in this offering.

 

The total amount of the additional compensation payments to Merrill Lynch, UBS and the Qualifying Underwriters and the expense reimbursement of $.00667 per Common Share payable by the Fund to the Underwriters will not exceed 4.5% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in this offering. The sum total of all compensation to or reimbursement of underwriters in connection with the public offering of Common Shares, including sales load and all forms of additional compensation to the Underwriters, will be limited to 9% of the total price to the public of the Common Shares sold in this offering, and such fees shall be considered underwriting compensation for the purposes of the applicable rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

 

One or more of the Underwriters of the Common Shares may also act as an underwriter of the Preferred Shares.

 

The Fund anticipates that the underwriters may from time to time act as brokers or, after they have ceased to be underwriters, dealers in executing the Fund’s portfolio transactions. The underwriters are active underwriters of, and dealers in, securities and act as market makers in a number of such securities, and therefore can be expected to engage in portfolio transactions with the Fund.

 

The Common Shares will be sold to ensure that the New York Stock Exchange distribution standards (round lots, public shares and aggregate market value) will be met.

 

The address of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated is 4 World Financial Center, New York, New York 10080. The address of UBS Securities LLC is 299 Park Avenue, New York, New York 10171.

 

60


Table of Contents

CUSTODIAN AND TRANSFER AGENT

 

The custodian of the assets of the Fund is State Street Bank and Trust Co., 801 Pennsylvania, Kansas City, Missouri 64105. The Custodian performs custodial and fund accounting services.

 

PFPC Inc., 400 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, serves as the Fund’s transfer agent, registrar, dividend disbursement agent and shareholder servicing agent, as well as agent for the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

Certain legal matters in connection with the Common Shares will be passed upon for the Fund by Ropes & Gray LLP, Boston, Massachusetts, and for the underwriters by Clifford Chance US LLP, New York, New York. Clifford Chance US LLP may rely as to certain matters of Massachusetts law on the opinion of Ropes & Gray LLP.

 

61


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

 

     Page

Use of Proceeds

   3

Investment Objective and Policies

   3

Investment Restrictions

   48

Management of the Fund

   50

Investment Manager and Portfolio Manager

   58

Portfolio Transactions

   63

Distributions

   65

Description of Shares

   66

Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust

   69

Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund

   71

Tax Matters

   73

Performance Related and Comparative Information

   80

Custodian, Transfer Agent and Dividend Disbursement Agent

   81

Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   81

Counsel

   81

Registration Statement

   81

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

   82

Financial Statements

   83

Appendix A—Performance Related, Comparative and Other Information

   A-1

Appendix B—Proxy Voting Policies

   B-1

 

62


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES RATINGS

 

The Fund’s investments may range in quality from securities rated in the lowest category to securities rated in the highest category (as rated by Moody’s, S&P, Fitch, or Dominion or, if unrated, judged by PIMCO to be of comparable quality). The percentage of a Fund’s assets invested in securities in a particular rating category will vary. The following terms are generally used to describe the credit quality of debt securities:

 

High Quality Debt Securities are those rated in one of the two highest rating categories (the highest category for commercial paper) or, if unrated, deemed comparable by PIMCO.

 

Investment Grade Debt Securities are those rated in one of the four highest rating categories or, if unrated, deemed comparable by PIMCO.

 

Below Investment Grade, High Yield Securities (“Junk Bonds”) are those rated lower than Baa by Moody’s, BBB by S&P, Fitch, or Dominion, and comparable securities. They are deemed predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s ability to repay principal and interest.

 

Following is a description of Moody’s, S&P’s, Fitch’s, and Dominion’s rating categories applicable to debt securities.

 

Moody’s Investors Service, Inc.

 

Corporate and Municipal Bond Ratings

 

Aaa: Bonds which are rated Aaa are judged to be of the best quality. They carry the smallest degree of investment risk and are generally referred to as “gilt edge.” Interest payments are protected by a large or by an exceptionally stable margin and principal is secure. While the various protective elements are likely to change, such changes as can be visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such issues.

 

Aa: Bonds which are rated Aa are judged to be of high quality by all standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as high-grade bonds. They are rated lower than the best bonds because margins of protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective elements may be of greater amplitude or there may be other elements present that make the long-term risks appear somewhat larger than with Aaa securities.

 

A: Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and are to be considered as upper-medium-grade obligations. Factors giving security to principal and interest are considered adequate, but elements may be present that suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

 

Baa: Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium-grade obligations ( i.e. , they are neither highly protected nor poorly secured). Interest payments and principal security appear adequate for the present but certain protective elements may be lacking or may be characteristically unreliable over any great length of time. Such bonds lack outstanding investment characteristics and in fact have speculative characteristics as well.

 

Ba: Bonds which are rated Ba are judged to have speculative elements; their future cannot be considered as well-assured. Often the protection of interest and principal payments may be very moderate and thereby not well safeguarded during both good and bad times over the future. Uncertainty of position characterizes bonds in this class.

 

B: Bonds which are rated B generally lack characteristics of a desirable investment. Assurance of interest and principal payments or of maintenance of other terms of the contract over any long period of time may be small.

 

63


Table of Contents

Caa: Bonds which are rated Caa are of poor standing. Such issues may be in default or there may be present elements of danger with respect to principal or interest.

 

Ca: Bonds which are rated Ca represent obligations which are speculative in a high degree. Such issues are often in default or have other marked shortcomings.

 

C: Bonds which are rated C are the lowest rated class of bonds and issues so rated can be regarded as having extremely poor prospects of ever attaining any real investment standing.

 

Moody’s bond ratings, where specified, are applicable to financial contracts, senior bank obligations and insurance company senior policyholder and claims obligations with an original maturity in excess of one year. Obligations relying upon support mechanisms such as letter-of-credit and bonds of indemnity are excluded unless explicitly rated. Obligations of a branch of a bank are considered to be domiciled in the country in which the branch is located.

 

Unless noted as an exception, Moody’s rating on a bank’s ability to repay senior obligations extends only to branches located in countries which carry a Moody’s Sovereign Rating for Bank Deposits. Such branch obligations are rated at the lower of the bank’s rating or Moody’s Sovereign Rating for the Bank Deposits for the country in which the branch is located. When the currency in which an obligation is denominated is not the same as the currency of the country in which the obligation is domiciled, Moody’s ratings do not incorporate an opinion as to whether payment of the obligation will be affected by the actions of the government controlling the currency of denomination. In addition, risk associated with bilateral conflicts between an investor’s home country and either the issuer’s home country or the country where an issuer branch is located are not incorporated into Moody’s ratings.

 

Moody’s makes no representation that rated bank obligations or insurance company obligations are exempt from registration under the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 or issued in conformity with any other applicable law or regulation. Nor does Moody’s represent any specific bank or insurance company obligation is legally enforceable or a valid senior obligation of a rated issuer.

 

Moody’s applies numerical modifiers, 1, 2, and 3, in each generic rating classified from Aa through Caa in its corporate bond rating system. The modifier 1 indicates that the security ranks in the higher end of its generic rating category; the modifier 2 indicates a mid-range ranking; and the modifier 3 indicates that the issue ranks in the lower end of its generic rating category.

 

Corporate Short-Term Debt Ratings

 

Moody’s short-term debt ratings are opinions of the ability of issuers to repay punctually senior debt obligations. These obligations have an original maturity not exceeding one year, unless explicitly noted.

 

Moody’s employs the following three designations, all judged to be investment grade, to indicate the relative repayment ability of rated issuers:

 

PRIME-1: Issuers rated Prime-1 (or supporting institutions) have a superior ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. Prime-1 repayment ability will often be evidenced by many of the following characteristics: leading market positions in well-established industries; high rates of return on funds employed; conservative capitalization structure with moderate reliance on debt and ample asset protection; broad margins in earnings coverage of fixed financial charges and high internal cash generation; and well-established access to a range of financial markets and assured sources of alternate liquidity.

 

PRIME-2: Issuers rated Prime-2 (or supporting institutions) have a strong ability for repayment of senior short-term debt obligations. This will normally be evidenced by many of the characteristics cited above but to a lesser degree. Earnings trends and coverage ratios, while sound, may be more subject to variation. Capitalization characteristics, while still appropriate, may be more affected by external conditions. Ample alternate liquidity is maintained.

 

64


Table of Contents

PRIME-3: Issuers rated Prime-3 (or supporting institutions) have an acceptable ability for repayment of senior short-term obligations. The effect of industry characteristics and market compositions may be more pronounced. Variability in earnings and profitability may result in changes in the level of debt protection measurements and may require relatively high financial leverage. Adequate alternate liquidity is maintained.

 

NOT PRIME: Issuers rated Not Prime do not fall within any of the Prime rating categories.

 

Standard & Poor’s

 

Issue Credit Rating Definitions

 

A Standard & Poor’s issue credit rating is a current opinion of the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to a specific financial obligation, a specific class of financial obligations, or a specific financial program (including ratings on medium term note programs and commercial paper programs). It takes into consideration the creditworthiness of guarantors, insurers, or other forms of credit enhancement on the obligation and takes into account the currency in which the obligation is denominated. The issue credit rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell, or hold a financial obligation, inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor.

 

Issue credit ratings are based on current information furnished by the obligors or obtained by Standard & Poor’s from other sources it considers reliable. Standard & Poor’s does not perform an audit in connection with any credit rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information. Credit ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in, or unavailability of, such information, or based on other circumstances.

 

Issue credit ratings can be either long-term or short-term. Short-term ratings are generally assigned to those obligations considered short-term in the relevant market. In the U.S., for example, that means obligations with an original maturity of no more than 365 days—including commercial paper. Short-term ratings are also used to indicate the creditworthiness of an obligor with respect to put features on long-term obligations. The result is a dual rating, in which the short-term rating addresses the put feature, in addition to the usual long-term rating. Medium-term notes are assigned long-term ratings.

 

Issue credit ratings are based, in varying degrees, on the following considerations: likelihood of payment—capacity and willingness of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on an obligation in accordance with the terms of the obligation; nature of and provisions of the obligation; protection afforded by, and relative position of, the obligation in the event of bankruptcy, reorganization, or other arrangement under the laws of bankruptcy and other laws affecting creditors’ rights.

 

The issue rating definitions are expressed in terms of default risk. As such, they pertain to senior obligations of an entity. Junior obligations are typically rated lower than senior obligations, to reflect the lower priority in bankruptcy, as noted above. (Such differentiation applies when an entity has both senior and subordinated obligations, secured and unsecured obligations, or operating company and holding company obligations.) Accordingly, in the case of junior debt, the rating may not conform exactly with the category definition.

 

Corporate and Municipal Bond Ratings

 

Investment Grade

 

AAA: An obligation rated AAA has the highest rating assigned by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is extremely strong.

 

AA: An obligation rated AA differs from the highest rated obligations only in small degree. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is very strong.

 

65


Table of Contents

A: An obligation rated A is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rated categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is still strong.

 

BBB: An obligation rated BBB exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

Speculative Grade

 

Obligations rated BB, B, CCC, CC, and C are regarded as having predominantly speculative characteristics with respect to capacity to pay interest and repay principal. BB indicates the least degree of speculation and C the highest. While such debt will likely have some quality and protective characteristics, these are outweighed by large uncertainties or major exposures to adverse conditions.

 

BB: An obligation rated BB is less vulnerable to nonpayment than other speculative issues. However, it faces major ongoing uncertainties or exposure to adverse business, financial, or economic conditions which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

B: An obligation rated B is more vulnerable to nonpayment than obligations rated BB, but the obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. Adverse business, financial, or economic conditions will likely impair the obligor’s capacity or willingness to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

CCC: An obligation rated CCC is currently vulnerable to nonpayment, and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation. In the event of adverse business, financial, or economic conditions, the obligor is not likely to have the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

CC: An obligation rated CC is currently highly vulnerable to nonpayment.

 

C: A subordinated debt or preferred stock obligation rated C is CURRENTLY HIGHLY VULNERABLE to nonpayment. The C rating may be used to cover a situation where a bankruptcy petition has been filed or similar action taken, but payments on this obligation are being continued. A C also will be assigned to a preferred stock issue in arrears on dividends or sinking fund payments, but that is currently paying.

 

CI: The rating CI is reserved for income bonds on which no interest is being paid.

 

D: An obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

 

Plus (+) or Minus (-): The ratings from AA to CCC may be modified by the addition of a plus or minus sign to show relative standing within the major rating categories.

 

Provisional ratings: The letter “p” indicates that the rating is provisional. A provisional rating assumes the successful completion of the project being financed by the debt being rated and indicates that payment of debt service requirements is largely or entirely dependent upon the successful and timely completion of the project. This rating, however, while addressing credit quality subsequent to completion of the project, makes no comment on the likelihood of, or the risk of default upon failure of, such completion. The investor should exercise his own judgment with respect to such likelihood and risk.

 

66


Table of Contents

r: This symbol is attached to the ratings of instruments with significant noncredit risks. It highlights risks to principal or volatility of expected returns which are not addressed in the credit rating. Examples include: obligations linked or indexed to equities, currencies, or commodities; obligations exposed to severe prepayment risk—such as interest-only or principal-only mortgage securities; and obligations with unusually risky interest terms, such as inverse floaters.

 

The absence of an “r” symbol should not be taken as an indication that an obligation will exhibit no volatility or variability in total return.

 

N.R.: This indicates that no rating has been requested, that there is insufficient information on which to base a rating, or that Standard & Poor’s does not rate a particular obligation as a matter of policy.

 

Debt obligations of issuers outside the United States and its territories are rated on the same basis as domestic corporate and municipal issues. The ratings measure the creditworthiness of the obligor but do not take into account currency exchange and related uncertainties.

 

Commercial Paper Rating Definitions

 

A Standard & Poor’s commercial paper rating is a current assessment of the likelihood of timely payment of debt having an original maturity of no more than 365 days. Ratings are graded into several categories, ranging from A for the highest quality obligations to D for the lowest. These categories are as follows:

 

A-1: A short-term obligation rated A-1 is rated in the highest category by Standard & Poor’s. The obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is strong. Within this category, certain obligations are designated with a plus sign (+). This indicates that the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on these obligations is extremely strong.

 

A-2: A short-term obligation rated A-2 is somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in circumstances and economic conditions than obligations in higher rating categories. However, the obligor’s capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation is satisfactory.

 

A-3: A short-term obligation rated A-3 exhibits adequate protection parameters. However, adverse economic conditions or changing circumstances are more likely to lead to a weakened capacity of the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

B: A short-term obligation rated B is regarded as having significant speculative characteristics. The obligor currently has the capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation; however, it faces major ongoing uncertainties which could lead to the obligor’s inadequate capacity to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

C: A short-term obligation rated C is currently vulnerable to nonpayment and is dependent upon favorable business, financial, and economic conditions for the obligor to meet its financial commitment on the obligation.

 

D: A short-term obligation rated D is in payment default. The D rating category is used when payments on an obligation are not made on the date due even if the applicable grace period has not expired, unless Standard & Poor’s believes that such payments will be made during such grace period. The D rating also will be used upon the filing of a bankruptcy petition or the taking of a similar action if payments on an obligation are jeopardized.

 

A commercial paper rating is not a recommendation to purchase, sell or hold a security inasmuch as it does not comment as to market price or suitability for a particular investor. The ratings are based on current information furnished to Standard & Poor’s by the issuer or obtained from other sources it considers reliable.

 

67


Table of Contents

Standard & Poor’s does not perform an audit in connection with any rating and may, on occasion, rely on unaudited financial information. The ratings may be changed, suspended, or withdrawn as a result of changes in or unavailability of such information.

 

Fitch, Inc.

 

A brief description of the applicable Fitch ratings symbols and meanings (as published by Fitch) follows:

 

Long-Term Credit Ratings

 

Investment Grade

 

AAA: Highest credit quality. “AAA” ratings denote the lowest expectation of credit risk. They are assigned only in case of exceptionally strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is highly unlikely to be adversely affected by foreseeable events.

 

AA: Very high credit quality. “AA” ratings denote a very low expectation of credit risk. They indicate very strong capacity for timely payment of financial commitments. This capacity is not significantly vulnerable to foreseeable events.

 

A: High credit quality. “A” ratings denote a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered strong. This capacity may, nevertheless, be more vulnerable to changes in circumstances or in economic conditions than is the case for higher ratings.

 

BBB: Good credit quality. “BBB” ratings indicate that there is currently a low expectation of credit risk. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is considered adequate, but adverse changes in circumstances and in economic conditions are more likely to impair this capacity. This is the lowest investment-grade category.

 

Speculative Grade

 

BB: Speculative. “BB” ratings indicate that there is a possibility of credit risk developing, particularly as the result of adverse economic change over time; however, business or financial alternatives may be available to allow financial commitments to be met. Securities rated in this category are not investment grade.

 

B: Highly speculative. “B” ratings indicate that significant credit risk is present, but a limited margin of safety remains. Financial commitments are currently being met; however, capacity for continued payment is contingent upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

 

CCC, CC, C: High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon sustained, favorable business or economic developments. A “CC” rating indicates that default of some kind appears probable. “C” ratings signal imminent default.

 

DDD, DD, D: Default. The ratings of obligations in this category are based on their prospects for achieving partial or full recovery in a reorganization or liquidation of the obligor. While expected recovery values are highly speculative and cannot be estimated with any precision, the following serve as general guidelines. “DDD” obligations have the highest potential for recovery, around 90%-100% of outstanding amounts and accrued interest. “DD” indicates potential recoveries in the range of 50%-90%, and “D” the lowest recovery potential, i.e., below 50%. Entities rated in this category have defaulted on some or all of their obligations. Entities rated “DDD” have the highest prospect for resumption of performance or continued operation with or without a formal reorganization process. Entities rated “DD” and “D” are generally undergoing a formal reorganization or liquidation process; those rated “DD” are likely to satisfy a higher portion of their outstanding obligations, while entities rated “D” have a poor prospect for repaying all obligations.

 

68


Table of Contents

Short-Term Credit Ratings

 

A short-term rating has a time horizon of less than 12 months for most obligations, or up to three years for U.S. public finance securities, and thus places greater emphasis on the liquidity necessary to meet financial commitments in a timely manner.

 

F1: Highest credit quality . Indicates the strongest capacity for timely payment of financial commitments; may have an added “+” to denote any exceptionally strong credit feature.

 

F2: Good credit quality. A satisfactory capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, but the margin of safety is not as great as in the case of the higher ratings.

 

F3: Fair credit quality. The capacity for timely payment of financial commitments is adequate; however, near-term adverse changes could result in a reduction to non-investment grade.

 

B: Speculative. Minimal capacity for timely payment of financial commitments, plus vulnerability to near-term adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

 

C: High default risk. Default is a real possibility. Capacity for meeting financial commitments is solely reliant upon a sustained, favorable business and economic environment.

 

D: Default. Denotes actual or imminent payment default.

 

“+” or “-” may be appended to a rating to denote relative status within major rating categories. Such suffixes are not added to the “AAA” long-term rating category, to categories below “CCC,” or to short-term ratings other than “F1.”

 

“NR” indicates that Fitch does not rate the issuer or issue in question.

 

Withdrawn: A rating is withdrawn when Fitch deems the amount of information available to be inadequate for rating purposes, or when an obligation matures, is called, or refinanced.

 

Rating Watch: Ratings are placed on Rating Watch to notify investors that there is a reasonable probability of a rating change and the likely direction of such change. These are designated as “Positive”, indicating a potential upgrade, “Negative,” for a potential downgrade, or “Evolving,” if ratings may be raised, lowered or maintained. Rating Watch is typically resolved over a relatively short period.

 

A Rating Outlook indicates the direction a rating is likely to move over a one to two year period. Outlooks may be positive, stable, or negative. A positive or negative Rating Outlook does not imply a rating change is inevitable. Similarly, companies whose outlooks are “stable” could be downgraded before an outlook moves to positive or negative if circumstances warrant such an action. Occasionally, Fitch may be unable to identify the fundamental trend. In these cases, the Rating Outlook may be described as evolving.

 

Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited

 

DBRS ratings are meant to give an indication of the risk that the borrower will not fulfill its obligations in a timely manner. DBRS ratings do not take factors such as pricing or market risk into consideration and are expected to be used by purchasers as one part of their investment process. Every DBRS rating is based on quantitative and qualitative considerations which are relevant for the borrowing entity.

 

DBRS Bond and Long Term Debt Rating Scale

 

AAA: Bonds rated “AAA” are of the highest credit quality, with exceptionally strong protection for the timely repayment of principal and interest. Earnings are considered stable, the structure of the industry in which the entity operates is strong, and the outlook for future profitability is favorable. There are few qualifying factors

 

69


Table of Contents

present which would detract from the performance of the entity, the strength of liquidity and coverage ratios is unquestioned and the entity has established a creditable track record of superior performance. Given the extremely tough definition which DBRS has established for this category, few entities are able to achieve a AAA rating.

 

AA: Bonds rated “AA” are of superior credit quality, and protection of interest and principal is considered high. In many cases, they differ from bonds rated AAA only to a small degree. Given the extremely tough definition which DBRS has for the AAA category (which few companies are able to achieve), entities rated AA are also considered to be strong credits which typically exemplify above-average strength in key areas of consideration and are unlikely to be significantly affected by reasonably foreseeable events.

 

A: Bonds rated “A” are of satisfactory credit quality. Protection of interest and principal is still substantial, but the degree of strength is less than with AA rated entities. While a respectable rating, entities in the “A” category are considered to be more susceptible to adverse economic conditions and have greater cyclical tendencies than higher rated companies.

 

BBB: Bonds rated “BBB” are of adequate credit quality. Protection of interest and principal is considered adequate, but the entity is more susceptible to adverse changes in financial and economic conditions, or there may be other adversities present which reduce the strength of the entity and its rated securities.

 

BB: Bonds rated “BB” are defined to be speculative, where the degree of protection afforded interest and principal is uncertain, particularly during periods of economic recession. Entities in the BB area typically have limited access to capital markets and additional liquidity support and, in many cases, small size or lack of competitive strength may be additional negative considerations.

 

B: Bonds rated “B” are highly speculative and there is a reasonably high level of uncertainty which exists as to the ability of the entity to pay interest and principal on a continuing basis in the future, especially in periods of economic recession or industry adversity.

 

CCC, CC, C: Bonds rated in any of these categories are very highly speculative and are in danger of default of interest and principal. The degree of adverse elements present is more severe than bonds rated “B.” Bonds rated below “B” often have characteristics which, if not remedied, may lead to default. In practice, there is little difference between the “C” to “CCC” categories, with “CC” and “C” normally used to lower ranking debt of companies where the senior debt is rated in the “CCC” to “B” range.

 

D: This category indicates Bonds in default of either interest or principal.

 

High, Low: “high” and “low” grades are used to indicate the relative standing of a credit within a particular rating category. The lack of one of these designations indicates a rating which is essentially in the middle of the category. Note that “high” and “low” grades are not used for the AAA category.

 

DBRS Commercial Paper and Short Term Debt Rating Scale

 

All three DBRS rating categories for short term debt use “high”, “middle” or “low” as subset grades to designate the relative standing of the credit within a particular rating category.

 

Prime Credit Quality

 

R-1 (high): Short term debt rated “R-1 (high)” is of the highest credit quality, and indicates an entity which possesses unquestioned ability to repay current liabilities as they fall due. Entities rated in this category normally maintain strong liquidity positions, conservative debt levels and profitability which is both stable and above average. Companies achieving an “R-1 (high)” rating are normally leaders in structurally sound industry segments with proven track records, sustainable positive future results and no substantial qualifying negative factors. Given the extremely tough definition which DBRS has established for an “R-1 (high),” few entities are strong enough to achieve this rating.

 

70


Table of Contents

R-1 (middle): Short term debt rated “R-1 (middle)” is of superior credit quality and, in most cases, ratings in this category differ from “R-1 (high)” credits to only a small degree. Given the extremely tough definition which DBRS has for the “R-1 (high)” category (which few companies are able to achieve), entities rated “R-1 (middle)” are also considered strong credits which typically exemplify above average strength in key areas of consideration for debt protection.

 

R-1 (low): Short term debt rated “R-1 (low)” is of satisfactory credit quality. The overall strength and outlook for key liquidity, debt and profitability ratios is not normally as favorable as with higher rating categories, but these considerations are still respectable. Any qualifying negative factors which exist are considered manageable, and the entity is normally of sufficient size to have some influence in its industry.

 

Adequate Credit Quality

 

R-2 (high), R-2 (middle), R-2 (low): Short term debt rated “R-2” is of adequate credit quality and within the three subset grades, debt protection ranges from having reasonable ability for timely repayment to a level which is considered only just adequate. The liquidity and debt ratios of entities in the “R-2” classification are not as strong as those in the “R-1” category, and the past and future trend may suggest some risk of maintaining the strength of key ratios in these areas. Alternative sources of liquidity support are considered satisfactory; however, even the strongest liquidity support will not improve the commercial paper rating of the issuer. The size of the entity may restrict its flexibility, and its relative position in the industry is not typically as strong as an “R-1 credit.” Profitability trends, past and future, may be less favorable, earnings not as stable, and there are often negative qualifying factors present which could also make the entity more vulnerable to adverse changes in financial and economic conditions.

 

Speculative

 

R-3 (high), R-3 (middle), R-3 (low): Short term debt rated “R-3” is speculative, and within the three subset grades, the capacity for timely payment ranges from mildly speculative to doubtful. “R-3” credits tend to have weak liquidity and debt ratios, and the future trend of these ratios is also unclear. Due to its speculative nature, companies with “R-3” ratings would normally have very limited access to alternative sources of liquidity. Earnings would typically be very unstable, and the level of overall profitability of the entity is also likely to be low. The industry environment may be weak, and strong negative qualifying factors are also likely to be present.

 

DBRS Preferred Share Rating Scale

 

Pfd-1: Preferred shares rated “Pfd-1” are of superior credit quality, and are supported by entities with strong earnings and balance sheet characteristics. “Pfd-1” generally corresponds with companies whose senior bonds are rated in the “AAA” or “AA” categories. As is the case with all rating categories, the relationship between senior debt ratings and preferred share ratings should be understood as one where the senior debt rating effectively sets a ceiling for the preferred shares issued by the entity. However, there are cases where the preferred share rating could be lower than the normal relationship with the issuer’s senior debt rating.

 

Pfd-2: Preferred shares rated “Pfd-2” are of satisfactory credit quality. Protection of dividends and principal is still substantial, but earnings, the balance sheet, and coverage ratios are not as strong as Pfd-1 rated companies. Generally, “Pfd-2” ratings correspond with companies whose senior bonds are rated in the “A” category.

 

Pfd-3: Preferred shares rated “Pfd-3” are of adequate credit quality. While protection of dividends and principal is still considered acceptable, the issuing entity is more susceptible to adverse changes in financial and economic conditions, and there may be other adversities present which detract from debt protection. “Pfd-3” ratings generally correspond with companies whose senior bonds are rated in the higher end of the “BBB” category.

 

Pfd-4: Preferred shares rated “Pfd-4” are speculative, where the degree of protection afforded to dividends and principal is uncertain, particularly during periods of economic adversity. Companies with preferred shares rated “Pfd-4” generally coincide with entities that have senior bond ratings ranging from the lower end of the “BBB” category through the “BB” category.

 

71


Table of Contents

Pfd-5: Preferred shares rated “Pfd-5” are highly speculative and the ability of the entity to maintain timely dividend and principal payments in the future is highly uncertain. The “Pfd-5” rating generally coincides with companies with senior bond ratings of “B” or lower. Preferred shares rated “Pfd-5” often have characteristics which, if not remedied, may lead to default.

 

D: This category indicates preferred shares that are in arrears of paying either dividends or principal.

 

High, Low: “high” and “low” grades are used to indicate the relative standing of a credit within a particular rating category. The lack of one of these designations indicates a rating that is essentially in the middle of the category.

 

n: Non-Cumulative Risk. In the past several years, DBRS had designated all non-cumulative preferred shares as “low” to alert subscribers to the fact that non-cumulative shares have a higher risk of loss once dividend payments have been missed. In the future, “high” and “low” designations will be used on preferred share ratings to indicate the relative standing of a credit within a particular rating category, and we will no longer use “low” to alert holders to the non-cumulative nature of the shares. Rather, the “n” designation will be attached to all ratings for securities that are non-cumulative. The risk with non-cumulative securities is essentially no different than with cumulative securities unless there is a default situation, in which case, the non-cumulative shares have the added risk of missing dividend payments that have no potential of being made up in the future. However, non-cumulative shares do not have a higher risk of default than do equivalently ranking cumulative shares of the same issuer. We believe that the risk added under the non-cumulative covenant is a market risk and not a credit risk. This supports our view that the ratings on equally ranking cumulative and non-cumulative securities should be the same, with the “n” used to alert subscribers to the additional potential for missed dividend payments that exists with non-cumulative issues, if default should occur. After several years of using our present scale, our conclusion is that trying to provide all of this information with one rating symbol is confusing to the market. We believe that it is more valuable to our subscribers if the rating symbol simply provides our base evaluation of the credit, along with information that alerts the holder to any unique covenants that can add market risk.

 

y: Hybrid Instruments. While DBRS credit ratings are focused on providing a measure of the issuer’s ability to meet its obligations in a timely manner, there are situations where securities carry unique covenants that can add a variety of risks that are not captured in the DBRS rating. By definition, hybrids are instruments that combine certain characteristics of debt and equity and have been issued under various acronyms such as LYONS, PERCS, COPrS, TOPrS, PRYDES, MIDS and MIPS. In some cases, holders of these instruments have agreed that under set circumstances, the Company may repay certain obligations with more of the security or with another security, such as common equity. In other cases, the terms allow the Company to defer interest or dividend payments for a period of time. While these are obviously important considerations for the holder to understand, they normally do not cause any change in the likelihood of default and, as such, DBRS has chosen not to penalize the instrument for the special features associated with the hybrid. In order to alert hybrid holders of the unique factors inherent in the security, DBRS will attach the “y” appendage to the rating. Note that DBRS will not be adding the “y” to issues that simply have more normal soft retraction or conversion features.

 

m: Market Risk. DBRS ratings represent an evaluation which is based on only credit related factors and not market risk factors. The most obvious example of a market risk factor would be the potential impact that changing interest rates could have on a fixed pay security. While the absence of market risk considerations in DBRS credit ratings should be well understood by investors who use DBRS as part of their investment process, there are cases where DBRS desires to draw attention to market risk for a given security because the potential for volatility due to market risk factors greatly exceeds what would be considered normal. To accomplish this, DBRS attaches the letter “m” (market risk) to a rated security. Given the understanding that market risk is present in every investment decision, it is important to note that the absence of “m” does not indicate that there will be no volatility of returns related to non-credit factors. DBRS uses “m” only in cases where market risk is considered exceptionally high, or in cases where there are unusual circumstances.

 

p: The symbol “p” indicates that the report and rating rely on public information only.

 

72


Table of Contents

 

Until            , 2004 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade the common shares, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers’ obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

                     Shares

 

LOGO

 

PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund

 

Common Shares

 

$20.00 per share

 


P R O S P E C T U S


 

Merrill Lynch & Co.

UBS Investment Bank

A.G. Edwards

Wachovia Securities

Advest, Inc.

Robert W. Baird & Co.

Ferris, Baker Watts

Incorporated

H&R Block Financial Advisors, Inc.

J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc.

KeyBanc Capital Markets

Legg Mason Wood Walker

Incorporated

Oppenheimer & Co.

RBC Capital Markets

Ryan Beck & Co.

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company

Incorporated

SunTrust Robinson Humphrey

Wedbush Morgan Securities

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

 

                    , 2004

 



Table of Contents

The information in this Statement of Additional Information is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This Statement of Additional Information is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state when the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION – DATED                     , 2004

 

PIMCO FLOATING RATE STRATEGY FUND

 

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION

 

                        , 2004

 

PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund (the “Fund”) is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company.

 

This Statement of Additional Information relating to common shares of the Fund (“Common Shares”) is not a prospectus, and should be read in conjunction with the Fund’s prospectus relating thereto dated                         , 2004 (the “Prospectus”). This Statement of Additional Information does not include all information that a prospective investor should consider before purchasing Common Shares, and investors should obtain and read the Prospectus prior to purchasing such shares. A copy of the Prospectus may be obtained without charge by calling (877) 819-2224. You may also obtain a copy of the Prospectus on the web site (http://www.sec.gov) of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”). Capitalized terms used but not defined in this Statement of Additional Information have the meanings ascribed to them in the Prospectus.

 


Table of Contents

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

     Page

USE OF PROCEEDS

   3

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

   3

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

   48

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

   50

INVESTMENT MANAGER AND PORTFOLIO MANAGER

   58

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

   63

DISTRIBUTIONS

   65

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

   66

ANTI-TAKEOVER AND OTHER PROVISIONS IN THE DECLARATION OF TRUST

   69

REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES; CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND

   71

TAX MATTERS

   73

PERFORMANCE RELATED AND COMPARATIVE INFORMATION

   80

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSEMENT AGENT

   81

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

   81

COUNSEL

   81

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

   81

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

   82

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

   83

APPENDIX A - Performance Related Comparative and Other Information

   A-1

APPENDIX B - Proxy Voting Policies

   B-1

 

This Statement of Additional Information is dated                     , 2004.

 


Table of Contents

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

The net proceeds of the offering of Common Shares of the Fund will be approximately $                 (or $                 if the Underwriters exercise the overallotment option in full) after payment or reimbursement of estimated organizational and offering costs.

 

PA Fund Management LLC (the “Manager”), the Fund’s investment manager, has agreed to pay (i) the amount by which the Fund’s offering costs (other than the sales load) exceed $.04 per Common Share and (ii) all of the Fund’s organizational expenses, except that the Fund has agreed to reimburse the Manager for such organizational expenses to the extent that the aggregate of all such organizational expenses and all offering costs (other than the sales load, but inclusive of the reimbursement of underwriter expenses of $.00667 per share) does not exceed $.04 per Common Share.

 

It is presently anticipated that the Fund will be able to invest substantially all of the net proceeds in floating rate debt instruments and other securities that meet its investment objective and policies within six months after the completion of the offering. The Fund anticipates that it may take up to six months to complete this initial investment process due to potential limited availability of suitable Senior Loans in the marketplace as well as additional time required for PIMCO to analyze and assess counterparties and contractual and other features associated with Senior Loans, which are typically more detailed and complex than those associated with more traditional debt instruments. Pending such investment, it is anticipated that the proceeds will be invested in high grade, short-term securities, credit-linked trust certificates, and/or index futures contracts or similar derivative instruments designed to give the Fund exposure to the markets in which it intends to invest while PIMCO selects specific securities. During the period in which the Fund is investing the net proceeds of the offering, it may not be in a position to achieve its investment objective.

 

INVESTMENT OBJECTIVE AND POLICIES

 

The investment objective and general investment policies of the Fund are described in the Prospectus. Additional information concerning the characteristics of certain of the Fund’s investments is set forth below.

 

Floating Rate Debt Instruments

 

As described in the Prospectus, the Fund will ordinarily invest in floating rate debt instruments, a substantial portion of which will be senior floating rate loans (“Senior Loans”). Floating rate debt instruments are debt instruments that pay interest at rates which adjust whenever a specified interest rate changes and/or which reset on predetermined dates (such as the last day of a month or calendar quarter). These floating rate debt instruments may include, in addition to Senior Loans, instruments such as catastrophe bonds, bank capital securities, unsecured bank loans, corporate bonds, money market instruments and certain types of mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities. Due to their floating rate features, these instruments will generally pay higher levels of income in a rising interest rate environment and lower levels of income as interest rates decline. For the same reason, the market value of a floating rate debt instrument is generally expected to have less sensitivity to fluctuations in market interest rates than a longer term fixed rate debt instrument, although the value of a

 

3


Table of Contents

floating rate instrument may nonetheless decline as interest rates rise and due to other factors, such as changes in credit quality.

 

Senior Loans

 

The Fund expects to ordinarily invest a substantial portion of its assets in Senior Loans. Senior Loans include senior floating rate loans and institutionally traded senior floating rate debt obligations issued by asset-backed pools and other issues, and interests therein. Loan interests generally take the form of direct interests acquired during a primary distribution and may also take the form of assignments of, novations of, or participations in a Senior Loan acquired in secondary markets. Loan interests may be acquired from U.S or foreign commercial banks, insurance companies, finance companies or other financial institutions who have made loans or are members of a lending syndicate or from other holders of loan interests.

 

Senior Loans typically pay interest at rates which are re-determined periodically on the basis of a floating base lending rate (such as the London Inter-Bank Offered Rate, “LIBOR”) plus a premium. Although Senior Loans are typically of below investment grade quality, they tend to have more favorable recovery rates than other types of below investment grade quality debt obligations. Senior Loans generally (but not always) hold the most senior position in the capital structure of a borrower and are often secured with collateral. A Senior Loan is typically originated, negotiated and structured by a U.S. or foreign commercial bank, insurance company, finance company or other financial institution (the “Agent”) for a lending syndicate of financial institutions (“Lenders”). The Agent typically administers and enforces the Senior Loan on behalf of the other Lenders in the syndicate. In addition, an institution, typically but not always the Agent, holds any collateral on behalf of the Lenders.

 

The Fund may purchase assignments and participations in commercial loans, as well as debtor-in-possession loans. Such indebtedness may be secured or unsecured. Loan participations typically represent direct participations in a loan to a corporate borrower, and generally are offered by banks or other financial institutions or lending syndicates. The Fund may participate in such syndications, or can buy part of a loan, becoming a part lender. When purchasing loan participations, the Fund assumes the credit risk associated with the corporate or other borrower and may assume the credit risk associated with an interposed bank or other financial intermediary. The participation interests in which the Fund intends to invest may not be rated by any nationally recognized rating service.

 

Unless, under the terms of the loan or other indebtedness (such as may be the case in an assignment), the Fund has direct recourse against the borrower, the Fund may have to rely on the Agent or other financial intermediary to apply appropriate credit remedies against a borrower.

 

Purchasers of loans and other forms of direct indebtedness depend primarily upon the creditworthiness of the corporate or other borrower for payment of principal and interest. If the Fund does not receive scheduled interest or principal payments on such indebtedness, the Fund’s share price and yield could be adversely affected. Senior Loans that are fully secured offer the Fund more protection than an unsecured loan in the event of non-payment of scheduled interest or principal. However, there is no assurance that the liquidation of collateral from a secured Senior Loan would satisfy the borrower’s obligation, or that such collateral could be liquidated.

 

4


Table of Contents

The Fund may invest in loan participations with credit quality comparable to that of many issuers of its other debt securities investments. Indebtedness of companies whose creditworthiness is poor involves substantially greater risks, and may be highly speculative. Some companies may never pay off their indebtedness, or may pay only a small fraction of the amount owed. Consequently, when investing in indebtedness of companies with poor credit, the Fund bears a substantial risk of losing the entire amount invested.

 

The Fund limits the amount of its total assets that it will invest in any one issuer or in issuers within the same industry. See “Investment Restrictions.” For purposes of these limits, the Fund generally will treat the corporate or other borrower as the “issuer” of indebtedness held by the Fund. In the case of loan participations where a bank or other lending institution serves as a financial intermediary between the Fund and the borrower, if the participation does not shift to the Fund the direct debtor-creditor relationship with the borrower, the Fund shall treat both the lending bank or other lending institution and the borrower as “issuers” for the purposes of the Fund’s sub-classification as a “diversified” company under the 1940 Act, for purposes of the Fund’s industry concentration policy set forth in paragraph (1) under “Investment Restrictions – Fundamental Investment Restriction” below and for the purposes of meeting the issuer diversification test under Section 851 of the Code. See “Tax Matters” below. Treating a financial intermediary as an issuer of indebtedness may restrict the Fund’s ability to invest in indebtedness related to a single financial intermediary, or a group of intermediaries engaged in the same industry, even if the underlying borrowers represent many different companies and industries.

 

Loans and other types of direct indebtedness may not be readily marketable and may be subject to restrictions on resale. In some cases, negotiations involved in disposing of indebtedness may require weeks to complete. Consequently, some indebtedness may be difficult or impossible to dispose of readily at what PIMCO believes to be a fair price. In addition, valuation of illiquid indebtedness involves a greater degree of judgment in determining the Fund’s net asset value than if that value were based on available market quotations. PIMCO will determine the liquidity of the Fund’s investments by reference to market conditions and contractual provisions. Investments in loan participations are considered to be debt obligations for purposes of the Fund’s investment restriction relating to the lending of funds or assets.

 

Investments in loans through a direct assignment of the financial institution’s interests with respect to the loan may involve additional risks to the Fund. For example, if a loan is foreclosed, the Fund could become part owner of any collateral, and would bear the costs and liabilities associated with owning and disposing of the collateral. In addition, it is conceivable that, under emerging legal theories of lender liability, the Fund could be held liable as co-lender. It is unclear whether loans and other forms of direct indebtedness offer securities law protections against fraud and misrepresentation. In the absence of definitive regulatory guidance, the Fund relies on PIMCO’s research in an attempt to avoid situations where fraud or misrepresentations could adversely affect the Fund.

 

From time to time, PIMCO and its affiliates may borrow money from various banks in connection with their business activities. Such banks may also sell Senior Loans to or acquire them from the Fund or may be intermediate participants with respect to Senior Loans in which the Fund owns interests. Such banks may also act as Agents for Senior Loans held by the Fund.

 

5


Table of Contents

Lending Fees . In the process of buying, selling and holding Senior Loans, the Fund may receive and/or pay certain fees. These fees are in addition to interest payments received and may include facility fees, commitment fees, commissions and prepayment penalty fees. When the Fund buys a Senior Loan it may receive a facility fee and when it sells a Senior Loan it may pay a facility fee. On an ongoing basis, the Fund may receive a commitment fee based on the undrawn portion of the underlying line of credit portion of the Senior Loan. In certain circumstances, the Fund may receive a prepayment penalty fee upon the prepayment of a Senior Loan by a borrower. Other fees received by the Fund may include covenant waiver fees and covenant modification fees.

 

Borrower Covenants . A borrower under a Senior Loan typically must comply with various restrictive covenants contained in a loan agreement or note purchase agreement between the borrower and the Lender or lending syndicate (the “Loan Agreement”). Such covenants, in addition to requiring the scheduled payment of interest and principal, may include restrictions on dividend payments and other distributions to stockholders, provisions requiring the borrower to maintain specific minimum financial ratios and limits on total debt. In addition, the Loan Agreement may contain a covenant requiring the borrower to prepay the Senior Loan with any free cash flow. Free cash flow is generally defined as net cash flow after scheduled debt service payments and permitted capital expenditures, and includes the proceeds from asset dispositions or sales of securities. A breach of a covenant which is not waived by the Agent, or by the lenders directly, as the case may be, is normally an event of acceleration; i.e., the Agent, or the lenders directly, as the case may be, has the right to call the outstanding Senior Loan. The typical practice of an Agent or a Lender in relying exclusively or primarily on reports from the borrower may involve a risk of fraud by the borrower. In the case of a Senior Loan in the form of a participation, the agreement between the buyer and seller may limit the rights of the holder of a Senior Loan to vote on certain changes which may be made to the Loan Agreement, such as waiving a breach of a covenant. However, the holder of the participation will, in almost all cases, have the right to vote on certain fundamental issues such as changes in principal amount, payment dates and interest rate.

 

Administration of Loans . In a typical Senior Loan, the Agent administers the terms of the Loan Agreement. In such cases, the Agent is normally responsible for the collection of principal and interest payments from the borrower and the apportionment of these payments to the credit of all institutions which are parties to the Loan Agreement. The Fund will generally rely upon the Agent or an intermediate participant to receive and forward to the Fund its portion of the principal and interest payments on the Senior Loan. Furthermore, unless under the terms of a participation agreement the Fund has direct recourse against the borrower, the Fund will rely on the Agent and the other members of the lending syndicate to use appropriate credit remedies against the borrower. The Agent is typically responsible for monitoring compliance with covenants contained in the Loan Agreement based upon reports prepared by the borrower. The seller of the Senior Loan usually does, but is often not obligated to, notify holders of Senior Loans of any failures of compliance. The Agent may monitor the value of the collateral, if any, and if the value of such collateral declines, may accelerate the Senior Loan, may give the borrower an opportunity to provide additional collateral or may seek other protection for the benefit of the participants in the Senior Loan. The Agent is compensated by the borrower for providing these services under a Loan Agreement, and such compensation may include special fees paid upon structuring and funding the Senior Loan and other fees paid on a continuing basis. With respect to Senior Loans for which the Agent does not perform such administrative and

 

6


Table of Contents

enforcement functions, PIMCO will perform such tasks on behalf of the Fund, although a collateral bank will typically hold any collateral on behalf of the Fund and the other lenders pursuant to the applicable Loan Agreement.

 

A financial institution’s appointment as Agent may usually be terminated in the event that it fails to observe the requisite standard of care or becomes insolvent, enters Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) receivership, or, if not FDIC insured, enters into bankruptcy proceedings. A successor Agent would generally be appointed to replace the terminated Agent, and assets held by the Agent under the Loan Agreement should remain available to holders of Senior Loans. However, if assets held by the Agent for the benefit of the Fund were determined to be subject to the claims of the Agent’s general creditors, the Fund might incur certain costs and delays in realizing payment on a Senior Loan, or suffer a loss of principal and/or interest. In situations involving other intermediate participants similar risks may arise.

 

Prepayments . Senior Loans usually require, in addition to scheduled payments of interest and principal, the prepayment of the Senior Loan from free cash flow, as defined above. The degree to which borrowers prepay Senior Loans, whether as a contractual requirement or at their election, may be affected by general business conditions, the financial condition of the borrower and competitive conditions among lenders, among others. As such, prepayments cannot be predicted with accuracy. Upon a prepayment, either in part or in full, the actual outstanding debt on which the Fund derives interest income will be reduced. However, the Fund may receive both a prepayment penalty fee from the prepaying borrower and a facility fee upon the purchase of a new Senior Loan with the proceeds from the prepayment of the former. Prepayments generally will not materially affect the Fund’s performance because the Fund should be able to reinvest prepayments in other Senior Loans that have similar or identical yields and because receipt of such fees may mitigate any adverse impact on the Fund’s yield.

 

Bridge Financings. The Fund may acquire interests in Senior Loans which are designed to provide temporary or “bridge” financing to a borrower pending the sale of identified assets or the arrangement of longer-term loans or the issuance and sale of debt obligations. The Fund may also invest in Senior Loans of borrowers who have obtained bridge loans from other parties. A borrower’s use of bridge loans involves a risk that the borrower may be unable to locate permanent financing to replace the bridge loan, which may impair the borrower’s perceived creditworthiness.

 

Secured Senior Loans. To the extent that the collateral, if any, securing a Senior Loan consists of the stock of the borrower’s subsidiaries or other affiliates, the Fund will be subject to the risk that this stock will decline in value. Such a decline, whether as a result of bankruptcy proceedings or otherwise, could cause the Senior Loan to be undercollateralized or unsecured. In most credit agreements there is no formal requirement to pledge additional collateral. In addition, the Fund may invest in Senior Loans guaranteed by, or fully secured by assets of, shareholders or owners, even if the Senior Loans are not otherwise collateralized by assets of the borrower. There may be temporary periods when the principal asset held by a borrower is the stock of a related company, which may not legally be pledged to secure a secured Senior Loan. On occasions when such stock cannot be pledged, the secured Senior Loan will be temporarily unsecured until the stock can be pledged or is exchanged for or replaced by other assets, which will be pledged as security for such Senior Loan. However, the borrower’s ability to dispose of

 

7


Table of Contents

such securities, other than in connection with such pledge or replacement, will be strictly limited for the protection of the holders of secured Senior Loans.

 

If a borrower becomes involved in bankruptcy proceedings, a court may invalidate the Fund’s security interest in any loan collateral or subordinate the Fund’s rights under a secured Senior Loan to the interests of the borrower’s unsecured creditors. Such action by a court could be based, for example, on a “fraudulent conveyance” claim to the effect that the borrower did not receive fair consideration for granting the security interest in the loan collateral to the Fund. For secured Senior Loans made in connection with a highly leveraged transaction, consideration for granting a security interest may be deemed inadequate if the proceeds of such loan were not received or retained by the borrower, but were instead paid to other persons, such as shareholders of the borrower, in an amount which left the borrower insolvent or without sufficient working capital. There are also other events, such as the failure to perfect a security interest due to faulty documentation or faulty official filings, which could lead to the invalidation of the Fund’s security interest in any loan collateral. If the Fund’s security interest in loan collateral is invalidated or a secured Senior Loan is subordinated to other debt of a borrower in bankruptcy or other proceedings, it is unlikely that the Fund would be able to recover the full amount of the principal and interest due on the secured Senior Loan.

 

The Fund may also invest in Senior Loans that are not secured by collateral or otherwise.

 

High Yield Securities (“Junk Bonds”)

 

The Fund may invest without limit and ordinarily expects to invest a substantial portion of its assets in Senior Loans and other debt securities that are, at the time of purchase, rated below investment grade (below Baa3 by Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. (“Moody’s”), below BBB- by either Standard & Poor’s (“S&P”) or Fitch, Inc. (“Fitch”), or below a comparable rating by Dominion Bond Rating Service Limited (“Dominion”)) or unrated but judged by PIMCO to be of comparable quality. These securities are sometimes referred to as “high yield” securities or “junk bonds.” The Fund will not invest more than 10% of its total assets in securities that are, at the time of purchase, rated CCC+/Caa1 or lower by each agency rating the security or that are unrated but judged by PIMCO to be of comparable quality.

 

Many of the Senior Loans in which the Fund invests will be high yield securities. See “Senior Loans.”

 

Investments in high yield securities generally provide greater income and increased opportunity for capital appreciation than investments in higher quality securities, but they also typically entail greater price volatility and principal and income risk, including the possibility of issuer default and bankruptcy. High yield securities are regarded as predominantly speculative with respect to the issuer’s continuing ability to meet principal and interest payments. Debt securities in the lowest investment grade category also may be considered to possess some speculative characteristics by certain rating agencies. In addition, analysis of the creditworthiness of issuers of high yield securities may be more complex than for issuers of higher quality securities.

 

High yield securities may be more susceptible to real or perceived adverse economic and competitive industry conditions than investment grade securities. A projection of an economic downturn or of a period of rising interest rates, for example, could cause a decline in high yield

 

8


Table of Contents

security prices because the advent of a recession could lessen the ability of an issuer to make principal and interest payments on its debt obligations. If an issuer of high yield securities defaults, in addition to risking non-payment of all or a portion of interest and principal, the Fund may incur additional expenses to seek recovery. The market prices of high yield securities structured as zero-coupon, step-up or payment-in-kind securities will normally be affected to a greater extent by interest rate changes, and therefore tend to be more volatile than the prices of securities that pay interest currently and in cash.

 

The secondary market on which high yield securities are traded may be less liquid than the market for investment grade securities. Less liquidity in the secondary trading market could adversely affect the price at which the Fund could sell a high yield security, and could adversely affect the net asset value of the shares. Adverse publicity and investor perceptions, whether or not based on fundamental analysis, may decrease the values and liquidity of high yield securities, especially in a thinly-traded market. When secondary markets for high yield securities are less liquid than the market for investment grade securities, it may be more difficult to value the securities because such valuation may require more research, and elements of judgment may play a greater role in the valuation because there is less reliable, objective data available. During periods of thin trading in these markets, the spread between bid and asked prices is likely to increase significantly and the Fund may have greater difficulty selling its portfolio securities. The Fund will be more dependent on PIMCO’s research and analysis when investing in high yield securities. PIMCO seeks to minimize the risks of investing through in-depth credit analysis and attention to current developments in interest rates and market conditions.

 

A general description of the ratings of securities by Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and Dominion is set forth in Appendix A to the Prospectus. The ratings of Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and Dominion represent their opinions as to the quality of the securities they rate. It should be emphasized, however, that ratings are general and are not absolute standards of quality. Consequently, debt obligations with the same maturity, coupon and rating may have different yields while obligations with the same maturity and coupon with different ratings may have the same yield. For these reasons, the use of credit ratings as the sole method of evaluating high yield securities can involve certain risks. For example, credit ratings evaluate the safety of principal and interest payments, not the market value risk of high yield securities. Also, credit rating agencies may fail to change credit ratings in a timely fashion to reflect events since the security was last rated. PIMCO does not rely solely on credit ratings when selecting securities for the Fund, and develops its own independent analysis of issuer credit quality.

 

The Fund’s credit quality policies apply only at the time a security is purchased, and the Fund is not required to dispose of a security in the event that a rating agency or PIMCO downgrades its assessment of the credit characteristics of a particular issue. In determining whether to retain or sell such a security, PIMCO may consider such factors as PIMCO’s assessment of the credit quality of the issuer of such security, the price at which such security could be sold and the rating, if any, assigned to such security by other rating agencies. However, analysis of creditworthiness may be more complex for issuers of Senior Loans and other high yield securities than for issuers of higher quality debt securities.

 

9


Table of Contents

Distressed Securities

 

Securities in which the Fund invests may be subject to significant risk of an issuer’s inability to meet principal and interest payments on the obligations and also may be subject to price volatility due to such factors as market perception of the creditworthiness of an issuer and general market liquidity. If PIMCO’s evaluation of the anticipated outcome of an investment situation should prove incorrect, such Fund investments could experience a loss.

 

Bonds

 

The Fund may invest in a variety of bonds and related debt obligations of varying maturities (with predominantly low durations) issued by U.S. corporations, foreign corporations, domestic banks, foreign banks and other business entities. Bonds include bills, notes, debentures, money market instruments and similar instruments and securities. Bonds generally are used by corporations and other issuers to borrow money from investors. The issuer pays the investor a variable or fixed rate of interest and normally must repay the amount borrowed on or before maturity. Certain bonds are “perpetual” in that they have no maturity date.

 

The Fund’s investments in bonds are often subject to a number of risks described in the Prospectus and elaborated upon elsewhere in this section of the Statement of Additional Information, including credit risk, high yield risk, interest rate risk, issuer risk, foreign (non-U.S.) investment risk, inflation risk, liquidity risk, smaller company risk and management risk.

 

Event-Linked Bonds

 

The Fund may invest in “event-linked bonds.” Event-linked bonds, which are sometimes referred to as “catastrophe bonds,” are debt obligations for which the return of principal and payment of interest is contingent on the non-occurrence of a specific “trigger” event, such as a hurricane or an earthquake. They may be issued by government agencies, insurance companies, reinsurers, special purpose corporations or other on-shore or off-shore entities. If a trigger event causes losses exceeding a specific amount in the geographic region and time period specified in a bond, the Fund may lose a portion or all of its principal invested in the bond. If no trigger event occurs, the Fund will recover its principal plus interest. For some event-linked bonds, the trigger event or losses may be based on company-wide losses, index-portfolio losses, industry indexes or readings of scientific instruments rather than specified actual losses. Often event-linked bonds provide for extensions of maturity that are mandatory, or optional at the discretion of the issuer, in order to process and audit loss claims in those cases when a trigger event has, or possibly has, occurred. In addition to the specified trigger events, event-linked bonds may also expose the Fund to certain unanticipated risks including but not limited to issuer (credit) default, adverse regulatory or jurisdictional interpretations and adverse tax consequences.

 

Event-linked bonds are a relatively new type of financial instrument. As such, there is no significant trading history of these securities, and there can be no assurance that a liquid market in these instruments will develop. Lack of a liquid market may impose the risk of higher transaction costs and the possibility that the Fund may be forced to liquidate positions when it would not be advantageous to do so. Event-linked bonds are typically rated.

 

10


Table of Contents

Inflation-Indexed Bonds

 

The Fund may invest in inflation-indexed bonds, which are debt obligations whose value is periodically adjusted according to the rate of inflation. Two structures are common. The U.S. Treasury and some other issuers utilize a structure that accrues inflation into the principal value of the bond. Most other issuers pay out the Consumer Price Index accruals as part of a semiannual coupon.

 

Inflation-indexed securities issued by the U.S. Treasury have maturities of approximately five, ten or thirty years, although it is possible that securities with other maturities will be issued in the future. The U.S. Treasury securities pay interest on a semi-annual basis equal to a fixed percentage of the inflation-adjusted principal amount. For example, if the Fund purchased an inflation-indexed bond with a par value of $1,000 and a 3% real rate of return coupon (payable 1.5% semi-annually), and the rate of inflation over the first six months was 1%, the mid-year par value of the bond would be $1,010 and the first semi-annual interest payment would be $15.15 ($1,010 times 1.5%). If inflation during the second half of the year resulted in the whole year’s inflation equaling 3%, the end-of-year par value of the bond would be $1,030 and the second semi-annual interest payment would be $15.45 ($1,030 times 1.5%).

 

If the periodic adjustment rate measuring inflation falls, the principal value of inflation-indexed bonds will be adjusted downward, and consequently the interest payable on these securities (calculated with respect to a smaller principal amount) will be reduced. Repayment of the original bond principal upon maturity (as adjusted for inflation) is guaranteed in the case of U.S. Treasury inflation-indexed bonds, even during a period of deflation. However, the current market value of the bonds is not guaranteed and will fluctuate. The Fund may also invest in other inflation-related bonds which may or may not provide a similar guarantee. If a guarantee of principal is not provided, the adjusted principal value of the bond repaid at maturity may be less than the original principal amount.

 

The value of inflation-indexed bonds is expected to change in response to changes in real interest rates. Real interest rates in turn are tied to the relationship between nominal interest rates and the rate of inflation. Therefore, if the rate of inflation rises at a faster rate than nominal interest rates, real interest rates might decline, leading to an increase in value of inflation-indexed bonds. In contrast, if nominal interest rates increase at a faster rate than inflation, real interest rates might rise, leading to a decrease in value of inflation-indexed bonds.

 

While these securities are expected to be protected from long-term inflationary trends, short-term increases in inflation may lead to a decline in value. If interest rates rise due to reasons other than inflation (for example, due to changes in currency exchange rates), investors in these securities may not be protected to the extent that the increase is not reflected in the bond’s inflation measure.

 

The periodic adjustment of U.S. inflation-indexed bonds is tied to the Consumer Price Index for Urban Consumers (“CPI-U”), which is calculated monthly by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. The CPI-U is a measurement of changes in the cost of living, made up of components such as housing, food, transportation and energy. Inflation-indexed bonds issued by a foreign government are generally adjusted to reflect a comparable inflation index calculated by that government. There can be no assurance that the CPI-U or any foreign inflation index will accurately measure the real rate of inflation in the prices of goods and services. Moreover, there

 

11


Table of Contents

can be no assurance that the rate of inflation in a foreign country will be correlated to the rate of inflation in the United States.

 

For federal income tax purposes, any increase in the principal amount of an inflation-indexed bond will be original issue discount which is taxable as ordinary income in the year accrued, even though investors do not receive their principal, including any increases thereto, until maturity. See “Tax Matters—Discount Obligations and Payment-in-Kind Securities” below.

 

Mortgage-Related and Other Asset-Backed Securities

 

The Fund may invest in mortgage-related securities, and may also invest in other asset-backed securities (unrelated to mortgage loans) that are offered to investors currently or in the future. Mortgage-related securities are interests in pools of residential or commercial mortgage loans, including mortgage loans made by savings and loan institutions, mortgage bankers, commercial banks and others. Pools of mortgage loans are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental, government-related and private organizations. Like other debt obligations, the ability of the Fund to successfully utilize these instruments may depend in part upon the ability of PIMCO to forecast certain macro-economic factors correctly. See “—Mortgage Pass-Through Securities” below. Certain debt obligations are also secured with collateral consisting of mortgage-related securities. See “—Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”)” below.

 

The mortgage-related securities in which the Fund will invest will typically pay variable rates of interest, although the Fund may invest in fixed rate obligations as well.

 

Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities. Commercial mortgage-backed securities include securities that reflect an interest in, and are secured by, mortgage loans on commercial real property. The market for commercial mortgage-backed securities developed more recently and in terms of total outstanding principal amount of issues is relatively small compared to the market for residential single-family mortgage-backed securities. Many of the risks of investing in commercial mortgage-backed securities reflect the risks of investing in the real estate securing the underlying mortgage loans. These risks reflect the effects of local and other economic conditions on real estate markets, the ability of tenants to make loan payments, and the ability of a property to attract and retain tenants. Commercial mortgage-backed securities may be less liquid and exhibit greater price volatility than other types of mortgage- or asset-backed securities.

 

Mortgage Pass-Through Securities. Mortgage pass-through securities are securities representing interests in “pools” of mortgage loans secured by residential or commercial real property. Interests in pools of mortgage-related securities differ from other forms of debt obligations, which normally provide for periodic payment of interest in fixed or variable amounts with principal payments at maturity or specified call dates. Instead, these securities provide a monthly payment which consists of both interest and principal payments. In effect, these payments are a “pass-through” of the monthly payments made by the individual borrowers on their residential or commercial mortgage loans, net of any fees paid to the issuer or guarantor of such securities. Additional payments are caused by repayments of principal resulting from the sale of the underlying property, refinancing or foreclosure, net of fees or costs which may be incurred. Some mortgage-related securities (such as securities issued by the Government National Mortgage Association (the “GNMA”)) are described as “modified pass-through.”

 

12


Table of Contents

These securities entitle the holder to receive all interest and principal payments owed on the mortgage pool, net of certain fees, at the scheduled payment dates regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment.

 

The rate of prepayments on underlying mortgages will affect the price and volatility of a mortgage-related security, and may have the effect of shortening or extending the effective maturity of the security beyond what was anticipated at the time of purchase. Early repayment of principal on some mortgage-related securities (arising from prepayments of principal due to the sale of the underlying property, refinancing, or foreclosure, net of fees and costs which may be incurred) may expose the Fund to a lower rate of return upon reinvestment of principal. Also, if a security subject to prepayment has been purchased at a premium, the value of the premium would be lost in the event of prepayment. Like other fixed rate debt obligations, when interest rates rise, the value of a fixed rate mortgage-related security generally will decline; however, when interest rates are declining, the value of fixed rate mortgage-related securities with prepayment features may not increase as much as other debt obligations. Investments in mortgage-backed and other asset-backed securities with variable rates of interest would minimize the Fund’s sensitivity to such interest rate volatility. However, adjustable rate mortgage-related and other asset-backed securities are also subject to some interest rate risk. For example, because interest rates on most adjustable rate mortgage- and other asset-backed securities only reset periodically ( e.g ., monthly or quarterly), changes in prevailing interest rates (and particularly sudden and significant changes) can be expected to cause some fluctuations in the market value of these securities, including declines in value as interest rates rise. In addition, to the extent that unanticipated rates of prepayment on underlying mortgages increase the effective maturity of a mortgage-related security, the volatility of such security can be expected to increase.

 

Payment of principal and interest on some mortgage pass-through securities (but not the market value of the securities themselves) may be guaranteed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government (in the case of securities guaranteed by the GNMA) or guaranteed by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government (in the case of securities guaranteed by the Federal National Mortgage Association (the “FNMA”) or the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation (the “FHLMC”). The principal governmental guarantor of mortgage-related securities is the GNMA. GNMA is a wholly-owned U.S. Government corporation within the Department of Housing and Urban Development. GNMA is authorized to guarantee, with the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, the timely payment of principal and interest on securities issued by institutions approved by GNMA (such as savings and loan institutions, commercial banks and mortgage bankers) and backed by pools of mortgages insured by the Federal Housing Administration (the “FHA”), or guaranteed by the Department of Veterans Affairs (the “VA”).

 

Government-related guarantors ( i.e., not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government) include the FNMA and the FHLMC. FNMA is a government-sponsored corporation owned entirely by private stockholders. It is subject to general regulation by the Secretary of Housing and Urban Development. FNMA purchases conventional ( i.e. , not insured or guaranteed by any government agency) residential mortgages from a list of approved sellers/servicers which include state and federally chartered savings and loan associations, mutual savings banks, commercial banks, and credit unions and mortgage bankers. Pass-through securities issued by FNMA are guaranteed as to timely payment of principal and interest by FNMA but are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. Instead, they are

 

13


Table of Contents

supported only by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations, and therefore involve increased credit risk.

 

FHLMC was created by Congress in 1970 for the purpose of increasing the availability of mortgage credit for residential housing. It is a government-sponsored corporation formerly owned by the twelve Federal Home Loan Banks and now owned entirely by private stockholders. FHLMC issues Participation Certificates (“PCs”) which represent interests in conventional mortgages from FHLMC’s national portfolio. FHLMC guarantees the timely payment of interest and ultimate collection of principal, but PCs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government. Instead, they are supported only by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations, and therefore involve increased credit risk.

 

Commercial banks, savings and loan institutions, private mortgage insurance companies, mortgage bankers and other secondary market issuers also create pass-through pools of conventional residential mortgage loans. Such issuers may, in addition, be the originators and/or servicers of the underlying mortgage loans as well as the guarantors of the mortgage-related securities. Pools created by such non-governmental issuers generally offer a higher rate of interest than government and government-related pools because there are no direct or indirect government or agency guarantees of payments in such pools. However, timely payment of interest and principal of these pools may be supported by various forms of insurance or guarantees, including individual loan, title, pool and hazard insurance and letters of credit. The insurance and guarantees are issued by governmental entities, private insurers and the mortgage poolers. There can be no assurance that the private insurers or guarantors can meet their obligations under the insurance policies or guarantee arrangements. Although the market for such securities is becoming increasingly liquid, securities issued by certain private organizations may not be readily marketable.

 

Mortgage-related securities that are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities, are not subject to the Fund’s industry concentration restriction (see “Investment Restrictions”) by virtue of the exclusion from that restriction available to all U.S. Government securities. In the case of privately issued mortgage-related securities, the Fund takes the position that mortgage-related securities do not represent interests in any particular “industry” or group of industries. The assets underlying such securities may be represented by a portfolio of first lien residential mortgages (including both whole mortgage loans and mortgage participation interests) or portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities issued or guaranteed by GNMA, FNMA or FHLMC. Mortgage loans underlying a mortgage-related security may in turn be insured or guaranteed by the FHA or the VA. In the case of private issue mortgage-related securities whose underlying assets are neither U.S. Government securities nor U.S. Government insured mortgages, to the extent that real properties securing such assets may be located in the same geographical region, the security may be subject to a greater risk of default than other comparable securities in the event of adverse economic, political or business developments that may affect such region and, ultimately, the ability of residential homeowners to make payments of principal and interest on the underlying mortgages.

 

Collateralized Mortgage Obligations (“CMOs”). A CMO is a hybrid between a mortgage-backed bond and a mortgage pass-through security. Similar to a bond, interest and prepaid principal is paid, in most cases, semi-annually. CMOs may be collateralized by whole

 

14


Table of Contents

mortgage loans, but are more typically collateralized by portfolios of mortgage pass-through securities guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC, or FNMA, and their income streams.

 

CMOs are structured into multiple classes, each bearing a different stated maturity. Actual maturity and average life will depend upon the prepayment experience of the collateral. CMOs provide for a modified form of call protection through a de facto breakdown of the underlying pool of mortgages according to how quickly the loans are repaid. Monthly payment of principal received from the pool of underlying mortgages, including prepayments, is first returned to investors holding the shortest maturity class. Investors holding the longer maturity classes receive principal only after the first class has been retired. An investor is partially guarded against a sooner than desired return of principal because of the sequential payments.

 

In a typical CMO transaction, a corporation (“issuer”) issues multiple series ( e.g., A, B, C, Z) of CMO bonds (the “Bonds”). Proceeds of the Bond offering are used to purchase mortgages or mortgage pass-through certificates (the “Collateral”). The Collateral is pledged to a third party trustee as security for the Bonds. Principal and interest payments from the Collateral are used to pay principal on the Bonds in the order A, B, C, Z. The Series A, B and C Bonds all bear current interest. Interest on the Series Z Bond is accrued and added to principal and a like amount is paid as principal on the Series A, B or C Bond currently being paid off. When the Series A, B and C Bonds are paid in full, interest and principal on the Series Z Bond begin to be paid currently. With some CMOs, the issuer serves as a conduit to allow loan originators (primarily builders or savings and loan associations) to borrow against their loan portfolios.

 

CMOs that are issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or by any of its agencies or instrumentalities will be considered U.S. Government securities by the Fund, while other CMOs, even if collateralized by U.S. Government securities, will have the same status as other privately issued securities for purposes of applying the Fund’s diversification tests.

 

FHLMC Collateralized Mortgage Obligations. FHLMC CMOs are debt obligations of FHLMC issued in multiple classes having different maturity dates which are secured by the pledge of a pool of conventional mortgage loans purchased by FHLMC. Unlike FHLMC PCs, payments of principal and interest on the CMOs are made semi-annually, as opposed to monthly. The amount of principal payable on each semi-annual payment date is determined in accordance with FHLMC’s mandatory sinking fund schedule, which in turn, is equal to approximately 100% of FHA prepayment experience applied to the mortgage collateral pool. All sinking fund payments in the CMOs are allocated to the retirement of the individual classes of bonds in the order of their stated maturities. Payments of principal on the mortgage loans in the collateral pool in excess of the amount of FHLMC’s minimum sinking fund obligation for any payment date are paid to the holders of the CMOs as additional sinking fund payments. Because of the “pass-through” nature of all principal payments received on the collateral pool in excess of FHLMC’s minimum sinking fund requirement, the rate at which principal of the CMOs is actually repaid is likely to be such that each class of bonds will be retired in advance of its scheduled maturity date.

 

If collection of principal (including prepayments) on the mortgage loans during any semi-annual payment period is not sufficient to meet FHLMC’s minimum sinking fund obligation on

 

15


Table of Contents

the next sinking fund payment date, FHLMC agrees to make up the deficiency from its general funds.

 

Criteria for the mortgage loans in the pool backing the FHLMC CMOs are identical to those of FHLMC PCs. FHLMC has the right to substitute collateral in the event of delinquencies and/or defaults.

 

Other Mortgage-Related Securities . Other mortgage-related securities include securities other than those described above that directly or indirectly represent a participation in, or are secured by and payable from, mortgage loans on real property, including CMO residuals and stripped mortgage-backed securities. Other mortgage-related securities may be equity or debt securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks, partnerships, trusts and special purpose entities of the foregoing.

 

CMO Residuals. CMO residuals are mortgage securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of the U.S. Government or by private originators of, or investors in, mortgage loans, including savings and loan associations, homebuilders, mortgage banks, commercial banks, investment banks and special purpose entities of the foregoing.

 

The cash flow generated by the mortgage assets underlying a series of CMOs is applied first to make required payments of principal and interest on the CMOs and second to pay the related administrative expenses of the issuer. The residual in a CMO structure generally represents the interest in any excess cash flow remaining after making the foregoing payments. Each payment of such excess cash flow to a holder of the related CMO residual represents income and/or a return of capital. The amount of residual cash flow resulting from a CMO will depend on, among other things, the characteristics of the mortgage assets, the coupon rate of each class of CMO, prevailing interest rates, the amount of administrative expenses and the prepayment experience on the mortgage assets. In particular, the yield to maturity on CMO residuals is extremely sensitive to prepayments on the related underlying mortgage assets. In addition, if a series of a CMO includes a class that bears interest at an adjustable rate, the yield to maturity on the related CMO residual will also be extremely sensitive to changes in the level of the index upon which interest rate adjustments are based. The Fund may fail to recoup some or all of its initial investment in a CMO residual.

 

CMO residuals are generally purchased and sold by institutional investors through several investment banking firms acting as brokers or dealers. The CMO residual market has developed fairly recently and CMO residuals currently may not have the liquidity of other more established securities trading in other markets. Transactions in CMO residuals are generally completed only after careful review of the characteristics of the securities in question. In addition, CMO residuals may, or pursuant to an exemption therefrom, may not, have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”). CMO residuals, whether or not registered under the 1933 Act, may be subject to certain restrictions on transferability, and may be deemed “illiquid.” As used in this Statement of Additional Information, the term CMO residual does not include residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits.

 

16


Table of Contents

Other Asset-Backed Securities. Similarly, PIMCO expects that other asset-backed securities (unrelated to mortgage loans) will be offered to investors in the future and may be purchased by the Fund. Several types of asset-backed securities have already been offered to investors, including Enhanced Equipment Trust Certificates (“EETCs”), Certificates for Automobile Receivables SM (“CARS SM ”) and Collateralized Debt Obligations (“CDOs”).

 

Although any entity may issue EETCs, to date, U.S. airlines are the primary issuers. An airline EETC is an obligation secured directly by aircraft or aircraft engines as collateral. Airline EETCs generally have credit enhancement in the form of over-collateralization and cross-subordination ( i.e. , multiple tranches and multiple aircraft as collateral). They also generally have a dedicated liquidity facility provided by a third-party insurer to insure that coupon payments are made on a timely basis until collateral is liquidated in the event of a default by the lessor of the collateral. Aircraft EETCs issued by registered U.S. carriers also benefit from a special section of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code, which allows the aircraft to be sold by the trust holding the collateral to repay note holders without participating in bankruptcy proceedings. EETCs tend to be less liquid than bonds.

 

CARS SM represent undivided fractional interests in a trust whose assets consist of a pool of motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts and security interests in the vehicles securing the contracts. Payments of principal and interest on CARS SM are passed through monthly to certificate holders, and are guaranteed up to certain amounts and for a certain time period by a letter of credit issued by a financial institution unaffiliated with the trustee or originator of the trust. An investor’s return on CARS SM may be affected by early prepayment of principal on the underlying vehicle sales contracts. If the letter of credit is exhausted, the trust may be prevented from realizing the full amount due on a sales contract because of state law requirements and restrictions relating to foreclosure sales of vehicles and the obtaining of deficiency judgments following such sales or because of depreciation, damage or loss of a vehicle, the application of federal and state bankruptcy and insolvency laws, or other factors. As a result, certificate holders may experience delays in payments or losses if the letter of credit is exhausted.

 

The Fund may invest in CDOs, which includes collateralized bond obligations (“CBOs”), collateralized loan obligations (“CLOs”) and other similarly structured securities. CBOs and CLOs are types of asset-backed securities. A CBO is a trust which is backed by a diversified pool of high risk, below investment grade fixed income securities. A CLO is a trust typically collateralized by a pool of loans, which may include, among others, domestic and foreign senior secured loans, senior unsecured loans, and subordinate corporate loans, including loans that may be rated below investment grade or equivalent unrated loans.

 

For both CBOs and CLOs, the cash flows from the trust are split into two or more portions, called tranches, varying in risk and yield. The riskiest portion is the residual or “equity” tranche which bears the bulk of defaults from the bonds or loans in the trust and serves to protect the other, more senior tranches from default in all but the most severe circumstances. Since it is partially protected from defaults, a senior tranche from a CBO trust or CLO trust typically have higher ratings and lower yields than their underlying securities, and can be rated investment grade. Despite the protection from the equity tranche, CBO or CLO tranches can experience substantial losses due to actual defaults, increased sensitivity to defaults due to collateral default and disappearance of protecting tranches, market anticipation of defaults, as well as aversion to CBO or CLO securities as a class.

 

17


Table of Contents

The risks of an investment in a CDO depend largely on the type of the collateral securities and the class of the CDO in which the Fund invests. Normally, CBOs, CLOs and other CDOs are privately offered and sold, and thus, are not registered under the securities laws. As a result, investments in CDOs may be characterized by the Fund as illiquid securities; however, an active dealer market may exist for CDOs allowing a CDO to qualify for Rule 144A transactions. In addition to the normal risks associated with debt instruments discussed elsewhere in this Statement of Additional Information and the Prospectus ( e.g. , interest rate risk and default risk), CDOs carry additional risks including, but not limited to, (i) the possibility that distributions from collateral securities will not be adequate to make interest or other payments, (ii) the quality of the collateral may decline in value or default, (iii) the Fund may invest in CDOs that are subordinate to other classes, and (iv) the complex structure of the security may not be fully understood at the time of investment and may produce disputes with the issuer or unexpected investment results.

 

Consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies, PIMCO also may invest in other types of asset-backed securities. Other asset-backed securities may be collateralized by the fees earned by service providers. The value of asset-backed securities may be substantially dependent on the servicing of the underlying asset pools and are therefore subject to risks associated with the negligence by, or defalcation of, their servicers. In certain circumstances, the mishandling of related documentation may also affect the rights of the security holders in and to the underlying collateral. The insolvency of entities that generate receivables or that utilize the assets may result in added costs and delays in addition to losses associated with a decline in the value of the underlying assets.

 

Real Estate Investment Trusts (“REITs”)

 

REITs are pooled investment vehicles which invest primarily in income-producing real estate or real estate related loans or interests. REITs are generally classified as equity REITs, mortgage REITs or a combination of equity and mortgage REITs. Equity REITs invest the majority of their assets directly in real property and derive income primarily from the collection of rents. Equity REITs can also realize capital gains by selling properties that have appreciated in value. Mortgage REITs invest the majority of their assets in real estate mortgages and derive income from the collection of interest payments. REITs are not taxed on income distributed to shareholders provided they comply with the applicable requirements of the Code. The Fund will indirectly bear its proportionate share of any management and other expenses paid by REITs in which it invests in addition to the expenses paid by the Fund. Debt securities issued by REITs are, for the most part, general and unsecured obligations and are subject to risks associated with REITs.

 

Investing in REITs involves certain unique risks in addition to those risks associated with investing in the real estate industry in general. An equity REIT may be affected by changes in the value of the underlying properties owned by the REIT. A mortgage REIT may be affected by changes in interest rates and the ability of the issuers of its portfolio mortgages to repay their obligations. REITs are dependent upon the skills of their managers and are not diversified. REITs are generally dependent upon maintaining cash flows to repay borrowings and to make distributions to shareholders and are subject to the risk of default by lessees or borrowers. REITs

 

18


Table of Contents

whose underlying assets are concentrated in properties used by a particular industry, such as health care, are also subject to risks associated with such industry.

 

REITs (especially fixed rate mortgage REITs) are also subject to interest rate risks that apply generally to mortgage-related securities and other debt instruments, as described above.

 

REITs may have limited financial resources, may trade less frequently and in a limited volume and may be subject to more abrupt or erratic price movements than larger company securities. Historically REITs have been more volatile in price than the larger capitalization stocks included in Standard & Poor’s 500 Stock Index.

 

Bank Capital Securities and Obligations

 

The Fund may invest in bank capital securities. Bank capital securities are issued by banks to help fulfill their regulatory capital requirements. There are three common types of bank capital: Lower Tier II, Upper Tier II and Tier I. To the extent that the Fund invests in bank capital, it expects to primarily invest in floating rate Upper Tier II and Tier I bank capital. Bank capital is generally, but not always, of investment grade quality. Upper Tier II securities are commonly thought of as hybrids of debt and preferred stock. Upper Tier II securities are often perpetual (with no maturity date), callable and have a cumulative interest deferral feature. This means that under certain conditions, the issuer bank can withhold payment of interest until a later date. However, such deferred interest payments generally earn interest. Tier I securities often take the form of trust preferred securities.

 

The Fund may also invest in other bank obligations including certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances, and fixed time deposits. Certificates of deposit are negotiable certificates that are issued against funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a specified return. Bankers’ acceptances are negotiable drafts or bills of exchange, normally drawn by an importer or exporter to pay for specific merchandise, which are “accepted” by a bank, meaning, in effect, that the bank unconditionally agrees to pay the face value of the instrument on maturity. Fixed time deposits are bank obligations payable at a stated maturity date and bearing interest at a fixed rate. Fixed time deposits may be withdrawn on demand by the investor, but may be subject to early withdrawal penalties which vary depending upon market conditions and the remaining maturity of the obligation. There are generally no contractual restrictions on the right to transfer a beneficial interest in a fixed time deposit to a third party, although there is no market for such deposits. The Fund may also hold funds on deposit with its custodian bank in an interest-bearing account for temporary purposes.

 

Subject to the Fund’s limitation on concentration of no more than 25% of its total assets in the securities of issuers in a particular industry, the Fund may invest without limit in U.S. dollar-denominated obligations of foreign banks and may invest up to 25% of its total assets in foreign bank obligations denominated in foreign currencies, subject to the restriction that a maximum of 10% of the Fund’s total assets may be invested in securities located in “emerging markets.” Obligations of foreign banks involve certain risks associated with investing in foreign securities described under “—Foreign (Non-U.S.) Securities” below. Foreign banks are not generally subject to examination by any U.S. Government agency or instrumentality.

 

19


Table of Contents

Delayed Funding Loans and Revolving Credit Facilities

 

The Fund may also enter into, or acquire participations in, delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are borrowing arrangements in which the lender agrees to make loans up to a maximum amount upon demand by the borrower during a specified term. A revolving credit facility differs from a delayed funding loan in that as the borrower repays the loan, an amount equal to the repayment may be borrowed again during the term of the revolving credit facility. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities usually provide for floating or variable rates of interest. These commitments may have the effect of requiring the Fund to increase its investment in a company at a time when it might not otherwise be desirable to do so (including a time when the company’s financial condition makes it unlikely that such amounts will be repaid).

 

The Fund may invest in delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities with credit quality comparable to that of issuers of its securities investments. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities may be subject to restrictions on transfer, and only limited opportunities may exist to resell such instruments. As a result, the Fund may be unable to sell such investments at an opportune time or may have to resell them at less than fair market value. Delayed funding loans and revolving credit facilities are considered to be debt obligations for the purposes of the Fund’s investment restriction relating to the lending of funds or assets by the Fund.

 

Commercial Paper

 

Commercial paper represents short-term unsecured promissory notes issued in bearer form by corporations such as banks or bank holding companies and finance companies. The Fund may invest in commercial paper of any credit quality consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies, including unrated commercial paper for which PIMCO has made a credit quality assessment. See Appendix A to the Prospectus for a description of the ratings assigned by Moody’s, S&P, Fitch and Dominion to commercial paper. The rate of return on commercial paper may be linked or indexed to the level of exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a foreign currency or currencies.

 

U.S. Government Securities

 

U.S. Government securities are obligations of, or guaranteed by, the U.S. Government, its agencies or instrumentalities. The U.S. Government does not guarantee the net asset value of the Fund’s shares. Some U.S. Government securities, such as Treasury bills, notes and bonds, and securities guaranteed by the GNMA, are supported by the full faith and credit of the United States; others, such as those of the Federal Home Loan Banks, are supported by the right of the issuer to borrow from the U.S. Treasury; others, such as those of the FNMA and the FHLMC, are supported by the discretionary authority of the U.S. Government to purchase the agency’s obligations; and still others, such as those of the Student Loan Marketing Association, are supported only by the credit of the instrumentality. Although U.S. Government sponsored enterprises such as Federal Home Loan Banks, FNMA, FHLMC, and the Student Loan Marketing Association may be chartered or sponsored by Congress, they are not funded by Congressional appropriations and their securities are not issued by the U.S. Treasury or supported by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government, and include increased credit risks. U.S. Government securities include securities that have no coupons, or have been stripped of

 

20


Table of Contents

their unmatured interest coupons, individual interest coupons from such securities that trade separately, and evidences of receipt of such securities. Such securities may pay no cash income, and are purchased at a deep discount from their value at maturity. See “—Zero-Coupon Bonds, Step-Ups and Payment-In-Kind Securities.” Custodial receipts issued in connection with so-called trademark zero-coupon securities, such as CATs and TIGRs, are not issued by the U.S. Treasury, and are therefore not U.S. Government securities, although the underlying bond represented by such receipt is a debt obligation of the U.S. Treasury. Other zero-coupon Treasury securities ( e.g. , STRIPs and CUBEs) are direct obligations of the U.S. Government.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Preferred stock represents an equity interest in a company that generally entitles the holder to receive, in preference to the holders of other stocks such as common stocks, dividends and a fixed share of the proceeds resulting from a liquidation of the company. Some preferred stocks also entitle their holders to receive additional liquidation proceeds on the same basis as holders of a company’s common stock, and thus also represent an ownership interest in that company. The Fund will ordinarily invest in preferred stocks that pay variable rates of return, but may also invest in fixed rate preferred stocks. See below. The value of a company’s preferred stock may fall as a result of factors relating directly to that company’s products or services. A preferred stock’s value may also fall because of factors affecting not just the company, but companies in the same industry or in a number of different industries, such as increases in production costs. The value of preferred stock may also be affected by changes in financial markets that are relatively unrelated to the company or its industry, such as changes in interest rates or currency exchange rates. In addition, a company’s preferred stock generally pays dividends only after the company makes required payments to holders of its bonds and other debt. For this reason, the value of the preferred stock will usually react more strongly than bonds and other debt to actual or perceived changes in the company’s financial condition or prospects. Preferred stocks of smaller companies may be more vulnerable to adverse developments than those of larger companies.

 

Adjustable Rate and Auction Preferred Stocks . Typically, the dividend rate on an adjustable rate preferred stock is determined prospectively each quarter by applying an adjustment formula established at the time of issuance of the stock. Although adjustment formulas vary among issues, they typically involve a fixed premium or discount relative to rates on specified debt securities issued by the U.S. Treasury. Typically, an adjustment formula will provide for a fixed premium or discount adjustment relative to the highest base yield of three specified U.S. Treasury securities: the 90-day Treasury bill, the 10-year Treasury note and the 20-year Treasury bond. The premium or discount adjustment to be added to or subtracted from this highest U.S. Treasury base rate yield is fixed at the time of issue and cannot be changed without the approval of the holders of the stock. The dividend rate on other preferred stocks in which the Fund may invest, commonly known as auction preferred stocks, is adjusted at intervals that may be more frequent than quarterly, such as every 49 days, based on bids submitted by holders and prospective purchasers of such stocks and may be subject to stated maximum and minimum dividend rates. The issues of most adjustable rate and auction preferred stocks currently outstanding are perpetual, but are redeemable after a specified date at the option of the issuer. Certain issues supported by the credit of a high-rated financial institution provide for mandatory redemption prior to expiration of the credit arrangement. No redemption can occur if full cumulative dividends are not paid. Although the dividend rates on adjustable and auction

 

21


Table of Contents

preferred stocks are generally adjusted or reset frequently, the market values of these preferred stocks may still fluctuate in response to changes in interest rates. Market values of adjustable preferred stocks also may substantially fluctuate if interest rates increase or decrease once the maximum or minimum dividend rate for a particular stock is approached.

 

Fixed Rate Preferred Stocks . Some fixed rate preferred stocks in which the Fund may invest, known as perpetual preferred stocks, offer a fixed return with no maturity date. Because they never mature, perpetual preferred stocks act like long-term bonds, can be more volatile than other types of preferred stocks that have a maturity date and may have heightened sensitivity to changes in interest rates. The Fund may also invest in sinking fund preferred stocks. These preferred stocks also offer a fixed return, but have a maturity date and are retired or redeemed on a predetermined schedule. The shorter duration of sinking fund preferred stocks makes them perform somewhat like intermediate-term bonds and they typically have lower yields than perpetual preferred stocks.

 

Zero-Coupon Bonds, Step-Ups and Payment-In-Kind Securities

 

Zero-coupon securities are debt obligations that do not entitle the holder to any periodic payments of interest either for the entire life of the obligation or for an initial period after the issuance of the obligations. Like zero-coupon bonds, “step-up” bonds pay no interest initially but eventually begin to pay a coupon rate prior to maturity, which rate may increase at stated intervals during the life of the security. Payment-in-kind securities (“PIKs”) pay dividends or interest in the form of additional securities of the issuer, rather than in cash. Each of these instruments is typically issued and traded at a deep discount from its face amount. The amount of the discount varies depending on such factors as the time remaining until maturity of the securities, prevailing interest rates, the liquidity of the security and the perceived credit quality of the issuer. The market prices of zero-coupon bonds, step-ups and PIKs generally are more volatile than the market prices of debt instruments that pay interest currently and in cash and are likely to respond to changes in interest rates to a greater degree than do other types of securities having similar maturities and credit quality. In order to satisfy a requirement for qualification as a “regulated investment company” under the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Code”), an investment company, such as the Fund, must distribute each year at least 90% of its net investment income, including the original issue discount accrued on zero-coupon bonds, step-ups and PIKs. Because the Fund will not, on a current basis, receive cash payments from the issuer of these securities in respect of any accrued original issue discount, in some years the Fund may have to distribute cash obtained from selling other portfolio holdings of the Fund. In some circumstances, such sales might be necessary in order to satisfy cash distribution requirements even though investment considerations might otherwise make it undesirable for the Fund to sell securities at such time. Under many market conditions, investments in zero-coupon bonds, step-ups and PIKs may be illiquid, making it difficult for the Fund to dispose of them or determine their current value.

 

Convertible Securities and Synthetic Convertible Securities

 

The Fund may invest in convertible securities, which are debt securities that may be converted at either a stated price or stated rate into underlying shares of common stock. Convertible securities have general characteristics similar to both debt securities and equity securities. PIMCO will generally evaluate these instruments based primarily on their debt

 

22


Table of Contents

characteristics. Because most convertible securities are fixed rate instruments, the market value of convertible securities tends to decline as interest rates increase and, conversely, tends to increase as interest rates decline. In addition, because of the conversion feature, the market value of convertible securities tends to vary with fluctuations in the market value of the underlying common stocks and, therefore, also will react to variations in the general market for equity securities.

 

The Fund may also invest in synthetic convertible securities, which differ from convertible securities in certain respects. Unlike a true convertible security, which is a single security having a unitary market value, a synthetic convertible comprises two or more separate securities, each with its own market value. Therefore, the “market value” of a synthetic convertible security is the sum of the values of its debt component and its convertibility component. Synthetic convertible securities can be variable or fixed rate instruments. For these reasons, the values of a synthetic convertible and a true convertible security may respond differently to market fluctuations.

 

Convertible securities generally have higher yields than common stocks. There can be no assurance of current income because the issuers of the convertible securities may default on their obligations. A convertible security, in addition to providing current income, offers the potential for capital appreciation through the conversion feature, which enables the holder to benefit from increases in the market price of the underlying common stock.

 

Municipal Bonds

 

The Fund may invest in municipal bonds which pay interest that, in the opinion of bond counsel to the issuer (or on the basis of other authority believed by PIMCO to be reliable), is exempt from federal income taxes (“municipal bonds”), although dividends that the Fund pays that are attributable to such interest will not be tax-exempt to shareholders of the Fund.

 

Municipal bonds share the attributes of debt obligations in general, but are generally issued by states, municipalities and other political subdivisions, agencies, authorities and instrumentalities of states and multi-state agencies or authorities. The municipal bonds that the Fund may purchase include general obligation bonds and limited obligation bonds (or revenue bonds), including industrial development bonds issued pursuant to former federal tax law. General obligation bonds are obligations involving the credit of an issuer possessing taxing power and are payable from such issuer’s general revenues and not from any particular source. Limited obligation bonds are payable only from the revenues derived from a particular facility or class of facilities or, in some cases, from the proceeds of a special excise or other specific revenue source. Tax-exempt private activity bonds and industrial development bonds generally are also revenue bonds and thus are not payable from the issuer’s general revenues. The credit and quality of private activity bonds and industrial development bonds are usually related to the credit of the user of the facilities. Payment of interest on and repayment of principal of such bonds is the responsibility of the user (and/or any guarantor).

 

Municipal bonds are subject to credit and market risk. Generally, prices of higher quality issues tend to fluctuate less with changes in market interest rates than prices of lower quality issues and prices of longer maturity issues tend to fluctuate more than prices of shorter maturity issues. Prices and yields on municipal bonds are dependent on a variety of factors, including general money-market conditions, the financial condition of the issuer, general conditions of the

 

23


Table of Contents

municipal bond market, the size of a particular offering, the maturity of the obligation and the rating of the issue. A number of these factors, including the ratings of particular issues, are subject to change from time to time. Information about the financial condition of an issuer of municipal bonds may not be as extensive as that which is made available by corporations whose securities are publicly traded. Obligations of issuers of municipal bonds are subject to the provisions of bankruptcy, insolvency and other laws, such as the Federal Bankruptcy Reform Act of 1978, affecting the rights and remedies of creditors. Congress or state legislatures may seek to extend the time for payment of principal or interest, or both, or to impose other constraints upon enforcement of such obligations. There is also the possibility that as a result of litigation or other conditions, the power or ability of issuers to meet their obligations for the payment of interest and principal on their municipal bonds may be materially affected or their obligations may be found to be invalid or unenforceable.

 

The Fund may also invest in residual interest municipal bonds (“RIBS”) whose interest rates bear an inverse relationship to the interest rate on another security or the value of an index. RIBS are created by dividing the income stream provided by the underlying bonds to create two securities, one short-term and one long-term. The interest rate on the short-term component is reset by an index or auction process normally every seven to 35 days. After income is paid on the short-term securities at current rates, the residual income from the underlying bond(s) goes to the long-term securities. Therefore, rising short-term interest rates result in lower income for the longer-term portion, and vice versa. The longer-term bonds can be very volatile and may be less liquid than other municipal bonds of comparable maturity. An investment in RIBS typically will involve greater risk than an investment in a fixed rate bond. Because increases in the interest rate on the other security or index reduce the residual interest paid on a RIB, the value of a RIB is generally more volatile than that of a fixed rate bond. RIBS have interest rate adjustment formulas that generally reduce or, in the extreme, eliminate the interest paid to the Fund when short-term interest rates rise, and increase the interest paid to the Fund when short-term interest rates fall. RIBS have varying degrees of liquidity that approximate the liquidity of the underlying bond(s), and the market price for these securities is volatile. These securities generally will underperform the market of fixed rate bonds in a rising interest rate environment, but tend to outperform the market of fixed rate bonds when interest rates decline or remain relatively stable. Although volatile, RIBS typically offer the potential for yields exceeding the yields available on fixed rate bonds with comparable credit quality, coupon, call provisions and maturity. The Fund may also invest in RIBS for the purpose of increasing the Fund’s leverage as a more flexible alternative to the issuance of any preferred shares of beneficial interest that the Fund may issue (the “Preferred Shares”). Should short-term and long-term interest rates rise, the combination of the Fund’s investment in RIBS and its use of other forms of leverage (including through the issuance of Preferred Shares or the use of other derivative instruments) likely will adversely affect the Fund’s net asset value per share and income, distributions and total returns to shareholders. Trusts in which RIBS may be held could be terminated, in which case the residual bond holder would take possession of the underlying bond(s) on an unleveraged basis.

 

Foreign (Non-U.S.) Securities

 

The Fund may invest some or all of its assets in U.S. dollar-denominated debt obligations of corporate and other foreign (non-U.S.) issuers, including obligations of foreign banks (see “—Bank Obligations” above), foreign governments or their subdivisions, agencies and instrumentalities, international agencies and supra-national government entities. The Fund may

 

24


Table of Contents

invest up to 25% of its total assets in securities denominated in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

 

The foreign securities in which the Fund may invest include Eurodollar obligations and “Yankee Dollar” obligations. Eurodollar obligations are U.S. dollar-denominated certificates of deposit and time deposits issued outside the U.S. capital markets by foreign branches of U.S. banks and by foreign banks. Yankee Dollar obligations are U.S. dollar-denominated obligations issued in the U.S. capital markets by foreign banks. Eurodollar and Yankee Dollar obligations are generally subject to the same risks that apply to domestic debt issues, notably credit risk, market risk and liquidity risk. Additionally, Eurodollar (and to a limited extent, Yankee Dollar) obligations are subject to certain sovereign risks. One such risk is the possibility that a sovereign country might prevent capital, in the form of U.S. dollars, from flowing across its borders. Other risks include adverse political and economic developments; the extent and quality of government regulation of financial markets and institutions; the imposition of foreign withholding taxes; and the expropriation or nationalization of foreign issuers.

 

The Fund may invest in American Depository Receipts (“ADRs”), European Depository Receipts (“EDRs”) or Global Depository Receipts (“GDRs”). ADRs are U.S. dollar-denominated receipts issued generally by domestic banks and represent the deposit with the bank of a security of a foreign issuer. EDRs are foreign currency-denominated receipts similar to ADRs and are issued and traded in Europe, and are publicly traded on exchanges or over-the-counter in the United States. GDRs may be offered privately in the United States and also trade in public or private markets in other countries. ADRs, EDRs and GDRs may be issued as sponsored or unsponsored programs. In sponsored programs, an issuer has made arrangements to have its securities trade in the form of ADRs, EDRs or GDRs. In unsponsored programs, the issuer may not be directly involved in the creation of the program. Although regulatory requirements with respect to sponsored and unsponsored programs are generally similar, in some cases it may be easier to obtain financial information from an issuer that has participated in the creation of a sponsored program.

 

The Fund may invest in Brady Bonds. Brady Bonds are securities created through the exchange of existing commercial bank loans to sovereign entities for new obligations in connection with debt restructurings under a debt restructuring plan introduced by former U.S. Secretary of the Treasury, Nicholas F. Brady (the “Brady Plan”). Brady Plan debt restructurings have been implemented in a number of countries, including: Argentina, Bolivia, Brazil, Bulgaria, Costa Rica, the Dominican Republic, Ecuador, Jordan, Mexico, Niger, Nigeria, Panama, Peru, the Philippines, Poland, Uruguay and Venezuela.

 

Brady Bonds may be collateralized or uncollateralized, are issued in various currencies (primarily the U.S. dollar) and are actively traded in the over-the-counter secondary market. Brady Bonds are not considered to be U.S. Government securities. U.S. dollar-denominated, collateralized Brady Bonds, which may be fixed rate par bonds or floating rate discount bonds, are generally collateralized in full as to principal by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds having the same maturity as the Brady Bonds. Interest payments on these Brady Bonds generally are collateralized on a one-year or longer rolling-forward basis by cash or securities in an amount that, in the case of fixed rate bonds, is equal to at least one year of interest payments or, in the case of floating rate bonds, initially is equal to at least one year’s interest payments based on the applicable interest rate at that time and is adjusted at regular intervals thereafter. Certain Brady

 

25


Table of Contents

Bonds are entitled to “value recovery payments” in certain circumstances, which in effect constitute supplemental interest payments but generally are not collateralized. Brady Bonds are often viewed as having three or four valuation components: (i) the collateralized repayment of principal at final maturity; (ii) the collateralized interest payments; (iii) the uncollateralized interest payments; and (iv) any uncollateralized repayment of principal at maturity (the uncollateralized amounts constitute the “residual risk”).

 

Most Mexican Brady Bonds issued to date have principal repayments at final maturity fully collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds (or comparable collateral denominated in other currencies) and interest coupon payments collateralized on an 18-month rolling-forward basis by funds held in escrow by an agent for the bondholders. A significant portion of the Venezuelan Brady Bonds and the Argentine Brady Bonds issued to date have repayments at final maturity collateralized by U.S. Treasury zero-coupon bonds (or comparable collateral denominated in other currencies) and/or interest coupon payments collateralized on a 14-month (for Venezuela) or 12-month (for Argentina) rolling-forward basis by securities held by the Federal Reserve Bank of New York as collateral agent.

 

Brady Bonds involve various risk factors including residual risk and the history of defaults with respect to commercial bank loans by public and private entities of countries issuing Brady Bonds. There can be no assurance that Brady Bonds in which the Fund may invest will not be subject to restructuring arrangements or to requests for new credit, which may cause the Fund to suffer a loss of interest or principal on any of its holdings.

 

Investing in the securities of foreign issuers involves special risks and considerations not typically associated with investing in U.S. companies. These include: differences in accounting; auditing and financial reporting standards; generally higher commission rates on foreign portfolio transactions; the possibility of expropriation or confiscatory taxation; adverse changes in investment or exchange control regulations (which may include suspension of the ability to transfer currency from a country); political instability which can affect U.S. investments in foreign countries; and potential restrictions on the flow of international capital. In addition, foreign securities and dividends and interest payable on those securities may be subject to foreign taxes, including taxes withheld from payments on those securities. Foreign securities often trade with less frequency and volume than domestic securities and therefore may exhibit greater price volatility. Changes in foreign exchange rates will affect the value of those securities which are denominated or quoted in currencies other than the U.S. dollar.

 

Emerging Market Securities. The Fund may invest up to 10% of its total assets in issuers located in “emerging markets.” PIMCO generally considers an emerging market to be one located in any country that is defined as an emerging or developing economy by the World Bank or its related organizations, or the United Nations or its subsidiaries. The risks of investing in foreign securities are particularly high when securities of issuers based in or denominated in currencies of developing or emerging market countries are involved. Investing in emerging market countries involves certain risks not typically associated with investing in U.S. securities, and imposes risks greater than, or in addition to, risks of investing in foreign, developed countries. These risks include: greater risks of nationalization or expropriation of assets or confiscatory taxation; currency devaluations and other currency exchange rate fluctuations; greater social, economic and political uncertainty and instability (including the risk of war); more substantial government involvement in the economy; less government supervision and regulation

 

26


Table of Contents

of the securities markets and participants in those markets; controls on foreign investment and limitations on repatriation of invested capital and on the Fund’s ability to exchange local currencies for U.S. dollars; unavailability of currency hedging techniques in certain emerging market countries; the fact that companies in emerging market countries may be smaller, less seasoned and newly organized; the difference in, or lack of, auditing and financial reporting standards, which may result in unavailability of material information about issuers; the risk that it may be more difficult to obtain and/or enforce a judgment in a court outside the United States; and greater price volatility, substantially less liquidity and significantly smaller market capitalization of securities markets. In addition, a number of emerging market countries restrict, to various degrees, foreign investment in securities, and high rates of inflation and rapid fluctuations in inflation rates have had, and may continue to have, negative effects on the economies and securities markets of certain emerging market countries. Also, any change in the leadership or politics of emerging market countries, or the countries that exercise a significant influence over those countries, may halt the expansion of or reverse the liberalization of foreign investment policies now occurring and adversely affect existing investment opportunities.

 

Sovereign Debt. The Fund may invest in sovereign debt issued by foreign developed and emerging market governments and their respective sub-divisions, agencies or instrumentalities, government sponsored enterprises and supra-national government entities. Supra-national entities include international organizations that are organized or supported by one or more government entities to promote economic reconstruction or development and by international banking institutions and related governmental agencies. Investment in sovereign debt can involve a high degree of risk. The governmental entity that controls the repayment of sovereign debt may not be able or willing to repay the principal and/or interest when due in accordance with the terms of the debt. A governmental entity’s willingness or ability to repay principal and interest due in a timely manner may be affected by, among other factors, its cash flow situation, the extent of its foreign reserves, the availability of sufficient foreign exchange on the date a payment is due, the relative size of the debt service burden to the economy as a whole, the governmental entity’s policy toward the International Monetary Fund, and the political constraints to which a governmental entity may be subject. Governmental entities may also depend on expected disbursements from foreign governments, multilateral agencies and others to reduce principal and interest arrearages on their debt. The commitment on the part of these governments, agencies and others to make such disbursements may be conditioned on a governmental entity’s implementation of economic reforms and/or economic performance and the timely service of such debtor’s obligations. Failure to implement such reforms, achieve such levels of economic performance or repay principal or interest when due may result in the cancellation of such third parties’ commitments to lend funds to the governmental entity, which may further impair such debtor’s ability or willingness to service its debts in a timely manner. Consequently, governmental entities may default on their sovereign debt. Holders of sovereign debt (including the Fund) may be requested to participate in the rescheduling of such debt and to extend further loans to governmental entities. There is no bankruptcy proceeding by which sovereign debt on which governmental entities have defaulted may be collected in whole or in part.

 

The Fund’s investments in foreign currency-denominated debt obligations and hedging activities will likely produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. This difference may cause a portion of the Fund’s income distributions to constitute returns of capital

 

27


Table of Contents

for tax purposes or require the Fund to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company for federal income tax purposes.

 

Foreign Currency Transactions

 

Subject to the limitations discussed above and in the Prospectus, the Fund also may purchase and sell foreign currency options and foreign currency futures contracts and related options (see “—Derivative Instruments” below), and may engage in foreign currency transactions either on a spot (cash) basis at the rate prevailing in the currency exchange market at the time or through forward foreign currency exchange contracts (“forwards”) with terms generally of less than one year. The Fund may engage in these transactions in order to protect against uncertainty in the level of future foreign exchange rates in the purchase and sale of securities. The Fund may also use foreign currency options and foreign currency forward contracts to increase exposure to a foreign currency or to shift exposure to foreign currency fluctuations from one country to another. Suitable currency hedging transactions may not be available in all circumstances and PIMCO may decide not to use hedging transactions that are available.

 

A forward involves an obligation to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed number of days from the date of the contract agreed upon by the parties, at a price set at the time of the contract. These contracts may be bought or sold to protect the Fund against a possible loss resulting from an adverse change in the relationship between foreign currencies and the U.S. dollar or to increase exposure to a particular foreign currency. Although forwards are intended to minimize the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currencies, at the same time, they tend to limit any potential gain which might result should the value of such currencies increase. Forwards will be used primarily to adjust the foreign exchange exposure of the Fund with a view to protecting the outlook, and the Fund might be expected to enter into such contracts under the following circumstances:

 

Lock In. When PIMCO desires to lock in the U.S. dollar price on the purchase or sale of a security denominated in a foreign currency.

 

Cross Hedge . If a particular currency is expected to decrease against another currency, the Fund may sell the currency expected to decrease and purchase a currency that is expected to increase against the currency sold in an amount approximately equal to some or all of the Fund’s portfolio holdings denominated in the currency sold.

 

Direct Hedge . If PIMCO wants to eliminate substantially all of the risk of owning a particular currency, and/or if PIMCO believes that the Fund can benefit from price appreciation in a given country’s debt obligations but does not want to hold the currency, it may employ a direct hedge back into the U.S. dollar. In either case, the Fund would enter into a forward contract to sell the currency in which a portfolio security is denominated and purchase U.S. dollars at an exchange rate established at the time it initiated a contract. The cost of the direct hedge transaction may offset most, if not all, of the yield advantage offered by the foreign security, but the Fund would hope to benefit from an increase (if any) in the value of the debt obligation.

 

Proxy Hedge . PIMCO might choose to use a proxy hedge, which may be less costly than a direct hedge. In this case, the Fund, having purchased a security, will sell a currency whose

 

28


Table of Contents

value is believed to be closely linked to the currency in which the security is denominated. Interest rates prevailing in the country whose currency was sold would be expected to be close to those in the United States and lower than those of securities denominated in the currency of the original holding. This type of hedging entails greater risk than a direct hedge because it is dependent on a stable relationship between the two currencies paired as proxies and the relationships can be very unstable at times.

 

Costs of Hedging . When the Fund purchases a foreign bond with a higher interest rate than is available on U.S. bonds of a similar maturity, the additional yield on the foreign bond could be substantially reduced or lost if the Fund were to enter into a direct hedge by selling the foreign currency and purchasing the U.S. dollar. This is what is known as the “cost” of hedging. Proxy hedging attempts to reduce this cost through an indirect hedge back to the U.S. dollar.

 

It is important to note that hedging costs are treated as capital transactions and are not, therefore, deducted from the Fund’s dividend distribution and are not reflected in its yield.

 

Tax Consequences of Hedging . Under applicable tax law, the Fund’s hedging activities may result in the application of the mark-to-market and straddle provisions of the Code. Those provisions could result in an increase (or decrease) in the amount of taxable dividends paid by the Fund and could affect whether dividends paid by the Fund are classified as capital gains or ordinary income.

 

Foreign Currency Exchange-Related Securities

 

Foreign Currency Warrants . Foreign currency warrants, such as Currency Exchange Warrants SM (“CEWs SM ”), are warrants that entitle their holders to receive from their issuer an amount of cash (generally, for warrants issued in the United States, in U.S. dollars) that is calculated pursuant to a predetermined formula and based on the exchange rate between a specified foreign currency and the U.S. dollar as of the exercise date of the warrant. Foreign currency warrants generally are exercisable upon their issuance and expire as of a specific date and time. Foreign currency warrants have been issued in connection with U.S. dollar-denominated debt offerings by major issuers in an attempt to reduce the foreign currency exchange risk that, from the point of view of the prospective purchasers of the securities, is inherent in the international debt obligation marketplace. Foreign currency warrants may attempt to reduce the foreign exchange risk assumed by purchasers of a security by, for example, providing for a supplement payment in the event that the U.S. dollar depreciates against the value of a major foreign currency such as the Japanese yen. The formula used to determine the amount payable upon exercise of a foreign currency warrant may make the warrant worthless unless the applicable foreign currency exchange rate moves in a particular direction ( e.g ., unless the U.S. dollar appreciates or depreciates against the particular foreign currency to which the warrant is linked or indexed). Foreign currency warrants are severable from the debt obligations with which they may be offered, and may be listed on exchanges. Foreign currency warrants may be exercisable only in certain minimum amounts, and an investor wishing to exercise warrants who possesses less than the minimum number required for exercise may be required either to sell the warrants or to purchase additional warrants, thereby incurring additional transaction costs. In the case of any exercise of warrants, there may be a time delay between the time a holder of warrants gives instructions to exercise and the time the exchange rate relating to exercise is determined, during which time the exchange rate could change significantly, thereby

 

29


Table of Contents

affecting both the market and cash settlement values of the warrants being exercised. The expiration date of the warrants may be accelerated if the warrants should be delisted from an exchange or if their trading should be suspended permanently, which would result in the loss of any remaining “time values” of the warrants ( i.e. , the difference between the current market value and the exercise value of the warrants), and, if the warrants were “out-of-the-money,” in a total loss of the purchase price of the warrants. Warrants are generally unsecured obligations of their issuers and are not standardized foreign currency options issued by the Options Clearing Corporation (“OCC”). Unlike foreign currency options issued by the OCC, the terms of foreign exchange warrants generally will not be amended in the event of government or regulatory actions affecting exchange rates or in the event of the imposition of other regulatory controls affecting the international currency markets. The initial public offering price of foreign currency warrants is generally considerably in excess of the price that a commercial user of foreign currencies might pay in the interbank market for a comparable option involving significantly larger amounts of foreign currencies. Foreign currency warrants are subject to significant foreign exchange risk, including risks arising from complex political or economic factors.

 

Principal Exchange Rate Linked Securities . Principal exchange rate linked securities (“PERLs SM ”) are debt obligations the principal on which is payable at maturity in an amount that may vary based on the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and a particular foreign currency at or about that time. The return on “standard” principal exchange rate linked securities is enhanced if the foreign currency to which the security is linked appreciates against the U.S. dollar, and is adversely affected by increases in the foreign exchange value of the U.S. dollar; “reverse” principal exchange rate linked securities are like “standard” securities, except that their return is enhanced by increases in the value of the U.S. dollar and adversely impacted by increases in the value of foreign currency. Interest payments on the securities are generally made in U.S. dollars at rates that reflect the degree of foreign currency risk assumed or given up by the purchaser of the notes ( i.e. , at relatively higher interest rates if the purchaser has assumed some of the foreign exchange risk, or relatively lower interest rates if the issuer has assumed some of the foreign exchange risk, based on the expectations of the current market). Principal exchange rate linked securities may in limited cases be subject to acceleration of maturity (generally, not without the consent of the holders of the securities), which may have an adverse impact on the value of the principal payment to be made at maturity.

 

Performance Indexed Paper . Performance indexed paper (“PIPs SM ”) is U.S. dollar-denominated commercial paper the yield of which is linked to certain foreign exchange rate movements. The yield to the investor on performance indexed paper is established at maturity as a function of spot exchange rates between the U.S. dollar and a designated currency as of or about that time (generally, the index maturity two days prior to maturity). The yield to the investor will be within a range stipulated at the time of purchase of the obligation, generally with a guaranteed minimum rate of return that is below, and a potential maximum rate of return that is above, market yields on U.S. dollar-denominated commercial paper, with both the minimum and maximum rates of return on the investment corresponding to the minimum and maximum values of the spot exchange rate two business days prior to maturity.

 

Derivative Instruments

 

The Fund may, but is not required to, use a variety of derivative instruments for hedging or risk management purposes or as part of its investment strategies. Also, as part of its strategy to

 

30


Table of Contents

invest in floating rate assets, the Fund may enter into derivatives in connection with investments in fixed rate securities to effectively convert the fixed rate interest payments into floating rate payments. Generally, derivatives are financial contracts whose value depends upon, or is derived from, the value of an underlying asset, reference rate or index, and may relate to individual debt instruments, interest rates, currencies or currency exchange rates, commodities or related indexes. The Fund may use derivatives to gain exposure to floating rate or high yield securities and other securities in which the Fund may invest (including pending investment of the proceeds of this offering). Examples of derivative instruments that the Fund may use include, but are not limited to, options contracts, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, swap agreements (including total return and credit default swaps) and short sales. The Fund may also engage in credit spread trades. A credit spread trade is an investment position relating to a difference in the prices or interest rates of two bonds or other securities, where the value of the investment position is determined by changes in the difference between such prices or interest rates, as the case may be, of the respective securities. The Fund may also have exposure to derivatives, such as interest rate or credit-default swaps, through investment in credit-linked trust certificates and other securities issued by special purpose or structured vehicles. The Fund may also use derivatives to add leverage to the portfolio, but only as a substitute for leverage obtained through Preferred Shares. If other types of financial instruments, including other types of options, futures contracts or futures options are traded in the future, the Fund may also use those instruments, provided that their use is consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies.

 

Like the other investments of the Fund, the ability of the Fund to successfully utilize derivative instruments may depend in part upon the ability of PIMCO to assess the issuer’s credit characteristics and other macro-economic factors correctly. If PIMCO incorrectly forecasts such factors and has taken positions in derivative instruments contrary to prevailing market trends, the Fund could be exposed to the risk of loss.

 

The Fund might not employ any of the strategies described below, and no assurance can be given that any strategy used will succeed. If PIMCO incorrectly forecasts market values or other economic factors in utilizing a derivatives strategy for the Fund, the Fund might have been in a better position if it had not entered into the transaction at all. Also, suitable derivative transactions may not be available in all circumstances. The use of these strategies involves certain special risks, including a possible imperfect correlation, or even no correlation, between price movements of derivative instruments and price movements of related investments. While some strategies involving derivative instruments can reduce the risk of loss, they can also reduce the opportunity for gain or even result in losses by offsetting favorable price movements in related investments or otherwise, due to the possible inability of the Fund to purchase or sell a portfolio security at a time that otherwise would be favorable or the possible need to sell a portfolio security at a disadvantageous time because the Fund is required to maintain asset coverage or offsetting positions in connection with transactions in derivative instruments, and the possible inability of the Fund to close out or to liquidate its derivatives positions. Income earned by the Fund from many derivative strategies will be treated as capital gain and, if not offset by net realized capital loss, will be distributed to shareholders in taxable distributions.

 

Options on Securities, Swap Agreements and Indexes. The Fund may purchase and sell both put and call options on securities, swap agreements or indexes in standardized contracts traded on domestic or other securities exchanges, boards of trade, or similar entities, or quoted on

 

31


Table of Contents

NASDAQ or on an over-the-counter market, and agreements, sometimes called cash puts, which may accompany the purchase of a new issue of debt obligations from a dealer.

 

An option on a security (or an index) is a contract that gives the holder of the option, in return for a premium, the right to buy from (in the case of a call) or sell to (in the case of a put) the writer of the option the security underlying the option (or the cash value of the index) at a specified exercise price at any time during the term of the option. The writer of an option on a security has the obligation upon exercise of the option to deliver the underlying security upon payment of the exercise price or to pay the exercise price upon delivery of the underlying security. Upon exercise, the writer of an option on an index is obligated to pay the difference between the cash value of the index and the exercise price multiplied by the specified multiplier for the index option. (An index is designed to reflect features of a particular securities market, a specific group of financial instruments or securities, or certain economic indicators.)

 

The Fund may (but is not required to) cover its obligations when it writes call options or put options. In the case of a call option on a debt obligation or other security, the option is covered if the Fund owns the security underlying the call or has an absolute and immediate right to acquire that security without additional cash consideration (or, if additional cash consideration is required, cash or other assets determined to be liquid by PIMCO in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees, in such amount are segregated by its custodian) upon conversion or exchange of other securities held by the Fund. For a call option on an index, the option is covered if the Fund maintains with its custodian assets determined to be liquid by PIMCO in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees, in an amount equal to the contract value of the index. A call option is also covered if the Fund holds a call on the same security or index as the call written where the exercise price of the call held is (i) equal to or less than the exercise price of the call written, or (ii) greater than the exercise price of the call written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated assets determined to be liquid by PIMCO in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees. A put option on a security or an index is covered if the Fund segregates assets determined to be liquid by PIMCO in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees equal to the exercise price. A put option is also covered if the Fund holds a put on the same security or index as the put written where the exercise price of the put held is (i) equal to or greater than the exercise price of the put written, or (ii) less than the exercise price of the put written, provided the difference is maintained by the Fund in segregated assets determined to be liquid by PIMCO in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees. Obligations under written call and put options so covered will not be construed to be “senior securities” for purposes of the Fund’s investment restrictions concerning senior securities and borrowings.

 

If an option written by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes on the expiration date a capital gain equal to the premium the Fund received at the time the option was written. If an option purchased by the Fund expires unexercised, the Fund realizes a capital loss equal to the premium paid. Prior to the earlier of exercise or expiration, an exchange-traded option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series (type, exchange, underlying security or index, exercise price, and expiration). There can be no assurance, however, that a closing purchase or sale transaction can be effected when the Fund desires.

 

The Fund may sell put or call options it has previously purchased, which could result in a net gain or loss depending on whether the amount realized on the sale is more or less than the

 

32


Table of Contents

premium and other transaction costs paid on the put or call option which is sold. Prior to exercise or expiration, an option may be closed out by an offsetting purchase or sale of an option of the same series. The Fund will realize a capital gain from a closing purchase transaction if the cost of the closing option is less than the premium received from writing the option, or, if it is more, the Fund will realize a capital loss. If the premium received from a closing sale transaction is more than the premium paid to purchase the option, the Fund will realize a capital gain or, if it is less, the Fund will realize a capital loss. The principal factors affecting the market value of a put or a call option include supply and demand, interest rates, the current market price of the underlying security or index in relation to the exercise price of the option, the volatility of the underlying security or index and the time remaining until the expiration date.

 

The premium paid for a put or call option purchased by the Fund is an asset of the Fund. The premium received for an option written by the Fund is recorded as a deferred credit. The value of an option purchased or written is marked to market daily and is valued at the closing price on the exchange on which it is traded or, if not traded on an exchange or no closing price is available, at the mean between the last bid and asked prices.

 

The Fund may write straddles (covered or uncovered) consisting of a combination of a call and a put written on the same underlying security. A straddle will be covered when sufficient assets are deposited to meet the Fund’s immediate obligations. The Fund may use the same liquid assets to cover both the call and put options where the exercise price of the call and put are the same, or the exercise price of the call is higher than that of the put. In such cases, the Fund will also segregate liquid assets equivalent to the amount, if any, by which the put is “in the money.”

 

Risks Associated with Options on Securities and Indexes . There are several risks associated with transactions in options on securities and on indexes. For example, there are significant differences between the securities and options markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between these markets, causing a given transaction not to achieve its objective. A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected events.

 

During the option period, the covered call writer has, in return for the premium on the option, given up the opportunity to profit from a price increase in the underlying security above the exercise price, but, as long as its obligation as a writer continues, has retained the risk of loss should the price of the underlying security decline. The writer of an option has no control over the time when it may be required to fulfill its obligation as a writer of the option. Once an option writer has received an exercise notice, it cannot effect a closing purchase transaction in order to terminate its obligation under the option and must deliver the underlying security at the exercise price. If a put or call option purchased by the Fund is not sold when it has remaining value, and if the market price of the underlying security remains equal to or greater than the exercise price (in the case of a put), or remains less than or equal to the exercise price (in the case of a call), the Fund will lose its entire investment in the option. Also, where a put or call option on a particular security is purchased to hedge against price movements in a related security, the price of the put or call option may move more or less than the price of the related security.

 

33


Table of Contents

There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist when the Fund seeks to close out an option position. If the Fund were unable to close out an option that it had purchased on a security, it would have to exercise the option in order to realize any profit or the option may expire worthless. If the Fund were unable to close out a covered call option that it had written on a security, it would not be able to sell the underlying security unless the option expired without exercise. As the writer of a covered call option, the Fund forgoes, during the option’s life, the opportunity to profit from increases in the market value of the security covering the call option above the sum of the premium and the exercise price of the call.

 

If trading were suspended in an option purchased by the Fund, the Fund would not be able to close out the option. If restrictions on exercise were imposed, the Fund might be unable to exercise an option it has purchased. Except to the extent that a call option on an index written by the Fund is covered by an option on the same index purchased by the Fund, movements in the index may result in a loss to the Fund; however, such losses may be mitigated by changes in the value of the Fund’s securities during the period the option was outstanding.

 

Foreign Currency Options . The Fund may buy or sell put and call options on foreign currencies for investment purposes or as a hedge against changes in the value of the U.S. dollar (or another currency) in relation to a foreign currency in which the Fund’s securities may be denominated. The Fund may buy or sell put and call options on foreign currencies either on exchanges or in the over-the-counter market. A put option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to sell a foreign currency at the exercise price until the option expires. A call option on a foreign currency gives the purchaser of the option the right to purchase the currency at the exercise price until the option expires. Currency options traded on U.S. or other exchanges may be subject to position limits which may limit the ability of the Fund to reduce foreign currency risk using such options.

 

Futures Contracts and Options on Futures Contracts. The Fund may invest in futures contracts and options thereon (“futures options”), including with respect to interest rates, securities indexes, currencies, debt obligations (to the extent they are available) and U.S. Government and agency securities, as well as purchase put and call options on such futures contracts.

 

A futures contract provides for the future sale by one party and purchase by another party of a specified quantity of the security or other financial instrument at a specified price and time. A futures contract on an index is an agreement pursuant to which two parties agree to take or make delivery of an amount of cash equal to the difference between the value of the index at the close of the last trading day of the contract and the price at which the index contract was originally written. Although the value of an index might be a function of the value of certain specified securities, physical delivery of these securities is not always made. A public market exists in futures contracts covering a number of indexes as well as financial instruments, including, without limitation: U.S. Treasury bonds; U.S. Treasury notes; GNMA Certificates; three-month U.S. Treasury bills; 90-day commercial paper; bank certificates of deposit; Eurodollar certificates of deposit; the Australian dollar; the Canadian dollar; the British pound; the Japanese yen; the Swiss franc; the Mexican peso; and certain multinational currencies, such as the euro. It is expected that other futures contracts will be developed and traded in the future.

 

34


Table of Contents

The Fund may purchase and write call and put futures options. Futures options possess many of the same characteristics as options on securities and indexes (discussed above). A futures option gives the holder the right, in return for the premium paid, to assume a long position (call) or short position (put) in a futures contract at a specified exercise price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise of a call option, the holder acquires a long position in the futures contract and the writer is assigned the opposite short position. In the case of a put option, the opposite is true.

 

The Fund may enter into futures contracts and futures options that are standardized and traded on a U.S. or other exchange, board of trade, or similar entity, or quoted on an automated quotation system, and the Fund may also enter into OTC options on futures contracts.

 

When a purchase or sale of a futures contract is made by the Fund, the Fund is required to deposit with its custodian (or broker, if legally permitted) a specified amount of assets determined to be liquid by PIMCO in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees (“initial margin”). The margin required for a futures contract is set by the exchange on which the contract is traded and may be modified during the term of the contract. The initial margin is in the nature of a performance bond or good faith deposit on the futures contract that is returned to the Fund upon termination of the contract, assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied. The Fund expects to earn taxable interest income on its initial margin deposits. A futures contract held by the Fund is valued daily at the official settlement price of the exchange on which it is traded. Each day the Fund pays or receives cash, called “variation margin,” equal to the daily change in value of the futures contract. This process is known as “marking to market.” Variation margin does not represent a borrowing or loan by the Fund but is instead a settlement between the Fund and the broker of the amount one would owe the other if the futures contract expired. In computing weekly net asset value, the Fund will mark to market its open futures positions.

 

The Fund is also required to deposit and maintain margin with respect to put and call options on futures contracts written by it. Such margin deposits will vary depending on the nature of the underlying futures contract (and the related initial margin requirements), the current market value of the option, and other futures positions held by the Fund.

 

Although some futures contracts call for making or taking delivery of the underlying securities, generally these obligations are closed out prior to delivery by offsetting purchases or sales of matching futures contracts (involving the same exchange, underlying security or index, and delivery month). If an offsetting purchase price is less than the original sale price, the Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is more, the Fund realizes a capital loss. Conversely, if an offsetting sale price is more than the original purchase price, the Fund realizes a capital gain, or if it is less, the Fund realizes a capital loss. The transaction costs must also be included in these calculations.

 

The Fund may write straddles (covered or uncovered) consisting of a call and a put written on the same underlying futures contract. A straddle will be covered when sufficient assets are deposited to meet the Fund’s immediate obligations. The Fund may use the same liquid assets to cover both the call and put options where the exercise price of the call and put are the same, or the exercise price of the call is higher than that of the put. In such cases, the Fund

 

35


Table of Contents

will also segregate liquid assets equivalent to the amount, if any, by which the put is “in the money.”

 

The Fund is operated by a person who has claimed an exclusion from the definition of the term “commodity pool operator” under the commodity Exchange Act (the “CEA”), and, therefore, such person is not subject to registration or regulation as a pool operator under the CEA.

 

Limitations on Use of Futures and Futures Options. When purchasing a futures contract, the Fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark to market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by PIMCO in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees, that, when added to the amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant as margin, are equal to the market value of the futures contract. Alternatively, the Fund may “cover” its position by purchasing a put option on the same futures contract with a strike price as high as or higher than the price of the contract held by the Fund.

 

When selling a futures contract, the Fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark to market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by PIMCO in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees, that are equal to the market value of the instruments underlying the contract. Alternatively, the Fund may “cover” its position by owning the instruments underlying the contract (or, in the case of an index futures contract, a portfolio with a volatility substantially similar to that of the index on which the futures contract is based), or by holding a call option permitting the Fund to purchase the same futures contract at a price no higher than the price of the contract written by the Fund (or at a higher price if the difference is maintained in liquid assets with the Fund’s custodian).

 

When selling a call option on a futures contract, the Fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark to market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by PIMCO in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees, that, when added to the amounts deposited with a futures commission merchant as margin, equal the total market value of the futures contract underlying the call option. Alternatively, the Fund may cover its position by entering into a long position in the same futures contract at a price no higher than the strike price of the call option, by owning the instruments underlying the futures contract, or by holding a separate call option permitting the Fund to purchase the same futures contract at a price not higher than the strike price of the call option sold by the Fund.

 

When selling a put option on a futures contract, the Fund will maintain with its custodian (and mark to market on a daily basis) assets determined to be liquid by PIMCO in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees, that equal the purchase price of the futures contract, less any margin on deposit. Alternatively, the Fund may cover the position either by entering into a short position in the same futures contract, or by owning a separate put option permitting it to sell the same futures contract so long as the strike price of the purchased put option is the same as or higher than the strike price of the put option sold by the Fund.

 

To the extent that securities with maturities greater than one year are used to segregate assets to cover the Fund’s obligations under futures contracts and related options, such use will not eliminate the leverage risk arising from such use, which may tend to exaggerate the effect on net asset value of any increase or decrease in the market value of the Fund’s portfolio, and may require liquidation of portfolio positions when it is not advantageous to do so.

 

36


Table of Contents

The requirements for qualification as a regulated investment company also may limit the extent to which the Fund may enter into futures, futures options or forward contracts. See “Tax Matters.”

 

Risks Associated with Futures and Futures Options. There are several risks associated with the use of futures contracts and futures options as hedging techniques. A purchase or sale of a futures contract may result in losses in excess of the amount invested in the futures contract. There can be no guarantee that there will be a correlation between price movements in the hedging vehicle and in the Fund securities being hedged. In addition, there are significant differences between the securities and futures markets that could result in an imperfect correlation between the markets, causing a given hedge not to achieve its objective. The degree of imperfection of correlation depends on circumstances such as variations in speculative market demand for futures and futures options on securities, including technical influences in futures trading and futures options, and differences between the financial instruments being hedged and the instruments underlying the standard contracts available for trading in such respects as interest rate levels, maturities, and creditworthiness of issuers. A decision as to whether, when and how to hedge involves the exercise of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived hedge may be unsuccessful to some degree because of market behavior or unexpected interest rate trends.

 

Futures contracts on U.S. Government securities historically have reacted to an increase or decrease in interest rates in a manner similar to that in which the underlying U.S. Government securities reacted. To the extent, however, that the Fund enters into such futures contracts, the value of such futures will not vary in direct proportion to the value of the Fund’s holdings of debt obligations. Thus, the anticipated spread between the price of the futures contract and the hedged security may be distorted due to differences in the nature of the markets. The spread also may be distorted by differences in initial and variation margin requirements, the liquidity of such markets and the participation of speculators in such markets.

 

Futures exchanges may limit the amount of fluctuation permitted in certain futures contract prices during a single trading day. The daily limit establishes the maximum amount that the price of a futures contract may vary either up or down from the previous day’s settlement price at the end of the current trading session. Once the daily limit has been reached in a futures contract subject to the limit, no more trades may be made on that day at a price beyond that limit. The daily limit governs only price movements during a particular trading day and therefore does not limit potential losses because the limit may work to prevent the liquidation of unfavorable positions. For example, futures prices have occasionally moved to the daily limit for several consecutive trading days with little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of positions and subjecting some holders of futures contracts to substantial losses.

 

There can be no assurance that a liquid market will exist at a time when the Fund seeks to close out a futures contract or a futures option position, and the Fund would remain obligated to meet margin requirements until the position is closed. In addition, many of the contracts discussed above are relatively new instruments without a significant trading history. As a result, there can be no assurance that an active secondary market will develop or continue to exist.

 

Additional Risks of Options on Securities, Futures Contracts, Options on Futures Contracts and Forward Currency Exchange Contracts and Options thereon . Options on securities, futures contracts, options on futures contracts, and options on currencies may be

 

37


Table of Contents

traded on foreign exchanges. Such transactions may not be regulated as effectively as similar transactions in the United States, may not involve a clearing mechanism and related guarantees, and are subject to the risk of governmental actions affecting trading in, or the prices of, foreign securities. Some foreign exchanges may be principal markets so that no common clearing facility exists and a trader may look only to the broker for performance of the contract. The value of such positions also could be adversely affected by (i) other complex foreign political, legal and economic factors, (ii) lesser availability than in the United States of data on which to make trading decisions, (iii) delays in the Fund’s ability to act upon economic events occurring in foreign markets during non-business hours in the United States, (iv) the imposition of different exercise and settlement terms and procedures and margin requirements than in the United States and (v) lesser trading volume. In addition, unless the Fund hedges against fluctuations in the exchange rate between the U.S. dollar and the currencies in which trading is done on foreign exchanges, any profits that the Fund might realize in trading could be eliminated by adverse changes in the exchange rate, or the Fund could incur losses as a result of those changes. The Fund’s use of such instruments may cause the Fund to realize higher amounts of short-term capital gains (generally taxed to shareholders at ordinary income tax rates) than if the Fund had not used such instruments.

 

Swap Agreements. The Fund may enter into total return swap agreements, credit default swap agreements and other swap agreements made with respect to interest rates, currencies, indexes of securities and other assets or measures of risk or return. The Fund may also enter into options on swap agreements (“swaptions”). These transactions are entered into in an attempt to obtain a particular return when it is considered desirable to do so, possibly at a lower cost to the Fund than if the Fund had invested directly in an instrument that yielded that desired return. Swap agreements are two-party contracts entered into primarily by institutional investors for periods ranging from a few weeks to more than one year. In a standard “swap” transaction, two parties agree to exchange the returns (or differentials in rates of return) earned or realized on particular predetermined investments or instruments, which may be adjusted for an interest factor. The gross returns to be exchanged or “swapped” between the parties are generally calculated with respect to a “notional amount,” i.e. , the return on or increase in value of a particular dollar amount invested at a particular interest rate or in a “basket” of securities representing a particular index. Forms of swap agreements include interest rate caps, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates exceed a specified rate, or “cap”; interest rate floors, under which, in return for a premium, one party agrees to make payments to the other to the extent that interest rates fall below a specified rate, or “floor”; and interest rate collars, under which a party sells a cap and purchases a floor or vice versa in an attempt to protect itself against interest rate movements exceeding given minimum or maximum levels. The Fund may use interest rate caps, floors and collars to a substantial degree in connection with its leveraging strategies. See “—Certain Interest Rate Transactions” below and “Investment Objective and Strategies—Certain Interest Rate Transactions” in the Prospectus. A swaption is a contract that gives a counterparty the right (but not the obligation) to enter into a new swap agreement or to shorten, extend, cancel or otherwise modify an existing swap agreement, at some designated future time on specified terms. The Fund may write (sell) and purchase put and call swaptions.

 

Most swap agreements entered into by the Fund would calculate the obligations of the parties to the agreement on a “net basis.” Consequently, the Fund’s current obligations (or rights) under a swap agreement will generally be equal only to the net amount to be paid or

 

38


Table of Contents

received under the agreement based on the relative values of the positions held by each party to the agreement (the “net amount”). The Fund’s current obligations under a swap agreement will be accrued daily (offset against any amounts owed to the Fund). The Fund may (but is not required to) cover any accrued but unpaid net amounts owed to a swap counterparty through the segregation of assets determined to be liquid by PIMCO in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees. Obligations under swap agreements so covered will not be construed to be “senior securities” for purposes of the Fund’s investment restriction concerning senior securities and borrowings.

 

Whether the Fund’s use of swap agreements or swaptions will be successful in furthering its investment objective will depend on PIMCO’s ability to predict correctly whether certain types of investments are likely to produce greater returns than other investments. Because they are two-party contracts and because they may have terms of greater than seven days, swap agreements may be considered to be illiquid. Moreover, the Fund bears the risk of loss of the amount expected to be received under a swap agreement in the event of the default or bankruptcy of a swap agreement counterparty. The Fund will enter into swap agreements only with counterparties that meet certain standards of creditworthiness. The swaps market is a relatively new market and is largely unregulated. It is possible that developments in the swaps market, including potential government regulation, could adversely affect the Fund’s ability to terminate existing swap agreements or to realize amounts to be received under such agreements.

 

Depending on the terms of the particular option agreement, the Fund will generally incur a greater degree of risk when it writes a swaption than it will incur when it purchases a swaption. When the Fund purchases a swaption, it risks losing only the amount of the premium it has paid should it decide to let the option expire unexercised. However, when the Fund writes a swaption, upon exercise of the option the Fund will become obligated according to the terms of the underlying agreement.

 

Certain swap agreements are exempt from most provisions of the CEA and, therefore, are not regulated as futures or commodity option transactions under the CEA.

 

Credit Default Swaps

 

The Fund may enter into credit default swap contracts for both investment and risk management purposes. As the seller in a credit default swap contract, the Fund would be required to pay the par (or other agreed-upon) value of a referenced debt obligation to the counterparty in the event of a default by a third party, such as a U.S. or foreign issuer, on the debt obligation. In return, the Fund would receive from the counterparty a periodic stream of payments over the term of the contract provided that no event of default has occurred. If no default occurs, the Fund would keep the stream of payments and would have no payment obligations. As the seller, the Fund would effectively add leverage to its portfolio because, in addition to its total net assets, the Fund would be subject to investment exposure on the notional amount of the swap.

 

The Fund may also purchase credit default swap contracts in order to hedge against the risk of default of debt securities held in its portfolio, in which case the Fund would function as the counterparty referenced in the preceding paragraph. This would involve the risk that the investment may expire worthless and would generate income only in the event of an actual default by the issuer of the underlying obligation (as opposed to a credit downgrade or other

 

39


Table of Contents

indication of financial instability). It would also involve credit risk – that the seller may fail to satisfy its payment obligations to the Fund in the event of a default.

 

Credit-Linked Trust Certificates

 

Among the income-producing securities in which the Fund may invest are credit-linked trust certificates, which are investments in a limited purpose trust or other vehicle formed under State law which, in turn, invests in a basket of derivative instruments, such as credit default swaps, interest rate swaps and other securities, in order to provide exposure to the high yield or another fixed income market. For instance, the Fund may invest in credit-linked trust certificates as a cash management tool in order to gain exposure to the high yield markets and/or to remain fully invested when more traditional income-producing securities are not available, including during the period when the net proceeds of this offering and any offering of Preferred Shares are being invested.

 

Like an investment in a bond, investments in these credit-linked trust certificates represent the right to receive periodic income payments (in the form of distributions) and payment of principal at the end of the term of the certificate. However, these payments are conditioned on the trust’s receipt of payments from, and the trust’s potential obligations to, the counterparties to the derivative instruments and other securities in which the trust invests. For instance, the trust may sell one or more credit default swaps, under which the trust would receive a stream of payments over the term of the swap agreements provided that no event of default has occurred with respect to the referenced debt obligation upon which the swap is based. If a default occurs, the stream of payments may stop and the trust would be obligated to pay to the counterparty the par (or other agreed upon value) of the referenced debt obligation. This, in turn, would reduce the amount of income and principal that the Fund would receive as an investor in the trust. Please see “Investment Objective and Policies—Credit Default Swaps” in this Statement of Additional Information for additional information about credit default swaps. The Fund’s investments in these instruments are indirectly subject to the risks associated with derivative instruments, including, among others, credit risk, default or similar event risk, counterparty risk, interest rate risk, leverage risk and management risk. It is expected that the trusts which issue credit-linked trust certificates will constitute “private” investment companies, exempt from registration under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”). Therefore, the certificates will be subject to the risks described under “Other Investment Companies” below, and will not be subject to applicable investment limitations and other regulation imposed by the 1940 Act (although the Fund will remain subject to such limitations and regulation, including with respect to its investments in the certificates). Although the trusts are typically private investment companies, they are generally not actively managed such as a “hedge fund” might be. It is also expected that the certificates will be exempt from registration under the 1933 Act. Accordingly, there may be no established trading market for the certificates and they may constitute illiquid investments. See “Risks —Liquidity Risk” in the Prospectus. If market quotations are not readily available for the certificates, they will be valued by the Fund at fair value as determined by the Board of Trustees or persons acting at its direction. See “Net Asset Value” in the Prospectus.

 

40


Table of Contents

Structured Notes and Other Hybrid Instruments

 

The Fund may invest in “structured” notes, which are privately negotiated debt obligations where the principal and/or interest is determined by reference to the performance of a benchmark asset, market or interest rate, such as selected securities, an index of securities or specified interest rates, or the differential performance of two assets or markets, such as indexes reflecting bonds. Depending on the terms of the note, the Fund may forgo all or part of the interest and principal that would be payable on a comparable conventional note. The rate of return on structured notes may be determined by applying a multiplier to the performance or differential performance of the referenced index(es) or other asset(s). Application of a multiplier involves leverage which will serve to magnify the potential for gain and the risk of loss. The Fund may use structured notes to add leverage to the portfolio (as a substitute for Preferred Shares) and for investment as well as risk management purposes. Like other sophisticated strategies, the Fund’s use of structured notes may not work as intended. Although structured instruments are not necessarily illiquid, PIMCO believes that currently most structured instruments are illiquid.

 

The Fund may invest in other types of “hybrid” instruments which combine the characteristics of securities, futures, and options. For example, the principal amount or interest rate of a hybrid could be tied (positively or negatively) to the price of some commodity, currency or securities index or another interest rate (each a “benchmark”). The interest rate or (unlike most debt obligations) the principal amount payable at maturity of a hybrid security may be increased or decreased, depending on changes in the value of the benchmark. Hybrids can be used as an efficient means of pursuing a variety of investment goals, including duration management and increased total return. Hybrids may not bear interest or pay dividends. The value of a hybrid or its interest rate may be a multiple of a benchmark and, as a result, may be leveraged and move (up or down) more steeply and rapidly than the benchmark. These benchmarks may be sensitive to economic and political events that cannot be readily foreseen by the purchaser of a hybrid. Under certain conditions, the redemption value of a hybrid could be zero. Thus, an investment in a hybrid may entail significant market risks that are not associated with a similar investment in a traditional, U.S. dollar-denominated bond that has a fixed principal amount and pays a floating rate or fixed rate of interest. The purchase of hybrids also exposes the Fund to the credit risk of the issuer of the hybrids. These risks may cause significant fluctuations in the net asset value of the Fund.

 

Certain issuers of structured products such as hybrid instruments may be deemed to be investment companies as defined in the 1940 Act. As a result, the Fund’s investments in these products may be subject to limits applicable to investments in investment companies and may be subject to restrictions contained in the 1940 Act. See “Other Investment Companies” below.

 

Reverse Repurchase Agreements

 

The Fund may enter into reverse repurchase agreements and economically similar transactions in order to add leverage to the portfolio (as a substitute for Preferred Shares) or for hedging or cash management purposes. A reverse repurchase agreement involves the sale of a portfolio-eligible security by the Fund, coupled with its agreement to repurchase the instrument at a specified time and price. Under a reverse repurchase agreement, the Fund continues to receive any principal and interest payments on the underlying security during the term of the

 

41


Table of Contents

agreement. Reverse repurchase agreements involve leverage risk and the risk that the market value of securities retained by the Fund may decline below the repurchase price of the securities sold by the Fund which it is obligated to repurchase. The Fund may (but is not required to) segregate assets determined to be liquid by PIMCO in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees, equal (on a daily mark-to-market basis) to its obligations under reverse repurchase agreements. To the extent that positions in reverse repurchase agreements are not so covered, such transactions would be subject to the Fund’s limitations on borrowings, which would, among other things, restrict the aggregate of such transactions (plus any other borrowings) to one-third of the Fund’s total assets.

 

The Fund also may effect simultaneous purchase and sale transactions that are known as “sale-buybacks.” A sale-buyback is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement, except that in a sale-buyback, the counterparty who purchases the security is entitled to receive any principal or interest payments made on the underlying security pending settlement of the Fund’s repurchase of the underlying security.

 

Mortgage Dollar Rolls

 

A “mortgage dollar roll” is similar to a reverse repurchase agreement in certain respects. In a “dollar roll” transaction, the Fund sells a mortgage-related security, such as a security issued by GNMA, to a dealer and simultaneously agrees to repurchase a similar security (but not the same security) in the future at a pre-determined price. A “dollar roll” can be viewed, like a reverse repurchase agreement, as a collateralized borrowing in which the Fund pledges a mortgage-related security to a dealer to obtain cash. However, unlike reverse repurchase agreements, the dealer with which the Fund enters into a dollar roll transaction is not obligated to return the same securities as those originally sold by the Fund, but only securities which are “substantially identical.” To be considered “substantially identical,” the securities returned to the Fund generally must: (1) be collateralized by the same types of underlying mortgages; (2) be issued by the same agency and be part of the same program; (3) have a similar original stated maturity; (4) have identical net coupon rates; (5) have similar market yields (and therefore price); and (6) satisfy “good delivery” requirements, meaning that the aggregate principal amounts of the securities delivered and received back must be within 2.5% of the initial amount delivered.

 

As with reverse repurchase agreements, to the extent that positions in dollar roll agreements are not covered by segregated liquid assets at least equal to the amount of any forward purchase commitment, such transactions would be subject to the Fund’s restrictions on borrowings. Furthermore, because dollar roll transactions may be for terms ranging between one and six months, dollar roll transactions may be deemed “illiquid.”

 

Repurchase Agreements

 

For the purposes of maintaining liquidity and achieving income, the Fund may enter into repurchase agreements with domestic commercial banks or registered broker/dealers. A repurchase agreement is a contract under which the Fund would acquire a security for a relatively short period (usually not more than one week) subject to the obligation of the seller to repurchase and the Fund to resell such security at a fixed time and price (representing the Fund’s cost plus interest). In the case of repurchase agreements with broker-dealers, the value of the underlying securities (or collateral) will be at least equal at all times to the total amount of the repurchase obligation, including the interest factor. The Fund bears a risk of loss in the event

 

42


Table of Contents

that the other party to a repurchase agreement defaults on its obligations and the Fund is delayed or prevented from exercising its rights to dispose of the collateral securities. This risk includes the risk of procedural costs or delays in addition to a loss on the securities if their value should fall below their repurchase price. PIMCO will monitor the creditworthiness of the counter parties.

 

When-Issued, Delayed Delivery and Forward Commitment Transactions

 

The Fund may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment basis. When such purchases are outstanding, the Fund will segregate until the settlement date assets determined to be liquid by PIMCO in accordance with procedures established by the Board of Trustees, in an amount sufficient to meet the purchase price. Typically, no income accrues on securities the Fund has committed to purchase prior to the time delivery of the securities is made, although the Fund may earn income on securities it has segregated.

 

When purchasing a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment basis, the Fund assumes the rights and risks of ownership of the security, including the risk of price and yield fluctuations, and takes such fluctuations into account when determining its net asset value. Because the Fund is not required to pay for the security until the delivery date, these risks are in addition to the risks associated with the Fund’s other investments. If the Fund remains substantially fully invested at a time when when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment purchases are outstanding, the purchases may result in a form of leverage.

 

When the Fund has sold a security on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment basis, the Fund does not participate in future gains or losses with respect to the security. If the other party to a transaction fails to deliver or pay for the securities, the Fund could miss a favorable price or yield opportunity or could suffer a loss. The Fund may dispose of or renegotiate a transaction after it is entered into, and may sell when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment securities before they are delivered, which may result in a capital gain or loss. There is no percentage limitation on the extent to which the Fund may purchase or sell securities on a when-issued, delayed delivery, or forward commitment basis.

 

Borrowing

 

The Fund may borrow money to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act as interpreted, modified or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time. The Fund may from time to time borrow money to add leverage to the portfolio as a substitute for the leverage obtained with Preferred Shares. The Fund may also borrow money for temporary administrative purposes.

 

Under the 1940 Act, the Fund generally is not permitted to engage in borrowings unless immediately after a borrowing the value of the Fund’s total assets less liabilities (other than the borrowing) is at least 300% of the principal amount of such borrowing ( i.e. , such principal amount may not exceed 33  1 / 3 % of the Fund’s total assets). In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on Common Shares unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Fund’s total assets, less liabilities other than borrowing, is at least 300% of such principal amount. If the Fund borrows it intends, to the extent possible, to prepay all or a portion of the principal amount of the borrowing to the extent necessary in order to

 

43


Table of Contents

maintain the required asset coverage. Failure to maintain certain asset coverage requirements could result in an event of default and entitle the holders of Preferred Shares (“Preferred Shareholders”) and holders of any other senior securities of the Fund to elect a majority of the Trustees of the Fund.

 

As described in the Prospectus, the Fund may also enter into other transactions that may give rise to a form of leverage. Such transactions may include, among others, issuing debt securities or using reverse repurchase agreements, loans of portfolio securities, credit default swap contracts and other derivatives, as well as when-issued, delayed delivery or forward commitment transactions. However, these forms of leverage will only be used, if at all, as a substitute for, rather than in addition to, the leverage obtained through the issuance of Preferred Shares. See “Preferred Shares and Related Leverage” in the Prospectus.

 

As described above, the Fund will, under certain circumstances, cover its commitment under these instruments by the segregation of assets determined to be liquid by PIMCO in accordance with procedures adopted by the Trustees, equal in value to the amount of the Fund’s commitment, or by entering into offsetting transactions or owning positions covering its obligations. In such cases, the instruments will not be considered “senior securities” under the 1940 Act for purposes of the asset coverage requirements otherwise applicable to borrowings by the Fund or the Fund’s issuance of Preferred Shares. Borrowing will tend to exaggerate the effect on net asset value of any increase or decrease in the market value of the Fund’s portfolio. Money borrowed will be subject to interest costs which may or may not be recovered by appreciation of the securities purchased. The Fund also may be required to maintain minimum average balances in connection with such borrowing or to pay a commitment or other fee to maintain a line of credit; either of these requirements would increase the cost of borrowing over the stated interest rate.

 

Short Sales

 

The Fund may make short sales of securities as part of its overall portfolio management strategy and to offset potential declines in long positions in securities in the Fund’s portfolio. A short sale is a transaction in which the Fund sells a security it does not own in anticipation that the market price of that security will decline.

 

When the Fund makes a short sale on a security, it must borrow the security sold short and deliver it to the broker-dealer through which it made the short sale as collateral for its obligation to deliver the security upon conclusion of the sale. The Fund may have to pay a fee to borrow particular securities and is often obligated to pay over any accrued interest and dividends on such borrowed securities.

 

If the price of the security sold short increases between the time of the short sale and the time the Fund replaces the borrowed security, the Fund will incur a loss; conversely, if the price declines, the Fund will realize a capital gain. Any gain will be decreased, and any loss increased, by the transaction costs described above. The successful use of short selling may be adversely affected by imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the security sold short and the securities being hedged.

 

To the extent that the Fund engages in short sales, it will provide collateral to the broker-dealer. A short sale is “against the box” to the extent that the Fund contemporaneously owns, or

 

44


Table of Contents

has the right to obtain at no added cost, securities identical to those sold short. The Fund may engage in so-called “naked” short sales where it does not own or have the immediate right to acquire the security sold short at no additional cost, in which case the Fund’s losses could theoretically be unlimited.

 

Illiquid Securities

 

The Fund may invest without limit in illiquid securities (determined using the Securities and Exchange Commission’s standard applicable to open-end investment companies, i.e. , securities that cannot be disposed of within seven days in the ordinary course of business at approximately the value at which the Fund has valued the securities). Illiquid securities are considered to include, among other things, written over-the-counter options, securities or other liquid assets being used as cover for such options, repurchase agreements with maturities in excess of seven days, certain loan participation interests, fixed time deposits which are not subject to prepayment or provide for withdrawal penalties upon prepayment (other than overnight deposits), and other securities whose disposition is restricted under the federal securities laws (other than securities issued pursuant to Rule 144A under the 1933 Act and certain commercial paper that PIMCO has determined to be liquid under procedures approved by the Board of Trustees). PIMCO will determine the liquidity of the Fund’s investments by reference to market conditions and contractual provisions. For example, PIMCO will generally not consider Senior Loans that are part of an issue of at least $250 million in par value to be illiquid.

 

Illiquid securities may include privately placed securities, which are sold directly to a small number of investors, usually institutions. Unlike public offerings, such securities are not registered under the federal securities laws. Although certain of these securities may be readily sold, others may be illiquid, and their sale may involve substantial delays and additional costs.

 

Portfolio Trading and Turnover Rate

 

Portfolio trading may be undertaken to accomplish the investment objective of the Fund. In addition, a security may be sold and another of comparable quality purchased at approximately the same time to take advantage of what PIMCO believes to be a temporary price disparity between the two securities. Temporary price disparities between two comparable securities may result from supply and demand imbalances where, for example, a temporary oversupply of certain bonds may cause a temporarily low price for such bonds, as compared with other bonds of like quality and characteristics. The Fund may also engage in short-term trading consistent with its investment objective. Securities may be sold in anticipation of a market decline (a rise in interest rates) or purchased in anticipation of a market rise (a decline in interest rates) and later sold, or to recognize a gain.

 

A change in the securities held by the Fund is known as “portfolio turnover.” PIMCO manages the Fund without regard generally to restrictions on portfolio turnover. The use of certain derivative instruments with relatively short maturities may tend to exaggerate the portfolio turnover rate for the Fund. Trading in debt obligations does not generally involve the payment of brokerage commissions, but does involve indirect transaction costs. The use of futures contracts may involve the payment of commissions to futures commission merchants. High portfolio turnover ( e.g. , greater than 100%) involves correspondingly greater expenses to

 

45


Table of Contents

the Fund, including brokerage commissions or dealer mark-ups and other transaction costs on the sale of securities and reinvestments in other securities. The higher the rate of portfolio turnover of the Fund, the higher these transaction costs borne by the Fund generally will be. Transactions in the Fund’s portfolio securities may result in realization of taxable capital gains (including short-term capital gains which are generally taxed to shareholders at ordinary income tax rates). The trading costs and tax effects associated with portfolio turnover may adversely affect the Fund’s performance.

 

The portfolio turnover rate of the Fund is calculated by dividing (a) the lesser of purchases or sales of portfolio securities for the particular fiscal year by (b) the monthly average of the value of the portfolio securities owned by the Fund during the particular fiscal year. In calculating the rate of portfolio turnover, there is excluded from both (a) and (b) all securities, including options, whose maturities or expiration dates at the time of acquisition were one year or less.

 

Warrants to Purchase Securities

 

The Fund may invest in warrants to purchase debt securities. Debt obligations with warrants attached to purchase equity securities have many characteristics of convertible bonds and their prices may, to some degree, reflect the performance of the underlying stock. Debt obligations also may be issued with warrants attached to purchase additional debt securities at the same coupon rate. A decline in interest rates would permit the Fund to buy additional bonds at the favorable rate or to sell the warrants at a profit. If interest rates rise, the warrants would generally expire with no value.

 

Other Investment Companies

 

The Fund may invest in securities of open- or closed-end investment companies to the extent that such investments are consistent with the Fund’s investment objective and policies and permissible under the 1940 Act. The Fund may invest in other investment companies either during periods when it has large amounts of uninvested cash, such as the period shortly after the Fund receives the proceeds of the offering of its Common Shares or Preferred Shares, during periods when there is a shortage of attractive variable rate and other debt instruments available in the market, or when PIMCO believes share prices of other investment companies offer attractive values. The Fund may invest in investment companies that are advised by PIMCO or its affiliates to the extent permitted by applicable law and/or pursuant to exemptive relief from the SEC. As a stockholder in an investment company, the Fund will bear its ratable share of that investment company’s expenses and would remain subject to payment of the Fund’s management fees with respect to assets so invested. Holders of the Common Shares would therefore be subject to duplicative expenses to the extent the Fund invests in other investment companies. PIMCO will take expenses into account when evaluating the investment merits of an investment in an investment company relative to available debt instruments. In addition, the securities of other investment companies may also be leveraged and will therefore be subject to the same leverage risks described in the Prospectus and herein. As described in the Prospectus in the section entitled “Risks—Leverage Risk,” the net asset value and market value of leveraged shares will be more volatile and the yield to shareholders will tend to fluctuate more than the yield generated by unleveraged shares.

 

46


Table of Contents

Securities Loans

 

Subject to the Fund’s “Investment Restrictions” listed below, the Fund may make secured loans of its portfolio securities to brokers, dealers and other financial institutions amounting to no more than one-third of its total assets. The risks in lending portfolio securities, as with other extensions of credit, consist of possible delay in recovery of the securities or possible loss of rights in the collateral should the borrower fail financially. However, such loans will be made only to broker-dealers that are believed by PIMCO to be of relatively high credit standing. Securities loans are made to broker-dealers pursuant to agreements requiring that loans be continuously secured by collateral consisting of U.S. Government securities, cash or cash equivalents (negotiable certificates of deposit, bankers’ acceptances or letters of credit) maintained on a daily mark-to-market basis in an amount at least equal at all times to the market value of the securities lent. The borrower pays to the Fund, as the lender, an amount equal to any dividends or interest received on the securities lent. The Fund may invest only the cash collateral received in interest-bearing, short-term securities or receive a fee from the borrower. In the case of cash collateral, the Fund typically pays a rebate to the lender. Although voting rights or rights to consent with respect to the loaned securities pass to the borrower, the Fund, as the lender, retains the right to call the loans and obtain the return of the securities loaned at any time on reasonable notice, and it will do so in order that the securities may be voted by the Fund if the holders of such securities are asked to vote upon or consent to matters materially affecting the investment. The Fund may also call such loans in order to sell the securities involved. When engaged in securities lending, the Fund’s performance will continue to reflect changes in the value of the securities loaned and will also reflect the receipt of either interest, through investment of cash collateral by the Fund in permissible investments, or a fee, if the collateral is U.S. Government securities.

 

Participation on Creditors Committees

 

The Fund may from time to time participate on committees formed by creditors to negotiate with the management of financially troubled issuers of securities held by the Fund. Such participation may subject the Fund to expenses such as legal fees and may make the Fund an “insider” of the issuer for purposes of the federal securities laws, and therefore may restrict the Fund’s ability to trade in or acquire additional positions in a particular security when it might otherwise desire to do so. Participation by the Fund on such committees also may expose the Fund to potential liabilities under the federal bankruptcy laws or other laws governing the rights of creditors and debtors. The Fund would participate on such committees only when PIMCO believes that such participation is necessary or desirable to enforce the Fund’s rights as a creditor or to protect the value of securities held by the Fund.

 

Short-Term Investments / Temporary Defensive Strategies

 

Upon PIMCO’s recommendation, for temporary defensive purposes and in order to keep the Fund’s cash fully invested, including the period during which the net proceeds of the offering are being invested, the Fund may invest up to 100% of its net assets in other than floating rate assets, including longer-term, fixed rate investment grade debt securities, credit-linked trust certificates and/or index futures contracts or similar derivative instruments. Such investments may prevent the Fund from achieving its investment objective.

 

47


Table of Contents

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

 

Fundamental Investment Restrictions

 

Except as described below, the Fund, as a fundamental policy, may not, without the approval of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Common Shares and, if issued, Preferred Shares voting together as a single class, and of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Shares voting as a separate class:

 

(1) Concentrate its investments in a particular “industry,” as that term is used in the 1940 Act, and as interpreted, modified, or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.

 

(2) With respect to 75% of the Fund’s total assets, purchase the securities of any issuer, except securities issued or guaranteed by the U.S. Government or any of its agencies or instrumentalities or securities issued by other investment companies, if, as a result, (i) more than 5% of the Fund’s total assets would be invested in the securities of that issuer, or (ii) the Fund would hold more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of that issuer.

 

(3) Purchase or sell real estate, although it may purchase securities secured by real estate or interests therein, or securities issued by companies which invest in real estate, or interests therein.

 

(4) Purchase or sell commodities or commodities contracts or oil, gas or mineral programs. This restriction shall not prohibit the Fund, subject to restrictions described in the Prospectus and elsewhere in this Statement of Additional Information, from purchasing, selling or entering into futures contracts, options on futures contracts, forward contracts, or any interest rate, securities-related or other hedging instrument, including swap agreements and other derivative instruments, subject to compliance with any applicable provisions of the federal securities or commodities laws.

 

(5) Borrow money or issue any senior security, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act and as interpreted, modified, or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.

 

(6) Make loans, except to the extent permitted under the 1940 Act, and as interpreted, modified, or otherwise permitted by regulatory authority having jurisdiction, from time to time.

 

(7) Act as an underwriter of securities of other issuers, except to the extent that in connection with the disposition of portfolio securities, it may be deemed to be an underwriter under the federal securities laws.

 

Currently, under the 1940 Act, the Fund generally is not permitted to engage in borrowings unless immediately after a borrowing the value of the Fund’s total assets less liabilities (other than the borrowing) is at least 300% of the principal amount of such borrowing ( i.e. , such principal amount may not exceed 33  1 / 3 % of the Fund’s total assets). In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on Common Shares

 

48


Table of Contents

unless, at the time of such declaration, the value of the Fund’s total assets, less liabilities other than the borrowing, is at least 300% of such principal amount.

 

Currently, under the 1940 Act, the Fund may generally not lend money or property to any person, directly or indirectly, if such person controls or is under common control with the Fund, except for a loan from the Fund to a company which owns all of the outstanding securities of the Fund, except directors’ and qualifying shares.

 

For purposes of the foregoing and “Description of Shares—Preferred Shares—Voting Rights” below, “majority of the outstanding,” when used with respect to particular shares of the Fund (whether voting together as a single class or voting as separate classes), means (i) 67% or more of such shares present at a meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of such shares are present or represented by proxy, or (ii) more than 50% of such shares, whichever is less.

 

Unless otherwise indicated, all limitations applicable to the Fund’s investments (as stated above and elsewhere in this Statement of Additional Information) apply only at the time a transaction is entered into. Any subsequent change in a rating assigned by any rating service to a security (or, if unrated, deemed by PIMCO to be of comparable quality), or change in the percentage of the Fund’s total assets invested in certain securities or other instruments, or change in the average maturity or duration of the Fund’s investment portfolio, resulting from market fluctuations or other changes in the Fund’s total assets, will not require the Fund to dispose of an investment until PIMCO determines that it is practicable to sell or close out the investment without undue market or tax consequences to the Fund. In the event that rating agencies assign different ratings to the same security, PIMCO will determine which rating it believes best reflects the security’s quality and risk at that time, which may be the higher of the several assigned ratings.

 

Under the 1940 Act, a “senior security” does not include any promissory note or evidence of indebtedness where such loan is for temporary purposes only and in an amount not exceeding 5% of the value of the total assets of the issuer at the time the loan is made. A loan is presumed to be for temporary purposes if it is repaid within sixty days and is not extended or renewed.

 

The Fund would be deemed to “concentrate” in a particular industry if it invested 25% or more of its total assets in that industry. The Fund’s industry concentration policy does not preclude it from focusing investments in issuers in a group of related industrial sectors (such as different types of utilities).

 

The Fund may not change its policy to normally invest at least 80% of its net assets (plus any borrowings for investment purposes) in a diversified portfolio of floating rate debt instruments, securities with durations of less than or equal to one year, and fixed rate securities with respect to which the Fund has entered into derivative instruments to effectively convert the fixed rate interest payments into floating rate interest payments without providing Fund shareholders with at least 60 days’ written notice of such change.

 

To the extent the Fund covers its commitment under a reverse repurchase agreement, credit default swap or other derivative instrument by the segregation of assets determined by PIMCO to be liquid in accordance with procedures adopted by the Trustees, equal in value to the amount of the Fund’s commitment, such instrument will not be considered a “senior security” for

 

49


Table of Contents

purposes of the asset coverage requirements otherwise applicable to borrowings by the Fund or the Fund’s issuance of Preferred Shares.

 

The Fund interprets its policies with respect to borrowing and lending to permit such activities as may be lawful for the Fund, to the full extent permitted by the 1940 Act or by exemption from the provisions therefrom pursuant to exemptive order of the SEC.

 

The Fund intends to apply for ratings for its Preferred Shares from Moody’s, S&P and/or Fitch. In order to obtain and maintain the required ratings, the Fund may be required to comply with investment quality, diversification and other guidelines established by Moody’s, S&P and/or Fitch. Such guidelines will likely be more restrictive than the restrictions set forth above. The Fund does not anticipate that such guidelines would have a material adverse effect on Common Shareholders or its ability to achieve its investment objective. The Fund presently anticipates that any Preferred Shares that it intends to issue would be initially given the highest ratings by Moody’s (“Aaa”), S&P (“AAA”) and/or Fitch (“AAA”), but no assurance can be given that such ratings will be obtained. No minimum rating is required for the issuance of Preferred Shares by the Fund. Moody’s, S&P and Fitch receive fees in connection with their ratings issuances.

 

MANAGEMENT OF THE FUND

 

Trustees and Officers

 

The business of the Fund is managed under the direction of the Fund’s Board of Trustees. Subject to the provisions of the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust (the “Declaration”), its Bylaws and Massachusetts law, the Trustees have all powers necessary and convenient to carry out this responsibility, including the election and removal of the Fund’s officers.

 

The Trustees and officers of the Fund, their ages, the position they hold with the Fund, their term of office and length of time served, a description of their principal occupations during the past five years, the number of portfolios in the fund complex (as defined in SEC regulations) that the Trustee oversees and any other directorships held by the Trustee are listed in the two tables immediately following. Except as shown, each Trustee’s and officer’s principal occupation and business experience for the last five years have been with the employer(s) indicated, although in some cases the Trustee may have held different positions with such employer(s). Unless otherwise indicated, the business address of the persons listed below is c/o PA Fund Management LLC, 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10105.

 

50


Table of Contents

Independent Trustees

 

Name, Address and
Age


   Position(s)
Held with
Fund


   Term of
Office and
Length of
Time Served


 

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years


   Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee


   Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee


Robert E. Connor* Age 70    Trustee    Since
inception
(September,
2004).
  Trustee, Fixed Income SHares, Nicholas-Applegate Convertible & Income Fund, Nicholas-Applegate Convertible & Income Fund II, PIMCO Corporate Opportunity Fund, PIMCO Corporate Income Fund, PIMCO High Income Fund, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO Floating Rate Income Fund and PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund; Director, Municipal Advantage Fund, Inc.; Corporate Affairs Consultant. Formerly, Senior Vice President, Corporate Office Smith Barney.    21    None.

 

51


Table of Contents

Name, Address and
Age


   Position(s)
Held with
Fund


   Term of
Office and
Length of
Time Served


 

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years


   Number of
Portfolios
in Fund
Complex
Overseen
by Trustee


   Other
Directorships
Held by
Trustee


John J. Dalessandro

II

Age 66

   Trustee    Since
inception
(September,
2004).
  President and Director, J.J. Dalessandro II Ltd., registered broker-dealer and member of the New York Stock Exchange; Trustee, Nicholas-Applegate Convertible & Income Fund, Nicholas-Applegate Convertible & Income Fund II, PIMCO Corporate Opportunity Fund, PIMCO Corporate Income Fund, PIMCO High Income Fund, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO Floating Rate Income Fund and PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund.    16    None.

Hans W. Kertess

Age 65

   Trustee    Since
inception

(September,
2004).
  President, H. Kertess & Co.; Trustee, Nicholas-Applegate Convertible & Income Fund, Nicholas-Applegate Convertible & Income Fund II, PIMCO Corporate Opportunity Fund, PIMCO Corporate Income Fund, PIMCO High Income Fund, Nicholas Applegate Convertible & Income Fund II, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO Municipal California Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO Floating Rate Income Fund and PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund; Formerly, Managing Director and Consultant, Royal Bank of Canada Capital Markets.    16    None.

 

52


Table of Contents
* In addition to the positions noted, Mr. Connor formerly provided occasional editorial consulting services, as an independent contractor, of Smith Barney, an affiliate of Citigroup Inc.

 

In accordance with the Fund’s staggered board (see “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust”), the Common Shareholders of the Fund will elect Trustees to fill the vacancies of Trustees whose terms expire at each annual meeting of Common Shareholders, unless any Preferred Shares are outstanding, in which event Preferred Shareholders, voting as a separate class, will elect two Trustees and the remaining Trustees (i.e., at any meeting at which such trustees are standing for election in accordance with the staggered board structure) shall be elected by Common Shareholders and Preferred Shareholders, voting together as a single class. Preferred Shareholders will be entitled to elect a majority of the Fund’s Trustees under certain circumstances.

 

Officers

 

Name, Address and Age


  

Position(s)
Held with
Fund


  

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served


  

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years


Brian S. Shlissel

Age 39

   President and Chief Executive Officer   

Since inception

(September, 2004).

   Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer, PA Fund Management LLC; President and Chief Executive Officer, PIMCO Advisors VIT (formerly OCC Accumulation Trust); President and Chief Executive Officer, Fixed Income SHares, Nicholas-Applegate Convertible & Income Fund, Nicholas-Applegate Convertible & Income Fund II, PIMCO Corporate Opportunity Fund, PIMCO Corporate Income Fund, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund III, Municipal Advantage Fund, Inc., PIMCO High Income Fund, PIMCO Floating Rate Income Fund and PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund.

Lawrence G. Altadonna

Age 38

   Treasurer; Principal Financial and Accounting Officer   

Since inception

(September, 2004).

   Senior Vice President, PA Fund Management LLC; Treasurer and Principal Financial and Accounting Officer, Nicholas-Applegate Convertible & Income Fund, Nicholas-Applegate Convertible & Income Fund II, PIMCO Corporate Opportunity Fund, PIMCO Corporate Income Fund, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund III, Municipal Advantage Fund, Inc., PIMCO High Income Fund, PIMCO Floating Rate Income Fund and PIMCO

 

53


Table of Contents

Name, Address and Age


  

Position(s)
Held with
Fund


  

Term of Office
and Length of
Time Served


  

Principal Occupation(s) During the Past 5 Years


               Floating Rate Strategy Fund; Treasurer, Fixed Income SHares; Assistant Treasurer, PIMCO Advisors VIT (formerly OCC Accumulation Trust). Formerly, Director of Fund Administration, Prudential Investments.

Newton B. Schott, Jr.

2187 Atlantic Street

Stamford, CT 06902

Age 61

   Vice President, Secretary   

Since inception

(September, 2004).

   Managing Director, Chief Administrative Officer, Secretary and General Counsel, PAD; Managing Director, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, PA Fund Management LLC; Vice President and Secretary PIMCO Funds: Multi-Manager Series, Nicholas-Applegate Convertible & Income Fund, Nicholas-Applegate Convertible & Income Fund II, PIMCO Corporate Opportunity Fund, PIMCO Corporate Income Fund, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund III, Municipal Advantage Fund, Inc., PIMCO High Income Fund, PIMCO Floating Rate Income Fund and PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund; Secretary, Fixed Income SHares.

Raymond Kennedy

840 Newport Center Drive

Newport Beach, CA 92660

Age 42

   Vice President   

Since inception

(September, 2004).

   Managing Director, PIMCO; co-portfolio manager of the Fund and other investment vehicles managed by PIMCO; joined PIMCO in 1996; Vice President, PIMCO Floating Rate Income Fund and PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund.

 

For interested Trustees and officers, positions held with affiliated persons or principal underwriters of the Fund are listed in the following table:

 

Name


 

Positions Held with Affiliated Persons or
Principal Underwriters of the Fund


Brian S. Shlissel

  See above.

Lawrence Altadonna

  See above.

Newton B. Schott, Jr.

  See above.

Raymond Kennedy

  See above.

 

Committees of the Board of Trustees

 

Audit Oversight Committee

 

The Fund has established an Audit Oversight Committee in accordance with Section 3(a)(58)(A) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The Fund’s Audit Oversight

 

54


Table of Contents

Committee provides oversight with respect to the internal and external accounting and auditing procedures of the Fund and, among other things, determines the selection of independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund and considers the scope of the audit, approves all audit and permitted non-audit services proposed to be performed by the registered public accounting firm on behalf of the Fund, and services to be performed by the registered public accounting firm for certain affiliates, including the Manager and PIMCO, and the entities in a control relationship with the Manager or PIMCO that provide services to the Fund where the engagement relates directly to the operations and financial reporting of the Fund. Messrs. Connor and Kertess, each of whom is an Independent Trustee, serve on this committee.

 

Nominating Committee

 

The Nominating Committee is responsible for reviewing and recommending qualified candidates to the Board in the event that a position is vacated or created. The Nominating Committee will review and consider nominees recommended by shareholders to serve as Trustee, provided any such recommendation is submitted in writing to the Fund, c/o Newton B. Schott, Jr., Secretary, at the address of the principal executive offices of the Fund. The Nominating Committee has full discretion to reject nominees recommended by shareholders, and there is no assurance that any such person so recommended and considered by a committee will be nominated for election to the Board. Messrs. Connor and Kertess, each of whom is an Independent Trustee, serve on this committee.

 

Valuation Committee

 

The Board has a Valuation Committee, to which the Board has delegate the responsibility to determine or cause to be determined the fair value of the Fund’s portfolio securities and other assets when market quotations are not readily available. The Valuation Committee reviews and approves procedures for the fair valuation of the Fund’s portfolio securities and periodically reviews information from the Manager and PIMCO regarding fair value and liquidity determinations made pursuant to the Board-approved procedures, and makes related recommendations to the full Board and assists the full Board in resolving particular fair valuation and other valuation matters. Messrs. Connor and Kertess, each of whom is an Independent Trustee, serve on this committee.

 

Compensation Committee

 

The Compensation Committee meets as the Board deems necessary to review and make recommendations regarding compensation payable to the Trustees of the Fund who are not directors, officers, partners or employees of the Manager, PIMCO or any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Manager or PIMCO. Messrs. Connor and Kertess, each of whom is an Independent Trustee, serve on this committee.

 

Securities Ownership

 

For each Trustee, the following table discloses the dollar range of equity securities beneficially owned by the Trustee in the Fund and, on an aggregate basis, in any registered investment companies overseen by the Trustee within the Fund’s family of investment companies as of December 31, 2003:

 

55


Table of Contents

Name of Trustee


  

Dollar Range of Equity
Securities in the Fund


  

Aggregate Dollar Range of Equity Securities in
All Registered Investment Companies Overseen
by Trustee in Family of Investment Companies


Robert E. Connor

   None.    None.

John J. Dalessandro II

   None.    None.

Hans W. Kertess

   None.    None.

 

For independent Trustees and their immediate family members, the following table provides information regarding each class of securities owned beneficially in an investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Fund, or a person (other than a registered investment company) directly or indirectly controlling, controlled by, or under common control with an investment adviser or principal underwriter of the Fund as of December 31, 2003:

 

Name of Trustee


   Name of Owners
and Relationships
to Trustee


   Company

   Title of
Class


   Value of
Securities


   Percent of
Class


Robert E. Connor

   None.                    

John J. Dalessandro II

   None.                    

Hans W. Kertess

   None.                    

 

As of October 19, 2004, the Fund’s officers and Trustees as a group owned less than 1% of the outstanding Common Shares.

 

As of October 19, 2004, the following persons owned of record the number of Common Shares noted below, representing the indicated percentage of the Fund’s outstanding shares as of such date.

 

Shareholder


   Number of
Common
Shares


  

Percentage of the Fund’s
outstanding shares as of

October 19, 2004


 

Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P.

1345 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10105

   5,236    100 %

 

Compensation

 

Messrs. Connor, Dalessandro and Kertess also serve as Trustees of PIMCO Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund II, PIMCO Municipal Income Fund III, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund III and PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund III (together, the “Municipal Funds”), Nicholas-Applegate Convertible & Income Fund, Nicholas-Applegate Convertible & Income Fund II, PIMCO Corporate Opportunity Fund, PIMCO High Income Fund, PIMCO Corporate Income Fund and the PIMCO Floating Rate Income Fund, fifteen closed-end funds for which the Manager serves as investment manager and PIMCO or Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management LLC, each an affiliate of the Manager, serves as portfolio manager. Mr. Connor is a director or trustee, as the case may be, of one open-end investment company (comprising four separate investment portfolios) and one closed-end

 

56


Table of Contents

investment company advised by the Manager. As indicated above, certain of the officers of the Fund are affiliated with the Manager and/or PIMCO.

 

The Municipal Funds, Nicholas-Applegate Convertible & Income Fund, Nicholas-Applegate Convertible & Income Fund II, PIMCO Corporate Opportunity Fund, PIMCO High Income Fund, PIMCO Corporate Income Fund, PIMCO Floating Rate Income Fund and the Fund (together, the “PA Closed-End Funds”) are expected to hold joint meetings of their Boards of Trustees whenever possible. Each Trustee, other than any Trustee who is a director, officer, partner or employee of the Manager, PIMCO or any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Manager or PIMCO, receives compensation for their attendance at joint meetings and their service on Board committees. For their service as Trustees of the PA Closed-End Funds, Messrs. Connor, Dalessandro and Kertess receive $25,000 for each joint meeting for the first four joint meetings in each year and $5,000 for each additional joint meeting in such year if the meetings are attended in person. Messrs. Connor and Dalessandro receive $1,000 per joint meeting if the meetings are attended telephonically. For their services as members of various Audit Oversight Committees, Messrs. Connor and Kertess will each receive $1,000, respectively, per meeting for each of those PA Closed-End Funds for which they serve as Trustee. Mr. Kertess receives $500 per fund for each of the PA Closed-End Funds for which he serves as Co-chair of the Audit Committee. Trustees will also be reimbursed for meeting-related expenses.

 

Each Trustee’s compensation and other costs of joint meetings will be allocated pro rata among the PA Closed-End Funds for which such Trustee serves as Trustee based on such Fund’s relative net assets, including assets attributable to any Preferred Shares.

 

It is estimated that the Trustees will receive the amounts set forth in the following table from the Fund for its initial fiscal year ending August 31, 2005. For the calendar year ended December 31, 2003, the Trustees received the compensation set forth in the following table for serving as trustees of other funds in the “Fund Complex.” Each officer and Trustee who is a director, officer, partner or employee of the Manager, PIMCO or any entity controlling, controlled by or under common control with the Manager or PIMCO serves without any compensation from the Fund.

 

Name of Trustee


  

Estimated
Compensation
from the Fund
for the Fiscal
Year Ending

August 31, 2005*


   Total
Compensation
from the Fund
Complex Paid to
the Trustees for
the Calendar
Year Ending
December 31, 2003


Robert E. Connor

        $ 12,000              $ 142,350     

John J. Delassandro II

        $ 12,000              $ 124,000     

Hans W. Kertess

        $ 12,000              $ 84,445     

* Since the Fund has not completed its first full fiscal year, compensation is estimated based upon future payments to be made by the Fund during the current fiscal year and upon estimated relative net assets of those PA Closed-End Funds for which the particular Trustee serves.

 

The Fund has no employees. Its officers are compensated by the Manager and/or PIMCO.

 

Codes of Ethics

 

57


Table of Contents

The Fund, the Manager and PIMCO have each adopted a separate code of ethics governing personal trading activities of, as applicable, all Trustees and officers of the Fund, and directors, officers and employees of the Manager and PIMCO, who, in connection with their regular functions, play a role in the recommendation of any purchase or sale of a security by the Fund or obtain information pertaining to such purchase or sale or who have the power to influence the management or policies of the Fund, the Manager or PIMCO, as applicable. Such persons are prohibited from effecting certain transactions, allowed to effect certain exempt transactions (including with respect to securities that may be purchased or held by the Fund), and are required to preclear certain security transactions with the applicable compliance officer or his designee and to report certain transactions on a regular basis. The Fund, the Manager and PIMCO have each developed procedures for administration of their respective codes. Text-only versions of the codes of ethics can be viewed online or downloaded from the EDGAR Database on the SEC’s internet web site at www.sec.gov. You may also review and copy those documents by visiting the SEC’s Public Reference Room in Washington, DC. Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room may be obtained by calling the SEC at (202) 942-8090. In addition, copies of the codes of ethics may be obtained, after mailing the appropriate duplicating fee, by writing to the SEC’s Public Reference Section, 450 5th Street, N.W., Washington, DC 20549-0102 or by e-mail request at publicinfo@sec.gov.

 

INVESTMENT MANAGER AND PORTFOLIO MANAGER

 

Investment Manager

 

The Manager serves as investment manager to the Fund pursuant to an investment management agreement (the “Investment Management Agreement”) between it and the Fund. The Manager is a wholly owned indirect subsidiary of Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P. (“ADAM of America”). ADAM of America was organized as a limited partnership under Delaware law in 1987. ADAM of America’s sole general partner is Allianz-Paclife Partners LLC. Allianz-Paclife Partners LLC is a Delaware limited liability company with three members, ADAM U.S. Holding LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, Pacific Asset Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and the managing member, and Pacific Life Insurance Company (“Pacific Life”), a California stock life insurance company. Pacific Asset Management LLC is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Pacific Life, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Pacific Mutual Holding Company. Pacific Life owns an indirect minority equity interest in ADAM of America. The sole member of ADAM U.S. Holding LLC is Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America LLC. Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America LLC has two members, Allianz of America, Inc. (“Allianz of America”), a Delaware corporation which owns a 99.9% non-managing interest, and Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America Holding Inc., a Delaware corporation which owns a 0.01% managing interest. Allianz of America is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Allianz Aktiengesellschaft (“Allianz AG”). Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America Holding Inc. is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Allianz Dresdner Asset Management Aktiengesellschaft, which is a wholly-owned subsidiary of Allianz AG. Allianz AG indirectly holds a controlling interest in ADAM of America. Allianz AG is a European - based, multinational insurance and financial services holding company. Allianz AG’s address is Koeniginstrasse 28, D-80802, Munich, Germany. Pacific Life’s address is 700 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660. ADAM of America’s address is 888 San Clemente Drive, Suite 100, Newport Beach, California 92660.

 

58


Table of Contents

The general partner of ADAM of America has substantially delegated its management and control of ADAM of America to an Executive Committee. The Executive Committee of ADAM of America is comprised of William S. Thompson, Jr. and David C. Flattum.

 

The Manager is located at 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10105. As of September 30, 2004, the Manager had approximately $33.6 billion in assets under management. As of September 30, 2004, ADAM of America and its subsidiaries, including PIMCO, had approximately $502 billion in assets under management.

 

Allianz of America, Inc. (“AZOA”) has entered into a put/call arrangement for the possible disposition of Pacific Life’s indirect interest in ADAM of America. Pursuant to this agreement, in any month subsequent to March 2004, Pacific Life and AZOA can put or call, respectively, all of the Class remaining E Units. The repurchase price for the Class E Units is calculated based on the financial performance of Pacific Investment Management Company over the preceding four calendar quarters prior to repurchase, but the amount can increase or decrease in value by a maximum of 2% per year from the per unit amount as defined in the agreement, calculated as of December 31 of the preceding calendar year.

 

As of the date of this Statement of Additional Information, significant institutional shareholders of Allianz AG currently include Munchener Ruckversicherungs-Gesellschaft AG (“Munich Re”). Allianz AG in turn owns Dresdner Bank AG. Munich Re, as well as certain broker-dealers that might be controlled by or affiliated with these entities or Dresdner Bank AG, such as Dresdner Klienwort Wasserstein and Dresdner Kleinwort Benson, may be considered to be affiliated persons of the Manager and PIMCO. (Broker-dealer affiliates of such significant institutional shareholders are sometimes referred to herein as “Affiliated Brokers.”) Absent an SEC exemption or other relief, the Fund generally is precluded from effecting principal transactions with the Affiliated Brokers, and its ability to purchase securities being underwritten by an Affiliated Broker or a syndicate including an Affiliated Broker is subject to restrictions. Similarly, the Fund’s ability to utilize the Affiliated Brokers for agency transactions is subject to the restrictions of Rule 17e-1 under the 1940 Act. PIMCO does not believe that the restrictions on transactions with the Affiliated Brokers described above will materially adversely affect its ability to provide services to the Fund, the Fund’s ability to take advantage of market opportunities, or the Fund’s overall performance.

 

The Manager, subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees, is responsible for managing, either directly or through others selected by the Manager, the investments of the Fund. The Manager also furnishes to the Board of Trustees periodic reports on the investment performance of the Fund. As more fully discussed below, the Manager has retained PIMCO to serve as the Fund’s portfolio manager.

 

Under the terms of the Investment Management Agreement, subject to such policies as the Trustees of the Fund may determine, the Manager, at its expense, will furnish continuously an investment program for the Fund and will make investment decisions on behalf of the Fund and place all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities subject always to the Fund’s investment objective, policies and restrictions; provided that, so long as PIMCO serves as the portfolio manager for the Fund, the Manager’s obligation under the Investment Management Agreement with respect to the Fund is, subject always to the control of the Trustees, to determine and review with PIMCO the investment policies of the Fund.

 

59


Table of Contents

Subject to the control of the Trustees, the Manager also manages, supervises and conducts the other affairs and business of the Fund, furnishes office space and equipment, provides bookkeeping and certain clerical services (excluding determination of the net asset value of the Fund, shareholder accounting services and the accounting services for the Fund) and pays all salaries, fees and expenses of officers and Trustees of the Fund who are affiliated with the Manager. As indicated under “Portfolio Transactions—Brokerage and Research Services,” the Fund’s portfolio transactions may be placed with broker-dealers which furnish the Manager and PIMCO, without cost, certain research, statistical and quotation services of value to them or their respective affiliates in advising the Fund or their other clients. In so doing, the Fund may incur greater brokerage commissions and other transactions costs than it might otherwise pay.

 

Pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement, the Fund has agreed to pay the Manager an annual management fee, payable on a monthly basis, at the annual rate of .75% of the Fund’s average weekly total managed assets for the services and facilities it provides. “Total managed assets” means the total assets of the Fund (including any assets attributable to Preferred Shares and any borrowings that may be outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities representing borrowings). All fees and expenses are accrued daily and deducted before payment of dividends to investors.

 

Except as otherwise described in the Prospectus, the Fund pays, in addition to the investment management fee described above, all expenses not assumed by the Manager, including, without limitation, fees and expenses of Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Manager or the Fund, interest charges, taxes, brokerage commissions, expenses of issue of shares, fees and expenses of registering and qualifying the Fund and its classes of shares for distribution under federal and state laws and regulations, charges of custodians, auditing and legal expenses, expenses of determining net asset value of the Fund, reports to shareholders, expenses of meetings of shareholders, expenses of printing and mailing prospectuses, proxy statements and proxies to existing shareholders, and its proportionate share of insurance premiums and professional association dues or assessments. The Fund is also responsible for such nonrecurring expenses as may arise, including litigation in which the Fund may be a party, and other expenses as determined by the Trustees. The Fund may have an obligation to indemnify its officers and Trustees with respect to such litigation.

 

Portfolio Manager

 

PIMCO serves as portfolio manager for the Fund pursuant to a portfolio management agreement (the “Portfolio Management Agreement”) between PIMCO and the Manager. Under the Portfolio Management Agreement, subject always to the control of the Trustees and the supervision of the Manager, PIMCO’s obligation is to furnish continuously an investment program for the Fund, to make investment decisions on behalf of the Fund and to place all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities and all other investments for the Fund.

 

The Manager (and not the Fund) will pay a portion of the fees it receives to PIMCO in return for PIMCO’s services. For the period from the commencement of Fund operations through October 31, 2009 (i.e., roughly the first five years of Fund operations), the fee will be paid monthly at the annual rate of .39% of the Fund’s average weekly total managed assets, provided, however, that the amounts payable for each month shall be reduced to reflect that PIMCO will bear 65% of the fees payable by the Manager to certain underwriters (other than Merrill Lynch,

 

60


Table of Contents

Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated) for such month as described under “Underwriting” in the Prospectus. Beginning November 1, 2009 and thereafter, the Manager will pay a monthly fee to PIMCO at the annual rate of .55% of the Fund’s average weekly total managed assets, provided, however, that the amounts payable for each month shall be reduced by the amount of all fees payable by the Manager to certain underwriters other than Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated for such month as described under “Underwriting” in the Prospectus (such that the Manager retains from its management fee, on an annual basis, .05% of the Fund’s average weekly total managed assets, after having paid PIMCO and the underwriters).

 

Originally organized in 1971, reorganized as a Delaware general partnership in 1994 and reorganized as a Delaware limited liability company in 2000, PIMCO provides investment management and advisory services to private accounts of institutional and individual clients and to mutual funds. The membership interests of PIMCO as of December 1, 2002, were held 91% by ADAM of America and 9% by the managing directors of PIMCO. As of September 30, 2004, PIMCO had approximately $439 billion in assets under management. PIMCO is located at 840 Newport Center Drive, Newport Beach, California 92660.

 

Certain Terms of the Investment Management and Portfolio Management Agreements

 

The Investment Management Agreement and the Portfolio Management Agreement are subject to the approval of the Trustees of the Fund (including all of the Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Manager or PIMCO). The Investment Management Agreement and Portfolio Management Agreement will each continue in force with respect to the Fund for two years from their respective dates, and from year to year thereafter, but only so long as their continuance is approved at least annually by (i) vote, cast in person at a meeting called for that purpose, of a majority of those Trustees who are not “interested persons” of the Manager, PIMCO or the Fund, and (ii) the majority vote of either the full Board of Trustees or the vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of all classes of the Fund. Each of the Investment Management Agreement and Portfolio Management Agreement automatically terminates on assignment. The Investment Management Agreement may be terminated on not less than 60 days’ notice by the Manager to the Fund or by the Fund to the Manager. The Portfolio Management Agreement may be terminated on not less than 60 days’ notice by the Manager to PIMCO or by PIMCO to the Manager, or by the Fund at any time by notice to the Manager and PIMCO.

 

The Investment Management Agreement and the Portfolio Management Agreement each provide that the Manager or PIMCO, as applicable, shall not be subject to any liability in connection with the performance of its services thereunder in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties.

 

Basis for Approval of the Investment Management and Portfolio Management Agreements

 

In determining to approve the Investment Management Agreement and the Portfolio Management Agreement, the Trustees met with the relevant investment advisory personnel from the Manager and PIMCO and considered information relating to the education, experience and number of investment professionals and other personnel who would provide services under the applicable agreement. See “Management of the Fund” in the Prospectus and this Statement of

 

61


Table of Contents

Additional Information. The Trustees also took into account the time and attention to be devoted by senior management to the Fund and the other funds in the complex. The Trustees evaluated the level of skill required to manage the Fund and concluded that the human resources to be available at the Manager and PIMCO were appropriate to fulfill effectively the duties of the Manager and PIMCO on behalf of the Fund under the applicable agreement. The Trustees also considered the business reputation of the Manager and PIMCO, their financial resources and professional liability insurance coverage and concluded that they would be able to meet any reasonably foreseeable obligations under the applicable agreement.

 

The Trustees received information concerning the investment philosophy and investment process to be applied by PIMCO in managing the Fund. In this connection, the Trustees considered PIMCO’s in-house research capabilities as well as other resources available to PIMCO’s personnel, including research services available to PIMCO as a result of securities transactions effected for the Fund and other investment advisory clients. The Trustees concluded that PIMCO’s investment process, research capabilities and philosophy were well suited to the Fund, given the Fund’s investment objective and policies.

 

The Trustees considered the scope of the services provided by the Manager and PIMCO to the Fund under the Investment Management Agreement and Portfolio Management Agreement, respectively, relative to services provided by third parties to other mutual funds. The Trustees noted that the Manager’s and PIMCO’s standard of care was comparable to that found in most investment company advisory agreements. See “—Certain Terms of the Investment Management and Portfolio Management Agreements” above. The Trustees concluded that the scope of the Manager’s and PIMCO’s services to be provided to the Fund was consistent with the Fund’s operational requirements, including, in addition to its investment objective, compliance with the Fund’s investment restrictions, tax and reporting requirements and related shareholder services.

 

The Trustees considered the quality of the services to be provided by the Manager and PIMCO to the Fund. The Trustees also evaluated the procedures of the Manager and PIMCO designed to fulfill their fiduciary duty to the Fund with respect to possible conflicts of interest, including their codes of ethics (regulating the personal trading of their officers and employees) (see “Management of the Fund—Code of Ethics” above), the procedures by which PIMCO allocates trades among its various investment advisory clients, the integrity of the systems in place to ensure compliance with the foregoing and the record of PIMCO in these matters. The Trustees also received information concerning standards of the Manager and PIMCO with respect to the execution of portfolio transactions. See “Portfolio Transactions” below.

 

62


Table of Contents

In approving the agreements, the Trustees also gave substantial consideration to the fees payable under the agreements. The Trustees reviewed information concerning fees paid to investment advisers of similar bond funds. The Trustees also considered the fees of the Fund as a percentage of assets at different asset levels and possible economies of scale to the Manager. The Trustees evaluated the Manager’s profitability with respect to the Fund, concluding that such profitability was not inconsistent with levels of profitability that had been determined by courts not to be “excessive.” In evaluating the Fund’s advisory fees, the Trustees also took into account the complexity of investment management for the Fund relative to other types of funds.

 

Proxy Voting Policies

 

The Fund and its Board of Trustees have delegated to the Manager, and the Manager has in turn delegated to PIMCO, responsibility for voting any proxies relating to portfolio securities held by the Fund in accordance with PIMCO’s proxy voting policies and procedures. A copy of the proxy voting policies and procedures to be followed by PIMCO on behalf of the Fund, including procedures to be used when a vote represents a conflict of interest, is attached hereto as Appendix B (“Proxy Voting Policies”).

 

PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS

 

Investment Decisions and Portfolio Transactions

 

Investment decisions for the Fund and for the other investment advisory clients of the Manager and PIMCO are made with a view to achieving their respective investment objective. Investment decisions are the product of many factors in addition to basic suitability for the particular client involved (including the Fund). Some securities considered for investments by the Fund may also be appropriate for other clients served by the Manager and PIMCO. Thus, a particular security may be bought or sold for certain clients even though it could have been bought or sold for other clients at the same time. If a purchase or sale of securities consistent with the investment policies of the Fund and one or more of these clients served by the Manager or PIMCO is considered at or about the same time, transactions in such securities will be allocated among the Fund and clients in a manner deemed fair and reasonable by the Manager or PIMCO, as applicable. The Manager or PIMCO may aggregate orders for the Fund with simultaneous transactions entered into on behalf of its other clients so long as price and transaction expenses are averaged either for that transaction or for the day. Likewise, a particular security may be bought for one or more clients when one or more clients are selling the security. In some instances, one client may sell a particular security to another client. It also sometimes happens that two or more clients simultaneously purchase or sell the same security, in which event each day’s transactions in such security are, insofar as possible, averaged as to price and allocated between such clients in a manner which the Manager or PIMCO believes is equitable to each and in accordance with the amount being purchased or sold by each. There may be circumstances when purchases or sales of portfolio securities for one or more clients will have an adverse effect on other clients.

 

Brokerage and Research Services

 

There is generally no stated commission in the case of debt securities, which are traded in the over-the-counter markets, but the price paid by the Fund usually includes an undisclosed

 

63


Table of Contents

dealer commission or mark-up. In underwritten offerings, the price paid by the Fund includes a disclosed, fixed commission or discount retained by the underwriter or dealer. Transactions on U.S. stock exchanges and other agency transactions involve the payment by the Fund of negotiated brokerage commissions. Such commissions vary among different brokers. Also, a particular broker may charge different commissions according to such factors as the difficulty and size of the transaction.

 

Subject to the supervision of the Manager, PIMCO places all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities, options, futures contracts and other instruments for the Fund and buys and sells such securities, options, futures contracts and other instruments for the Fund through a substantial number of brokers and dealers. In so doing, PIMCO uses its best efforts to obtain for the Fund the most favorable price and execution available, except to the extent it may be permitted to pay higher brokerage commissions as described below. In seeking the most favorable price and execution, PIMCO, having in mind the Fund’s best interests, considers all factors it deems relevant, including, by way of illustration, price, the size of the transaction, the nature of the market for the security, the amount of the commission, the timing of the transaction taking into account market prices and trends, the reputation, experience and financial stability of the broker-dealer involved and the quality of service rendered by the broker-dealer in other transactions.

 

Subject to the supervision of the Manager, PIMCO places orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio investments for the Fund’s account with brokers or dealers selected by it in its discretion. In effecting purchases and sales of portfolio securities for the account of the Fund, PIMCO will seek the best price and execution of the Fund’s orders. In doing so, the Fund may pay higher commission rates than the lowest available when PIMCO believes it is reasonable to do so in light of the value of the brokerage and research services provided by the broker effecting the transaction, as discussed below.

 

It has for many years been a common practice in the investment advisory business for advisers of investment companies and other institutional investors to receive research services from broker-dealers which execute portfolio transactions for the clients of such advisers. Consistent with this practice, PIMCO may receive research services from many broker-dealers with which PIMCO places the Fund’s portfolio transactions. PIMCO may also receive research or research credits from brokers which are generated from underwriting commissions when purchasing new issues of debt securities or other assets for the Fund. These services, which in some cases may also be purchased for cash, include such matters as general economic and security market reviews, industry and company reviews, evaluations of securities and recommendations as to the purchase and sale of securities. Some of these services are of value to PIMCO in advising various of its clients (including the Fund), although not all of these services are necessarily useful and of value in managing the Fund. Neither the management fee paid by the Fund to the Manager nor the portfolio management fee paid by the Manager to PIMCO is reduced because PIMCO and its affiliates receive such services.

 

As permitted by Section 28(e) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, PIMCO may cause the Fund to pay a broker-dealer which provides “brokerage and research services” (as defined in such Act) to PIMCO an amount of disclosed commission for effecting a securities transaction for the Fund in excess of the commission which another broker-dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction.

 

64


Table of Contents

The Fund may use broker-dealers that are affiliates (or affiliates of affiliates) of the Fund, the Manager and/or PIMCO, subject to certain restrictions discussed above under “Investment Manager and Portfolio Manager—Investment Manager.”

 

References to PIMCO in this section would apply equally to the Manager if the Manager were to assume portfolio management responsibilities for the Fund and place orders for the purchase and sale of the Fund’s portfolio investments.

 

DISTRIBUTIONS

 

As described in the Prospectus, initial distributions to Common Shareholders are expected to be declared approximately 45 days, and paid approximately 60 to 90 days, from the completion of the offering of the Common Shares, depending on market conditions. Because the Fund invests predominantly in floating rate assets, the amount of the Fund’s monthly distributions to shareholders is expected to vary with fluctuations in market interest rates. The Fund may initially, and from time to time thereafter, distribute less than the entire amount of net investment income earned in a particular period. Such undistributed net investment income would be available to supplement future distributions, including distributions that might otherwise have been reduced by a decrease in the Fund’s monthly net income due to fluctuations in investment income or expenses, or due to an increase in the dividend rate on the Fund’s outstanding Preferred Shares. As a result, the distributions paid by the Fund for any particular period may be more or less than the amount of net investment income actually earned by the Fund during such period. Undistributed net investment income will be added to the Fund’s net asset value and, correspondingly, distributions from undistributed net investment income will be deducted from the Fund’s net asset value.

 

For tax purposes, the Fund is currently required to allocate net capital gain and other taxable income, if any, between and among Common Shares and any series of Preferred Shares in proportion to total distributions paid to each class for the year in which such net capital gain or other taxable income is realized. For information relating to the impact of the issuance of Preferred Shares on the distributions made by the Fund to Common Shareholders, see the Prospectus under “Preferred Shares and Related Leverage.”

 

While any Preferred Shares are outstanding, the Fund may not declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless at the time of such declaration (1) all accumulated dividends on the Preferred Shares have been paid and (2) the net asset value of the Fund’s portfolio (determined after deducting the amount of such dividend or other distribution) is at least 200% of the liquidation value of any outstanding Preferred Shares. This latter limitation on the Fund’s ability to make distributions on its Common Shares could cause the Fund to incur income and excise tax and, under certain circumstances, impair the ability of the Fund to maintain its qualification for taxation as a regulated investment company. See “Tax Matters.”

 

65


Table of Contents

DESCRIPTION OF SHARES

 

Common Shares

 

The Fund’s Declaration authorizes the issuance of an unlimited number of Common Shares. The Common Shares will be issued with a par value of $0.00001 per share. All Common Shares of the Fund have equal rights as to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets upon liquidation of the Fund. The Common Shares will, when issued, be fully paid and, subject to matters discussed in “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust—Shareholder Liability” below, non-assessable, and will have no pre-emptive or conversion rights or rights to cumulative voting. At any time when the Fund’s Preferred Shares are outstanding, Common Shareholders will not be entitled to receive any distributions from the Fund unless all accrued dividends on Preferred Shares have been paid, and unless asset coverage (as defined in the 1940 Act) with respect to Preferred Shares would be at least 200% after giving effect to such distributions. See “—Preferred Shares” below.

 

The Fund will apply for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to notice of issuance. The Fund intends to hold annual meetings of shareholders so long as the Common Shares are listed on a national securities exchange and such meetings are required as a condition to such listing.

 

Shares of closed-end investment companies may frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value. Shares of closed-end investment companies have during some periods traded at prices higher than net asset value and during other periods traded at prices lower than net asset value. There can be no assurance that Common Shares or shares of other similar funds will trade at a price higher than net asset value in the future. Net asset value will be reduced immediately following the offering of Common Shares after payment of the sales load and organization and offering expenses and immediately following any offering of Preferred Shares by the costs of that offering paid by the Fund. Net asset value fluctuations are expected to be greater if, as expected, the Fund has a leveraged capital structure. Whether investors will realize gains or losses upon the sale of Common Shares will not depend upon the Fund’s net asset value but will depend entirely upon whether the market price of the Common Shares at the time of sale is above or below the original purchase price for the shares. Since the market price of the Fund’s Common Shares will be determined by factors beyond the control of the Fund, the Fund cannot predict whether the Common Shares will trade at, below, or above net asset value or at, below or above the initial public offering price. Accordingly, the Common Shares are designed primarily for long-term investors, and investors in the Common Shares should not view the Fund as a vehicle for trading purposes. See “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund” and the Prospectus under “Preferred Shares and Related Leverage” and “Description of Shares—Common Shares.”

 

Preferred Shares

 

The Declaration authorizes the issuance of an unlimited number of Preferred Shares. The Preferred Shares may be issued in one or more classes or series, with such par value and rights as determined by the Board of Trustees of the Fund, by action of the Board of Trustees without the approval of the Common Shareholders.

 

66


Table of Contents

The Fund’s Board of Trustees has indicated its intention to authorize an offering of Preferred Shares (representing approximately 38% of the Fund’s capital immediately after the time the Preferred Shares are issued) within approximately one to six months after completion of the offering of the Common Shares, subject to market conditions and to the Board’s continuing belief that leveraging the Fund’s capital structure through the issuance of Preferred Shares is likely to achieve the benefits to the Common Shareholders described in the Prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information. Although the terms of the Preferred Shares, including their dividend rate, voting rights, liquidation preference and redemption provisions, will be determined by the Board of Trustees (subject to applicable law and the Declaration) if and when it authorizes a Preferred Shares offering, the Board has stated that the initial series of Preferred Shares would likely pay cumulative dividends at relatively short-term periods (such as 7 days), by providing for the periodic redetermination of the dividend rate through an auction or remarketing procedure. The liquidation preference, preference on distribution, voting rights and redemption provisions of the Preferred Shares are expected to be as stated below.

 

As used in this Statement of Additional Information and in the Prospectus, unless otherwise noted, the Fund’s “net assets” include assets of the Fund attributable to any outstanding Preferred Shares, with no deduction for the liquidation preference of the Preferred Shares. Solely for financial reporting purposes, however, the Fund is required to exclude the liquidation preference of Preferred Shares from “net assets,” so long as the Preferred Shares have redemption features that are not solely within the control of the Fund. For all regulatory and tax purposes, the Fund’s Preferred Shares will be treated as stock (rather than indebtedness).

 

Limited Issuance of Preferred Shares. Under the 1940 Act, the Fund could issue Preferred Shares with an aggregate liquidation value of up to one-half of the value of the Fund’s total net assets (total assets less all liabilities and indebtedness not represented by “senior securities,” as defined in the 1940 Act), measured immediately after issuance of the Preferred Shares. “Liquidation value” means the original purchase price of the shares being liquidated plus any accrued and unpaid dividends. In addition, the Fund is not permitted to declare any cash dividend or other distribution on its Common Shares unless the liquidation value of the Preferred Shares is less than one-half of the value of the Fund’s total net assets (determined after deducting the amount of such dividend or distribution) immediately after the distribution. To the extent that the Fund has outstanding any senior securities representing indebtedness (such as through the use of reverse repurchase agreements, credit default swaps and other derivative instruments that constitute senior securities), the aggregate amount of such senior securities will be added to the total liquidation value of any outstanding Preferred Shares for purposes of these asset coverage requirements. The liquidation value of the Preferred Shares is expected to be approximately 38% of the value of the Fund’s total net assets. The Fund intends to purchase or redeem Preferred Shares, if necessary, to keep the liquidation value of the Preferred Shares plus the aggregate amount of other senior securities representing indebtedness at or below one-half of the value of the Fund’s total net assets.

 

Distribution Preference. The Preferred Shares will have complete priority over the Common Shares as to distribution of assets.

 

Liquidation Preference. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Fund, Preferred Shareholders will be entitled to receive a preferential liquidating distribution (expected to equal the original purchase price per

 

67


Table of Contents

share plus accumulated and unpaid dividends thereon, whether or not earned or declared) before any distribution of assets is made to the Common Shareholders. After payment of the full amount of the liquidating distribution to which they are entitled, Preferred Shareholders will not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets by the Fund. A consolidation or merger of the Fund with or into any Massachusetts business trust or corporation or a sale of all or substantially all of the assets of the Fund shall not be deemed to be a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Fund.

 

Voting Rights. In connection with any issuance of Preferred Shares, the Fund must comply with Section 18(i) of the 1940 Act which requires, among other things, that Preferred Shares be voting shares. Except as otherwise provided in the Declaration or the Fund’s Bylaws or otherwise required by applicable law, Preferred Shareholders will vote together with Common Shareholders as a single class.

 

In connection with the election of the Fund’s Trustees, Preferred Shareholders, voting as a separate class, will also be entitled to elect two of the Fund’s Trustees (at any shareholder meeting at which such trustees are standing for election under the staggered board structure), and the remaining Trustees shall be elected by Common Shareholders and Preferred Shareholders, voting together as a single class. In addition, if at any time dividends on the Fund’s outstanding Preferred Shares shall be unpaid in an amount equal to two full years’ dividends thereon, the holders of all outstanding Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class, will be entitled to elect a majority of the Fund’s Trustees until all dividends in arrears have been paid or declared and set apart for payment.

 

The affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding Preferred Shares, voting as a separate class, shall be required to approve any action requiring a vote of security holders under Section 13(a) of the 1940 Act including, among other things, changes in the Fund’s investment objective, the conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end company, or changes in the investment restrictions described as fundamental policies under “Investment Restrictions.” The class or series vote of Preferred Shareholders described above shall in each case be in addition to any separate vote of the requisite percentage of Common Shares and Preferred Shares necessary to authorize the action in question.

 

The foregoing voting provisions will not apply with respect to the Fund’s Preferred Shares if, at or prior to the time when a vote is required, such shares shall have been (1) redeemed or (2) called for redemption and sufficient funds shall have been deposited in trust to effect such redemption.

 

Redemption, Purchase and Sale of Preferred Shares by the Fund. The terms of the Preferred Shares may provide that they are redeemable at certain times, in whole or in part, at the original purchase price per share plus accumulated dividends, that the Fund may tender for or purchase Preferred Shares and that the Fund may subsequently resell any shares so tendered for or purchased. Any redemption or purchase of Preferred Shares by the Fund will reduce the leverage applicable to Common Shares, while any resale of shares by the Fund will increase such leverage.

 

The discussion above describes the present intention of the Board of Trustees of the Fund with respect to a possible offering of Preferred Shares. If the Board of Trustees determines to

 

68


Table of Contents

authorize such an offering, the terms of the Preferred Shares may be the same as, or different from, the terms described above, subject to applicable law and the Declaration.

 

ANTI-TAKEOVER AND OTHER PROVISIONS IN THE DECLARATION OF TRUST

 

Shareholder Liability

 

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. However, the Declaration contains an express disclaimer of shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Fund and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation or instrument entered into or executed by the Fund or the Trustees. The Declaration also provides for indemnification out of the Fund’s property for all loss and expense of any shareholder held personally liable on account of being or having been a shareholder. Thus, the risk of a shareholder incurring financial loss on account of shareholder liability is limited to circumstances in which such disclaimer is inoperative or the Fund is unable to meet its obligations, and thus should be considered remote.

 

Anti-Takeover Provisions

 

As described below, the Declaration includes provisions that could have the effect of limiting the ability of other entities or persons to acquire control of the Fund or to change the composition of its Board of Trustees, and could have the effect of depriving shareholders of opportunities to sell their shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund.

 

The Fund’s Trustees are divided into three classes (Class I, Class II and Class III), having initial terms of one, two and three years, respectively. At each annual meeting of shareholders, the term of one class will expire and each Trustee elected to that class will hold office for a term of three years. The classification of the Board of Trustees in this manner could delay for an additional year the replacement of a majority of the Board of Trustees. In addition, the Declaration provides that a Trustee may be removed only for cause and only (i) by action of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding shares of the classes or series of shares entitled to vote for the election of such Trustee, or (ii) by at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the remaining Trustees.

 

Except as provided in the next paragraph, the affirmative vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Board of Trustees and at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the shares of the Fund outstanding and entitled to vote thereon are required to authorize any of the following transactions (each a “Material Transaction”): (1) a merger, consolidation or share exchange of the Fund or any series or class of shares of the Fund with or into any other person or company, or of any such person or company with or into the Fund or any such series or class of shares; (2) the issuance or transfer by the Fund or any series or class of shares (in one or a series of transactions in any twelve-month period) of any securities of the Fund or such series or class to any other person or entity for cash, securities or other property (or combination thereof) having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, excluding sales of securities of the Fund or such series or class in connection with a public offering, issuances of securities of the Fund or such series or class pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan adopted by the Fund and issuances of securities of the Fund or such series or class upon the exercise of any stock

 

69


Table of Contents

subscription rights distributed by the Fund; or (3) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition by the Fund or any series or class of shares (in one or a series of transactions in any twelve-month period) to or with any person of any assets of the Fund or such series or class having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, except for transactions in securities effected by the Fund or such series or class in the ordinary course of its business. The same affirmative votes are required with respect to any shareholder proposal as to specific investment decisions made or to be made with respect to the Fund’s assets or the assets of any series or class of shares of the Fund.

 

Notwithstanding the approval requirements specified in the preceding paragraph, the Declaration requires no vote or consent of the Fund’s shareholders to authorize a Material Transaction if the transaction is approved by a vote of both a majority of the Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees (as defined below), so long as all other conditions and requirements, if any, provided for in the Fund’s Bylaws and applicable law (including any shareholder voting rights under the 1940 Act) have been satisfied.

 

In addition, the Declaration provides that the Fund may be terminated at any time by vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Fund’s shares or, alternatively, by vote or consent of both a majority of the Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees (as defined below).

 

In certain circumstances, the Declaration also imposes shareholder voting requirements that are more demanding than those required under the 1940 Act in order to authorize a conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company. See “Repurchase of Common Shares; Conversion to Open-End Fund” below.

 

As noted, the voting provisions described above could have the effect of depriving Common Shareholders of an opportunity to sell their Common Shares at a premium over prevailing market prices by discouraging a third party from seeking to obtain control of the Fund in a tender offer or similar transaction. In the view of the Fund’s Board of Trustees, however, these provisions offer several possible advantages, including: (1) requiring persons seeking control of the Fund to negotiate with its management regarding the price to be paid for the amount of Common Shares required to obtain control; (2) promoting continuity and stability; and (3) enhancing the Fund’s ability to pursue long-term strategies that are consistent with its investment objective and management policies. The Board of Trustees has determined that the voting requirements described above, which are generally greater than the minimum requirements under the 1940 Act, are in the best interests of the Fund’s Common Shareholders generally.

 

A “Continuing Trustee,” as used in the discussion above, is any member of the Fund’s Board of Trustees who either (i) has been a member of the Board for a period of at least thirty-six months (or since the commencement of the Fund’s operations, if less than thirty-six months) or (ii) was nominated to serve as a member of the Board of Trustees by a majority of the Continuing Trustees then members of the Board.

 

The foregoing is intended only as a summary and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the full text of the Declaration and the Fund’s Bylaws, both of which have been filed as exhibits to the Fund’s registration statement on file with the SEC.

 

70


Table of Contents

Liability of Trustees

 

The Declaration provides that the obligations of the Fund are not binding upon the Trustees of the Fund individually, but only upon the assets and property of the Fund, and that the Trustees shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. Nothing in the Declaration, however, protects a Trustee against any liability to which he would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his office.

 

REPURCHASE OF COMMON SHARES; CONVERSION TO OPEN-END FUND

 

The Fund is a closed-end investment company and as such its shareholders will not have the right to cause the Fund to redeem their shares. Instead, the Fund’s Common Shares will trade in the open market at a price that will be a function of several factors, including dividend levels (which are in turn affected by changes in the floating rates of interest on the Fund’s investments and expenses), net asset value, call protection, price, relative demand for and supply of such shares in the market, general market and economic conditions and other factors. Shares of a closed-end investment company may frequently trade at prices lower than net asset value. The Fund’s Board of Trustees regularly monitors the relationship between the market price and net asset value of the Common Shares. If the Common Shares were to trade at a substantial discount to net asset value for an extended period of time, the Board may consider the repurchase of its Common Shares on the open market or in private transactions, or the making of a tender offer for such shares. There can be no assurance, however, that the Board of Trustees will decide to take or propose any of these actions, or that share repurchases or tender offers, if undertaken, will reduce market discount. The Fund has no present intention to repurchase its Common Shares and would do so only in the circumstances described in this section.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, at any time when the Fund’s Preferred Shares are outstanding, the Fund may not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of its Common Shares unless (1) all accrued dividends on Preferred Shares have been paid and (2) at the time of such purchase, redemption or acquisition, the net asset value of the Fund’s portfolio (determined after deducting the acquisition price of the Common Shares) is at least 200% of the liquidation value of the outstanding Preferred Shares (expected to equal the original purchase price per share plus any accrued and unpaid dividends thereon).

 

Subject to its investment limitations, the Fund may borrow to finance the repurchase of shares or to make a tender offer. Interest on any borrowings to finance share repurchase transactions or the accumulation of cash by the Fund in anticipation of share repurchases or tenders will reduce the Fund’s net income. Any share repurchase, tender offer or borrowing that might be approved by the Board of Trustees would have to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

The Fund’s Board of Trustees may also from time to time consider submitting to the holders of the shares of beneficial interest of the Fund a proposal to convert the Fund to an open-end investment company. In determining whether to exercise its sole discretion to submit this issue to shareholders, the Board of Trustees would consider all factors then relevant, including the relationship of the market price of the Common Shares to net asset value, the extent to which the Fund’s capital structure is leveraged and the possibility of re-leveraging, the spread, if any,

 

71


Table of Contents

between the yields on securities in the Fund’s portfolio and interest and dividend charges on Preferred Shares issued by the Fund and general market and economic conditions.

 

The Declaration requires the affirmative vote or consent of holders of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of each class of the Fund’s shares entitled to vote on the matter to authorize a conversion of the Fund from a closed-end to an open-end investment company, unless the conversion is authorized by both a majority of the Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees (as defined above under “Anti-Takeover and Other Provisions in the Declaration of Trust—Anti-Takeover Provisions”). This seventy-five percent (75%) shareholder approval requirement is higher than is required under the 1940 Act. In the event that a conversion is approved by the Trustees and the Continuing Trustees as described above, the minimum shareholder vote required under the 1940 Act would be necessary to authorize the conversion. Currently, the 1940 Act would require approval of the holders of a “majority of the outstanding” Common Shares and, if issued, Preferred Shares voting together as a single class, and the holders of a “majority of the outstanding” Preferred Shares voting as a separate class, in order to authorize a conversion.

 

If the Fund converted to an open-end company, it would be required to redeem all Preferred Shares then outstanding (requiring in turn that it liquidate a portion of its investment portfolio), and the Fund’s Common Shares likely would no longer be listed on the New York Stock Exchange. Shareholders of an open-end investment company may require the company to redeem their shares on any business day (except in certain circumstances as authorized by or under the 1940 Act) at their net asset value, less such redemption charge, if any, as might be in effect at the time of redemption. In order to avoid maintaining large cash positions or liquidating favorable investments to meet redemptions, open-end companies typically engage in a continuous offering of their shares. Open-end companies are thus subject to periodic asset in-flows and out-flows that can complicate portfolio management.

 

The repurchase by the Fund of its shares at prices below net asset value will result in an increase in the net asset value of those shares that remain outstanding. However, there can be no assurance that share repurchases or tenders at or below net asset value will result in the Fund’s shares trading at a price equal to their net asset value. Nevertheless, the fact that the Fund’s shares may be the subject of repurchase or tender offers at net asset value from time to time, or that the Fund may be converted to an open-end company, may reduce any spread between market price and net asset value that might otherwise exist.

 

In addition, a purchase by the Fund of its Common Shares will decrease the Fund’s total assets. This would likely have the effect of increasing the Fund’s expense ratio. Any purchase by the Fund of its Common Shares at a time when Preferred Shares are outstanding will increase the leverage applicable to the outstanding Common Shares then remaining. See the Prospectus under “Risks—Leverage Risk.”

 

Before deciding whether to take any action if the Fund’s Common Shares trade below net asset value, the Board of Trustees would consider all relevant factors, including the extent and duration of the discount, the liquidity of the Fund’s portfolio, the impact of any action that might be taken on the Fund or its shareholders and market considerations. Based on these considerations, even if the Fund’s shares should trade at a discount, the Board of Trustees may determine that, in the interest of the Fund and its shareholders, no action should be taken.

 

72


Table of Contents

TAX MATTERS

 

Taxation of the Fund. The Fund intends to elect to be treated and to qualify each year as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code. In order to qualify for the special tax treatment accorded regulated investment companies and their shareholders, the Fund must, among other things:

 

(a) derive at least 90% of its gross income for each taxable year from dividends, interest, payments with respect to certain securities loans, and gains from the sale or other disposition of stock, securities or foreign currencies, or other income (including but not limited to gains from options, futures, or forward contracts) derived with respect to its business of investing in such stock, securities, or currencies;

 

(b) distribute with respect to each taxable year at least 90% of the sum of its investment company taxable income (as that term is defined in the Code without regard to the deduction for dividends paid—generally taxable ordinary income and the excess, if any, of net short-term capital gains over net long-term capital losses) and net tax-exempt interest income, for such year; and

 

(c) diversify its holdings so that, at the end of each quarter of the Fund’s taxable year, (i) at least 50% of the market value of the Fund’s total assets is represented by cash and cash items, U.S. Government securities, securities of other regulated investment companies, and other securities limited in respect of any one issuer to a value not greater than 5% of the value of the Fund’s total assets and not more than 10% of the outstanding voting securities of such issuer, and (ii) not more than 25% of the value of the Fund’s total assets is invested in the securities (other than those of the U.S. Government or other regulated investment companies) of any one issuer or of two or more issuers which the Fund controls and which are engaged in the same, similar, or related trades or businesses. In the case of the Fund’s investments in loan participations, the Fund shall treat a financial intermediary as an issuer for the purposes of meeting this diversification requirement.

 

If the Fund qualifies as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment, the Fund will not be subject to federal income tax on income distributed in a timely manner to its shareholders in the form of dividends (including Capital Gain Dividends, as defined below).

 

If the Fund failed to qualify as a regulated investment company accorded special tax treatment in any taxable year, the Fund would be subject to tax on its taxable income at corporate rates, and all distributions from earnings and profits, including any distributions of net tax-exempt income and net long-term capital gains, would be taxable to shareholders as ordinary income. Some portions of such distributions may be eligible for the dividends received deduction in the case of corporate shareholders and reduced rates of taxation on qualified dividend income in the case of individuals. In addition, the Fund could be required to recognize unrealized gains, pay substantial taxes and interest and make substantial distributions before requalifying as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment.

 

The Fund intends to distribute at least annually to its shareholders all or substantially all of its investment company taxable income and any net tax-exempt interest, and may distribute its

 

73


Table of Contents

net capital gain. The Fund may also retain for investment its net capital gain. If the Fund does retain any net capital gain or any investment company taxable income, it will be subject to tax at regular corporate rates on the amount retained. If the Fund retains any net capital gain, it may designate the retained amount as undistributed capital gains in a notice to its shareholders who, if subject to federal income tax on long-term capital gains, (i) will be required to include in income for federal income tax purposes, as long-term capital gain, their shares of such undistributed amount, and (ii) will be entitled to credit their proportionate shares of the tax paid by the Fund on such undistributed amount against their federal income tax liabilities, if any, and to claim refunds to the extent the credit exceeds such liabilities. For federal income tax purposes, the tax basis of shares owned by a shareholder of the Fund will be increased by an amount equal under current law to the difference between the amount of undistributed capital gains included in the shareholder’s gross income and the tax deemed paid by the shareholder under clause (ii) of the preceding sentence.

 

Treasury regulations permit a regulated investment company, in determining its investment company taxable income and net capital gain, to elect to treat all or part of any net capital loss, any net long-term capital loss or any net foreign currency loss incurred after October 31 as if it had been incurred in the succeeding year.

 

If the Fund fails to distribute in a calendar year at least an amount equal to the sum of 98% of its ordinary income for such year and 98% of its capital gain net income for the one-year period ending October 31 of such year, plus any retained amount from the prior year, the Fund will be subject to a nondeductible 4% excise tax on the undistributed amounts. For these purposes, the Fund will be treated as having distributed any amount for which it is subject to income tax. A dividend paid to shareholders in January of a year generally is deemed to have been paid by the Fund on December 31 of the preceding year, if the dividend was declared and payable to shareholders of record on a date in October, November or December of that preceding year. The Fund intends generally to make distributions sufficient to avoid imposition of the 4% excise tax.

 

Fund Distributions. For federal income tax purposes, distributions of investment income are generally taxable as ordinary income to the extent of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits. Taxes on distributions of capital gains are determined by how long the Fund owned the investments that generated them, rather than how long a shareholder has owned his or her shares. Distributions of net capital gains from the sale of investments that the Fund owned for more than one year and that are properly designated by the Fund as capital gain dividends (“Capital Gain Dividends”) will be taxable as long-term capital gains. Distributions from capital gains are generally made after applying any available capital loss carryovers. Capital losses may be carried forward to each of the eight taxable years succeeding the loss year. Distributions of gains from the sale of investments that the Fund owned for one year or less will be taxable as ordinary income.

 

For taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2008, the Fund may designate distributions of investment income derived from dividends of U.S. corporations and certain qualified foreign corporations as “qualified dividend income,” provided holding period and other requirements are met by the Fund. Qualified dividend income will be taxed in the hands of individuals at the rates applicable to long-term capital gain, provided the shareholder meets the same holding period and other requirements with respect to qualified dividend income. Fund

 

74


Table of Contents

dividends representing distributions of interest income and short-term capital gains cannot be designated as qualified dividend income and will not qualify for the reduced rates. In light of this, the Fund does not expect a significant portion of Fund distributions to be derived from qualified dividend income.

 

Distributions are taxable to shareholders even if they are paid from income or gains earned by the Fund before a shareholder’s investment (and thus were included in the price the shareholder paid). Distributions are taxable whether shareholders receive them in cash or reinvest them in additional shares through the Dividend Reinvestment Plan. A shareholder whose distributions are reinvested in shares will be treated as having received a dividend equal to either (i) the fair market value of the new shares issued to the shareholder, or (ii) if the shares are trading below net asset value, the amount of cash allocated to the shareholder for the purchase of shares on its behalf in the open market. Any gain resulting from the sale or exchange of Fund shares generally will be taxable as capital gains.

 

The long-term capital gain rates applicable to most shareholders will be 15% (with lower rates applying to taxpayers in the 10% and 15% ordinary income tax brackets) for taxable years beginning on or before December 31, 2008.

 

Dividends of net investment income designated by the Fund and received by corporate shareholders of the Fund will qualify for the 70% dividends received deduction generally available to corporations to the extent of the amount of qualifying dividends received by the Fund from domestic corporations for the taxable year. It is not expected that any significant percentage of the Fund’s distributions will so qualify.

 

The Internal Revenue Service currently requires that a regulated investment company that has two or more classes of stock allocate to each such class proportionate amounts of each type of its income (such as ordinary income and capital gains) based upon the percentage of total dividends distributed to each class for the tax year. Accordingly, the Fund intends each year to allocate Capital Gain Dividends between and among its Common Shares and any series of its Preferred Shares in proportion to the total dividends paid to each class with respect to such tax year. Dividends qualifying and not qualifying for the dividends received deduction or reduced rates applicable to qualified dividend income will similarly be allocated between and among the two (or more) classes.

 

Return of Capital Distributions. If the Fund makes a distribution to a shareholder in excess of the Fund’s current and accumulated earnings and profits (including earnings and profits arising from tax-exempt income) in any taxable year, the excess distribution will be treated as a return of capital to the extent of such shareholder’s tax basis in its shares, and thereafter as capital gain. A return of capital is not taxable, but it reduces a shareholder’s tax basis in its shares, thus reducing any loss or increasing any gain on a subsequent taxable disposition by the shareholder of its shares. Where one or more such distributions occur in any taxable year of the Fund, the available earnings and profits will be allocated, first, to the distributions made to the holders of Preferred Shares, and only thereafter to distributions made to holders of Common Shares. As a result, the holders of Preferred Shares will receive a disproportionate share of the distributions treated as dividends, and the holders of the Common Shares will receive a disproportionate share of the distributions treated as a return of capital.

 

75


Table of Contents

Although the Fund may generate tax-exempt income, it does not expect to satisfy the criteria necessary to pass through the tax-free nature of the income to its shareholders.

 

Dividends and distributions on the Fund’s shares are generally subject to federal income tax as described herein to the extent they do not exceed the Fund’s realized income and gains, even though such dividends and distributions may economically represent a return of a particular shareholder’s investment. Such distributions are likely to occur in respect of shares purchased at a time when the Fund’s net asset value reflects gains that are either unrealized, or realized but not distributed. Such realized gains may be required to be distributed even when the Fund’s net asset value also reflects unrealized losses.

 

Sale or Redemption of Shares. The sale, exchange or redemption of Fund shares may give rise to a gain or loss. In general, any gain or loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares will be treated as long-term capital gain or loss if the shares have been held for more than one year. Otherwise, the gain or loss on the taxable disposition of Fund shares will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss. However, any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of shares held for six months or less will be treated as long-term, rather than short-term, to the extent of any long-term capital gain distributions received (or deemed received) by the shareholder with respect to the shares. All or a portion of any loss realized upon a taxable disposition of Fund shares will be disallowed if other substantially identical shares of the Fund are purchased within 30 days before or after the disposition. In such a case, the basis of the newly purchased shares will be adjusted to reflect the disallowed loss.

 

From time to time the Fund may make a tender offer for its Common Shares. It is expected that the terms of any such offer will require a tendering shareholder to tender all Common Shares and dispose of all Preferred Shares held, or considered under certain attribution rules of the Code to be held, by such shareholder. Shareholders who tender all Common Shares and dispose of all Preferred Shares held, or considered to be held, by them will be treated as having sold their shares and generally will realize a capital gain or loss. If a shareholder tenders fewer than all of its Common Shares, or retains a substantial portion of its Preferred Shares, such shareholder may be treated as having received a taxable dividend upon the tender of its Common Shares. In such a case, there is a remote risk that non-tendering shareholders will be treated as having received taxable distributions from the Fund. Likewise, if the Fund redeems some but not all of the Preferred Shares held by a Preferred Shareholder and such shareholder is treated as having received a taxable dividend upon such redemption, there is a remote risk that Common Shareholders and non-redeeming Preferred Shareholders will be treated as having received taxable distributions from the Fund. To the extent that the Fund recognizes net gains on the liquidation of portfolio securities to meet such tenders of Common Shares, the Fund will be required to make additional distributions to its Common Shareholders.

 

Original Issue Discount and Payment-in-Kind Securities. Some of the debt obligations (with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance) that may be acquired by the Fund may be (and all zero-coupon debt obligations acquired by the Fund will be) treated as debt obligations that are issued originally at a discount. Generally, the amount of the original issue discount (“OID”) is treated as interest income and is included in taxable income (and required to be distributed) over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, usually when the debt security matures. Increases in the principal amount of an inflation indexed bond will be treated as OID. In addition, payment-in-

 

76


Table of Contents

kind securities will give rise to income which is required to be distributed and is taxable even though the Fund holding the security receives no interest payment in cash on the security during the year.

 

Some of the debt obligations (with a fixed maturity date of more than one year from the date of issuance) that may be acquired by the Fund in the secondary market may be treated as having market discount. Generally, any gain recognized on the disposition of, and any partial payment of principal on, a debt security having market discount is treated as ordinary income to the extent the gain, or principal payment, does not exceed the “accrued market discount” on such debt security. Market discount generally accrues in equal daily installments. The Fund may make one or more of the elections applicable to debt obligations having market discount, which could affect the character and timing of recognition of income.

 

Some debt obligations (with a fixed maturity date of one year or less from the date of issuance) that may be acquired by the Fund may be treated as having acquisition discount, or OID in the case of certain types of debt obligations. Generally, the Fund will be required to include the acquisition discount, or OID, in income over the term of the debt security, even though payment of that amount is not received until a later time, usually when the debt security matures. The Fund may make one or more of the elections applicable to debt obligations having acquisition discount, or OID, which could affect the character and timing of recognition of income.

 

If the Fund holds the foregoing kinds of securities, it may be required to pay out as an income distribution each year an amount which is greater than the total amount of cash interest the Fund actually received. Such distributions may be made from the cash assets of the Fund or by liquidation of portfolio securities, if necessary. The Fund may realize gains or losses from such liquidations. In the event the Fund realizes net capital gains from such transactions, its shareholders may receive a larger capital gain distribution than they would in the absence of such transactions.

 

Higher-Risk Securities . The Fund may invest to a significant extent in debt obligations that are in the lowest rating categories or are unrated, including debt obligations of issuers not currently paying interest or who are in default. Investments in debt obligations that are at risk of or in default present special tax issues for the Fund. Tax rules are not entirely clear about issues such as when the Fund may cease to accrue interest, original issue discount or market discount, when and to what extent deductions may be taken for bad debts or worthless securities and how payments received on obligations in default should be allocated between principal and income. These and other related issues will be addressed by the Fund when, as and if it invests in such securities, in order to seek to ensure that it distributes sufficient income to preserve its status as a regulated investment company and does not become subject to U.S. federal income or excise tax.

 

Issuer Deductibility of Interest. A portion of the interest paid or accrued on certain high yield discount obligations owned by the Fund may not be deductible to the issuer. If a portion of the interest paid or accrued on certain high yield discount obligations is not deductible, that portion will be treated as a dividend for purposes of the corporate dividends received deduction. In such cases, if the issuer of the high yield discount obligations is a domestic corporation, dividend payments by the Fund may be eligible for the dividends received deduction to the extent of the deemed dividend portion of such accrued interest.

 

77


Table of Contents

Interest paid on debt obligations owned by the Fund, if any, that are considered for tax purposes to be payable in the equity of the issuer or a related party will not be deductible to the issuer, possibly affecting the cash flow of the issuer.

 

Certain Investments in REITs . The Fund may invest in REITs that hold residual interests in real estate mortgage investment conduits (“REMICs”). Under Treasury regulations that have not yet been issued, but may apply retroactively, a portion of the Fund’s income from a REIT that is attributable to the REIT’s residual interest in a REMIC (referred to in the Code as an “excess inclusion”) will be subject to federal income tax in all events. These regulations are also expected to provide that excess inclusion income of a regulated investment company, such as the Fund, will be allocated to shareholders of the regulated investment company in proportion to the dividends received by such shareholders, with the same consequences as if the shareholders held the related REMIC residual interest directly. Dividends paid by REITs generally will not be eligible to be treated as “qualified dividend income.”

 

In general, excess inclusion income allocated to shareholders (i) cannot be offset by net operating losses (subject to a limited exception for certain thrift institutions), (ii) will constitute unrelated business taxable income to entities (including a qualified pension plan, an individual retirement account, a 401(k) plan, a Keogh plan or other tax-exempt entity) subject to tax on unrelated business income, thereby potentially requiring such an entity that is allocated excess inclusion income, and otherwise might not be required to file a tax return, to file a tax return and pay tax on such income, and (iii) in the case of a non-U.S. shareholder, will not qualify for any reduction in U.S. federal withholding tax. In addition, if at any time during any taxable year a “disqualified organization” (as defined in the Code) is a record holder of a share in a regulated investment company, then the regulated investment company will be subject to a tax equal to that portion of its excess inclusion income for the taxable year that is allocable to the disqualified organization, multiplied by the highest federal income tax rate imposed on corporations. The Fund does not intend to invest directly in residual interests in REMICs or to invest in REITS in which a substantial portion of the assets will consist of residual interests in REMICs or in residual interests in REMICs.

 

Options, Futures, Forward Contracts and Swap Agreements. The Fund’s transactions in options, futures contracts, hedging transactions, forward contracts, swap agreements, straddles and foreign currencies will be subject to special tax rules (including mark-to-market, constructive sale, straddle, wash sale and short sale rules), the effect of which may be to accelerate income to the Fund, defer losses to the Fund, cause adjustments in the holding periods of the Fund’s securities, convert long-term capital gains into short-term capital gains and convert short-term capital losses into long-term capital losses. These rules could therefore affect the amount, timing and character of distributions to shareholders. The Fund will monitor its transactions, will make appropriate tax elections and will make appropriate entries in its books and records in order to mitigate the effect of these rules.

 

Certain of the Fund’s hedging activities (including its transactions, if any, in foreign currencies or foreign currency-denominated instruments) are likely to produce a difference between its book income and its taxable income. If the Fund’s book income exceeds its taxable income, the distribution (if any) of such excess generally will be treated as described under “—Return of Capital Distributions.” If the Fund’s book income is less than taxable income, the

 

78


Table of Contents

Fund could be required to make distributions exceeding book income to qualify as a regulated investment company that is accorded special tax treatment.

 

Foreign Currency Transactions. The Fund’s transactions in foreign currencies, foreign currency-denominated debt obligations and certain foreign currency options, futures contracts and forward contracts (and similar instruments) may give rise to ordinary income or loss to the extent such income or loss results from fluctuations in the value of the foreign currency concerned.

 

Foreign Taxation. Income received by the Fund from sources within foreign countries may be subject to withholding and other taxes imposed by such countries. Tax conventions between certain countries and the U.S. may reduce or eliminate such taxes. As the Fund may not pass through its foreign taxes to shareholders, shareholders generally will not be entitled to claim a credit or deduction with respect to foreign taxes.

 

Shares Purchased Through Tax-Qualified Plans. Special tax rules apply to investments through defined contribution plans and other tax-qualified plans. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the suitability of shares of the Fund as an investment through such plans and the precise effect of an investment on their particular tax situation.

 

Non-U.S. Shareholders. Under U.S. federal tax law, dividends other than Capital Gain Dividends paid on shares beneficially held by a person who is not a “U.S. person” within the meaning of the Code (or a “foreign person”), are, in general, subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% of the gross dividend, which rate may, in some cases, be reduced by an applicable tax treaty. Dividends are subject to withholding even if they are funded by income or gains (such as portfolio interest, short-term capital gains, or foreign-source dividend and interest income) that, if paid to a foreign person directly, would not be subject to withholding. However, Capital Gain Dividends will not be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax. If a beneficial holder who is a foreign person has a trade or business in the United States, and the dividends are effectively connected with the conduct by the beneficial holder of a trade or business in the United States, the dividend will be subject to U.S. federal net income taxation at regular income tax rates.

 

The American Jobs Creation Act of 2004, signed by President Bush on October 22, 2004 modifies the tax treatment of distributions from the Fund that are attributable to gain from U.S. real property interests (including U.S. real property holding corporations such as REITs), which will now be subject to withholding of U.S. federal income tax when paid to a foreign shareholder and will give rise to an obligation on the part of the foreign shareholder to file a U.S. tax return. Gain from the sale of a domestically controlled REIT (generally, a REIT that is less than 50% owned by foreign persons), however, will not be considered gain from a U.S. real property interest. This provision would first apply to the Fund in its taxable year beginning September 1, 2005.

 

Under U.S. federal tax law, a beneficial holder of shares who is a foreign person is not, in general, subject to U.S. federal income tax on gains (and is not allowed a deduction for losses) realized on the sale of shares of the Fund or on Capital Gain Dividends unless (i) such gain or Capital Gain Dividend is effectively connected with the conduct of a trade or business carried on by such holder within the United States or (ii) in the case of an individual holder, the holder is present in the United States for a period or periods aggregating 183 days or more during the year of the sale or Capital Gain Dividend and certain other conditions are met.

 

If you are eligible for the benefits of a tax treaty, any effectively connected income or gain will generally be subject to U.S. federal income tax on a net basis only if it is also attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by you in the United States.

 

A beneficial holder of shares who is a foreign person may be subject to state and local tax and to the U.S. federal estate tax in addition to the federal tax on income referred to above.

 

Backup Withholding. The Fund generally is required to withhold and remit to the U.S. Treasury a percentage of the taxable distributions and redemption proceeds paid to any

 

79


Table of Contents

individual shareholder who fails to properly furnish the Fund with a correct taxpayer identification number (“TIN”), who has under-reported dividend or interest income, or who fails to certify to the Fund that he or she is not subject to such withholding. The backup withholding tax rate is 28% for amounts paid through 2010. The backup withholding tax rate will be 31% for amounts paid after December 31, 2010.

 

In order for a foreign investor to qualify for exemption from the backup withholding tax rates under income tax treaties, the foreign investor must comply with special certification and filing requirements. Foreign investors in the Fund should consult their tax advisers in this regard. Backup withholding is not an additional tax. Any amounts withheld may be credited against the shareholder’s U.S. federal income tax liability, provided the appropriate information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Tax Shelter Reporting Regulations . Under Treasury regulations, if a shareholder recognizes a loss with respect to Common Shares of $2 million or more for an individual shareholder or $10 million or more for a corporate shareholder, the shareholder must file with the Internal Revenue Service a disclosure statement on Form 8886. Direct shareholders of portfolio securities are in many cases excepted from this reporting requirement, but under current guidance, shareholders of a regulated investment company are not excepted. Future guidance may extend the current exception from this reporting requirement to shareholders of most or all regulated investment companies. The fact that a loss is reportable under these regulations does not affect the legal determination of whether the taxpayer’s treatment of the loss is proper. Shareholders should consult their tax advisers to determine the applicability of these regulations in light of their individual circumstances.

 

General. The federal income tax discussion set forth above is for general information only. Prospective investors should consult their tax advisers regarding the specific federal tax consequences of purchasing, holding, and disposing of shares of the Fund, as well as the effects of state, local and foreign tax law and any proposed tax law changes.

 

PERFORMANCE RELATED AND COMPARATIVE INFORMATION

 

The Fund may quote certain performance-related information and may compare certain aspects of its portfolio and structure to other substantially similar closed-end funds as categorized by Lipper, Inc. (“Lipper”), Morningstar Inc. or other independent services. Comparison of the Fund to an alternative investment should be made with consideration of differences in features and expected performance. The Fund may obtain data from sources or reporting services, such as Bloomberg Financial (“Bloomberg”) and Lipper, that the Fund believes to be generally accurate.

 

The Fund, in its advertisements, may refer to pending legislation from time to time and the possible impact of such legislation on investors, investment strategy and related matters. At any time in the future, yields and total return may be higher or lower than past yields and there can be no assurance that any historical results will continue.

 

Past performance is not indicative of future results. At the time Common Shareholders sell their shares, they may be worth more or less than their original investment. See Appendix A for additional performance related, comparative and other information.

 

80


Table of Contents

CUSTODIAN, TRANSFER AGENT AND DIVIDEND DISBURSEMENT AGENT

 

State Street Bank and Trust Co., 801 Pennsylvania, Kansas City, Missouri 64105, serves as custodian for assets of the Fund. The custodian performs custodial and fund accounting services.

 

PFPC Inc., 400 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, serves as the transfer agent, registrar and dividend disbursement agent for the Common Shares, as well as agent for the Dividend Reinvestment Plan relating to the Common Shares.

 

INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, 300 Madison Avenue, New York, New York 10017, serves as independent registered public accounting firm for the Fund. PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP provides audit services, tax return preparation and assistance and consultation in connection with review of SEC filings to the Fund.

 

COUNSEL

 

Ropes & Gray LLP, One International Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02110, passes upon certain legal matters in connection with shares offered by the Fund, and also acts as counsel to the Fund.

 

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

 

A Registration Statement on Form N-2, including any amendments thereto (the “Registration Statement”), relating to the shares of the Fund offered hereby, has been filed by the Fund with the SEC, Washington, D.C. The Prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information do not contain all of the information set forth in the Registration Statement, including any exhibits and schedules thereto. For further information with respect to the Fund and the shares offered or to be offered hereby, reference is made to the Fund’s Registration Statement. Statements contained in the Prospectus and this Statement of Additional Information as to the contents of any contract or other document referred to are not necessarily complete and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference. Copies of the Registration Statement may be inspected without charge at the SEC’s principal office in Washington, D.C., and copies of all or any part thereof may be obtained from the SEC upon the payment of certain fees prescribed by the SEC.

 

81


Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

[To Be Provided]

 

82


Table of Contents

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

[To Be Provided]

 

83


Table of Contents

APPENDIX A

 

PERFORMANCE RELATED,

COMPARATIVE AND OTHER INFORMATION

 

The Fund, the Manager and/or PIMCO may disclose in its statutory prospectus information concerning the performance of the Manager and/or PIMCO as adviser to clients other than the Fund. The Manager and/or PIMCO also may provide current or prospective private account clients, in connection with standardized performance information for the Fund, performance information for the Fund gross of fees and expenses for the purpose of assisting such clients in evaluating similar performance information provided by other investment managers or institutions. Comparative information may be compiled or provided by independent ratings services or by news organizations. Any performance information, whether related to the Fund, the Manager or PIMCO, should be considered in light of the Fund’s investment objective and policies, characteristics and quality of the Fund, and the market conditions during the time period indicated, and should not be considered to be representative of what may be achieved in the future. Performance information for the Fund may be compared to various unmanaged indexes.

 

LOGO

 LOGO

 

Experienced Investment Team

 

Bill Gross, PIMCO’s Founder and Chief Investment Officer, heads the firm’s Investment Committee, which oversees investment policy decisions for all PIMCO portfolios, including the Fund. Primary day-to-day portfolio management responsibilities are shared by:

 

  Raymond Kennedy, CFA and lead portfolio manager overseeing bank loan trading, collateralized debt obligations and the high yield team; 17 years of investment experience. He oversees the Fund’s management team.

 

  Mark Hudoff, portfolio manager in the high yield area; 17 years of investment experience.

 

  Jason Rosiak, portfolio manager focusing on high yield corporate bonds and bank loans; 9 years of investment experience.

 

The Fund may include in marketing materials the historical month-end yield of senior floating rate loans represented by the CSFB Leveraged Loan Index (the “CSFB Index”), the historical

 

A-1


Table of Contents

month-end interest rate of 3-month LIBOR and 3-month U.S. Treasury bills, for the 10-year period ended as of a recent date. The information provided would not predict what the yields of senior floating rate loans, 3-month LIBOR rate, or the 3-month U.S. Treasury bill rate will be on future dates or in future periods, which are likely to change on a continuous basis due to changes in market interest rates, changes to the securities represented in the CSBF Index and economic and other factors.

 

It should be noted that the difference (or spread) between the yields of the CSFB Index and the 3-month LIBOR and 3-month U.S. Treasury bill rates reflected would be attributable in large part to credit and other risks associated with the senior floating rate loans represented in the Index, which do not apply to the 3-month LIBOR rate or to U.S. Treasury bills. Similar risks will apply to an investment in the Fund.

 

The CSFB Index is a representative index of tradable, senior, secured, U.S. dollar-denominated syndicated floating rate bank loans, which are made to non-investment grade borrowers. For periods through December 1999, the Index performance reflects that of the DLJ Leveraged Loan Index, the predecessor to the CSFB Index. It is not possible to invest directly in the CSFB Index. The yields shown for the CSFB Index do not reflect any management fees, account charges or other fees and expenses that will apply to the Fund. The securities that the Fund will own will not match, and are not intended to be representative of, those of the CSFB Index. Not all of the senior floating rate loans in which the Fund invests will be secured by collateral. The Fund expects to invest in floating rate debt instruments other than senior floating rate loans and may also invest significantly in fixed rate instruments and other investments not represented in the CSFB Index.

 

LIBOR is an abbreviation for the “London Interbank Offered Rate” published by the British Bankers’ Association (BBA), and is the interest rate offered by a specific group of London banks for U.S. dollar deposits of a stated maturity—in the case of the 3-month LIBOR, for a stated maturity of 3 months. LIBOR is used as a base index for setting rates for adjustable rate financial instruments, including adjustable rate mortgages.

 

LIBOR is compiled by the BBA and released to the market shortly after 11.00 a.m., London time, each business day, based on an average of the rates published by panel banks selected by the BBA.

 

3-Month Treasury Bills are represented by the historical 3-Month Treasury Bill rate, source: Bloomberg. U.S. Treasury bills are guaranteed by the U.S. Government as to timely payment of interest and principal, and, if held to maturity, offer a fixed rate of return and fixed principal value. Senior loans represented in the CSFB Index and senior loans and other securities in which the Fund will invest are not similarly guaranteed by the U.S. government or any governmental agency.

 

A-2


Table of Contents

APPENDIX B

 

PROXY VOTING POLICIES

 

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC

 

PROXY VOTING POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

 

The following are general proxy voting policies and procedures (“Policies and Procedures”) adopted by Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (“PIMCO”), an investment adviser registered under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (“Advisers Act”). 1 PIMCO serves as the investment adviser to a wide range of domestic and international clients, including investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (“1940 Act”) and separate investment accounts for other clients. 2 These Policies and Procedures are adopted to ensure compliance with Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act, other applicable fiduciary obligations of PIMCO and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) and interpretations of its staff. In addition to SEC requirements governing advisers, PIMCO’s Policies and Procedures reflect the long-standing fiduciary standards and responsibilities applicable to investment advisers with respect to accounts subject to the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974 (“ERISA”), as set forth in the Department of Labor’s rules and regulations. 3

 

PIMCO will implement these Policies and Procedures for each of its respective clients as required under applicable law, unless expressly directed by a client in writing to refrain from voting that client’s proxies. PIMCO’s authority to vote proxies on behalf of its clients is established by its advisory contracts, comparable documents or by an overall delegation of discretionary authority over its client’s assets. Recognizing that proxy voting is a rare event in the realm of fixed income investing and is typically limited to solicitation of consent to changes in features of debt securities, these Policies and Procedures also apply to any voting rights and/or consent rights of PIMCO, on behalf of its clients, with respect to debt securities, including but not limited to, plans of reorganization, and waivers and consents under applicable indentures. 4


1 These Policies and Procedures are adopted by PIMCO pursuant to Rule 206(4)-6 under the Advisers Act, effective August 6, 2003. See Proxy Voting by Investment Advisers , IA Release No. 2106 (January 31, 2003).

 

2 These Policies and Procedures address proxy voting considerations under U.S. law and regulations and do not address the laws or requirements of other jurisdictions.

 

3 Department of Labor Bulletin 94-2, 29 C.F.R. 2509.94-2 (July 29, 1994). If a client is subject to ERISA, PIMCO will be responsible for voting proxies with respect to the client’s account, unless the client has expressly retained the right and obligation to vote the proxies, and provided prior written notice to PIMCO of this retention.

 

4 For purposes of these Policies and Procedures, proxy voting includes any voting rights, consent rights or other voting authority of PIMCO on behalf of its clients.

 

Set forth below are PIMCO’s Policies and Procedures with respect to any voting or consent rights of advisory clients over which PIMCO has discretionary voting authority. These Policies and Procedures may be revised from time to time.

 

B-1


Table of Contents

General Statements of Policy

 

These Policies and Procedures are designed and implemented in a manner reasonably expected to ensure that voting and consent rights are exercised in the best interests “of PIMCO’s clients. Each proxy is voted on a case-by-case basis taking into consideration any relevant contractual obligations as well as other relevant facts and circumstances.

 

PIMCO may abstain from voting a client proxy under the following circumstances: (1) when “the economic effect on shareholders’ interests or the value of the portfolio holding is indeterminable or insignificant; or (2) when the cost of voting the proxies outweighs the benefits.

 

Conflicts of Interest

 

PIMCO seeks to resolve any material conflicts of interest by voting in good faith in the best interest of its clients. If a material conflict of interest should arise, PIMCO will seek to resolve such conflict in the client’s best interest by pursuing any one of the following courses of action:

 

  1. convening an ad-hoc committee to assess and resolve the conflict; 5

 

  2. voting in accordance with the instructions/consent of a client after providing notice of and disclosing the conflict to that client;

 

  3. voting the proxy in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third-party service provider;

 

  4. suggesting that the client engage another party to determine how the proxies should be voted;

 

  5. delegating the vote to an independent third-party service provider; or

 

  6. voting in accordance with the factors discussed in these Policies and Procedures.

 

PIMCO will document the process of resolving any identified material conflict of interest.


5 Any committee must be comprised of personnel who have no direct interest in the outcome of the potential conflict.

 

Reporting Requirements and the Availability of Proxy Voting Records

 

Except to the extent required by applicable law or otherwise approved by PIMCO, PIMCO will not disclose to third parties how it voted a proxy on behalf of a client. However, upon request from an appropriately authorized individual, PIMCO will disclose to its clients or the entity delegating the voting authority to PIMCO for such clients ( e.g., trustees or consultants retained by the client), how PIMCO voted such client’s proxy. In addition, PIMCO provides its clients with a copy of these Policies and Procedures or a concise summary of these Policies and Procedures: (i) in Part II of Form ADV; (ii) together with a periodic account statement in a separate mailing; or (iii) any other means as determined by PIMCO. The summary will state that these Policies and Procedures are available upon request and will inform clients that information about how PIMCO voted that client’s proxies is available upon request.

 

B-2


Table of Contents

PIMCO Record Keeping

 

PIMCO or its agent maintains proxy voting records as required by Rule 204-2(c) of the Advisers Act. These records include: (1) a copy of all proxy voting policies and procedures; (2) proxy statements (or other disclosures accompanying requests for client consent) received regarding client securities (which may be satisfied by relying on obtaining a copy of a proxy statement from the SEC’s Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis, and Retrieval (EDGAR) system or a third party provided that the third party undertakes to provide a copy promptly upon request); (3) a record of each vote cast by PIMCO on behalf of a client; (4) a copy of any document created by PIMCO that was material to making a decision on how to vote proxies on behalf of a client or that memorializes the basis for that decision; and (5) a copy of each written client request for proxy voting records and any written response from PIMCO to any (written or oral) client request for such records. Additionally, PIMCO or its agent maintains any documentation related to an identified material conflict of interest.

 

Proxy voting books and records are maintained by PIMCO or its agent in an easily accessible place for a period of five years from the end of the fiscal year during which the last entry was made on such record, the first two years in the offices of PIMCO or its agent.

 

Review and Oversight

 

PIMCO’s proxy voting procedures are described below. PIMCO’s Compliance Group will provide for the supervision and periodic review, no less than on a quarterly basis, of its proxy voting activities and the implementation of these Policies and Procedures.

 

Because PIMCO has contracted with State Street Investment Manager Solutions, LLC (“IMS West”) to perform portfolio accounting, securities processing and settlement processing on behalf of PIMCO, certain of the following procedures involve IMS West in administering and implementing the proxy voting process. IMS West will review and monitor the proxy voting process to ensure that proxies are voted on a timely basis.

 

1. Transmit Proxy to PIMCO. IMS West will forward to PIMCO’s Middle Office Group each proxy received from registered owners of record ( e.g., custodian bank or other third party service providers).

 

2. Conflicts of Interest. PIMCO’s Middle Office Group will review each proxy to determine whether there may be a material conflict between PIMCO and its client. As part of this review, the group will determine whether the issuer of the security or proponent of the proposal is a client of PIMCO, or if a client has actively solicited PIMCO to support a particular position. If no conflict exists, this group will forward each proxy to the appropriate portfolio manager for consideration. However, if a conflict does exist, PIMCO’s Middle Office Group will seek to resolve any such conflict in accordance with these Policies and Procedures.

 

3. Vote. The portfolio manager will review the information, will vote the proxy in accordance with these Policies and Procedures and will return the voted proxy to PIMCO’s Middle Office Group.

 

4. Review. PIMCO’s Middle Office Group will review each proxy that was submitted to and completed by the appropriate portfolio manager. PIMCO’s Middle Office Group will

 

B-3


Table of Contents

forward the voted proxy back to IMS West with the portfolio manager’s decision as to how it should be voted.

 

5. Transmittal to Third Parties. IMS West will document the portfolio manager’s decision for each proxy received from PIMCO’s Middle Office Group in a format designated by the custodian bank or other third party service provider. IMS West will maintain a log of all corporate actions, including proxy voting, which indicates, among other things, the date the notice was received and verified, PIMCO’s response, the date and time the custodian bank or other third party service provider was notified, the expiration date and any action taken.

 

6. Information Barriers. Certain entities controlling, controlled by, or under common control with PIMCO (“Affiliates”) may be engaged in banking, investment advisory, broker-dealer and investment banking activities. PIMCO personnel and PIMCO’s agents are prohibited from disclosing information regarding PIMCO’s voting intentions to any Affiliate. Any PIMCO personnel involved in the proxy voting process who are contacted by an Affiliate regarding the manner in which PIMCO or its delegate intend to vote on a specific issue must terminate the contact and notify the Compliance Group immediately.

 

Categories of Proxy Voting Issues

 

In general, PIMCO reviews and considers corporate governance issues related to proxy matters and generally supports proposals that foster good corporate governance practices. PIMCO considers each proposal on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration various factors and all relevant facts and circumstances at the time of the vote. PIMCO may vote proxies as recommended by management on routine matters related to the operation of the issuer and on matters not expected to have a significant economic impact on the issuer and/or shareholders, because PIMCO believes the recommendations by the issuer generally are in shareholders’ best interests, and therefore in the best economic interest of PIMCO’s clients. The following is a non-exhaustive list of issues that may be included in proxy materials submitted to clients of PIMCO, and a non-exhaustive list of factors that PIMCO may consider in determining how to vote the client’s proxies.

 

Board of Directors

 

1. Independence. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on director independence issues: (i) majority requirements for the board and the audit, nominating, compensation and/or other board committees; and (ii) whether the issuer adheres to and/or is subject to legal and regulatory requirements.

 

2. Director Tenure and Retirement. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on limiting the term of outside directors: (i) the introduction of new viewpoints on the board; (ii) a reasonable retirement age for the outside directors; and (iii) the impact on the board’s stability and continuity.

 

3. Nominations in Elections. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on uncontested elections: (i) composition of the board; (ii) nominee availability and attendance at meetings; (iii) any investment made by the nominee in the issuer; and (iv) long-term corporate performance and the price of the issuer’s securities.

 

B-4


Table of Contents

4. Separation of Chairman and CEO Positions. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on proposals requiring that the positions of chairman of the board and the chief executive officer not be filled by the same person: (i) any potential conflict of interest with respect to the board’s ability to review and oversee management’s actions; and (ii) any potential effect on the issuer’s productivity and efficiency.

 

5. D&O Indemnification and Liability Protection. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on proposals that include director and officer indemnification and liability protection: (i) indemnifying directors for conduct in the normal course of business; (ii) limiting liability for monetary damages for violating the duty of care; (iii) expanding coverage beyond legal expenses to acts that represent more serious violations of fiduciary obligation than carelessness ( e.g. negligence); and (iv) providing expanded coverage in cases where a director’s legal defense was unsuccessful if the director was found to have acted in good faith and in a manner that he or she reasonably believed was in the best interests of the company.

 

6. Stock Ownership. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on proposals on mandatory share ownership requirements for directors: (i) the benefits of additional vested interest in the issuer’s stock; (ii) the ability of a director to fulfill his duties to the issuer regardless of the extent of his stock ownership; and (iii) the impact of limiting the number of persons qualified to be directors.

 

Proxy Contests and Proxy Contest Defenses

 

1. Contested Director Nominations. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on proposals for director nominees in a contested election: (i) background and reason for the proxy contest; (ii) qualifications of the director nominees; (iii) management’s track record; (iv) the issuer’s long-term financial performance within its industry; (v) assessment of what each side is offering shareholders; (vi) the likelihood that the proposed objectives and goals can be met; and (vii) stock ownership positions of the director nominees.

 

2. Reimbursement for Proxy Solicitation Expenses. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on reimbursement for proxy solicitation expenses: (i) identity of the persons who will pay the expenses; (ii) estimated total cost of solicitation; (iii) total expenditures to date; (iv) fees to be paid to proxy solicitation firms; and (v) when applicable,. terms of a proxy contest settlement.

 

3. Ability to Alter the Size of the Board by Shareholders. PIMCO may consider whether the proposal seeks to fix the size of the board and/or require shareholder approval to alter the size of the board.

 

4. Ability to Remove Directors by Shareholders. PIMCO may consider whether the proposal allows shareholders to remove directors with or without cause and/or allow shareholders to elect directors and fill board vacancies.

 

5. Cumulative Voting. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on cumulative voting proposals: (i) the ability of significant stockholders to elect a director of their choosing; (ii) the ability of minority shareholders to concentrate their support in favor of a director(s) of their choosing; and (iii) any potential limitation placed on the director’s ability to work for all shareholders.

 

B-5


Table of Contents

6. Supermajority Shareholder Requirements. PIMCO may consider all relevant factors, including but not limited to limiting the ability of shareholders to effect change when voting on supermajority requirements to approve an issuer’s charter or bylaws, or to approve a merger or other significant business combination that would require a level of voting approval in excess of a simple majority.

 

Tender Offer Defenses

 

1. Classified Boards. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on classified boards: (i) providing continuity to the issuer; (ii) promoting long-term planning for the issuer; and (iii) guarding against unsolicited takeovers.

 

2. Poison Pills. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on poison pills: (i) supporting proposals to require a shareholder vote on other shareholder rights plans; (ii) ratifying or redeeming a poison pill in the interest of protecting the value of the issuer; and (iii) other alternatives to prevent a takeover at a price clearly below the true value of the issuer.

 

3. Fair Price Provisions. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on proposals with respect to fair price provisions: (i) the vote required to approve the proposed acquisition; (ii) the vote required to repeal the fair price provision; (iii) the mechanism for determining fair price; and (iv) whether these provisions are bundled with other anti-takeover measures ( e.g. , supermajority voting requirements) that may entrench management and discourage attractive tender offers.

 

Capital Structure

 

1. Stock Authorizations. PIMCO may consider the following factors to help distinguish between legitimate proposals to authorize increases in common stock for expansion and other corporate purchases and those proposals designed primarily as an anti-takeover device: (i) the purpose and need for the stock increase; (ii) the percentage increase with respect to the authorization currently in place; (iii) voting rights of the stock; and (iv) overall capitalization structure of the issuer.

 

2. Issuance of Preferred Stock. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on the issuance of preferred stock: (i) whether the new class of preferred stock has unspecified voting, conversion, dividend distribution, and other rights; (ii) whether the issuer expressly states that the stock will not be used as a takeover defense or carry superior voting rights; (iii) whether the issuer specifies the voting, dividend, conversion, and other rights of such stock and the terms of the preferred stock appear reasonable; and (iv) whether the stated purpose is to raise capital or make acquisitions in the normal course of business.

 

3. Stock Splits. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on stock splits: (i) the percentage increase in the number of shares with respect to the issuer’s existing authorized shares; and (ii) the industry that the issuer is in and the issuer’s performance in that industry.

 

4. Reversed Stock Splits. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on reverse stock splits: (i) the percentage increase in the shares with respect to the issuer’s existing authorized stock; and (ii) issues related to delisting the issuer’s stock.

 

B-6


Table of Contents

Executive and Director Compensation

 

1. Stock Option Plans. PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on stock option plans: (i) whether the stock option plan expressly permits the repricing of options; (ii) whether the plan could result in earnings dilution of greater than a specified percentage of shares outstanding; (iii) whether the plan has an option exercise price below the market price on the day of the grant; (iv) whether the proposal relates to an amendment to extend the term of options for persons leaving the firm voluntarily or for cause; and (v) whether the stock option plan has certain other embedded features.

 

2. Director Compensation . PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on director compensation: (i) whether director shares are at the same market risk as those of the issuer’s shareholders; and (ii) how stock option programs for outside directors compare with the standards of internal stock option programs.

 

3. Golden and Tin Parachutes . PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on golden and/or tin parachutes: (i) whether they will be submitted for shareholder approval; and (ii) the employees covered by the plan and the quality of management.

 

State of Incorporation

 

State Takeover Statutes . PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on proposals to opt out of a state takeover statute: (i) the power the statute vests with the issuer’s board; (ii) the potential of the statute to stifle bids; and (iii) the potential for the statute to empower the board to negotiate a better deal for shareholders.

 

Mergers and Restructurings

 

1. Mergers and Acquisitions . PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on a merger and/or acquisition: (i) anticipated financial and operating benefits as a result of the merger or acquisition; (ii) offer price; (iii) prospects of the combined companies; (iv) how the deal was negotiated; and (v) changes in corporate governance and the potential impact on shareholder rights. PIMCO may also consider what impact the merger or acquisition may have on groups/organizations other than the issuer’s shareholders.

 

2. Corporate Restructurings . With respect to a proxy proposal that includes a spin-off, PIMCO may consider the tax and regulatory advantages, planned use of sale proceeds, market focus, and managerial incentives. With respect to a proxy proposal that includes an asset sale, PIMCO may consider the impact on the balance sheet or working capital and the value received for the asset. With respect to a proxy proposal that includes a liquidation, PIMCO may consider management’s efforts to pursue alternatives, the appraisal value of assets, and the compensation plan for executives managing the liquidation.

 

Investment Company Proxies

 

For a client that is invested in an investment company, PIMCO votes each proxy of the investment company on a case-by-case basis and takes all reasonable steps to ensure that proxies are voted consistent with all applicable investment policies of the client and in accordance with any resolutions or other instructions approved by authorized persons of the client.

 

B-7


Table of Contents

For a client that is invested in an investment company that is advised by PIMCO or its affiliates, if there is a conflict of interest which may be presented when voting for the client ( e.g., a proposal to approve a contract between PIMCO and the investment company), PIMCO will resolve the conflict by doing any one of the following: (i) voting in accordance with the instructions/consent of the client after providing notice of and disclosing the conflict to that client; (ii) voting the proxy in accordance with the recommendation of an independent third-party service provider; or (iii) delegating the vote to an independent third-party service provider.

 

1. Election of Directors or Trustees . PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on the director or trustee nominees of a mutual fund: (i) board structure, director independence and qualifications, and compensation paid by the fund and the family of funds; (ii) availability and attendance at board and committee meetings; (iii) investments made by the nominees in the fund; and (iv) the fund’s performance.

 

2. Converting Closed-end Fund to Open-end Fund . PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on converting a closed-end fund to an open-end fund: (i) past performance as a closed-end fund; (ii) the market in which the fund invests; (iii) measures taken by the board to address any discount of the fund’s shares; (iv) past shareholder activism; (v) board activity; and (vi) votes on related proposals.

 

3. Proxy Contests . PIMCO may consider the following factors related to a proxy contest: (i) past performance of the fund; (ii) the market in which the fund invests; (iii) measures taken by the board to address past shareholder activism; (iv) board activity; and (v) votes on related proposals.

 

4. Investment Advisory Agreements . PIMCO may consider the following factors related to approval of an investment advisory agreement: (i) proposed and current fee arrangements/schedules; (ii) fund category/investment objective; (iii) performance benchmarks; (iv) share price performance as compared with peers; and (v) the magnitude of any fee increase and the reasons for such fee increase.

 

5. Policies Established in Accordance with the 1940 Act . PIMCO may consider the following factors: (i) the extent to which the proposed changes fundamentally alter the investment focus of the fund and comply with SEC interpretation; (ii) potential competitiveness; (iii) regulatory developments; and (iv) current and potential returns and risks.

 

6. Changing a Fundamental Restriction to a Non-fundamental Restriction . PIMCO may consider the following when voting on a proposal to change a fundamental restriction to a non-fundamental restriction: (i) reasons given by the board and management for the change; and (ii) the projected impact of the change on the fund’s portfolio.

 

7. Distribution Agreements . PIMCO may consider the following when voting on a proposal to approve a distribution agreement: (i) fees charged to comparably sized funds with similar investment objectives; (ii) the distributor’s reputation and past performance; and (iii) competitiveness of the fund among other similar funds in the industry.

 

B-8


Table of Contents

8. Names Rule Proposals . PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on a proposal to change a fund name, consistent with Rule 35d-l of the 1940 Act: (i) whether the fund invests a minimum of 80% of its assets in the type of investments suggested by the proposed name; (ii) the political and economic changes in the target market; and (iii) current asset composition.

 

9. Disposition of. Assets/Termination/Liquidation. PIMCO may consider the following when voting on a proposal to dispose of fund assets, terminate, or liquidate the fund: (i) strategies employed to salvage the fund; (ii) the fund’s past performance; and (iii) the terms of the liquidation.

 

10. Changes to Charter Documents. PIMCO may consider the following when voting on a proposal to change a fund’s charter documents: (i) degree of change implied by the proposal; (ii) efficiencies that could result; (iii) state of incorporation; and (iv) regulatory standards and implications.

 

11. Changing the Domicile of a Fund. PIMCO may consider the following when voting on a proposal to change the domicile of a fund: (i) regulations of both states; (ii) required fundamental policies of both states; and (iii) the increased flexibility available.

 

12. Change in Fund’s Subclassification. PIMCO may consider the following when voting on a change in a fund’s subclassification from diversified to non-diversified or to permit concentration in an industry, (i) potential competitiveness; (ii) current and potential returns; (iii) risk of concentration; and (iv) consolidation in the target industry.

 

Distressed and Defaulted Securities

 

1. Waivers and Consents. PIMCO may consider the following when determining whether to support a waiver or consent to changes in provisions of indentures governing debt securities which are held on behalf of clients: (i) likelihood that the granting of such waiver or consent will potentially increase recovery to clients; (ii) potential for avoiding cross-defaults under other agreements; and (iii) likelihood that deferral of default will give the obligor an opportunity to improve its business operations.

 

2. Voting on Chapter 11 Plans of Liquidation or Reorganization. PIMCO may consider the following when determining whether to vote for or against a Chapter 11 plan in a case pending with respect to an obligor under debt securities which are held on behalf of clients: (i) other alternatives to the proposed plan; (ii) whether clients are treated appropriately and in accordance with applicable law with respect to their distributions; (iii) whether the vote is likely to increase or decrease recoveries to clients.

 

Miscellaneous Provisions

 

1. Such Other Business . Proxy ballots sometimes contain a proposal granting the board authority to “transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting.” PIMCO may consider the following factors when developing a position on proxy ballots that contain a proposal granting the board authority to “transact such other business as may properly come before the meeting”: (i) whether the board is limited in what actions it may legally take

 

B-9


Table of Contents

within such authority; and (ii) PIMCO’s responsibility to consider actions before supporting them.

 

2. Equal Access . PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on equal access: (i) the opportunity for significant company shareholders to evaluate and propose voting recommendations on proxy proposals and director nominees, and to nominate candidates to the board; and (ii) the added complexity and burden of providing shareholders with access to proxy materials.

 

3. Charitable Contributions . PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on charitable contributions: (i) the potential benefits to shareholders; and (ii) the potential impact on the issuer’s resources that could have been used to increase shareholder value.

 

4. Special Interest Issues . PIMCO may consider the following factors when voting on special interest issues: (i) the long-term benefit to shareholders of promoting corporate accountability and responsibility on social issues; (ii) management’s responsibility with respect to special interest issues; (iii) any economic costs and restrictions on management; (iv) a client’s instruction to vote proxies in a specific manner and/or in a manner different from these Policies and Procedures; and (v) the responsibility to vote proxies for the greatest long-term shareholder value.

 

*    *    *    *    *

 

B-10


Table of Contents

PART C—OTHER INFORMATION

 

Item 24: Financial Statements and Exhibits

 

  1. Financial Statements:

 

Registrant has not conducted any business as of the date of this filing, other than in connection with its organization. Financial Statements indicating that the Registrant has met the net worth requirements of Section 14(a) of the 1940 Act are filed herewith as part of the Statement of Additional Information.

 

  2. Exhibits:

 

a.1 Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated June 30, 2004.(1)

 

a.2 Amended and Restated Declaration of Trust dated October 5, 2004.

 

b.1 Bylaws of Registrant dated June 30, 2004.(1)

 

b.2 Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant dated October 5, 2004.

 

c. None.

 

d.1 Article III (Shares) and Article V (Shareholders’ Voting Powers and Meetings) of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust.(1)

 

d.2 Article 10 (Shareholders’ Voting Powers and Meetings) of the Bylaws of Registrant.(1)

 

d.3 Form of Share Certificate of the Common Shares, filed herewith.

 

e. Terms and Conditions of Dividend Reinvestment Plan, filed herewith.

 

f. None.

 

g.1 Form of Investment Management Agreement between Registrant and PA Fund Management LLC, filed herewith.

 

g.2 Form of Portfolio Management Agreement between PA Fund Management LLC and Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, filed herewith.

 

h.1 Form of Underwriting Agreement, filed herewith.

 

h.2 Form of Master Selected Dealer Agreement, filed herewith.

 

h.3 Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters, filed herewith.

 

h.4 Form of Additional Compensation Agreement with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Incorporated, filed herewith.

 

h.5 Form of Additional Compensation Agreement with UBS Securities LLC.*

 

i. None.

 

j. Form of Custodian Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank & Trust Co., filed herewith.

 

k.1 Form of Transfer Agency Services Agreement between Registrant and PFPC Inc., filed herewith.

 

C-1


Table of Contents
k.2 Form of Organizational and Offering Expenses Reimbursement Agreement between Registrant and PA Fund Management LLC, filed herewith.

 

l. Opinion and consent of Ropes & Gray LLP.*

 

m. None.

 

n. Consent of Registrant’s independent accountants.*

 

o. None.

 

p. Subscription Agreement of Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P. dated October 19, 2004, filed herewith.

 

q. None.

 

r.1 Code of Ethics of Registrant dated September 14, 2004, filed herewith.

 

r.2 Code of Ethics of PA Fund Management LLC, filed herewith.

 

r.3 Code of Ethics of Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, filed herewith.

 

s.1 Power of Attorney for Messrs. Shlissel, Altadonna and Schott.(2)

 

s.2 Power of Attorney for Mr. Connor.(2)

 

s.3 Power of Attorney for Mr. Kertess.(2)

 

s.4 Power of Attorney for Mr. Dalessandro.(2)

* To be filed by amendment.

 

(1) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Initial Registration Statement on Form N-2, File No. 333-117187, filed on July 7, 2004.

 

(2) Incorporated by reference to the Registrant’s Pre-effective Amendment No. 1 to the Registrant’s Initial Registration Statement on Form N-2, File No. 333-117187, filed on September 17, 2004.

 

C-2


Table of Contents
Item 25: Marketing Arrangements

 

To be filed by amendment.

 

Item 26: Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution

 

Securities and Exchange Commission Fees

   $ 107,695

National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. Fees

     30,500

Printing and engraving expenses

     265,000

Legal fees

     275,000

New York Stock Exchange listing fees

     40,000

Underwriter Reimbursement

     283,475

Accounting expenses

     16,000

Transfer Agent fees

     3,000

Marketing expenses

     150,000

Miscellaneous expenses

     4,330
    

Total

     1,175,000

 

  * Estimated Expenses. Expenses may be reduced pursuant to an expected contractual arrangement of PA Fund Management LLC to pay (i) the amount by which the Fund’s offering costs (other than the sales load) exceed $0.04 per share and (ii) all of the Fund’s organizational expenses, except that the Fund has agreed to reimburse PA Fund Management LLC for such organizational expenses to the extent that the aggregate of all such organizational expenses and all offering costs (other than the sales load) does not exceed $0.04 per share.

 

Item 27: Persons Controlled by or under Common Control with Registrant

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 28: Number of Holders of Securities

 

At October 19, 2004

 

Title of Class


 

Number of Record Holders


Common Shares, par value $0.00001

  1

 

Item 29: Indemnification

 

Reference is made to Article VIII, Sections 1 through 4, of the Registrant’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, which is incorporated by reference herein.

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”), may be permitted to trustees, officers and controlling persons of the Registrant by the Registrant pursuant to the Trust’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, its Bylaws or otherwise, the Registrant is aware that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission, such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and, therefore, is unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the Registrant of expenses incurred or paid by trustees, officers or controlling persons of the Registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such trustees, officers or controlling persons in connection with the securities being registered, the Registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

C-3


Table of Contents
Item 30: Business and Other Connections of Investment Adviser

 

Descriptions of the business of PA Fund Management LLC, the Registrant’s investment manager, and Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, the Registrant’s portfolio manager, are set forth under the captions “Investment Manager” and “Portfolio Manager” under “Management of the Fund” in both the prospectus and Statement of Additional Information forming part of this Registration Statement. The following sets forth business and other connections of each director and executive officer (and persons performing similar functions) of PA Fund Management LLC and Pacific Investment Management Company LLC.

 

PA Fund Management LLC

1345 Avenue of the Americas

New York, NY 10105

 

Name


 

Position with Advisor


 

Other Connections


Larry Altadonna

  Senior Vice President   Vice President, OpCap Advisors LLC

Andrew Bocko

  Senior Vice President and Director of IT   Senior Vice President, Allianz Dresdner Asset Management U.S. Equities LLC, Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P.

Cindy Columbo

  Vice President    

Derek Hayes

  Senior Vice President    

Steve Jobe

  Senior Vice President    

Alan Kwan

  Vice President    

John C. Maney

  Chief Financial Officer   Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer, Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P., Chief Financial Officer, Allianz Dresdner Asset Management U.S. Equities LLC, Cadence Capital Management LLC, NFJ Investment Group L.P., OCC Distributors LLC, OpCap Advisors LLC, Oppenheimer Capital LLC, Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, PA Managed Accounts LLC, PA CD Distributors LLC, PEA Capital LLC, PA Advertising Agency Inc., PA Distributors LLC, Allianz Private Client Services LLC, and StocksPLUS Management Inc. and Value Advisors LLC

Andrew Meyers

  Managing Director and Chief Operations Officer    

Vinh T. Nguyen

  Senior Vice President and Controller   Senior Vice President and Controller, PA Fund Management LLC, Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P., Allianz Dresdner Asset Management U.S. Equities LLC, Cadence Capital Management LLC, NFJ Investment Group L.P., OCC Distributors LLC, OpCap Advisors LLC, Oppenheimer Capital LLC, Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, PA Managed Accounts LLC, PA CD Distributors LLC, PEA Capital LLC,

 

C-4


Table of Contents

Name


 

Position with Advisor


 

Other Connections


        PEA Partners LLC, PA Advertising Agency Inc., PA Distributors LLC, Allianz Private Client Services LLC, and StocksPLUS Management Inc.

Francis C. Poli

  Executive Vice President, Director of Compliance and Assistant Secretary   Chief Legal and Compliance Officer, Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P., Allianz Dresdner Asset Management U.S. Equities LLC, Allianz Hedge Fund Partners L.P., Allianz Private Client Services LLC, Cadence Capital Management LLC, NFJ Investment Group L.P., OCC Distributors LLC, OpCap Advisors LLC, Oppenheimer Capital LLC, PA Retail Holdings LLC, PA Managed Accounts LLC, PA CD Distributors LLC, PEA Capital Advisors LLC

Bob Rokose

  Vice President and Assistant Controller    

Jennifer L. Ryan

  Senior Vice President    

Newton B. Schott, Jr.

  Managing Director, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary   Vice President, PA Managed Accounts LLC, Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, PA Advertising Agency Inc., Managing Director, Executive Vice President, General Counsel and Secretary, PA Distributors LLC

Brian S. Shlissel

  Executive Vice President   Senior Vice President and Treasurer, OpCap Advisors LLC

Stewart A. Smith

  Vice President and Assistant Secretary   Secretary, PA Fund Management LLC, Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P., Allianz Dresdner Asset Management U.S. Equities LLC, Allianz Hedge Fund Partners L.P., Allianz Private Client Services LLC, Cadence Capital Management LLC, NFJ Investment Group L.P., PA Retail Holdings LLC, PA Managed Accounts LLC, PA CD Distributors LLC and PEA Capital LLC, Assistant Secretary, Oppenheimer Capital LLC, OpCap Advisors and OCC Distributors LLC

James G. Ward

  Executive Vice President and Director of Human Resources   Executive Vice President, Allianz Asset Management of America L.P., Director of Human Resources, Allianz Asset Management U.S. Equities LLC, PA Distributors LLC

 

C-5


Table of Contents

Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

(“PIMCO”)

840 Newport Center Drive, Suite 300

Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

Name


 

Business and Other Connections


Arnold, Tammie J.

  Managing Director, PIMCO

Asay, Michael R.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Baker, Brian P.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Beaumont, Stephen P.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Benz, William R. II

  Managing Director, Executive Committee Member, PIMCO

Bhansali, Vineer

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Bishop, Gregory A.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Brynjolfsson, John B.

  Managing Director, PIMCO

Burns, R. Wesley

  Managing Director, PIMCO; President and Trustee of PIMCO Funds and PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust; President and Director of PIMCO Commercial Mortgage Securities Trust, Inc.; Director, PIMCO Funds: Global Investors Series plc and PIMCO Global Advisors (Ireland) Limited

Callin, Sabrina C.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Cupps, Wendy W.

  Managing Director, PIMCO

Dialynas, Chris P.

  Managing Director, PIMCO

El-Erian, Mohamed A.

  Managing Director, PIMCO

Gross, William H.

  Managing Director and Executive Committee Member, PIMCO; Director and Vice President, StocksPLUS Management, Inc.; Senior Vice President of PIMCO Funds and PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust

Hague, John L.

  Managing Director, PIMCO

Hally, Gordon C.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Hardaway, John C.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Hamalainen, Pasi M.

  Managing Director, PIMCO

Harris, Brent R.

  Managing Director and Executive Committee Member, PIMCO; Director and Vice President, StocksPLUS Management, Inc.; Trustee and Chairman of PIMCO Funds and PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust; Director and Chairman, PIMCO Commercial Mortgage Securities Trust, Inc.; Managing Director, PIMCO Specialty Markets LLC

Hinman, David C.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Hodge, Douglas M.

  Managing Director, PIMCO; Director, PIMCO JAPAN LTD

Holloway, Dwight F.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Hudoff, Mark T.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Holden, Brent L.

  Managing Director, PIMCO

Isberg, Margaret E.

  Managing Director, PIMCO; Senior Vice President of PIMCO Funds

Ivaseyn, Daniel J.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Jacobs, Lew W.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Keller, James M.

  Managing Director, PIMCO

Kennedy, Raymond G.

  Managing Director, PIMCO

Kiesel, Mark

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Loftus, John S.

  Managing Director, PIMCO; Senior Vice President of PIMCO Funds; Vice President and Assistant Secretary, StocksPLUS Management, Inc.

Lown, David C.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Mariappa, Sudesh N.

  Managing Director, PIMCO

 

C-6


Table of Contents

Masanao, Tomoya

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Mather, Scott A.

  Managing Director, PIMCO; Senior Vice President, PIMCO Commercial Mortgage Securities Trust, Inc.

McCray, Mark V.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

McCulley, Paul A.

  Managing Director, PIMCO

McDevitt, Joseph E.

  Managing Director, PIMCO; Director and Chief Executive Officer, PIMCO Europe Ltd

Meiling, Dean S.

  Managing Director, PIMCO

Mewhouse, Curtis A.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Moll, Johnathan D.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Monson, Kristen S.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Muzzy, James F.

  Managing Director, PIMCO; Director and Vice President, StocksPLUS Management, Inc.; Senior Vice President, PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust; Vice President of PIMCO Funds; Director, PIMCO Europe Ltd., PIMCO JAPAN LTD., PIMCO Asia Pte Ltd., PIMCO Australia Pty Ltd.

Otterbein, Thomas J.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Paglat, Kumar N.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Paulson, Bradley W.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Phansalkar, Mohan V.

  Executive Vice President, Secretary and Chief Legal Officer, PIMCO; Vice President and Secretary, StocksPLUS Management, Inc.

Phillip, Elizabeth M.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Podlich, William F.

  Managing Director, PIMCO

Powers, William C.

  Managing Director and Executive Committee Member, PIMCO; Senior Vice President, PIMCO Commercial Mortgage Securities Trust, Inc.

Ravano, Emanuele

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Roncy, Scott L.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Ruthen, Seth R.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Sargent, Jeffrey M.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Schucking, Ivor

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Schmider, Ernest L.

  Managing Director, PIMCO

Seliga, Denise C.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO; Chief Compliance Officer

Simon, W. Scott

  Managing Director, PIMCO

Takano, Makoto

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Thompson, William S.

  Managing Director and Executive Committee Member, PIMCO; Director and President, StocksPLUS Management, Inc.; Senior Vice President of PIMCO Variable Insurance Trust; Vice President of PIMCO Funds and PIMCO Commercial Mortgage Securities Trust, Inc.

Weil, Richard M.

  Managing Director, Chief Operating Officer and Executive Committee Member, PIMCO

Wilson, John F.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Wilson, Susan L.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Wood, George H.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Wyman, Charles C.

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

Zhu, Changhong

  Executive Vice President, PIMCO

 

C-7


Table of Contents
Item 31: Location of Accounts and Records

 

The account books and other documents required to be maintained by the Registrant pursuant to Section 31(a) of the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the Rules thereunder will be maintained at the offices of State Street Bank & Trust Co., 225 Franklin Street, Boston, MA 02110 and/or PFPC Inc., 400 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809.

 

Item 32: Management Services

 

Not applicable.

 

Item 33: Undertakings

 

1. Registrant undertakes to suspend the offering of its Common Shares until it amends the prospectus filed herewith if (1) subsequent to the effective date of its registration statement, the net asset value declines more than 10 percent from its net asset value as of the effective date of the registration statement, or (2) the net asset value increases to an amount greater than its net proceeds as stated in the prospectus.

 

2. Not applicable.

 

3. Not applicable.

 

4. Not applicable.

 

5. The Registrant undertakes that:

 

a. For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in the form of prospectus filed by the Registrant under Rule 497(h) under the Securities Act of 1933 shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it was declared effective; and

 

b. For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of the securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

6. The Registrant undertakes to send by first class mail or other means designed to ensure equally prompt delivery, within two business days of receipt of a written or oral request, any Statement of Additional Information.

 

Notice

 

A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund (the “Fund”), together with all amendments thereto, is on file with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Fund by any officer of the Fund as an officer and not individually and that the obligations of or arising out of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees of the Fund or shareholders of the Fund individually, but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.

 

C-8


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933 and the Investment Company Act of 1940, the Registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City of New York, and the State of New York on the 22 nd day of October, 2004.

 

PIMCO F LOATING R ATE S TRATEGY F UND
By:   /s/    B RIAN S. S HLISSEL        
   

Brian S. Shlissel,

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

 

Name


  

Capacity


 

Date


/s/    B RIAN S. S HLISSEL        


Brian S. Shlissel

  

President, Chief Executive Officer

  October 22, 2004

R OBERT E. C ONNOR *        


Robert E. Connor

  

Trustee

  October 22, 2004

J OHN J. D ALESSANDRO II *        


John J. Dalessandro II

  

Trustee

  October 22, 2004

H ANS W. K ERTESS *        


Hans W. Kertess

  

Trustee

  October 22, 2004

/s/    L AWRENCE G. A LTADONNA        


Lawrence G. Altadonna

   Treasurer, Principal Financial and Accounting Officer   October 22, 2004

 

*By:    /s/    B RIAN S. S HLISSEL        
    

Brian S. Shlissel

Attorney-In-Fact

 

Date: October 22, 2004


Table of Contents

INDEX TO EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit

  

Exhibit Name


a.2    Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust dated October 5, 2004.
b.2    Amended and Restated Bylaws of Registrant dated October 5, 2004.
d.3    Form of Share Certificate of the Common Shares.
e.      Terms and Conditions of Dividend Reinvestment Plan.
g.1    Form of Investment Management Agreement between Registrant and PA Fund Management LLC.
g.2    Form of Portfolio Management Agreement between PA Fund Management LLC and Pacific Investment Management Company LLC.
h.1    Form of Underwriting Agreement.
h.2    Form of Master Selected Dealer Agreement.
h.3    Form of Master Agreement Among Underwriters.
h.4    Form of Additional Compensation Agreement with Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith, Incorporated.
j.      Form of Custodian Agreement between Registrant and State Street Bank & Trust Co.
k.1    Form of Transfer Agency Services Agreement between Registrant and PFPC Inc.
k.2    Form of Organizational and Offering Expenses Reimbursement Agreement between Registrant and PA Fund Management LLC.
p.      Subscription Agreement of Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P. dated October 19, 2004.
r.1    Code of Ethics of Registrant dated September 14, 2004.
r.2    Code of Ethics of PA Fund Management LLC.
r.3    Code of Ethics of Pacific Investment Management Company LLC.

Exhibit a.2

 

PIMCO FLOATING RATE STRATEGY FUND

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST

 

October 5, 2004

 


PIMCO FLOATING RATE STRATEGY FUND

 


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST

 


 

AMENDED AND RESTATED AGREEMENT AND DECLARATION OF TRUST made this 5th day of October, 2004, by the Trustees hereunder, and by the holders of shares of beneficial interest to be issued hereunder as hereinafter provided, amending and restating the Agreement and Declaration of Trust made at Boston, Massachusetts the 30th day of June, 2004, for the purposes of eliminating references to the sole initial trustee and adding additional trustees as signatories hereto.

 

WHEREAS, pursuant to Article IX, Section 7 of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, the Trustees of the Trust and the holders of all the beneficial interest of the Trust have determined that the Agreement and Declaration of Trust should be amended and restated in its entirety as hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, this Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust shall take effect as of the time of execution by a majority of the Trustees of the Trust and shall be filed with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

WITNESSETH that

 

WHEREAS, this Trust has been formed to carry on the business of an investment company; and

 

WHEREAS, the Trustees have agreed to manage all property coming into their hands as trustees of a Massachusetts business trust in accordance with the provisions hereinafter set forth.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, the Trustees hereby declare that they will hold all cash, securities and other assets which they may from time to time acquire in any manner as Trustees hereunder IN TRUST to manage and dispose of the same upon the following terms and conditions for the pro rata benefit of the holders from time to time of Shares in this Trust as hereinafter set forth.

 

-2-


ARTICLE I

 

NAME AND DEFINITIONS

 

Name

 

Section 1. This Trust shall be known as “PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund” and the Trustees shall conduct the business of the Trust under that name or any other name as they may from time to time determine.

 

Definitions

 

Section 2. Whenever used herein, unless otherwise required by the context or specifically provided:

 

(a) The “Trust” refers to the Massachusetts business trust established by this Declaration, as amended or restated from time to time;

 

(b) “Trustees” refers to the Trustees of the Trust named herein or elected in accordance with Article IV;

 

(c) “Shares” means the equal proportionate transferable units of interest into which the beneficial interest in the Trust shall be divided from time to time or, if more than one class or series of Shares is authorized by the Trustees, the equal proportionate transferable units into which each class or series of shares shall be divided from time to time;

 

(d) “Shareholder” means a record owner of Shares;

 

(e) The “1940 Act” refers to the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations thereunder, all as amended from time to time;

 

(f) The terms “Affiliated Person”, “Interested Person”, and “Principal Underwriter” shall have the applicable meanings given them in the 1940 Act;

 

(g) “Declaration” shall mean this Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended or restated from time to time;

 

(h) “Bylaws” shall mean the Bylaws of the Trust as amended or restated from time to time;

 

(i) The term “class” or “class of Shares” refers to the division of Shares into two or more classes as provided in Article III, Section 1 hereof;

 

(j) The term “series” or “series of Shares” refers to the division of Shares representing any class into two or more series as provided in Article III, Section 1 hereof; and

 

-3-


(k) The term “Continuing Trustee” shall have the meaning given to such term in Article IV, Section 2 hereof.

 

ARTICLE II

 

PURPOSE

 

The purpose of the Trust is to provide investors a managed investment primarily in securities, debt instruments and other instruments and rights of a financial character and to carry on such other business as the Trustees may from time to time determine pursuant to their authority under this Declaration.

 

ARTICLE III

 

SHARES

 

Division of Beneficial Interest

 

Section 1. The Trustees may, without Shareholder approval, authorize one or more classes of Shares (which classes may be divided into two or more series), Shares of each such class or series having such par value and such preferences, voting powers, terms of redemption, if any, and special or relative rights or privileges (including conversion rights, if any) as the Trustees may determine. Subject to applicable law, the Trustees may, without Shareholder approval, authorize the Trust to issue subscription or other rights representing interests in Shares to existing Shareholders or other persons subject to such terms and conditions as the Trustees may determine. The number of Shares of each class or series authorized shall be unlimited, except as the Bylaws may otherwise provide, and the Shares so authorized may be represented in part by fractional shares. The Trustees may from time to time divide or combine the Shares of any class or series into a greater or lesser number without thereby changing the proportionate beneficial interest in the class or series.

 

Ownership of Shares

 

Section 2. The ownership of Shares shall be recorded on the books of the Trust or a transfer or similar agent. Except as provided in the Bylaws or as the Trustees may otherwise determine from time to time, no certificates certifying the ownership of Shares shall be issued. The Trustees may make such rules as they consider appropriate for the issuance of Share certificates, the transfer of Shares and similar matters. The record books of the Trust as kept by the Trust or any transfer or similar agent, as the case may be, shall be conclusive as to who are the Shareholders of each class and series and as to the number of Shares of each class and series held from time to time by each Shareholder.

 

Investments in the Trust

 

Section 3. The Trustees shall accept investments in the Trust from such persons and on such terms and, subject to any requirements of law, for such consideration, which may consist

 

-4-


of cash or tangible or intangible property or a combination thereof, as the Trustees or the Bylaws from time to time authorize.

 

No Preemptive Rights

 

Section 4. Shareholders shall have no preemptive or other right to receive, purchase or subscribe for any additional Shares or other securities issued by the Trust.

 

Derivative Claims

 

Section 5. No Shareholder shall have the right to bring or maintain any court action, proceeding or claim on behalf of the Trust or any series or class of Shares without first making demand on the Trustees requesting the Trustees to bring or maintain such action, proceeding or claim. Such demand shall not be excused under any circumstances, including claims of alleged interest on the part of the Trustees, unless the plaintiff makes a specific showing that irreparable nonmonetary injury to the Trust or series or class of Shares would otherwise result. Such demand shall be mailed to the Secretary of the Trust at the Trust’s principal office and shall set forth with particularity the nature of the proposed court action, proceeding or claim and the essential facts relied upon by the Shareholder to support the allegations made in the demand. The Trustees shall consider such demand within 45 days of its receipt by the Trust. In their sole discretion, the Trustees may submit the matter to a vote of Shareholders of the Trust or a series or class of Shares, as appropriate. Any decision by the Trustees to bring, maintain or settle (or not to bring, maintain or settle) such court action, proceeding or claim, or to submit the matter to a vote of Shareholders, shall be binding upon the Shareholders. Any decision by the Trustees to bring or maintain a court action, proceeding or suit on behalf of the Trust or a series or class of Shares shall be subject to the right of the Shareholders under Article V hereof to vote on whether or not such court action, proceeding or suit should or should not be brought or maintained.

 

Direct Claims

 

Section 6. No class of Shareholders shall have the right to bring or maintain a direct action or claim for monetary damages against the Trust or the Trustees predicated upon an express or implied right of action under this Declaration or the 1940 Act (excepting rights of action permitted under section 36(b) of the 1940 Act), nor shall any single Shareholder, who is similarly situated to one or more other Shareholders with respect to the alleged injury, have the right to bring such an action, unless the class of Shareholders or Shareholder has obtained authorization from the Trustees to bring the action. The requirement of authorization shall not be excused under any circumstances, including claims of alleged interest on the part of the Trustees. A request for authorization shall be mailed to the Secretary of the Trust at the Trust’s principal office and shall set forth with particularity the nature of the proposed court action, proceeding or claim and the essential facts relied upon by the class of Shareholders or Shareholder to support the allegations made in the request. The Trustees shall consider such request within 45 days of its receipt by the Trust. In their sole discretion, the Trustees may submit the matter to a vote of Shareholders of the Trust or series or class of Shares, as appropriate. Any decision by the Trustees to settle or to authorize (or not to settle or to authorize) such court action, proceeding or

 

-5-


claim, or to submit the matter to a vote of Shareholders, shall be binding upon the class of Shareholders or Shareholder seeking authorization. Any decision by the Trustees to authorize a court action, proceeding or suit by a class of Shareholders shall be subject to the right of the Shareholders under Article V hereof to vote on whether or not such court action, proceeding or suit should or should not be brought or maintained.

 

Status of Shares and Limitation of Personal Liability

 

Section 7. Shares shall be deemed to be personal property giving only the rights provided in this Declaration or the Bylaws. Every Shareholder by virtue of having become a Shareholder shall be held to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms of this Declaration and the Bylaws and to have become a party hereto and thereto. The death of a Shareholder during the continuance of the Trust shall not operate to terminate the same nor entitle the representative of any deceased Shareholder to an accounting or to take any action in court or elsewhere against the Trust or the Trustees, but only to the rights of said decedent under this Trust. Ownership of Shares shall not entitle the Shareholder to any title in or to the whole or any part of the Trust property or right to call for a partition or division of the same or for an accounting, nor shall the ownership of Shares constitute the Shareholders partners. Neither the Trust nor the Trustees, nor any officer, employee or agent of the Trust, shall have any power to bind personally any Shareholder, nor except as specifically provided herein to call upon any Shareholder for the payment of any sum of money or assessment whatsoever other than such as the Shareholder may at any time personally agree to pay.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

THE TRUSTEES

 

Number and Classes of Trustees and Term of Office

 

Section 1. Subject to the voting powers of one or more classes or series of Shares as set forth in the Bylaws, the number of Trustees shall be such number as shall be fixed from time to time by a written instrument signed by a majority of the Trustees; provided, however , that the number of Trustees shall in no event be less than three (3) from and after the date when Shares are first sold pursuant to a public offering. The Trustees who are signatories to this Declaration of the date hereof, and such other persons as the Trustee or Trustees then in office shall appoint (to fill a vacancy or otherwise) prior to any sale of Shares pursuant to a public offering, shall each serve until the first meeting of Shareholders at which Trustees are elected (or, if later, until the first meeting of Shareholders at which Trustees of the Class to which such Trustee has been assigned are elected) and until his or her successor is elected and qualified, or until he or she sooner dies, resigns or is removed, subject in each case to the Classes of Trustees and terms created pursuant to this Article IV.

 

An initial annual meeting of Shareholders or special meeting in lieu thereof shall be called to be held not more than fifteen months after Shares are first sold pursuant to a public offering; subsequent annual meetings of Shareholders or special meetings in lieu thereof (each an “annual meeting”) shall be held as specified in the Bylaws. Prior to any sale of Shares pursuant

 

-6-


to a public offering, the Trustees shall classify themselves, with respect to the time for which they severally hold office, into the following three classes: Class I, whose term expires at the initial annual meeting; Class II, whose term expires at the next succeeding annual meeting after the initial annual meeting (the “second annual meeting”); and Class III, whose term expires at the next succeeding annual meeting after the second annual meeting. Each Class shall consist, as nearly as may be possible, of one-third of the total number of Trustees constituting the entire Board of Trustees. At each annual meeting beginning with the initial annual meeting, the successors of the Class of Trustees whose term expires at that meeting shall be elected to hold office for a term expiring at the annual meeting held in the third year following the year of their election, with each Trustee holding office until the expiration of the term of the relevant Class and the election and qualification of his or her successor, or until he or she sooner dies, resigns, retires, or is disqualified or removed from office. The Trustees may also determine by resolution those Trustees in each Class that shall be elected by Shareholders of a particular class of Shares ( e.g. , by a class of preferred Shares issued by the Fund) prior to the initial public offering of such class of Shares.

 

If the number of Trustees is changed, any increase or decrease shall be apportioned among the Classes, as of the annual meeting of Shareholders next succeeding any such change, so as to maintain a number of Trustees in each Class as nearly equal as possible. No reduction in the number of Trustees shall have the effect of removing any Trustee from office prior to the expiration of his or her term unless the Trustee is specifically removed pursuant to Section 3 of this Article at the time of the decrease. Except as provided in this Section 1 or Section 3 of this Article, Trustees shall be elected only at an annual meeting of Shareholders.

 

Continuing Trustee; Definition

 

Section 2. For purposes of this Declaration and the Bylaws, the term “Continuing Trustee” shall mean any member of the Board of Trustees who either (a) has been a member of the Board of Trustees for a period of at least thirty-six months (or since the commencement of the Trust’s operations, if less than thirty-six months) or (b) was nominated to serve as a member of the Board of Trustees by a majority of the Continuing Trustees then members of the Board of Trustees.

 

Vacancies; Resignation; Removal

 

Section 3. From and after the date when Shares are first sold pursuant to a public offering and subject to any voting powers of one or more classes or series of Shares as set forth in this Declaration or in the Bylaws or by resolution of the Board of Trustees, any vacancies occurring in the Board of Trustees may be filled by the Trustees as set forth below. Prior to the date when Shares are first sold pursuant to a public offering, subject to any limitations imposed by the 1940 Act or other applicable law, any vacancies occurring in the Board of Trustees may be filled by the Trustees without any action by or meeting of Shareholders.

 

Subject to any limitations imposed by the 1940 Act or other applicable law, any vacancy occurring in the Board of Trustees that results from an increase in the number of Trustees may be filled by a majority of the entire Board of Trustees, and any other vacancy occurring in the Board

 

-7-


of Trustees may be filled by a majority of the Trustees then in office, whether or not sufficient to constitute a quorum, or by a sole remaining Trustee; provided , however , that if the Shareholders of any class or series of Shares are entitled separately to elect one or more Trustees, a majority of the remaining Trustees elected by that class or series or the sole remaining Trustee elected by that class or series may fill any vacancy among the number of Trustees elected by that class or series. A Trustee elected by the Board of Trustees to fill any vacancy occurring in the Board of Trustees shall serve until the next annual meeting of Shareholders and until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify, subject, however, to prior death, resignation, retirement, disqualification or removal from office. At any annual meeting of Shareholders, any Trustee elected to fill any vacancy occurring in the Board of Trustees that has arisen since the preceding annual meeting of Shareholders (whether or not any such vacancy has been filled by election of a new Trustee by the Board of Trustees) shall hold office for a term which coincides with the remaining term of the Class of Trustee to which such office was previously assigned, if such vacancy arose other than by an increase in the number of Trustees, and until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify. In the event such vacancy arose due to an increase in the number of Trustees, any Trustee so elected to fill such vacancy at an annual meeting shall hold office for a term which coincides with that of the Class of Trustee to which such office has been apportioned as heretofore provided, and until his successor shall be elected and shall qualify.

 

Any Trustee may resign his trust or retire as a Trustee (without need for prior or subsequent accounting except in the event of removal) by an instrument in writing signed by him and delivered to the President or Secretary or a Trustee of the Trust, and such resignation or retirement shall be effective upon such delivery, or at a later date according to the terms of the instrument. Any Trustee may be removed from office only for “Cause” (as hereinafter defined) and only (i) by action of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the outstanding Shares of the classes or series of Shares entitled to vote for the election of such Trustee, or (ii) by written instrument, signed by at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the remaining Trustees, specifying the date when such removal shall become effective. “Cause” for these purposes shall require willful misconduct, dishonesty or fraud on the part of the Trustee in the conduct of his office or such Trustee being convicted of a felony.

 

Effect of Death, Resignation, etc. of a Trustee

 

Section 4. The death, declination, resignation, retirement, removal, disqualification or incapacity of the Trustees, or any one of them, shall not operate to annul the Trust or to revoke any existing agency created pursuant to the terms of this Declaration.

 

Powers

 

Section 5. Subject to the provisions of this Declaration, the business of the Trust shall be managed by the Trustees, and they shall have all powers necessary or convenient to carry out that responsibility. Without limiting the foregoing, the Trustees may adopt Bylaws not inconsistent with this Declaration providing for the conduct of the business of the Trust and may amend and repeal them to the extent and as provided in Article IX, Section 7(c) of this Declaration. Subject to the voting power of one or more classes or series of Shares as set forth in this Declaration or in the Bylaws or by resolution of the Board of Trustees, the Trustees may fill

 

-8-


vacancies in or add to their number, including vacancies resulting from increases in their number, and may elect and remove such officers and appoint and terminate such agents as they consider appropriate; they may appoint from their own number, and terminate, any one or more committees consisting of one or more Trustees, including an executive committee which may, when the Trustees are not in session, exercise some or all of the power and authority of the Trustees as the Trustees may determine; they may appoint an advisory board, the members of which shall not be Trustees and need not be Shareholders; they may employ one or more custodians of the assets of the Trust and may authorize such custodians to employ subcustodians and to deposit all or any part of such assets in a system or systems for the central handling of securities, retain a transfer agent or a shareholder servicing agent, or both, provide for the distribution of Shares by the Trust, through one or more principal underwriters or otherwise, set record dates for the determination of Shareholders with respect to various matters, and in general delegate such authority as they consider desirable to any officer of the Trust, to any committee of the Trustees and to any agent or employee of the Trust or to any such custodian or underwriter.

 

Without limiting the foregoing, the Trustees shall have power and authority:

 

(a) To invest and reinvest cash, and to hold cash uninvested;

 

(b) To sell, exchange, lend, pledge, mortgage, hypothecate, write options on and lease any or all of the assets of the Trust;

 

(c) To vote or give assent, or exercise any rights of ownership, with respect to stock or other securities or property; and to execute and deliver proxies or powers of attorney to such person or persons as the Trustees shall deem proper, granting to such person or persons such power and discretion with relation to securities or property as the Trustees shall deem proper;

 

(d) To exercise powers and rights of subscription or otherwise which in any manner arise out of ownership of securities;

 

(e) To hold any security or property in a form not indicating any trust, whether in bearer, unregistered or other negotiable form, or in the name of the Trustees or of the Trust or in the name of a custodian, subcustodian or other depository or a nominee or nominees or otherwise;

 

(f) To the extent necessary or appropriate to give effect to the preferences, special or relative rights and privileges of any classes or series of Shares, to allocate assets, liabilities, income and expenses of the Trust to a particular class or classes or series of Shares or to apportion the same among two or more classes or series;

 

(g) To consent to or participate in any plan for the reorganization, consolidation or merger of any corporation or issuer, any security of which is or was held in the Trust; to consent to any contract, lease, mortgage, purchase or sale of property by such corporation or issuer, and to pay calls or subscriptions with respect to any security held in the Trust;

 

-9-


(h) To join with other security holders in acting through a committee, depositary, voting trustee or otherwise, and in that connection to deposit any security with, or transfer any security to, any such committee, depositary or trustee, and to delegate to them such power and authority with relation to any security (whether or not so deposited or transferred) as the Trustees shall deem proper, and to agree to pay, and to pay, such portion of the expenses and compensation of such committee, depositary or trustee as the Trustees shall deem proper;

 

(i) To compromise, arbitrate or otherwise adjust claims in favor of or against the Trust on any matter in controversy, including but not limited to claims for taxes;

 

(j) To enter into joint ventures, general or limited partnerships, limited liability companies, and any other combinations or associations;

 

(k) To borrow funds;

 

(l) To endorse or guarantee the payment of any notes or other obligations of any person; to make contracts of guaranty or suretyship, or otherwise assume liability for payment thereof; and to mortgage and pledge the Trust property or any part thereof to secure any of or all of such obligations;

 

(m) To purchase and pay for entirely out of Trust property such insurance as they may deem necessary or appropriate for the conduct of the business of the Trust, including, without limitation, insurance policies insuring the assets of the Trust and payment of distributions and principal on its portfolio investments, and insurance policies insuring the Shareholders, Trustees, officers, employees, agents, investment advisers, sub-advisers or managers, principal underwriters or independent contractors of the Trust individually against all claims and liabilities of every nature arising by reason of holding, being or having held any such office or position, or by reason of any action alleged to have been taken or omitted by any such person as Shareholder, Trustee, officer, employee, agent, investment adviser, sub-adviser or manager, principal underwriter or independent contractor, including any action taken or omitted that may be determined to constitute negligence, whether or not the Trust would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability;

 

(n) To pay pensions for faithful service, as deemed appropriate by the Trustees, and to adopt, establish and carry out pension, profit-sharing, share bonus, share purchase, savings, thrift and other retirement, incentive and benefit plans, trusts and provisions, including the purchasing of life insurance and annuity contracts as a means of providing such retirement and other benefits, for any or all of the Trustees, officers, employees and agents of the Trust;

 

(o) To purchase or otherwise acquire Shares; and

 

(p) To engage in any other lawful act or activity in which business corporations organized under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts may engage.

 

-10-


The Trustees shall not in any way be bound or limited by any present or future law or custom in regard to investments by trustees. Except as otherwise provided herein or from time to time in the Bylaws, any action to be taken by the Trustees may be taken by a majority of the Trustees present at a meeting of the Trustees (a quorum being present), within or without Massachusetts. Except as otherwise provided herein or from time to time in the Bylaws, any action to be taken by the Trustees may be taken at a meeting held by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting, or by written consents of a majority of the Trustees then in office (or such greater number as may be required by this Declaration, the Bylaws or applicable law).

 

Payment of Expenses by the Trust

 

Section 6. The Trustees are authorized to pay, or to cause to be paid out of the principal or income of the Trust, or partly out of principal and partly out of income, as they deem fair, all expenses, fees, charges, taxes and liabilities incurred or arising in connection with the Trust, or in connection with the management thereof, including, but not limited to, the Trustees’ compensation and such expenses and charges for the services of the Trust’s officers, employees, investment adviser, sub-adviser or manager, principal underwriter, auditor, counsel, custodian, transfer agent, shareholder servicing agent, and such other agents or independent contractors and such other expenses and charges as the Trustees may deem necessary or proper to incur.

 

Ownership of Assets of the Trust

 

Section 7. Title to all of the assets of the Trust and each series and class of Shares shall at all times be considered as vested in the Trustees.

 

Advisory, Management and Distribution

 

Section 8. The Trustees may, at any time and from time to time, contract for exclusive or nonexclusive advisory and/or management services with any corporation, trust, association or other organization (the “Manager”), every such contract to comply with such requirements and restrictions as may be set forth in the Bylaws; and any such contract may provide for one or more sub-advisers or other agents who shall perform all or part of the obligations of the Manager under such contract and contain such other terms interpretive of or in addition to said requirements and restrictions as the Trustees may determine, including, without limitation, authority to determine from time to time what investments shall be purchased, held, sold, or exchanged and what portion, if any, of the assets of the Trust shall be held uninvested and to make changes in the Trust’s investments. The Trustees may also, at any time and from time to time, contract with the Manager or any other corporation, trust, association or other organization, appointing it exclusive or nonexclusive distributor or principal underwriter for the Shares, every such contract to comply with such requirements and restrictions as may be set forth in the Bylaws; and any such contract may contain such other terms interpretive of or in addition to said requirements and restrictions as the Trustees may determine.

 

-11-


The fact that:

 

(i) any of the Shareholders, Trustees or officers of the Trust is a shareholder, director, officer, partner, trustee, employee, manager, adviser, sub-adviser, principal underwriter or distributor or agent of or for any corporation, trust, association or other organization, or of or for any parent or affiliate of any organization, with which an advisory, sub-advisory or management contract, or principal underwriter’s or distributor’s contract, or transfer, shareholder servicing or other agency contract may have been or may hereafter be made or that any such organization, or any parent or affiliate thereof, is a Shareholder or has an interest in the Trust, or that

 

(ii) any corporation, trust, association or other organization with which an advisory, sub-advisory or management contract or principal underwriter’s or distributor’s contract or transfer, shareholder servicing or other agency contract may have been or may hereafter be made also has an advisory, sub-advisory or management contract, or principal underwriter’s or distributor’s contract or transfer, shareholder servicing or other agency contract with one or more other corporations, trusts, associations or other organizations, or has other business or interests,

 

shall not affect the validity of any such contract or disqualify any Shareholder, Trustee or officer of the Trust from voting upon or executing the same or create any liability or accountability to the Trust or its Shareholders.

 

Address of the Trustees and Agent for Service of Process

 

Section 9. The principal address of the Trustees on the date hereof is c/o PA Fund Management LLC, 1345 Avenue of the Americas, 47 th Floor, New York, New York, 10105. The name and address of the resident agent of the Trust on the date hereof in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts is Corporation Service Company, 84 State Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02109. Each Trustee may change his principal address and the Trustees may appoint a new or successor resident agent of the Trust at any time in his or their sole discretion.

 

ARTICLE V

 

SHAREHOLDERS’ VOTING POWERS AND MEETINGS

 

General

 

Section 1. Except as otherwise provided in this Article V or elsewhere in this Declaration, Shareholders shall have such power to vote as is provided for in, and shall and may hold meetings and take actions pursuant to, the provisions of the Bylaws.

 

-12-


Voting Powers as to Certain Transactions

 

Section 2.

 

(a) Except as otherwise provided in paragraph (b) of this Section 2, the affirmative vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Trustees of the Trust and at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares outstanding and entitled to vote thereon shall be necessary to authorize any of the following actions:

 

(i) the merger or consolidation or share exchange of the Trust or any series or class of Shares with or into any other person or company (including, without limitation, a partnership, corporation, joint venture, business trust, common law trust or any other business organization) or of any such person or company with or into the Trust or any series or class of Shares;

 

(ii) the issuance or transfer by the Trust or any series or class of Shares (in one or more series of transactions in any twelve-month period) of any securities of the Trust or such series or class to any other person or entity for cash, securities or other property (or combination thereof) having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, excluding (i) sales of any securities of the Trust or a series or class in connection with a public offering thereof, (ii) issuance of securities of the Trust or a series or class pursuant to a dividend reinvestment plan adopted by the Trustees and (iii) issuances of securities of the Trust or a series or class upon the exercise of any stock subscription rights distributed by the Trust or a series or class;

 

(iii) a sale, lease, exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition by the Trust or any series or class of Shares (in one or a series of transactions in any twelve-month period) to or with any person of any assets of the Trust or such series or class having an aggregate fair market value of $1,000,000 or more, except for transactions in securities effected by the Trust or a series or class in the ordinary course of business;

 

(iv) any Shareholder proposal as to specific investment decisions made or to be made with respect to the assets of the Trust or a series or class of Shares.

 

(b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in paragraph (a) of this Section 2, so long as each action is approved by both a majority of the entire Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees, and so long as all other conditions and requirements, if any, provided for in the Bylaws and applicable law have been satisfied, then no Shareholder vote or consent shall be necessary or required to approve any of the actions listed in paragraphs (a)(i), (a)(ii), (a)(iii) or (a)(iv) of this Section 2, except to the extent such Shareholder vote or consent is required by the 1940 Act or other applicable law.

 

-13-


Conversion to Open-End Company

 

Section 3. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Declaration or the Bylaws, the conversion of the Trust or any series of Shares from a “closed-end company” to an “open-end company”, as those terms are defined in Sections 5(a)(2) and 5(a)(1), respectively, of the 1940 Act (as in effect on the date of this Declaration), together with any necessary amendments to this Declaration to permit such a conversion, shall require the affirmative vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of each class of Shares outstanding and entitled to vote on the matter, unless a majority of the Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees entitled to vote on the matter approve such conversion and related actions. In the event of such approval by the Trustees and the Continuing Trustees as referred to in the preceding sentence, the 1940 Act shall govern whether and to what extent a vote or consent of Shares shall be required to approve such conversion and related actions. Any affirmative vote or consent required under this Section 3 shall be in addition to the vote or consent of the Shareholders otherwise required by law or by any agreement between the Trust and any national securities exchange.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

DISTRIBUTIONS AND DETERMINATION OF NET ASSET VALUE

 

Distributions

 

Section 1. The Trustees may each year, or more frequently if they so desire, but need not, distribute to the Shareholders of any or all classes or series of Shares such income and gains, accrued or realized, as the Trustees may determine, after providing for actual and accrued expenses and liabilities (including such reserves as the Trustees may establish) determined in accordance with good accounting practices and subject to the preferences, special or relative rights and privileges of the various classes or series of Shares. The Trustees shall have full discretion to determine which items shall be treated as income and which items as capital and their determination shall be binding upon the Shareholders. Distributions of income for each year or other period, if any be made, may be made in one or more payments, which shall be in Shares, in cash or otherwise and on a date or dates and as of a record date or dates determined by the Trustees. At any time and from time to time in their discretion, the Trustees may distribute to the Shareholders as of a record date or dates determined by the Trustees, in Shares, in cash or otherwise, all or part of any gains realized on the sale or disposition of property or otherwise, or all or part of any other principal of the Trust. Each distribution pursuant to this Section 1 to the Shareholders of a particular class or series shall be made ratably according to the number of Shares of such class or series held by the several Shareholders on the applicable record date thereof, provided that no distribution need be made on Shares purchased pursuant to orders received, or for which payment is made, after such time or times as the Trustees may determine. Any such distribution paid in Shares will be paid at the net asset value thereof as determined in accordance with Section 2 of this Article VI, or at such other value as may be specified by the Bylaws or as the Trustees may from time to time determine, subject to applicable laws and regulations then in effect.

 

-14-


Determination of Net Asset Value

 

Section 2. The net asset value per share of each class and each series of Shares of the Trust shall be determined in accordance with the 1940 Act and any related procedures adopted by the Trustees from time to time. Determinations made under and pursuant to this Section 2 in good faith and in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act shall be binding on all parties concerned.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

COMPENSATION AND LIMITATION

OF LIABILITY OF TRUSTEES

 

Compensation

 

Section 1. The Trustees as such shall be entitled to reasonable compensation from the Trust; they may fix the amount of their compensation. Nothing herein shall in any way prevent the employment of any Trustee for advisory, management, legal, accounting, investment banking, underwriting, brokerage or other services and payment for the same by the Trust.

 

Limitation of Liability

 

Section 2. The Trustees shall not be responsible or liable in any event for any neglect or wrongdoing of any officer, agent, employee, adviser, sub-adviser, manager or principal underwriter of the Trust, nor shall any Trustee be responsible for the act or omission of any other Trustee, but nothing herein contained shall protect any Trustee against any liability to which he or she would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office.

 

Every note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate, Share or undertaking and every other act or thing whatsoever executed or done by or on behalf of the Trust or the Trustees or any of them in connection with the Trust shall be conclusively deemed to have been executed or done only in or with respect to their or his or her capacity as Trustees or Trustee, and such Trustees or Trustee shall not be personally liable thereon.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

INDEMNIFICATION

 

Trustees, Officers etc.

 

Section 1. The Trust shall indemnify each of its Trustees and officers (including persons who serve at the Trust’s request as directors, officers or trustees of another organization in which the Trust has any interest as a shareholder, creditor or otherwise) (hereinafter referred to as a “Covered Person”) against all liabilities and expenses, including but not limited to amounts

 

-15-


paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees reasonably incurred by any Covered Person in connection with the defense or disposition of any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil or criminal, before any court or administrative or legislative body, in which such Covered Person may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which such person may be or may have been threatened, while in office or thereafter, by reason of being or having been such a Covered Person, except with respect to any matter as to which such Covered Person shall have been finally adjudicated in a decision on the merits in any such action, suit or other proceeding not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Covered Person’s action was in the best interests of the Trust and except that no Covered Person shall be indemnified against any liability to the Trust or its Shareholders to which such Covered Person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person’s office. Expenses, including counsel fees so incurred by any such Covered Person (but excluding amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in compromise or as fines or penalties), may be paid from time to time by the Trust in advance of the final disposition of any such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of such Covered Person to repay amounts so paid to the Trust if it is ultimately determined that indemnification of such expenses is not authorized under this Article, provided , that (a) such Covered Person shall provide security for his or her undertaking, (b) the Trust shall be insured against losses arising by reason of such Covered Person’s failure to fulfill his or her undertaking, or (c) a majority of the Trustees who are disinterested persons and who are not Interested Persons of the Trust (provided that a majority of such Trustees then in office act on the matter), or independent legal counsel in a written opinion shall determine, based on a review of readily available facts (but not a full trial-type inquiry), that there is reason to believe such Covered Person ultimately will be entitled to indemnification.

 

Compromise Payment

 

Section 2. As to any matter disposed of (whether by a compromise payment, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise) without an adjudication in a decision on the merits by a court, or by any other body before which the proceeding was brought, that such Covered Person either (a) did not act in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Covered Person’s action was in the best interests of the Trust or (b) is liable to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person’s office, indemnification shall be provided if (x) approved as in the best interest of the Trust, after notice that it involves such indemnification, by at least a majority of the Trustees who are disinterested persons and are not Interested Persons of the Trust (provided that a majority of such Trustees then in office act on the matter), upon a determination, based upon a review of readily available facts (but not a full trial-type inquiry) that such Covered Person acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Covered Person’s action was in the best interests of the Trust and is not liable to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person’s office, or (y) there has been obtained an opinion in writing of independent legal counsel, based upon a review of readily available facts (but not a full trial-type inquiry), to the effect that such Covered Person appears to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Covered Person’s action was in the best interests of

 

-16-


the Trust and that such indemnification would not protect such Covered Person against any liability to the Trust to which such Covered Person would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of his or her office. Any approval pursuant to this Section 2 shall not prevent the recovery from any Covered Person of any amount paid to such Covered Person in accordance with this Section 2 as indemnification if such Covered Person is subsequently adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that such Covered Person’s action was in the best interests of the Trust or to have been liable to the Trust or its Shareholders by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person’s office.

 

Rebuttable Presumption

 

Section 3. For purposes of the determination or opinion referred to in clause (c) of Section 1 of this Article VIII or clauses (x) or (y) of Section 2 of this Article VIII, the majority of disinterested Trustees acting on the matter or independent legal counsel, as the case may be, shall be entitled to rely upon a rebuttable presumption that the Covered Person has not engaged in willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of such Covered Person’s office.

 

Indemnification Not Exclusive

 

Section 4. The right of indemnification hereby provided shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which any such Covered Person may be entitled. As used in this Article VIII, the term “Covered Person” shall include such person’s heirs, executors and administrators, and a “disinterested person” is a person against whom none of the actions, suits or other proceedings in question or another action, suit or other proceeding on the same or similar grounds is then or has been pending. Nothing contained in this Article VIII shall affect any rights to indemnification to which personnel of the Trust, other than Trustees and officers, and other persons may be entitled by contract or otherwise under law, nor the power of the Trust to purchase and maintain liability insurance on behalf of such person; provided , however , that the Trust shall not purchase or maintain any such liability insurance in contravention of the 1940 Act or other applicable law.

 

Shareholders

 

Section 5. In case any Shareholder or former Shareholder shall be held to be personally liable solely by reason of his or her being or having been a Shareholder and not because of his or her acts or omissions or for some other reason, the Shareholder or former Shareholder (or his or her heirs, executors, administrators or other legal representatives or, in the case of a corporation or other entity, its corporate or other general successor) shall be entitled to be held harmless from and indemnified against all loss and expense arising from such liability.

 

-17-


ARTICLE IX

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

Trustees, Shareholders etc. Not Personally Liable; Notice

 

Section 1. All persons extending credit to, contracting with or having any claim against the Trust or a particular series or class of Shares shall look only to the assets of the Trust or the assets of that particular series or class of Shares for payment under such credit, contract or claim; and neither the Shareholders nor the Trustees, nor any of the Trust’s officers, employees or agents, whether past, present or future, shall be personally liable therefor. Nothing in this Declaration shall protect any Trustee against any liability to which such Trustee would otherwise be subject by reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the office of Trustee.

 

Every note, bond, contract, instrument, certificate or undertaking made or issued by the Trustees or by any officer or officers shall give notice that this Declaration is on file with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and shall recite that the same was executed or made by or on behalf of the Trust or by them as Trustee or Trustees or as officer or officers and not individually and that the obligations of such instrument are not binding upon any of them or the Shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Trust, and may contain such further recital as he or she or they may deem appropriate, but the omission thereof shall not operate to bind any Trustee or Trustees or officer or officers or Shareholder or Shareholders individually.

 

Trustees and Officers Good Faith Action, Expert Advice, No Bond or Surety

 

Section 2. The exercise by the Trustees of their powers and discretions hereunder shall be binding upon everyone interested. A Trustee or officer shall be liable for his or her own willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of the office of Trustee or officer, and for nothing else, and shall not be liable for errors of judgment or mistakes of fact or law. The Trustees or officers may take advice of counsel or other experts with respect to the meaning and operation of this Declaration, and shall be under no liability for any act or omission in accordance with such advice or for failing to follow such advice. The Trustees and officers shall not be required to give any bond as such, nor any surety if a bond is required.

 

For purposes of (a) any standard of care applicable to a Trustee in the discharge of his or her duties as a trustee and (b) indemnification of a Trustee pursuant to Article VIII of the Declaration of Trust, the conduct of the Trustee shall be evaluated solely by reference to a hypothetical reasonable person, without regard to any special expertise, knowledge or other qualifications of the Trustee. In particular, and without limiting the generality of the foregoing, neither the determination that a Trustee is an “audit committee financial expert” nor the knowledge, experience or other qualifications underlying such a determination shall result in that Trustee being held to a standard of care that is higher than the standard that would be applicable in the absence of such a determination or such knowledge, experience or qualification, nor shall

 

-18-


such a determination or such knowledge, experience or other qualification impose any duties, obligations or liabilities that are greater than would obtain in the absence of such a determination or such knowledge, experience or qualification.

 

Liability of Third Persons Dealing with Trustees

 

Section 3. No person dealing with the Trustees shall be bound to make any inquiry concerning the validity of any transaction made or to be made by the Trustees or to see to the application of any payments made or property transferred to the Trust or upon its order.

 

Duration and Termination of Trust

 

Section 4. Unless terminated as provided herein, the Trust shall continue without limitation of time. Subject to the voting powers of one or more classes or series of Shares as set forth in the Bylaws, the Trust may be terminated at any time (i) by vote or consent of Shareholders holding at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares entitled to vote or (ii) by vote or consent of majority of the entire Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees upon written notice to the Shareholders. Any series or class of Shares may be terminated at any time (x) by vote or consent of Shareholders holding at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares of such series of class entitled to vote or (y) by vote or consent of majority of the entire Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees upon written notice to the Shareholders of such series or class. For the avoidance of any doubt and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Declaration, Shareholders shall have no separate right to vote with respect to the termination of the Trust or a series of class of Shares if the Trustees (including the Continuing Trustees) exercise their right to terminate the Trust or such series or class pursuant to clauses (ii) and (y) of this Section 4.

 

Upon termination of the Trust or of any one or more series or classes of Shares, after paying or otherwise providing for all charges, taxes, expenses and liabilities, whether due or accrued or anticipated, of the Trust or of the particular series or class, as may be determined by the Trustees, the Trust shall in accordance with such procedures as the Trustees consider appropriate reduce the remaining assets to distributable form in cash or shares or other property, or any combination thereof, and distribute the proceeds to the Shareholders of the series or class(es) involved, ratably according to the number of Shares of such series or class held by the several Shareholders on the date of termination, except to the extent otherwise required or permitted by the preferences and special or relative rights and privileges of any classes or series of Shares.

 

Filing of Copies, References, Headings

 

Section 5. The original or a copy of this instrument and of each amendment hereto shall be kept at the office of the Trust, where it may be inspected by any Shareholder. A copy of this instrument and of each amendment hereto shall be filed by the Trust with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and with the Boston City Clerk, as well as any other governmental office where such filing may from time to time be required. Anyone dealing with the Trust may rely on a certificate by an officer of the Trust as to whether or not any such

 

-19-


amendments have been made and as to any matters in connection with the Trust hereunder; and, with the same effect as if it were the original, may rely on a copy certified by an officer of the Trust to be a copy of this instrument or of any such amendments. In this instrument and in any such amendment, references to this instrument, and all expressions like “herein”, “hereof”, and “hereunder”, shall be deemed to refer to this instrument as amended or affected by any such amendments. Headings are placed herein for convenience of reference only and shall not be taken as a part hereof or control or affect the meaning, construction or effect of this instrument. This instrument may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original.

 

Applicable Law

 

Section 6 . This Declaration is made in The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and it is created under and is to be governed by and construed and administered according to the laws of said Commonwealth. The Trust shall be of the type commonly called a Massachusetts business trust, and without limiting the provisions hereof, the Trust may exercise all powers which are ordinarily exercised by such a trust.

 

Amendments

 

Section 7 . (a) Except to the extent that the Bylaws or applicable law may require a higher vote or the separate vote of one or more classes or series of Shares, and except as provided in paragraph (b) of this Section 7, this Declaration may be amended at any time by an instrument in writing signed by a majority of the then Trustees (1) when authorized so to do by a vote of Shareholders holding a majority of the Shares entitled to vote or (2) without Shareholder approval as may be necessary or desirable in order to authorize one or more classes or series of Shares as in Section 1 of Article III. Amendments having the purpose of changing the name of the Trust or of supplying any omission, curing any ambiguity or curing, correcting or supplementing any defective or inconsistent provision contained herein shall not require authorization by Shareholder vote.

 

(b) Except to the extent that the Bylaws or applicable law may require a higher vote or the separate vote of one or more classes or series of Shares, no amendment may be made under this Section 7 which shall amend, alter, change or repeal any of the provisions of Article III, Sections 4, 5, 6 or 7; Article IV, Sections 1, 2 and 3; each Section of Article V; Article VII, Section 2; each Section of Article VIII; or this Article IX, Sections 1, 2, 3, 4, 7(b) or 7(c) unless, in each case, the amendment effecting such amendment, alteration, change or repeal shall be effected by an instrument in writing signed by a majority of the then Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees and shall receive the affirmative vote or consent of at least seventy-five percent (75%) of the Shares entitled to vote; provided , however , that such affirmative vote or consent shall be in addition to the vote or consent of the Shareholders otherwise required by applicable law or by the terms of any agreement between the Trust and any national securities exchange.

 

(c) Except to the extent that the Bylaws or applicable law requires a vote or consent of Shareholders, the Board of Trustees shall have the sole power and authority to adopt, amend,

 

-20-


alter, change or repeal any Bylaw of the Trust, if the resolution or writing adopting, amending, altering, changing or repealing any such Bylaw is approved or signed by a majority of the Board of Trustees; provided , however , that the approval of a majority of the Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees shall be required for (i) any amendment, alteration, change or repeal of Section 10 of the Bylaws and (ii) any amendment, alteration, change or repeal of any other Section or provision of the Bylaws designated from time to time by resolution of a majority of the Board of Trustees and seventy-five percent (75%) of the Continuing Trustees to require such approval.

 

Address of the Trust

 

Section 8 . As of the date hereof, the principal address of the Trust is 1345 Avenue of the Americas, 47th Floor, New York, NY 10105. The Trustees may change the principal address of the Trust to any location within or without The Commonwealth of Massachusetts as they shall determine in their sole discretion.

 

-21-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, all of the Trustees as aforesaid do hereto set their hands this 5 th day of October, 2004.

 

/s/ Robert E. Connor

Robert E. Connor

/s/ John J. Dalessandro

John J. Dalessandro

/s/ Hans W. Kertess

Hans W. Kertess

 

-22-

Exhibit b.2

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

BYLAWS

of

PIMCO FLOATING RATE STRATEGY FUND

 

(Dated as of October 5, 2004)

 

ARTICLE 1

Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Principal Office

 

1.1 Principal Office of the Trust . A principal office of the Trust shall be located in New York, New York. The Trust may have other principal offices within or without Massachusetts as the Trustees may determine or as they may authorize.

 

1.2 Agreement and Declaration of Trust . These Bylaws shall be subject to the Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended or restated from time to time (the “Declaration of Trust”), of PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund, the Massachusetts business trust established by the Declaration of Trust (the “Trust”). Capitalized terms used in these Bylaws and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings given to such terms in the Declaration of Trust.

 

ARTICLE 2

Meetings of Trustees

 

2.1 Regular Meetings . Regular meetings of the Trustees may be held without call or notice at such places and at such times as the Trustees may from time to time determine, provided that notice of the first regular meeting following any such determination shall be given to absent Trustees. A regular meeting of the Trustees may be held without call or notice immediately after and at the same place as the annual meeting of the Shareholders.

 

2.2 Special Meetings . Special meetings of the Trustees may be held at any time and at any place designated in the call of the meeting when called by the Chairman (if any), the President or the Treasurer or by two or more Trustees, sufficient notice thereof being given to each Trustee by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or by the officer or the Trustees calling the meeting.

 

2.3 Notice . It shall be sufficient notice to a Trustee of a special meeting to send notice by mail at least forty-eight hours, or by telegram, telex or telecopy or other electronic facsimile transmission method at least twenty-four hours, before the meeting addressed to the Trustee at his or her usual or last known business or residence address or to give notice to him or

 


her in person or by telephone at least twenty-four hours before the meeting. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any Trustee if a written waiver of notice, executed by him or her, before or after the meeting, is filed with the records of the meeting, or to any Trustee who attends the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement the lack of notice to him or her. Neither notice of a meeting nor a waiver of a notice need specify the purposes of the meeting.

 

2.4 Quorum . At any meeting of the Trustees a majority of the Trustees then in office shall constitute a quorum. Any meeting may be adjourned from time to time by a majority of the votes cast upon the question, whether or not a quorum is present, and the meeting may be held as adjourned without further notice.

 

ARTICLE 3

Officers

 

3.1 Enumeration; Qualification . The officers of the Trust shall be a President, a Treasurer, a Secretary, a Chief Compliance Officer and such other officers including a Chairman, if any, as the Trustees from time to time may in their discretion elect. The Trust may also have such agents as the Trustees from time to time may in their discretion appoint. Any officer may but need not be a Trustee or a Shareholder. Any two or more offices may be held by the same person.

 

3.2 Election . The President, the Treasurer, and the Secretary shall be elected annually by the Trustees. Other officers, if any, may be elected or appointed by the Trustees at the same meeting at which the President, Treasurer and Secretary are elected, or at any other time. Vacancies in any office may be filled at any time.

 

3.3 Tenure . The Chairman of the Trustees, if one is elected, the President, the Treasurer and the Secretary shall hold office until their respective successors are chosen and qualified, or in each case until he or she sooner dies, resigns, is removed with or without cause or becomes disqualified. Each other officer shall hold office and each agent of the Trust shall retain authority at the pleasure of the Trustees.

 

3.4 Powers . Subject to the other provisions of these Bylaws, each officer shall have, in addition to the duties and powers herein and in the Declaration of Trust set forth, such duties and powers as are commonly incident to the office occupied by him or her as if the Trust were organized as a Massachusetts business corporation and such other duties and powers as the Trustees may from time to time designate.

 

3.5 Chairman; President; Vice President . Unless the Trustees otherwise provide, the Chairman or, if there is none or in the absence of the Chairman, the President shall preside at all meetings of the Shareholders and of the Trustees. The President shall be the chief executive officer. Any Vice President shall have such duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Trustees or the President.

 

-2-


3.6 Treasurer; Assistant Treasurer . The Treasurer shall be the chief financial and accounting officer of the Trust, and shall, subject to the provisions of the Declaration of Trust and to any arrangement made by the Trustees with a custodian, investment adviser, sub-adviser or manager, or transfer, shareholder servicing or similar agent, be in charge of the valuable papers, books of account and accounting records of the Trust, and shall have such other duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Trustees or by the President. Any Assistant Treasurer shall have such duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Trustees or the President.

 

3.7 Secretary; Assistant Secretary . The Secretary shall record all proceedings of the Shareholders and the Trustees in books to be kept therefor, which books or a copy thereof shall be kept at the principal office of the Trust. In the absence of the Secretary from any meeting of the Shareholders or Trustees, an Assistant Secretary, or if there be none or if he or she is absent, a temporary secretary chosen at such meeting shall record the proceedings thereof in the aforesaid books. Any Assistant Secretary shall have such duties and powers as may be designated from time to time by the Trustees or the President.

 

3.8 Resignations . Any officer may resign at any time by written instrument signed by him or her and delivered to the Chairman, if any, the President or the Secretary, or to a meeting of the Trustees. Such resignation shall be effective upon receipt unless specified to be effective at some other time. Except to the extent expressly provided in a written agreement with the Trust, no officer resigning and no officer removed shall have any right to any compensation for any period following his or her resignation or removal, or any right to damages on account of such removal.

 

ARTICLE 4

Committees

 

4.1 Quorum; Voting . Except as provided below or as otherwise specifically provided in the resolutions constituting a Committee of the Trustees and providing for the conduct of its meetings, a majority of the members of any Committee of the Trustees shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business, and any action of such a Committee may be taken at a meeting by a vote of a majority of the members present (a quorum being present) or evidenced by one or more writings signed by such a majority. Members of a Committee may participate in a meeting of such Committee by means of a conference telephone or other communications equipment by means of which all persons participating in the meeting can hear each other at the same time and participation by such means shall constitute presence in person at a meeting.

 

With respect to a Valuation Committee of the Trustees, one or more of the Committee members shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business.

 

Except as specifically provided in the resolutions constituting a Committee of the Trustees and providing for the conduct of its meetings, Article 2, Section 2.3 of these Bylaws relating to special meetings shall govern the notice requirements for Committee meetings, except that it shall be sufficient notice to a Valuation Committee of the Trustees to send notice by

 

-3-


telegram, telex or telecopy or other electronic means (including by telephone voice-message or e-mail) at least fifteen minutes before the meeting.

 

ARTICLE 5

Reports

 

5.1 General . The Trustees and officers shall render reports at the time and in the manner required by the Declaration of Trust or any applicable law. Officers and Committees shall render such additional reports as they may deem desirable or as may from time to time be required by the Trustees.

 

ARTICLE 6

Fiscal Year

 

6.1 General . Except as from time to time otherwise provided by the Trustees, the initial fiscal year of the Trust shall end on such date as is determined in advance or in arrears by the Treasurer, and the subsequent fiscal years shall end on such date in subsequent years.

 

ARTICLE 7

Seal

 

7.1 General . The seal of the Trust shall, subject to alteration by the Trustees, consist of a flat-faced die with the word “Massachusetts”, together with the name of the Trust and the year of its organization cut or engraved thereon; provided, however, that unless otherwise required by the Trustees, the seal shall not be necessary to be placed on, and its absence shall not impair the validity of, any document, instrument or other paper executed and delivered by or on behalf of the Trust.

 

ARTICLE 8

Execution of Papers

 

8.1 General . Except as the Trustees may generally or in particular cases authorize the execution thereof in some other manner, all deeds, leases, transfers, contracts, bonds, notes, checks, drafts and other obligations made, accepted or endorsed by the Trust shall be executed by the President, any Vice President, the Treasurer or by whomever else shall be designated for that purpose by vote of the Trustees, and need not bear the seal of the Trust.

 

ARTICLE 9

Issuance of Share Certificates

 

9.1 Share Certificates . Each Shareholder shall be entitled to a certificate stating the number of Shares owned by him or her, in such form as shall be prescribed from time to time by the Trustees. Such certificates shall be signed by the President or any Vice President and by the

 

-4-


Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer. Such signatures may be by facsimile if the certificate is signed by a transfer agent, or by a registrar, other than a Trustee, officer or employee of the Trust. In case any officer who has signed or whose facsimile signature has been placed on such certificate shall cease to be such officer before such certificate is issued, it may be issued by the Trust with the same effect as if he or she were such officer at the time of its issuance.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, in lieu of issuing certificates for Shares, the Trustees or the transfer agent may either issue receipts therefor or may keep accounts upon the books of the Trust for the record holders of such Shares, who shall in either case be deemed, for all purposes hereunder, to be the holders of certificates for such Shares as if they had accepted such certificates and shall be held to have expressly assented and agreed to the terms hereof.

 

9.2 Loss of Certificates . In case of the alleged loss or destruction or the mutilation of a share certificate, a duplicate certificate may be issued in place thereof, upon such terms as the Trustees shall prescribe.

 

9.3 Issuance of New Certificates to Pledgee . A pledgee of Shares transferred as collateral security shall be entitled to a new certificate if the instrument of transfer substantially describes the debt or duty that is intended to be secured thereby. Such new certificate shall express on its face that it is held as collateral security, and the name of pledgor shall be stated thereon, who alone shall be liable as a Shareholder and entitled to vote thereon.

 

9.4 Discontinuance of Issuance of Certificates . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Article 9, the Trustees may at any time discontinue the issuance of share certificates and may, by written notice to each Shareholder, require the surrender of share certificates to the Trust for cancellation. Such surrender and cancellation shall not affect the ownership of Shares in the Trust.

 

ARTICLE 10

Shareholders’ Voting Powers and Meetings

 

10.1 Voting Powers . The Shareholders shall have power to vote only (i) for the election or removal of Trustees as provided in Article IV, Sections 1 and 3 of the Declaration of Trust, (ii) with respect to any Manager or sub-adviser as provided in Article IV, Section 8 of the Declaration of Trust to the extent required by the 1940 Act, (iii) with respect to certain transactions and other matters to the extent and as provided in Article V, Sections 2 and 3 of the Declaration of Trust, (iv) with respect to any termination of this Trust to the extent and as provided in Article IX, Section 4 of the Declaration of Trust (for the avoidance of any doubt, Shareholders shall have no separate right to vote with respect to the termination of the Trust or a series or class of Shares if the Trustees (including the Continuing Trustees) exercise their right to terminate the Trust or such series or class pursuant to clauses (ii) or (y) of Article IX, Section 4 of the Declaration of Trust), (v) with respect to any amendment of the Declaration of Trust to the extent and as provided in Article IX, Section 7 of the Declaration of Trust, (vi) to the same extent as the stockholders of a Massachusetts business corporation as to whether or not a court action, proceeding or claim should or should not be brought or maintained derivatively or as a class

 

-5-


action on behalf of the Trust or the Shareholders, and (vii) with respect to such additional matters relating to the Trust as may be required by law, the Declaration of Trust, these Bylaws or any registration of the Trust with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or any successor agency) or any state, or as the Trustees may consider necessary or desirable. Each whole Share shall be entitled to one vote as to any matter on which it is entitled to vote and each fractional Share shall be entitled to a proportionate fractional vote, except as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust, these Bylaws, or required by applicable law. Except as otherwise provided in the Declaration of Trust or in respect of the terms of a class of preferred shares of beneficial interest of the Trust as reflected in these Bylaws or required by applicable law, all Shares of the Trust then entitled to vote shall be voted in the aggregate as a single class without regard to classes or series of Shares. There shall be no cumulative voting in the election of Trustees. Shares may be voted in person or by proxy. A proxy with respect to Shares held in the name of two or more persons shall be valid if executed by any one of them unless at or prior to exercise of the proxy the Trust receives a specific written notice to the contrary from any one of them. The placing of a Shareholder’s name on a proxy pursuant to telephonic or electronically transmitted instructions obtained pursuant to procedures reasonably designed to verify that such instructions have been authorized by such Shareholder shall constitute execution of such proxy by or on behalf of such Shareholder. A proxy purporting to be executed by or on behalf of a Shareholder shall be deemed valid unless challenged at or prior to its exercise and the burden of proving invalidity shall rest on the challenger. Until Shares of a particular class or series are issued, the Trustees may exercise all rights of Shareholders and may take any action required by law, the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws to be taken by Shareholders as to such class or series.

 

10.2 Voting Power and Meetings . Except as provided in the next sentence, regular meetings of the Shareholders for the election of Trustees and the transaction of such other business as may properly come before the meeting shall be held, so long as Shares are listed for trading on the New York Stock Exchange, on at least an annual basis, on such day and at such place as shall be designated by the Trustees. In the event that such a meeting is not held in any annual period if so required, whether the omission be by oversight or otherwise, a subsequent special meeting may be called by the Trustees and held in lieu of such meeting with the same effect as if held within such annual period. Special meetings of the Shareholders or any or all classes or series of Shares may also be called by the Trustees from time to time for such other purposes as may be prescribed by law, by the Declaration of Trust or by these Bylaws, or for the purpose of taking action upon any other matter deemed by a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Continuing Trustees to be necessary or desirable. A special meeting of Shareholders may be held at any such time, day and place as is designated by the Trustees. Written notice of any meeting of Shareholders, stating the date, time, place and purpose of the meeting, shall be given or caused to be given by a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Continuing Trustees at least seven days before such meeting to each Shareholder entitled to vote thereat by leaving such notice with the Shareholder at his or her residence or usual place of business or by mailing such notice, postage prepaid, to the Shareholder’s address as it appears on the records of the Trust. Such notice may be given by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or by any other officer or agent designated for such purpose by the Trustees. Whenever notice of a meeting is required to be given to a Shareholder under the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, a written waiver thereof, executed before or after the meeting by such Shareholder or his or her attorney thereunto authorized and filed with the records of the meeting, shall be deemed

 

-6-


equivalent to such notice. Notice of a meeting need not be given to any Shareholder who attends the meeting without protesting prior thereto or at its commencement the lack of notice to such Shareholder. No ballot shall be required for any election unless required by a Shareholder present or represented at the meeting and entitled to vote in such election. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.2, no matter shall be properly before any annual or special meeting of Shareholders and no business shall be transacted thereat unless in accordance with Section 10.6 of these Bylaws.

 

10.3 Quorum and Required Vote . Except when a larger quorum is required by any provision of law or the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, thirty percent (30%) of the Shares entitled to vote on a particular matter shall constitute a quorum for the transaction of business at a Shareholders’ meeting, except that where any provision of law or the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws permits or requires that holders of any class or series of Shares shall vote as an individual class or series, then thirty percent (30%) (unless a larger quorum is required as specified above) of Shares of that class or series entitled to vote shall be necessary to constitute a quorum for the transaction of business by that class or series. Any lesser number shall be sufficient for adjournments. Any adjourned session or sessions may be held, within a reasonable time after the date set for the original meeting, without the necessity of further notice. Except when a different vote is required by any provision of law or the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws, a plurality of the quorum of Shares necessary for the transaction of business at a Shareholders’ meeting shall decide any questions and a plurality of Shares voted shall elect a Trustee, provided that where any provision of law or of the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws permits or requires that the holders of any class or series of Shares shall vote as an individual class or series, then a plurality of the quorum of Shares of that class or series necessary for the transaction of business by that class or series at a Shareholders’ meeting shall decide that matter insofar as that class or series is concerned.

 

10.4 Action by Written Consent . Any action taken by Shareholders may be taken without a meeting if a majority of Shareholders entitled to vote on the matter (or such larger proportion thereof as shall be required by any express provision of law or the Declaration of Trust or these Bylaws) consent to the action in writing and such written consents are filed with the records of the meetings of Shareholders. Such consent shall be treated for all purposes as a vote taken at a meeting of Shareholders.

 

10.5 Record Dates . For the purpose of determining the Shareholders who are entitled to vote or act at any meeting or any adjournment thereof, or who are entitled to receive payment of any dividend or of any other distribution, the Trustees may from time to time fix a time, which shall be not more than 90 days before the date of any meeting of Shareholders or the date for the payment of any dividend or of any other distribution, as the record date for determining the Shareholders having the right to notice of and to vote at such meeting and any adjournment thereof or the right to receive such dividend or distribution, and in such case only Shareholders of record on such record date shall have the right notwithstanding any transfer of Shares on the books of the Trust after the record date; or without fixing such record date the Trustees may for any of such purposes close the register or transfer books for all or any part of such period.

 

-7-


10.6 Advance Notice of Shareholder Nominees for Trustees and Other Shareholder Proposals .

 

(a) As used in this Section 10.6, the term “annual meeting” refers to any annual meeting of Shareholders as well as any special meeting held in lieu of an annual meeting as described in the first two sentences of Section 10.2 of these Bylaws, and the term “special meeting” refers to all meetings of Shareholders other than an annual meeting or a special meeting in lieu of an annual meeting.

 

(b) The matters to be considered and brought before any annual or special meeting of Shareholders shall be limited to only such matters, including the nomination and election of Trustees, as shall be brought properly before such meeting in compliance with the procedures set forth in this Section 10.6. Only persons who are nominated in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 10.6 shall be eligible for election as Trustees, and no proposal to fix the number of Trustees shall be brought before an annual or special meeting of Shareholders or otherwise transacted unless in accordance with the procedures set forth in this Section 10.6, except as may be otherwise provided in these Bylaws with respect to the right of holders of preferred shares of beneficial interest, if any, of the Trust to nominate and elect a specified number of Trustees in certain circumstances.

 

(c) For any matter to be properly before any annual meeting, the matter must be (i) specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Continuing Trustees pursuant to Section 10.2 of these Bylaws, (ii) otherwise brought before the meeting by or at the direction of a majority of the Continuing Trustees (or any duly authorized committee thereof), or (iii) brought before the meeting in the manner specified in this Section 10.6(c) by a Shareholder of record entitled to vote at the meeting or by a Shareholder (a “Beneficial Owner”) that holds Shares entitled to vote at the meeting through a nominee or “street name” holder of record and that can demonstrate to the Trust such indirect ownership and such Beneficial Owner’s entitlement to vote such Shares, provided that the Shareholder was the Shareholder of record or the Beneficial Owner held such Shares at the time the notice provided for in this Section 10.6(c) is delivered to the Secretary.

 

In addition to any other requirements under applicable law and the Declaration of Trust and these Bylaws, persons nominated by Shareholders for election as Trustees and any other proposals by Shareholders may be properly brought before an annual meeting only pursuant to timely notice (the “Shareholder Notice”) in writing to the Secretary. To be timely, the Shareholder Notice must be delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive offices of the Trust not less than forty-five (45) nor more than sixty (60) days prior to the first anniversary date of the date on which the Trust first mailed its proxy materials for the prior year’s annual meeting; provided , however , with respect to the annual meeting to be held in the calendar year 2004, the Shareholder Notice must be so delivered or mailed and so received on or before August 1, 2004; provided further , however , if and only if the annual meeting is not scheduled to be held within a period that commences thirty (30) days before the first anniversary date of the annual meeting for the

 

-8-


preceding year and ends thirty (30) days after such anniversary date (an annual meeting date outside such period being referred to herein as an “Other Annual Meeting Date”), such Shareholder Notice must be given in the manner provided herein by the later of the close of business on (i) the date forty-five (45) days prior to such Other Annual Meeting Date or (ii) the tenth (10 th ) business day following the date such Other Annual Meeting Date is first publicly announced or disclosed.

 

Any Shareholder desiring to nominate any person or persons (as the case may be) for election as a Trustee or Trustees of the Trust shall deliver, as part of such Shareholder Notice: (i) a statement in writing setting forth (A) the name, age, date of birth, business address, residence address and nationality of the person or persons to be nominated; (B) the class or series and number of all Shares of the Trust owned of record or beneficially by each such person or persons, as reported to such Shareholder by such nominee(s); (C) any other information regarding each such person required by paragraphs (a), (d), (e) and (f) of Item 401 of Regulation S-K or paragraph (b) of Item 22 of Rule 14a-101 (Schedule 14A) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission (or the corresponding provisions of any regulation or rule subsequently adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission or any successor agency applicable to the Trust); (D) any other information regarding the person or persons to be nominated that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with solicitation of proxies for election of Trustees or directors pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder; and (E) whether such Shareholder believes any nominee is or will be an “interested person” of the Trust (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended) and, if not an “interested person,” information regarding each nominee that will be sufficient for the Trust to make such determination; and (ii) the written and signed consent of the person or persons to be nominated to be named as nominees and to serve as Trustees if elected. In addition, the Trustees may require any proposed nominee to furnish such other information as they may reasonably require or deem necessary to determine the eligibility of such proposed nominee to serve as a Trustee. Any Shareholder Notice required by this Section 10.6(c) in respect of a proposal to fix the number of Trustees shall also set forth a description of and the text of the proposal, which description and text shall state a fixed number of Trustees that otherwise complies with applicable law, these Bylaws and the Declaration of Trust.

 

Without limiting the foregoing, any Shareholder who gives a Shareholder Notice of any matter proposed to be brought before a Shareholder meeting (whether or not involving nominees for Trustees) shall deliver, as part of such Shareholder Notice: (i) the description of and text of the proposal to be presented; (ii) a brief written statement of the reasons why such Shareholder favors the proposal; (iii) such Shareholder’s name and address as they appear on the Trust’s books; (iv) any other information relating to the Shareholder that would be required to be disclosed in a proxy statement or other filings required to be made in connection with the solicitation of proxies with respect to the matter(s) proposed pursuant to Section 14 of the Exchange Act and the rules and

 

-9-


regulations promulgated thereunder; (v) the class or series and number of all Shares of the Trust owned beneficially and of record by such Shareholder; (vi) any material interest of such Shareholder in the matter proposed (other than as a Shareholder); (vii) a representation that the Shareholder intends to appear in person or by proxy at the Shareholder meeting to act on the matter(s) proposed; (viii) if the proposal involves nominee(s) for Trustees, a description of all arrangements or understandings between the Shareholder and each proposed nominee and any other person or persons (including their names) pursuant to which the nomination(s) are to be made by the Shareholder; and (ix) in the case of a Beneficial Owner, evidence establishing such Beneficial Owner’s indirect ownership of, and entitlement to vote, Shares at the meeting of Shareholders. As used in this Section 10.6, Shares “beneficially owned” shall mean all Shares which such person is deemed to beneficially own pursuant to Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act.

 

(d) For any matter to be properly before any special meeting, the matter must be specified in the notice of meeting given by or at the direction of a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Continuing Trustees pursuant to Section 10.2 of these Bylaws. In the event the Trust calls a special meeting for the purpose of electing one or more Trustees, any Shareholder may nominate a person or persons (as the case may be) for election to such position(s) as specified in the Trust’s notice of meeting if and only if the Shareholder provides a notice containing the information required in the Shareholder Notice to the Secretary required with respect to annual meetings by Section 10.6(c) hereof, and such notice is delivered to or mailed and received at the principal executive office of the Trust not later than the close of business on the tenth (10 th ) day following the day on which the date of the special meeting and of the nominees proposed by the Trustees to be elected at such meeting are publicly announced or disclosed.

 

(e) For purposes of this Section 10.6, a matter shall be deemed to have been “publicly announced or disclosed” if such matter is disclosed in a press release reported by the Dow Jones News Service, Associated Press or comparable national news service, in a document publicly filed by the Trust with the Securities and Exchange Commission, or in a Web site accessible to the public maintained by the Trust or by its investment adviser or an affiliate of such investment adviser with respect to the Trust.

 

(f) In no event shall an adjournment or postponement (or a public announcement thereof) of a meeting of Shareholders commence a new time period (or extend any time period) for the giving of notice as provided in this Section 10.6.

 

(g) The person presiding at any meeting of Shareholders, in addition to making any other determinations that may be appropriate to the conduct of the meeting, shall have the power and duty to (i) determine whether a nomination or proposal of other matters to be brought before a meeting and notice thereof have been duly made and given in the manner provided in this Section 10.6 and elsewhere in these Bylaws and the Declaration of Trust and (ii) if not so made or given, to direct and declare at the meeting that such nomination and/or such other matters shall be disregarded and shall not be

 

-10-


considered. Any determination by the person presiding shall be binding on all parties absent manifest error.

 

(h) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Section 10.6 or otherwise in these Bylaws, unless required by federal law, no matter shall be considered at or brought before any annual or special meeting unless such matter has been approved for these purposes by a majority of the Continuing Trustees and, in particular, no Beneficial Owner shall have any rights as a Shareholder except as may be required by federal law. Furthermore, nothing in this Section 10.6 shall be construed as creating any implication or presumption as to the requirements of federal law.

 

ARTICLE 11

Amendment to the Bylaws

 

11.1 General . Except to the extent that the Declaration of Trust or applicable law requires a vote or consent of Shareholders or a higher vote or consent by the Trustees and/or the Continuing Trustees, these Bylaws may be amended, changed, altered or repealed, in whole or part, only by resolution of a majority of the Trustees and a majority of the Continuing Trustees then in office at any meeting of the Trustees, or by one or more writings signed by such Trustees and Continuing Trustees.

 

-11-

Exhibit D.3

 

LOGO

 


The Fund will furnish a copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Bylaws to the holder of this certificate without charge upon written request.

 

EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS

 

The following abbreviations when used in the form of ownership on the face of this certificate shall be construed as though they were written out in full according to applicable laws or regulations. Abbreviations in addition to those appearing below may be used.

 

Abbreviation


  

Equivalent


  

Abbreviation


  

Equivalent


JT TEN    As joint tenants, with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common   

TEN IN COM

TEN BY ENT

UNIF TRANSFERS MIN ACT

  

As tenants in common

As tenants by the entireties Uniform Transfers to Minors Act

Abbreviation


  

Equivalent


  

Abbreviation


  

Equivalent


ADM    Administrator(s)    FDN    Foundation
     Administratrix    PL    Public Law
AGMT    Agreement    TR    (As) trustee(s), for, of
CUST    Custodian for    UA    Under Agreement
EST    Estate, Of estate of    UW    Under will of, Or will, of
EX    Executor(s), Executrix         Under last will & Testament
FBO    For the benefit of          

 

Additional abbreviations may also be used though not in the above list.

 

TRANSFER FORM

 

FOR VALUE RECEIVED,                                                                                                hereby sell, assign and transfer unto

(I/We)                                

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY OR OTHER

IDENTIFYING NUMBER OF ASSIGNEE

        

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       
 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

Please print or typewrite name and address (including postal zip code of assignee)

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

 

____________________________________________________________________________Common Shares of Beneficial Interest

represented by this Certificate and do hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
___________________________________________________________________________________________________  Attorney,
to transfer said shares on the books of the Fund with full power of substitution in the premises.

 

Dated:            
            Signature(s)                                                                                             
            (The signature to this assignment must correspond with the name as written upon the face of this Certificate in every particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever. If more than one owner, all must sign).
SIGNATURE(S) GUARANTEED:     
        THE SIGNATURE(S) SHOULD BE GUARANTEED BY AN ELIGIBLE GUARANTOR INSTITUTION (BANKS, STOCKBROKERS, SAVINGS AND LOAN ASSOCIATIONS AND CREDIT UNIONS WITH MEMBERSHIP IN AN APPROVED SIGNATURE GUARANTEE MEDALLION PROGRAM), PURSUANT TO S.E.C. RULE 17Ad-16.

 

IMPORTANT NOTICE:

 

When you sign your name to the Transfer Form without filling in the name of your “Assignee” this certificate becomes fully negotiable, similar to a check endorsed in blank. Therefore, to safeguard a signed certificate, it is recommended that you fill in the name of the new owner in the “Assignee” space.

 

Alternatively, instead of using this Transfer Form, you may sign a separate “stock power” form and then mail the unsigned certificate and the signed “stock power” in separate envelopes. For added protection, use registered mail for a certificate.

 

EXHIBIT E.

 

PIMCO FLOATING RATE STRATEGY FUND

 

TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THE DIVIDEND REINVESTMENT PLAN

 

Registered holders (“ Common Shareholders ”) of common shares of beneficial interest (the “ Common Shares ”) of PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund (the “ Fund ”) will automatically be enrolled (the “ Participants ”) in its Dividend Reinvestment Plan (the “ Plan ”) and are advised as follows:

 

1. THE PLAN AGENT. PFPC Inc. (the “ Agent ”) will act as Agent for each Participant. The Agent will open an account for each Participant under the Plan in the same name in which his or her outstanding Common Shares are registered.

 

2. CASH OPTION. The Fund will declare its income dividends and capital gains distributions (“ Distributions ”) payable in Common Shares, or, at the option of Common Shareholders, in cash. Therefore, each Participant will have all Distributions on his or her Common Shares automatically reinvested in additional Common Shares, unless such Participant elects to receive such Distributions in cash by contacting the Agent.

 

3. MARKET PREMIUM ISSUANCES. If on the payment date for a Distribution, the net asset value per Common Share is equal to or less than the market price per Common Share plus estimated brokerage commissions that would be incurred if Common Shares were purchased on the open market, the Agent shall receive newly issued Common Shares (“ Additional Common Shares ”), including fractions, from the Fund for each Participant’s account. The number of Additional Common Shares to be credited shall be determined by dividing the dollar amount of the Distribution by the greater of (i) the net asset value per Common Share on the payment date, or (ii) 95% of the market price per Common Share on the payment date.

 

4. MARKET DISCOUNT PURCHASES. If on the payment date for a Distribution, the net asset value per Common Share exceeds the market price plus estimated brokerage commissions that would be incurred if Common Shares were purchased on the open market, the Agent (or a broker-dealer selected by the Agent) shall endeavor to apply the amount of such Distribution on each Participant’s Common Shares to purchase Common Shares on the open market. Such purchases will be made on or shortly after the payment date for such Distribution but in no event will purchases be made on or after the ex-dividend date for the next Distribution. The weighted average price (including brokerage commissions) of all Common Shares purchased by the Agent as Agent shall be the price per Common Share allocable to each Participant. If, before the Agent has completed its purchases, the market price plus estimated brokerage commissions exceeds the net asset value of the Common Shares as of the payment date, the purchase price paid by the Agent may exceed the net asset value of the Common Shares, resulting in the acquisition of fewer Common Shares than if such Distribution had been paid in Common Shares issued by the Fund. Participants should note that they will not be able to instruct the Agent to purchase Common Shares at a specific time or at a specific price. Open-market purchases may be made on any securities exchange where Common Shares are traded, in

 


the over-the-counter market or in negotiated transactions, and may be on such terms as to price, delivery and otherwise as the Agent shall determine.

 

5. VALUATION. The market price of Common Shares on a particular date shall be the last sales price on the securities exchange where the Common Shares are listed on that date (the “ Exchange ”), or, if there is no sale on such Exchange on that date, then the mean between the closing bid and asked quotations on such Exchange on such date will be used. The net asset value per Common Share on a particular date shall be the amount calculated on that date (or if not calculated on such date, the amount most recently calculated) by or on behalf of the Fund in accordance with the Fund’s current prospectus.

 

6. SAFEKEEPING. In order to protect against loss, theft or destruction, Participants may deposit Common Shares registered in their own names and held in certificate form into their Plan accounts. Certificates, along with a letter of instruction, should be sent to the Agent by registered mail, insured for 2% of their market value. Participants should not endorse their certificates. There are no fees for this service.

 

7. TAXATION. The automatic reinvestment of Distributions does not relieve Participants of any taxes which may be payable on Distributions. Participants will receive tax information annually for their personal records and to help them prepare their federal income tax return. For further information as to tax consequences of participation in the Plan, Participants should consult with their own tax advisors.

 

8. LIABILITY OF AGENT. The Agent shall at all times act in good faith and agrees to use its best efforts within reasonable limits to ensure the accuracy of all services performed under this Agreement and to comply with applicable law, but assumes no responsibility and shall not be liable for loss or damage due to errors unless such error is caused by the Agent’s negligence, bad faith, or willful misconduct or that of its employees. Each Participant’s uninvested funds held by the Agent will not bear interest. The Agent shall have no liability in connection with any inability to purchase Common Shares within the time provided, or with the timing of any purchases effected. The Agent shall have no responsibility for the value of Common Shares acquired. The Agent may commingle Participants’ funds.

 

9. RECORDKEEPING. The Agent may hold each Participant’s Common Shares acquired pursuant to the Plan together with the Common Shares of other Common Shareholders of the Fund acquired pursuant to the Plan in non-certificated form in the Agent’s name or that of the Agent’s nominee. Distributions on fractional shares will be credited to each Participant’s account. Each Participant will be sent a confirmation by the Agent of each acquisition made for his or her account as soon as practicable, but in no event later than 60 days, after the date thereof. Upon a Participant’s request, the Agent will deliver to the Participant, without charge, a certificate or certificates for the full Common Shares. Although each Participant may from time to time have an undivided fractional interest (computed to four decimal places) in a Common Share of the Fund, no certificates for a fractional share will be issued. Participants may request a certificate by calling the Agent at (800) 331-1710, writing to the Agent at P.O. Box 43027, Providence, RI 02940-3027, or completing and returning the transaction form attached to each Plan statement. The Agent will issue certificates as soon as possible but in no event more than 5 business days after receipt of a Participant’s request. Similarly, Participants may request to sell a

 

-2-


portion of the Common Shares held by the Agent in their Plan accounts by calling the Agent, writing to the Agent, or completing and returning the transaction form attached to each Plan statement. The Agent will sell such Common Shares through a broker-dealer selected by the Agent within 5 business days of receipt of the request. The sale price will equal the weighted average price of all Common Shares sold through the Plan on the day of the sale, less brokerage commissions. Participants should note that the Agent is unable to accept instructions to sell on a specific date or at a specific price. Any share dividends or split shares distributed by the Fund on Common Shares held by the Agent for Participants will be credited to their accounts. In the event that the Fund makes available to its Common Shareholders rights to purchase additional Common Shares, the Common Shares held for each Participant under the Plan will be added to other Common Shares held by the Participant in calculating the number of rights to be issued to each Participant.

 

10. PROXY MATERIALS. The Agent will forward to each Participant any proxy solicitation material. The Agent will vote any Common Shares held for a Participant first in accordance with the instructions set forth on proxies returned by such Participant to the Fund, and then with respect to any proxies not returned by such Participant to the Fund, in the same proportion as the Agent votes the proxies returned by the Participants to the Fund.

 

11. BROKERS, NOMINEE HOLDERS, ETC. In the case of shareholders such as banks, brokers or nominees that hold Common Shares for others who are the beneficial owners, the Agent will administer the Plan on the basis of the number of Common Shares certified by the record shareholder as representing the total amount registered in such shareholder’s name and held for the account of beneficial owners who are to participate in the Plan.

 

12. FEES. The Agent’s service fee for handling Distributions will be paid by the Fund. Each Participant will be charged his or her pro rata share of brokerage commissions on all open-market purchases. If a Participant elects to have the Agent sell part or all of his or her Common Shares and remit the proceeds, such Participant will be charged his or her pro rata share of brokerage commissions on the shares sold. The Participant will not be charged any other fees for this service.

 

13. TERMINATION OF PLAN ACCOUNT. Each registered Participant may terminate his or her account under the Plan by notifying the Agent in writing at P.O. Box 43027, Providence, RI 02940-3027, by calling the Agent at (800) 331-1710 or by completing and returning the transaction form attached to each Plan statement. Such termination will be effective with respect to a particular Distribution if the Participant’s notice is received by the Agent at least ten (10) days prior to such Distribution record date. The Plan may be terminated by the Agent or the Fund upon notice in writing mailed to each Participant at least 60 days prior to the effective date of the termination. Upon any termination, the Agent will cause a certificate or certificates to be issued for the full shares held for each Participant under the Plan and cash adjustment for any fraction of a Common Share at the then current market value of the Common Shares to be delivered to him or her without charge. If preferred, a Participant may request the sale of all of the Common Shares held by the Agent in his or her Plan account in order to terminate participation in the Plan. If a Participant has terminated his or her participation in the Plan but continues to have Common Shares registered in his or her name, he or she may re-enroll in the Plan at any time by calling the Agent at (800) 331-1710.

 

-3-


14. AMENDMENT OF THE PLAN. These terms and conditions may be amended by the Agent or the Fund at any time but, except when necessary or appropriate to comply with applicable law or the rules or policies of the Securities and Exchange Commission or any other regulatory authority, only by mailing to each Participant appropriate written notice at least 30 days prior to the effective date thereof. The amendment shall be deemed to be accepted by each Participant unless, prior to the effective date thereof, the Agent receives notice of the termination of the Participant’s account under the Plan. Any such amendment may include an appointment by the Agent of a successor Agent, subject to the prior written approval of the successor Agent by the Fund.

 

15. APPLICABLE LAW. These terms and conditions shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts without regard to any choice or conflict of law provision that may give effect to the laws of any other jurisdiction.

 

-4-

Exhibit g.1

 

INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund

 

This Investment Management Agreement is executed as of October 19, 2004 by and between PIMCO FLOATING RATE STRATEGY FUND, a Massachusetts business trust (the “ Fund ”), and PA FUND MANAGEMENT LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Manager ”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

That in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

 

1. SERVICES TO BE RENDERED BY THE MANAGER TO THE FUND.

 

(a) Subject always to the control of the Trustees of the Fund and to such policies as the Trustees may determine, the Manager will, at its expense, (i) furnish continuously an investment program for the Fund and will make investment decisions on behalf of the Fund and place all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities and (ii) furnish office space and equipment, provide bookkeeping and clerical services (excluding determination of net asset value and shareholder accounting services) and pay all salaries, fees and expenses of officers and Trustees of the Fund who are affiliated with the Manager. In the performance of its duties, the Manager will comply with the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust and By-laws of the Fund, each as amended from time to time, and the Fund’s stated investment objectives, policies and restrictions.

 

(b) In the selection of brokers or dealers and the placing of orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio investments for the Fund, the Manager shall seek to obtain for the Fund the most favorable price and execution available, except to the extent it may be permitted to pay higher brokerage commissions for brokerage and research services as described below. In using its best efforts to obtain for the Fund the most favorable price and execution available, the Manager, bearing in mind the Fund’s best interests at all times, shall consider all factors it deems relevant, including by way of illustration, price, the size of the transaction, the nature of the market for the security, the amount of the commission, the timing of the transaction taking into account market prices and trends, the reputation, experience and financial stability of the broker or dealer involved and the quality of service rendered by the broker or dealer in other transactions. Subject to such policies as the Trustees may determine, the Manager shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty created by this Agreement or otherwise solely by

 

-1-


reason of its having caused the Fund to pay a broker or dealer that provides brokerage and research services to the Manager an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio investment transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Manager determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Manager’s overall responsibilities with respect to the Fund and to other clients of the Manager as to which the Manager exercises investment discretion. The Fund hereby agrees with the Manager and with any Portfolio Manager selected by the Manager as provided in Section 1(c) hereof that any entity or person associated with the Manager which is a member of a national securities exchange is authorized to effect any transaction on such exchange for the account of the Fund which is permitted by Section 11(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ 1934 Act ”).

 

(c) Subject to the provisions of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Fund and the Investment Company Act of 1940 and the rules and regulations thereunder, as amended from time to time (the “ 1940 Act ”), the Manager, at its expense, may select and contract with investment advisers (the “ Portfolio Managers ”) for the Fund. The Manager shall retain any Portfolio Manager pursuant to a portfolio management agreement the terms and conditions of which are acceptable to the Fund. If the Manager retains a Portfolio Manager hereunder, then unless otherwise provided in the applicable portfolio management agreement, the obligation of the Manager under this Agreement with respect to the Fund shall be, subject in any event to the control of the Trustees of the Fund, to determine and review with the Portfolio Manager the investment policies of the Fund, and the Portfolio Manager shall have the obligation of furnishing continuously an investment program and making investment decisions for the Fund, adhering to applicable investment objectives, policies and restrictions, and placing all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities for the Fund. The Manager (and not the Fund) will compensate any Portfolio Manager for its services to the Fund. Subject to the provisions of the applicable portfolio management agreement with the Portfolio Manager, the Manager may terminate the services of any Portfolio Manager at any time in its sole discretion, and shall at such time assume the responsibilities of such Portfolio Manager unless and until a successor Portfolio Manager is selected.

 

(d) The Manager shall not be obligated to pay any expenses of or for the Fund not expressly assumed by the Manager pursuant to this Section 1 other than as provided in Section 3.

 

-2-


2. OTHER AGREEMENTS, ETC.

 

It is understood that any of the shareholders, Trustees, officers and employees of the Fund may be a shareholder, partner, director, officer or employee of, or be otherwise interested in, the Manager, and in any person controlled by or under common control with the Manager, and that the Manager and any person controlled by or under common control with the Manager may have an interest in the Fund. It is also understood that the Manager and persons controlled by or under common control with the Manager have and may have advisory, management service, distribution or other contracts with other organizations and persons, and may have other interests and businesses.

 

3. COMPENSATION TO BE PAID BY THE FUND TO THE MANAGER.

 

The Fund will pay to the Manager as compensation for the Manager’s services rendered, for the facilities furnished and for the expenses borne by the Manager pursuant to Section 1, a fee, computed and paid monthly at the annual rate of 0.75% of the average weekly total managed assets of the Fund. For purposes of this Section 3, “total managed assets” means the total assets of the Fund (including any assets attributable to any preferred shares and borrowings that may be outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities representing borrowings). The average weekly total managed assets of the Fund shall be determined by taking an average of all of the determinations of such amount during such month at the close of business on the last business day of each week during such month while this Agreement is in effect. Such fee shall be payable for each month within five (5) business days after the end of such month.

 

In the event that the Manager has agreed to a fee waiver or an expense limitation or reimbursement arrangement with the Fund, subject to such terms and conditions as the Manager and the Fund may set forth in such agreement, the compensation due the Manager hereunder shall be reduced, and, if necessary, the Manager shall bear expenses with respect to the Fund, to the extent required by such fee waiver or expense limitation or reimbursement arrangement.

 

If the Manager shall serve for less than the whole of a month, the foregoing compensation shall be prorated.

 

4. ASSIGNMENT TERMINATES THIS AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 

This Agreement shall automatically terminate, without the payment of any penalty, in the event of its assignment; and this Agreement shall not be amended as to the Fund unless such amendment is approved at a meeting by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund, and by the vote, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting

 

-3-


on such approval, of a majority of the Trustees of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Fund or of the Manager or of any Portfolio Manager of the Fund.

 

5. EFFECTIVE PERIOD AND TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 

This Agreement shall become effective upon its execution, and shall remain in full force and effect as to the Fund continuously thereafter (unless terminated automatically as set forth in Section 5) until terminated as follows:

 

(a) Either party hereto may at any time terminate this Agreement by not more than sixty days’ written notice delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the other party, or

 

(b) If (i) the Trustees of the Fund or the shareholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund, and (ii) a majority of the Trustees of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Fund or of the Manager or any Portfolio Manager, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, do not specifically approve at least annually the continuance of this Agreement, then this Agreement shall automatically terminate at the close of business on the second anniversary of its execution, or upon the expiration of one year from the effective date of the last such continuance, whichever is later; provided , however , that if the continuance of this Agreement is submitted to the shareholders of the Fund for their approval and such shareholders fail to approve such continuance of this Agreement as provided herein, the Manager may continue to serve hereunder in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act.

 

Action by the Fund under (a) above may be taken either (i) by vote of a majority of its Trustees, or (ii) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund.

 

Termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 5 shall be without the payment of any penalty.

 

6. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

 

For the purposes of this Agreement, the “affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares” means the affirmative vote, at a duly called and held meeting of shareholders, (a) of the holders of 67% or more of the shares of the Fund present (in person or by proxy) and entitled to vote at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund entitled to vote at such meeting are present in person or by proxy, or (b) of the holders of more

 

-4-


than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund entitled to vote at such meeting, whichever is less.

 

For the purposes of this Agreement, the terms “affiliated person”, “control”, “interested person” and “assignment” shall have their respective meanings defined in the 1940 Act, subject, however, to such exemptions as may be granted by the Securities and Exchange Commission under said Act; the term “specifically approve at least annually” shall be construed in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act; and the term “brokerage and research services” shall have the meaning given in the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

7. NONLIABILITY OF MANAGER.

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Manager, or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder, the Manager, including its officers, directors and partners, shall not be subject to any liability to the Fund, or to any shareholder, officer, director, partner or Trustee thereof, for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder.

 

8. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF THE TRUSTEES AND SHAREHOLDERS.

 

A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Fund is on file with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Trustees of the Fund as Trustees and not individually and that the obligations of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.

 

9. USE OF NAMES AND LOGOS.

 

It is expressly understood that the names “PA Fund Management,” “PIMCO Advisors,” “Pacific Investment Management Company” and “PIMCO,” or any derivation thereof, or any logo associated with those names, are the valuable property of the Manager and its affiliates, and that the Fund shall have the limited right to use such names (or derivations thereof or associated logos) only so long as the Manager shall consent and this Agreement shall remain in effect. Upon reasonable notice from the Manager to the Fund or upon termination of this Agreement, the Fund shall forthwith cease to use such names (or derivations thereof or associated logos) and shall promptly amend its Agreement and Declaration of Trust and other public documents to change its name accordingly. The covenants on the part of the Fund in this Section 9 shall be

 

-5-


binding upon it, its Trustees, officers, stockholders, creditors and all other persons claiming under or through it, and shall survive the termination of this Agreement.

 

10. COUNTERPARTS.

 

This Agreement may be executed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original.

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, PIMCO FLOATING RATE STRATEGY FUND and PA FUND MANAGEMENT LLC have each caused this instrument to be signed in its behalf by its duly authorized representative, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

PIMCO FLOATING RATE STRATEGY FUND

By:  

/ S /    B RIAN S. S HLISSEL


Name:

 

Brian S. Shlissel

Title:

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

PA FUND MANAGEMENT LLC

By:  

/s/    Newton B. Schott, Jr.


Name:

 

Newton B. Schott, Jr.

Title:

 

Managing Director

 

-7-

Exhibit g.2

 

PORTFOLIO MANAGEMENT AGREEMENT

 

PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund

 

This Portfolio Management Agreement is executed as of October 19, 2004 by and between PA FUND MANAGEMENT LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Manager ”), and PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “ Portfolio Manager ”).

 

WITNESSETH:

 

That in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained, it is agreed as follows:

 

1. SERVICES TO BE RENDERED BY THE PORTFOLIO MANAGER TO THE FUND.

 

  (a) Subject always to the direction and oversight of the Trustees of PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund (the “ Fund ”), a Massachusetts business trust, the Portfolio Manager, at its expense, will furnish continuously an investment program for the Fund and will make investment decisions on behalf of the Fund and place all orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio securities and all other investments. In the performance of its duties, the Portfolio Manager (1) will comply with the provisions of the Fund’s Amended and Restated Agreement and Declaration of Trust and Bylaws, including any amendments thereto (upon receipt of such amendments by the Portfolio Manager), and the investment objective, policies and restrictions of the Fund as set forth in its current Prospectus and Statement of Additional Information (copies of which will be supplied to the Portfolio Manager upon filing with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”)), (2) will use its best efforts to safeguard and promote the welfare of the Fund and (3) will comply with other policies which the Trustees or the Manager, as the case may be, may from time to time determine as promptly as practicable after such policies have been communicated to the Portfolio Manager in writing. The Portfolio Manager and the Manager shall each make its officers and employees available to the other from time to time at reasonable times to review investment policies of the Fund and to consult with each other regarding investment affairs of the Fund.

 

  (b) The Portfolio Manager, at its expense, will furnish (i) all necessary investment and management facilities, including salaries of personnel, required for it to execute its duties hereunder faithfully and (ii) administrative facilities, including bookkeeping, clerical personnel and equipment necessary for the efficient conduct of the investment affairs of the Fund, including verification and oversight of the pricing of the Fund’s portfolio (but excluding determination of net asset value and shareholder accounting services).

 


  (c) In the selection of brokers or dealers and the placing of orders for the purchase and sale of portfolio investments for the Fund, the Portfolio Manager shall use its best efforts to obtain for the Fund the most favorable price and execution available, except to the extent it may be permitted to pay higher brokerage commissions for brokerage and research services as described below. In using its best efforts to obtain for the Fund the most favorable price and execution available, the Portfolio Manager, bearing in mind the Fund’s best interests at all times, shall consider all factors it deems relevant, including, by way of illustration, price, the size of the transaction, the nature of the market for the security, the amount of the commission, the timing of the transaction taking into account market prices and trends, the reputation, experience and financial stability of the broker or dealer involved and the quality of service rendered by the broker or dealer in other transactions. Subject to such policies as the Trustees of the Fund may determine and communicate to the Portfolio Manager in writing, the Portfolio Manager shall not be deemed to have acted unlawfully or to have breached any duty created by this Agreement or otherwise solely by reason of its having caused the Fund to pay a broker or dealer that provides brokerage and research services to the Portfolio Manager or its affiliates an amount of commission for effecting a portfolio investment transaction in excess of the amount of commission another broker or dealer would have charged for effecting that transaction, if the Portfolio Manager determines in good faith that such amount of commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research services provided by such broker or dealer, viewed in terms of either that particular transaction or the Portfolio Manager’s overall responsibilities with respect to the Fund and to other clients of the Portfolio Manager and its affiliates as to which the Portfolio Manager and its affiliates exercise investment discretion. The Fund agrees that any entity or person associated with the Portfolio Manager or its affiliates which is a member of a national securities exchange is expressly authorized to effect any transaction on such exchange for the account of the Fund which is permitted by Section 11(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ 1934 Act ”).

 

  (d) The Portfolio Manager shall not be obligated to pay any expenses of or for the Fund not expressly assumed by the Portfolio Manager pursuant to this Section 1.

 

2. OTHER AGREEMENTS, ETC.

 

It is understood that any of the shareholders, Trustees, officers and employees of the Fund may be a shareholder, member, director, officer or employee of, or be otherwise interested in, the Portfolio Manager, and in any person controlled by or under common control with the Portfolio Manager, and that the Portfolio Manager and any person controlled by or under common control with the Portfolio Manager may have an interest in the Fund. It is also understood that the Portfolio Manager and persons controlled by or under common control with the Portfolio Manager have and may have advisory, management service or other contracts with other organizations and persons, and may have other interests and businesses.

 

-2-


3. COMPENSATION TO BE PAID BY THE MANAGER TO THE PORTFOLIO MANAGER.

 

The Manager will pay the Portfolio Manager as compensation for the Portfolio Manager’s services rendered and for the expenses borne by the Portfolio Manager pursuant to Section 1, a fee computed and paid monthly as follows:

 

  (a) From the period from the commencement of Fund operations through October 31, 2009, the fee shall be paid at the annual rate of 0.39% of the Fund’s average weekly total managed assets; provided , however , that the amounts payable for each month shall be reduced to reflect that the Portfolio Manager will bear sixty-five percent (65%) of the fees payable by the Manager to certain underwriters of the Fund’s common shares other than Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Qualifying Underwriters”) for such month as specified under “Underwriting” in the definitive prospectus for the initial public offering of the Fund’s common shares;

 

  (b) Beginning November 1, 2009 and thereafter during the term of this Agreement, the fee shall be paid at the annual rate of 0.55% of the Fund’s average weekly total managed assets; provided , however , that the amounts payable for each month shall be reduced to reflect that the Portfolio Manager will bear all ( i.e. , one-hundred percent (100%)) of the fees payable by the Manager to such Qualifying Underwriters (as described in (a) above) fo such month.

 

For purposes of this Section 3, “total managed assets” means the total assets of the Fund (including any assets attributable to any preferred shares and borrowings that may be outstanding) minus accrued liabilities (other than liabilities representing borrowings). The average weekly total managed assets of the Fund shall be determined by taking an average of all of the determinations of such amount during such month at the close of business on the last business day of each week during such month while this Agreement is in effect. Such fee from the Manager to the Portfolio Manager shall be payable for each month within 10 business days after the end of the month.

 

In the event that the Portfolio Manager has agreed to a fee waiver arrangement with the Manager, subject to such terms and conditions as the Manager and the Portfolio Manager may set forth in such agreement, the compensation due the Portfolio Manager hereunder shall be reduced to the extent required by such fee waiver arrangement.

 

If the Portfolio Manager shall serve for less than the whole of a month, the foregoing compensation shall be prorated.

 

-3-


4. ASSIGNMENT TERMINATES THIS AGREEMENT; AMENDMENTS OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 

This Agreement shall automatically terminate, without the payment of any penalty, in the event of its assignment or in the event that the Investment Management Agreement between the Manager and the Fund shall have terminated for any reason; and this Agreement shall not be amended unless such amendment is approved at a meeting by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund, and by the vote, cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, of a majority of the Trustees of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Fund or of the Manager or the Portfolio Manager.

 

5. EFFECTIVE PERIOD AND TERMINATION OF THIS AGREEMENT.

 

This Agreement shall become effective upon its execution, and shall remain in full force and effect as to the Fund continuously thereafter (unless terminated automatically as set forth in Section 5) until terminated as follows:

 

  (a) The Fund may at any time terminate this Agreement by written notice delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Manager and the Portfolio Manager, or

 

  (b) If (i) the Trustees of the Fund or the shareholders by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund, and (ii) a majority of the Trustees of the Fund who are not interested persons of the Fund or of the Manager or of the Portfolio Manager, by vote cast in person at a meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, do not specifically approve at least annually the continuance of this Agreement, then this Agreement shall automatically terminate at the close of business on the second anniversary of its execution, or upon the expiration of one year from the effective date of the last such continuance, whichever is later; provided , however , that if the continuance of this Agreement is submitted to the shareholders of the Fund for their approval and such shareholders fail to approve such continuance of this Agreement as provided herein, the Portfolio Manager may continue to serve hereunder in a manner consistent with the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations thereunder (the “1940 Act”), or

 

  (c) The Manager may at any time terminate this Agreement by not less than 60 days’ written notice delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Portfolio Manager, and the Portfolio Manager may at any time terminate this Agreement by not less than 60 days’ written notice delivered or mailed by registered mail, postage prepaid, to the Manager.

 

Action by the Fund under (a) above may be taken either (i) by vote of a majority of the Trustees, or (ii) by the affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares of the Fund.

 

-4-


Termination of this Agreement pursuant to this Section 5 shall be without the payment of any penalty.

 

6. CERTAIN INFORMATION.

 

The Portfolio Manager shall promptly notify the Manager in writing of the occurrence of any of the following events: (a) the Portfolio Manager shall fail to be registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended from time to time, (b) the Portfolio Manager shall have been served or otherwise have notice of any action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation, at law or in equity, before or by any court, public board or body, involving the affairs of the Fund, (c) there is a change in control of the Portfolio Manager or any parent of the Portfolio Manager within the meaning of the 1940 Act, or (d) there is a material adverse change in the business or financial position of the Portfolio Manager.

 

7. CERTAIN DEFINITIONS.

 

For the purposes of this Agreement, the “affirmative vote of a majority of the outstanding shares” means the affirmative vote, at a duly called and held meeting of shareholders, (a) of the holders of 67% or more of the shares of the Fund, as the case may be, present (in person or by proxy) and entitled to vote at such meeting, if the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund, as the case may be, entitled to vote at such meeting are present in person or by proxy, or (b) of the holders of more than 50% of the outstanding shares of the Fund, as the case may be, entitled to vote at such meeting, whichever is less.

 

For the purposes of this Agreement, the terms “affiliated person,” “control,” “interested person” and “assignment” shall have their respective meanings defined in the 1940 Act; the term “specifically approve at least annually” shall be construed in a manner consistent with the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, subject, however, to such exemptions as may be granted by the SEC under the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder; and the term “brokerage and research services” shall have the meaning given in the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

8. NONLIABILITY OF PORTFOLIO MANAGER.

 

Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, in the absence of willful misfeasance, bad faith or gross negligence on the part of the Portfolio Manager, or reckless disregard of its obligations and duties hereunder, the Portfolio Manager, including its officers, directors and members, shall not be subject to any liability to the Manager, to the Fund, or to any shareholder, officer, director, partner or Trustee thereof, for any act or omission in the course of, or connected with, rendering services hereunder.

 

-5-


9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY OF THE TRUSTEES AND SHAREHOLDERS.

 

A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Fund is on file with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this instrument is executed on behalf of the Trustees of the Fund as Trustees and not individually and that the obligations of this instrument are not binding upon any of the Trustees or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.

 

10. EXERCISE OF VOTING RIGHTS.

 

Except with the agreement (which may be evidenced by resolution) or on the specific instructions of the Trustees of the Fund or the Manager, the Portfolio Manager shall not exercise or procure the exercise of any voting right attaching to investments of the Fund.

 

11. COUNTERPARTS.

 

This Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original.

 

-6-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, PA FUND MANAGEMENT LLC and PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC have each caused this instrument to be signed on its behalf by its duly authorized representative, all as of the day and year first above written.

 

PA FUND

     

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT

MANAGEMENT LLC

     

COMPANY LLC

By:

 

/s/    N EWTON B. S CHOTT , J R .


     

By:

 

/s/    R AYMOND G. K ENNEDY


Name:

 

Newton B. Schott, Jr.

     

Name:

 

Raymond G. Kennedy

Title:

 

Managing Director

     

Title:

 

Managing Director

Accepted and agreed to as of the

day and year first above written:

       

PIMCO FLOATING RATE STRATEGY FUND

       

By:

 

/s/    B RIAN S. S HLISSEL


           

Name:

 

Brian S. Shlissel

       

Title:

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

       

 

-7-

Exhibit h.1

 

PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund

(a Massachusetts business trust)

 

[                      ] Common Shares of Beneficial Interest

(Par Value $.00001 Per Share)

 

FORM OF PURCHASE AGREEMENT

 

October [    ], 2004

 

Merrill Lynch & Co.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

UBS Securities LLC

A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc.

Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC

Advest, Inc.

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated

H&R Block Financial Advisors, Inc.

J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc.

KeyBanc Capital Markets, a division of McDonald Investments Inc.

Legg Mason Wood Walker, Incorporated

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

RBC Capital Markets Corporation

Ryan Beck & Co., Inc.

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc.

Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc.

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

 

c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

4 World Financial Center

New York, New York 10080

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund, a Massachusetts business trust (the “Fund”) and the Fund’s investment manager, PA Fund Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“PAFM”), confirms its agreement with Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”) and each of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto (collectively, the “Underwriters”, which term shall also include any underwriter substituted as hereinafter provided in Section 10 hereof), for whom Merrill Lynch and UBS Securities LLC, A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc., Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC, Advest, Inc., Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated, Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated, H&R Block Financial Advisors, Inc., J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc., KeyBanc Capital Markets, a division of McDonald Investments Inc., Legg Mason Wood Walker, Incorporated, Oppenheimer & Co. Inc., RBC Capital Markets Corporation, Ryan Beck & Co., Inc., Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated, SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc., Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc. and Wells

 


Fargo Securities, LLC are acting as representatives (in such capacity, the “Representatives”), with respect to the issue and sale by the Fund and the purchase by the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the respective number of common shares of beneficial interest, par value $.00001 per share, of the Fund (“Common Shares”) set forth in said Schedule A , and with respect to the grant by the Fund to the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, of the option described in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any part of [                      ] additional Common Shares for the sole purpose of covering overallotments, if any. The aforesaid Common Shares (the “Initial Securities”) to be purchased by the Underwriters and all or any part of the Common Shares subject to the option described in Section 2(b) hereof (the “Option Securities”) are hereinafter called, collectively, the “Securities.” PAFM and the Fund’s sub-adviser, Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“PIMCO”), are sometimes referred to herein as the “Managers.”

 

The Fund understands that the Underwriters propose to make a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Representatives deem advisable after this Agreement has been executed and delivered.

 

The Fund has filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) a registration statement on Form N-2 (No. 333-117187 and No. 811-21601) covering the registration of the Securities under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “1933 Act”), including the related preliminary prospectus or prospectuses, and a notification on Form N-8A of registration of the Fund as an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and the rules and regulations of the Commission under the 1933 Act and the 1940 Act (the “Rules and Regulations”). Promptly after execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Fund will either (i) prepare and file a prospectus in accordance with the provisions of Rule 430A (“Rule 430A”) of the Rules and Regulations and paragraph (c) or (h) of Rule 497 (“Rule 497”) of the Rules and Regulations or (ii) if the Fund has elected to rely upon Rule 434 (“Rule 434”) of the Rules and Regulations, prepare and file a term sheet (a “Term Sheet”) in accordance with the provisions of Rule 434 and Rule 497. The information included in any such prospectus or Term Sheet, that was omitted from such registration statement at the time it became effective but that is deemed to be part of such registration statement at the time it became effective, if applicable, (a) pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 430A is referred to as “Rule 430A Information” or (b) pursuant to paragraph (d) of Rule 434 is referred to as “Rule 434 Information.” Each prospectus used before such registration statement became effective, and any prospectus that omitted, as applicable, the Rule 430A Information or the Rule 434 Information, that was used after such effectiveness and prior to the execution and delivery of this Agreement, including in each case any statement of additional information incorporated therein by reference, is herein called a “preliminary prospectus.” Such registration statement, including the exhibits thereto and schedules thereto at the time it became effective and including the Rule 430A Information or the Rule 434 Information, as applicable, is herein called the “Registration Statement.” Any registration statement filed pursuant to Rule 462(b) of the Rules and Regulations is herein referred to as the “Rule 462(b) Registration Statement,” and after such filing the term “Registration Statement” shall include the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement. The final prospectus in the form first furnished to the Underwriters for use in connection with the offering of the Securities, including the statement of additional information incorporated therein by reference, is herein called the “Prospectus.” If Rule 434 is relied on, the term “Prospectus” shall refer to the preliminary prospectus dated September 17, 2004 together with the Term Sheet and all references in this Agreement to the date of the Prospectus shall mean the date of the Term Sheet. For purposes of this Agreement, all references to the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or any Term Sheet or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing shall be deemed to include the copy filed with the Commission pursuant to its Electronic Data Gathering, Analysis and Retrieval system (“EDGAR”).

 

All references in this Agreement to financial statements and schedules and other information which is “contained,” “included” or “stated” in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or other references of like import) shall be deemed to mean and include all such financial

 

2


statements and schedules and other information which is incorporated by reference in the Registration Statement, any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 1. Representations and Warranties.

 

(a) Representations and Warranties by the Fund and PAFM . The Fund and PAFM jointly and severally represent and warrant to each Underwriter as of the date hereof, as of the Closing Time referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Date of Delivery (if any) referred to in Section 2(b) hereof, and agree with each Underwriter, as follows:

 

(i) Compliance with Registration Requirements . Each of the Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has become effective under the 1933 Act and no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement has been issued under the 1933 Act, or order of suspension or revocation of registration pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act, and no proceedings for any such purpose have been instituted or are pending or, to the knowledge of the Fund or PAFM, are contemplated by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information has been complied with in all material respects.

 

At the respective times the Registration Statement, any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement and any post-effective amendments thereto became effective and at the Closing Time (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the Date of Delivery), the Registration Statement, the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, the notification of Form N-8A and any amendments and supplements thereto complied and will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations and did not and will not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading. Neither the Prospectus nor any amendments or supplements thereto, at the time the Prospectus or any such amendment or supplement was issued and at the Closing Time (and, if any Option Securities are purchased, at the Date of Delivery), included or will include an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or will omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading. If Rule 434 is used, the Fund will comply with the requirements of Rule 434 and the Prospectus shall not be “materially different”, as such term is used in Rule 434, from the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective.

 

Each preliminary prospectus and the prospectus filed as part of the effective Registration Statement or as part of any amendment thereto, or filed pursuant to Rule 497 under the 1933 Act, complied when so filed in all material respects with the Rules and Regulations and each preliminary prospectus and the Prospectus delivered to the Underwriters for use in connection with this offering was identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

If a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement is required in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities, the Fund has complied or will comply with the requirements of Rule 111 under the 1933 Act Regulations relating to the payment of filing fees thereof.

 

The foregoing representations in this Section 1(a)(i) do not apply to statements or omissions relating to the Underwriters made in reliance on and in conformity with information furnished in writing to the Fund by the Underwriters or their agents expressly for use in the Registration Statement, 462(b) Registration Statement, Prospectus or preliminary prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to any of the foregoing).

 

3


(ii) Independent Accountants . As of the date of the report of the independent accountants contained in the Registration Statement, the accountants who certified the statement of assets and liabilities included in the Registration Statement are independent public accountants as required by the 1933 Act and the Rules and Regulations.

 

(iii) Financial Statements . The statement of assets and liabilities included in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, together with the related notes, presents fairly the financial position of the Fund in all material respects at the date indicated; said statement has been prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”).

 

(iv) Expense Summary . The information set forth in the Prospectus in the Fee Table has been prepared in accordance with the requirements of Form N-2 and to the extent estimated or projected, such estimates or projections are reasonably believed to be attainable and reasonably based.

 

(v) No Material Adverse Change . Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Fund, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business (a “Material Adverse Effect”), (B) there have been no transactions entered into by the Fund, other than those in the ordinary course of business, which are material with respect to the Fund, and (C) there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Fund on any class of its capital shares.

 

(vi) Good Standing of the Fund . The Fund has been duly organized and is validly existing as an unincorporated voluntary association in good standing under the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and has full power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement; and the Fund is duly qualified to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of business, except where the failure so to qualify or to be in good standing would not result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(vii) No Subsidiaries . The Fund has no subsidiaries.

 

(viii) Investment Company Status . The Fund is duly registered with the Commission under the 1940 Act as a closed-end diversified management investment company, and no order of suspension or revocation of such registration has been issued or proceedings therefor initiated or, to the knowledge of the Fund or the Manager, threatened by the Commission.

 

(ix) Officers and Trustees . No person is serving or acting as an officer, trustee or investment adviser of the Fund except in accordance with the provisions of the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), and the rules and regulations of the Commission promulgated under the Advisers Act (the “Advisers Act Rules and Regulations”). Except as disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement to either of them), no trustee of the Fund is an “interested person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of the Fund or an “affiliated person” (as defined in the 1940 Act) of any Underwriter. For purposes of this Section 1(a)(ix), the Fund and the Manager shall be entitled to rely on representations from such officers and trustees.

 

(x) Capitalization . The authorized, issued and outstanding shares of beneficial interest of the Fund is as set forth in the Prospectus as of the date thereof under the caption “Description of Shares.” All issued and outstanding shares of beneficial interest of the Fund have been duly authorized and validly issued and are fully paid and non-assessable (except as

 

4


described in the Registration Statement) and have been offered and sold or exchanged by the Fund in compliance with all applicable laws (including, without limitation, federal and state securities laws); none of the outstanding shares of beneficial interest of the Fund was issued in violation of the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Fund.

 

(xi) Authorization and Description of Securities . The Securities to be purchased by the Underwriters from the Fund have been duly authorized for issuance and sale to the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement and, when issued and delivered by the Fund pursuant to this Agreement against payment of the consideration set forth herein, will be validly issued and fully paid and non-assessable, (except as provided in the Registration Statement). The Common Shares conform to all statements relating thereto contained in the Prospectus and such description conforms to the rights set forth in the instruments defining the same to the extent such rights are set forth; no holder of the Securities will be subject to personal liability by reason of being such a holder (except as described in the Registration Statement); and the issuance of the Securities is not subject to the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Fund (other than the right of PAFM[‘s parent company, Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P. (“ADAM”)], to purchase securities as set forth in Section 2 hereof).

 

(xii) Absence of Defaults and Conflicts . The Fund is not in violation of its agreement and declaration of trust or by-laws, or in default in the performance or observance of any obligation, agreement, covenant or condition contained in any contract, indenture, mortgage, deed of trust, loan or credit agreement, note, lease or other agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it may be bound, or to which any of the property or assets of the Fund is subject (collectively, “Agreements and Instruments”) except for such violations or defaults that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; and the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement, the Portfolio Management Agreement, the Custodian Agreement and the Transfer Agency Services Agreement referred to in the Registration Statement (as used herein, the “Investment Management Agreement,” the “Portfolio Management Agreement,” the “Custodian Agreement” and the “Transfer Agency Services Agreement,” respectively) and the consummation of the transactions contemplated herein and in the Registration Statement (including the issuance and sale of the Securities and the use of the proceeds from the sale of the Securities as described in the Prospectus under the caption “Use of Proceeds”) and compliance by the Fund with its obligations hereunder have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate action and do not and will not, whether with or without the giving of notice or passage of time or both, conflict with or constitute a breach of, or default or Repayment Event (as defined below) under, or result in the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any property or assets of the Fund pursuant to, the Agreements and Instruments (except for such conflicts, breaches or defaults or liens, charges or encumbrances that would not result in a Material Adverse Effect), nor will such action result in any violation of the provisions of the agreement and declaration of trust or by-laws of the Fund or any applicable law, statute, rule, regulation, judgment, order, writ or decree of any government, government instrumentality or court, domestic or foreign, having jurisdiction over the Fund or any of its assets, properties or operations, other than State securities or “blue sky” laws applicable in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Securities by the Underwriters pursuant to this Agreement. As used herein, a “Repayment Event” means any event or condition which gives the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Fund.

 

(xiii) Absence of Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of the Fund or the Manager, threatened, against or

 

5


affecting the Fund, which is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement (other than as disclosed therein), or which might reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect, or which might reasonably be expected to materially and adversely affect the properties or assets of the Fund or the consummation of the transactions contemplated in this Agreement or the performance by the Fund of its obligations hereunder. The aggregate of all pending legal or governmental proceedings to which the Fund is a party or of which any of its property or assets is the subject which are not described in the Registration Statement, including ordinary routine litigation incidental to the business, could not reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xiv) Accuracy of Exhibits . There are no material contracts or documents which are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as exhibits thereto by the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act or by the Rules and Regulations which have not been so described and filed as required.

 

(xv) Possession of Intellectual Property . The Fund owns or possesses, or can acquire on reasonable terms, adequate patents, patent rights, licenses, inventions, copyrights, know-how (including trade secrets and other unpatented and/or unpatentable proprietary or confidential information, systems or procedures), trademarks, service marks, trade names or other intellectual property (collectively, “Intellectual Property”) necessary to carry on the business now operated by the Fund, and the Fund has not received any notice or is not otherwise aware of any infringement of or conflict with asserted rights of others with respect to any Intellectual Property or of any facts or circumstances which would render any Intellectual Property invalid or inadequate to protect the interest of the Fund therein, and which infringement or conflict (if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling or finding) or invalidity or inadequacy, singly or in the aggregate, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xvi) Absence of Further Requirements . No filing with, or authorization, approval, consent, license, order, registration, qualification or decree of, any court or governmental authority or agency is necessary or required for the performance by the Fund of its obligations hereunder, in connection with the offering, issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, except such as have been already obtained or as may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “1934 Act”), or under the rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc (“NASD”) or state securities laws.

 

(xvii) Possession of Licenses and Permits . The Fund possesses such permits, licenses, approvals, consents and other authorizations (collectively, “Governmental Licenses”) issued by the appropriate federal, state, local or foreign regulatory agencies or bodies necessary to operate its properties and to conduct the business as contemplated in the Prospectus, except where the absence of such possession would not result in a Material Adverse Effect; the Fund is in compliance with the terms and conditions of all such Governmental Licenses, except where the failure so to comply would not, singly or in the aggregate, have a Material Adverse Effect; all of the Governmental Licenses are valid and in full force and effect, except when the invalidity of such Governmental Licenses or the failure of such Governmental Licenses to be in full force and effect would not have a Material Adverse Effect; and the Fund has not received any notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of any such Governmental Licenses which, singly or in the aggregate, if the subject of an unfavorable decision, ruling or finding, would result in a Material Adverse Effect.

 

(xviii) Advertisements . Any advertising, sales literature or other promotional material (including “prospectus wrappers,” “broker kits,” “road show slides” and “road show scripts” and “electronic road show presentations”) authorized in writing by or prepared by the Fund or the

 

6


Manager used in connection with the public offering of the Securities (collectively, “sales material”) does not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances in which they were made, not misleading. Moreover, all sales material complied and will comply in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations and the rules and interpretations of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“NASD”).

 

(xix) Subchapter M . The Fund intends to direct the investment of the proceeds of the offering described in the Registration Statement in such a manner as to comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (“Subchapter M of the Code” and the “Code,” respectively), and intends to qualify as a regulated investment company under Subchapter M of the Code.

 

(xx) Distribution of Offering Materials . The Fund has not distributed and, prior to the later to occur of (A) the Closing Time and (B) completion of the distribution of the Securities, will not distribute any offering material in connection with the offering and sale of the Securities other than the Registration Statement, a preliminary prospectus, the Prospectus or other materials, if any, permitted by the 1933 Act or the 1940 Act or the Rules and Regulations.

 

(xxi) Accounting Controls . The Fund maintains a system of internal accounting controls sufficient to provide reasonable assurances that (A) transactions are executed in accordance with management’s general or specific authorization and with the applicable requirements of the 1940 Act, the Rules and Regulations and the Code; (B) transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles and to maintain accountability for assets and to maintain compliance with the books and records requirements under the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations; (C) access to assets is permitted only in accordance with the management’s general or specific authorization; and (D) the recorded accountability for assets is compared with existing assets at reasonable intervals and appropriate action is taken with respect to any differences.

 

(xxii) Absence of Undisclosed Payments . To the Fund’s knowledge, neither the Fund nor any employee or agent of the Fund has made any payment of funds of the Fund or received or retained any funds, which payment, receipt or retention of funds is of a character required to be disclosed in the Prospectus.

 

(xxiii) Material Agreements . This Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement, the Portfolio Management Agreement, the Custodian Agreement and the Transfer Agency Services Agreement have each been duly authorized by all requisite action on the part of the Fund and executed and delivered by the Fund, as of the dates noted therein, and each complies with all applicable provisions of the 1940 Act in all material respects. Assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto with respect to the Investment Management Agreement, the Portfolio Management Agreement, the Custodian Agreement and the Transfer Agency Services Agreement, each of the Investment Management Agreement, the Portfolio Management Agreement, the Custodian Agreement and the Transfer Agency Services Agreement constitutes a valid and binding agreement of the Fund, enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as affected by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally, general equitable principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law) and an implied covenant of good faith and fair dealing and except as rights to indemnification or contribution thereunder may be limited by federal or state laws.

 

7


(xxiv) Registration Rights . There are no persons with registration rights or other similar rights to have any securities registered pursuant to the Registration Statement or otherwise registered by the Fund under the 1933 Act.

 

(xxv) NYSE Listing . The Securities have been duly authorized for listing, upon notice of issuance, on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) and the Fund’s registration statement on Form 8-A under the 1934 Act has become effective.

 

(b) Representations and Warranties by PAFM . PAFM represents and warrants to each Underwriter on behalf of itself and, where applicable, PIMCO, as of the date hereof, as of the Closing Time referred to in Section 2(c) hereof, and as of each Date of Delivery (if any) referenced to in Section 2(b) hereof as follows:

 

(i) Good Standing of the Managers . PAFM has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware, and PIMCO has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing as a limited liability company under the laws of the State of Delaware with full limited liability company power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus and each is duly qualified as a foreign limited liability company to transact business and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, except to the extent that failure to be so qualified and in good standing would not have a Material Adverse Effect on either Manager’s ability to provide services to the Fund.

 

(ii) Manager Status . Each of the Managers is duly registered and in good standing with the Commission as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act, and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act or the 1940 Act, or the rules and regulations under such acts, from acting under the Investment Management Agreement for the Fund as contemplated by the Prospectus.

 

(iii) Description of Managers . The description of the Managers in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement to either of them) complied and complies in all material respects with the provisions of the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the Advisers Act, the Rules and Regulations and the Advisers Act Rules and Regulations and is true and correct and does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(iv) Capitalization . Each of the Managers has the financial resources available to it necessary for the performance of its services and obligations as contemplated in the Prospectus, this Agreement and under the Investment Management Agreement or Portfolio Management Agreement to which it is a party.

 

(v) Authorization of Agreements; Absence of Defaults and Conflicts . This Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement, the Portfolio Management Agreement, the Additional Compensation Agreement between PA Fund Management LLC and Merrill Lynch and the Additional Compensation Agreements between PA Fund Management LLC and each Qualifying Underwriter (as such term is defined in the Prospectus) (the “Additional Compensation Agreements”) have each been duly authorized, executed and delivered by each Manager that is a party thereto, and (assuming the due authorization, execution and delivery by each of the parties thereto) the Investment Management Agreement, the Portfolio Management Agreement and the Additional Compensation Agreements each constitute a valid and binding obligation of each respective Manager that is a party thereto, enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except as affected by bankruptcy, insolvency, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws relating to or affecting creditors’ rights generally and general equitable

 

8


principles (whether considered in a proceeding in equity or at law); and neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement, the Portfolio Management Agreement or the Additional Compensation Agreements nor the performance by either of the Managers, if a party thereto, of its obligations hereunder or thereunder will conflict with, or result in a breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute, with or without the giving of notice or lapse of time or both, a default under, any agreement or instrument to which such Manager is a party or by which it is bound, the certificate of formation, the operating agreement, or other organizational documents of such Manager, or to such Manager’s knowledge, by any law, order, decree, rule or regulation applicable to it of any jurisdiction, court, federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental body, stock exchange or securities association having jurisdiction over such Manager or its respective properties or operations; and no consent, approval, authorization or order of any court or governmental authority or agency is required for the consummation by the Managers of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement, the Portfolio Management Agreement and the Additional Compensation Agreements, except as have been obtained or may be required under the 1933 Act, the 1940 Act, the 1934 Act or state securities laws.

 

(vi) No Material Adverse Change . Since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except as otherwise stated therein, there has not occurred any event which should reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the ability of either Manager to perform its respective obligations under this Agreement and the respective Investment Management Agreement and Portfolio Management Agreement to which it is a party.

 

(vii) Absence of Proceedings . There is no action, suit, proceeding, inquiry or investigation before or brought by any court or governmental agency or body, domestic or foreign, now pending, or, to the knowledge of either Manager, threatened against or affecting such Manager or any “affiliated person” (as such term is defined in the 1940 Act) of such Manager or any partners, trustees, officers or employees of the foregoing, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, which might reasonably be expected to result in any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the relevant Manager, materially and adversely affect the properties or assets of the relevant Manager or materially impair or adversely affect the ability of the relevant Manager to function as an investment manger or sub-adviser, as applicable, or perform its obligations under the Investment Management Agreement or the Portfolio Management Agreement, or which is required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

(viii) Absence of Violation or Default . Each Manager is not in violation of certificate of formation, its operating agreement or other organizational documents or in default under any agreement, indenture or instrument, where such violation or default would reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect on either Manager’s ability to function as an investment manager or sub-adviser, as applicable, or perform its obligations under the Investment Management Agreement or Portfolio Management Agreement.

 

(c) Officer’s Certificates . Any certificate signed by any officer of the Fund or either Manager delivered to the Representatives or to counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by the Fund or the relevant Manager, as the case may be, to each Underwriter as to the matters covered thereby.

 

SECTION 2. Sale and Delivery to Underwriters; Closing.

 

(a) Initial Securities . On the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Fund agrees to sell to each Underwriter, severally

 

9


and not jointly, and each Underwriter, severally and not jointly, agrees to purchase from the Fund, at the price per share set forth in Schedule B , the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter, plus any additional number of Initial Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof.

 

(b) Option Securities . In addition, on the basis of the representations and warranties herein contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Fund hereby grants an option to the Underwriters, severally and not jointly, to purchase up to an additional [                      ] Common Shares in the aggregate at the price per share set forth in Schedule B , less an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Fund and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities. The option hereby granted will expire 45 days after the date hereof and may be exercised in whole or in part from time to time only for the purpose of covering overallotments which may be made in connection with the offering and distribution of the Initial Securities upon notice by the Representatives to the Fund setting forth the number of Option Securities as to which the several Underwriters are then exercising the option and the time and date of payment and delivery for such Option Securities. Any such time and date of delivery (a “Date of Delivery”) shall be determined by the Representatives, but shall not be earlier than the third day after the date on which the option is being exercised nor later than seven full business days after the exercise of said option, nor in any event prior to the Closing Time, as hereinafter defined. If the option is exercised as to all or any portion of the Option Securities, each of the Underwriters, acting severally and not jointly, will purchase that proportion of the total number of Option Securities then being purchased which the number of Initial Securities set forth in Schedule A opposite the name of such Underwriter bears to the total number of Initial Securities, subject in each case to such adjustments as Merrill Lynch in its discretion shall make to eliminate any sales or purchases of a fractional number of Option Securities plus any additional number of Option Securities which such Underwriter may become obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of Section 10 hereof.

 

The Fund also agrees, subject to all the terms and conditions set forth herein, to sell to [ADAM], and, upon the basis of the representations, warranties and agreements of the Fund herein contained and subject to all the terms and conditions set forth herein, [ADAM] shall have the right to purchase from the Fund, at the same purchase price per share as the Underwriters shall pay for the Option Securities, up to an aggregate of [                      ] Securities (the “PAFM Securities”).

 

(c) Payment . Payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, the Initial Securities shall be made at the offices of Ropes & Gray LLP, One International Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Fund, at 10:00 A.M. (Eastern time) on the third (fourth, if the pricing occurs after 4:30 P.M. (Eastern time) on any given day) business day after the date hereof (unless postponed in accordance with the provisions of Section 10), or such other time not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Fund (such time and date of payment and delivery being herein called “Closing Time”).

 

In addition, in the event that any or all of the Option Securities are purchased by the Underwriters, payment of the purchase price for, and delivery of certificates for, such Option Securities shall be made at the above-mentioned offices, or at such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representatives and the Fund, on each Date of Delivery as specified in the notice from the Representatives to the Fund.

 

Payment shall be made to the Fund by wire transfer of immediately available funds to a bank account designated by the Fund, against delivery to the Representatives for the respective accounts of the Underwriters of certificates for the Securities to be purchased by them. It is understood that each Underwriter has authorized the Representatives, for its account, to accept delivery of, receipt for, and

 

10


make payment of the purchase price for, the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, which it has agreed to purchase. Merrill Lynch, individually and not as representative of the Underwriters, may (but shall not be obligated to) make payment of the purchase price for the Initial Securities or the Option Securities, if any, to be purchased by any Underwriter whose funds have not been received by the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, but such payment shall not relieve such Underwriter from its obligations hereunder.

 

The place and time of closing for the PAFM Securities shall be as agreed upon by PAFM and the Fund, except that the date of such closing for the PAFM Securities shall in no event be earlier than the relevant Date of Delivery.

 

(d) Denominations; Registration . Certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, shall be in such denominations and registered in such names as the Representatives may request in writing at least one full business day before the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be. The certificates for the Initial Securities and the Option Securities, if any, will be made available for examination and packaging by the Representatives in the City of New York not later than 10:00 A.M. (Eastern time) on the business day prior to the Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 3. Covenants.

 

(a) The Fund and PAFM, jointly and severally, covenant with each Underwriter as follows:

 

(i) Compliance with Securities Regulations and Commission Requests . With respect to the offering of the Securities, the Fund, subject to Section 3(a)(ii), will comply with the requirements of Rule 430A or Rule 434, as applicable, and will notify the Representatives immediately, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) when any post-effective amendment to the Registration Statement shall become effective, or any supplement to the Prospectus or any amended Prospectus shall have been filed, (ii) of the receipt of any comments from the Commission, (iii) of any request by the Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional information, and (iv) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or of any order preventing or suspending the use of any preliminary prospectus, or of the suspension of the qualification of the Securities for offering or sale in any jurisdiction, or of the initiation or, to the knowledge of the Fund or PAFM, threatening of any proceedings for any of such purposes. The Fund will promptly effect the filings necessary pursuant to Rule 497 and will take such steps as it deems necessary to ascertain promptly whether the form of prospectus transmitted for filing under Rule 497 was received for filing by the Commission and, in the event that it was not, it will promptly file such prospectus. The Fund will make every reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order, or order of suspension or revocation of registration pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act, and, if any such stop order or order of suspension or revocation of registration is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the earliest possible moment.

 

(ii) Filing of Amendments . With respect to the offering of the Securities, the Fund will give the Representatives notice of its intention to file or prepare any amendment to the Registration Statement (including any filing under Rule 462(b)), any Term Sheet or any amendment, supplement or revision to either the prospectus included in the Registration Statement at the time it became effective or to the Prospectus, will furnish the Representatives with copies of any such documents a reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as the case may be, and will not file or use any such document to which the Representatives or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably object.

 

11


(iii) Delivery of Registration Statements . The Fund will deliver upon request to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters, without charge, a signed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (including exhibits filed therewith or incorporated by reference therein) and a signed copy of all consents and certificates of experts, and will also deliver upon request to the Representatives, without charge, a conformed copy of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (without exhibits) for each of the Underwriters. Any copies of the Registration Statement and each amendment thereto so requested and furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T. No copy of a post-effective amendment shall be required to be delivered after one year from the date hereof.

 

(iv) Delivery of Prospectuses . The Fund has delivered to each Underwriter, without charge, as many copies of each preliminary prospectus as such Underwriter reasonably requested, and the Fund hereby consents to the use of such copies for purposes permitted by the 1933 Act. The Fund will furnish to each Underwriter, without charge, during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act, such number of copies of the Prospectus (as amended or supplemented) as such Underwriter may reasonably request. The Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto furnished to the Underwriters will be identical to the electronically transmitted copies thereof filed with the Commission pursuant to EDGAR, except to the extent permitted by Regulation S-T.

 

(v) Continued Compliance with Securities Laws . If at any time when a prospectus is required by the 1933 Act to be delivered in connection with sales of the Securities, any event shall occur or condition shall exist as a result of which it is necessary, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Underwriters or for the Fund, to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order that the Prospectus will not include any untrue statements of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser, or if it shall be necessary, in the reasonable opinion of such counsel, at any such time to amend the Registration Statement or amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to comply with the requirements of the 1933 Act or the Rules and Regulations, the Fund will promptly prepare and file with the Commission, subject to Section 3(a)(ii), such amendment or supplement as may be necessary to correct such statement or omission or to make the Registration Statement or the Prospectus comply with such requirements, and the Fund will furnish to the Underwriters such number of copies of such amendment or supplement as the Underwriters may reasonably request; provided that, if the supplement or amendment is required exclusively as a result of a misstatement in or omission from the information provided to the Fund in writing by the Underwriters expressly for use in the Prospectus, the Fund may deliver such supplement or amendment to the Underwriters and dealers at a reasonable charge not to exceed the actual cost thereof to the Fund.

 

(vi) Blue Sky Qualifications . The Fund will use its best efforts, in cooperation with the Underwriters, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions of the United States as the Representatives may designate and to maintain such qualifications in effect for a period of not less than one year from the later of the effective date of the Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement; provided, however, that the Fund shall not be obligated to file any general consent to service of process or to qualify as a foreign business trust or as a dealer in securities in any jurisdiction in which it is not so qualified or to subject itself to taxation in respect of doing business in any jurisdiction in which it is not otherwise so subject. In each jurisdiction in which the Securities have been so qualified, the Fund will file such statements and reports as may be

 

12


required by the laws of such jurisdiction to continue such qualification in effect for a period of not less than one year from the effective date of the Registration Statement and any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement.

 

(vii) Rule 158 . The Fund will make generally available to its securityholders, as soon as practicable after the first fiscal year of the Fund covering a full twelve-month period, an earnings statement for the purposes of, and to provide the benefits contemplated by, the last paragraph of Section 11(a) of the 1933 Act.

 

(viii) Use of Proceeds . The Fund will use the net proceeds received by it from the sale of the Securities in substantially the manner specified in the Prospectus under “Use of Proceeds”.

 

(ix) Listing . The Fund will use its reasonable best efforts to effect the listing of the Securities on the NYSE, subject to notice of issuance, concurrently with the effectiveness of the Registration Statement.

 

(x) Restriction on Sale of Securities . During a period of 180 days from the date of the Prospectus, the Fund will not, without the prior written consent of Merrill Lynch, (A) directly or indirectly, offer, pledge, sell, contract to sell, sell any option or contract to purchase, purchase any option or contract to sell, grant any option, right or warrant to purchase or otherwise transfer or dispose of Common Shares or any securities convertible into or exercisable or exchangeable for Common Shares or file any registration statement under the 1933 Act with respect to any of the foregoing or (B) enter into any swap or any other agreement or any transaction that transfers, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, the economic consequence of ownership of the Common Shares, whether any such swap or transaction described in clause (A) or (B) above is to be settled by delivery of Common Shares or such other securities, in cash or otherwise. The foregoing sentence shall not apply to (1) the Securities to be sold hereunder or (2) Common Shares issued or, for the avoidance of doubt, purchased in the open market pursuant to any dividend reinvestment plan.

 

(xi) Reporting Requirements . The Fund, during the period when the Prospectus is required to be delivered under the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act, will file all documents required to be filed with the Commission pursuant to the 1940 Act and the 1934 Act within the time periods required by the 1940 Act and the Rules and Regulations and the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations of the Commission thereunder, respectively.

 

(xii) Subchapter M . The Fund will use its best efforts to comply with the requirements of Subchapter M of the Code to qualify as a regulated investment company under the Code.

 

(xiii) No Manipulation of Market for Securities . The Fund will not (a) take, directly or indirectly, any action designed to cause or to result in, or that might reasonably be expected to constitute, the stabilization or manipulation of the price of any security of the Fund to facilitate the sale or resale of the Securities in violation of federal or state securities laws, and (b) until the Closing Date, or the Date of Delivery, if any, (i) except for share repurchases permitted in accordance with applicable laws and purchases of Securities in the open market pursuant to the Fund’s dividend reinvestment plan, sell, bid for or purchase the Securities or pay any person any compensation for soliciting purchases of the Securities or (ii) pay or agree to pay to any person any compensation for soliciting another to purchase any other securities of the Fund.

 

(xiv) Rule 462(b) Registration Statement . If the Fund elects to rely upon Rule 462(b), the Fund shall file a Rule 462(b) Registration Statement with the Commission in compliance with Rule 462(b) by 10:00 P.M., Washington, D.C. time, on the date of this Agreement[, or as soon thereafter as practicable], and the Fund shall at the time of filing either pay to the Commission the

 

13


filing fee for the Rule 462(b) Registration Statement or give irrevocable instructions for the payment of such fee pursuant to Rule 111(b) under the 1933 Act.

 

SECTION 4. Payment of Expenses.

 

(a) Expenses . The Fund will pay all expenses incident to the performance of its obligations under this Agreement, including (i) the preparation, printing and filing of the Registration Statement (including financial statements and exhibits) as originally filed and of each amendment thereto, (ii) the reasonable costs of the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of this Agreement, any Agreement among Underwriters and such other documents as may be required in connection with the offering, purchase, sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities, (iii) the preparation, issuance and delivery of the certificates for the Securities to the Underwriters, including any stock or other transfer taxes and any stamp or other duties payable upon the sale, issuance or delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters, (iv) the fees and disbursements of the Fund’s counsel, accountants and other advisers, (v) the qualification of the Securities under securities laws in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(a)(vi) hereof, including filing fees and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (vi) the printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of each preliminary prospectus, Prospectus and any amendments or supplements thereto, (vii) the preparation, printing and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of the Blue Sky Survey and any supplement thereto, (viii) the fees and expenses of any transfer agent or registrar for the Securities, (ix) the filing fees incident to, and the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel to the Underwriters in connection with, the review by the NASD of the terms of the sale of the Securities, (x) the fees and expenses incurred in connection with the listing of the Securities on the NYSE and (xi) the printing of any sales material. Also, the Fund shall pay to Merrill Lynch, on behalf of the Underwriters, $0.00667 per share of the Securities purchased pursuant to this Agreement as partial reimbursement of expenses incurred in connection with the offering. The Manager has agreed to pay (i) the amount by which the Fund’s offering costs (other than sales load) exceed $0.04 per share and (ii) all of the Fund’s organizational expenses, except that the Fund has agreed to reimburse the Manager for such organizational expenses to the extent that the aggregate of all such organizational expenses and all offering costs (other than sales load, but inclusive of the reimbursement of Underwriter expenses of $0.00667 per share) does not exceed $0.04 per share.

 

(b) Termination of Agreement . If this Agreement is terminated by the Representatives in accordance with the provisions of Section 5 or Section 9(a) hereof, the Fund and PAFM, jointly and severally, agree that they shall reimburse the Underwriters for all of their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses [arising out of this Agreement], including the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.

 

SECTION 5. Conditions of Underwriters’ Obligations.

 

The obligations of the several Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Fund and PAFM contained in Section 1 hereof or in certificates of any officer of the Fund or PAFM delivered pursuant to the provisions hereof, to the performance by the Fund and PAFM of their respective covenants and other obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

 

(a) Effectiveness of Registration Statement . The Registration Statement, including any Rule 462(b) Registration Statement, has become effective and at Closing Time no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement shall have been issued under the 1933 Act, no notice or order pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act shall have been issued, and no proceedings with respect to either shall have been initiated or, to the knowledge of counsel to the Fund and counsel to PAFM, threatened by the Commission, and any request on the part of the Commission for additional information shall have been complied with to the reasonable satisfaction of counsel to the Underwriters. A prospectus

 

14


containing the Rule 430A Information shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 497 (or a post-effective amendment providing such information shall have been filed and declared effective in accordance with the requirements of Rule 430A or a certification must have been filed in accordance with Rule 497(j)) or, if the Fund has elected to rely on upon Rule 434, a Term Sheet shall have been filed with the Commission in accordance with Rule 497.

 

(b) Opinion of Counsel for Fund and the Managers . At Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinions, dated as of Closing Time, of Ropes & Gray LLP, counsel for the Fund, Newton B. Schott, Jr., Esq., internal counsel for PAFM, and internal counsel for PIMCO, in form and substance satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letters for each of the other Underwriters substantially to the effect set forth in Exhibits A-1 and A-2 hereto or in such other form and substance as may be reasonably satisfactory to counsel to the Underwriters.

 

(c) Opinion of Counsel for Underwriters . At Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received the favorable opinion, dated as of Closing Time, of Clifford Chance US LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters with respect to the matters set forth in clauses (A) (ii) and (iii) (solely as to preemptive or other similar rights arising by operation of law or under the charter or by-laws of the Fund), (i), (v), (vi) and (xiv), (iii) (solely as to the information in the Prospectus under “Description of Shares”) and the third to last paragraph of Exhibit A-1 hereto. In giving such opinion such counsel may rely, as to all matters governed by the laws of jurisdictions other than the law of the State of New York and the federal law of the United States, upon the opinions of counsel satisfactory to the Representatives. Such counsel may also state that, insofar as such opinion involves factual matters, they have relied, to the extent they deem proper, upon certificates of officers of the Fund and certificates of public officials.

 

(d) Officers’ Certificates . At Closing Time, there shall not have been, since the date hereof or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Fund, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and the Representatives shall have received (A) a certificate of a duly authorized officer of the Fund and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Fund and of the President or a Vice President or Managing Director of PAFM, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no such material adverse change, (ii) the representations and warranties in Sections 1(a) and (b) hereof are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of Closing Time, (iii) each of the Fund and the Managers, respectively, has complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied pursuant to this Agreement at or prior to Closing Time, (iv) with respect to the certificate by an officer of PAFM only, there has been no material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of PAFM, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, and (v) no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement, or order of suspension or revocation of registration pursuant to Section 8(e) of the 1940 Act, has been issued and no proceedings for any such purpose have been instituted or are pending or are contemplated by the Commission and (B) a certificate of the President or a Vice President or Managing Director of PIMCO, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that (i) representations and warranties in Section 1(b) hereof are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of Closing Time and (ii) the description of PIMCO and its business, and the statements attributable to PIMCO in the Registration Statement (and any amendment or supplement thereto) under the headings “Prospectus Summary—Portfolio Manager,” “Management of the Fund—Portfolio Manager” and in the first four paragraphs under the heading “Investment Manager and Portfolio Manager—Portfolio Manager,” at the time such Registration Statement became effective, were true and correct and did not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading or the description of PIMCO and its business, and the

 

15


statements attributable to PIMCO in the Prospectus (and any amendment or supplement thereto) under the headings “Prospectus Summary—Portfolio Manager” and “Management of the Fund—Portfolio Manager,” at the time the Prospectus was issued, were true and correct and did not, or at the Closing Time, are true and correct and do not, contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

 

(e) Accountant’s Comfort Letter . At the time of the execution of this Agreement, the Representatives shall have received from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP a letter dated such date, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives, together with signed or reproduced copies of such letter for each of the other Underwriters containing statements and information of the type ordinarily included in accountants’ “comfort letters” to underwriters with respect to the financial statements and certain financial information contained in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

(f) Bring-down Comfort Letter . At Closing Time, the Representatives shall have received from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP a letter, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that they reaffirm the statements made in the letter furnished pursuant to subsection (e) of this Section, except that the specified date referred to shall be a date not more than three business days prior to Closing Time.

 

(g) Approval of Listing . At Closing Time, the Securities shall have been approved for listing on the NYSE, subject only to official notice of issuance.

 

(h) Execution of Additional Compensation Agreement . At Closing Time, Merrill Lynch shall have received the Additional Compensation Agreement, dated the date of the Closing Time, as executed by PAFM.

 

(i) No Objection . The NASD has confirmed that it has not raised any objection with respect to the fairness and reasonableness of the underwriting terms and arrangements.

 

(j) Conditions to Purchase of Option Securities . In the event that the Underwriters exercise their option provided in Section 2(b) hereof to purchase all or any portion of the Option Securities, the representations and warranties of the Fund contained herein and the statements in any certificates furnished by the Fund hereunder shall be true and correct as of each Date of Delivery and, at the relevant Date of Delivery, the Representatives shall have received:

 

(i) Officers’ Certificates . Certificates, dated such Date of Delivery, of a duly authorized officer of the Fund and of the chief financial or chief accounting officer of the Fund and of the President or a Vice President or Managing Director of each of the Managers, as applicable, confirming that the information contained in the applicable certificate delivered by each of them at the Closing Time pursuant to Section 5(d) hereof remains true and correct as of such Date of Delivery.

 

(ii) Opinions of Counsel for the Fund and the Managers . The favorable opinions of Ropes & Gray LLP, counsel for the Fund, Newton B. Schott, Jr., Esq., internal counsel for PAFM and internal counsel for PIMCO, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(b) hereof.

 

(iii) Opinion of Counsel for the Underwriters . The favorable opinion of Clifford Chance US LLP, counsel for the Underwriters, dated such Date of Delivery, relating to the Option Securities to be purchased on such Date of Delivery and otherwise to the same effect as the opinion required by Section 5(c) hereof.

 

16


(iv) Bring-down Comfort Letter . A letter from PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, in form and substance satisfactory to the Representatives and dated such Date of Delivery, substantially in the same form and substance as the letter furnished to the Representatives pursuant to Section 5(f) hereof, except that the “specified date” in the letter furnished pursuant to this paragraph shall be a date not more than five days prior to such Date of Delivery.

 

(k) Additional Documents . At Closing Time and at each Date of Delivery, counsel for the Underwriters shall have been furnished with such opinions, certificates and other documents as they may reasonably require from the Fund and the Managers for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated, or in order to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all proceedings taken by the Fund and the Managers in connection with the organization and registration of the Fund under the 1940 Act and the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be reasonably satisfactory in form and substance to the Representatives and counsel for the Underwriters.

 

(l) Termination of Agreement . If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement, or, in the case of any condition to the purchase of Option Securities, on a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, the obligations of the several Underwriters to purchase the relevant Option Securities, may be terminated by the Representatives by notice to the Fund at any time at or prior to Closing Time or such Date of Delivery, as the case may be, and such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 and except that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8 and 13 shall survive any such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 6. Indemnification.

 

(a) Indemnification of Underwriters . The Fund and PAFM, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, and any director, officer, employee or affiliate thereof as follows:

 

(i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information and the Rule 434 Information, if applicable, or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a material fact included in any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto), or the omission or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;

 

(ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission; provided that (subject to Section 6(e) below) any such settlement is effected with the prior written consent of the Fund and PAFM; and

 

(iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as incurred (including the reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by Merrill Lynch), reasonably incurred in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon

 

17


any such untrue statement or omission, or any such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

 

provided, however, that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss, liability, claim, damage or expense to the extent arising out of any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Fund or the Managers by any Underwriter through Merrill Lynch expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information and the Rule 434 Information, if applicable, or any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto); provided, further, that the indemnity agreement contained in this Section 6(a) shall not inure to the benefit of any Underwriter (or to the benefit of any person controlling such Underwriter) from whom the person asserting any such loss, liability, claim, damage and expense purchased the Securities which are the subject thereof if the Prospectus corrected any such alleged untrue statement or omission and if such Prospectus was delivered to such Underwriter in a timely manner and if such Underwriter failed to send or give a copy of the Prospectus to such person at or prior to the written confirmation of the sale of such Securities to such person.

 

(b) Indemnification of Fund, PAFM, Trustees and Officers . Each Underwriter severally agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Fund and PAFM, their respective directors and trustees, each of the Fund’s officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Fund or PAFM within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged untrue statements or omissions, made in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information and the Rule 434 Information, if applicable, or any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) in reliance upon and in conformity with written information furnished to the Fund or the Manager by such Underwriter through Merrill Lynch expressly for use in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), including the Rule 430A Information and the Rule 434 Information or such preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto).

 

(c) Indemnification for Marketing Materials . In addition to the foregoing indemnification, the Fund and PAFM also, jointly and severally, agree to indemnify and hold harmless each Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls any Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act, against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense described in the indemnity contained in Section 6(a), as limited by the proviso set forth therein, with respect to any sales material.

 

(d) Actions against Parties; Notification . Each indemnified party shall give notice as promptly as reasonably practicable to each indemnifying party of any action commenced against it in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, but failure to so notify an indemnifying party shall not relieve such indemnifying party from any liability hereunder to the extent it is not materially prejudiced as a result thereof and in any event shall not relieve it from any liability which it may have otherwise than on account of this indemnity agreement. In the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(a) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by Merrill Lynch, and, in the case of parties indemnified pursuant to Section 6(b) above, counsel to the indemnified parties shall be selected by the Fund and PAFM. An indemnifying party may participate at its own expense in the defense of any such action; provided, however, that counsel to the indemnifying party shall not (except with the consent of the indemnified party) also be counsel to the indemnified party. In no event shall the indemnifying parties be liable for fees and expenses of more than one counsel (in addition to any local counsel) separate from their own counsel for all indemnified parties in connection with any one action or separate but similar or related actions in the same jurisdiction arising out of the same general allegations or

 

18


circumstances. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written consent of the indemnified parties, settle or compromise or consent to the entry of any judgment with respect to any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever in respect of which indemnification or contribution could be sought under this Section 6 or Section 7 hereof (whether or not the indemnified parties are actual or potential parties thereto), unless such settlement, compromise or consent (i) includes an unconditional release of each indemnified party from all liability arising out of such litigation, investigation, proceeding or claim and (ii) does not include a statement as to or an admission of fault, culpability or a failure to act by or on behalf of any indemnified party.

 

(e) Settlement without Consent if Failure to Reimburse . If at any time an indemnified party shall have requested an indemnifying party to reimburse the indemnified party for reasonable fees and expenses of counsel, such indemnifying party agrees that it shall be liable for any settlement of the nature contemplated by Section 6(a)(ii) effected without its written consent if (i) such settlement is entered into more than 60 days after receipt by such indemnifying party of the aforesaid request, (ii) such indemnifying party shall have received notice of the terms of such settlement at least 30 days prior to such settlement being entered into and (iii) such indemnifying party shall not have reimbursed such indemnified party in accordance with such request prior to the date of such settlement.

 

SECTION 7. Contribution.

 

If the indemnification provided for in Section 6 hereof is for any reason unavailable to or insufficient to hold harmless an indemnified party in respect of any losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses referred to therein, then, each indemnifying party shall contribute to the aggregate amount of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by such indemnified party, as incurred, (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received by the Fund and PAFM on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if the allocation provided by clause (i) is not permitted by applicable law, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of the Fund and PAFM on the one hand and of the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, liabilities, claims, damages or expenses, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations.

 

The relative benefits received by the Fund and PAFM on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand in connection with the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement shall be deemed to be in the same respective proportions as the total net proceeds from the offering of the Securities pursuant to this Agreement (before deducting expenses) received by the Fund and the total underwriting discount received by the Underwriters (whether from the Fund or otherwise), in each case as set forth on the cover of the Prospectus or, if Rule 434 is used, the corresponding location on the Term Sheet, bear to the aggregate initial public offering price of the Securities as set forth on such cover.

 

The relative fault of the Fund and PAFM on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other hand shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any such untrue or alleged untrue statement of a material fact or omission or alleged omission to state a material fact relates to information supplied by the Fund or PAFM or by the Underwriters and the parties’ relative intent, knowledge, access to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such statement or omission.

 

The Fund, PAFM and the Underwriters agree that it would not be just and equitable if contribution pursuant to this Section 7 were determined by pro rata allocation (even if the Underwriters were treated as one entity for such purpose) or by any other method of allocation which does not take account of the equitable considerations referred to above in this Section 7. The aggregate amount of losses, liabilities, claims, damages and expenses incurred by an indemnified party and referred to above in

 

19


this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, no Underwriter shall be required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the total price at which the Securities underwritten by it and distributed to the public were offered to the public exceeds the amount of any damages which such Underwriter has otherwise been required to pay by reason of any such untrue or alleged untrue statement or omission or alleged omission.

 

No person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation (within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent misrepresentation.

 

For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls an Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as such Underwriter, and each trustee of the Fund and each director of PAFM, respectively, each officer of the Fund who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if any, who controls the Fund or PAFM, within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act or Section 20 of the 1934 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the Fund and PAFM, respectively. The Underwriters’ respective obligations to contribute pursuant to this Section 7 are several in proportion to the number of Initial Securities set forth opposite their respective names in Schedule A hereto and not joint.

 

SECTION 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive Delivery.

 

All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this Agreement or in certificates of officers of the Fund or the Managers submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of any Underwriter or controlling person, or by or on behalf of the Fund or the Managers, and shall survive delivery of the Securities to the Underwriters.

 

SECTION 9. Termination of Agreement.

 

(a) Termination; General . The Representatives may terminate this Agreement, by notice to the Fund, at any time at or prior to Closing Time (i) if there has been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the Prospectus, any material adverse change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business affairs or business prospects of the Fund or the Managers, whether or not arising in the ordinary course of business, or (ii) if there has occurred any material adverse change in the financial markets in the United States or the international financial markets, any outbreak of hostilities or escalation thereof or other calamity or crisis or any change or development involving a prospective change in national or international political, financial or economic conditions, in each case the effect of which is such as to make it, in the judgment of the Representatives, impracticable or inadvisable to market the Securities or to enforce contracts for the sale of the Securities, or (iii) if trading in the Common Shares of the Fund has been suspended or materially limited by the Commission or the NYSE, or if trading generally on the NYSE or the American Stock Exchange or in the Nasdaq National Market has been suspended or materially limited, or minimum or maximum prices for trading have been fixed, or maximum ranges for prices have been required, by any of said exchanges or by such system or by order of the Commission, the NASD or any other governmental authority, or a material disruption has occurred in commercial banking or securities settlement or clearance services in the United States, or (iv) if a banking moratorium has been declared by either Federal or New York authorities.

 

20


(b) Liabilities . If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof, and provided further that Sections 1, 6, 7, 8 and 13 shall survive such termination and remain in full force and effect.

 

SECTION 10. Default by One or More of the Underwriters.

 

If one or more of the Underwriters shall fail at Closing Time or a Date of Delivery to purchase the Securities which it or they are obligated to purchase under this Agreement (the “Defaulted Securities”), the Representatives shall have the right, within 24 hours thereafter, to make arrangements for one or more of the non-defaulting Underwriters, or any other underwriters, to purchase all, but not less than all, of the Defaulted Securities in such amounts as may be agreed upon and upon the terms herein set forth; if, however, the Representatives shall not have completed such arrangements within such 24-hour period, then:

 

(a) if the number of Defaulted Securities does not exceed 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, each of the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated, severally and not jointly, to purchase the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations hereunder bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters, or

 

(b) if the number of Defaulted Securities exceeds 10% of the number of Securities to be purchased on such date, this Agreement or, with respect to any Date of Delivery which occurs after the Closing Time, the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and of the Fund to sell the Option Securities to be purchased and sold on such Date of Delivery shall terminate without liability on the part of any non-defaulting Underwriter.

 

No action taken pursuant to this Section shall relieve any defaulting Underwriter from liability in respect of its default.

 

In the event of any such default which does not result in a termination of this Agreement or, in the case of a Date of Delivery which is after the Closing Time, which does not result in a termination of the obligation of the Underwriters to purchase and the Fund to sell the relevant Option Securities, as the case may be, either the Representatives or the Fund shall have the right to postpone Closing Time or the relevant Date of Delivery, as the case may be, for a period not exceeding seven days in order to effect any required changes in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or in any other documents or arrangements. As used herein, the term “Underwriter” includes any person substituted for an Underwriter under this Section 10.

 

SECTION 11. Tax Disclosure.

 

Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, from the commencement of discussions with respect to the transactions contemplated hereby, the Fund and its investment manager (and each employee, representative or other agent of the Fund) may disclose to any and all persons, without limitation of any kind, the tax treatment and tax structure (as such terms are used in Sections 6011, 6111 and 6112 of the U.S. Code and the Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder) of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and all materials of any kind (including opinions or other tax analyses) that are provided relating to such tax treatment and tax structure.

 

SECTION 12. Notices.

 

All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the Underwriters shall be directed to the Representatives, Merrill Lynch & Co., 4 World Financial Center, New York, New York 10080, attention of Equity Capital Markets; and notices to the Fund or the

 

21


Managers shall be directed, as appropriate, to the office of PA Fund Management LLC, 1345 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10105, attention Brian Shlissel, with a copy to PA Distributors LLC, 2187 Atlantic Street, Stamford, CT 06902, attention Newton B. Schott, Jr.

 

SECTION 13. Parties.

 

This Agreement shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, the Fund, PAFM and their respective partners and successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters, the Fund, PAFM and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and trustees referred to in Sections 6 and 7 and their heirs and legal representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or in respect of this Agreement or any provision herein contained. This Agreement and all conditions and provisions hereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Underwriters, the Fund, PAFM and their respective partners and successors, and said controlling persons and officers, trustees and directors and their heirs and legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or corporation. No purchaser of Securities from any Underwriter shall be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase.

 

SECTION 14. GOVERNING LAW AND TIME.

 

THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK APPLICABLE TO AGREEMENTS MADE AND TO BE PERFORMED IN SAID STATE. UNLESS OTHERWISE EXPLICITLY PROVIDED, SPECIFIED TIMES OF DAY REFER TO NEW YORK CITY TIME.

 

SECTION 15. Effect of Headings.

 

The Article and Section headings herein are for convenience only and shall not affect the construction hereof.

 

SECTION 16. Massachusetts Business Trust.

 

A copy of the Agreement and Declaration of Trust of the Fund is on file with the Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts, and notice is hereby given that this Agreement is executed on behalf of the Fund by an officer or trustee of the Fund in his or her capacity as an officer or trustee of the Fund and not individually and that the obligations of or arising out of this instrument are not binding upon any of the trustees, officers or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.

 

22


If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our agreement, please sign and return to us a counterpart hereof, whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement among the Underwriters, the Fund and PAFM in accordance with its terms.

 

Very truly yours,

PIMCO FLOATING RATE STRATEGY FUND

By:        
   

Name:

   
   

Title:

   

PA FUND MANAGEMENT LLC

By:        
   

Name:

   
   

Title:

   

 

23


CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED, as of the date first above written:

 

MERRILL LYNCH & CO.

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

UBS SECURITIES LLC

A.G. EDWARDS & SONS, INC.

WACHOVIA CAPITAL MARKETS, LLC

ADVEST, INC.

ROBERT W. BAIRD & CO. INCORPORATED

FERRIS, BAKER WATTS, INCORPORATED

H&R BLOCK FINANCIAL ADVISORS, INC.

J.J.B. HILLIARD, W.L. LYONS, INC.

KEYBANC CAPITAL MARKETS, A DIVISION OF MCDONALD INVESTMENTS INC.

LEGG MASON WOOD WALKER, INCORPORATED

OPPENHEIMER & CO. INC.

RBC CAPITAL MARKETS CORPORATION

RYAN BECK & CO., INC.

STIFEL, NICOLAUS & COMPANY, INCORPORATED

SUNTRUST CAPITAL MARKETS, INC.

WEDBUSH MORGAN SECURITIES INC.

WELLS FARGO SECURITIES, LLC

 

By:   Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated
By:    
   

Authorized Signatory

 

For themselves and as Representatives of the other Underwriters named in Schedule A hereto.

 

24


SCHEDULE A

 

Name of Underwriter


   Number of
Initial Securities


 

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

   [___________ ]

UBS Securities LLC

   [___________ ]

A.G. Edwards & Sons, Inc.

   [___________ ]

Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC

   [___________ ]

Advest, Inc.

   [___________ ]

Robert W. Baird & Co. Incorporated

   [___________ ]

Ferris, Baker Watts, Incorporated

   [___________ ]

H&R Block Financial Advisors, Inc.

   [___________ ]

J.J.B. Hilliard, W.L. Lyons, Inc.

   [___________ ]

KeyBanc Capital Markets, a division of McDonald Investments Inc.

   [___________ ]

Legg Mason Wood Walker, Incorporated

   [___________ ]

Oppenheimer & Co. Inc.

   [___________ ]

RBC Capital Markets Corporation

   [___________ ]

Ryan Beck & Co., Inc.

   [___________ ]

Stifel, Nicolaus & Company, Incorporated

   [___________ ]

SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc.

   [___________ ]

Wedbush Morgan Securities Inc.

   [___________ ]

Wells Fargo Securities, LLC

   [___________ ]

Total

   [___________ ]

 

Sch A-1


SCHEDULE B

 

PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund

 

[                      ]Common Shares of Beneficial Interest

(Par Value $.00001 Per Share)

 

1. The initial public offering price per share for the Securities, determined as provided in said Section 2, shall be $20.00.

 

2. The purchase price per share for the Securities to be paid by the several Underwriters shall be $[                      ], being an amount equal to the initial public offering price set forth above less $[                      ] per share; provided that the purchase price per share for any Option Securities purchased upon the exercise of the overallotment option described in Section 2(b) shall be reduced by an amount per share equal to any dividends or distributions declared by the Fund and payable on the Initial Securities but not payable on the Option Securities.

 

Sch B-1


Exhibit A-1

 

FORM OF OPINION OF FUND’S COUNSEL

TO BE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO SECTION 5(b) [To be agreed upon]

 

October [      ], 2004

 

Merrill Lynch & Co.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

 

As Representatives of the Several Underwriters listed on Schedule A to the Purchase Agreement

  c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

  4 World Financial Center

New York, New York 10080

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund (the “ Fund ”) in connection with the proposed issuance of [                      ] common shares of beneficial interest, with a par value of $0.00001 per share (the “ Shares ”). This opinion is furnished to you pursuant to Section 5(b) of the Purchase Agreement dated as of October [                      ], 2004 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) among the Fund, PA Fund Management LLC (the “ Investment Manager ”) and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and [other underwriters], as representatives of the underwriters listed on Schedule A thereto (the “ Underwriters ”). Capitalized terms used in this opinion, unless otherwise defined, have the meanings specified in the Purchase Agreement.

 

We have examined signed copies of the registration statement of the Fund on Form N-2 (File No. 333-117187) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), and under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”), including all exhibits thereto, as filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ Commission ”) on July 7, 2004 (the “ Original Registration Statement ”), Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 to the Original Registration Statement, including all exhibits thereto, as filed with the Commission on [                      ], 2004 (“ Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 ”) and Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 to the Original Registration Statement, including all exhibits thereto, as filed with the Commission on [                      ], 2004 (“ Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 ” and, together with the Original Registration Statement and Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1, the “ Registration Statement ”); the Fund’s Notification of Registration on Form N-8A (File No. 811-21601) under the Investment Company Act, as filed with the Commission on July 6, 2004 (the “ Notification of Registration ”); the Fund’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), as filed with the Commission on [                      ], 2004 (the “ Exchange Act Registration Statement ”); the Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, as amended to the date hereof (the “ Declaration of Trust ”), on file in the offices of the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the Clerk of the City of Boston; the By-laws of the Fund, as amended to the date hereof (the “ By-laws ”); a copy of the Prospectus dated [                      ], 2004, relating to the Shares and the Statement of Additional Information of the Fund dated [                      ], 2004, each as filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act on [                      ], 2004 (together, the “ Prospectus ”); the Investment Management Agreement dated as of [                      ], 2004, between the Fund and the Investment Manager (the “ Investment Management Agreement ”); the Portfolio Management

 

A-1


Agreement dated as of [                      ], 2004, between Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (the “ Portfolio Manager ”) and the Investment Manager (the “ Portfolio Management Agreement ”), as agreed to and accepted by the Fund; the Custodian Agreement dated as of [                      ], 2004, between the Fund and State Street Bank and Trust Company (the “ Custodian Agreement ”); and the Transfer Agency Services Agreement dated as of [                      ], 2004, between the Fund and PFPC Inc. (the “ Transfer Agency Agreement, ” and, together with the Custodian Agreement, the “ Fund Agreements ”); and the Purchase Agreement. Additionally, we have relied upon the order of the Commission pursuant to Section 8(a) of the Securities Act declaring the Registration Statement effective as of [                      ] on [                      ], 2004, and upon the oral representation of [                      ]of the Commission staff to the effect that the Exchange Act Registration Statement and the Registration Statement became effective as of [                      ] on [                      ], 2004; a letter dated [                      ], 2004, from [                      ], Corporate Listings and Compliance of the New York Stock Exchange, authorizing the Shares for listing on such Exchange; and the oral representation by a member of the Commission staff on the date hereof that as of [                      ], 2004, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement had been issued and no proceeding for any such purpose was pending or threatened.

 

We have also examined and relied upon the original or copies of written consents of shareholders and the Board of Trustees of the Fund and copies of resolutions of the Board of Trustees of the Fund certified by the Secretary of the Fund, the documents delivered to the Underwriters by the Fund, the Investment Manager and the Portfolio Manager dated as of the date hereof pursuant to the Purchase Agreement and such other documents, including certificates of officers of the Fund, as we have deemed necessary for purposes of rendering our opinions below. For purposes of paragraph 2 below, we have relied solely on (1) the certificate of recent date of the Secretary of State of the State of California as to the entitlement of the Fund to transact intrastate business in the State of California, (2) a Certificate of the Special Deputy Secretary of State of the State of New York dated                      , 2004, certifying copies of (a) a Certificate of Designation by the Fund dated [                      ], 2004 and (b) a Statement under Section 18 of the New York General Associations Law, (3) a Filing Receipt of the Department of State of the State of New York dated [                      ], 2004 relating to the Fund, (4) a Certificate dated                      , 2004 of the Special Deputy Secretary of State of the State of New York certifying that the Fund filed a Certificate of Designation in the Department of State of the State of New York on                      , 2004, and (5) a LEXIS search on October                      , 2004 of the New York Department of State                      , Corporate Record, showing the “status” of the Fund as “active” and noting that “good standing status can only be determined by performing a search in the records of both the Department of State Corporation Records and Department of Tax and Franchise.” We have assumed the genuineness of the signatures on all documents examined by us, the authenticity of all documents submitted to us as originals and the conformity to the corresponding originals of all documents submitted to us as copies. For purposes of our opinions regarding the effectiveness of the Registration Statement and the Exchange Act Registration Statement, we are relying solely on the oral representations of the Commission staff.

 

We express no opinion as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and the United States of America. We call your attention to the fact that the Purchase Agreement provides that it is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York and the Transfer Agency Agreement provides that it is to be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of Delaware, and to the fact that the Investment Management Agreement does not provide that it is to be governed by the laws of any particular jurisdiction. In rendering the opinion as to enforceability expressed in paragraph 5 below, we have limited the scope of our opinion to the conclusions that would be reached by a Massachusetts court that had determined that each of the Fund Agreements and the Investment Management Agreement would be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the internal laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. Further, we express no opinion as to the state securities or Blue Sky laws of any jurisdiction, including The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

A-2


For purposes of our opinion set forth in paragraph 2 below with respect to the power and authority of the Fund to own, lease and operate its properties and conduct its business, we have relied upon certificates of officers of the Fund as to the states in which the Fund leases or owns real property or in which it conducts material operations.

 

Insofar as this opinion relates to factual matters, we have made inquiries to officers of the Fund, the Investment Manager and the Portfolio Manager to the extent we believe reasonable with respect to such matters and have relied inter alia upon representations made by the Fund and the Investment Manager in the Purchase Agreement, representations made by the Portfolio Manager to the Investment Manager and representations made to us by one or more officers of the Fund, the Investment Manager or the Portfolio Manager. We have not independently verified the accuracy of such representations. Where our opinion relates to our “knowledge,” that term means the conscious awareness of facts or other information by any lawyer in our firm giving substantive attention to the representation of the Fund with respect to the transactions contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, and does not require or imply (i) any examination of this firm’s, any such lawyer’s or any other person’s or entity’s files, or (ii) that any inquiry was made of any lawyer (other than the lawyers described above). In respect of our opinions set forth in paragraphs 4, 7, 9 and 11 below, we have not searched the dockets of any court, administrative body or other filing office in any jurisdiction.

 

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

 

1. The Registration Statement and all post-effective amendments on or before the Closing Time, if any, are effective under the Securities Act; the filing of the Prospectus pursuant to Rule 497 under the Securities Act has been made in the manner and within the time period required by Rule 497; and based upon oral inquiries to the Commission staff on the date hereof, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceeding for any such purpose is pending or threatened by the Commission.

 

2. The Fund has been duly organized and is validly existing and in good standing as an unincorporated voluntary association under and by virtue of the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts and has full power and authority to own or lease its properties and to conduct its business as described in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. The Certificate of Designation relating to the Fund’s conduct of business in the State of New York is on file with the Department of State of the State of New York, and the Fund is entitled to transact intrastate business in the State of California.

 

3. The Fund’s authorized capitalization is as set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus. The Fund has an indefinite number of authorized common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.00001 per share. The Shares conform in all material respects as to legal matters to the description of them under the section entitled “Description of Shares” in the Prospectus. All issued and outstanding common shares of beneficial interest of the Fund have been duly authorized and are validly issued, fully paid and, subject to the penultimate paragraph of this opinion letter, non-assessable, and the common shares of beneficial interest issued to [Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P.] on [                      ], 2004 have been issued in one or more transactions exempt from the registration requirements of the Securities Act. The Shares have been duly authorized and, when issued and delivered to the Underwriters against payment therefor in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement, will be validly issued, fully paid and, subject to the penultimate paragraph of this opinion letter, non-assessable. Except as contemplated by the Purchase Agreement, no person is entitled to any preemptive or other similar rights with respect to the Shares.

 

4. The Fund was deemed to be registered under Section 8(a) of the Investment Company Act upon receipt by the Commission of the Notification of Registration. To our knowledge, the

 

A-3


Commission has not issued to the Fund notice of any hearing or other proceeding to consider suspension or revocation of any such registration statement. All required action has been taken by the Fund under the Securities Act, the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder in connection with the issuance and sale of the Shares to make the public offering and consummate the sale of the Shares pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

 

5. The Fund has full power and authority to enter into each of the Fund Agreements and to perform all of the terms and provisions thereof to be carried out by it. Each of the Fund Agreements has been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund. Each of the Fund Agreements, the Investment Management Agreement and the Portfolio Management Agreement complies in all material respects with all applicable provisions of the Investment Company Act and the Advisers Act of 1940, as amended, as the case may be, and the rules and regulations thereunder (except we express no opinion as to the reasonableness or fairness of compensation payable under such agreements). Assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other parties thereto, each Fund Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Fund enforceable in accordance with its terms, subject as to enforcement to bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

6. The Fund has full power and authority to enter into each of the Investment Management Agreement and the Purchase Agreement and to perform all of the terms and provisions thereof to be carried out by it. The Investment Management Agreement and the Purchase Agreement have been duly and validly authorized, executed and delivered by the Fund. Assuming due authorization, execution and delivery by the other party thereto, the Investment Management Agreement constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligation of the Fund enforceable in accordance with its terms (except we express no opinion as to the reasonableness or fairness of compensation payable under such agreements), subject as to enforcement to bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, reorganization and other laws of general applicability relating to or affecting creditors’ rights and to general equity principles (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law).

 

7. None of (a) the execution and delivery by the Fund of the Investment Management Agreement, the Purchase Agreement or any of the Fund Agreements, (b) the issue and sale by the Fund of the Shares as contemplated by the Purchase Agreement and (c) the performance by the Fund of its obligations under the Investment Management Agreement, the Purchase Agreement or any of the Fund Agreements or consummation by the Fund of the other transactions contemplated by the Investment Management Agreement, the Purchase Agreement or any of the Fund Agreements conflicts or will conflict with, or results or will result in a breach of, or the creation or imposition of any lien, charge or encumbrance upon any assets or property of the Fund pursuant to, the Declaration of Trust or the By-laws or, to our knowledge, any agreement or instrument to which the Fund is a party or by which the Fund is bound or to which its property is subject, or violates or will violate any federal or Massachusetts statute, law or regulation or any judgment, injunction, order or decree of any federal or Massachusetts governmental agency or body that is applicable to the Fund and that is known to us, which violation would have a material adverse effect on the condition or business of the Fund.

 

8. To our knowledge, the Fund is not in breach of, or in default under, its Declaration of Trust or By-laws, or any material written agreement or instrument to which it is a party or by which it or its property is bound or affected.

 

9. No consent, approval, authorization or order of or registration with any court or governmental agency or body or securities exchange or securities association is required by the Fund for the consummation by the Fund of the transactions contemplated in the Investment Management

 

A-4


Agreement, the Purchase Agreement and the Fund Agreements, except such as (a) have been obtained under the Securities Act, the Investment Company Act or the Exchange Act and (b) may be required by the New York Stock Exchange or the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. or under state securities or Blue Sky laws in connection with the purchase and distribution of the Shares by the Underwriters pursuant to the Purchase Agreement.

 

10. To our knowledge, based upon a letter dated [                      ], 2004, [                      ], Corporate Listings and Compliance of the New York Stock Exchange, authorizing the Shares for listing on such Exchange, the Shares have been authorized for listing on the New York Stock Exchange, subject to official notice of issuance, and to our knowledge after due inquiry, including oral inquiries of the Commission staff on [                      ], 2004, the Exchange Act Registration Statement has become effective.

 

11. To our knowledge, there are no legal, governmental or court proceedings pending or threatened against the Fund, or to which the Fund or any of its properties is subject, that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus but are not described therein as required.

 

12. To our knowledge, there are no agreements, contracts, indentures, leases or other instruments that are required to be described in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus or to be filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement which have not been so described or filed as an exhibit or incorporated therein by reference.

 

13. Each of the sections in the Prospectus entitled “Tax Matters,” to the extent that it states matters of United States law or legal conclusions with respect thereto, presents a fair and accurate summary of the principal federal income tax rules currently in effect applicable to the Fund and to the purchase, ownership and disposition of the Shares.

 

14. The Registration Statement (except for the financial statements and schedules, the notes thereto and any schedules and other financial data contained or incorporated by reference therein or omitted therefrom, as to which we express no opinion), at the effective time set forth above, and the Prospectus (except as aforesaid), as of the date thereof, complied as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Securities Act and the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, and the Notification of Registration, when filed with the Commission, complied as to form in all material respects with the applicable requirements of the Investment Company Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

We have not independently verified the accuracy, completeness or fairness of the statements made or the information contained in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus and, except in the respects and to the extent set forth in paragraphs 3, 13 and 14 above, we are not passing upon and do not assume any responsibility therefor. In the course of the preparation by the Fund of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, we have participated in discussions with your representatives and employees and officers of the Fund, the Investment Manager and the Portfolio Manager and in discussions with the Fund’s independent accountants, in which the business and the affairs of the Fund, the Investment Manager and the Portfolio Manager and the contents of the Registration Statement and the Prospectus were discussed. There is no assurance that all material facts as to the Fund, the Investment Manager, the Portfolio Manager and their affairs were disclosed to us or that our familiarity with the Fund and the Investment Manager or any familiarity with the Portfolio Manager is such that we would have necessarily recognized the materiality of such facts as were disclosed to us, and we have to a large extent relied upon statements of representatives of the Fund, the Investment Manager and the Portfolio Manager as to the materiality of the facts disclosed to us. On the basis of information that we have gained in the course of our representation of the Fund in connection with its preparation of the Registration Statement

 

A-5


and the Prospectus and our participation in the discussions referred to above, no facts have come to our attention that would lead us to believe that, as of the effective date of the Registration Statement, the Registration Statement contained any untrue statement of a material fact or omitted to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein not misleading, or that as of the date of the Prospectus and the date hereof the Prospectus contained an untrue statement of material fact or omitted to state a material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the statements therein, in light, in each case, of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading (in each case, other than the financial statements and schedules, the notes thereto and any schedules and other financial data contained or incorporated by reference therein or omitted therefrom, as to which we express no opinion).

 

Under Massachusetts law, shareholders could, under certain circumstances, be held personally liable for the obligations of the Fund. However, the Fund’s Declaration of Trust disclaims shareholder liability for acts or obligations of the Fund and requires that notice of such disclaimer be given in each agreement, obligation, and instrument entered into or executed by the Fund or the Trustees. The Declaration of Trust provides for indemnification out of the property of the Fund for all loss and expense of any shareholder held personally liable solely by reason of being or having been a shareholder of the Fund. Thus, the risk of a shareholder’s incurring financial loss on account of being a shareholder is limited to circumstances in which the Fund itself would be unable to meet its obligations.

 

This letter and the opinions expressed herein are furnished by us to you and are solely for benefit of the Underwriters, except that Clifford Chance US LLP may rely on this letter as to all matters governed by the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts in delivering its opinion to you on the date hereof.

 

Very truly yours,

 

Ropes & Gray LLP

 

*  *  *  *  *

 

A-6


October [      ], 2004

 

Merrill Lynch & Co.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

 

As Representatives of the Several Underwriters listed on

  Schedule A to the Purchase Agreement

     c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

     4 World Financial Center

New York, New York 10080

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

We have acted as counsel to PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund (the “ Fund ”) in connection with the proposed issuance of [                      ] common shares of beneficial interest, with a par value of $0.00001 per share (the “ Shares ”). As an accommodation to the Fund, we are also rendering this opinion on behalf of PA Fund Management LLC (the “ Manager ”) solely with respect to the regulatory matters referred to below. This opinion is furnished to you pursuant to Section 5(b) of the Purchase Agreement dated as of October [_], 2004 (the “ Purchase Agreement ”) among the Fund, the Investment Manager and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and [other underwriters], as representatives of the underwriters listed on Schedule A thereto (the “ Underwriters ”). Capitalized terms used in this opinion, unless otherwise defined, have the meanings specified in our opinion of even date rendered on behalf of the Fund (the “ Fund Opinion ”).

 

Solely for purposes of this opinion, we have assumed that each of the Investment Management Agreement and the Portfolio Management Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered and constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the parties thereto in accordance with its respective terms, and that the descriptions of the Investment Management Agreement and the Portfolio Management Agreement in the Registration Statement are accurate and complete in all respects. We have also, with your permission and without independent investigation of the matters set forth therein, relied on the opinions of even date herewith of Newton B. Schott, Jr., Esq., Chief Legal Officer of the Investment Manager.

 

We express no opinion as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the United States of America.

 

Based upon and subject to the foregoing, we are of the opinion that:

 

1. Assuming the Investment Manager is duly registered as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Advisers Act ”), and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act or the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ Investment Company Act ”), from acting as investment manager for the Fund as contemplated by the Investment Management Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, neither the execution and delivery of the Purchase Agreement, the Investment Management Agreement or the Portfolio Management Agreement by the Investment Manager, nor the consummation by the Investment Manager of the transactions contemplated thereby, nor compliance by the Investment Manager with any of the terms and provisions thereof will violate the provisions of the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act, or the rules and regulations thereunder; provided , however , that the foregoing does not represent an opinion as to (a) the reasonableness of the fees to be paid to the Investment Manager under the Investment Management Agreement or (b) the compliance by the Investment Manager with its indemnification and contribution obligations set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

 

A-7


2. Assuming the Portfolio Manager is duly registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act, and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act or the Investment Company Act from acting as portfolio manager for the Fund as contemplated by the Portfolio Management Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, neither the execution and delivery of the Portfolio Management Agreement by the Portfolio Manager, nor the consummation by the Portfolio Manager of the transactions contemplated thereby, nor compliance by the Portfolio Manager with any of the terms and provisions thereof will violate the provisions of the Investment Company Act, the Advisers Act or the rules and regulations thereunder; provided , however , that the foregoing does not represent an opinion as to the reasonableness of the fees to be paid to the Portfolio Manager under the Portfolio Management Agreement.

 

This letter and the opinions expressed herein are furnished by us to you and are solely for benefit of the Underwriters.

 

Very truly yours,

Ropes & Gray LLP

 

A-8


Exhibit A-2

 

FORM OF OPINION OF MANAGER’S INTERNAL

COUNSEL TO BE DELIVERED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 5(b) [To be agreed upon]

 

Merrill Lynch & Co.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

 

As Representatives of the Several Underwriters listed on

    Schedule A to the Purchase Agreement

     c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

     4 World Financial Center

New York, New York 10080

 

  Re: PA Fund Management LLC

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

I am the Chief Legal Officer of PA Fund Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“PAFM”), and have counseled PAFM in such capacity in connection with the sale to you by PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund, a voluntary association with transferable shares organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts (commonly referred to as a Massachusetts business trust) (the “Fund”), of an aggregate of [                      ] common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Fund, pursuant to a registration statement on Form N-2 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on June 20, 2003 (Act File No. 333-117187, and Investment Company Act File No. 811-21601), as amended by Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 filed with the Commission on [                      ], 2004 and, Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 filed with the Commission on [                      ], 2004 (such registration statements collectively referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”), and a purchase agreement dated October [      ], 2004 by and among you, the Fund and PAFM (the “Purchase Agreement”).

 

This opinion is rendered to you pursuant to Section 5(b) of the Purchase Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings assigned to them in the Purchase Agreement.

 

As such legal officer, I have examined such matters of fact and questions of law as I have considered appropriate for purposes of rendering the opinions expressed below, except where a statement is qualified as to knowledge or awareness, in which case I have made no or limited inquiry as specified below. I have examined, among other things, the following:

 

  (a) the Purchase Agreement;

 

  (b) that certain Investment Management Agreement by and between the Fund and PAFM, dated as of [                      ], 2004;

 

  (c) that certain Portfolio Management Agreement by and between Pacific Investment Management Company LLC and PAFM, as accepted and agreed to by the Fund, dated as of [                      ], 2004; and

 

A-9


  (d) that certain Additional Compensation Agreement with respect to the Fund by and between PAFM and Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, dated as of [                      ], 2004.

 

The documents described in subsections (a)-(d) above are referred to herein collectively as the “Transaction Documents.”

 

In my examination, I have assumed the genuineness of all signatures (other than those of officers of PAFM on the Transaction Documents), the authenticity of all documents submitted to me as originals, and the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to me as copies.

 

I have been furnished with, and with your consent have relied upon, certificates of officers of PAFM with respect to certain factual matters. In addition, I have obtained and relied upon such certificates and assurances from public officials as I have deemed necessary.

 

I am opining herein as to the effect of the federal laws of the United States, the internal laws of the State of New York and the internal laws of the State of Delaware, and I express no opinion with respect to the applicability thereto, or the effect thereon, of the laws of any other jurisdiction or country or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any other local agencies within any state or country. My opinions set forth in paragraph 4 below are based upon my consideration of only those statutes, rules and regulations which, in my experience, are normally applicable to transactions similar to those contemplated by the Transaction Documents, generally.

 

Whenever a statement herein is qualified by “to my knowledge” or a similar phrase, it is intended to indicate that I do not have current actual knowledge of the inaccuracy of such statement. However, except as otherwise expressly indicated, I have not undertaken any independent investigation to determine the accuracy of any such statement, and no inference that I have any knowledge of any matters pertaining to such statement should be drawn from my position as Chief Legal Officer of PAFM.

 

Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein, it is my opinion that, as of the date hereof:

 

1. PAFM is a limited liability company and is validly existing and in good standing under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C §. 18-101, et seq.) with all necessary limited liability company power and authority to enter into and deliver the Transaction Documents and perform its obligations thereunder and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and as described in the Registration Statement. Based on certificates from public officials, I confirm that PAFM is qualified to do business in the following States: California, New York and Connecticut, such States being those in which its ownership or leasing of property or its conducting of business may require such qualification and where failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on the ability of PAFM to perform its obligations under the Investment Management Agreement and the Portfolio Management Agreement.

 

2. The execution, delivery and performance of the Transaction Documents by PAFM have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action of PAFM and no other actions on the part of PAFM or its unitholders or any subsidiary of PAFM or its unitholders is necessary to authorize and consummate the transactions contemplated thereby, and the Transaction Documents have been duly executed and delivered by PAFM.

 

3. Each of the Investment Management Agreement, the Portfolio Management Agreement and the Additional Compensation Agreement constitutes a legally valid and binding agreement of PAFM, enforceable against PAFM in accordance with its terms.

 

A-10


4. Neither the execution and delivery of the Transaction Documents by PAFM, nor the consummation by PAFM of transactions contemplated thereby, nor compliance by PAFM with any of the terms and provisions thereof will:

 

(i) violate any provision of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of PAFM, effective May 23, 2000, as amended on July 1, 2001, December 12, 2001 and October 31, 2002, which is still in full force and effect and which has not been further amended or supplemented through the date hereof,

 

(ii) violate any federal, Delaware or New York statute, rule or regulation applicable to PAFM (other than federal and state securities or blue sky laws, the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), as to which I express no opinion),

 

(iii) violate any agreement to which PAFM is a party or by which it is bound and which is material to PAFM’s businesses taken as a whole (the “Material Agreements”),

 

(iv) violate any order, writ, injunction or decree, known to me and applicable to PAFM, or

 

(v) to the best of my knowledge, require any consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations, declarations or filings by PAFM under any federal or Delaware statute, rule or regulation applicable to PAFM, except as have been obtained under the Act, the Investment Company Act or the Advisers Act.

 

No opinion is expressed in this paragraph 4 as to the application of Section 548 of the federal Bankruptcy Code and comparable provisions of state or foreign law or of any antifraud laws, antitrust or trade regulation laws. No opinion is expressed in this paragraph 4 with respect to the operating licenses necessary for PAFM’s businesses.

 

5. PAFM is duly registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act or the Investment Company Act from acting as investment manager for the Fund as contemplated by the Investment Management Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

6. The description of PAFM and its business, and the statements attributable to PAFM, set forth in the Registration Statement or the Prospectus under the headings “Prospectus Summary—Investment Manager” and “Management of the Fund” do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (with respect to the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading

 

7. There is no action, suit or proceeding before or by any court, commission, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental agency or body, foreign or domestic, now pending or, to my knowledge, threatened against PAFM of a nature required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or that might reasonably result in any material adverse change in the ability of PAFM to fulfill its obligations under any of the Transaction Documents.

 

The opinions expressed in paragraph 3 above are subject to the following limitations, qualifications and exceptions:

 

(a) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights or remedies of creditors generally;

 

A-11


(b) the effect of general principles of equity, whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought;

 

(c) the unenforceability under certain circumstances under law or court decisions of provisions providing for the indemnification of or contribution to a party with respect to a liability where such indemnification or contribution is contrary to public policy; and

 

(d) the unenforceability of any provision requiring the payment of attorney’s fees, except to the extent that a court determines such fees to be reasonable.

 

In rendering the opinions expressed in paragraph 4 insofar as they require interpretation of the Material Agreements (i) I have assumed with your permission that all courts of competent jurisdiction would enforce such agreements as written but would apply the internal laws of the State of New York without giving effect to any choice of law provisions contained therein or any choice of law principles which would result in application of the internal laws of any other state and (ii) to the extent that any questions of legality or legal construction have arisen in connection with my review, I have applied the laws of the State of New York in resolving such questions. I advise you that certain of the Material Agreements may be governed by other laws, that such laws may vary substantially from the law assumed to govern for purposes of this opinion, and that this opinion may not be relied upon as to whether or not a breach or default would occur under the law actually governing such Material Agreements.

 

To the extent that the obligations of PAFM may be dependent upon such matters, I assume for purposes of this opinion that: (i) all parties to the Transaction Documents other than PAFM are duly incorporated or organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation or organization; (ii) all parties to the Transaction Documents other than PAFM have the requisite power and authority and, in the case of natural persons, legal capacity to execute and deliver the Transaction Documents and to perform their respective obligations under the Transaction Documents to which they are a party; and (iii) the Transaction Documents to which such parties other than PAFM are a party have been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such parties and, other than PAFM, constitute their legally valid and binding obligations, enforceable against them in accordance with their terms. I express no opinion as to compliance by any parties to the Transaction Documents with any state or federal laws or regulations applicable to the subject transactions because of the nature of their business and I express no opinion as to compliance by any parties to the Transaction Documents with any foreign laws or regulations applicable to the transactions contemplated by the Transaction Documents or which may affect the Transaction Documents’ enforceability.

 

A-12


This opinion is rendered only to you and is solely for your benefit in connection with the transactions covered hereby. This opinion may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose, or furnished to, quoted to or relied upon by any other person, firm or corporation for any purpose, without my prior written consent.

 

Very truly yours,

 

*  *  *  *  *

 

A-13


October      , 2004

 

Merrill Lynch & Co.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

As Representatives of the Several Underwriters listed on

  Schedule A to the Purchase Agreement

    c/o Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

    4 World Financial Center

New York, New York 10080

 

  Re: Pacific Investment Management Company LLC

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

I am the Chief Legal Officer of Pacific Investment Management Company LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (“PIMCO”). In my capacity as Chief Legal Officer of PIMCO, I am rendering this opinion on behalf of PIMCO in connection with the sale to you by PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund, a voluntary association with transferable shares organized and existing under and by virtue of the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts (commonly referred to as a Massachusetts business trust) (the “Fund”), of an aggregate of                      common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.00001 per share, of the Fund, pursuant to a registration statement on Form N-2 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Act”) and the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “Investment Company Act”), filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on July 7, 2004 (Act File No. 333-117187, and Investment Company Act File No. 811-21601), as amended by Pre-Effective Amendment No. 1 filed with the Commission on September 17, 2004 and Pre-Effective Amendment No. 2 filed with the Commission on [October 25], 2004 (such registration statements collectively referred to herein as the “Registration Statement”), and a purchase agreement dated [October 26], 2004 by and among you, PA Fund Management LLC (“PAFM”) and the Fund (the “Purchase Agreement”).

 

This opinion is rendered to you pursuant to Section 5(b) of the Purchase Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the meanings assigned to them in the Purchase Agreement.

 

As Chief Legal Officer of PIMCO, I have examined such matters of fact and questions of law as I have considered appropriate for purposes of rendering the opinions expressed below, except where a statement is qualified as to knowledge or awareness, in which case I have made no or limited inquiry as specified below. I have examined, among other things, that certain Portfolio Management Agreement by and between PIMCO and PAFM, as accepted and agreed to by the Fund, dated as of October 19, 2004 (the “Portfolio Management Agreement”).

 

In my examination, I have assumed the genuineness of all signatures (other than those of officers of PIMCO on the Portfolio Management Agreement), the authenticity of all documents submitted to me as originals, and the conformity to authentic original documents of all documents submitted to me as copies.

 

I have been furnished with, and with your consent have relied upon, certificates of officers of PIMCO with respect to certain factual matters. In addition, I have obtained and relied upon such certificates and assurances from public officials as I have deemed necessary.

 

1


I am opining herein as to the effect of the federal laws of the United States, the internal laws of the State of California and the internal laws of the State of Delaware, and I express no opinion with respect to the applicability thereto, or the effect thereon, of the laws of any other jurisdiction or country or as to any matters of municipal law or the laws of any other local agencies within any state or country. My opinions set forth in paragraph 4 below are based upon my consideration of only those statutes, rules and regulations which, in my experience, are normally applicable to transactions similar to those contemplated by the Portfolio Management Agreement, generally.

 

Whenever a statement herein is qualified by “to my knowledge” or a similar phrase, it is intended to indicate that I do not have current actual knowledge of the inaccuracy of such statement. However, except as otherwise expressly indicated, I have not undertaken any independent investigation to determine the accuracy of any such statement, and no inference that I have any knowledge of any matters pertaining to such statement should be drawn from my position as Chief Legal Officer of PIMCO.

 

Subject to the foregoing and the other matters set forth herein, it is my opinion that, as of the date hereof:

 

1. PIMCO is a limited liability company and is validly existing and in good standing under the Delaware Limited Liability Company Act (6 Del. C §. 18-101, et seq.) with all necessary limited liability company power and authority to enter into and deliver the Portfolio Management Agreement and perform its obligations thereunder and to carry on its business as it is now being conducted and as described in the Registration Statement. Based solely on certificates from public officials, I confirm that PIMCO is qualified to do business in the following States: California and New York, such States being those in which its ownership or leasing of property or its conducting of business may require such qualification and where failure to so qualify would have a material adverse effect on the ability of PIMCO to perform its obligations under the Portfolio Management Agreement.

 

2. The execution, delivery and performance of the Portfolio Management Agreement by PIMCO have been duly authorized by all necessary limited liability company action of PIMCO and no other actions on the part of PIMCO or its unitholders or any subsidiary of PIMCO or its unitholders is necessary to authorize and consummate the transactions contemplated thereby, and the Portfolio Management Agreement has been duly executed and delivered by PIMCO.

 

3. The Portfolio Management Agreement constitutes a legally valid and binding agreement of PIMCO, enforceable against PIMCO in accordance with its terms.

 

4. Neither the execution and delivery of the Portfolio Management Agreement by PIMCO, nor the consummation by PIMCO of transactions contemplated thereby, nor compliance by PIMCO with any of the terms and provisions thereof will:

 

(i) violate any provision of the Limited Liability Company Agreement of PIMCO, effective May 5, 2000,

 

(ii) violate any federal, Delaware or California statute, rule or regulation applicable to PIMCO (other than federal and state securities or blue sky laws, the Investment Company Act and the Investment Advisers Act of 1940, as amended (the “Advisers Act”), as to which I express no opinion),

 

(iii) violate any agreement to which PIMCO is a party or by which it is bound and which is material to PIMCO’s businesses taken as a whole (the “Material Agreements”),

 

(iv) violate any order, writ, injunction or decree, known to me and applicable to PIMCO, or

 

2


(v) to the best of my knowledge, require any consents, approvals, authorizations, registrations, declarations or filings by PIMCO under any federal statute, rule or regulation applicable to PIMCO, except as have been obtained under the Act, the Investment Company Act or the Advisers Act.

 

No opinion is expressed in this paragraph 4 as to the application of Section 548 of the federal Bankruptcy Code and comparable provisions of state or foreign law or of any antifraud laws, antitrust or trade regulation laws. No opinion is expressed in this paragraph 4 with respect to the operating licenses necessary for PIMCO’s businesses.

 

5. PIMCO is duly registered as an investment adviser under the Advisers Act and is not prohibited by the Advisers Act or the Investment Company Act from acting as investment sub-adviser for the Fund as contemplated by the Portfolio Management Agreement, the Registration Statement and the Prospectus.

 

6. The description of PIMCO and its business, and the statements attributable to PIMCO, set forth in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus under the headings “Prospectus Summary—Portfolio Manager” and “Management of the Fund” do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact required to be stated therein or necessary in order to make the statements therein (with respect to the Prospectus, in light of the circumstances under which they were made) not misleading.

 

7. Other than as referred to in the Registration Statement, there is no action, suit or proceeding before or by any court, commission, regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental agency or body, foreign or domestic, now pending or, to my knowledge, threatened against PIMCO of a nature required to be disclosed in the Registration Statement or Prospectus or that might reasonably result in any material adverse change in the ability of PIMCO to fulfill its obligations under the Portfolio Management Agreement.

 

The opinions expressed in paragraph 3 above are subject to the following limitations, qualifications and exceptions:

 

(a) the effect of bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to or affecting the rights or remedies of creditors generally;

 

(b) the effect of general principles of equity, whether enforcement is considered in a proceeding in equity or at law, and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought;

 

(c) the unenforceability under certain circumstances under law or court decisions of provisions providing for the indemnification of or contribution to a party with respect to a liability where such indemnification or contribution is contrary to public policy; and

 

(d) the unenforceability of any provision requiring the payment of attorney’s fees, except to the extent that a court determines such fees to be reasonable.

 

In rendering the opinions expressed in paragraph 4 insofar as they require interpretation of the Material Agreements (i) I have assumed with your permission that all courts of competent jurisdiction would enforce such agreements as written but would apply the internal laws of the State of California without giving effect to any choice of law provisions contained therein or any choice of law principles which would result in application of the internal laws of any other state and (ii) to the extent that any questions of legality or legal construction have arisen in connection with my review, I have applied the laws of the State of California in resolving such questions. I advise you that certain of the Material Agreements may be governed by other laws, that such laws may vary substantially from the law assumed

 

3


to govern for purposes of this opinion, and that this opinion may not be relied upon as to whether or not a breach or default would occur under the law actually governing such Material Agreements.

 

To the extent that the obligations of PIMCO may be dependent upon such matters, I assume for purposes of this opinion that: (i) all parties to the Portfolio Management Agreement other than PIMCO are duly incorporated or organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of their respective jurisdictions of incorporation or organization; (ii) all parties to the Portfolio Management Agreement other than PIMCO have the requisite power and authority and, in the case of natural persons, legal capacity to execute and deliver the Portfolio Management Agreement and to perform their respective obligations under the Portfolio Management Agreement; and (iii) the Portfolio Management Agreement has been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such parties other than PIMCO and, other than PIMCO, constitutes their legally valid and binding obligations, enforceable against them in accordance with their terms. I express no opinion as to compliance by any parties to the Portfolio Management Agreement with any state or federal laws or regulations applicable to the subject transactions because of the nature of their business and I express no opinion as to compliance by any parties to the Portfolio Management Agreement with any foreign laws or regulations applicable to the transactions contemplated by the Portfolio Management Agreement or which may affect the Portfolio Management Agreement’s enforceability.

 

This opinion is rendered only to you and is solely for your benefit in connection with the transactions covered hereby. This opinion may not be relied upon by you for any other purpose, or furnished to, quoted to or relied upon by any other person, firm or corporation for any purpose, without my prior written consent.

 

Very truly yours,

 

4

Exhibit h.2

 

Revised July 16, 2001

 

LOGO   

Merrill Lynch & Co.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated

Merrill Lynch World Headquarters

4 World Financial Center

New York, N.Y. 10800

    
     STANDARD DEALER AGREEMENT     

 

Dear Sirs:

 

In connection with public offerings of securities underwritten by us, or by a group of underwriters (the “Underwriters”) represented by us, you may be offered the opportunity to purchase a portion of such securities, as principal, at a discount from the offering price representing a selling concession or reallowance granted as consideration for services rendered by you in the sale of such securities. We request that you agree to the following terms and provisions, and make the following representations, which, together with any additional terms and provisions set forth in any wire or letter sent to you in connection with a particular offering, will govern all such purchases of securities and the reoffering thereof by you.

 

Your subscription to, or purchase of, such securities will constitute your reaffirmation of this Agreement.

 

1. When we are acting as representative (the “Representative”) of the Underwriters in offering securities to you, it should be understood that all offers are made subject to prior sale of the subject securities, when, as and if such securities are delivered to and accepted by the Underwriters and subject to the approval of legal matters by their counsel. In such cases, any order from you for securities will be strictly subject to confirmation and we reserve the right in our uncontrolled discretion to reject any order in whole or in part. Upon release by us, you may reoffer such securities at the offering price fixed by us. With our consent, you may allow a discount, not in excess of the reallowance fixed by us, in selling such securities to other dealers, provided that in doing so you comply with the Conduct Rules of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the “NASD”). Upon our request, you will advise us of the identity of any dealer to whom you allow such a discount and any Underwriter or dealer from whom you receive such a discount. After the securities are released for sale to the public, we may vary the offering price and other setting terms.

 

2. You represent that you are a dealer actually engaged in the investment banking or securities business and that you are either (i) a member in good standing of the NASD or (ii) a dealer with its principal place of business located outside the United States, its territories or possessions and not registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (a “non-member foreign dealer”) or (iii) a bank not eligible for membership in the NASD. If you are a non-member foreign dealer, you agree to make no sales of securities within the United States, its territories or its possessions or to persons who are nationals thereof or residents therein. Non-member foreign dealers and banks agree, in making any sales, to comply with the NASD’s interpretation with respect to free-riding and withholding. In accepting a selling concession where we are acting as Representative of the Underwriters, in accepting a reallowance from us whether or not we are acting as such Representative, and in allowing a discount to any other person, you agree to comply with the provisions of Rule 2740 of the Conduct Rules of the NASD, and, in addition, if you are a non-member foreign dealer or bank, you agree to comply, as though you were a member of the NASD, with the provisions of Rules 2730 and 2750 of such Conduct Rules and to comply with Rule 2420 thereof as that Rule applies to a non-member foreign dealer or bank. You represent that you are fully familiar with the above provisions of the Conduct Rules of the NASD.

 

3. If the securities have been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”), in offering and selling such securities, you are not authorized to give any information or make any representation not contained in the prospectus relating thereto. You confirm that you are familiar with the rules and policies of the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to the distribution of preliminary and final prospectuses, and you agree that you will comply


therewith in any offering covered by this Agreement. If we are acting as Representative of the Underwriters, we will make available to you, to the extent made available to us by the issuer of the securities, such number of copies of the prospectus or offering documents, for securities not registered under the 1933 Act, as you may reasonably request.

 

4. If we are acting as Representative of the Underwriters of securities of an issuer that is not required to file reports under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”), you agree that you will not sell any of the securities to any account over which you have discretionary authority.

 

5. Payment for securities purchased by you is to be made at our office, One Liberty Plaza, 165 Broadway, New York, N.Y. 10006 (or at such other place as we may advise), at the offering price less the concession allowed to you, on such date as we may advise, by certified or official bank check in New York Clearing House funds (or such other funds as we may advise), payable to our order, against delivery of the securities to be purchased by you. We shall have authority to make appropriate arrangements for payment for and/or delivery through the facility of The Depository Trust Company or any such other depository or similar facility for the securities.

 

6. In the event that, prior to the completion of the distribution of securities covered by this Agreement, we purchase in the open market or otherwise any securities delivered to you, if we are acting as Representative of the Underwriters, you agree to repay to us for the accounts of the Underwriters the amount of the concession allowed to you plus brokerage commissions and any transfer taxes paid in connection with such purchase.

 

7. At any time prior to the completion of the distribution of securities covered by this Agreement you will, upon our request as Representative of the Underwriters, report to us the amount of securities purchased by you which then remains unsold and will, upon our request, sell to us for the account of one or more of the Underwriters such amount of such unsold securities as we may designate, at the offering price less an amount to be determined by us not in excess of the concession allowed to you.

 

8. If we are acting as Representative of the Underwriters, upon application to us, we will inform you of the states and other jurisdictions of the United States in which it is believed that the securities being offered are qualified for sale under, or are exempt from the requirements of, their respective securities laws, but we assume no responsibility with respect to your right to sell securities in any jurisdiction. We shall have authority to file with the Department of State of the State of New York a Further State Notice with respect to the securities, if necessary.

 

9. You agree that in connection with any offering of securities covered by this Agreement you will comply with the applicable provisions of the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission thereunder, the applicable rules and regulations of the NASD, and the applicable rules of any securities exchange having jurisdiction over the offering.

 

10. We shall have full authority to take such action as we may deem advisable in respect of all matters pertaining to any offering covered by this Agreement. We shall be under no liability to you except for our lack of good faith and for obligations assumed by us in this Agreement, except that you do not waive any rights that you may have under the 1933 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

11. Any notice from us shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted by any standard form of written telecommunications to you at the above address or at such other address as you shall specify to us in writing.

 

12. With respect to any offering of securities covered by this Agreement, the price restrictions contained in Paragraph 1 hereof and the provisions of Paragraphs 6 and 7 hereof shall terminate as to such offering at the close of business on the 45th day after the securities are released for sale or, as to any or all such provisions, at such earlier time as we may advise. All other provisions of this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect with respect to such offering.

 

13. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York.

 

2


Please confirm your agreement hereto by signing the enclosed duplicate copy hereof in the place provided below and returning such signed duplicate copy to us at World Headquarters, 4 World Financial Center, New York, N.Y. 10080, Attention : Syndicate Operations. Upon receipt thereof, this instrument and such signed duplicate copy will evidence the agreement between us.

 

Very truly yours,
M ERRILL L YNCH , P IERCE , F ENNER & S MITH                                 I NCORPORATED
By:  

 


   

Name: Mario Patella

 

Confirmed and accepted as of the

                    day of                     , 20    

   
Name of Dealer
   

Authorized Officer or Partner

(if not Officer or Partner, attach copy of

Instrument of Authorization)

 

3

Exhibit h.3

 

MASTER AGREEMENT AMONG UNDERWRITERS

 

April 15, 1985

 

MERRILL LYNCH & CO.

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH INCORPORATED

Merrill Lynch World Headquarters

North Tower

World Financial Center

New York, New York 10281-1305

 

Dear Sirs:

 

We understand that from time to time you may act as Representative or as one of the Representatives of the several underwriters of offerings of securities of various issuers. This Agreement shall apply to any offering of securities in which we elect to act as an underwriter after receipt of an invitation from you which shall identify the issuer, contain information regarding certain terms of the securities to be offered and specify the amount of our proposed participation and the names of the other Representatives, if any, and that our participation as an underwriter in the offering shall be subject to the provisions of this Agreement. Your invitation will include instructions for our acceptance of such invitation. At or prior to the time of an offering, you will advise us, to the extent applicable, as to the expected offering date, the expected closing date, the initial offering price, the interest or dividend rate (or the method by which such rate is to be determined), the conversion price, the underwriting discount, the management fee, the selling concession and the reallowance, except that if the offering price of the securities is to be determined as contemplated by Rule 430A under the Securities Act of 1933 (such procedure being hereinafter referred to as “430A Pricing”), you shall so advise us and shall specify the maximum underwriting discount, management fee and selling concession. Such information may be conveyed by you in one or more communications (such communications received by us with respect to the offering are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Invitation”). If the Purchase Agreement (as hereinafter defined) provides for the granting of an option to purchase additional securities to cover over-allotments or otherwise (an “over-allotment option”), you will notify us, in the Invitation, of such option and of our maximum obligation upon exercise of such option.

 

This Agreement, as amended or supplemented by the Invitation, shall become effective with respect to our participation in an offering of securities if you receive our oral or written acceptance and you do not receive a written communication revoking our acceptance prior to the time and date specified in the Invitation (our unrevoked acceptance after expiration of such time and date being hereinafter referred to as our “Acceptance”). Our Acceptance will constitute our confirmation that, except as otherwise stated in such Acceptance, each statement included in the Master Underwriters’ Questionnaire set forth as Exhibit A hereto (or otherwise furnished to us) is correct. The issuer of the securities in any offering of securities made pursuant to this Agreement is hereinafter referred to as the “Issuer”. If the Purchase Agreement does not provide for an over-allotment option, the securities to be purchased are hereinafter referred to as the “Securities”; if the Purchase Agreement provides for an over-allotment option, the securities the Underwriters (as hereinafter defined) are initially obligated to purchase pursuant to the Purchase Agreement are hereinafter called the “Initial Securities” and any additional securities which may

 


be purchased upon exercise of the over-allotment option are hereinafter called the “Option Securities”, with the Initial Securities and all or any part of the Option Securities being hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Securities”. Any underwriters of Securities under this Agreement, including the Representatives (as hereinafter defined), are hereinafter collectively referred to as the “Underwriters”. All references herein to “you” or to the “Representatives” shall mean Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated and the other firms, if any, which are named as Representatives in the Invitation. The Securities to be offered may, but need not, be registered for a delayed or continuous offering pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “1933 Act”).

 

The following provisions of this Agreement shall apply separately to each individual offering of Securities. This Agreement may be supplemented or amended by you by written notice to us and, except for supplements or amendments set forth in an Invitation relating to a particular offering of Securities, any such supplement or amendment to this Agreement shall be effective with respect to any offering of Securities to which this Agreement applies after this Agreement is so amended or supplemented.

 

Section 1. Purchase Agreement; Authority of Representatives. We authorize you to execute and deliver a purchase agreement and any amendment or supplement thereto and any associated Terms Agreement or other similar agreement (collectively, the “Purchase Agreement”) on our behalf with the Issuer and/or any selling securityholder with respect to the Securities in such form as you determine. We will be bound by all terms of the Purchase Agreement as executed. We understand that changes may be made in those who are to be Underwriters, and in the amount of Securities to be purchased by them, but the amount of Securities to be purchased by us in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including the maximum amount of Option Securities, if any, which we may become obligated to purchase by reason of the exercise of any over-allotment option provided in the Purchase Agreement, shall not be changed without our consent except as provided in the Purchase Agreement.

 

As Representatives of the Underwriters, you are authorized to take such action as you deem necessary or advisable to carry out this Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, and the purchase and sale of the Securities, and to agree to any waiver or modification of any provision of the Purchase Agreement. To the extent applicable, you are also authorized to determine (i) the amount of Option securities, if any, to be purchased by the Underwriters pursuant to any over-allotment option and (ii) with respect to offerings using 430A Pricing, the initial offering price and the price at which the Securities are to be purchased in accordance with the Purchase Agreement. It is understood and agreed that Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated may act on behalf of all Representatives.

 

It is understood that, if so specified in the Invitation, arrangements may be made for the sale of Securities by the Issuer pursuant to delayed delivery contracts (hereinafter referred to as “Delayed Delivery Contracts”). References herein to delayed delivery and Delayed Delivery Contracts apply only to offerings to which delayed delivery is applicable. The term “underwriting obligation”, as used in this Agreement with respect to any Underwriter, shall refer to the amount of Securities, including any Option Securities (plus such additional Securities as may be required by the Purchase Agreement in the event of a default by one or more of the Underwriters) which such Underwriter is obligated to purchase pursuant to the provisions of the

 

-2-


Purchase Agreement, without regard to any reduction in such obligation as a result of Delayed Deliver Contracts which may be entered into by the Issuer.

 

If the Securities consist in whole or in part of debt obligations maturing serially, the serial Securities being purchased by each Underwriter pursuant to the Purchase Agreement will consist, subject to adjustment as provided in the Purchase Agreement, of serial Securities of each maturity in a principal amount which bears the same proportion to the aggregate principal amount of the serial Securities of such maturity to be purchased by all the Underwriters as the respective principal amount of serial Securities set forth opposite such Underwriter’s name in the Purchase Agreement bears to the aggregate principal amount of the serial Securities to be purchased by all the Underwriters.

 

Section 2. Registration Statement and Prospectus; Offering Circular. In the case of an Invitation regarding an offer of Securities registered under the 1933 Act (a “Registered Offering”), you will furnish to us to the extent made available to you by the Issuer, copies of any registration statement or registration statements relating to the Securities which may be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) pursuant to the 1933 Act and of each amendment thereto (excluding exhibits but including any documents incorporated by reference therein). Such registration statement(s) as amended, and the prospectus(es) relating to the sale of Securities by the Issuer constituting a part thereof, including all documents incorporated therein by reference, as from time to time amended or supplemented by the filing of documents pursuant to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “1934 Act”), the 1933 Act or otherwise, are referred to herein as the “Registration Statement” and the “Prospectus”, respectively, provided however, that a supplement to the Prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424 under the 1933 Act with respect to an offering of Securities (a “Prospectus Supplement”) shall be deemed to have supplemented the Prospectus only with respect to the offering of Securities to which it relates.

 

With respect to Securities for which no Registration Statement is filed with the Commission, you will furnish to us, to the extent made available to you by the Issuer, copies of any private placement memorandum, offering circular or other offering materials to be used in connection with the offering of the Securities and of each amendment thereto (the “Offering Circular”).

 

Section 3. Offering. The sale of the securities to the public shall commence as soon as you deem advisable. We will not sell any Securities until they are released by you for that purpose. When notified by you that the Securities are released for sale, we will offer in conformity with the terms of the offering set forth in the Prospectus or Offering Circular, such of the Securities to be purchased by us as are not reserved for our account for sale to Selected Dealers and others pursuant to Section 5. After the initial offering, the offering price and the concession and discount therefrom may be changed by you by notice to the Underwriters, and we agree to be bound by any such change.

 

If, in accordance with the terms of offering set forth in the Prospectus or Offering Circular, the offering of the Securities is not at a fixed price but at varying prices set by individual Underwriters based on market prices or at negotiated prices, the provisions above relating to your right to change the offering price and concession and discount to dealers shall not apply, and other references in this Section and elsewhere in this Agreement to the offering price or

 

-3-


Selected Dealers’ concession shall be deemed to mean the prices and concessions determined by you from time to time in your discretion.

 

Unless otherwise permitted in the Invitation, we will not sell any Securities to any account over which we have discretionary authority. We will also comply with any other restrictions which may be set forth in the Invitation.

 

The initial public advertisement, if any, with respect to the Securities shall appear on such date, and shall include the names of such of the Underwriters, as you may determine.

 

Section 4. Delayed Delivery Arrangements. We authorize you to act on our behalf in making all arrangements for the solicitation of offers to purchase Securities from the Issuer pursuant to Delayed Delivery Contracts, and we agree that all such arrangements will be made only through you (directly or through Underwriters or Selected Dealers). You may allow to Selected Dealers in respect to such Securities a commission equal to the concession allowed to Selected Dealers pursuant to Section 5.

 

The obligations of the Underwriters shall be reduced in the aggregate by the principal amount of Securities covered by Delayed Delivery Contracts made by the Issuer, the obligations of each Underwriter to be reduced by the principal amount of such Securities, if any, allocated by you to such Underwriter. Your determination of the allocation of Securities covered by Delayed Delivery Contracts among the several Underwriters shall be final and conclusive, and we agree to be bound by any notice delivered by you to the Issuer setting forth the amount of the reduction in our obligation as a result of Delayed Delivery Contracts.

 

Upon receiving payment from the Issuer of the fee for arranging Delayed Delivery Contracts, you will credit our account with the portion of such fee applicable to the Securities covered by Delayed Delivery Contracts allocated to us. You will charge our account with any commission allocated to Selected Dealers in respect of Securities covered by Delayed Delivery Contracts allocated to us.

 

Section 5. Offering to Selected Dealers and Others; Management of Offering. We authorize you, for our account, to reserve for sale and sell to dealers (“Selected Dealers”), among whom any of the Underwriters may be included, such amount of Securities to be purchased by us as you shall determine. Reservations for sales to Selected Dealers for our account need not be in proportion to our underwriting obligation, but sales of Securities reserved for our account for sale to Selected Dealers shall be made as nearly as practicable in the ratio which the amount of Securities reserved for our account bears to the aggregate amount of the Securities reserved for the account of all Underwriters, as calculated from day to day. Sales to Selected Dealers may be made under the Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated Standard Dealer Agreement, or otherwise. The price to Selected Dealers initially shall be the offering price less a concession not in excess of the Selected Dealers concession set forth in the Invitation. Selected Dealers shall be actually engaged in the investment banking or securities business and shall be either (i) members in good standing of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (the “NASD”) or (ii) dealers with their principal place of business located outside the United States, its territories and its possessions and not registered under the 1934 Act who agree to make no sales within the United States, its territories or its possessions or to persons who are nationals

 

-4-


thereof or residents therein or (iii) bank that are not eligible for membership in the NASD. Each Selected Dealer shall agree to comply with the provisions of Section 24 of Article III of the Rules of Fair Practice of the NASD, and each foreign Selected Dealer or bank who is not a member of the NASD also shall agree to comply with the NASD’s interpretation with respect to free-riding and withholding, to comply, as though it were a member of the NASD, with the provisions of Sections 8 and 36 of Article III of such Rules of Fair Practice, and to comply with Section 25 of Article III thereof as that Section applies to a non-member foreign dealer or bank.

 

With your consent, the Underwriters may allow, and Selected Dealers may reallow, a discount on sales to any dealer who meets the above NASD requirements in an amount not in excess of the amount set forth in the Invitation. Upon your request, we will advise you of the identity of any dealer to whom we allow such a discount and any Underwriter or Selected Dealer from whom we receive such a discount.

 

We also authorize you, for our account, to reserve for sale and to sell Securities to be purchased by us at the offering price to others, including institutions and retail purchasers. Except for such sales which are designated by a purchaser to be for the account of a particular Underwriter, such reservations and sales shall be made as nearly as practicable in proportion to our underwriting obligation, unless you agree to a smaller proportion at our request.

 

At or before the time the Securities are released for sale, you shall notify us of the amount of Securities which have not been reserved for our account for sale to Selected Dealers and others and which is to be retained by us for direct sale.

 

We will from time to time, upon your request, report to you the amount of Securities retained by us for direct sale which remains unsold and, upon your request, deliver to you for our account, or sell to you for the account of one or more of the Underwriters, such amount of unsold Securities as you may designate at the offering price less an amount determined by you not in excess of the concession to Selected Dealers. You may also repurchase Securities from other Underwriters and Selected Dealers, for the account of one or more of the Underwriters, at prices determined by you not in excess of the offering price less the concession to Selected Dealers.

 

You may from time to time deliver to any Underwriter, for carrying purposes or for sale by such Underwriter, any of the Securities then reserved for sale to, but not purchased and paid for by, Selected Dealers or others as above provided, but to the extent that Securities are so delivered for sale by such Underwriter, the amount of Securities then reserved for the account of such Underwriter shall be correspondingly reduced. Securities delivered for carrying purposes only shall be redelivered to you upon demand.

 

The Underwriters and Selected Dealers may, with your consent, purchase Securities from and sell Securities to each other at the offering price less a concession not in excess of the concession to Selected Dealers.

 

Section 6. Repurchase of Securities Not Effectively Placed. In recognition of the importance of distributing the Securities to bona fide investors, we agree to repurchase on demand any Securities sold by us, except through you, which are purchased by you in the open

 

-5-


market or otherwise during a period terminating as provided in Section 16, at a price equal to the cost of such purchase, including accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, commissions and transfer and other taxes, if any, on redelivery. The certificates delivered to us need not be identical certificates delivered to you in respect of the Securities purchased. In lieu of requiring repurchase, you may, in your discretion, sell such Securities for our account at such prices, upon such terms and to such persons, including any of the other Underwriters, as you may determine, charging the amount of any loss and expense, or crediting the amount of any net profit, resulting from such sale, to our account, or you may charge our account with an amount determined by you not in excess of the concession to Selected Dealers.

 

Section 7. Stabilization and Over-Allotment. In order to facilitate the sale of the Securities, we authorize you, in your discretion, to purchase and sell Securities or any other securities of the Issuer or any guarantor of the Securities specified in the Invitation in the open market or otherwise, for long or short account, at such prices as you may determine, and, in arranging for sales to Selected Dealers or others, to over-allot. You may liquidate any long position or cover any short position incurred pursuant to this Section as such prices as you may determine. You shall make such purchases and sales (including over-allotments) for the accounts of the Underwriters as nearly as practicable in proportion to their respective underwriting obligations. It is understood that, in connection with any particular offering of Securities to which this Agreement applies, you may have made purchases of securities of the Issuer or securities of any guarantor of the Securities for stabilizing purposes prior to the time when we become an Underwriter, and we agree that any such securities so purchased shall be treated as having been purchased for the respective accounts of the Underwriters pursuant to the foregoing authorization. At the close of business on any day our net commitment, either for long or short account, resulting from such purchases or sales (including over-allotments) shall not exceed 20% (or such other amount as may be specified in the Invitation) of our underwriting obligation, except that such percentage may be increased with the approval of a majority in interest of the Underwriters. We will take up at cost on demand any Securities or other securities of the Issuer or any securities of any guarantor of the Securities so sold or over-allotted for our account, including accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, and we will pay to you on demand the amount of any losses or expenses incurred for our account pursuant to this Section. In the event of default by any Underwriter in respect of its obligations under this Section, each non-defaulting Underwriter shall assume its share of the obligations of such defaulting Underwriter in the proportion that its underwriting obligation bears to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters without relieving such defaulting Underwriter of its liability hereunder.

 

If you effect any stabilizing purchase pursuant to this Section, you shall promptly notify us of the date and time of the first stabilizing purchase and the date and time when stabilizing was terminated. You shall prepare and maintain such records as are required to be maintained by you as manager pursuant to Rule 17a-2 under the 1934 Act.

 

Section 8. Open Market Transactions. We represent and agree in connection with the offering of Securities we have complied and will comply with the provisions of Rule 10b-6 under the 1934 Act with regard to trading in the Securities. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, we agree that, in addition to the Securities, other securities of the Issuer or securities of any guarantor of the Securities or the right or option to purchase or otherwise acquire any

 

-6-


securities of the Issuer or any securities of any guarantor of the Securities specified in the Invitation shall be considered securities of the same class and series as the Securities.

 

Section 9. Payment and Delivery. At or before such time on such dates and at such places as you may specify in the Invitation, we will deliver to you a certified or official bank check in such funds as are specified in the Invitation, payable to the order of Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (unless otherwise specified in the Invitation) in an amount equal to, as you direct, either (i) the offering price or prices plus accrued interest, amortization of original issue discount or dividends, if any, set forth in the Prospectus or Offering Circular less the concession to Selected Dealers in respect of the amount of Securities to be purchased by us in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, or (ii) the amount set forth in the Invitation with respect to the Securities to be purchased by us. We authorize you to make payment for our account of the purchase price for the Securities to be purchased by us against delivery to you of such Securities (which may be in temporary form), and the difference between such purchase price of the Securities and the amount of funds delivered to you therefor shall be credited to our account.

 

Delivery to us of Securities retained by us for direct sale shall be made by you as soon as practicable after your receipt of the Securities. Upon termination of the provisions of this Agreement as provided in Section 16, you shall deliver to us any Securities reserved for our account for sale to Selected Dealers and others which remain unsold at that time.

 

You are authorized to make appropriate arrangements for payment for and/or delivery through the facilities of The Depository Trust Company or any such other depository or similar facility, the Securities to be purchased by us, or, if we are not a member, settlement may be made through a correspondent that is a member pursuant to our timely instructions to you.

 

Upon receiving payment for Securities sold for our account to Selected Dealers and others, you shall remit to us an amount equal to the amount paid by us to you in respect of us Securities and credit or charge our account with the difference, if any, between such amount and the price at which such Securities were sold.

 

In the event that the Purchase Agreement for an offering provides for the payment of a commission or other compensation to the Underwriters, we authorize you to receive such commission or other compensation for our account.

 

Section 10. Management Compensation. As compensation for your services in the management of the offering, we will pay you an amount equal to the management fee specified in the Invitation in respect of the Securities to be purchased by us pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, and we authorize you to charge our account with such amount. If there is more than one Representative, such compensation shall be divided among the Representatives in such proportions as they may determine.

 

Section 11. Authority to Borrow. We authorize you to advance your own funds for our account, charging current interest rates, or to arrange loans for our account or the account of the Underwriters, as you may deem necessary or advisable for the purchase, carrying, sale and distribution of the Securities. You may execute and deliver any notes or other instruments

 

-7-


required in connection therewith and may hold or pledge as security therefor all or any part of the Securities which we or such Underwriters have agreed to purchase. The obligations of the Underwriters under loans arranged on their behalf shall be several in proportion to their respective participations in such loans, and not joint. Any lender is authorized to accept your instructions as to the disposition of the proceeds of any such loans. You shall credit each Underwriter with the proceeds of any loans made for its account.

 

Section 12. Legal Qualifications. You shall inform us, upon request, of the states and other jurisdictions of the United States in which it is believed that the Securities are qualified for sale under, or are exempt from the requirements of, their respective securities laws, but you assume no responsibility with respect to our right to sell Securities in any jurisdiction. You are authorized to file with the Department of State of the State of New York a Further State Notice with respect to the Securities, if necessary.

 

If we propose to offer Securities outside the United States, its territories or its possessions, we will take, at our own expense, such action, if any, as may be necessary to comply with the laws of each foreign jurisdiction in which we proposed to offer Securities.

 

Section 13. Membership in National Association of Securities Dealers, Foreign Underwriters and Banks. We understand that you are a member in good standing of the NASD. We confirm that we are actually engaged in the investment banking or securities business and are either (i) a member in good standing of the NASD or (ii) a dealer with its principal place of business located outside the United States, its territories and its possessions and not registered under the 1934 Act who hereby agrees to make no sales within the United States, its territories or its possessions or to persons who are nationals thereof or residents therein (except that we may participate in sales to Selected Dealers and others under Section 5 of this Agreement) or (iii) a bank not eligible for membership the NASD. We hereby agree to comply with Section 24 of Article III of the Rules of Fair Practice of the NASD, and if we are a foreign dealer or bank and not a member of the NASD we also hereby agree to comply with the NASD’s interpretation with respect to free-riding and withholding, to comply, as though we were a member of the NASD, with the provisions of Sections 8 and 36 of Article III of such Rules of Fair Practice, and to comply with Section 25 of Article III thereof as that Section applies to a non-member foreign dealer or bank.

 

Section 14. Distribution of Prospectuses; Offering Circulars. We are familiar with Securities Act of 1933 Release No. 4968 and Rule 15c2-8 under the 1934 Act, relating to the distribution of preliminary and final prospectuses, and we confirm that we will comply therewith, to the extent applicable, in connection with any sale of Securities. You shall cause to be made available to us, to the extent made available to you by the Issuer, such number of copies of the Prospectus as we may reasonably request for purposes contemplated by the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

Our acceptance of an Invitation relating to an offering made pursuant to an Offering Circular shall constitute our agreement that, if requested by you, we will furnish a copy of any amendment to a preliminary or final Offering Circular to each person to whom we shall have furnished a previous preliminary or final Offering Circular. Our Acceptance shall constitute our confirmation that we have delivered and our agreement that we will deliver all preliminary and

 

-8-


final Offering Circulars required for compliance with the applicable federal and state laws and the applicable rules and regulations of any regulatory body promulgated thereunder governing the use and distribution of offering circulars by underwriters and any additional instructions contained in the Invitation and to the extent consistent with such laws, rules and regulations, our Acceptance shall constitute our confirmation that we have delivered and our agreement that we will deliver all preliminary and final Offering Circulars which would be required if the provisions of Rule 15c2-8 (or any successor provision) under the 1934 Act applied to such offering.

 

Section 15. Net Capital. The incurrence by us of our obligations hereunder and under the Purchase Agreement in connection with the offering of the Securities will not place us in violation of the net capital requirements of Rule 15c3-1 under the 1934 Act, or, if we are a financial institution subject to regulation by the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, the Comptroller of the Currency or the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, will not place us in violation of the capital requirements of such regulator or any other regulator to which we are subject.

 

Section 16. Termination. With respect to each offering of Securities pursuant to this Agreement, all limitations in this Agreement on the price at which the Securities may be sold, the period of time referred to in Section 6, the authority granted by the first sentence of Section 7, and the restrictions contained in Section 8 shall terminate at the close of business on the 45 th day after the commencement of the offering of such Securities. You may terminate any or all of such provisions at any time prior thereto by notice to the Underwriters. All other provisions of this Agreement shall remain operative and in full force and effect with respect to such offering.

 

Section 17. Expenses and Settlement. You may charge our account with any transfer taxes on sales of Securities made for our account and with our proportionate share (based upon our underwriting obligation) of all other expenses incurred by you under this Agreement or otherwise in connection with the purchase, carrying, sale or distribution of the Securities. With respect to each offering of Securities pursuant to this Agreement, the respective accounts of the Underwriters shall be settled as promptly as practicable after the termination of all the provisions of this Agreement as provided in Section 16, but you may reserve such amounts as you may deem advisable for additional expenses. Your determination of the amount to be paid to or by us shall be conclusive. You may at any time make partial distributions of credit balances or call for payment of debit balances. Any of our funds in your hands may be held with your general funds without accountability for interest. Notwithstanding any settlement, we will remain liable for any taxes on transfers for our account and for our proportionate share (based upon our underwriting obligation) of all expenses and liabilities which may be incurred by or for the accounts of the Underwriters with respect to each offering of Securities pursuant to this Agreement.

 

Section 18. Indemnification. With respect to each offering of Securities pursuant to this Agreement, we will indemnify and hold harmless each other Underwriter and each person, if any, who controls each other Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act, to the extent that and on the terms upon which we agree to indemnify and hold harmless the Issuer and other specified persons as set forth in the Purchase Agreement.

 

-9-


Section 19. Claims Against Underwriters. With respect to each offering of Securities pursuant to this Agreement, if at any time any person other than an Underwriter asserts a claim (including any commenced or threatened investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body) against one or more of the Underwriters or against you as Representatives of the Underwriters arising out of an alleged untrue statement or omission in the Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto) or in any preliminary prospectus or the Prospectus or any amendment or supplement thereto, or in any preliminary or final Offering Circular, or relating to any transaction contemplated by this Agreement, we authorize you to make such investigation, to retain such counsel for the Underwriters and to take such action in the defense of such claim as you may deem necessary or advisable. You may settle such claim with the approval of a majority in interest of the Underwriters. We will pay our proportionate share (based upon our underwriting obligation) of all expenses incurred by you (including the fees and expenses of counsel for the Underwriters) as incurred, in investigating and defending against such claim and our proportionate share of the aggregate liability incurred by all Underwriters in respect to such claim (after deducting any contribution or indemnification obtained pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, or otherwise, from persons other than Underwriters), whether such liability is the result of a judgment against one or more of the Underwriters or the result of any such settlement. Any Underwriter may retain separate counsel at its own expense. A claim against or liability incurred by a person who controls an Underwriter shall be deemed to have been made against or incurred by such Underwriter. In the event of default by any Underwriter, in respect of its obligations under this Section, the non-defaulting Underwriters shall be obligated to pay the full amount thereof in the proportions that their respective underwriting obligations bear to the underwriting obligations of all non-defaulting Underwriters without relieving such defaulting Underwriter of its liability hereunder.

 

Section 20. Default by Underwriters. Default by any Underwriter in respect of its obligations hereunder or under the Purchase Agreement shall not release us from any of our obligations or in any way affect the liability of such defaulting Underwriter to the other Underwriters for damages resulting from such default. If one or more Underwriters default under the Purchase Agreement, if provided in such Purchase Agreement you may (but shall not be obligated to) arrange for the purchase by others, which may include yourselves or other non-defaulting Underwriters, of all or a portion of the Securities not taken up by the defaulting Underwriters.

 

In the event that such arrangements are made, the respective underwriting obligations of the non-defaulting Underwriters and the amounts of the Securities to be purchased by others, if any, shall be taken as the basis for all rights and obligations hereunder; but this shall not in any way affect the liability of any defaulting Underwriter to the other Underwriters for damages resulting from its default, nor shall any such default relieve any other Underwriter of any of its obligations hereunder or under the Purchase Agreement except as herein or therein provided. In addition, in the event of default by one or more Underwriters in respect of their obligations under the Purchase Agreement to purchase the Securities agreed to be purchased by them thereunder and, to the extent that arrangements shall not have been made by you for any person to assume the obligations of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, we agree, if provided in the Purchase Agreement, to assume our proportionate share, based upon our underwriting obligation, of the obligations of each such defaulting Underwriter (subject to the limitations contained in the Purchase Agreement) without relieving such defaulting Underwriter of its liability therefor.

 

-10-


In the event of default by one or more Underwriters in respect of their obligations under this Agreement to take up and pay for any securities purchased, or to deliver any securities sold or over-allotted, by you for the respective accounts of the Underwriters, or to bear their proportion of expenses or liabilities pursuant to this Agreement, and to the extent that arrangements shall not have been made by you for any persons to assume the obligations of such defaulting Underwriter or Underwriters, we agree to assume our proportionate share, based upon our respective underwriting obligation, of the obligations of each defaulting Underwriter without relieving any such defaulting Underwriter of its liability therefor.

 

Section 21. Legal Responsibility. As Representatives of the Underwriters, you shall have no liability to us, except for your lack of good faith and for obligations assumed by you in this Agreement and except that we do not waive any rights that we may have under the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act or the rules and regulations thereunder. No obligations not expressly assumed by you in this Agreement shall be implied herefrom.

 

Nothing herein contained shall constitute the Underwriters an association, or partners, with you, or with each other, or, except as otherwise provided herein or in the Purchase Agreement, render any Underwriter liable for the obligations of any other Underwriter; and the rights, obligations and liabilities of the Underwriters are several in accordance with their respective underwriting obligations, and not joint.

 

If the Underwriters are deemed to constitute a partnership for federal income tax purposes, we elect to be excluded from the application of Subchapter K, Chapter 1. Subtitle A, of the Internal Revenue Code of 1954, as amended, and agree not to take any position inconsistent with such election, and you, as Representatives, are authorized, in your discretion, to execute on behalf of the Underwriters such evidence of such election as may be required by the Internal Revenue Service.

 

Unless we have promptly notified you in writing otherwise, our name as it should appear in the Prospectus or Offering Circular and our address are set forth on the signature pages hereof.

 

Section 22. Notices. Any notice from you shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or transmitted to us at our address appearing below.

 

Section 23. Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed in said State.

 

-11-


Please confirm this Agreement and deliver a copy to us.

 

 

Very truly yours,

Name of Firm:

By

   
    Authorized Officer or Partner

Address:

 
 
 

 

Confirmed as of the date

    first above written.

 

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

INCORPORATED

By:

 

/s/ FRED F. HESSINGER

   

Name:

 

Fred F. Hessinger

 

-12-

Exhibit h.4

 

ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION AGREEMENT

 

ADDITIONAL COMPENSATION AGREEMENT (the “Agreement”), dated as of October [    ], 2003, between Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”) and PA Fund Management LLC (“PAFM”).

 

WHEREAS, PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund (including any successor by merger or otherwise, the “Fund”) is a newly organized, diversified, closed-end management investment company registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”), and its common shares are registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended; and

 

WHEREAS, PAFM is the investment manager of the Fund;

 

WHEREAS, Merrill Lynch is acting as lead underwriter in an offering of the Fund’s common shares;

 

WHEREAS, PAFM desires to provide additional compensation to Merrill Lynch for acting as lead underwriter in an offering of the Fund’s common shares; and

 

WHEREAS, PAFM desires to retain Merrill Lynch to provide after-market support services designed to maintain the visibility of the Fund on an ongoing basis, and Merrill Lynch is willing to render such services;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual terms and conditions set forth below, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1.    (a )   PAFM hereby employs Merrill Lynch, for the period and on the terms and conditions set forth herein, to provide the following services at the reasonable request of PAFM:

 

  (1) after-market support services designed to maintain the visibility of the Fund on an ongoing basis;

 

  (2) relevant information, studies or reports regarding general trends in the closed-end investment company and asset management industries, if reasonably obtainable, and consult with representatives of PAFM in connection therewith; and

 

  (3) information to and consult with PAFM with respect to applicable strategies designed to address market value discounts, if any.

 

  (b) At the request of PAFM, Merrill Lynch shall limit or cease any action or service provided hereunder to the extent and for the time period requested by PAFM; provided, however, that pending termination of this Agreement as provided for in Section 5 hereof, any such limitation or cessation shall not relieve PAFM of its payment obligations pursuant to Section 2 hereof.

 

  (c) Merrill Lynch will promptly notify PAFM if it learns of any material inaccuracy or misstatement in, or material omission from, any written information, as of the date such information was published, provided by Merrill Lynch to PAFM in connection with the performance of services by Merrill Lynch under this Agreement.

 


2. PAFM shall pay Merrill Lynch a fee computed weekly and payable quarterly in arrears commencing [             ] at an annualized rate of [    ]% of the Fund’s average weekly total managed assets (as such term is defined in the Prospectus dated October [     ], 2004) (including any assets attributable to any preferred shares that may be outstanding) for a term as described in Section 5 hereof; provided that the sum total amount of the fee hereunder, any fees payable to Qualifying Underwriters (as such term is defined in the Prospectus), plus the amount of the expense reimbursement of $[     ] per common share payable by the Fund to the Underwriters pursuant to the Purchase Agreement, dated October [     ], 2004, by and among the Fund, PAFM and each of the Underwriters named therein (the “Purchase Agreement”), shall not exceed 4.5% of the total price (including all Initial Securities and Option Securities as such terms are described in the Purchase Agreement), to the public of the Fund’s common shares offered by the Prospectus. All quarterly fees payable hereunder shall be paid to Merrill Lynch within 15 days following the end of each calendar quarter.

 

3. PAFM acknowledges that the services of Merrill Lynch provided for hereunder do not include any advice as to the value of securities or regarding the advisability of purchasing or selling any securities for the Fund’s portfolio. No provision of this Agreement shall be considered as creating, nor shall any provision create, any obligation on the part of Merrill Lynch, and Merrill Lynch is not hereby agreeing, to: (i) furnish any advice or make any recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of portfolio securities or (ii) render any opinions, valuations or recommendations of any kind or to perform any such similar services in connection with providing the services described in Section 1 hereof.

 

4. Nothing herein shall be construed as prohibiting Merrill Lynch or its affiliates from providing similar or other services to any other clients (including other registered investment companies or other investment managers), so long as Merrill Lynch’s services to PAFM are not impaired thereby.

 

5. The term of this Agreement shall commence upon the date referred to above and shall be in effect so long as PAFM acts as the investment manager to the Fund pursuant to the Investment Management Agreement (as such term is defined in the Purchase Agreement) or other subsequent advisory agreement.

 

6. PAFM will furnish Merrill Lynch with such information as Merrill Lynch believes appropriate to its assignment hereunder (all such information so furnished being the “Information”). PAFM recognizes and confirms that Merrill Lynch (a) will use and rely primarily on the Information and on information available from generally recognized public sources in performing the services contemplated by this Agreement without having independently verified the same and (b) does not assume responsibility for the accuracy or completeness of the Information and such other information. To the best of PAFM’ knowledge, the Information to be furnished by PAFM when delivered, will be true and correct in all material respects and will not contain any material misstatement of fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements contained therein not misleading. PAFM will promptly notify Merrill Lynch if it learns of any material inaccuracy or misstatement in, or material omission from, any Information delivered to Merrill Lynch.

 

7. It is understood that Merrill Lynch is being engaged hereunder solely to provide the services described above to PAFM and that Merrill Lynch is not acting as an agent or fiduciary of, and shall have no duties or liability to the current or future shareholders of the Fund or any other third party in connection with its engagement hereunder, all of which are hereby expressly waived.

 

2


8. PAFM agrees that Merrill Lynch shall have no liability to PAFM or the Fund for any act or omission to act by Merrill Lynch in the course of its performance under this Agreement, in the absence of gross negligence or willful misconduct on the part of Merrill Lynch. PAFM agrees to the indemnification and other agreement set forth in the Indemnification Agreement attached hereto, the provisions of which are incorporated herein by reference and shall survive the termination, expiration or supersession of this Agreement.

 

9. This Agreement and any claim, counterclaim or dispute of any kind or nature whatsoever arising out of or in any way relating to this Agreement (“Claim”) shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of New York.

 

10. No Claim may be commenced, prosecuted or continued in any court other than the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, which courts shall have exclusive jurisdiction over the adjudication of such matters, and PAFM and Merrill Lynch consent to the jurisdiction of such courts and personal service with respect thereto. Each of Merrill Lynch and PAFM waives all right to trial by jury in any proceeding (whether based upon contract, tort or otherwise) in any way arising out of or relating to this Agreement. PAFM agrees that a final judgment in any proceeding or counterclaim brought in any such court shall be conclusive and binding upon PAFM and may be enforced in any other courts to the jurisdiction of which PAFM is or may be subject, by suit upon such judgment.

 

11. This Agreement may not be assigned by either party without the prior written consent of the other party.

 

12. This Agreement (including the attached Indemnification Agreement) embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties hereto and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof. If any provision of this Agreement is determined to be invalid or unenforceable in any respect, such determination will not affect such provision in any other respect or any other provision of this Agreement, which will remain in full force and effect. This Agreement may not be amended or otherwise modified or waived except by an instrument in writing signed by both Merrill Lynch and PAFM.

 

13. All notices required or permitted to be sent under this Agreement shall be sent, if to PAFM:

 

PA Fund Management LLC

1345 Avenue of the Americas

New York, New York 10105

Attention: [            ]

 

With a copy to:

PAFM Distributors LLC

2187 Atlantic Street

Stamford, CT 06902

Attention: Newton B. Schott, Jr.

 

3


or if to Merrill Lynch:

 

Merrill Lynch & Co.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                    Incorporated

4 World Financial Center

New York, New York 10080

Attention: Brian Lessig

 

or such other name or address as may be given in writing to the other parties. Any notice shall be deemed to be given or received on the third day after deposit in the US mail with certified postage prepaid or when actually received, whether by hand, express delivery service or facsimile transmission, whichever is earlier.

 

14. This Agreement may be executed in separate counterparts, each of which is deemed to be an original and all of which taken together constitute one and the same agreement.

 

4


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have duly executed this Additional Compensation Agreement as of the date first above written.

 

PAFM FUND MANAGEMENT LLC

     

MERRILL LYNCH & CO.

       

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

                                INCORPORATED

By:  

 


      By:  

 


   

Name:

         

Name:

   

Title:

         

Title:

 

5


Merrill Lynch & Co. Indemnification Agreement

 

October [    ], 2004

 

Merrill Lynch & Co.

Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith

                        Incorporated

4 World Financial Center

New York, New York 10080

 

Ladies and Gentlemen:

 

In connection with the engagement of Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated (“Merrill Lynch”) to advise and assist the undersigned (together with its affiliates and subsidiaries, referred to as the “Company”) with the matters set forth in the Agreement October [    ], 2004 between the Company and Merrill Lynch (the “Agreement”), in the event that Merrill Lynch becomes involved in any capacity in any claim, suit, action, proceeding, investigation or inquiry (including, without limitation, any shareholder or derivative action or arbitration proceeding) (collectively, a “Proceeding”) in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, the Company agrees to indemnify, defend and hold Merrill Lynch harmless to the fullest extent permitted by law, from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review, that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Merrill Lynch. In addition, in the event that Merrill Lynch becomes involved in any capacity in any Proceeding in connection with any matter in any way relating to or referred to in the Agreement or arising out of the matters contemplated by the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, the Company will reimburse Merrill Lynch for its legal and other expenses (including the cost of any investigation and preparation) as such expenses are reasonably incurred by Merrill Lynch in connection therewith. If such indemnification were not to be available for any reason, the Company agrees to contribute to the losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses involved (i) in the proportion appropriate to reflect the relative benefits received or sought to be received by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and Merrill Lynch, on the other hand, in the matters contemplated by the Agreement or (ii) if (but only if and to the extent) the allocation provided for in clause (i) is for any reason held unenforceable, in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits referred to in clause (i) but also the relative fault of the Company and its stockholders and affiliates and other constituencies, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The Company agrees that for the purposes of this paragraph the relative benefits received, or sought to be received, by the Company and its stockholders and affiliates, on the one hand, and the party entitled to contribution, on the other hand, of a transaction as contemplated shall be deemed to be in the same proportion that the total value received or paid by the Company or its stockholders or affiliates and other constituencies, as the case may be, as a result of or in connection with the transaction (whether or not consummated) for which Merrill Lynch has been retained to perform financial services bears to the fees paid to Merrill Lynch under the Agreement; provided, that in no event shall the Company contribute less than the amount

 

6


necessary to assure that Merrill Lynch is not liable for losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses in excess of the amount of fees actually received by Merrill Lynch pursuant to the Agreement. Relative fault shall be determined by reference to, among other things, whether any alleged untrue statement or omission or any other alleged conduct relates to information provided by the Company or other conduct by the Company (or its employees or other agents), on the one hand, or by Merrill Lynch, on the other hand. The Company will not settle any Proceeding in respect of which indemnity may be sought hereunder, whether or not Merrill Lynch is an actual or potential party to such Proceeding, without Merrill Lynch’s prior written consent. For purposes of this Indemnification Agreement, Merrill Lynch shall include Merrill Lynch & Co., Merrill Lynch, Pierce, Fenner & Smith Incorporated, any of its affiliates, each other person, if any, controlling Merrill Lynch or any of its affiliates, their respective officers, current and former directors, employees and agents, and the successors and assigns of all of the foregoing persons. The foregoing indemnity and contribution agreement shall be in addition to any rights that any indemnified party may have at common law or otherwise.

 

The Company agrees that neither Merrill Lynch nor any of its affiliates, directors, agents, employees or controlling persons shall have any liability to the Company or any person asserting claims on behalf of or in right of the Company in connection with or as a result of either Merrill Lynch’s engagement under the Agreement or any matter referred to in the Agreement, including, without limitation, related services and activities prior to the date of the Agreement, except to the extent that it shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction in a judgment that has become final in that it is no longer subject to appeal or other review that any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses incurred by the Company resulted solely from the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Merrill Lynch in performing the services that are the subject of the Agreement.

 

Notwithstanding any provision contained herein, in no event shall Merrill Lynch be entitled to indemnification by the Company hereunder from and against any losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses in respect of which indemnity may be sought under the Purchase Agreement.

 

THIS INDEMNIFICATION AGREEMENT AND ANY CLAIM, COUNTERCLAIM OR DISPUTE OF ANY KIND OR NATURE WHATSOEVER ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT (“CLAIM”), DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK. EXCEPT AS SET FORTH BELOW, NO CLAIM MAY BE COMMENCED, PROSECUTED OR CONTINUED IN ANY COURT OTHER THAN THE COURTS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK LOCATED IN THE CITY AND COUNTY OF NEW YORK OR IN THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW YORK, WHICH COURTS SHALL HAVE EXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OVER THE ADJUDICATION OF SUCH MATTERS, AND THE COMPANY AND MERRILL LYNCH CONSENT TO THE JURISDICTION OF SUCH COURTS AND PERSONAL SERVICE WITH RESPECT THERETO. THE COMPANY HEREBY CONSENTS TO PERSONAL JURISDICTION, SERVICE AND VENUE IN ANY COURT IN WHICH ANY CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT IS BROUGHT BY ANY THIRD PARTY AGAINST MERRILL LYNCH OR ANY INDEMNIFIED PARTY. EACH OF MERRILL LYNCH AND THE COMPANY WAIVES ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM (WHETHER BASED UPON CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE) ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT. THE COMPANY AGREES THAT A FINAL JUDGMENT IN ANY PROCEEDING OR CLAIM ARISING OUT OF OR IN ANY WAY RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT BROUGHT IN ANY SUCH COURT SHALL BE CONCLUSIVE AND BINDING UPON THE COMPANY AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN ANY OTHER COURTS TO THE JURISDICTION OF WHICH THE COMPANY IS OR MAY BE SUBJECT, BY SUIT UPON SUCH JUDGMENT.

 

7


The foregoing Indemnification Agreement shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any termination of Merrill Lynch’s engagement. This Indemnification Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which shall constitute one and the same agreement.

 

Very truly yours,
PA FUND MANAGEMENT LLC
By:  

 


   

Name:

   

Title:

 

Accepted and agreed to as of

the date first above written:

 

MERRILL LYNCH & CO.

MERRILL LYNCH, PIERCE, FENNER & SMITH

INCORPORATED

By  

 


   

Name:

   

Title:

 

8

Exhibit j.

 

C USTODIAN AND I NVESTMENT A CCOUNTING A GREEMENT

 

This Agreement between P IMCO F LOATING R ATE S TRATEGY F UND , a business trust organized and existing under the laws of Massachusetts (the “ Fund ”), and S TATE S TREET B ANK and T RUST C OMPANY , a Massachusetts trust company (the “ State Street ”),

 

W ITNESSETH : that in consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements hereinafter contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

S ECTION 1 A PPOINTMENT OF S TATE S TREET AS C USTODIAN AND R ECORDKEEPER . The Fund hereby appoints State Street as custodian of its assets consisting of securities that the Fund desires to be held in places within the United States (“ domestic securities ”) and securities it desires to be held outside the United States (“ foreign securities ”). The Fund agrees to deliver to State Street all securities and cash owned by it, and all payments of income, payments of principal or capital distributions received by it with respect to all securities owned by it from time to time, and the cash consideration received by it for such new or treasury shares of beneficial interest of the Fund (“ Shares ”) as may be issued or sold from time to time. State Street shall not be responsible for any property of the Fund which is not received by it or which is delivered out in accordance with Proper Instructions including, without limitation, Fund property (i) held by brokers, private bankers or other entities on behalf of the Fund (each a “ Local Agent ”), (ii) held by Special Sub-Custodians (as such term is defined in Section 7 hereof), (iii) held by entities which have advanced monies to or on behalf of the Fund and which have received Fund property as security for such advance(s) (each a “ Pledgee ”), or (iv) delivered or otherwise removed from the custody of State Street pursuant to Special Instructions (as such term is defined in Section 7 hereof). With respect to uncertificated shares (the “ Underlying Shares ”) of registered “investment companies” (as defined in Section 3(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “ 1940 Act ”)), whether in the same “group of investment companies” (as defined in Section 12(d)(1)(G)(ii) of the 1940 Act) or otherwise, including pursuant to Section 12(d)(1)(F) of the 1940 Act (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the “ Underlying Portfolios ”) the holding of confirmation statements that identify the shares as being recorded in State Street’s name on behalf of the Fund will be deemed custody for purposes hereof.

 

Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, State Street shall on behalf of the Fund from time to time appoint one or more sub-custodians located in the United States, but only in accordance with an applicable vote by the Board of Trustees of the Fund (the “ Board ”). State Street may appoint as sub-custodian for Fund’s foreign securities the foreign banking institutions and foreign securities depositories designated in Schedules A and B hereto, but only in accordance with the applicable provisions of Sections 4 and 5. State Street shall have no more or less responsibility or liability to Fund on account of any actions or omissions of any sub-custodian so appointed than any such sub-custodian has to State Street.

 

Fund hereby appoints State Street to perform certain investment accounting and recordkeeping functions relating to portfolio transactions required of a duly registered investment company under Rule 31a of the 1940 Act and to calculate the net asset value of the Fund in accordance with the provisions of Section 10 hereof.

 

1


S ECTION 2 D UTIES OF S TATE S TREET WITH R ESPECT TO P ROPERTY OF THE F UND H ELD I N THE U NITED S TATES

 

S ECTION 2.1 H OLDING S ECURITIES . State Street shall hold and physically segregate for the account of the Fund all non-cash property, to be held by it in the United States, including all domestic securities owned by the Fund other than (a) securities which are maintained pursuant to Section 2.8 in a clearing agency which acts as a securities depository or in a book-entry system authorized by the U.S. Department of the Treasury (each, a “ U.S. Securities System ”) and (b) Underlying Shares owned by each Fund which are maintained pursuant to Section 2.10 hereof in an account with State Street Bank and Trust Company or such other entity which may from time to time act as a transfer agent for the Underlying Portfolios and with respect to which State Street is provided with Proper Instructions (the “ Underlying Transfer Agent ”).

 

S ECTION 2.2 D ELIVERY OF S ECURITIES . State Street shall release and deliver domestic securities owned by the Fund held by State Street or in a U.S. Securities System account of State Street (“ U.S. Securities System Account ”) or in an account at the Underlying Transfer Agent, only upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only in the following cases:

 

  1) Upon sale of such securities for the account of the Fund and receipt of payment therefor;

 

  2) Upon the receipt of payment in connection with any repurchase agreement related to such securities entered into by the Fund;

 

  3) In the case of a sale effected through a U.S. Securities System, in accordance with the provisions of Section 2.8 hereof;

 

  4) To the depository agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for securities of the Fund;

 

  5) To the issuer thereof or its agent when such securities are called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable; provided that, in any such case, the cash or other consideration is to be delivered to State Street;

 

  6) To the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into the name of the Fund or into the name of any nominee or nominees of State Street or into the name or nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to Section 2.7 or into the name or nominee name of any sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Section 1; or for exchange for a different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units; provided that, in any such case, the new securities are to be delivered to State Street;

 

  7) Upon the sale of such securities for the account of the Fund, to the broker or its clearing agent, against a receipt, for examination in accordance with “street delivery” custom; provided that in any such case, State Street shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss arising from the delivery of such securities prior to receiving payment for such securities except as may arise from State Street’s own negligence or willful misconduct;

 

2


  8) For exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the securities of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion contained in such securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement; provided that, in any such case, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to State Street;

 

  9) In the case of warrants, rights or similar securities, the surrender thereof in the exercise of such warrants, rights or similar securities or the surrender of interim receipts or temporary securities for definitive securities; provided that, in any such case, the new securities and cash, if any, are to be delivered to State Street;

 

  10) For delivery in connection with any loans of securities made by the Fund (a) against receipt of collateral, except that in connection with any loans for which collateral is to be credited to the U.S. Securities System Account    , State Street will not be held liable or responsible for the delivery of securities owned by the Fund prior to the receipt of such collateral or (b) to the lending agent, or the lending agent’s custodian, in accordance with written Proper Instructions (which may not provide for the receipt by State Street of collateral therefor) agreed upon from time to time by State Street and the Fund;

 

  11) For delivery as security in connection with any borrowing by the Fund requiring a pledge of assets by the Fund, but only against receipt of amounts borrowed;

 

  12) For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, State Street and a broker-dealer registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “ Exchange Act ”) and a member of The National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. (“ NASD ”), relating to compliance with the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange, or of any similar organization or organizations, regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund;

 

  13) For delivery in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, State Street, and a futures commission merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act, relating to compliance with the rules of the Commodity Futures Trading Commission (“ CFTC ”) and/or any contract market, or any similar organization or organizations, regarding account deposits in connection with transactions by the Fund;

 

  14)

Upon the sale or other delivery of such investments (including, without limitation, to one or more (a) Special Sub-Custodians or (b) additional custodians appointed by a Fund, and communicated to State Street from time to time via a writing duly executed by an authorized officer of such Fund, for the purpose of engaging in repurchase agreement transaction(s), each a “ Repo Custodian ”), and prior to receipt of payment therefor, only as set forth in written Proper Instructions (such delivery in advance of payment, along with payment in advance of delivery made in accordance with Section 2.6(7), as applicable, shall each be referred to herein as a “ Free Trade ”), provided that such Proper Instructions shall set forth (a) the securities of the

 

3


 

Fund to be delivered and (b) the person(s) to whom delivery of such securities shall be made;

 

  15) Upon receipt of instructions from the transfer agent for the Fund (the “ Transfer Agent ”) for delivery to such Transfer Agent or to the holders of Shares in connection with distributions in kind, as may be described from time to time in the Fund’s currently effective prospectus and statement of additional information (the “ Prospectus ”), in satisfaction of requests by holders of Shares for repurchase or redemption; and

 

  16) In the case of a sale processed through the Underlying Transfer Agent or Underlying Shares, in accordance with Section 2.10 hereof;

 

  17) For any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the securities of the Fund to be delivered and naming the person or persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made.

 

S ECTION 2.3 R EGISTRATION OF S ECURITIES . Domestic securities held by State Street (other than bearer securities) shall be registered in the name of the Fund or in the name of any nominee of the Fund or of any nominee of State Street which nominee shall be assigned exclusively to the Fund, unless the Fund has authorized in writing the appointment of a nominee to be used in common with other registered investment companies having the same investment advisor as the Fund, or in the name or nominee name of any agent appointed pursuant to Section 2.7 or in the name or nominee name of any sub-custodian appointed pursuant to Section 1. All securities accepted by State Street on behalf of the Fund under the terms of this Agreement shall be in “street name” or other good delivery form, provided that State Street will hold all such assets in an account of State Street as custodian containing only assets of the Fund or only assets held by State Street as fiduciary or custodian for its customers; provided, further that State Street’s records will at all times indicate the Fund or the customer for which such assets are held and their respective interest therein. If, however, the Fund directs State Street to maintain securities in “street name”, State Street shall utilize its best efforts only to timely collect income due the Fund on such securities and to notify the Fund on a best efforts basis only of relevant corporate actions including, without limitation, pendency of calls, maturities, tender or exchange offers and declaration, record and payment dates of any dividend.

 

S ECTION 2.4 B ANK A CCOUNTS . State Street shall open and maintain a separate bank account or accounts in the United States in the name of the Fund, subject only to draft or order by State Street acting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, and shall hold in such account or accounts, subject to the provisions hereof, all cash received by it from or for the account of the Fund, other than cash maintained by the Fund in a bank account established and used in accordance with Rule 17f-3 under the 1940 Act. Monies held by State Street for the Fund may be deposited by it to its credit as custodian in the banking department of State Street or in such other banks or trust companies as it may in its discretion deem necessary or desirable; provided , however, that every such bank or trust company shall be qualified to act as a custodian under the 1940 Act and that each such bank or trust company and the monies to be deposited with each such bank or trust company shall be approved by vote of a majority of the Board. Such monies shall be deposited by State Street in its capacity as custodian and shall be withdrawable by State Street only in that capacity.

 

4


S ECTION 2.5 C OLLECTION OF I NCOME . Except with respect to Fund property released and delivered pursuant to Section 2.2(14) or purchased pursuant to Section 2.6(7), and subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, State Street shall collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to registered domestic securities held hereunder to which the Fund shall be entitled either by law or pursuant to custom in the securities business, and shall collect on a timely basis all income and other payments with respect to bearer domestic securities if, on the date of payment by the issuer, such securities are held by State Street or its agent thereof and shall credit such income, as collected, to the Fund’s custodian account. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, State Street shall detach and present for payment all coupons and other income items requiring presentation as and when they become due and shall collect interest when due on securities held hereunder. Income due the Fund on securities loaned pursuant to the provisions of Section 2.2 (10) shall be the responsibility of the Fund. State Street will have no duty or responsibility in connection therewith, other than to provide the Fund with such information or data as may be necessary to assist the Fund in arranging for the timely delivery to State Street of the income to which the Fund is properly entitled.

 

S ECTION 2.6 P AYMENT OF F UND M ONIES . Upon receipt of Proper Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, State Street shall pay out monies of the Fund in the following cases only:

 

  1) Upon the purchase of domestic securities, options, futures contracts or options on futures contracts for the account of the Fund but only (a) against the delivery of such securities or evidence of title to such options, futures contracts or options on futures contracts to State Street (or any bank, banking firm or trust company doing business in the United States or abroad which is qualified under the 1940 Act to act as a custodian and has been designated by State Street as its agent for this purpose) registered in the name of the Fund or in the name of a nominee of State Street referred to in Section 2.3 hereof or in proper form for transfer; (b) in the case of a purchase effected through a U.S. Securities System, in accordance with the conditions set forth in Section 2.8 hereof; (c) in the case of repurchase agreements entered into between the Fund and State Street, or another bank, or a broker-dealer which is a member of NASD, (i) against delivery of the securities either in certificate form or through an entry crediting State Street’s account at the Federal Reserve Bank with such securities or (ii) against delivery of the receipt evidencing purchase by the Fund of securities owned by State Street along with written evidence of the agreement by State Street to repurchase such securities from the Fund; or (d) for transfer to a time deposit account of the Fund in any bank, whether domestic or foreign; such transfer may be effected prior to receipt of a confirmation from a broker and/or the applicable bank pursuant to Proper Instructions from the Fund as defined herein;

 

  2) In connection with conversion, exchange or surrender of securities owned by the Fund as set forth in Section 2.2 hereof;

 

  3) For the redemption or repurchase of Shares issued as set forth in Section 6 hereof;

 

  4)

For the payment of any expense or liability incurred by the Fund, including but not limited to the following payments for the account of the Fund: interest, taxes, management, accounting, transfer agent and legal fees, and operating expenses of the

 

5


 

Fund whether or not such expenses are to be in whole or part capitalized or treated as deferred expenses;

 

  5) For the payment of any dividends on Shares declared pursuant to the governing documents of the Fund;

 

  6) For payment of the amount of dividends received in respect of securities sold short;

 

  7) Upon the purchase of domestic investments and prior to receipt of such investments, as set forth in written Proper Instructions (such payment in advance of delivery, along with delivery in advance of payment made in accordance with Section 2.2(14), as applicable, shall each be referred to herein as a “ Free Trade ”), provided that such Proper Instructions shall also set forth (a) the amount of such payment and (b) the person(s) to whom such payment is made; and

 

  8) For any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Proper Instructions specifying the amount of such payment and naming the person or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

 

Except as specifically stated otherwise in this Agreement, in any and every case where the payment for purchase of domestic securities for the account of the Fund is made by State Street in advance of receipt of the securities purchased in the absence of specific Proper Instructions from the Fund to so pay in advance, State Street shall be absolutely liable to the Fund for such securities to the same extent as if the securities had been received by State Street.

 

S ECTION 2.7 A PPOINTMENT OF A GENTS . State Street may at any time or times in its discretion appoint (and may at any time remove) any other bank or trust company which is itself qualified under the 1940 Act to act as a custodian, as its agent to carry out such of the provisions of this Section 2 as State Street may from time to time direct; provided , however, that the appointment of any agent shall not relieve State Street of its responsibilities or liabilities hereunder. The Underlying Transfer Agent shall not be deemed an agent or subcustodian of State Street for purposes of this Section 2.7 or any other provision of this Agreement.

 

S ECTION 2.8 D EPOSIT OF F UND A SSETS IN U.S. S ECURITIES S YSTEMS . State Street may deposit and/or maintain securities owned by the Fund in the U.S. Securities System Account subject to the following provisions:

 

  1) Such Account shall not include any assets of State Street other than assets held as a fiduciary, custodian or otherwise for customers;

 

  2) The records of State Street shall identify by book-entry those securities belonging to the Fund;

 

  3)

State Street shall pay for securities purchased for the account of the Fund upon (i) receipt of advice from the U.S. Securities System that such securities have been transferred to the U.S. Securities System Account, and (ii) the making of an entry on the records of State Street to reflect such payment and transfer for the account of the Fund. State Street shall transfer securities sold for the account of the Fund upon (i) receipt of advice from the U.S. Securities System that payment for such securities

 

6


 

has been transferred to the U.S. Securities System Account, and (ii) the making of an entry on the records of State Street to reflect such transfer and payment for the account of the Fund. Copies of all advices from the U.S. Securities System of transfers of securities for the account of the Fund shall identify the Fund, be maintained for the Fund by State Street and be provided to the Fund at its request. Upon request, State Street shall furnish the Fund confirmation of each transfer to or from the account of the Fund in the form of a written advice or notice and shall furnish to the Fund copies of daily transaction sheets reflecting each day’s transactions in the U.S. Securities System for the account of the Fund;

 

  4) State Street shall provide the Fund with any report obtained by State Street on the U.S. Securities System’s accounting system, internal accounting control and procedures for safeguarding securities deposited in the U.S. Securities System;

 

  5) Anything to the contrary in this Agreement notwithstanding, State Street shall be liable to the Fund for any loss or damage to the Fund resulting from use of the U.S. Securities System by reason of any negligence, misfeasance or misconduct of State Street or any of its agents or of any of its or their employees or from failure of State Street or any such agent to enforce effectively such rights as it may have against the U.S. Securities System; at the election of the Fund, it shall be entitled to be subrogated to the rights of State Street with respect to any claim against the U.S. Securities System or any other person which State Street may have as a consequence of any such loss or damage if and to the extent that the Fund has not been made whole for any such loss or damage.

 

S ECTION 2.9 S EGREGATED A CCOUNT . State Street shall upon receipt of Proper Instructions establish and maintain a segregated account or accounts for and on behalf of the Fund, into which account or accounts may be transferred cash and/or securities, including securities maintained in an account by State Street pursuant to Section 2.8 hereof, (i) in accordance with the provisions of any agreement among the Fund, State Street and a broker-dealer registered under the Exchange Act and a member of the NASD (or any futures commission merchant registered under the Commodity Exchange Act), relating to compliance with the rules of The Options Clearing Corporation and of any registered national securities exchange (or the CFTC or any registered contract market), or of any similar organization or organizations, regarding escrow or other arrangements in connection with transactions by the Fund, (ii) for purposes of segregating cash or government securities in connection with options purchased, sold or written by the Fund or commodity futures contracts or options thereon purchased or sold by the Fund, (iii) for the purposes of compliance by the Fund with the procedures required by Investment Company Act Release No. 10666, or any subsequent release of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”), or interpretative opinion of the staff of the SEC, relating to the maintenance of segregated accounts by registered investment companies, and (iv) for any other purpose upon receipt of Proper Instructions.

 

S ECTION 2.10 D EPOSIT OF F UND A SSETS WITH THE U NDERLYING T RANSFER A GENT . Underlying Shares shall be deposited and/or maintained in an account or accounts maintained with the Underlying Transfer Agent. The Underlying Transfer Agent shall be deemed to be acting as if it is a “securities depository” for purposes of Rule 17f-4 under the 1940 Act. The Fund hereby directs State Street to deposit and/or maintain such securities with the Underlying Transfer Agent, subject to the following provisions:

 

  1) State Street shall keep Underlying Shares owned by the Fund with the Underlying Transfer Agent provided that such securities are maintained in an account or accounts on the books and records of the Underlying Transfer Agent in the name of State Street as custodian for the Fund.

 

7


  2) The records of State Street with respect to Underlying Shares which are maintained with the Underlying Transfer Agent shall identify by book-entry those Underlying Shares belonging to the Fund;

 

  3) State Street shall pay for Underlying Shares purchased for the account of the Fund upon (a) receipt of advice from the Fund’s investment adviser that such Underlying Shares have been purchased and will be transferred to the account of State Street, on behalf of the Fund, on the books and records of the Underlying Transfer Agent and (b) the making of an entry on the records of State Street to reflect such payment and transfer for the account of the Fund. State Street shall receive confirmation from the Underlying Transfer Agent of the purchase of such securities and the transfer of such securities to State Street’s account with the Underlying Transfer Agent only after such payment is made. State Street shall transfer Underlying Shares redeemed for the account of the Fund (i) upon receipt of an advice from the Fund’s investment adviser that such securities have been redeemed and that payment for such securities will be transferred to State Street and (ii) the making of an entry on the records of State Street to reflect such transfer and payment for the account of the Fund. State Street will receive confirmation from the Underlying Transfer Agent of the redemption of such securities and payment therefor only after such securities are redeemed. Copies of all advices from the Fund’s investment adviser of purchases and sales of Underlying Shares for the account of the Fund shall identify the Fund, be maintained for the Fund by State Street, and be provided to the Fund’s investment adviser at its request; and

 

  4) State Street shall be not be liable to the Fund for any loss or damage to the Fund resulting from maintenance of Underlying Shares with Underlying Transfer Agent except for losses resulting directly from the negligence, misfeasance or misconduct of State Street or any of its agents or of any of its or their employees.

 

S ECTION 2.11 O WNERSHIP C ERTIFICATES FOR T AX P URPOSES . State Street shall execute ownership and other certificates and affidavits for all federal, state and local tax purposes in connection with receipt and/or collection of income or other payments with respect to domestic securities of the Fund held by it and in connection with transfers of securities.

 

S ECTION 2.12 P ROXIES . Except with respect to Fund property released and delivered pursuant to Section 2.2(14), or purchased pursuant to Section 2.6(7), State Street shall, with respect to the domestic securities held hereunder, cause to be promptly executed by the registered holder of such securities, if the securities are registered otherwise than in the name of the Fund or a nominee of the Fund, all proxies, without indication of the manner in which such proxies are to be voted, and shall promptly deliver to the Fund such proxies, all proxy soliciting materials and all notices relating to such securities.

 

S ECTION 2.13 C OMMUNICATIONS R ELATING TO F UND S ECURITIES . Except with respect to Fund property released and delivered pursuant to Section 2.2(14), or purchased pursuant to Section

 

8


2.6(7), and subject to the provisions of Section 2.3, State Street shall transmit promptly to the Fund all written information (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and maturities of domestic securities and expirations of rights in connection therewith) received by State Street from issuers of the securities being held for the Fund. With respect to tender or exchange offers, State Street shall transmit promptly to the Fund all written information received by State Street from issuers of the securities whose tender or exchange is sought and from the party (or its agents) making the tender or exchange offer. If the Fund desires to take action with respect to any tender offer, exchange offer or any other similar transaction, the Fund shall notify State Street at least three business days prior to the date on which State Street is to take such action.

 

S ECTION 3 S PECIAL S UB -C USTODIANS . Upon receipt of Special Instructions (as such term is defined in Section 7 hereof), State Street shall appoint one or more banks, trust companies or other entities designated in such Special Instructions to act as a sub-custodian for the purposes of effecting such transactions as may be designated by a Fund in Special Instructions. Each such designated sub-custodian is referred to herein as a “ Special Sub-Custodian .” Each such duly appointed Special Sub-Custodian shall be listed on Schedule D hereto, as it may be amended from time to time by a Fund, with the acknowledgment of State Street. In connection with the appointment of any Special Sub-Custodian, and in accordance with Special Instructions, State Street shall enter into a sub-custodian agreement with the Fund and the Special Sub-Custodian in form and substance approved by such Fund, provided that such agreement shall in all events comply with the provisions of the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations thereunder and the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

 

S ECTION 4 P ROVISIONS R ELATING TO R ULES 17 F -5 AND 17 F -7

 

S ECTION 4.1. D EFINITIONS . As used throughout this Agreement, the capitalized terms set forth below shall have the following meanings:

 

“Country Risk” means all factors reasonably related to the systemic risk of holding Foreign Assets in a particular country including, but not limited to, such country’s political environment, economic and financial infrastructure (including any Eligible Securities Depository operating in the country), prevailing or developing custody and settlement practices, and laws and regulations applicable to the safekeeping and recovery of Foreign Assets held in custody in that country.

 

“Eligible Foreign Custodian” has the meaning set forth in section (a)(1) of Rule 17f-5 (as such term may be interpreted or modified by appropriate action of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”)).

 

“Eligible Securities Depository” has the meaning set forth in section (b)(1) of Rule 17f-7 (as such term may be interpreted or modified by appropriate action of the SEC).

 

“Foreign Assets” means any of the Fund’s investments (including foreign currencies) for which the primary market is outside the United States, and any cash and cash equivalents that are reasonably necessary to effect the Fund’s transactions in such investments.

 

“Foreign Custody Manager” has the meaning set forth in section (a)(3) of Rule 17f-5 (as such term may be interpreted or modified by appropriate action of the SEC).

 

9


S ECTION 4.2 S TATE S TREET AS F OREIGN C USTODY M ANAGER

 

4.2.1 D ELEGATION TO S TATE S TREET AS F OREIGN C USTODY M ANAGER . The Fund, by resolution adopted by its Board hereby delegates to State Street, subject to Section (b) of Rule 17f-5, the responsibilities set forth in this Section 4.2 with respect to Foreign Assets of the Fund held outside the United States, and State Street hereby accepts such delegation as Foreign Custody Manager with respect to the Fund.

 

4.2.2 C OUNTRIES C OVERED . The Foreign Custody Manager shall be responsible for performing the delegated responsibilities defined below only with respect to the countries and custody arrangements for each such country listed on Schedule A to this Agreement, which list of countries may be amended from time to time by the Fund with the agreement of the Foreign Custody Manager. The Foreign Custody Manager shall list on Schedule A the Eligible Foreign Custodians selected by the Foreign Custody Manager to maintain the assets of the Fund, which list of Eligible Foreign Custodians may be amended from time to time in the sole discretion of the Foreign Custody Manager. The Foreign Custody Manager will provide amended versions of Schedule A in accordance with Section 4.2.5 hereof.

 

Upon the receipt by the Foreign Custody Manager of Instructions to open an account or to place or maintain Foreign Assets in a country listed on Schedule A, and the fulfillment by the Fund of the applicable account opening requirements for such country, the Foreign Custody Manager shall be deemed to have been delegated by the Board responsibility as Foreign Custody Manager with respect to that country and to have accepted such delegation. Execution of this Amendment by the Fund shall be deemed to be an Instruction to open an account, or to place or maintain Foreign Assets, of the Fund in each country listed on Schedule A in which State Street has previously placed or currently maintains Foreign Assets pursuant to the terms of the Contract. Following the receipt of Instructions directing the Foreign Custody Manager to close the account of the Fund with the Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager in a designated country, the delegation by the Board to State Street as Foreign Custody Manager for that country shall be deemed to have been withdrawn and State Street shall immediately cease to be the Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund with respect to that country.

 

The Foreign Custody Manager may withdraw its acceptance of delegated responsibilities with respect to a designated country upon written notice to the Fund. Sixty days (or such longer period to which the parties agree in writing) after receipt of any such notice by the Fund, State Street shall have no further responsibility in its capacity as Foreign Custody Manager to the Fund with respect to the country as to which State Street’s acceptance of delegation is withdrawn.

 

10


4.2.3 S COPE OF D ELEGATED R ESPONSIBILITIES :

 

  (a) S ELECTION OF E LIGIBLE F OREIGN C USTODIANS . Subject to the provisions of this Section 4.2., the Foreign Custody Manager may place and maintain the Foreign Assets in the care of the Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager in each country listed on Schedule A, as amended from time to time. In performing its delegated responsibilities as Foreign Custody Manager to place or maintain Foreign Assets with an Eligible Foreign Custodian, the Foreign Custody Manager shall determine that the Foreign Assets will be subject to reasonable care, based on the standards applicable to custodians in the relevant market, after considering all factors relevant to the safekeeping of such assets, including without limitation, the factors specified in Rule 17f-5(c)(1), as amended from time to time.

 

  (b) C ONTRACTS W ITH E LIGIBLE F OREIGN C USTODIANS . The Foreign Custody Manager shall determine that each arrangement with an Eligible Foreign Custodian is governed by a written contract and that such contract will satisfy the requirements of Rule 17f-5(c)(2), as amended from time to time.

 

  (c) M ONITORING . In each case in which the Foreign Custody Manager maintains Foreign Assets with an Eligible Foreign Custodian selected by the Foreign Custody Manager, the Foreign Custody Manager shall have established a system to monitor (i) the appropriateness of maintaining the Foreign Assets with such Eligible Foreign Custodian and (ii) the performance of the contract governing the custody arrangements established by the Foreign Custody Manager with the Eligible Foreign Custodian under Rule 17f-5(c)(2). In the event the Foreign Custody Manager determines that the custody arrangements with an Eligible Foreign Custodian it has selected are no longer appropriate or no longer meet the requirements of Rule 17f-5, the Foreign Custody Manager shall notify the Board in accordance with Section 4.2.5 hereunder and State Street shall, upon Instruction, assist the Fund in withdrawing their assets from such Eligible Foreign Custodian as soon as reasonably practicable.

 

4.2.4 G UIDELINES FOR THE E XERCISE OF D ELEGATED A UTHORITY . For purposes of this Section 4.2, the Board, or at its delegation the Fund’s investment adviser, shall be deemed to have considered and determined to accept such Country Risk as is incurred by placing and maintaining the Foreign Assets in each country for which State Street is serving as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund.

 

4.2.5 R EPORTING R EQUIREMENTS . The Foreign Custody Manager shall report the withdrawal of the Foreign Assets from an Eligible Foreign Custodian and the placement of such Foreign Assets with another Eligible Foreign Custodian by providing to the Board an amended Schedule A at the end of the calendar quarter in which an amendment to such Schedule has occurred. The Foreign Custody Manager shall make written quarterly reports notifying the Board of any other material change in the foreign custody arrangements of the Fund described in this Section 4.2 after the occurrence of the material change.

 

4.2.6 S TANDARD OF C ARE AS F OREIGN C USTODY M ANAGER . In performing the responsibilities delegated to it hereunder, the Foreign Custody Manager agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence such as a person having responsibility for the safekeeping of the Fund’s Foreign Assets would exercise.

 

11


4.2.7 R EPRESENTATIONS WITH R ESPECT TO R ULE 17 F -5 . The Foreign Custody Manager represents to the Fund that it is a U.S. Bank as defined in section (a)(7) of Rule 17f-5 and is otherwise eligible to serve as a Foreign Custody Manager under Rule 17f-5. The Fund represents to State Street that the Board has determined that it is reasonable for the Board to rely on State Street to perform the responsibilities delegated pursuant to this Contract to State Street as the Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund.

 

4.2.8 E FFECTIVE D ATE AND T ERMINATION OF S TATE S TREET AS F OREIGN C USTODY M ANAGER . The Board’s delegation to State Street as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund shall be effective as of the date hereof and shall remain in effect until terminated at any time, without penalty, by written notice from the terminating party to the non-terminating party. Termination of State Street as Foreign Custody Manager will become effective thirty (30) days after receipt by the non-terminating party of such notice. The provisions of Section 4.2.2 hereof shall govern the delegation to and termination of State Street as Foreign Custody Manager of the Fund with respect to designated countries.

 

4.2.9 A NALYSIS AND M ONITORING U NDER R ULE 17 F -7 . State Street shall (a) provide the Fund (or its duly-authorized investment manager or investment adviser) with an analysis of the custody risks associated with maintaining assets with the Eligible Securities Depositories set forth on Schedule B hereto, as amended from time to time, in accordance with section (a)(1)(i)(A) of Rule 17f-7, as amended from time to time, and (b) monitor such risks on a continuing basis, and promptly notify the Fund (or its duly-authorized investment manager or investment adviser) of any material change in such risks, in accordance with section (a)(1)(i)(B) of Rule 17f-7, as amended from time to time.

 

4.2.10 S TANDARD OF C ARE U NDER R ULE 17 F -7 . State Street agrees to exercise reasonable care, prudence and diligence in performing the requirements and duties set forth in Section 4.2.9.

 

4.2.11 E LIGIBLE S ECURITIES D EPOSITORIES . State Street has made the determination that each depository institution listed on Schedule B hereto is an “Eligible Securities Depository” as defined in section (b)(1) of Rule 17f-7. State Street shall promptly inform the Fund if it becomes aware that any of the factors set forth in section (b)(1) of Rule 17f-7 no long apply to a depository institution listed on Schedule B hereto, as such factors may be interpreted or modified by appropriate action of the SEC from time to time, i.e., such depository institution no longer: (i) acts as or operates a system for the central handling of securities or equivalent book-entries in the country where it is incorporated, or acts as a transnational system for the central handling of securities or equivalent book-entries, (ii) is regulated by a foreign financial regulatory authority as defined under Section 2(a)(50) of the Investment Company Act, (iii) holds assets for the custodian that participates in the system on behalf of the Fund under safekeeping conditions no less favorable than the conditions that apply to other participants, (iv) maintains records that identify the assets of each participant and segregates the system’s own assets from the assets of participants, (v) provides periodic reports to its participants with respect to its safekeeping of assets, including notices of transfer to or from any participant’s account, or (vi) is subject to periodic examination by regulatory authorities or independent accountants.

 

12


S ECTION 5 D UTIES WITH RESPECT TO P ROPERTY H ELD O UTSIDE THE U NITED S TATES

 

S ECTION 5.1 D EFINITIONS . Capitalized terms in this Section 5.1 shall have the following meanings:

 

“Foreign Securities System” means an Eligible Securities Depository listed on Schedule B hereto.

 

“Foreign Sub-Custodian” means a foreign banking institution serving as an Eligible Foreign Custodian hereunder.

 

S ECTION 5.2 H OLDING S ECURITIES . State Street shall identify on its books as belonging to Fund the foreign securities placed with and maintained by each Foreign Sub-Custodian or Foreign Securities System. State Street may hold foreign securities for all of its customers, including the Fund, with any Foreign Sub-Custodian in an account that is identified as belonging to State Street for the benefit of its customers, provided however, that (i) the records of State Street with respect to foreign securities of Fund which are maintained in such account shall identify those securities as belonging to the Fund and (ii), to the extent permitted by law in the market in which the account is maintained, State Street shall require that securities so held by the Foreign Sub-Custodian be held separately from any assets of such Foreign Sub-Custodian or of other customers of such Foreign Sub-Custodian.

 

S ECTION 5.3 F OREIGN S ECURITIES S YSTEMS . Foreign securities shall be maintained in a Foreign Securities System in a designated country through arrangements implemented by State Street or a Foreign Sub-Custodian, as applicable, in such country. (Foreign Securities Systems and U.S. Securities Systems are collectively referred to herein as “ Securities Systems ”).

 

S ECTION 5.4 T RANSACTIONS IN F OREIGN C USTODY A CCOUNT .

 

5.4.1 D ELIVERY OF F OREIGN A SSETS . State Street or a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall release and deliver foreign securities of the Fund held by State Street or such Foreign Sub-Custodian, or in a Foreign Securities System account, only upon receipt of Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, and only in the following cases:

 

  (i) upon the sale of such foreign securities for the Fund in accordance with commercially reasonable market practice in the country where such foreign securities are held or traded, including, without limitation: (A) delivery against expectation of receiving later payment; or (B) in the case of a sale effected through a Foreign Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operation of the Foreign Securities System;

 

  (ii) in connection with any repurchase agreement related to foreign securities;

 

  (iii) to the depository agent in connection with tender or other similar offers for foreign securities of the Fund;

 

  (iv) to the issuer thereof or its agent when such foreign securities are called, redeemed, retired or otherwise become payable;

 

13


  (v) to the issuer thereof, or its agent, for transfer into the name of State Street (or the name of the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian or of any nominee of State Street or such Foreign Sub-Custodian) or for exchange for a different number of bonds, certificates or other evidence representing the same aggregate face amount or number of units;

 

  (vi) to brokers, clearing banks or other clearing agents for examination or trade execution in accordance with market custom; provided that in any such case the Foreign Sub-Custodian shall have no responsibility or liability for any loss arising from the delivery of such securities prior to receiving payment for such securities except as may arise from the Foreign Sub-Custodian’s own negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct;

 

  (vii) for exchange or conversion pursuant to any plan of merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reorganization or readjustment of the securities of the issuer of such securities, or pursuant to provisions for conversion contained in such securities, or pursuant to any deposit agreement;

 

  (viii) in the case of warrants, rights or similar foreign securities, the surrender thereof in the exercise of such warrants, rights or similar securities or the surrender of interim receipts or temporary securities for definitive securities;

 

  (ix) for delivery as security in connection with any borrowing by the Fund requiring a pledge of assets by the Fund;

 

  (x) in connection with trading in options and futures contracts, including delivery as original margin and variation margin;

 

  (xi) in connection with the lending of foreign securities; and

 

  (xii) for any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Instructions specifying the foreign securities to be delivered and naming the person or persons to whom delivery of such securities shall be made.

 

5.4.2 P AYMENT OF F UND M ONIES . Upon receipt of Instructions, which may be continuing instructions when deemed appropriate by the parties, State Street shall pay out, or direct the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian or the respective Foreign Securities System to pay out, monies of the Fund in the following cases only:

 

  (i) upon the purchase of foreign securities for the Fund, unless otherwise directed by Instructions, by (A) delivering money to the seller thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such seller or dealer) against expectation of receiving later delivery of such foreign securities; or (B) in the case of a purchase effected through a Foreign Securities System, in accordance with the rules governing the operation of such Foreign Securities System;

 

  (ii) in connection with the conversion, exchange or surrender of foreign securities of the Fund;

 

14


  (iii) for the payment of any expense or liability of the Fund, including but not limited to the following payments: interest, taxes, investment advisory fees, transfer agency fees, fees hereunder, legal fees, accounting fees, and other operating expenses;

 

  (iv) for the purchase or sale of foreign exchange or foreign exchange contracts for the Fund, including transactions executed with or through State Street or its Foreign Sub-Custodians;

 

  (v) in connection with trading in options and futures contracts, including delivery as original margin and variation margin;

 

  (vi) for payment of part or all of the dividends received in respect of securities sold short;

 

  (vii) in connection with the borrowing or lending of foreign securities; and

 

  (viii) for any other purpose, but only upon receipt of Instructions specifying the amount of such payment and naming the person or persons to whom such payment is to be made.

 

5.4.3 M ARKET C ONDITIONS . Notwithstanding any provision hereof to the contrary, settlement and payment for Foreign Assets received for the account of the Fund and delivery of Foreign Assets maintained for the account of the Fund may be effected in accordance with the customary established securities trading or processing practices and procedures in the country or market in which the transaction occurs, including, without limitation, delivering Foreign Assets to the purchaser thereof or to a dealer therefor (or an agent for such purchaser or dealer) with the expectation of receiving later payment for such Foreign Assets from such purchaser or dealer.

 

State Street shall provide to the Board the information described on Schedule C hereto with respect to custody and settlement practices in countries in which State Street employs a Foreign Sub-Custodian or uses a Foreign Securities System at the time or times set forth on such Schedule. State Street may revise Schedule C from time to time, provided that no such revision shall result in the Board being provided with substantively less information than had been previously provided hereunder.

 

S ECTION 5.5 R EGISTRATION OF F OREIGN S ECURITIES . Fund’s foreign securities maintained in the custody of a Foreign Sub-Custodian (other than bearer securities) shall be registered in the name of the Fund or in the name of State Street or in the name of any Foreign Sub-Custodian or in the name of any nominee of the foregoing (provided, however, that such registration indicates such foreign securities as having been held for the benefit of customers and not, in any event, for the benefit of State Street or a Foreign Sub-Custodian or any nominee thereof), and the Fund agrees to hold any such nominee harmless from any liability as a holder of record of such foreign securities. State Street or a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall not be obligated to accept securities on behalf of the Fund under the terms hereof unless the form of such securities and the manner in which they are delivered are in accordance with reasonable market practice.

 

S ECTION 5.6 B ANK A CCOUNTS . State Street shall identify on its books as belonging to the Fund cash (including cash denominated in foreign currencies) deposited with State Street. Where

 

15


State Street is unable to maintain, or market practice does not facilitate the maintenance of, cash on the books of State Street, a bank account or bank accounts shall be opened and maintained outside the United States on behalf of the Fund with a Foreign Sub-Custodian. All accounts referred to in this Section shall be subject only to draft or order by State Street (or, if applicable, such Foreign Sub-Custodian) acting pursuant to the terms of this Agreement to hold cash received by or from or for the account of the Fund. Cash maintained on the books of State Street (including its branches, subsidiaries and affiliates), regardless of currency denomination, is maintained in bank accounts established under, and subject to the laws of, The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

S ECTION 5.7 C OLLECTION OF I NCOME . State Street shall use reasonable commercial efforts to collect all income and other payments with respect to the Foreign Assets held hereunder to which the Fund shall be entitled and shall credit such income, as collected, to the Fund. In the event that extraordinary measures are required to collect such income, the Fund and State Street shall consult as to such measures and as to the compensation and expenses of State Street relating to such measures.

 

S ECTION 5.8 S HAREHOLDER R IGHTS . With respect to the foreign securities held pursuant to this Agreement, State Street will use reasonable commercial efforts to facilitate the exercise of voting and other shareholder rights, subject always to the laws, regulations and practical constraints that may exist in the country where such securities are issued. The Fund acknowledges that local conditions, including lack of regulation, onerous procedural obligations, lack of notice and other factors may have the effect of severely limiting the ability of the Fund to exercise shareholder rights.

 

S ECTION 5.9 C OMMUNICATIONS R ELATING TO F OREIGN S ECURITIES . State Street shall transmit promptly to the Fund written information with respect to materials received by State Street via the Foreign Sub-Custodians from issuers of the foreign securities being held for the account of the Fund (including, without limitation, pendency of calls and maturities of foreign securities and expirations of rights in connection therewith). With respect to tender or exchange offers, State Street shall transmit promptly to the Fund written information with respect to materials so received by State Street from issuers of the foreign securities whose tender or exchange is sought or from the party (or its agents) making the tender or exchange offer. Absent State Street’s negligence, misfeasance or misconduct, State Street shall not be liable for any untimely exercise of any tender, exchange or other right or power in connection with foreign securities or other property of the Fund at any time held by it unless (i) State Street or the respective Foreign Sub-Custodian is in actual possession of such foreign securities or property and (ii) State Street receives Instructions with regard to the exercise of any such right or power, and both (i) and (ii) occur at least three business days prior to the date on which State Street is to take action to exercise such right or power.

 

S ECTION 5.10 L IABILITY OF F OREIGN S UB -C USTODIANS . Each agreement pursuant to which State Street employs a Foreign Sub-Custodian shall, to the extent possible, require the Foreign Sub-Custodian to exercise reasonable care in the performance of its duties, and to indemnify, and hold harmless, State Street, and the Fund from and against any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim arising out of or in connection with the Foreign Sub-Custodian’s performance of such obligations. At the Fund’s election, the Fund shall be entitled to be subrogated to the rights of State Street with respect to any claims against a Foreign Sub-Custodian as a consequence of any such loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim if and to the extent that the Fund has not been made whole for any such loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim.

 

16


S ECTION 5.11 T AX L AW . State Street shall have no responsibility or liability for any obligations now or hereafter imposed on the Fund or State Street as custodian of the Fund by the tax law of the United States or of any state or political subdivision thereof unless and to the extent that such liability or obligation arises due to State Street’s negligence, misfeasance or misconduct. It shall be the responsibility of the Fund to notify State Street of the obligations imposed on the Fund or State Street as custodian of the Fund by the tax law of countries other than those mentioned in the above sentence, including responsibility for withholding and other taxes, assessments or other governmental charges, certifications and governmental reporting. The sole responsibility of State Street with regard to such tax law shall be to use reasonable efforts to assist the Fund with respect to any claim for exemption or refund under the tax law of countries for which the Fund has provided such information.

 

S ECTION 5.12 L IABILITY OF S TATE S TREET . Except as may arise from State Street’s own negligence, misfeasance or willful misconduct or the negligence, misfeasance or willful misconduct of a Foreign Sub-Custodian, State Street shall be without liability to the Fund for any loss, liability, claim or expense to the extent that such loss, liability, claim or expense results directly from or is caused directly by Country Risk. State Street shall be liable for the acts or omissions of a Foreign Sub-Custodian to the same extent as set forth with respect to sub-custodians generally in the Contract and, regardless of whether assets are maintained in the custody of a Foreign Sub-Custodian or a Foreign Securities System, State Street shall not be liable for any loss, damage, cost, expense, liability or claim resulting from nationalization, expropriation, currency restrictions, or acts of war or terrorism, or any other loss where the Sub-Custodian has otherwise acted with reasonable care.

 

S ECTION 6 P AYMENTS FOR S ALES OR R EPURCHASES OR R EDEMPTIONS OF S HARES . State Street shall receive from the distributor for the Shares or from the Transfer Agent and deposit into the Fund’s such payments as are received for Shares thereof issued or sold from time to time by the Fund. State Street will provide timely notification to the Fund and the Transfer Agent of any receipt by it of payments for Shares of the Fund.

 

From such funds as may be available for the purpose, State Street shall, upon receipt of instructions from the Transfer Agent, make funds available for payment to holders of Shares who have delivered to the Transfer Agent a request for redemption or repurchase of their Shares. In connection with the redemption or repurchase of Shares, State Street is authorized upon receipt of instructions from the Transfer Agent to wire funds to or through a commercial bank designated by the redeeming shareholders.

 

S ECTION 7 P ROPER I NSTRUCTIONS . “Proper Instructions” as used throughout this Agreement means a writing signed or initialed by one or more person or persons as the Board shall have from time to time authorized. Each such writing shall set forth the specific transaction or type of transaction involved. Oral instructions will be considered Proper Instructions if State Street reasonably believes them to have been given by a person authorized to give such instructions with respect to the transaction involved. The Fund shall cause all oral instructions to be confirmed in writing. Proper Instructions may include communications effected directly between electro-mechanical or electronic devices provided that the Fund and State Street agree to security procedures, including but not limited to, the security procedures selected by the Fund in the Funds Transfer Addendum attached hereto. For purposes of this Section, Proper Instructions shall include instructions received by State Street pursuant to any three-party agreement which requires a segregated asset account in accordance with Section 2.9.

 

17


“Special Instructions” as used throughout this Agreement, means Proper Instructions countersigned or confirmed in writing by the Treasurer or any Assistant Treasurer of the Fund or any other person designated in writing by the Treasurer of the Fund, which countersignature or confirmation shall be (a) included on the same instrument containing the Proper Instructions or on a separate instrument clearly relating thereto and (b) delivered by hand, by facsimile transmission, or in such other manner as the Fund and State Street agree in writing.

 

Concurrently with the execution of this Agreement, and from time to time thereafter, as appropriate, the Fund shall deliver to State Street, duly certified by the Fund’s Treasurer or Assistant Treasurer, a certificate setting forth: (i) the names, titles, signatures and scope of authority of all persons authorized to give Proper Instructions or any other notice, request, direction, instruction, certificate or instrument on behalf of the Fund and (ii) the names, titles and signatures of those persons authorized to give Special Instructions. Such certificate may be accepted and relied upon by State Street as conclusive evidence of the facts set forth therein and shall be considered to be in full force and effect until receipt by State Street of a similar certificate to the contrary.

 

S ECTION 8 A CTIONS P ERMITTED WITHOUT E XPRESS A UTHORITY . State Street may in its discretion, without express authority from the Fund: 1) make payments to itself or others for minor expenses of handling securities or other similar items relating to its duties under this Agreement, provided that all such payments shall be accounted for to the Fund; 2) surrender securities in temporary form for securities in definitive form; 3) endorse for collection, in the name of the Fund, checks, drafts and other negotiable instruments; and 4) in general, attend to all non-discretionary details in connection with the sale, exchange, substitution, purchase, transfer and other dealings with the securities and property of the Fund except as otherwise directed by the Board.

 

S ECTION 9 E VIDENCE OF A UTHORITY . State Street shall be protected in acting upon any instructions, notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument or paper reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to have been properly executed by or on behalf of the Fund. State Street may receive and accept a copy of a resolution of the Board, certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary of the Fund (“ Certified Resolution ”), as conclusive evidence (a) of the authority of any person to act in accordance with such resolution or (b) of any determination or of any action by the Board as described in such resolution, and such resolution may be considered as in full force and effect until receipt by State Street of written notice to the contrary.

 

S ECTION 10 D UTIES WITH R ESPECT TO A CCOUNTS AND R ECORDS AND C ALCULATION OF N ET A SSET V ALUE

 

S ECTION 10.1 A CCOUNTS AND R ECORDS . State Street will prepare and maintain, with the direction and as interpreted by Fund’s accountants and/or other advisors, in complete, accurate and current form all accounts and records: (1) required to be maintained by Fund with respect to portfolio transactions under Section 31(a) of the 1940 Act and the rules and regulations from time to time adopted thereunder; (2) required to be maintained as a basis for calculation of the Fund’s net asset value; and (3) as otherwise agreed upon by the parties. Fund will advise State Street in writing of all applicable record retention requirements, other than those set forth in the 1940 Act or the regulations thereunder. State Street will preserve such accounts and records in the manner and for the periods prescribed in the 1940 Act or the regulations thereunder or for such longer period as is agreed upon by the parties. Fund will furnish, in writing or its electronic or digital equivalent, accurate and timely information needed by State Street to complete such accounts and records,

 

18


including corporate actions, when such information is not readily available from generally accepted securities industry services or publications.

 

S ECTION 10.2 D ELIVERY OF A CCOUNTS AND R ECORDS . Fund will turn over or cause to be turned over to State Street all accounts and records needed by State Street to fully and properly perform its duties and responsibilities hereunder. State Street may rely conclusively on the completeness and correctness of such accounts and records.

 

S ECTION 10.3 A CCOUNTS AND R ECORDS P ROPERTY OF F UND . State Street acknowledges that all of the accounts and records maintained by State Street pursuant hereto are the property of the Fund and at all times during State Street’s regular business hours, shall be open for inspection and reproduction by duly authorized officers, employees and agents of the Fund and employees and agents of the SEC. State Street will assist Fund’s independent auditors, or upon approval of Fund or upon demand, any regulatory body, in any requested review of Fund’s accounts and records but Fund will reimburse State Street for all expenses and employee time invested in any such review outside of routine and normal periodic reviews. Upon receipt from Fund of the necessary information or instructions, State Street will supply information from the books and records it maintains for Fund that Fund needs for tax returns, questionnaires, periodic reports to shareholders and such other reports and information requests as Fund and State Street agree upon from time to time.

 

S ECTION 10.4 A DOPTION OF P ROCEDURES . State Street and Fund may from time to time adopt such procedures as they agree upon, and State Street may conclusively assume that no procedure approved or directed by the Fund, conflicts with or violates any requirements of the prospectus or registration statement, articles of incorporation and bylaws or trust instrument, any applicable law, rule or regulation, or any order, decree or agreement by which the Fund may be bound. Fund will be responsible for notifying State Street of any changes in statutes, regulations, rules, requirements or policies which may impact State Street’s performance of its responsibilities hereunder or its related operational policies and procedures as they relate to the Fund in a manner different from or in addition to requirements applicable to investment companies registered under the 1940 Act in general .

 

S ECTION 10.5 V ALUATION OF A SSETS . Fund will give Instructions to State Street specifying the outside pricing sources to be utilized as sources of asset prices (“Pricing Sources”). State Street will calculate the Fund’s net asset value, in accordance with the Fund’s prospectus or registration statement. State Street will price the assets, including foreign currency holdings, of Fund for which market quotations are available from the Pricing Sources; all other assets will be priced in accordance with Fund’s Instructions.

 

S ECTION 10.6 R ESPONSIBILITY OF S TATE S TREET AS R ECORDKEEPER . So long as and to the extent that it is in the exercise of reasonable care and good faith, State Street shall not be responsible or liable for, and Fund will indemnify and hold State Street harmless from and against, any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, charges, counsel fees, payments and liabilities which may be asserted against or incurred by State Street or for which State Street may be held to be liable, arising out of or attributable to any error, omission, inaccuracy or other deficiency in the Fund’s accounts and records or other information provided by or on behalf of the Fund to State Street, including the accuracy of the prices quoted by the Pricing Sources or for the information supplied by Fund to price the assets, or the failure of Fund to provide, or provide in a timely manner, any accounts, records, or information needed by State Street to perform hereunder.

 

19


S ECTION 10.7 I NVESTMENT WITH U NDERLYING T RANSFER A GENT . The Fund acknowledges and agrees that, with respect to investments maintained with the Underlying Transfer Agent, the Underlying Transfer Agent is the sole source of information on the number of shares of a fund held by it on behalf of the Fund and that State Street has the right to rely on holdings information furnished by the Underlying Transfer Agent to State Street in performing its duties under this Agreement, including without limitation, the duties set forth in this Section 10; provided, however, that State Street shall be obligated to reconcile information as to purchases and sales of Underlying Shares contained in trade instructions and confirmations received by State Street and to report promptly any discrepancies to the Underlying Transfer Agent and the Fund.

 

S ECTION 11 O PINION OF F UND S I NDEPENDENT A CCOUNTANT . State Street shall take all reasonable action, as the Fund may from time to time request, to obtain from year to year favorable opinions from the Fund’s independent accountants with respect to its activities hereunder in connection with the preparation of the Fund’s Form N-2, and Form N-SAR or other periodic reports to the SEC and with respect to any other requirements thereof.

 

S ECTION 12 R EPORTS TO F UND BY I NDEPENDENT P UBLIC A CCOUNTANTS . State Street shall provide the Fund, at such times as the Fund may reasonably require, with reports by independent public accountants on the accounting system, internal accounting control and procedures for safeguarding securities, futures contracts and options on futures contracts, including securities deposited and/or maintained in a Securities System, relating to the services provided by State Street under this Agreement; such reports, shall be of sufficient scope and in sufficient detail, as may reasonably be required by the Fund to provide reasonable assurance that any material inadequacies would be disclosed by such examination, and, if there are no such inadequacies, the reports shall so state.

 

S ECTION 13 C OMPENSATION OF S TATE S TREET . State Street shall be entitled to reasonable compensation for its services and expenses as custodian and recordkeeper, as agreed upon from time to time between the Fund and State Street.

 

S ECTION 14 R ESPONSIBILITY OF S TATE S TREET . So long as and to the extent that it is in the exercise of reasonable care and good faith, State Street shall not be responsible for the title, validity or genuineness of any property or evidence of title thereto received by it or delivered by it pursuant to this Agreement and shall be held harmless in acting upon any notice, request, consent, certificate or other instrument reasonably believed by it to be genuine and to be signed by the proper party or parties, including any futures commission merchant acting pursuant to the terms of a three-party futures or options agreement. State Street shall be held to the exercise of reasonable care and good faith in carrying out the provisions of this Agreement, but shall be kept indemnified by and shall be without liability to the Fund for any action taken or omitted by it in good faith without negligence, including, without limitation, acting in accordance with any Proper Instruction or Special Instruction. It shall be entitled to rely on and may act upon advice of counsel (who may be counsel for the Fund) on all matters, and shall be without liability for any action reasonably taken or omitted in good faith pursuant to such advice.

 

Except as may arise from State Street’s own negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith or the negligence or willful misconduct of a sub-custodian or agent, State Street shall be without liability to the Fund for any loss, liability, claim or expense resulting from or caused by; (i) events or circumstances beyond the reasonable control of State Street or any sub-custodian or Securities System or any agent or nominee of any of the foregoing, including, without limitation, the

 

20


interruption, suspension or restriction of trading on or the closure of any securities market, power or other mechanical or technological failures or interruptions, computer viruses or communications disruptions, work stoppages, natural disasters, or other similar events or acts; (ii) errors by the Fund or its duly-authorized investment manager or investment advisor in their instructions to State Street provided such instructions, and State Street’s reliance upon them, have been in accordance with this Agreement; (iii) the insolvency of or acts or omissions by a Securities System; (iv) any act or omission of a Special Sub-Custodian including, without limitation, reliance on reports prepared by a Special Sub-Custodian; (v) any delay or failure of any broker, agent or intermediary, central bank or other commercially prevalent payment or clearing system to deliver to State Street’s sub-custodian or agent securities purchased or in the remittance or payment made in connection with securities sold; (vi) any delay or failure of any company, corporation, or other body (other than an affiliate of State Street) in charge of registering or transferring securities in the name of State Street, the Fund, State Street’s sub-custodians, nominees or agents or any consequential losses arising out of such delay or failure to transfer such securities including non-receipt of bonus, dividends and rights and other accretions or benefits; (vii) delays or inability to perform its duties due to any disorder in market infrastructure with respect to any particular security or Securities System; and (viii) any provision of any present or future law or regulation or order of the United States of America, or any state thereof, or any other country, or political subdivision thereof or of any court of competent jurisdiction.

 

If the Fund requires State Street to take any action with respect to securities, which action involves the payment of money or which action may, in the opinion of State Street, result in State Street or its nominee assigned to the Fund being liable for the payment of money or incurring liability of some other form, the Fund, as a prerequisite to requiring State Street to take such action, shall provide indemnity to State Street in an amount and form satisfactory to it.

 

If the Fund requires State Street, its affiliates, subsidiaries or agents, to advance cash or securities for any purpose (including but not limited to securities settlements, foreign exchange contracts and assumed settlement) or in the event that State Street or its nominee shall incur or be assessed any taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims or liabilities in connection with the performance of this Agreement, except such as may arise from its or its nominee’s own negligent action, negligent failure to act or willful misconduct, any property at any time held for the account of the Fund shall be security therefor and should the Fund fail to repay State Street promptly, State Street shall be entitled to utilize available cash and to dispose of the Fund’s assets to the extent necessary to obtain reimbursement.

 

Except as may arise from State Street’s own negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith, the Fund shall indemnify and hold State Street harmless from and against any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, charges, counsel fees, payments and liabilities which may be asserted against State Street (a) acting in accordance with any Proper Instruction or Special Instruction including, without limitation, any Proper Instruction with respect to Free Trades including, but not limited to, cost, expense, loss, damage, liability, tax, charge, assessment or claim resulting from (i) the failure of the Fund to receive income with respect to purchased investments, (ii) the failure of the Fund to recover amounts invested on maturity of purchased investments, (iii) the failure of State Street to respond to or be aware of notices or other corporate communications with respect to purchased investments, or (iv) State Street’s reliance upon information provided by the Fund, the Fund’s counterparty(ies) or the agents of either of them with respect to Fund property released, delivered or purchased pursuant to either of Section 2.2(14) or Section 2.6(7) hereof; (b) for the acts or omissions of any Special Sub-Custodian; or (c) for the acts or omissions of any Local Agent or Pledgee.

 

21


In no event shall either party be liable for indirect, special or consequential damages.

 

S ECTION 15 T ERM AND T ERMINATION . This Agreement shall become effective as of its execution, shall continue in full force and effect until terminated as hereinafter provided, may be amended at any time by mutual agreement of the parties hereto and may be terminated by either party by an instrument in writing delivered or mailed, postage prepaid to the other party, such termination to take effect not sooner than thirty (30) days after the date of such delivery or mailing; provided , however, that neither party shall amend or terminate this Agreement in contravention of any applicable federal or state regulations, or any provision of the Fund’s Declaration of Trust and further provided, that the Fund may at any time by action of its Board (i) substitute another bank or trust company for State Street by giving notice as described above to State Street, or (ii) immediately terminate this Agreement in the event of the appointment of a conservator or receiver for State Street by the Comptroller of the Currency or upon the happening of a like event at the direction of an appropriate regulatory agency or court of competent jurisdiction. Upon termination of the Agreement:

 

  1) the Fund shall (a) pay to State Street such compensation as may be due as of the date of such termination and shall likewise reimburse State Street for its costs, expenses and disbursements, (b) designate a successor recordkeeper (which may be Fund) by Proper Instruction; and (c) designate a successor custodian by Proper Instruction.

 

  2) upon payment of all sums due to it from Fund, State Street shall (a) deliver all accounts and records to the successor recordkeeper (or, if none, to Fund) at the office of State Street, and (b) deliver to the successor custodian (or, if none, to the Fund) at the office of State Street, duly endorsed and in the form for transfer, all securities of the Fund then held by it hereunder and shall transfer to an account of the successor custodian all of the securities of the Fund held in a Securities System or at the Underlying Transfer Agent.

 

In the event that no Proper Instructions designating a successor custodian or alternative arrangements shall have been delivered to State Street on or before the date when such termination shall become effective, then State Street shall have the right to deliver to a bank or trust company, which is a “bank” as defined in the 1940 Act, doing business in Boston, Massachusetts, or New York, New York, of its own selection, having an aggregate capital, surplus, and undivided profits, as shown by its last published report, of not less than $25,000,000, all securities, funds and other properties held by State Street hereunder and all instruments held by State Street relative thereto and all other property held by it under this Agreement on behalf of the Fund, and to transfer to an account of such successor custodian all of the Fund’s securities held in any Securities System or at the Underlying Transfer Agent. Thereafter, such bank or trust company shall be the successor of State Street under this Agreement.

 

In the event that securities, funds and other properties remain in the possession of State Street after the date of termination hereof owing to failure of the Fund to provide Proper Instructions as aforesaid, State Street shall be entitled to fair compensation for its services during such period as State Street retains possession of such securities, funds and other properties and the provisions of this Agreement relating to the duties and obligations of State Street shall remain in full force and effect.

 

22


S ECTION 16 G ENERAL .

 

S ECTION 16.1 I NTERPRETIVE AND A DDITIONAL P ROVISIONS . In connection with the operation of this Agreement, State Street and the Fund may from time to time agree on such provisions interpretive of or in addition to the provisions of this Agreement as may in their joint opinion be consistent with the general tenor of this Agreement. Any such interpretive or additional provisions shall be in a writing signed by both parties and shall be annexed hereto, provided that no such interpretive or additional provisions shall contravene any applicable federal or state regulations or any provision of the Fund’s Declaration of Trust. No interpretive or additional provisions made as provided in the preceding sentence shall be deemed to be an amendment of this Agreement.

 

S ECTION 16.2 M ASSACHUSETTS L AW TO A PPLY . This Agreement shall be construed and the provisions thereof interpreted under and in accordance with laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

S ECTION 16.3 P RIOR A GREEMENTS . This Agreement supersedes and terminates, as of the date hereof, all prior Agreements between the Fund and State Street relating to the custody or recordkeeping of the Fund’s assets.

 

S ECTION 16.4 N OTICES . Any notice, instruction or other instrument required to be given hereunder may be delivered in person to the offices of the parties as set forth herein during normal business hours or delivered prepaid registered mail or by telex, cable or telecopy to the parties at the following addresses or such other addresses as may be notified by any party from time to time.

 

To the Fund:

 

P IMCO F LOATING R ATE S TRATEGY F UND

c/o PIMCO Advisors Fund Management, LLC

2187 Atlantic Street

Stamford, CT 06902

Attention: Newton Schott

Telephone: 203-352-4920

Telecopy: 203-352-4919

 

To State Street:

 

S TATE S TREET B ANK AND T RUST C OMPANY

801 Pennsylvania

Kansas City, MO 64105

Attention: Vice President, Custody

Telephone: 816-871-4100

Telecopy: 816-871-9648

 

Such notice, instruction or other instrument shall be deemed to have been served in the case of a registered letter at the expiration of five business days after posting, in the case of cable twenty-four hours after dispatch and, in the case of telex, immediately on dispatch and if delivered outside normal business hours it shall be deemed to have been received at the next time after delivery when normal business hours commence and in the case of cable, telex or telecopy on the business day after the receipt thereof. Evidence that the notice was properly addressed, stamped and put into the post shall be conclusive evidence of posting.

 

S ECTION 16.5 R EPRODUCTION OF D OCUMENTS . This Agreement and all schedules, addenda, exhibits, attachments and amendments hereto may be reproduced by any photographic, photostatic, microfilm, micro-card, miniature photographic or other similar process. The parties hereto all/each agree that any such reproduction shall be admissible in evidence as the original itself in any judicial or administrative proceeding, whether or not the original is in existence and whether or not such reproduction was made by a party in the regular course of business, and that any enlargement, facsimile or further reproduction of such reproduction shall likewise be admissible in evidence.

 

23


S ECTION 16.6 C OUNTERPARTS . This Agreement may be executed in several counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original, and all such counterparts taken together shall constitute one and the same Agreement.

 

S ECTION 16.7 S EVERABILITY . If any provision or provisions of this Agreement shall be held to be invalid, unlawful or unenforceable, the validity, legality and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired.

 

S ECTION 16.8 R EMOTE A CCESS S ERVICES A DDENDUM . State Street and the Fund agree to be bound by the terms of the Remote Access Services Addendum attached hereto.

 

S ECTION 16.9 S HAREHOLDER C OMMUNICATIONS E LECTION . SEC Rule 14b-2 requires banks which hold securities for the account of customers to respond to requests by issuers of securities for the names, addresses and holdings of beneficial owners of securities of that issuer held by the bank unless the beneficial owner has expressly objected to disclosure of this information. In order to comply with the rule, State Street needs the Fund to indicate whether it authorizes State Street to provide the Fund’s name, address, and share position to requesting companies whose securities the Fund owns. If the Fund tells State Street “no”, State Street will not provide this information to requesting companies. If the Fund tells State Street “yes” or does not check either “yes” or “no” below, State Street is required by the rule to treat the Fund as consenting to disclosure of this information for all securities owned by the Fund or any funds or accounts established by the Fund. For the Fund’s protection, the Rule prohibits the requesting company from using the Fund’s name and address for any purpose other than corporate communications. Please indicate below whether the Fund consents or objects by checking one of the alternatives below.

 

YES ¨

   State Street is authorized to release the Fund’s name, address, and share positions.

NO  x

   State Street is not authorized to release the Fund’s name, address, and share positions.

 

24


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the parties has caused this instrument to be executed in its name and behalf by its duly authorized representative and its seal to be hereunder affixed as of                      , 2004.

 

P IMCO F LOATING R ATE S TRATEGY F UND

     

F UND SIGNATURE ATTESTED TO B Y :

By:           By:    

Name:

         

Name:

   

Title:

         

Title:

   

 

S TATE S TREET B ANK AND T RUST C OMPANY

     

S IGNATURE ATTESTED TO B Y :

By:           By:    

Name:

         

Name:

   

Title:

 

Senior Vice President

     

Title:

   

 

25


R EMOTE A CCESS S ERVICES A DDENDUM T O

C USTODIAN A ND I NVESTMENT A CCOUNTING A GREEMENT

 

A DDENDUM to that certain Custodian and Investment Accounting Agreement dated as of                                  , 2004 (the “Custodian Agreement”) between PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund (the “Customer”) and State Street Bank and Trust Company, including its subsidiaries and affiliates (“State Street”).

 

State Street has developed proprietary accounting and other systems, and has acquired licenses for other such systems, which it utilizes in conjunction with the services we provide to you (the “Systems”). In this regard, we maintain certain information in databases under our control and ownership that we make available on a remote basis to our customers (the “Remote Access Services”).

 

The Services . This addendum shall govern use of all Systems that State Street may from time to time agree to provide you, the Customer, and your designated investment advisors, consultants or other third parties authorized by State Street who agree to abide by the terms of this Addendum (“Authorized Designees”) in order to provide Remote Access Services for the purpose of obtaining and analyzing reports and information.

 

Security Procedures . The Customer agrees to comply, and to cause its Authorized Designees to comply, with remote access operating standards and procedures and with user identification or other password control requirements and other security procedures as may be issued from time to time by State Street for use of the System and access to the Remote Access Services. The Customer agrees to advise State Street immediately in the event that it learns or has reason to believe that any person to whom it has given access to the System or the Remote Access Services has violated or intends to violate the terms of this Addendum and the Customer will cooperate with State Street in seeking injunctive or other equitable relief. The Customer agrees to discontinue use of the System and Remote Access Services, if requested, for any security reasons cited by State Street.

 

Fees . Fees and charges for the use of the System and the Remote Access Services and related payment terms shall be as set forth in the custody fee schedule in effect from time to time between the parties (the “Fee Schedule”). The Customer shall be responsible for any tariffs, duties or taxes imposed or levied by any government or governmental agency by reason of the transactions contemplated by this Addendum, including, without limitation, federal, state and local taxes, use, value added and personal property taxes (other than income, franchise or similar taxes which may be imposed or assessed against State Street). Any claimed exemption from such tariffs, duties or taxes shall be supported by proper documentary evidence delivered to State Street.

 

Proprietary Information/Injunctive Relief . The System and Remote Access Services described herein and the databases, computer programs, screen formats, report formats, interactive design techniques, formulae, processes, systems, software, know- how, algorithms, programs, training aids, printed materials, methods, books, records, files, documentation and other information made available to the Customer by State Street as part of the Remote Access Services and through the use of the System and all copyrights, patents, trade secrets and other proprietary rights of State Street related thereto are the exclusive, valuable and confidential property of State Street and its

 

26


relevant licensors (the “Proprietary Information”). The Customer agrees on behalf of itself and its Authorized Designees to keep the Proprietary Information confidential and to limit access to its employees and Authorized Designees (under a similar duty of confidentiality) who require access to the System for the purposes intended. The foregoing shall not apply to Proprietary Information in the public domain or required by law to be made public.

 

The Customer agrees to use the Remote Access Services only in connection with the proper purposes of this Addendum. The Customer will not, and will cause its employees and Authorized Designees not to, (i) permit any third party to use the System or the Remote Access Services, (ii) sell, rent, license or otherwise use the System or the Remote Access Services in the operation of a service bureau or for any purpose other than as expressly authorized under this Addendum, (iii) use the System or the Remote Access Services for any fund, trust or other investment vehicle without the prior written consent of State Street, or (iv) allow or cause any information transmitted from State Street’s databases, including data from third party sources, available through use of the System or the Remote Access Services, to be published, redistributed or retransmitted for other than use for or on behalf of the Customer, as State Street’s customer.

 

The Customer agrees that neither it nor its Authorized Designees will modify the System in any way; enhance or otherwise create derivative works based upon the System; or reverse engineer, decompile or otherwise attempt to secure the source code for all or any part of the System.

 

The Customer acknowledges that the disclosure of any Proprietary Information, or of any information which at law or equity ought to remain confidential, will immediately give rise to continuing irreparable injury to State Street inadequately compensable in damages at law and that State Street shall be entitled to obtain immediate injunctive relief against the breach or threatened breach of any of the foregoing undertakings, in addition to any other legal remedies which may be available.

 

Limited Warranties . State Street represents and warrants that it is the owner of and has the right to grant access to the System and to provide the Remote Access Services contemplated herein. Because of the nature of computer information technology and the necessity of relying upon third party sources, and data and pricing information obtained from third parties, the System and Remote Access Services are provided “AS IS”, and the Customer and its Authorized Designees shall be solely responsible for the investment decisions, results obtained, regulatory reports and statements produced using the Remote Access Services. State Street and its relevant licensors will not be liable to the Customer or its Authorized Designees for any direct or indirect, special, incidental, punitive or consequential damages arising out of or in any way connected with the System or the Remote Access Services, nor shall either party be responsible for delays or nonperformance under this Addendum arising out of any cause or event beyond such party’s control.

 

State Street will take reasonable steps to ensure that its products (and those of its third-party suppliers) reflect the available state of the art technology to offer products that are Year 2000 compliant, including, but not limited to, century recognition of dates, calculations that correctly compute same century and multi century formulas and date values, and interface values that reflect the date issues arising between now and December 31, 2099, and if any changes are required, State Street will make the changes to its products at no cost to you and in a commercially reasonable time frame and will require third-party suppliers to do likewise. The Customer will do likewise for its systems.

 

27


EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY SET FORTH IN THIS ADDENDUM, STATE STREET, FOR ITSELF AND ITS RELEVANT LICENSORS, EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES CONCERNING THE SYSTEM AND THE SERVICES TO BE RENDERED HEREUNDER, WHETHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.

 

Infringement . State Street will defend or, at our option, settle any claim or action brought against the Customer to the extent that it is based upon an assertion that access to the System or use of the Remote Access Services by the Customer under this Addendum constitutes direct infringement of any United States patent or copyright or misappropriation of a trade secret, provided that the Customer notifies State Street promptly in writing of any such claim or proceeding and cooperates with State Street in the defense of such claim or proceeding. Should the System or the Remote Access Services or any part thereof become, or in State Street’s opinion be likely to become, the subject of a claim of infringement or the like under the patent or copyright or trade secret laws of the United States, State Street shall have the right, at State Street’s sole option, to (i) procure for the Customer the right to continue using the System or the Remote Access Services, (ii) replace or modify the System or the Remote Access Services so that the System or the Remote Access Services becomes noninfringing, or (iii) terminate this Addendum without further obligation.

 

Termination . Either party to the Custodian Agreement may terminate this Addendum (i) for any reason by giving the other party at least one-hundred and eighty (180) days’ prior written notice in the case of notice of termination by State Street to the Customer or thirty (30) days’ notice in the case of notice from the Customer to State Street of termination, or (ii) immediately for failure of the other party to comply with any material term and condition of the Addendum by giving the other party written notice of termination. This Addendum shall in any event terminate within ninety (90) days after the termination of the Custodian Agreement. In the event of termination, the Customer will return to State Street all copies of documentation and other confidential information in its possession or in the possession of its Authorized Designees. The foregoing provisions with respect to confidentiality and infringement will survive termination for a period of three (3) years.

 

Miscellaneous . This Addendum and the exhibit hereto constitute the entire understanding of the parties to the Custodian Agreement with respect to access to the System and the Remote Access Services. This Addendum cannot be modified or altered except in a writing duly executed by each of State Street and the Customer and shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts.

 

By its execution of the Custodian Agreement, the Customer accepts responsibility for its and its Authorized Designees’ compliance with the terms of this Addendum.

 

28


SCHEDULE A: GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK

SUBCUSTODIANS AND NON-MANDATORY DEPOSITORIES

 

Country


  

Subcustodian


  

Non-Mandatory Depositories


Argentina

  

Citibank, N.A.

Australia   

Westpac Banking Corporation

Austria   

Erste Bank der Österreichischen Sparkassen AG

Bahrain   

HSBC Bank Middle East

    

(as delegate of the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)

Bangladesh   

Standard Chartered Bank

Belgium   

Fortis Bank nv-sa

Benin   

via Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire, Abidjan, Ivory Coast

Bermuda   

The Bank of Bermuda Limited

Bolivia    Citibank, N. A.
Botswana    Barclays Bank of Botswana Limited
Brazil    Citibank, N.A.
Bulgaria    ING Bank N.V.
Burkina Faso    via Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire, Abidjan, Ivory Coast
Canada    State Street Trust Company Canada
Cayman Islands    Bank of Nova Scotia Trust Company (Cayman) Ltd.
Chile    BankBoston, N.A.
People’s Republic of China   

Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited,

Shanghai and Shenzhen branches

Colombia    Cititrust Colombia S.A. Sociedad Fiduciaria
Costa Rica    Banco BCT S.A.
Croatia    Privredna Banka Zagreb d.d
Cyprus    Cyprus Popular Bank Ltd.
Czech Republic    Československá Obchodní Banka, A.S.
Denmark    Danske Bank A/S
Ecuador    Citibank, N.A.
Egypt   

HSBC Bank Egypt S.A.E.

    

(as delegate of the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)

 

29


SCHEDULE A: GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK

SUBCUSTODIANS AND NON-MANDATORY DEPOSITORIES

 

Country


  

Subcustodian


  

Non-Mandatory Depositories


Estonia

  

Hansabank

Finland

  

Nordea Bank Finland Plc.

France

  

BNP Paribas Securities Services, S.A.

Germany

  

Dresdner Bank AG

Ghana

  

Barclays Bank of Ghana Limited

Greece

  

National Bank of Greece S.A.

Guinea-Bissau

  

via Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire, Abidjan, Ivory Coast

Hong Kong

  

Standard Chartered Bank

Hungary

  

HVB Bank Hungary Rt.

Iceland

  

Icebank Ltd.

India

  

Deutsche Bank AG

    

Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

Indonesia

  

Standard Chartered Bank

Ireland

  

Bank of Ireland

Israel

  

Bank Hapoalim B.M.

Italy

  

BNP Paribas Securities Services, S.A.

Ivory Coast

  

Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire

Jamaica

  

Scotiabank Jamaica Trust and Merchant Bank Ltd.

Japan

  

Mizuho Corporate Bank Ltd.

    

Sumitomo Mitsui Banking Corporation

Jordan

  

HSBC Bank Middle East

    

(as delegate of the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)

Kazakhstan

  

HSBC Bank Kazakhstan

    

(as delegate of the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)

Kenya

  

Barclays Bank of Kenya Limited

Republic of Korea

  

Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

Latvia

  

A/s Hansabanka

Lebanon

  

HSBC Bank Middle East

    

(as delegate of the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)

 

30


SCHEDULE A: GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK

SUBCUSTODIANS AND NON-MANDATORY DEPOSITORIES

 

Country


  

Subcustodian


  

Non-Mandatory Depositories


Lithuania

  

Vilniaus Bankas AB

Malaysia

  

Standard Chartered Bank Malaysia Berhad

Mali

  

via Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire, Abidjan, Ivory Coast

Mauritius

  

Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

Mexico

  

Banco Nacional de México S.A

Morocco

  

Banque Commerciale du Maroc

Namibia

  

Standard Bank Namibia Limited

Netherlands

  

KAS BANK N.V.

New Zealand

  

Westpac Banking Corporation

Niger

  

via Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire, Abidjan, Ivory Coast

Nigeria

  

Stanbic Bank Nigeria Limited

Norway

  

Nordea Bank Norge ASA

Oman

  

HSBC Bank Middle East

    

(as delegate of the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)

Pakistan

  

Deutsche Bank AG

Palestine

  

HSBC Bank Middle East

    

(as delegate of the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)

Panama

  

BankBoston, N.A.

Peru

  

Citibank, N.A.

Philippines

  

Standard Chartered Bank

Poland

  

Bank Handlowy w Warszawie S.A.

Portugal

  

Banco Comercial Português

Qatar

  

HSBC Bank Middle East

    

(as delegate of the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)

Romania

  

ING Bank N.V.

Russia

  

ING Bank (Eurasia) ZAO, Moscow

Senegal

  

via Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire, Abidjan, Ivory Coast

Singapore

  

The Development Bank of Singapore Limited

Slovak Republic

  

Československá Obchodní Banka, A.S., pobocka zahranicnej banky v SR

 

31


SCHEDULE A: GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK

SUBCUSTODIANS AND NON-MANDATORY DEPOSITORIES

 

Country


  

Subcustodian


  

Non-Mandatory Depositories


Slovenia

  

Bank Austria Creditanstalt d.d. - Ljubljana

South Africa

  

Nedcor Bank Limited

    

Standard Bank of South Africa Limited

Spain

  

Banco Santander Central Hispano S.A.

Sri Lanka

  

Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

Swaziland   

Standard Bank Swaziland Limited

Sweden   

Skandinaviska Enskilda Banken

Switzerland   

UBS AG

Taiwan - R.O.C.   

Central Trust of China

Thailand   

Standard Chartered Bank

Togo   

via Société Générale de Banques en Côte d’Ivoire, Abidjan, Ivory Coast

Trinidad & Tobago   

Republic Bank Limited

Tunisia   

Banque Internationale Arabe de Tunisie

Turkey   

Citibank, N.A.

Uganda   

Barclays Bank of Uganda Limited

Ukraine   

ING Bank Ukraine

United Arab Emirates   

HSBC Bank Middle East

    

(as delegate of the Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited)

United Kingdom   

State Street Bank and Trust Company, London Branch

Uruguay   

BankBoston, N.A.

Venezuela   

Citibank, N.A.

Vietnam   

The Hongkong and Shanghai Banking Corporation Limited

Zambia

  

Barclays Bank of Zambia Limited

Zimbabwe

  

Barclays Bank of Zimbabwe Limited

 

32


SCHEDULE B: GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK

MANDATORY* DEPOSITORIES

 

Country


  

Mandatory Depositories


Argentina

  

Caja de Valores S.A.

Australia

  

Austraclear Limited

Austria

  

Oesterreichische Kontrollbank AG (Wertpapiersammelbank Division)

Bahrain   

Exchange Clearing, Settlement, and Depository System of the Bahrain Stock

Belgium   

Caisse Interprofessionnelle de Dépôts et de Virements de Titres, S.A.

    

Banque Nationale de Belgique

Benin   

Depositaire Central – Banque de Règlement

Bermuda   

Bermuda Securities Depository

Brazil   

Central de Custódia e de Liquidação Financeira de Títulos Privados (CETIP)

    

Companhia Brasileira de Liquidação e Custódia

    

Sistema Especial de Liquidação e de Custódia (SELIC)

Bulgaria   

Bulgarian National Bank

    

Central Depository AD

Burkina Faso   

Depositaire Central – Banque de Règlement

Canada   

Canadian Depository for Securities Limited

Chile   

Depósito Central de Valores S.A.

People’s Republic of China    China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited, Shanghai Branch
China Securities Depository and Clearing Corporation Limited, Shenzhen Branch
Colombia   

Depósito Central de Valores

    

Depósito Centralizado de Valores de Colombia S.A. (DECEVAL)

Costa Rica

  

Central de Valores S.A.

Croatia

  

Ministry of Finance

    

National Bank of Croatia

    

Središnja Depozitarna Agencija d.d.

Cyprus

  

Central Depository and Central Registry

Czech Republic

  

Czech National Bank

    

Stredisko cenných papíru – Ceská republika

Denmark

  

Værdipapircentralen (Danish Securities Center)

Egypt

  

Misr for Clearing, Settlement, and Depository S.A.E.

Estonia

  

Eesti Väärtpaberikeskus

Finland

  

Suomen Arvopaperikeskus (Finnish Central Securities Depository)

France

  

Euroclear France

 

33


SCHEDULE B: GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK

MANDATORY* DEPOSITORIES

 

Country


  

Mandatory Depositories


Germany

  

Clearstream Banking AG, Frankfurt

Greece

  

Apothetirion Titlon AE - Central Securities Depository

    

Bank of Greece, System for Monitoring Transactions in Securities in Book-Entry Form

Guinea-Bissau

  

Depositaire Central – Banque de Règlement

Hong Kong

  

Central Moneymarkets Unit

    

Hong Kong Securities Clearing Company Limited

Hungary

  

Központi Elszámolóház és Értéktár (Budapest) Rt. (KELER)

Iceland

  

Iceland Securities Depository Limited

India

  

Central Depository Services India Limited

    

National Securities Depository Limited

    

Reserve Bank of India

Indonesia

  

Bank Indonesia

    

PT Kustodian Sentral Efek Indonesia

Israel

  

Tel Aviv Stock Exchange Clearing House Ltd. (TASE Clearinghouse)

Italy

  

Monte Titoli S.p.A.

Ivory Coast

  

Depositaire Central – Banque de Règlement

Jamaica

  

Jamaica Central Securities Depository

Japan

  

Bank of Japan - Net System

    

Japan Securities Depository Center (JASDEC) Incorporated

Kazakhstan

  

Central Depository of Securities

Kenya

  

Central Bank of Kenya

Republic of Korea

  

Korea Securities Depository

Latvia

  

Latvian Central Depository

Lebanon

  

Custodian and Clearing Center of Financial Instruments for

    

Lebanon and the Middle East (Midclear) S.A.L.

    

Banque du Liban

Lithuania

  

Central Securities Depository of Lithuania

Malaysia

  

Malaysian Central Depository Sdn. Bhd.

    

Bank Negara Malaysia

Mali

  

Depositaire Central – Banque de Règlement

Mauritius

  

Central Depository and Settlement Co. Ltd.

    

Bank of Mauritius

 

34


SCHEDULE B: GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK

MANDATORY* DEPOSITORIES

 

Country


  

Mandatory Depositories


Mexico   

S.D. Indeval, S.A. de C.V.

Morocco   

Maroclear

Netherlands NECIGEF   

Nederlands Centraal Instituut voor Giraal Effectenverkeer B.V.

New Zealand   

New Zealand Central Securities Depository Limited

Niger   

Depositaire Central – Banque de Règlement

Nigeria   

Central Securities Clearing System Limited

Norway   

Verdipapirsentralen (Norwegian Central Securities Depository)

Oman    Muscat Depository & Securities Registration Company, SAOC
Pakistan    Central Depository Company of Pakistan Limited
     State Bank of Pakistan
Palestine    Clearing Depository and Settlement, a department of the Palestine Stock Exchange
Panama    Central Latinoamericana de Valores, S.A. (LatinClear)
Peru    Caja de Valores y Liquidaciones, Institución de
     Compensación y Liquidación de Valores S.A
Philippines    Philippine Central Depository, Inc.
     Registry of Scripless Securities (ROSS) of the Bureau of Treasury
Poland    Krajowy Depozyt Papierów Wartos´ciowych S.A. (National Depository of Securities)
     Central Treasury Bills Registrar
Portugal    INTERBOLSA – Sociedade Gestora de Sistemas de Liquidação e de Sistemas Centralizados de Valores Mobiliários, S.A.
Qatar    Central Clearing and Registration (CCR), a department of the Doha Securities Market
Romania    Bucharest Stock Exchange Registry Division
     National Bank of Romania
     National Securities Clearing, Settlement and Depository Company
Russia    Vneshtorgbank, Bank for Foreign Trade of the Russian Federation
Senegal    Depositaire Central – Banque de Règlement
Singapore    Central Depository (Pte) Limited
     Monetary Authority of Singapore
Slovak Republic    National Bank of Slovakia
     Stredisko cenných papierov SR, a.s.

Slovenia

   KDD – Centralna klirinsko depotna druzba d.d.

 

35


SCHEDULE B: GLOBAL CUSTODY NETWORK

MANDATORY* DEPOSITORIES

 

Country


  

Mandatory Depositories


South Africa

  

Central Depository Limited

    

Share Transactions Totally Electronic (STRATE) Ltd.

Spain

  

Banco de España

    

Servicio de Compensación y Liquidación de Valores, S.A.

Sri Lanka   

Central Depository System (Pvt) Limited

Sweden   

Värdepapperscentralen VPC AB

    

(Swedish Central Securities Depository)

Switzerland   

SegaIntersettle AG (SIS)

Taiwan - R.O.C.   

Taiwan Securities Central Depository Company Limited

Thailand   

Bank of Thailand

    

Thailand Securities Depository Company Limited

Togo   

Depositaire Central – Banque de Règlement

Trinidad and Tobago   

Trinidad and Tobago Central Bank

Tunisia   

Société Tunisienne Interprofessionelle pour la

    

Compensation et de Dépôts des Valeurs Mobilières (STICODEVAM)

Turkey   

Central Bank of Turkey

    

Takas ve Saklama Bankasi A.S. (TAKASBANK)

Uganda   

Bank of Uganda

Ukraine   

Mizhregionalny Fondovy Souz

    

National Bank of Ukraine

United Arab Emirates   

Clearing and Depository System, a department of the Dubai Financial Market

Venezuela   

Banco Central de Venezuela

Vietnam   

Securities Registration, Clearing and Settlement,

    

Depository Department of the Securities Trading Center

Zambia   

Bank of Zambia

    

LuSE Central Shares Depository Limited

TRANSNATIONAL
Euroclear
Clearstream Banking AG

 

36


SCHEDULE C

 

MARKET INFORMATION

 

Publication/Type of Information


  

Brief Description


(scheduled frequency)     

The Guide to Custody in World Markets

(hardcopy annually and regular website updates)

   An overview of settlement and safekeeping procedures, custody practices and foreign investor considerations for the markets in which State Street offers custodial services.

Global Custody Network Review

(annually)

   Information relating to Foreign Sub-Custodians in State Street’s Global Custody Network. The Review stands as an integral part of the materials that State Street provides to its U.S. mutual fund clients to assist them in complying with SEC Rule 17f-5. The Review also gives insight into State Street’s market expansion and Foreign Sub-Custodian selection processes, as well as the procedures and controls used to monitor the financial condition and performance of our Foreign Sub-Custodian banks.

Securities Depository Review

(annually)

   Custody risk analyses of the Foreign Securities Depositories presently operating in Network markets. This publication is an integral part of the materials that State Street provides to its U.S. mutual fund clients to meet informational obligations created by SEC Rule 17f-7.

Global Legal Survey

(annually)

   With respect to each market in which State Street offers custodial services, opinions relating to whether local law restricts (i) access of a fund’s independent public accountants to books and records of a Foreign Sub-Custodian or Foreign Securities System, (ii) a fund’s ability to recover in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency of a Foreign Sub-Custodian or Foreign Securities System, (iii) a fund’s ability to recover in the event of a loss by a Foreign Sub-Custodian or Foreign Securities System, and (iv) the ability of a foreign investor to convert cash and cash equivalents to U.S. dollars.

Subcustodian Agreements

(annually)

   Copies of the contracts that State Street has entered into with each Foreign Sub-Custodian that maintains U.S. mutual fund assets in the markets in which State Street offers custodial services.

Global Market Bulletin

(daily or as necessary)

   Information on changing settlement and custody conditions in markets where State Street offers custodial services. Includes changes in market and tax regulations, depository developments, dematerialization information, as well as other market changes that may impact State Street’s clients.

Foreign Custody Advisories

(as necessary)

   For those markets where State Street offers custodial services that exhibit special risks or infrastructures impacting custody, State Street issues market advisories to highlight those unique market factors which might impact our ability to offer recognized custody service levels.

Material Change Notices

(presently on a quarterly basis or as otherwise necessary)

   Informational letters and accompanying materials confirming State Street’s foreign custody arrangements, including a summary of material changes with Foreign Sub-Custodians that have occurred during the previous quarter. The notices also identify any material changes in the custodial risks associated with maintaining assets with Foreign Securities Depositorie

 

37


F UNDS T RANSFER O PERATING G UIDELINES

 

1. OBLIGATION OF THE SENDER: State Street Bank and Trust Company and affiliates (“SSB”) is authorized to promptly debit Client’s account(s) upon the receipt of a payment order in compliance with any of the Security Procedures chosen by the Client, from those offered on the attached selection form (and any updated selection forms hereafter executed by the Client), for funds transfers and in the amount of money that SSB has been instructed to transfer. SSB is hereby instructed to accept funds transfer instructions only via the delivery methods and Security Procedures indicated on the attached selection form (and any updated selection forms hereafter executed by the Client). The Client agrees that the Security Procedures are reasonable and adequate for its wire transfer transactions and agrees to be bound by any payment orders, amendments and cancellations, whether or not authorized, issued in its name and accepted by SSB after being confirmed by any of the selected Security Procedures. The Client also agrees to be bound by any other valid and authorized payment order accepted by SSB. SSB shall execute payment orders in compliance with the selected Security Procedures and with the Client’s/Investment Manager’s instructions on the execution date provided that such payment order is received by the customary deadline for processing such a request, unless the payment order specifies a later time. SSB will use reasonable efforts to execute on the execution date payment orders received after the customary deadline, but if it is unable to execute any such payment order on the execution date, such payment order will be deemed to have been received on the next business day.

 

2. SECURITY PROCEDURES: The Client acknowledges that the selected Security Procedures were selected by the Client from Security Procedures offered by SSB. The Client shall restrict access to confidential information relating to the Security Procedures to authorized persons as communicated in writing to SSB. The Client must notify SSB immediately if it has reason to believe unauthorized persons may have obtained access to such information or of any change in the Client’s authorized personnel. SSB shall verify the authenticity of all instructions according to the selected Security Procedures.

 

3. ACCOUNT NUMBERS: SSB shall process all payment orders on the basis of the account number contained in the payment order. In the event of a discrepancy between any name indicated on the payment order and the account number, the account number shall take precedence and govern. Financial institutions that receive payment orders initiated by SSB at the instruction of the Client may also process payment orders on the basis of account numbers, regardless of any name included in the payment order. SSB will also rely on any financial institution identification numbers included in any payment order, regardless of any financial institution name included in the payment order.

 

4. REJECTION: SSB reserves the right to decline to process or delay the processing of a payment order which (a) is in excess of the collected balance in the account to be charged at the time of SSB’s receipt of such payment order; (b) if initiating such payment order would cause SSB, in SSB’s sole judgment, to exceed any applicable volume, aggregate dollar, network, time, credit or similar limits upon wire transfers; or (c) if SSB, in good faith, is unable to satisfy itself that the transaction has been properly authorized.

 

5. CANCELLATION OR AMENDMENT: SSB shall use reasonable efforts to act on all authorized requests to cancel or amend payment orders received in compliance with the selected Security Procedures provided that such requests are received in sufficient time to afford SSB a reasonable opportunity to act prior to executing the payment order. However, SSB assumes no liability if the request for amendment or cancellation cannot be satisfied by SSB’s reasonable efforts.

 

6. ERRORS: SSB shall assume no responsibility for failure to detect any erroneous payment order provided that SSB complies with the payment order instructions as received and SSB complies with the selected Security Procedures. The Security Procedures are established for the purpose of

 

38


authenticating payment orders only and not for the detection of errors in payment orders.

 

7. INTEREST AND LIABILITY LIMITS: SSB shall assume no responsibility for lost interest with respect to the refundable amount of any unauthorized payment order, unless SSB is notified of the unauthorized payment order within thirty (30) days of notification by SSB of the acceptance of such payment order. In no event (including but not limited to failure to execute a payment order) shall SSB be liable for special, indirect or consequential damages, even if advised of the possibility of such damages.

 

8. AUTOMATED CLEARING HOUSE (“ACH”) CREDIT ENTRIES/PROVISIONAL PAYMENTS: When the Client initiates or receives ACH credit and debit entries pursuant to these Guidelines and the rules of the National Automated Clearing House Association and the Mid-America Payment Exchange or other similar body, SSB or its agent will act as an Originating Depository Financial Institution and/or Receiving Depository Financial Institution, as the case may be, with respect to such entries. Credits given with respect to an ACH credit entry are provisional until final settlement for such entry is received from the Federal Reserve Bank. If such final settlement is not received, the Client agrees to promptly refund the amount credited to the Client in connection with such entry, and the party making payment to the Client via such entry shall not be deemed to have paid the amount of the entry.

 

9. CONFIRMATIONS: Confirmation of SSB’s execution of payment orders shall ordinarily be provided within 24 hours. Notice may be delivered through SSB’s account statements, advices, information systems, or by facsimile or callback. The Client must report any objections to the execution of a payment order within 30 days.

 

10. MISCELLANEOUS: SSB may use the Federal Reserve System Fedwire to execute payment orders, and any payment order carried in whole or in part through Fedwire will be subject to applicable Federal Reserve Board rules and regulations. SSB and the Client agree to cooperate to attempt to recover any funds erroneously paid to wrong parties, regardless of any fault of SSB or the Client, but the party responsible for the erroneous payment shall bear all costs and expenses incurred in trying to effect such recovery. These Guidelines may not be amended except by a written agreement signed by the parties.

 

11. LIABILITY ON FOREIGN ACCOUNTS: State Street shall not be required to repay any deposit made at a non-U.S. branch of State Street, or any deposit made with State Street and denominated in a non-U.S. dollar currency, if repayment of such deposit or the use of assets denominated in the non-U.S. dollar currency is prevented, prohibited or otherwise blocked due to: (a) an act of war, insurrection or civil strife; (b) any action by a non-U.S. government or instrumentality or authority asserting governmental, military or police power of any kind, whether such authority be recognized as a defacto or a dejure government, or by any entity, political or revolutionary movement or otherwise that usurps, supervenes or otherwise materially impairs the normal operation of civil authority; or (c) the closure of a non-U.S. branch of State Street in order to prevent, in the reasonable judgment of State Street, harm to the employees or property of State Street. The obligation to repay any such deposit shall not be transferred to and may not be enforced against any other branch of State Street.

 

The foregoing provisions constitute the disclosure required by Massachusetts General Laws, Chapter 167D, Section 36.

 

While State Street is not obligated to repay any deposit made at a non-U.S. branch or any deposit denominated in a non-U.S. currency during the period in which its repayment has been prevented, prohibited or otherwise blocked, State Street will repay such deposit when and if all circumstances preventing, prohibiting or otherwise blocking repayment cease to exist

 

39


S ECURITY P ROCEDURES S ELECTION F ORM : Please select at least two of the funds transfer security procedures indicated below.

 

¨ SWIFT

 

SWIFT (Society for Worldwide Interbank Financial Telecommunication) is a cooperative society owned and operated by member financial institutions that provides telecommunication services for its membership. Participation is limited to securities brokers and dealers, clearing and depository institutions, recognized exchanges for securities, and investment management institutions. SWIFT provides a number of security features through encryption and authentication to protect against unauthorized access, loss or wrong delivery of messages, transmission errors, loss of confidentiality and fraudulent changes to messages. Selection of this security procedure would be most appropriate for existing SWIFT members.

 

¨ REMOTE BATCH TRANSMISSION

 

Wire transfer instructions are delivered via Computer-to-Computer (CPU-CPU) data communications between the Client and/or its agent and SSB and/or its agent. Security procedures include encryption and/or the use of a test key by those individuals authorized as Automated Batch Verifiers or a callback procedure to those individuals. Clients selecting this option should have an existing facility for completing CPU-CPU transmissions. This delivery mechanism is typically used for high-volume business such as shareholder redemptions and dividend payments.

 

¨ AUTOMATED CLEARING HOUSE (ACH)

 

SSB or its agent receives an automated transmission from a Client for the initiation of payment (credit) or collection (debit) transactions through the ACH network. The transactions contained on each transmission or tape must be authenticated by the Client. The transmission is sent from the Client’s or its agent’s system to SSB’s or its agent’s system with encryption.

 

¨ REPETITIVE WIRES

 

For situations where funds are transferred periodically from an existing authorized account to the same payee (destination bank and account number) and only the date and currency amount are variable, a repetitive wire may be implemented. Repetitive wires will be subject to a $10 million limit. If the payment order exceeds the $10 million limit, the instruction will be confirmed by Telephone Confirmation (Call Back) or Test Key prior to execution. Repetitive wire instructions must be reconfirmed annually. Clients may establish Repetitive Wires by following the agreed upon security procedures as described by Telephone Confirmation (Call Back) or Test Key. This alternative is recommended whenever funds are frequently transferred between the same two accounts. If this option is selected, choose either Telephone Confirmation or Test Key to be used as a secondary procedure when over $10 million.

 

¨ STANDING INSTRUCTIONS

 

Funds are transferred by SSB to a counter party on the Client’s established list of authorized counter parties. Only the date and the dollar amount are variable. Clients may establish Standby Instructions by following the agreed upon security procedures as described by Telephone Confirmation (Call Back) or Test Key. Additional paperwork will be required from insurance Clients using 1031 drawdowns. This option is used for transactions that include but are not limited to Foreign Exchange Contracts, Time Deposits and Tri-Party Repurchase Agreements . If this option is selected, choose either Telephone Confirmation or Test Key to be used as a secondary procedure when over $10 million.

 

¨ TELEPHONE CONFIRMATION (CALL BACK)

 

This procedure requires Clients to designate individuals as authorized initiators and authorized verifiers. SSB will verify that the instruction contains the signature of an authorized person and prior to execution of the payment order, will contact someone other than the originator at the Client’s location to authenticate the instruction. Selection of this alternative is appropriate for Clients who do not have the capability to use other security procedures. Please complete the Telephone Confirmation Instructions attached as a Schedule hereto.

 

¨ TEST KEY

 

Test Key confirmation will be used to verify all non-repetitive funds transfer instructions received via facsimile or phone. SSB will provide test keys if this option is chosen. SSB will verify that the instruction contains the signature of an authorized person and prior to execution of the payment order, will authenticate the test key provided with the corresponding test key at SSB. Selection of this alternative is appropriate for Clients who do not have the capability to use other security procedures.

 

The individual signing below must be authorized to sign contract on behalf of the client. The execution of payment orders under the selected Security Procedures is governed by the Funds Transfer Operating Guidelines, which are incorporated by reference.

 

P IMCO F LOATING R ATE S TRATEGY F UND

By:    
   

Authorized Signature

 
Type or Print Name and Title
Date:    

 

40


S CHEDULE T O F UNDS T RANSFER O PERATING G UIDELINES

AND S ECURITY P ROCEDURES S ELECTION F ORM

 

CLIENT/INVESTMENT MANAGER:     
     Company Name

 

KEY CONTACT INFORMATION

   

Whom shall we contact to implement your selection(s)?

   

CLIENT OPERATIONS CONTACT

  ALTERNATE CONTACT

Name

  Name

Address

  Address

City/State/Zip Code

  City/State/Zip Code

Telephone Number

  Telephone Number

Facsimile Number

  Facsimile Number

SWIFT Number

   

 

TELEPHONE CONFIRMATION INSTRUCTIONS

 

Authorized Initiators (Please Type or Print) – Please provide a listing of your staff members who are currently authorized to INITIATE wire transfer instructions:

 

NAME


       

TITLE


       

SPECIMEN SIGNATURE


                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

 

Authorized Verifiers (Please Type or Print) – Please provide a listing of your staff members who will be CALLED BACK to verify the initiation of repetitive wires of $10 million or more and all non-repetitive wire instructions:

 

NAME


       

CALLBACK PHONE NUMBER


       

DOLLAR LIMITATION (IF ANY)


                     
                     
                     
                     
                     

 

41

Exhibit k.1

 

TRANSFER AGENCY SERVICES AGREEMENT

 

THIS AGREEMENT is made as of                      , 2004 by and between PFPC INC., a Massachusetts corporation (“PFPC”), and PIMCO FLOATING RATE STRATEGY FUND, a Massachusetts business trust (the “Fund”).

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Fund is registered as a closed-end management investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the “1940 Act”); and

 

WHEREAS, the Fund wishes to retain PFPC to serve as transfer agent, registrar, dividend disbursing agent and shareholder servicing agent and PFPC wishes to furnish such services.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and mutual covenants herein contained, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

1. Definitions. As Used in this Agreement :

 

  (a) “1933 Act” means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

  (b) “1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

  (c) “Authorized Person” means any officer of the Fund and any other person duly authorized by the Fund’s Board of Trustees to give Oral Instructions and Written Instructions on behalf of the Fund. An Authorized Person’s scope of authority may be limited by setting forth such limitation in a written document signed by both parties hereto.

 

  (d) “CEA” means the Commodities Exchange Act, as amended.

 

  (e)

“Oral Instructions” mean oral instructions received by PFPC from an Authorized Person or from a person reasonably believed by PFPC to be an Authorized Person.

 

1


 

PFPC may, in its sole discretion in each separate instance, consider and rely upon instructions it receives from an Authorized Person via electronic mail as Oral Instructions.

 

  (f) “SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

  (g) “Securities Laws” mean the 1933 Act, the 1934 Act, the 1940 Act and the CEA.

 

  (h) “Shares” mean the shares of beneficial interest of any series or class of the Fund.

 

  (i) “Written Instructions” mean (i) written instructions signed by an Authorized Person and received by PFPC or (ii) trade instructions transmitted (and received by PFPC) by means of an electronic transaction reporting system access to which requires use of a password or other authorized identifier. The instructions may be delivered by hand, mail, tested telegram, cable, telex or facsimile sending device.

 

2. Appointment . The Fund hereby appoints PFPC to serve as transfer agent, registrar, dividend disbursing agent and shareholder servicing agent to the Fund in accordance with the terms set forth in this Agreement. PFPC accepts such appointment and agrees to furnish such services.

 

3. Delivery of Documents . The Fund has provided or, where applicable, will provide PFPC with the following:

 

  (a) At PFPC’s request, certified or authenticated copies of the resolutions of the Fund’s Board of Trustees, approving the appointment of PFPC or its affiliates to provide services to the Fund and approving this Agreement;

 

  (b) A copy of the Fund’s most recent effective registration statement;

 

  (c) A copy of the advisory agreement with respect to the Fund;

 

  (d) A copy of the distribution/underwriting agreement with respect to each class of Shares of the Fund;

 

  (e) A copy of the Fund’s administration agreements if PFPC is not providing the Fund with such services;

 

2


  (f) Copies of any distribution and/or shareholder servicing plans and agreements made in respect of the Fund;

 

  (g) A copy of the Fund’s organizational documents, as filed with the state in which the Fund is organized; and

 

  (h) Copies (certified or authenticated where applicable) of any and all amendments or supplements to the foregoing.

 

4. Compliance with Rules and Regulations . PFPC undertakes to comply with all applicable requirements of the Securities Laws and any laws, rules and regulations of governmental authorities having jurisdiction with respect to the duties to be performed by PFPC hereunder. Except as specifically set forth herein, PFPC assumes no responsibility for such compliance by the Fund or any other entity.

 

5. Instructions .

 

  (a) Unless otherwise provided in this Agreement, PFPC shall act only upon Oral Instructions or Written Instructions.

 

  (b) PFPC shall be entitled to rely upon any Oral Instruction or Written Instruction it receives from an Authorized Person (or from a person reasonably believed by PFPC to be an Authorized Person) pursuant to this Agreement. PFPC may assume that any Oral Instruction or Written Instruction received hereunder is not in any way inconsistent with the provisions of organizational documents or this Agreement or of any vote, resolution or proceeding of the Fund’s Board of Trustees or of the Fund’s shareholders, unless and until PFPC receives Written Instructions to the contrary.

 

  (c)

The Fund agrees to forward to PFPC Written Instructions confirming Oral Instructions so that PFPC receives the Written Instructions by the close of

 

3


 

business on the same day that such Oral Instructions are received. The fact that such confirming Written Instructions are not received by PFPC or differ from the Oral Instructions shall in no way invalidate the transactions or enforceability of the transactions authorized by the Oral Instructions or PFPC’s ability to rely upon such Oral Instructions. Where Oral Instructions or Written Instructions reasonably appear to have been received from an Authorized Person, PFPC shall incur no liability to the Fund in acting in conformance with such Oral Instructions or Written Instructions provided that PFPC’s actions comply with the other provisions of this Agreement.

 

6. Right to Receive Advice .

 

  (a) Advice of the Fund . If PFPC is in doubt as to any action it should or should not take, PFPC may request directions or advice, including Oral Instructions or Written Instructions, from the Fund.

 

  (b) Advice of Counsel . If PFPC shall be in doubt as to any question of law pertaining to any action it should or should not take, PFPC may request advice from counsel of its own choosing (who may be counsel for the Fund, the Fund’s investment adviser or PFPC, at the option of PFPC).

 

  (c) Conflicting Advice . In the event of a conflict between directions or advice or Oral Instructions or Written Instructions PFPC receives from the Fund, and the advice it receives from counsel, PFPC may rely upon and follow the advice of counsel. Reliance on such advice, however, does not excuse PFPC from its duties under this Agreement.

 

4


  (d) Protection of PFPC . PFPC shall be protected in any action it takes or does not take in reliance upon directions or advice or Oral Instructions or Written Instructions it receives from the Fund or from counsel and which PFPC believes, in good faith, to be consistent with those directions or advice or Oral Instructions or Written Instructions. Nothing in this section shall be construed so as to impose an obligation upon PFPC (i) to seek such directions or advice or Oral Instructions or Written Instructions, or (ii) to act in accordance with such directions or advice or Oral Instructions or Written Instructions unless, under the terms of other provisions of this Agreement, the same is a condition of PFPC’s properly taking or not taking such action.

 

7. Records; Visits . The books and records pertaining to the Fund, which are in the possession or under the control of PFPC, shall be the property of the Fund. Such books and records shall be prepared and maintained as required by the 1940 Act and other applicable securities laws, rules and regulations. The Fund and Authorized Persons shall have access to such books and records at all times during PFPC’s normal business hours. Upon the reasonable request of the Fund, copies of any such books and records shall be provided by PFPC to the Fund or to an Authorized Person, at the Fund’s expense.

 

8.

Confidentiality . Each party shall keep confidential any information relating to the other party’s business (“Confidential Information”). Confidential Information shall include (a) any data or information that is competitively sensitive material, and not generally known to the public, including, but not limited to, information about product plans, marketing strategies, finances, operations, customer relationships, customer profiles, customer lists, sales estimates, business plans, and internal performance results relating to the past, present or future business activities of the Fund or PFPC, their respective subsidiaries and

 

5


 

affiliated companies and the customers, clients and suppliers of any of them; (b) any scientific or technical information, design, process, procedure, formula, or improvement that is commercially valuable and secret in the sense that its confidentiality affords the Fund or PFPC a competitive advantage over its competitors; (c) all confidential or proprietary concepts, documentation, reports, data, specifications, computer software, source code, object code, flow charts, databases, inventions, know-how, and trade secrets, whether or not patentable or copyrightable; and (d) anything designated as confidential. Notwithstanding the foregoing, information shall not be subject to such confidentiality obligations if it: (a) is already known to the receiving party at the time it is obtained and was obtained through some means other than through the performance of an agreement between PFPC and an affiliate of the Fund; (b) is or becomes publicly known or available through no wrongful act of the receiving party; (c) is rightfully received from a third party who, to the best of the receiving party’s knowledge, is not under a duty of confidentiality; (d) is released by the protected party to a third party without restriction; (e) is required to be disclosed by the receiving party pursuant to a requirement of a court order, subpoena, governmental or regulatory agency or law (provided the receiving party will provide the other party written notice of such requirement, to the extent such notice is permitted); (f) is relevant to the defense of any claim or cause of action asserted against the receiving party; or (g) has been or is independently developed or obtained by the receiving party. In addition, PFPC agrees that it will not, at any time during the term of this Agreement or after its termination, reveal, divulge, or make known to any person or entity, unless required by law, any list of shareholders of the Fund or any personal information relating to such shareholders.

 

6


9. Cooperation with Accountants . PFPC shall cooperate with the Fund’s independent public accountants and shall take all reasonable actions in the performance of its obligations under this Agreement to ensure that the necessary information is made available to such accountants for the expression of their opinion, as required by the Fund.

 

10. PFPC System . PFPC shall retain title to and ownership of any and all data bases, computer programs, screen formats, report formats, interactive design techniques, derivative works, inventions, discoveries, patentable or copyrightable matters, concepts, expertise, patents, copyrights, trade secrets, and other related legal rights utilized by PFPC in connection with the services provided by PFPC to the Fund.

 

11. Disaster Recovery . PFPC shall enter into and shall maintain in effect with appropriate parties one or more agreements making reasonable provisions for emergency use of electronic data processing equipment to the extent appropriate equipment is available. In the event of equipment failures, PFPC shall, at no additional expense to the Fund, take reasonable steps to minimize service interruptions. PFPC shall have no liability with respect to the loss of data or service interruptions caused by equipment failure, provided such loss or interruption is not caused by PFPC’s own willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard of its duties or obligations under this Agreement.

 

12. Compensation . As compensation for services rendered by PFPC during the term of this Agreement, the Fund will pay to PFPC a fee or fees as may be agreed to from time to time in writing by the Fund and PFPC. The Fund acknowledges that PFPC may receive float benefits and/or investment earnings in connection with maintaining certain accounts required to provide services under this Agreement.

 

7


13. Indemnification . The Fund agrees to indemnify, defend and hold harmless PFPC and its affiliates, including their respective officers, directors, agents and employees, from all taxes, charges, expenses, assessments, claims and liabilities (including, without limitation, attorneys’ fees and disbursements and liabilities arising under the Securities Laws and any state and foreign securities and blue sky laws) arising directly or indirectly from any action or omission to act which PFPC takes in connection with the provision of services to the Fund. Neither PFPC, nor any of its affiliates, shall be indemnified against any liability (or any expenses incident to such liability) caused by PFPC’s or its affiliates’ own willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of its duties and obligations under this Agreement, provided that in the absence of a finding to the contrary the acceptance, processing and/or negotiation of a fraudulent payment for the purchase of Shares shall be presumed not to have been the result of PFPC’s or its affiliates own willful misfeasance, bad faith, gross negligence or reckless disregard of such duties and obligations. The provisions of this Section 13 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

14. Responsibility of PFPC .

 

  (a) PFPC shall be under no duty to take any action hereunder on behalf of the Fund except as specifically set forth herein or as may be specifically agreed to by PFPC and the Fund in a written amendment hereto. PFPC shall be obligated to exercise customary care and diligence in the performance of its duties hereunder and to act in good faith in performing services provided for under this Agreement. PFPC shall be liable only for any damages arising out of PFPC’s failure to perform its duties under this Agreement to the extent such damages arise out of PFPC’s willful misfeasance, bad faith, negligence or reckless disregard of such duties.

 

8


  (b) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing or of any other provision of this Agreement, (i) PFPC shall not be liable for losses beyond its control, including without limitation (subject to Section 11), delays or errors or loss of data occurring by reason of circumstances beyond PFPC’s control, provided that PFPC has acted in accordance with the standard set forth in Section 14(a) above and has otherwise fulfilled its obligation under this Agreement; and (ii) PFPC shall not be under any duty or obligation to inquire into and shall not be liable for the validity or invalidity or authority or lack thereof of any Oral Instruction or Written Instruction, notice or other instrument which conforms to the applicable requirements of this Agreement, and which PFPC reasonably believes to be genuine.

 

  (c) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, (i) neither party nor its affiliates shall be liable for any consequential, special or indirect losses or damages, whether or not the likelihood of such losses or damages was known by the party or its affiliates and (ii) excluding fees owed by the Fund under this Agreement for services rendered by PFPC, a party’s cumulative liability for all losses, claims, suits, controversies, breaches or damages for any cause whatsoever (including but not limited to those arising out of or related to this Agreement) and regardless of the form of action or legal theory shall not exceed $100,000 plus reasonable attorney’s fees.

 

  (d) Each party shall have a duty to mitigate damages for which the other party may become responsible.

 

9


  (e) The provisions of this Section 14 shall survive termination of this Agreement.

 

15. Description of Services .

 

  (a) Services Provided on an Ongoing Basis, If Applicable.

 

  (i) Maintain shareholder registrations;

 

  (ii) Provide toll-free lines for shareholder and broker-dealer use;

 

  (iii) Provide periodic shareholder lists and statistics;

 

  (iv) Mailing of year-end tax information; and

 

  (v) Periodic mailing of shareholder dividend reinvestment plan account information and Fund financial reports.

 

  (b) Dividends and Distributions . PFPC must receive Written Instructions authorizing the declaration and payment of dividends and distributions. Upon receipt of the resolution, PFPC shall issue the dividends and distributions in cash, or, if the resolution so provides, pay such dividends and distributions in Shares. Such issuance or payment shall be made after deduction and payment of the required amount of funds to be withheld in accordance with any applicable tax laws or other laws, rules or regulations. PFPC shall timely send to the Fund’s shareholders tax forms and other information, or permissible substitute notice, relating to dividends and distributions, paid by the Fund as are required to be filed and mailed by applicable law, rule or regulation.

 

PFPC shall maintain and file with the United States Internal Revenue Service and other appropriate taxing authorities reports relating to all dividends above a stipulated amount (currently $10.00 accumulated yearly dividends) paid by the Fund to its shareholders as required by tax or other law, rule or regulation.

 

10


In accordance with the Prospectus and such procedures and controls as are mutually agreed upon from time to time by and among the Fund, PFPC and the Fund’s Custodian, PFPC shall process applications from Shareholders relating to the Fund’s Dividend Reinvestment Plan (“Dividend Reinvestment Plan”) and will effect purchases of Shares in connection with the Dividend Reinvestment Plan. As the dividend disbursing agent, PFPC shall, on or before the payment date of any such dividend or distribution, notify the fund accounting agent of the estimated amount required to pay any portion of said dividend or distribution which is payable in cash, and on or before the payment date of such distribution, the Fund shall instruct the custodian to make available to the dividend disbursing agent sufficient funds for the cash amount to be paid out. If a shareholder is entitled to receive additional Shares, by virtue of any distribution or dividend, appropriate credits will be made to his or her account and/or certificates delivered where requested, all in accordance with the Dividend Reinvestment Plan.

 

  (c) Communications to Shareholders . Upon timely written instructions, PFPC shall mail all communications by the Fund to its shareholders, including:

 

  (i) Reports to shareholders;

 

  (ii) Monthly or quarterly dividend reinvestment plan statements;

 

  (iii) Dividend and distribution notices;

 

  (iv) Proxy material; and

 

  (v) Tax form information.

 

PFPC will receive and tabulate the proxy cards for the meetings of the Fund’s shareholders.

 

11


  (d) Records . PFPC shall maintain records of the accounts for each shareholder showing the following information:

 

  (i) Name, address and United States Tax Identification or Social Security number;

 

  (ii) Number and class of shares held and number and class of shares for which certificates, if any, have been issued, including certificate numbers and denominations;

 

  (iii) Historical information regarding the account of each shareholder, including dividends and distributions paid and the date and price for all transactions on a shareholder’s account;

 

  (iv) Any stop or restraining order placed against a shareholder’s account;

 

  (v) Any correspondence relating to the current maintenance of a shareholder’s account;

 

  (vi) Information with respect to withholdings; and

 

  (vii) Any information required in order for the transfer agent to perform any calculations contemplated or required by this Agreement.

 

  (e) Shareholder Inspection of Stock Records . Upon requests from Fund shareholders to inspect stock records, PFPC will notify the Fund and require instructions granting or denying each such request. Unless PFPC has acted contrary to the Fund’s instructions, the Fund agrees to release PFPC from any liability for refusal of permission for a particular shareholder to inspect the Fund’s shareholder records.

 

16.

Duration and Termination . This Agreement shall continue until terminated by the Fund or by PFPC on sixty (60) days’ prior written notice to the other party. In the event the Fund gives notice of termination, all expenses associated with movement (or duplication) of records and materials and conversion thereof to a successor transfer agent

 

12


 

or other service provider, and all trailing expenses incurred by PFPC directly attributable to termination, will be borne by the Fund.

 

17. Notices . Notices shall be addressed (a) if to PFPC, at 400 Bellevue Parkway, Wilmington, Delaware 19809, Attention: President; (b) if to the Fund, at                      , Attention:                      or (c) if to neither of the foregoing, at such other address as shall have been given by like notice to the sender of any such notice or other communication by the other party. If notice is sent by confirming telegram, cable, telex or facsimile sending device, it shall be deemed to have been given immediately. If notice is sent by first-class mail, it shall be deemed to have been given three days after it has been mailed. If notice is sent by messenger, it shall be deemed to have been given on the day it is delivered.

 

18. Amendments . This Agreement, or any term thereof, may be changed or waived only by a written amendment, signed by the party against whom enforcement of such change or waiver is sought.

 

19. Delegation; Assignment . PFPC may assign its rights and delegate its duties hereunder to any majority-owned direct or indirect subsidiary of PFPC or of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., provided that PFPC gives the Fund 30 days prior written notice of such assignment or delegation. In addition, PFPC may, in its sole discretion, engage subcontractors to perform any of the obligations contained in this Agreement to be performed by PFPC, provided, however, PFPC shall remain responsible for the acts or omissions of any such sub-contractors.

 

20. Counterparts . This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together shall constitute one and the same instrument.

 

13


21. Further Actions . Each party agrees to perform such further acts and execute such further documents as are necessary to effectuate the purposes hereof.

 

22. Miscellaneous .

 

  (a) Entire Agreement . This Agreement embodies the entire agreement and understanding between the parties and supersedes all prior agreements and understandings relating to the subject matter hereof, provided that the parties may embody in one or more separate documents their agreement, if any, with respect to delegated duties.

 

  (b) No Changes that Materially Affect Obligations . Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, the Fund agrees not to make any modifications to its registration statement or adopt any policies which would affect materially the obligations or responsibilities of PFPC hereunder without the prior written approval of PFPC, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

  (c) Captions . The captions in this Agreement are included for convenience of reference only and in no way define or delimit any of the provisions hereof or otherwise affect their construction or effect.

 

  (d) Governing Law . This Agreement shall be deemed to be a contract made in Delaware and governed by Delaware law, without regard to principles of conflicts of law.

 

  (e) Partial Invalidity . If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule or otherwise, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby.

 

14


  (f) Successors and Assigns . This Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and permitted assigns.

 

  (g) No Representations or Warranties . Except as expressly provided in this Agreement, each party hereby disclaims all representations and warranties, express or implied, made to the other party or any other person, including, without limitation, any warranties regarding quality, suitability, merchantability, fitness for a particular purpose or otherwise (irrespective of any course of dealing, custom or usage of trade), of any services or any goods provided incidental to services provided under this Agreement. Each party disclaims any warranty of title or non-infringement except as otherwise set forth in this Agreement.

 

  (h) Facsimile Signatures . The facsimile signature of any party to this Agreement shall constitute the valid and binding execution hereof by such party.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed as of the day and year first above written.

 

PFPC INC.

By:  

 


Title:

 

 


 

PIMCO FLOATING RATE STRATEGY FUND

By:  

 


Title:

 

 


 

15

Exhibit k.2

 

ORGANIZATIONAL AND

OFFERING EXPENSES REIMBURSEMENT AGREEMENT

 

AGREEMENT made this 19 day of October, 2004, by and between PIMCO FLOATING RATE STRATEGY FUND, a Massachusetts business trust (the “Fund”), and PA FUND MANAGEMENT LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (the “Adviser”).

 

WHEREAS, the Fund and the Adviser have separately entered into an Investment Management Agreement dated October 19, 2004 (the “Management Agreement”);

 

NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants hereinafter contained, and in connection with the establishment and commencement of operations of the Fund, it is hereby agreed by and between the parties hereto as follows:

 

1. The Adviser agrees to pay (i) if the initial public offering occurs, the amount by which the Fund’s offering costs (other than the sales load) of the initial offering of common shares of beneficial interest of the Fund (“shares”) exceed $0.04 per share and (ii) all of the Fund’s organizational expenses, provided that the Fund shall reimburse the Adviser for such organizational expenses to the extent that the aggregate of all such organizational expenses and offering costs (other than the sales load) does not exceed $0.04 per share. The expenses for which the Fund is being reimbursed pursuant to this Agreement do not include (x) Management Fees payable by the Fund pursuant to the terms of the Management Agreement and (y) any sales load or underwriting discount paid by shareholders, but do include any reimbursement of expenses incurred by the Fund’s underwriters in connection with the initial public offering.

 

2. This Agreement may be terminated only by the vote of (a) the Board of Trustees of the Fund, including the vote of the members of the Board who are not “interested persons” of the Fund within the meaning of the Investment Company Act of 1940, and (b) a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the Fund.

 

3. If any provision of this Agreement shall be held or made invalid by a court decision, statute, rule, or otherwise, the remainder shall not be thereby affected.

 

4. The Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, including any amendments thereto, is on file with the Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts. This Agreement is executed on behalf of the Fund by the Fund’s officers as officers and not individually and the obligations imposed upon the Fund by this Agreement are not binding upon any of the Fund’s Trustees, officers or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Fund and the Adviser have caused this Agreement to be executed on the day and year above written.

 

PIMCO FLOATING RATE STRATEGY FUND
By:  

/s/    B RIAN S. S HLISSEL


Name:  

Brian S. Shlissel

Title:  

President and Chief Executive Officer

PA FUND MANAGEMENT LLC
By:  

/s/    N EWTON B. S CHOTT , J R .


Name:  

Newton B. Schott, Jr.

Title:  

Managing Director

Exhibit p.

 

PIMCO FLOATING RATE STRATEGY FUND

 

Subscription Agreement

 

This Agreement made as of October 19, 2004, by and between PIMCO Floating Rate Strategy Fund, a Massachusetts business trust (the “Fund”), and Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P. (the “Subscriber”);

 

WITNESSETH:

 

WHEREAS, the Fund has been formed for the purposes of carrying on business as a closed-end management investment company; and

 

WHEREAS, the Subscriber is the parent company of PA Fund Management LLC, the investment manager to the Fund; and

 

WHEREAS, the Subscriber wishes to subscribe for and purchase, and the Fund wishes to sell to the Subscriber, 5,236 common shares of beneficial interest, par value $0.00001 (the “Shares”), for a purchase price of $19.10 per share;

 

NOW THEREFORE, IT IS AGREED:

 

1. The Subscriber subscribes for and agrees to purchase from the Fund the Shares for a purchase price of $19.10 per Share and an aggregate purchase price of $100,007.60. Subscriber agrees to make payment for the Shares at such time as demand for payment may be made by an officer of the Fund.

 

2. The Fund agrees to issue and sell said Shares to Subscriber promptly upon its receipt of the aggregate purchase price.

 

3. To induce the Fund to accept its subscription and issue the Shares subscribed for, the Subscriber represents that it is informed as follows:

 

(a) That the Shares being subscribed for have not been and will not be registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), or registered or qualified under the securities laws of any state;

 

(b) That the Shares will be sold by the Fund in reliance on an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act;

 

(c) That the Fund’s reliance upon an exemption from the registration requirements of the Securities Act is predicated in part on the representations and agreements contained in this Subscription Agreement;

 

-1-


(d) That when issued, the Shares will be “restricted securities” as defined in paragraph (a)(3) of Rule 144 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Securities Act (“Rule 144”) and cannot be sold or transferred by Subscriber unless they are subsequently registered under the Securities Act or unless an exemption from such registration is available; and

 

(e) That there do not appear to be any exemptions from the registration provisions of the Securities Act available to the Subscriber for resale of the Shares. In the future, certain exemptions may possibly become available, including an exemption for limited sales in accordance with the conditions of Rule 144.

 

The Subscriber understands that a primary purpose of the information acknowledged in subparagraphs (a) through (e) above is to put the Subscriber on notice as to restrictions on the transferability of the Shares.

 

4. To further induce the Fund to accept its subscription and issue the Shares subscribed for, the Subscriber:

 

(a) Represents and warrants that the Shares subscribed for are being and will be acquired for investment for its own account and not on behalf of any other person or persons and not with a view to, or for sale in connection with, any public distribution thereof; and

 

(b) Agrees that any certificates representing the Shares subscribed for may bear a legend substantially in the following form:

 

The shares represented by this certificate have been acquired for investment and have not been registered under the Securities Act of 1933 or any other federal or state securities law. These shares may not be offered for sale, sold or otherwise transferred unless registered under said securities laws or unless some exemption from registration is available.

 

(c) Consents, as the sole holder of the Fund’s common shares of beneficial interest and pursuant to Section 23(b)(2) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, to the issuance by the Fund of common shares of beneficial interest at a price per share as set forth in the underwriting agreement relating to the public offering of the common shares of beneficial interest of the Fund.

 

5. This Subscription Agreement and all of its provisions shall be binding upon the legal representatives, heirs, successors and assigns of the parties hereto. This Subscription Agreement may be signed in one or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed to be an original.

 

-2-


6. The Fund’s Agreement and Declaration of Trust, including any amendments thereto, is on file with the Secretary of State of The Commonwealth of Massachusetts. This Agreement is executed on behalf of the Fund by an officer or Trustee of the Fund as an officer or Trustee, as the case may be, and not individually, and the obligations imposed upon the Fund by this Subscription Agreement are not binding upon any of the Fund’s Trustees, officers or shareholders individually but are binding only upon the assets and property of the Fund.

 

[The rest of this page has been intentionally left blank.]

 

-3-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, this Subscription Agreement has been executed by the parties hereto as of the day and date first above written.

 

PIMCO FLOATING RATE STRATEGY FUND
By:  

/s/ Brian S. Shlissel


Name:

 

Brian S. Shlissel

Title:

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

ALLIANZ DRESDNER ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA L.P.
By:  

/s/ John Maney


Name:

 

John Maney

Title:

 

CFO

 

-4-

Exhibit R.1

 

PA FUND MANAGEMENT SPONSORED CLOSED-END FUNDS

(each a “Fund” and, together, the “Funds”)

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

Effective September 14, 2004

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Fiduciary Duty

 

This Code of Ethics is based on the principle that you, as a trustee or director ( Trustee ) or officer of one or more Funds, owe a fiduciary duty to the shareholders (the Shareholders ) of the Fund. Accordingly, you must avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere or appear to interfere with making decisions in the best interests of our Shareholders. This Code of Ethics applies separately to the Trustees and officers of each Fund, and shall be interpreted accordingly.

 

At all times, you must:

 

  1. Place the interests of our Shareholders first. In other words, as a fiduciary you must scrupulously avoid serving your own personal interests ahead of the interests of our Shareholders. You may not cause the Fund to take action, or not to take action, for your personal benefit rather than the benefit of the Shareholders. For example, you would violate this Code if you caused the Fund to purchase a Security you owned for the purpose of increasing the price of that Security. You would also violate this Code if you made a personal investment in a Security that might be an appropriate investment for the Fund without first considering the Security as an investment for the Fund.

 

  2. Conduct all of your personal Securities transactions in full compliance with this Code. The Fund encourages you and your family to develop personal investment programs. However, you must not take any action in connection with your personal investments that could cause even the appearance of unfairness or impropriety. Accordingly, you must comply with the policies and procedures set forth in this Code under the heading Personal Securities Transactions. In addition, you must comply with all other applicable laws and regulations including those concerning insider trading. Doubtful situations should be resolved against your personal trading.

 

  3.

Avoid taking inappropriate advantage of your position. The receipt of investment opportunities, gifts or gratuities from persons seeking business with the Fund, any Shareholder or any affiliate could call into question the independence of your business judgment. Accordingly, you must comply with the policies and procedures set forth in this Code under the heading

 


 

Fiduciary Duties. Doubtful situations should be resolved against your personal interest.

 

Application

 

Certain of the officers and Trustees of the Fund are officers of PA Fund Management LLC ( PAFM ), the Fund’s investment adviser, Pacific Investment Management Company LLC ( PIMCO ), the portfolio manager of each Fund other than Nicholas-Applegate Convertible & Income Fund and Nicholas-Applegate Convertible & Income Fund II ( NACM-Managed Funds ) and Municipal Advantage Fund Inc., Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management LLC ( NACM ), the portfolio manager of the NACM-Managed Funds, OpCap Advisors LLC ( OpCap ), the portfolio manager for Municipal Advantage Fund Inc., and/or PA Distributors LLC ( PAD ), a broker-dealer that is a wholly-owned subsidiary of PAFM. Subject to the oversight of PAFM, NACM or PIMCO or OpCap, as the case may be, reviews and determines investment policies for the Funds it manages and manages the day-to-day investment affairs of such Funds, including selecting securities to be purchased, held and sold, and placing orders for portfolio transactions. PAFM, PIMCO, NACM, OpCap and PAD each has its own Code of Ethics pursuant to Rule 17j-l under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended (the Act ). The Codes of Ethics of PAFM and PIMCO have been or will be approved by the Trustees of each Fund managed by PIMCO, the Codes of Ethics of PAFM and NACM have been or will be approved by the Trustees of each NACM-Managed Fund, and the Codes of Ethics of PAFM and OpCap have been or will be approved by the directors of Municipal Advantage Fund Inc., including a majority of the independent Trustees (as defined in Appendix VI). Any Trustee or officer of the Fund or any person who would otherwise be subject to this Code, who is subject to the Code of Ethics of PAFM or PIMCO or NACM or OpCap, and who complies with such Code, shall not be subject to the provisions of this Code. The Code of Ethics of PAD is attached to this Code as Appendix VII and its provisions are incorporated herein. Any Trustee or officer of the Fund or any person who would otherwise be subject to this Code, who is subject to the Code of Ethics of PAD, and who complies with such Code, shall be subject to the provisions of the Code of Ethics of PAD incorporated herein, and not to any other provisions of this Code.

 

Appendices

 

The following appendices are attached to this Code and are a part of this Code:

 

  I. Form for Preclearance of Securities transactions.

 

  II. Form for Initial and Annual Report of Personal Securities holdings.

 

  III. Form for report of Personal Securities Transactions/Brokerage Accounts Report.

 

  IV. Form for Acknowledgment of Receipt of this Code.

 

  V. Form for Annual Certification of Compliance with this Code.

 

  VI. Definitions.

 

  VII. Code of Ethics of PA Distributors LLC.

 

Page 2


Questions

 

Questions regarding this Code should be addressed to a Compliance Officer. As of the effective date of this Code, the Compliance Officers are Newton B. Schott, Jr., Francis C. Poli and Deborah Brennan. The Compliance Committee is comprised of the Compliance Officers and one or more other officers.

 

PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

 

Trading in General

 

You may not engage, and you may not permit any other person or entity to engage, in any purchase or sale of a Security (other than an Exempt Security) in which you have, or by reason of the transaction will acquire, Beneficial Ownership, unless (i) the transaction is an Exempt Transaction or (ii) you have complied with the procedures set forth under Preclearance Procedures.

 

Securities

 

The following are Securities :

 

Any note, stock, treasury stock, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a security, or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any security.

 

The following are not Securities :

 

Commodities, futures and options traded on a commodities exchange, including currency futures. However, securities futures 1 and futures and options on any group or index of Securities (as defined in the Act) are Securities.

 

Purchase or Sale of a Security

 

The purchase or sale of a Security includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Security.


1 A security future is a contract of sale for future delivery of a single security or a narrow-based security index.

 

Page 3


Exempt Securities

 

The following are Exempt Securities :

 

  1. Direct obligations of the Government of the United States.

 

  2. Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high quality short-term debt instruments (defined as any instrument that has a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization), including repurchase agreements.

 

  3. Shares of registered open-end investment companies.

 

Beneficial Ownership

 

The following section is designed to give you a practical guide with respect to Beneficial Ownership. However, for purposes of this Code, Beneficial Ownership shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the Exchange Act), in determining whether a person is the beneficial owner of a security for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

You are considered to have Beneficial Ownership of Securities if you have or share a direct or indirect Pecuniary Interest in the Securities.

 

You have a Pecuniary Interest in Securities if you have the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the Securities.

 

The following are examples of an indirect Pecuniary Interest in Securities:

 

  1. Securities held by members of your immediate family sharing the same household; however, this presumption may be rebutted by convincing evidence that profits derived from transactions in these Securities will not provide you with any economic benefit.

 

Immediate family means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, and includes any adoptive relationship.

 

  2. Your interest as a general partner in Securities held by a general or limited partnership.

 

  3. Your interest as a manager-member in the Securities held by a limited liability company.

 

You do not have an indirect Pecuniary Interest in Securities held by a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which you hold an equity interest, unless you are a controlling equityholder or you have or share investment control over the Securities held by the entity.

 

Page 4


The following circumstances constitute Beneficial Ownership by you of Securities held by a trust:

 

  1. Your ownership of Securities as a Trustee where either you or members of your immediate family have a vested interest in the principal or income of the trust.

 

  2. Your ownership of a vested beneficial interest in a trust.

 

  3. Your status as a settlor of a trust, unless the consent of all of the beneficiaries is required in order for you to revoke the trust.

 

Exempt Transactions

 

The following are Exempt Transactions :

 

  1. Any transaction in Securities in an account over which you do not have any direct or indirect influence or control. There is a presumption that you can exert some measure of influence or control over accounts held by members of your immediate family sharing the same household, but this presumption may be rebutted by convincing evidence.

 

  2. Purchases of Securities under dividend reinvestment plans.

 

  3. Purchases of Securities by exercise of rights issued to the holders of a class of Securities pro rata, to the extent they are issued with respect to Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership.

 

  4. Acquisitions or dispositions of Securities as the result of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, merger, consolidation, spin-off or other similar corporate distribution or reorganization applicable to all holders of a class of Securities, of which you have Beneficial Ownership.

 

  5. Subject to the restrictions on participation in private placements set forth below under Private Placements, acquisitions or dispositions of Securities of a private issuer. A private issuer is an issuer which has no outstanding publicly traded Securities, and no outstanding Securities which are convertible into or exchangeable for, or represent the right to purchase or otherwise acquire, publicly traded Securities. However, you will have Beneficial Ownership of Securities held by a private issuer whose equity Securities you hold, unless you are not a controlling equityholder and do not have or share investment control over the Securities held by the entity.

 

  6. Any transaction in Securities (other than Exempt Securities) by a Trustee of the Fund who is not an interested person (as defined in Appendix VI) of the Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)19 of the Act, so long as the Trustee did not know and, in the ordinary course of fulfilling his or her official duties as a Trustee, should not have known, that during the 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction, such Securities were purchased or sold, or considered for purchase or sale, on behalf of the Fund.

 

Page 5


  7. Transactions in Securities traded within the preceding fifteen days for the Fund provided that (i) the trading for the Fund has been completed and (ii) the trade in which the Trustee or officer has or acquires Beneficial Ownership is not contrary to the trade done for the Fund.

 

  8. Such other classes of transactions as may be exempted from time to time by the Compliance Committee based upon a determination that the transactions do not involve any realistic possibility of a violation of Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The Compliance Committee may exempt designated classes of transactions from any of the provisions of this Code except the provisions set forth below under Reporting.

 

  9. Such other specific transactions as may be exempted from time to time by a Compliance Officer. On a case-by-case basis when no abuse is involved, a Compliance Officer may exempt a specific transaction from any of the provisions of this Code except the provisions set forth below under Reporting.

 

Additional Exempt Transactions

 

The following classes of transactions have been designated as Exempt Transactions by the Compliance Committee:

 

  10. Purchases or sales of Securities which are not eligible for purchase or sale by the Fund.

 

  11. Except for Designated Equity Securities, all equity Securities or options, warrants or other rights to equity Securities.

 

A Designated Equity Security means any equity Security, option, warrant or other right to an equity Security designated as such by a Compliance Officer, after receiving notification that said Security is being considered for purchase or sale by or on behalf of the Fund.

 

  12. If you are not an Investment Person (as defined in Appendix VI), short sales of any Securities otherwise permitted hereunder or puts, calls, or options where the underlying amount of Securities controlled is an amount otherwise permitted hereunder.

 

CAUTION

 

The transactions that are classified as exempt may change from time to time. Accordingly, you may purchase Securities in an Exempt Transaction, only to find that you cannot sell them later in an Exempt Transaction. In that case, you will be able to sell them only if you preclear the sale in compliance with the procedures set forth in the Code.

 

Page 6


Circumstances Requiring Preclearance

 

If you have (or wish to acquire) Beneficial Ownership of Securities which are not Exempt Securities and which cannot be sold in Exempt Transactions, such Securities may be sold (or acquired) in compliance with the procedures set forth below under Preclearance Procedures.

 

The Compliance Committee may designate as Exempt Transactions purchases and sales of Securities which are purchased or sold in compliance with the procedures set forth below under Preclearance Procedures.

 

Preclearance Procedures

 

If a Securities transaction requires preclearance:

 

  1. The Securities may not be purchased or sold if at the time of preclearance there is a pending buy or sell order on behalf of the Fund in the same Security or an equivalent Security or if you knew or should have known that the Fund would be trading in that security or an equivalent Security on the same day.

 

An equivalent Security of a given Security is: (i) a Security issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of the given Security, or (ii) a Security exercisable to purchase, convertible into or exchangeable for the given Security, or (iii) a Security otherwise representing an interest in or based on the value of the given Security.

 

  2. The Securities may not be purchased or sold during the period which begins three days before and ends three days after the day on which the Fund trades in the same Security, or an equivalent Security; except that you may, if you preclear the transaction, (i) trade same way to the Fund after its trading is completed or (ii) trade opposite way to the Fund before its trading is commenced.

 

If you preclear a Securities transaction and trade same way to the Fund before its trading is commenced, the transaction is not a violation of this Code unless you knew or should have known that the Fund would be trading in that Security or an equivalent Security within three days after your trade.

 

  3. The Securities may be purchased or sold only if you have asked a Compliance Officer to preclear the purchase or sale, the Compliance Officer has given you preclearance in writing, and the purchase or sale is executed by the close of business on the day preclearance is given. Preclearance will not be given unless a determination is made that the purchase or sale complies with this Code and the foregoing restrictions. The form for requesting preclearance is attached to this Code as Appendix I.

 

Page 7


Initial Public Offerings

 

If you are an Investment Person of the Fund, its investment adviser or any sub-adviser, you may not acquire Beneficial Ownership of any Securities in an Initial Public Offering, unless you have received the prior written approval of a Compliance Officer.

 

For the purposes hereof, Initial Public Offering means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the Securities Act), the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

Private Placements

 

If you are an Investment Person of the Fund, you may not acquire Beneficial Ownership of any Securities in a Private Placement, unless you have received the prior written approval of the Compliance Committee. Approval will be not be given unless a determination is made that the investment opportunity should not be reserved for the Fund, and that the opportunity to invest has not been offered to you by virtue of your position.

 

For the purposes hereof, Private Placement means an offering that is exempted from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504, 505 or 506 under the Securities Act.

 

If you have acquired Beneficial Ownership of Securities in a Private Placement, you must disclose your investment when you play a part in any consideration of an investment by the Fund in the issuer of the Securities, and any decision to make such an investment must be independently reviewed by a portfolio manager who does not have Beneficial Ownership of any Securities of the issuer.

 

Short-Term Trading Profits

 

If you are an Investment Person of the Fund, you may not profit from the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, within 30 calendar days, of the same (or equivalent) Securities (other than Exempt Securities) of which you have Beneficial Ownership. You are prohibited from transactions involving puts, calls, straddles, options and/or short sales except for Exempt Transactions, transactions in Exempt Securities or transactions approved by a Compliance Officer. Any such short-term trade must be unwound, or, if that is not practical, the profits must be contributed to a charitable organization.

 

You are considered to profit from a short-term trade if Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership are sold for more than their purchase price, even though the Securities purchased and the Securities sold are held of record or beneficially by different persons or entities.

 

Page 8


Reporting

 

Use of Broker-Dealers

 

Unless you are an independent Trustee, you may not engage, and you may not permit any other person or entity to engage, in any purchase or sale of publicly traded Securities (other than Exempt Securities) of which you have, or by reason of the transaction will acquire, Beneficial Ownership, except through a registered broker-dealer.

 

Reporting of Transactions and Brokerage Accounts

 

Unless you are an independent Trustee, you must report your brokerage accounts and all Securities transactions that are not Exempt Transactions or transactions in Exempt Securities. To satisfy these requirements, (i) you must cause each registered broker-dealer who maintains an account for Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership to provide to a Compliance Officer hereunder, within 10 days of the end of each calendar quarter, duplicate copies of: (a) confirmations of all transactions in the account and (b) periodic statements for the account and (ii) you must report (on the form attached as Appendix III) to a Compliance Officer hereunder, within 10 days of the occurrence, the opening of any brokerage account and all transactions effected without the use of a registered broker-dealer in Securities (other than Exempt Securities) of which you have Beneficial Ownership.

 

The confirmations and statements required by (i)(a) and (i)(b) above must in the aggregate provide all of the information required by the Personal Securities Transactions/Brokerage Account Report attached to this Code as Appendix III. If they do not, you must complete and submit a Personal Securities Transactions/Brokerage Accounts Report within 10 days of the end of each calendar quarter.

 

Initial and Annual Reports

 

Unless you are an independent Trustee of the Fund, or you report separately under the Code of Ethics of PAFM, PAD, PMCO or NACM (as discussed above in the “Introduction-Application” section), you must disclose your holdings of all Securities (other than Exempt Securities) of which you have Beneficial Ownership no later than 10 days after becoming an Access Person, and annually thereafter. The form for this purpose is attached to this Code as Appendix II.

 

Independent Trustees

 

If you are an independent Trustee, you do not need to provide the initial, periodic and annual reports described above but you must provide a quarterly report of any transaction in Securities (other than Exempt Securities) of which you had, or by reason of the transaction acquired, Beneficial Ownership, and as to which you knew, or in the ordinary course of fulfilling your official duties as a Trustee should have known, that during the 15-day period immediately preceding or after the date of the transaction, such Securities were purchased or sold, or considered for purchase or sale, on behalf of the Fund. The report must be provided to a Compliance Officer hereunder within 10 days after the end of each calendar quarter. The form for this purpose is attached to this Code as Appendix III.

 

Page 9


Disclaimer

 

Anyone filing a report required hereunder may disclaim Beneficial Ownership of any Security listed thereon.

 

FIDUCIARY DUTIES

 

Gifts

 

You may not accept any investment opportunity, gift, gratuity or other thing of more than nominal value, from any person or entity that does business, or desires to do business, with the Fund or any affiliate thereof. You may accept gifts from a single giver so long as their aggregate annual value does not exceed $100, and you may attend business meals, sporting events and other entertainment events at the expense of a giver, so long as the expense is reasonable and both you and the giver are present.

 

Service as a Director

 

Unless you are an independent Trustee, you may not serve on the board of directors or other governing board of a publicly traded company, unless you have received the prior written approval of the Compliance Committee. Approval will be not be given unless a determination is made that your service on the board would be consistent with the interests of the Fund. If you are permitted to serve on the board of a publicly traded entity, you will be isolated from those portfolio employees who make investment decisions with respect to the securities of that entity, through a “Chinese Wall” or other procedures.

 

COMPLIANCE

 

Certificate of Receipt

 

You are required to acknowledge receipt of your copy of this Code. A form for this purpose is attached to this Code as Appendix IV.

 

Certificate of Compliance

 

Unless you are an independent Trustee, you are required to certify upon commencement of your election as an officer and/or Trustee or the effective date of this Code, whichever occurs later, and annually thereafter, that you have read and understand this Code and recognize that you are subject to this Code. Each annual certificate will also state that you have complied with the requirements of this Code during the prior year, and that you have disclosed, reported, or caused to be reported all holdings required hereunder and all transactions during the prior year in Securities of which you had or acquired Beneficial Ownership. A form for this purpose is attached to this Code as Appendix V.

 

Remedial Actions

 

If you violate this Code, you are subject to remedial actions, which may include, but are not limited to, disgorgement of profits, imposition of a substantial fine, demotion, suspension or termination.

 

Page 10


Reports to Trustees

 

Reports of Material Remedial Action

 

The Trustees of the Funds will be informed on a timely basis of each material remedial action taken in response to a violation of this Code. For this purpose, a material remedial action will include any action that has a significant financial effect on the violator, such as disgorgement of profits, imposition of a substantial fine, demotion, suspension or termination.

 

Annual Reports

 

Management of the Fund, the investment adviser, each sub-adviser, and the principal underwriter (if any) of the Fund will report in writing annually to the Trustees of the Fund with regard to efforts to ensure compliance by the officers and employees of PAFM and PIMCO or NACM, as applicable, with their fiduciary obligations to their advisory clients.

 

The annual report will, at a minimum:

 

  1. Describe any issues arising under the Code of Ethics or procedures since the last report to the Board, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations; and

 

  2. Certify that the Fund, investment adviser, each sub-adviser, or principal underwriter, as the case may be, has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code.

 

Page 11


Appendix I

 

                                                FUND

 

PRECLEARANCE OF SECURITIES TRANSACTION FORM

 

(1)    Name of employee requesting authorization:    ______________
(2)    If different from #1, name of the account where the trade will occur:    ______________
(3)    Relationship of (2) to (1):    ______________
(4)    Name of firm at which the account is held:    ______________
(5)    Name of Security and call symbol:    ______________
(6)    Maximum number of shares or units to be purchased or sold or amount of bond:    ______________
(7)    Check those that are applicable:     
     ¨   Purchase   ¨ Sale   ¨ Market Order   ¨ Limit Order (Price of Limit Order:              )
If the answer to any of the following questions is made by checking the answer in Column I, the Compliance Officer may have
to reject the proposed transaction:
         

Column I


   Column II

(8)    Do you possess material nonpublic information regarding the security or the issuer of the security? 1    ¨  Yes    ¨  No
(9)    To your knowledge, are the securities or “equivalent securities” subject to a pending buy or sell order by the Fund?    ¨ Yes    ¨  No
(10)    To your knowledge, are there any outstanding purchase or sell orders for this security or any equivalent security by the Fund?    ¨ Yes    ¨  No
(11)    To your knowledge, are the securities or equivalent securities being considered for purchase or sale by the Fund?    ¨ Yes    ¨  No

1 Please note that employees and Trustees generally are not permitted to acquire or sell securities when they possess material nonpublic information regarding the security or the issuers of the security.

 


PFRIF

Preclearance Securities Transaction Form

Page 2

 

     Column I

   Column II

(12)  If you are an investment person, are the securities being acquired in an initial public offering? 2

 

   ¨  Yes    ¨  No

(13)  If you are an investment person, are the securities being acquired in a private placement? 2

 

   ¨ Yes    ¨ No

(14)  Has the Fund purchased or sold these securities or equivalent securities within the past three calendar days or do you expect the Fund to purchase or sell these securities or equivalent securities within seven calendar days of your purchase or sale?

   ¨ Yes    ¨ No

 

I have read the Code of Ethics for the Fund dated September      , 2004, within the prior 12 months and believe that the proposed trade fully complies with the requirements of the Code.

 

 
Employee Signature

 

 
Print Name

 

 
Date Submitted

 

Authorized by:

   ______________________     

Date:

   ______________________     

2 Please see a Compliance Officer if you are not sure whether you are an Investment Person.

 


Appendix II

 

                     FUND

 

INITIAL AND ANNUAL REPORT OF

PERSONAL SECURITIES HOLDINGS

 

In accordance with the Code of Ethics, please provide a list of all Securities (other than Exempt Securities) of which you or any account in which you have a Pecuniary Interest has Beneficial Ownership and all Securities (other than Exempt Securities) in non-client accounts for which you make investment decisions. This includes not only securities held by brokers, but also Securities held at home, in safe deposit boxes, or by an issuer.

 

(1)    Name of employee:

 

  _________________________

(2)    If different than #1, name of the person in whose name the account is held:

 

  _________________________

(3)    Relationship of (2) to (1):

 

  _________________________

(4)    Broker(s) at which Account is Maintained:

  _________________________
    _________________________
    _________________________
    _________________________

 

(5)    Account Number(s):

  _________________________
    _________________________
    _________________________
    _________________________

 

(6)    Telephone number(s) of Broker:

  _________________________

 


PFRIF

Initial and Annual Report Personal Securities Holdings

Page 2

 

(7) For each account, attach your most recent account statement listing Securities in that account. This information must be current as of a date no more than 30 days before this report is submitted. If you own Securities that are not listed in an attached account statement, list them below:

 

    

Name of Security


  

Quantity


  

Value


  

Custodian


1.

   _________________________    _____________________    _____________________    _________________________

2.

   _________________________    _____________________    _____________________    _________________________

3.

   _________________________    _____________________    _____________________    _________________________

4.

   _________________________    _____________________    _____________________    _________________________

5.

   _________________________    _____________________    _____________________    _________________________

 

(Attach separate sheet if necessary.)

 

I certify that this form and the attached statements (if any) constitute all of the Securities of which I have Beneficial Ownership as defined in the Code.

 

 

Employee Signature

 

 

Print Name

 

Dated:                     

 


                     FUND       Appendix III
         
Personal Securities Transactions/Brokerage Account Report   Quarter Ended:                     

 

You must cause each broker-dealer who maintains an account for Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership to provide to a Compliance Officer, within 10 days of the end of each calendar quarter, duplicate copies of confirmations of all transactions in the account and duplicate statements for the account and you must report to the Compliance Officer, within 10 days of the occurrence, all transactions effected without the use of a registered broker-dealer in Securities (other than transactions in Exempt Securities).

 

If you have opened a new account with a broker-dealer since your last report, please complete the following information for each such account:

 

Name


 

Broker


 

Account Number


 

Date Account Opened


             
             
             
             

 

Please provide information concerning non-Exempt Transactions not effected through a registered broker-dealer (e.g., direct purchases of private placements or limited partnerships).

 

Security’s Name*


 

Transaction Date


 

Buy or Sell?


 

No. of Shares


 

Price Per Share


 

Broker’s Name


                     
                     
                     
                     

 

* Including interest rate, principal amount and maturity date, if applicable.

 

By signing this document, I am certifying that I have caused duplicate confirmations and duplicate statements to be sent to the Compliance Officer for every brokerage account that trades in Securities other than Exempt Securities (as defined in the Fund’s Code of Ethics).

 

Print Name:                                             Signature:                                             Date:                                          

 

Return to: N.B. Schott, Jr.–PA Distributors LLC, 2187 Atlantic Street, Stamford, CT 06902

 


Appendix III (cont’d.)

 

Exempt Securities include:

 

1. Direct obligations issued by the Government of the United States.

 

2. Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements.

 

3. Shares of registered open-end investment companies.

 

Exempt Transactions include:

 

1. Any transaction in Securities in an account over which you do not have any direct or indirect influence or control.

 

2. Purchases of Securities under dividend reinvestment plans.

 

3. Purchases of Securities by exercise of rights issued to the holders of a class of Securities pro rata.

 

4. Acquisition or dispositions of Securities as the result of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, merger, consolidation or spin-off.

 

5. Subject to the restrictions on participation in private placements set forth in the Code of Ethics under Private Placements, acquisitions or disposition of Securities of a private issuer .

 

6. Subject to the provisions set forth in the Code of Ethics under Exempt Transactions, any transaction in Securities (other than Exempt Securities) by a Trustee of a Fund who is not an “interested person” of a Fund.

 

7. Classes of transactions as may be exempted from time to time by the Compliance Committee.

 

Please review the Fund’s Code of Ethics for further details on Beneficial Ownership of Securities and other exemptions. If you have additional questions, please contact your Compliance Officer.

 


Appendix IV

 

                                          FUND

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT CERTIFICATION

 

I hereby certify that I have read and understand the Code of Ethics of                      Fund dated September          , 2004. Pursuant to such Code, I recognize that I must disclose or report all personal securities holdings and transactions required to be disclosed or reported thereunder and comply in all other respects with the requirements of such Code. I also agree to cooperate fully with any investigation or inquiry as to whether a possible violation of the foregoing Code has occurred.

 

Date:                                          

         
       

Signature

             
       

Print Name

 


Appendix V

 

                                          FUND

 

ANNUAL CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE

 

I hereby certify that I have complied with the requirements of the Code of Ethics for the year ended December 31, 200    . Pursuant to such Code, I have disclosed or reported all holdings and personal securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported thereunder and complied in all other respects with the requirements of such Code. I also agree to cooperate fully with any investigation or inquiry as to whether a possible violation of the foregoing Code has occurred.

 

Date:                                          

         
       

Signature

             
       

Print Name

 


Appendix VI

 

DEFINITIONS

 

1. For the purposes hereof, “Investment Person” with respect to the Fund means:

 

  (i) any employee of such Fund or an investment adviser or sub-adviser (or of any company in a control (as defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the Act) relationship to such Fund or investment adviser or sub-adviser) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by such Fund, including any portfolio manager and any employee who helps execute decisions of any portfolio manager; or

 

  (ii) any natural person who controls (as defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the Act) such Fund or investment adviser or sub-adviser and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to such Fund regarding the purchase or sale of securities by such Fund.

 

*         *         *

 

2. For the purposes hereof, “Disinterested Trustee” or “independent Trustee” with respect to the Fund means a trustee or director, as the case may be, who is not an “interested person” (as defined by Section 2(a)(19) of the Act, which definition is set forth below) of such Fund and who would be required to provide the initial, quarterly and annual reports described in the Code solely by reason of being a trustee or director of such Fund.

 

*         *         *

 

3. “Interested person” of another person means—

 

  A. when used with respect to an investment company—

 

  i. any affiliated person of such company,

 

  ii. any member of the immediate family of any natural person who is an affiliated person of such company,

 

  iii. any interested person of any investment adviser of or principal underwriter for such company,

 

  iv. any person or partner or employee of any person who at any time since the beginning of the last two completed fiscal years of such company has acted as legal counsel for such company,

 

  v.

any person or any affiliated person of a person (other than a registered investment company) that, at any time during the 6-month period preceding the date of the determination of whether that person or affiliated person is an interested person, has

 


Appendix VI

Definitions

Page 2

 

 

executed any portfolio transactions for, engaged in any principal transactions with, or distributed shares for—

 

  I. the investment company;

 

  II. any other investment company having the same investment adviser as such investment company or holding itself out to investors as a related company for purposes of investment or investor services; or

 

  III. any account over which the investment company’s investment adviser has brokerage placement discretion,

 

  vi. any person or any affiliated person of a person (other than a registered investment company) that, at any time during the 6-month period preceding the date of the determination of whether that person or affiliated person is an interested person, has loaned money or other property to—

 

  I. the investment company;

 

  II. any other investment company having the same investment adviser as such investment company or holding itself out to investors as a related company for purposes of investment or investor services; or

 

  III. any account for which the investment company’s investment adviser has borrowing authority,

 

  vii. any natural person whom the Commission by order shall have determined to be an interested person by reason of having had, at any time since the beginning of the last two completed fiscal years of such company, a material business or professional relationship with such company or with the principal executive officer of such company or with any other investment company having the same investment adviser or principal underwriter or with the principal executive officer of such other investment company:

 

Provided, that no person shall be deemed to be an interested person of an investment company solely by reason of (aa) his being a member of its board of directors or advisory board or an owner of its securities, or (bb) his membership in the immediate family of any person specified in clause (aa) of this provison; and

 

  B. when used with respect to an investment adviser of or principal underwriter for any investment company—

 

  i. any affiliated person of such investment adviser or principal underwriter,

 

  ii. any member of the immediate family of any natural person who is an affiliated person of such investment adviser or principal underwriter,

 


Appendix VI

Definitions

Page 3

 

  iii. any person who knowingly has any direct or indirect beneficial interest in, or who is designated as trustee, executor, or guardian of any legal interest in, any security issued either by such investment adviser or principal underwriter or by a controlling person of such investment adviser or principal underwriter,

 

  iv. any person or partner or employee of any person who at any time since the beginning of the last two completed fiscal years of such investment company has acted as legal counsel for such investment adviser or principal underwriter,

 

  v. any person or any affiliated person of a person (other than a registered investment company) that, at any time during the 6-month period preceding the date of the determination of whether that person or affiliated person is an interested person, has executed any portfolio transactions for, engaged in any principal transactions with, or distributed shares for—

 

  I. any investment company for which the investment adviser or principal underwriter serves as such;

 

  II. any investment company holding itself out to investors, for purposes of investment or investor services, as a company related to any investment company for which the investment adviser or principal underwriter serves as such; or

 

  III. any account over which the investment adviser has brokerage placement discretion,

 

  vi. any person or any affiliated person of a person (other than a registered investment company) that, at any time during the 6-month period preceding the date of the determination of whether that person or affiliated person is an interested person, has loaned money or other property to—

 

  I. any investment company for which the investment adviser or principal underwriter serves as such;

 

  II. any investment company holding itself out to investors, for purposes of investment or investor services, as a company related to any investment company for which the investment adviser or principal underwriter serves as such; or

 

  III. any account for which the investment adviser has borrowing authority,

 

  vii.

any natural person whom the Commission by order shall have determined to be an interested person by reason of having had at any time since the beginning of the last two completed fiscal years of such investment company a material business or professional relationship with such investment adviser or principal underwriter or with

 


Appendix VI

Definitions

Page 4

 

 

the principal executive officer or any controlling person of such investment adviser or principal underwriter.

 

For the purposes of this paragraph (19), “member of the immediate family” means any parent, spouse of a parent, child, spouse of a child, spouse, brother, or sister, and includes step and adoptive relationships. The Commission may modify or revoke any order issued under clause (vi) of subparagraph (A) or (B) of this paragraph whenever it finds that such order is no longer consistent with the facts. No order issued pursuant to clause (vi) of subparagraph (A) or (B) of this paragraph shall become effective until at least sixty days after the entry thereof, and no such order shall affect the status of any person for the purposes of this title or for any other purpose for any period prior to the effective date of such order.

 


Appendix VII

 

Code of Ethics of PA Distributors LLC

 


PA DISTRIBUTORS LLC

 

AMENDED AND RESTATED

 

CODE OF ETHICS

 

Dated October 1, 2004

 

INTRODUCTION

 

Fiduciary Duty

 

This Code of Ethics is based on the principle that you, as an officer or employee of PA Distributors LLC (“ PAD ”), owe a fiduciary duty to the shareholders of the registered investment companies (the “Funds”) and other clients (together with the Funds, the Advisory Clients) for which PAD serves as an underwriter or fiduciary. Accordingly, you must avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere or appear to interfere with making decisions in the best interests of our Advisory Clients.

 

At all times, you must:

 

  1. Place the interests of our Advisory Clients first . In other words, as a fiduciary you must scrupulously avoid serving your own personal interests ahead of the interests of our Advisory Clients. You may not cause an Advisory Client to take action, or not to take action, for your personal benefit rather than the benefit of the Advisory Client. For example, you would violate this Code if you caused an Advisory Client to purchase a Security you owned for the purpose of increasing the price of that Security. If you are an Investment Person (as defined in Appendix VII hereto), you would also violate this Code if you made a personal investment in a Security that might be an appropriate investment for an Advisory Client without first considering the Security as an investment for the Advisory Client.

 

  2. Conduct all of your personal Securities transactions in full compliance with this Code and the Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P. (“ADAM”) Insider Trading Policy . PAD encourages you and your family to develop personal investment programs. However, you must not take any action in connection with your personal investments that could cause even the appearance of unfairness or impropriety. Accordingly, you must comply with the policies and procedures set forth in this Code under the heading Personal Securities Transactions. In addition, you must comply with the policies and procedures set forth in the ADAM Insider Trading Policy, which is attached to this Code as Appendix I. Doubtful situations should be resolved against your personal trading.

 


  3. Avoid taking inappropriate advantage of your position . The receipt of investment opportunities, gifts or gratuities from persons seeking business with PAD directly or on behalf of an Advisory Client could call into question the independence of your business judgment. Accordingly, you must comply with the policies and procedures set forth in this Code under the heading Fiduciary Duties. Doubtful situations should be resolved against your personal interest.

 

Appendices

 

The following appendices are attached to this Code and are a part of this Code:

 

  I. The ADAM Insider Trading Policy and Procedures.

 

  II. Form for Preclearance of Securities Transactions.

 

  III. Form for Initial and Annual Report of Personal Securities Holdings.

 

  IV. Form for Personal Securities Transactions/Brokerage Account Reports.

 

  V. Form for Acknowledgment of Receipt of this Code.

 

  VI. Form for Annual Certification of Compliance with this Code.

 

  VII. Definition.

 

  VIII. ADAM Privacy Policy.

 

Questions

 

Questions regarding this Code should be addressed to a Compliance Officer. As of the effective date of this Code, the Compliance Officers are Newton B. Schott, Jr. and Deborah P. Brennan. The Compliance Committee is comprised of the Compliance Officers and E. Blake Moore, Jr.

 

2


PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

 

Trading in General

 

You may not engage, and you may not permit any other person or entity to engage, in any purchase or sale of Securities (other than Exempt Securities) of which you have, or by reason of the transaction will acquire, Beneficial Ownership, unless (i) the transaction is an Exempt Transaction or (ii) you have complied, with the procedures set forth under Preclearance Procedures.

 

Securities

 

The following are Securities:

 

Any note, stock, treasury stock, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, any shares in the PIMCO Fund complex or other mutual funds advised or sub-advised by ADAM or an affiliate of ADAM (collectively, “Mutual Funds”) 1/ in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a security, or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any security.

 

The following are not Securities:

 

Commodities, futures and options traded on a commodities exchange, including currency futures. However, securities futures 2/ and futures and options on any group or index of Securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940) are Securities.

 

Purchase or Sale of a Security

 

The purchase or sale of a Security includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Security.


1/ This includes all securities in which an employee has a beneficial interest that are issued by registered US mutual funds and offshore mutual funds, but not securities issued by money market funds.

 

2/ A security future is a contract of sale for future delivery of a single security or a narrow-based security index.

 

3


Exempt Securities

 

The following are Exempt Securities:

 

  1. Direct obligations of the Government of the United States.

 

  2. Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and high quality short-term debt instruments (defined as any instrument that has a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization), including repurchase agreements.

 

  3. Shares of non-proprietary registered open-end investment companies that are not advised or sub-advised by ADAM or an affiliate of ADAM.

 

Beneficial Ownership

 

The following section is designed to give you a practical guide with respect to Beneficial Ownership. However, for purposes of this Code, Beneficial Ownership shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (the “Exchange Act”) in determining whether a person is the beneficial owner of a security for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder.

 

You are considered to have Beneficial Ownership of Securities if you have or share a direct or indirect Pecuniary Interest in the Securities.

 

You have a Pecuniary Interest in Securities if you have the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the Securities.

 

The following are examples of an indirect Pecuniary Interest in Securities:

 

  1. Securities held by members of your immediate family sharing the same household; however, this presumption may be rebutted by convincing evidence that profits derived from transactions in these Securities will not provide you with any economic benefit.

 

Immediate family means any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, and includes any adoptive relationship.

 

  2. Your interest as a general partner in Securities held by a general or limited partnership.

 

  3. Your interest as a manager-member in the Securities held by a limited liability company.

 

You do not have an indirect Pecuniary Interest in Securities held by a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity in which you hold an equity interest,

 

4


unless you are a controlling equityholder or you have or share investment control over the Securities held by the entity.

 

The following circumstances constitute Beneficial Ownership by you of Securities held by a trust:

 

  1. Your ownership of Securities as a trustee where either you or members of your immediate family have a vested interest in the principal or income of the trust.

 

  2. Your ownership of a vested beneficial interest in a trust.

 

  3. Your status as a settlor of a trust, unless the consent of all of the beneficiaries is required in order for you to revoke the trust.

 

Exempt Transactions

 

The following are Exempt Transactions :

 

  1. Any transaction in Securities in an account over which you do not have any direct or indirect influence or control. There is a presumption that you can exert some measure of influence or control over accounts held by members of your immediate family sharing the same household, but this presumption may be rebutted by convincing evidence.

 

  2. Purchases of Securities under dividend reinvestment plans.

 

  3. Purchases of Securities by exercise of rights issued to the holders of a class of securities pro rata, to the extent they are issued with respect to Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership.

 

  4. Acquisitions or dispositions of Securities as the result of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, merger, consolidation, spin-off or other similar corporate distribution or reorganization applicable to all holders of a class of Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership.

 

  5. Subject to the restrictions on participation in private placements set forth below under Private Placements, acquisitions or dispositions of Securities of a private issuer . A private issuer is a corporation, partnership, limited liability company or other entity which has no outstanding publicly-traded Securities, and no outstanding Securities which are convertible into or exchangeable for, or represent the right to purchase or otherwise acquire, publicly-traded Securities. However, you will have Beneficial Ownership of Securities held by a private issuer whose equity Securities you hold, unless you are not a controlling equityholder and do not have or share investment control over the Securities held by the entity.

 

  6.

Such other classes of transactions as may be exempted from time to time by the Compliance Committee based upon a determination that the transactions do not

 

5


 

involve any realistic possibility of a violation of Rule 17j-l under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended. The Compliance Committee may exempt designated classes of transactions from any of the provisions of this Code except the provisions set forth below under Reporting.

 

  7. Such other specific transactions as may be exempted from time to time by a Compliance Officer. On a case-by-case basis when no abuse is involved a Compliance Officer may exempt a specific transaction from any of the provisions of this Code except the provisions set forth below under Reporting.

 

Additional Exempt Transactions

 

The following classes of transactions have been designated as Exempt Transactions by the Compliance Committee:

 

  8. Purchases or sales of up to $100,000 per calendar month per issuer of fixed-income Securities.

 

  9. Any purchase or sale of fixed-income Securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the Government of the United States.

 

  10. Purchases or sales of up to $1,000,000 per calendar month per issuer of fixed-income Securities issued by qualified foreign governments.

 

A qualified foreign government is a national government of a developed foreign country with outstanding fixed-income securities in excess of $50 billion.

 

  11. Purchases or sales of large-cap issuers.

 

A large-cap issuer is an issuer with a total market capitalization in excess of $1 billion and an average daily trading volume during the preceding three calendar months, on the principal securities exchange (including NASDAQ) on which its shares are traded, in excess of 100,000 shares.

 

Information concerning large-cap issuers is available on the Internet. If you are unsure whether a security was issued by a large-cap issuer, contact a Compliance Officer.

 

  12. Purchases or sales of up to the lesser of 1,000 shares or $10,000 per calendar week, per issuer, of stock of issuers other than large-cap issuers.

 

  13. Purchases or sales of exchange-traded options on broadly based indices and units and/or exchange-traded trusts representing a group, or a basket, of securities (e.g., HHH, QQQ, SPY).

 

  14. Any purchase or sales of shares of registered closed-end investment companies other than closed-end investment companies advised or sub-advised by ADAM or an affiliate of ADAM.

 

6


  15. If you are not an Investment Person, short sales of any Securities otherwise permitted hereunder or puts, call, straddles, or options where the underlying amount of Securities controlled is an amount otherwise permitted hereunder.

 

  16. Any purchase or sale of a security or interest issued by or in connection with a “Qualified Tuition Program” under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

CAUTION

 

The qualified foreign governments, large-cap issuers and broadly-based indices that are exempt may change from time to time. Accordingly, you may purchase Securities in an Exempt Transaction, only to find that you cannot sell them later in an Exempt Transaction. In that case, you will be able to sell them only if you preclear the sale in compliance with the procedures set forth in the Code.

 

Circumstances Requiring Preclearance

 

If you have (or wish to acquire) Beneficial Ownership of Securities which are not Exempt Securities and which cannot be sold in Exempt Transactions, such Securities may be sold (or acquired) only in compliance with the procedures set forth below under Preclearance Procedures.

 

The Compliance Committee may designate as Exempt Transactions purchases and sales of Securities which are purchased or sold in compliance with the procedures set forth below under Preclearance Procedures.

 

Preclearance Procedures

 

If a Securities transaction requires preclearance:

 

  1. The Securities may not be purchased or sold if at the time of preclearance there is a pending buy or sell order on behalf of an Advisory Client in the same Security or an equivalent Security or if you knew or should have known that an Advisory Client would be trading in that security or an equivalent Security on the same day.

 

An equivalent Security of a given Security is: (i) a Security issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of the given Security, or (ii) a Security exercisable to purchase, convertible into or exchangeable for the given Security, or (iii) a Security otherwise representing an interest in or based on the value of the given Security.

 

  2.

The Securities may be purchased or sold only if you have asked a Compliance Officer to preclear the purchase or sale, the Compliance Officer has given you preclearance in writing, and the purchase or sale is executed by the close of business on the day preclearance is given. Preclearance will not be given unless a

 

7


 

determination is made that the purchase or sale complies with this Code and the foregoing restrictions. The form for requesting preclearance is attached to this Code as Appendix II.

 

Trading Restrictions in Open-End Mutual Funds

 

(i) Excessive Trading

 

Excessive trading in registered open-end investment companies is strictly prohibited. No employee may engage in transactions that are in violation of a fund’s stated policy as disclosed in its prospectus and/or statement of additional information.

 

(ii) Trading in Mutual Funds where ADAM is the Adviser or Sub-Adviser

 

Employees may not purchase and sell, or sell and purchase the same Mutual Fund, in any 30-day period, regardless of whether those transactions occurred in a single account (e.g., a brokerage account, a 401(k) account, a deferred compensation account, etc.) or across multiple accounts in which the employee has beneficial interest.

 

  i. This prohibition will not apply, however, with respect to purchases made pursuant to an automatic payroll investment feature in a deferred compensation, 401(k) or retirement plan (e.g., purchases of mutual fund shares every pay period in an employee’s 401(k) plan). In order to rely on this exception, your investment options in such plans may not be changed more than once each month.

 

  ii. This prohibition will not apply with respect to automatic reinvestments of dividends, income or interest received from the mutual fund.

 

  iii. This prohibition will not apply to purchases and sales of a mutual fund security that are made by a fund of funds in which an employee invests, as long as the employee’s operating entity does not manage or sub-advise that fund of funds.

 

Initial Public Offerings

 

If you are an Investment Person of any investment company that is an Advisory Client (a “Trust”), you may not acquire Beneficial Ownership of any Securities in an Initial Public Offering, unless you have received the prior written approval of the Compliance Committee.

 

For the purposes hereof, “Initial Public Offering” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the “Securities Act”), the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act.

 

Private Placements

 

If you are an Investment Person of a Trust, you may not acquire Beneficial Ownership of any Securities in a Private Placement, unless you have received the prior written approval of the Compliance Committee. Approval will be not be given unless a determination is made

 

8


that the investment opportunity should not be reserved for one or more Advisory Clients, and that the opportunity to invest has not been offered to you by virtue of your position.

 

For the purposes hereof, “Private Placement” means an offering that is exempted from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) or pursuant to Rule 504, 505 or 506 under the Securities Act.

 

If you have acquired Beneficial Ownership of Securities in a Private Placement, you must disclose your investment when you play a part in any consideration of an investment by an Advisory Client in the issuer of the Securities, and any decision to make such an investment must be independently reviewed by a portfolio manager who does not have Beneficial Ownership of any Securities of the issuer.

 

Short-Term Trading Profits

 

If you are an Investment Person, you may not profit from the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, within 60 calendar days, of the same (or equivalent) Securities (other than Exempt Securities) of which you have Beneficial Ownership. You are prohibited from transactions involving puts, calls, straddles, options and/or short sales except for: Exempt Transactions, transactions in Exempt Securities or transactions approved by a Compliance Officer. Any such short-term trade must be unwound, or if that is not practical, the profits must be contributed to a charitable organization.

 

You are considered to profit from a short-term trade if Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership are sold for more than their purchase price, even though the Securities purchased and the Securities sold are held of record or beneficially by different persons or entities.

 

R EPORTING

 

Use of Broker-Dealers

 

You may not engage, and you may not permit any other person or entity to engage, in any purchase or sale of publicly-traded Securities (other than Exempt Securities) of which you have, or by reason of the transaction will acquire, Beneficial Ownership, except through a registered broker-dealer.

 

9


Reporting of Transactions and Brokerage Accounts

 

Each employee must report the employee’s brokerage accounts and all Securities transactions that are not Exempt Transactions or transactions in Exempt Securities. To satisfy these requirements, (i) you must, cause each registered broker-dealer, who maintains an account for Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership, to provide to a Compliance Officer of PAD, within 10 days of the end of each calendar quarter, duplicate copies of: (a) confirmations of all transactions in the account and (b) periodic statements for the account and (ii) you must report (on the form attached as Appendix IV hereto) to a Compliance Officer of PAD, within 10 days of the occurrence, the opening of any brokerage account and all transactions effected without the use of a registered broker-dealer in Securities (other than Exempt Securities) of which you have Beneficiary Ownership.

 

The confirmations and statements required by (i)(a) and (i)(b) above must in the aggregate provide all of the information required by the Personal Securities Transactions/Brokerage Account Report attached to this Code as Appendix IV. If they do not, you must complete and submit a Personal Securities Transactions/Brokerage Account Report within 10 days of the end of each calendar quarter.

 

Initial and Annual Reports

 

You must disclose your holdings of all Securities (other than Exempt Securities) of which you have Beneficial Ownership no later than 10 days after becoming an employee and annually thereafter. The form for this purpose is attached to this Code as Appendix III.

 

Employees are not required to report Mutual Fund transactions or holdings held in the ADAM 401(k)/Retirement Plans or Deferred Compensation Plan or in similar benefit plans for immediate family.

 

Disclaimer

 

Anyone filing a report required hereunder may disclaim Beneficial Ownership of any Security listed thereon.

 

FIDUCIARY DUTIES

 

Gifts

 

You may not accept any investment opportunity, gift, gratuity or other thing of more than nominal value, from any person or entity that does business, or desires to do business, with PAD directly or on behalf of an Advisory Client. You may accept gifts from a single giver so long as their aggregate annual value does not exceed $100, and you may attend business meals, sporting events and other entertainment events at the expense of a giver, so long as the expense is reasonable and both you and the giver are present.

 

10


Service as a Director

 

You may not serve on the board of directors or other governing board of a publicly traded entity, unless you have received the prior written approval of the Chief Executive Officer and the General Counsel of PAD. Approval will not be given unless a determination is made that your service on the board would be consistent with the interests of our Advisory Clients. If you are permitted to serve on the board of a publicly traded entity, you will be isolated from those employees who make investment decisions with respect to the securities of that entity, through a “Chinese Wall” or other procedures.

 

Privacy Policy

 

You must abide by the ADAM Privacy Policy (the “Privacy Policy”) which is attached to this Code of Ethics as Appendix IX. The Privacy Policy is designed to protect personal and account information of clients from disclosure to any non-affiliated third parties, except as required or permitted by law or certain circumstances and when duly authorized by a compliance officer of ADAM or PAD or director of ADAM. You will be responsible for attesting to your compliance with the Privacy Policy in your Annual Certification of Compliance.

 

COMPLIANCE

 

Certificate of Receipt

 

You are required to acknowledge receipt of your copy of this Code. A form for this purpose is attached to this Code as Appendix V.

 

Certificate of Compliance

 

You are required to certify upon commencement of your employment or the effective date of this Code, whichever occurs later, and annually thereafter, that you have read and understand this Code and recognize that you are subject to this Code. Each annual certificate will also state that you have complied with the requirements of this Code during the prior year, and that you have disclosed, .reported, or caused to be reported all holdings required hereunder and all transactions during the prior year in Securities of which you had or acquired Beneficial Ownership. A form for this purpose is attached to this Code as Appendix VI.

 

Remedial Actions

 

If you violate this Code, you are subject to remedial actions, which may include, but are not limited to, disgorgement of profits, imposition of a substantial fine, demotion, suspension or termination.

 

11


R EPORTS TO M ANAGEMENT AND T RUSTEES

 

Reports of Material Remedial Action

 

The members of PAD and the directors or trustees of each Fund which is an Advisory Client will be informed on a timely basis of each material remedial action taken in response to a violation of this Code. For this purpose, a material remedial action will include any action that has a significant financial effect on the violator, such as disgorgement of profits, imposition of a substantial fine, demotion, suspension or termination.

 

Annual Reports

 

Management of PAD will report in writing annually to the members of PAD and the directors or trustees of each Trust which is an Advisory Client with regard to efforts to ensure compliance by the officers and employees of PAD with their fiduciary obligations to our Advisory Clients.

 

The annual report will, at a minimum:

 

  1. Describe any issues arising under the Code of Ethics or procedures since the last report to the members or Board, as the case may be, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations; and

 

  2. Certify that PAD has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating the Code.

 

12


A PPENDIX I

 

ALLIANZ DRESDNER ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA

 

I NSIDER T RADING P OLICY AND P ROCEDURES

 

S ECTION I. P OLICY S TATEMENT ON I NSIDER T RADING

 

A. Policy Statement on Insider Trading

 

Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P. (“ADAM”) and its division or its subsidiaries, including, Allianz Hedge Fund Partners L.P., Allianz Private Client Services LLC, Allianz Private Equity Partners LLC, Cadence Capital Management LLC, Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management LLC, NFJ Investment Group L.P., OCC Distributors LLC, OpCap Advisors LLC, Oppenheimer Capital LLC, PA Fund Management LLC, PA Managed Accounts LLC, PA Retail Holdings LLC, PA CD Distributors LLC, and PEA Capital LLC,, collectively, the Company, ADAM or ADAM Advisers) forbid any of their officers, directors or employees from trading, either personally or on behalf of others (such as, mutual funds and private accounts managed by an ADAM Advisor), on the basis of material non-public information or communicating material non-public information to others in violation of the law. This conduct is frequently referred to as “insider trading”. This is a group wide policy.

 

The term “insider trading” is not defined in the federal securities laws, but generally is used to refer to the situation when a person trades while aware of material non-public information or communicates material non-public information to others in breach of a duty of trust or confidence.

 

While the law concerning insider trading is not static, it is generally understood that the law prohibits:

 

  (1) trading by an insider, while aware of material, non-public information; or

 

  (2) trading by a non-insider, while aware of material, non-public information, where the information was disclosed to the non-insider in violation of an insider’s duty to keep it confidential; or

 

  (3) communicating material, non-public information to others in breach of a duty of trust or confidence.

 

This policy applies to every such officer, director and employee and extends to activities within and outside their duties at the Company. Every officer, director and employee must read and retain this policy statement. Any questions regarding this policy statement and the related procedures set forth herein should be referred to your local compliance officer.

 

The remainder of this memorandum discusses in detail the elements of insider trading, the penalties for such unlawful conduct and the procedures adopted by the Company to implement its policy against insider trading.

 

13


1. T O W HOM D OES T HIS P OLICY A PPLY ?

 

This Policy applies to all employees, officers and directors (direct or indirect) of the Company (“Covered Persons”), as well as to any transactions in any securities participated in by family members, trusts or corporations controlled by such persons. In particular, this Policy applies to securities transactions by:

 

  the Covered Person’s spouse;

 

  the Covered Person’s minor children;

 

  any other relatives living in the Covered Person’s household;

 

  a trust in which the Covered Person has a beneficial interest, unless such person has no direct or indirect control over the trust;

 

  a trust as to which the Covered Person is a trustee;

 

  a revocable trust as to which the Covered Person is a settlor;

 

  a corporation of which the Covered Person is an officer, director or 10% or greater stockholder; or

 

  a partnership of which the Covered Person is a partner (including most investment clubs) unless the Covered Person has no direct or indirect control over the partnership.

 

2. W HAT IS M ATERIAL I NFORMATION ?

 

Trading on inside information is not a basis for liability unless the information is deemed to be material. “Material information” generally is defined as information for which there is a substantial livelihood mat a reasonable investor would consider it important in making his or her investment decisions, or.information that is reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a company’s securities.

 

Although there is no precise, generally accepted definition of materiality, information is likely to be “material” if it relates to significant changes affecting such matters as:

 

  dividend or earnings expectations;

 

  write-downs or write-offs of assets;

 

  additions to reserves for bad debts or contingent liabilities;

 

  expansion or curtailment of company or major division operations;

 

  proposals or agreements involving a joint venture, merger, acquisition;

 

  divestiture, or leveraged buy-out;

 

  new products or services;

 

  exploratory, discovery or research developments;

 

  criminal indictments, civil litigation or government investigations;

 

  disputes with major suppliers or customers or significant changes in the relationships with such parties;

 

  labor disputes including strikes or lockouts;

 

  substantial changes in accounting methods;

 

  major litigation developments;

 

  major personnel changes;

 

  debt service or liquidity problems;

 

  bankruptcy or insolvency;

 

  extraordinary management developments;

 

  public offerings or private sales of debt or equity securities;

 

  calls, redemptions or purchases of a company’s own stock;

 

  issuer tender offers; or

 

  recapitalizations.

 

14


Information provided by a company could be material because of its expected effect on a particular class of the company’s securities, all of the company’s securities, the securities of another company, or the securities of several companies. Moreover, the resulting prohibition against the misuses of “material” information reaches all types of securities (whether stock or other equity interests, corporate debt, government or municipal obligations, or commercial paper) as well as any option related to that security (such as a put, call or index security).

 

Material information does not have to relate to a company’s business. For example, in Carpenter v. U.S. , 108 U.S. 316 (1987), the Supreme Court considered as material certain information about the contents of a forthcoming newspaper column that was expected to affect the market price of a security. In that case, a reporter for The Wall Street Journal was found criminally liable for disclosing to others the dates that reports on various companies would appear in the Journal and whether those reports would be favorable or not.

 

3. W HAT IS N ON - PUBLIC I NFORMATION ?

 

In order for issues concerning insider trading to arise, information must not only be “material”, it must be “ non-public ”. “Non-public” information is information which has not been made available to investors generally. Information received in circumstances indicating that it is not yet in general circulation or where the recipient knows or should know that the information could only have been provided by an “insider” is also deemed “non-public” information.

 

At such time as material, non-public information has been effectively distributed to the investing public, it is no longer subject to insider trading restrictions. However, for “non-public” information to become public information, it must be disseminated through recognized channels of distribution designed to reach the securities marketplace.

 

To show that “material” information is public, you should be able to point to some fact verifying that the information has become generally available, for example, disclosure in a national business and financial wire service (Dow Jones or Reuters), a national news service (AP or UPI), a national newspaper (The Wall Street Journal, The New York Times or Financial Times ) or a publicly disseminated disclosure document (a proxy statement or prospectus). The circulation of rumors or “talk on the street”, even if accurate, widespread and reported in the media, does not constitute the requisite public disclosure. The information must not only be publicly disclosed, there must also be adequate time for the market as a whole to digest the information. Although timing may vary depending upon the circumstances, a good rule of thumb is that information is considered non-public until the third business day after public disclosure.

 

Material non-public information is not made public by selective dissemination. Material information improperly disclosed only to institutional investors or to a fund analyst or a favored group of analysts retains its status as “non-public” information which must not be disclosed or otherwise misused. Similarly, partial disclosure does not constitute public dissemination. So long as any material component of the “inside” information possessed by the Company has yet to be publicly disclosed, the information is deemed “non-public” and may not be misused.

 

15


Information Provided in Confidence . It is possible that one or more directors, officers, or employees of ADAM may become temporary “insiders” because of a duty of trust or confidence. A duty of trust or confidence can arise: (1) whenever a person agrees to maintain information in confidence; (2) when two people have a history, pattern, or practice of sharing confidences such that the recipient of the information knows or reasonably should know that the person communicating the material non-public information expects that the recipient will maintain its confidentiality; or (3) whenever a person receives or obtains material non-public information from certain close family members such as spouses, parents, children and siblings. For example, personnel at ADAM may become insiders when an external source, such as a company whose securities are held by one or more of the accounts managed by an ADAM Adviser, discloses material, non-public information to ADAM Adviser’s portfolio managers or analysts with the expectation that the information will remain confidential.

 

As an “insider”, ADAM has a duty not to breach the trust of the party that has communicated the “material, non-public” information by misusing that information. This duty may arise because an ADAM Adviser has entered or has been invited to enter into a commercial relationship with the company, client or prospective client and has been given access to confidential information solely for the corporate purposes of that company, client or prospective client. This duty remains whether or not an ADAM Adviser ultimately participates in the transaction.

 

Information Disclosed in Breach of a Duty . Analysts and portfolio managers at an ADAM Adviser must be especially wary of “material, non-public” information disclosed in breach of corporate insider’s duty of trust or confidence that he or she owes the corporation and shareholders. Even where there is no expectation of confidentiality, a person may become an “insider” upon receiving material, non-public information in circumstances where a person knows, or should know, that a corporate insider is disclosing information in breach of a duty of trust and confidence that he or she owes the corporation and its shareholders. Whether the disclosure is an improper “tip” that renders the recipient a “tippee” depends on whether the corporate insider expects to benefit personally; either directly or indirectly, from the disclosure. In the context of an improper disclosure by a corporate insider, the requisite “personal benefit” may not be limited to a present or future monetary gain. Rather, a prohibited personal benefit could include a reputational benefit, an expectation of a “quid pro quo” from the recipient or the recipient’s employer by a gift of the “inside” information.

 

A person may, depending on the circumstances, also become an “insider” or “tippee” when he or she obtains apparently material, non-public information by happenstance, including information derived from social situations, business gatherings, overheard conversations, misplaced documents, and “tips” from insiders or other third parties.

 

16


4. I DENTIFYING M ATERIAL I NFORMATION

 

Before trading for yourself or others, including investment companies or private accounts managed by the Company, in the securities of a company about which you may have potential material, non-public information, ask yourself the following questions:

 

i. Is this information that an investor could consider important in making his or her investment decisions? Is this information that could substantially affect the market price of the securities if generally disclosed?

 

ii. To whom has this information been provided? Has the information been effectively communicated to the marketplace by being published in The Financial Times , Reuters , The Wall Street Journal or other publications of general circulation?

 

Given the potentially severe regulatory, civil and criminal sanctions to which you the Company and its personnel could be subject, any director, officer and employee uncertain as to whether the information he or she possesses is “material non-public” information should immediately take the following steps:

 

i. Report the matter immediately to a Compliance Officer or the Chief Legal Officer of ADAM;

 

ii. Do not purchase or sell the securities on behalf of yourself or others, including investment companies or private accounts managed by an ADAM Adviser; and

 

iii. Do not communicate the information inside or outside the Company, other than to a Compliance Officer or the Chief Legal Officer of ADAM.

 

After the Compliance Officer or Chief Legal Officer has reviewed the issue, you will be instructed to continue the prohibitions against trading and communication or will be allowed to trade and communicate the information.

 

5. P ENALTIES FOR I NSIDER T RADING

 

Penalties for trading on or communicating material non-public information are severe, both for individuals involved in such unlawful conduct and their employers. A person can be subject to some or all of the penalties below even if he or she does not personally benefit from the violation. Penalties include: civil injunctions, treble damages, disgorgement of profits, jail sentences, fines for the person who committed the violation of up to three times, the profit gained or loss avoided, whether or not the person actually benefited, and fines for the employer or other controlling person of up to the greater of $1,000,000 or three times the amount of the profit gained or loss avoided.

 

In addition, any violation of this policy statement can be expected to result in serious sanctions by the Company, including dismissal of the persons involved.

 

17


S ECTION II. P ROCEDURES TO I MPLEMENT THE P OLICY A GAINST I NSIDER T RADING

 

A. Procedures to Implement the Policy Against Insider Trading

 

The following procedures have been established to aid the officers, directors and employees of an ADAM Adviser in avoiding insider trading, and to aid an ADAM Adviser in preventing, detecting and imposing sanctions against insider trading. Every officer, director and employee of an ADAM Adviser must follow these procedures or risk serious sanctions, including dismissal, substantial personal liability and criminal penalties.

 

T RADING R ESTRICTIONS AND R EPORTING R EQUIREMENTS

 

1. No employee, officer or director of the Company who is aware of material non-public information relating to the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, including Allianz AG, may buy or sell any securities of the Company, including Allianz AG, or engage in any other action to take advantage of, or pass on to others, such material non-public information.

 

2. No employee, officer or director of the Company who is aware of material non-public information which relates to any other company or entity in circumstances in which such person is deemed to be an insider or is otherwise subject to restrictions under the federal securities laws may buy or sell securities of that company or otherwise take advantage of, or pass on to others, such material non-public information.

 

3. No employee, officer or director of ADAM shall engage in a securities transaction with respect to the securities of Allianz AG, except in accordance with the specific procedures published from time to time by ADAM.

 

4. No employee shall engage in a personal securities transaction with respect to any securities of any other company, except in accordance with the specific procedures set forth in ADAM’s Code of Ethics.

 

5. Employees shall submit reports concerning each securities transaction in accordance with the terms of the Code of Ethics and verify their personal ownership of securities in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Code of Ethics.

 

6. Because even inadvertent disclosure of material non-public information to others can lead to significant legal difficulties, officers, directors and employees of ADAM should not discuss any potentially material non-public information concerning ADAM or other companies, including other officers, employees and directors, except as specifically required in the performance of their duties

 

18


B. Chinese Wall Procedures

 

The Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act in the US require the establishment and strict enforcement of procedures reasonably designed to prevent the misuse of “inside” information. Accordingly, you should not discuss material non-public information about ADAM or other companies with anyone, including other employees, except as required in the performance of your regular duties. In addition, care should be taken so that such information is secure. For example, files containing material non-public information should be sealed; access to computer files containing material non-public information should be restricted.

 

C. Resolving Issues Concerning Insider Trading

 

The federal securities laws, including the US laws governing insider trading, are complex. If you have any doubts or questions as to the materiality or non-public nature of information in your possession or as to any of the applicability or interpretation of any of the foregoing procedures or as to the propriety of any action, you should contact your Compliance Officer. Until advised to the contrary by a Compliance Officer, you should presume that the information is material and non-public and you should not trade in the securities or disclose this information to anyone.

 

19


A PPENDIX II

 

PA DISTRIBUTORS LLC

 

PRECLEARANCE OF SECURITIES TRANSACTION FORM

 

(1)    Name of employee requesting authorization:

   ____________________     

 

(2)    If different from #1, name of the account where the trade will occur:

   ____________________     

 

(3)    Relationship of (2) to (1):

   ____________________     

 

(4)    Name of the firm at which the account is held:

   ____________________     

 

(5)    Name of Security:

   ____________________     

 

(6)    Maximum number of shares or units to be purchased or sold or amount of bond:

   ____________________     

 

(7)    Check those that are applicable:

         

 

          ¨ Purchase ¨ Sale ¨ Market Order ¨ Limit Order (Price of Limit Order:              )

 

If the answer to any of the following questions is made by checking the answer in Column I, the Compliance Officer may have to reject the proposed transaction:

 

     COLUMN I

   COLUMN II

 

(8)    Do you possess material nonpublic information regarding the security or the issuer of the security? 1

   ¨  Yes    ¨  No

 

(9)    To your knowledge, are the securities or “equivalent securities” subject to a pending buy or sell order on behalf of an Advisory Client of PAD?

   ¨  Yes    ¨  No

 

(10)  To your knowledge, are there any outstanding purchase or sell orders for this security or any equivalent security by any Advisory Client of PAD?

   ¨  Yes    ¨  No

 

(11)  To your knowledge, are the securities or equivalent securities being considered for purchase or sale for any Advisory Client of PAD?

   ¨  Yes    ¨  No

1 Please note that officers and employees of PAD generally are not permitted to acquire or sell securities when they possess material nonpublic information regarding the security or the issuers of the security.

 

20


A PPENDIX II ( cont. )

 

          COLUMN I    COLUMN II
(12)      Are the securities being acquired in an initial public offering?    ¨  Yes    ¨ No
(13)      If you are an Investment Person, 2 are the securities being acquired in a private placement?    ¨ Yes    ¨ No
(14)      If you are an Investment Person, 2 has any account you manage purchased or sold these securities or equivalent securities within the past seven calendar days or do you expect the account to purchase or sell these securities or equivalent securities within seven calendar days of your purchase or sale?    ¨ Yes    ¨ No

 

I have read the PA Distributors LLC Amended and Restated Code of Ethics dated October 1, 2004 within the prior 12 months and believe that the proposed trade fully complies with the requirements of the Code.

 

 

Employee Signature

 

Print Name

 

Date Submitted

 

Authorized by:                                      

 

Date:                                                       

 


2 Please see your Compliance Officer if you are not certain whether you are an Investment Person.

 

21


A PPENDIX III

 

PA DISTRIBUTORS LLC

 

INITIAL AND ANNUAL REPORT OF

PERSONAL SECURITIES HOLDINGS

 

In accordance with the Code of Ethics, please provide a list of all Securities (other than Exempt Securities) in which you or any account, in which you have a Pecuniary Interest, has a Beneficial Interest and all Securities (other than Exempt Securities) in non-client accounts for which you make investment decisions. This includes not only securities held by brokers, but also Securities held at home, in safe deposit boxes, or by an issuer.

 

(1)

 

Name of employee:

       

(2)

  If different than #1, name of the person in whose name the account is held:        

(3)

 

Relationship of (2) to (1):

       

(4)

 

Broker(s) at which Account is maintained:

       
             
             
             

(5)

 

Account Number(s):

       
             
             
             

(6)

 

Telephone number(s) of Broker:

       
             
             

 

22


(7) For each account, attach your most recent account statement listing Securities in that account. This information must be current as of a date no more than 30 days before this report is submitted. If you own Securities that are not listed in an attached account statement, list them below:

 

   

Name of Security


      

Quantity


       

Value


       

Custodian


1.

                                

2.

                                

3.

                                

4.

                                

5.

                                

 

(Attach separate sheet if necessary)

 

I certify that this form and the attached statements (if any) constitute all of the Securities of which I have Beneficial Ownership as defined in the Code.

 

 
Employee Signature
 
Print Name

 

Dated:                     

 

23


PA DISTRIBUTORS LLC       APPENDIX IV
         
Personal Securities Transactions/Brokerage Account Report   Quarter Ended:                       

 

You must cause each broker-dealer who maintains an account for Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership to provide to a Compliance Officer, within 10 days of the end of each calendar quarter, duplicate copies of confirmations of all transactions in the account and duplicate statements for the account and you must report to the Compliance Officer, within 10 days of the occurrence, all transactions effected without the use of a registered broker-dealer in Securities (other than transactions in Exempt Securities).

 

If you have opened a new account with a broker-dealer since your last report, please complete the following information for each such account:

 

Name


 

Broker


 

Account Number


 

Date Account Opened


             
             
             
             

 

Please provide information concerning non-Exempt Transactions not effected through a registered broker-dealer (e.g., direct purchases of private placements or limited partnerships).

 

Security’s Name*


 

Transaction Date


 

Buy or Sell?


 

No. of Shares


 

Price Per Share


 

Broker’s Name


                     
                     
                     
                     

 

* Including interest rate, principal amount and maturity date, if applicable.

 

By signing this document, I am certifying that I have caused duplicate confirmations and duplicate statements to be sent to the Compliance Officer for every brokerage account that trades in Securities other than Exempt Securities (as defined in the PAD Code of Ethics).

 

Print Name:                                           

 

Signature:                                           

 

Date:                      

 

Return to: Newton. B. Schott, Jr. - PA Distributors LLC, 2187 Atlantic Street, Stamford, CT 06902

 

24


A PPENDIX IV (cont.)

 

1. Transactions required to be reported. You should report every transaction in which you acquired or disposed of any beneficial ownership of any security during the calendar quarter. The term “beneficial ownership” is the subject of a long history of opinions and releases issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally means that you would receive the benefits of owning a security. The term includes, but is not limited to the following cases and any other examples in the Code:

 

  (A) Where the security is held for your benefit by others (brokers, custodians, banks and pledgees);

 

  (B) Where the security is held for the benefit of members of your immediate family sharing the same household;

 

  (C) Where securities are held by a corporation, partnership, limited liability company, investment club or other entity in which you have an equity interest if you are a controlling equityholder or you have or share investment control over the securities held by the entity;

 

  (D) Where securities are held in a trust for which you are a trustee and under which either you or any member of your immediate family have a vested interest in the principal or income; and

 

  (E) Where securities are held in a trust for which you are the settlor, unless the consent of all of the beneficiaries is required in order for you to revoke the trust.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, none of the following transactions need be reported:

 

  (A) Transactions in securities which are direct obligations of the United States;

 

  (B) Transactions effected in any account over which you have no direct or indirect influence or control; or

 

  (C) Shares of registered open-end investment companies.

 

2. Security Name. State the name of the issuer and the class of the security (e.g., common stock, preferred stock or designated issue of debt securities), including the interest rate, principal amount and maturity date, if applicable. In the case of the acquisition or disposition of a futures contract, put, call option or other right (hereinafter referred to as “options”), state the title of the security subject to the option and the expiration date of the option.

 

3. Futures Transactions. Please remember that duplicates of all Confirmations, Purchase and Sale Reports, and Month-end Statements must be send to the firm by your broker. Please double check to be sure this occurs if you report a futures transaction. You should use the address below.

 

4. Transaction Date. In the case of a market transaction, state the trade date (not the settlement date).

 

5. Nature of Transaction (Buy or Sell). State the character of the transaction (e.g., purchase or sale of security, purchase or sale of option, or exercise of option).

 

6. Amount of Security Involved (No. of Shares). State the number of shares of stock, the face amount of debt securities or other units of other securities. For options, state the amount of securities subject to the option. If your ownership interest was through a spouse, relative or other natural person or through a partnership, trust, other entity, state the entire amount of securities involved in the transaction. In such cases, you may also indicate, if you wish, the extent of your interest in the transaction.

 

7. Purchase or Sale Price. State the purchase or sale price per share or other unit, exclusive of brokerage commissions or other costs of execution. In the case of an option, state the price at which it is currently exercisable. No price need be reported for transactions not involving cash.

 

8. Broker, Dealer or Bank Effecting Transaction. State the name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through whom the transaction was effected.

 

9. Signature. Sign the form in the space provided.

 

10. Filing of Report. A report should be filed NOT LATER THAN 10 CALENDAR DAYS after the end of each calendar quarter with:

 

PA Distributors LLC

ATTN: Newton B. Schott, Jr.

2187 Atlantic Street– 7 th Floor

Stamford, CT 06902

 

25


A PPENDIX V

 

PA DISTRIBUT0RS LLC

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT CERTIFICATION

for the

Code of Ethics

and the

Insider Trading Policy and Procedures

 

I hereby certify that I have read and understand the PA Distributors LLC Amended and Restated Code of Ethics dated October 1, 2004 and the ADAM Insider Trading Policy and Procedures included therein (together, the “Code”). Pursuant to the Code, I recognize that I must disclose or report all personal holdings and securities transactions required to be disclosed or reported thereunder and comply in all other respects with the requirements of the Code. I also agree to cooperate fully with any investigation or inquiry as to whether a possible violation of the foregoing Code has occurred. 1 I understand that any failure to comply in all aspects with the foregoing and these policies and procedures may lead to sanctions, including dismissal.

 

         

Date:

 

 


       
           

Signature

             
           

Print Name


1 The antifraud provisions of United States securities laws reach insider trading or tipping activity worldwide which defrauds domestic securities markets. In addition, the Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act specifically authorizes the SEC to conduct investigations at the request of foreign governments, without regard to whether the conduct violates United States law.

 

26


A PPENDIX VI

 

PA DISTRIBUTORS LLC

 

ANNUAL CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE

 

I hereby certify that I have complied with the requirements of the PA Distributors LLC Amended and Restated Code of Ethics dated October 1, 2004 and the ADAM Insider Trading Policy and Procedures included therein (together, the “Code”) for the year ended December 31, 200      . Pursuant to the Code.

 

I have disclosed or reported all personal securities holdings and transactions required to be disclosed or reported thereunder and complied in all other respects with the requirements of the Code, including the ADAM Privacy Policy included therein. I further certify that I understand the amendments and new rules regarding PIMCO Mutual Funds and will adhere to the trading restrictions in the open-end registered funds that I own and will not engage in any excessive trading in any such funds in which I have invested.

 

I also agree to cooperate fully with any investigation or inquiry as to whether a possible violation of the foregoing Code has occurred.

 

Date:                             

 

 

Signature

 

Print Name

 

27


APPENDIX VII

 

DEFINITION

 

For the purposes hereof, “Investment Person” means:

 

  (i) any employee of a Trust or an investment adviser or sub-adviser (or of any company in a control (as defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the Act) relationship to such Trust or investment adviser or sub-adviser) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by any Fund of such Trust, including any portfolio manager and any employee who helps execute decisions of any portfolio manager; or

 

  (ii) any natural person who controls (as defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the Act) a Trust or investment adviser or sub-adviser and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to any Fund of such Trust regarding the purchase or sale of securities by any Fund of such Trust.

 

28


Appendix VIII

 

ALLIANZ DRESDNER ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA L.P.

 

PRIVACY POLICY

 

We consider customer privacy to be a fundamental aspect of our relationship with clients. We are committed to maintaining the confidentiality, integrity and security of our current, prospective and former clients’ personal information. We have developed policies designed to protect this confidentiality, while allowing client needs to be served.

 

In the course of providing you with products and services, we may obtain non-public personal information about you. This information may come from sources such as account applications and other forms, from other written, electronic or verbal correspondence, from your transactions, from your brokerage or financial advisory firm, financial adviser or consultant, and/or from information captured on our internet web sites.

 

We do not disclose any personal or account information provided by you or gathered by us to non-affiliated third parties, except as required or permitted by law. As is common in the industry, non-affiliated companies may from time to time be used to provide certain services, such as preparing and mailing prospectuses, reports, account statements and other information, conducting research on client satisfaction and gathering shareholder proxies. We may also retain non-affiliated companies to market our products and enter in joint marketing agreements with other companies. These companies may have access to your personal and account information, but are permitted to use the information solely to provide the specific service or as otherwise permitted by law. We may also provide your personal and account information to your brokerage or financial advisory firm and/or to your financial adviser or consultant.

 

We do reserve the right to disclose or report personal information to non-affiliated third parties, in limited circumstances, where we believe in good faith that disclosure is required under law to cooperate with regulators or law enforcement authorities, to protect our rights or property or upon reasonable request by any mutual fund in which you have chosen to invest. In addition, we may disclose information about you or your accounts to a non-affiliated third party at your request or if you consent in writing to the disclosure.

 

We may share client information with our affiliates in connection with servicing your account or to provide you with information about products and services that we believe may be of interest to you. The information we share may include, for example, your participation in our mutual funds or other investment programs, your ownership of certain types of accounts (such as IRAs), or other data about your accounts. Our affiliates, in turn, are not permitted to share your information with non-affiliated entities, except as required or permitted by law.

 

We take seriously the obligation to safeguard your non-public personal information. We have implemented procedures designed to restrict access to your non-public personal information to our personnel who need to know that information to provide products or services to you. To guard your non-public personal information, physical, electronic and procedural safeguards are in place.

 

29

ALLIANZ DRESDNER ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA

CODE OF ETHICS

Effective January 1, 2004

Version 2, amended February 17, 2004

 

INTRODUCTION

 

This Code of Ethics (the “Code”) is based on the principle that you, as an officer or employee of Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P. (“ADAM”) and its affiliated divisions or subsidiaries, including Allianz Hedge Fund Partners L.P., Allianz Private Client Services LLC, Allianz Private Equity Partners, Inc., Cadence Capital Management LLC, Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management LLC, NFJ Investment Group L.P., OCC Distributors LLC, OpCap Advisors LLC, Oppenheimer Capital LLC, PA Fund Management LLC, PA Managed Accounts LLC, PA Retail Holdings LLC, PA CD Distributors LLC, and PEA Capital LLC, (collectively, “ADAM” or “ADAM Advisers” ), owe a fiduciary duty to the shareholders of the registered investment companies (the “Funds” ) and other clients (together with the Funds, the “Advisory Clients” ) for which ADAM serves as an adviser or sub-adviser. Accordingly, you must avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere or appear to interfere with making decisions in the best interests of our Advisory Clients. If you are covered by another code of an ADAM Adviser or Allianz Group Company, this Code shall not apply to you.

 

At all times, you must:

 

1. Place the interests of our Advisory Clients first. As a fiduciary, you must scrupulously avoid serving your own personal interests ahead of the interests of our Advisory Clients. You may not cause an Advisory Client to take action, or not to take action, for your personal benefit rather than the benefit of the Advisory Client. For example, you would violate this Code if you caused an Advisory Client to purchase a security you owned for the purpose of increasing the price of that Security. Likewise, in connection with your regular functions and duties, you would violate this Code if you made a personal investment in a security that might be an appropriate investment for an Advisory Client without first considering the security as an investment for the Advisory Client.

 

2. Conduct all of your personal securities transactions in full compliance with this Code and the ADAM Insider Trading Policy. ADAM encourages you and your family to develop personal investment programs. However, you must not take any action in connection with your personal investments that could cause even the appearance of unfairness or impropriety. Accordingly, you must comply with the policies and procedures set forth in this Code. In addition, you must comply with the policies and procedures set forth in the ADAM Insider Trading Policy and Procedures, which is attached to this Code as Appendix I. Questions regarding these policies and procedures should be addressed with your local compliance officer.

 

3. Avoid taking inappropriate advantage of your position. The receipt of investment opportunities, gifts or gratuities from persons seeking business with ADAM directly or on behalf of an Advisory Client of an ADAM Adviser could call into question the independence of your business judgment. In addition, you may not use personal or account information of any client of ADAM except as permitted by ADAM’s Privacy Policy (Appendix IX to this Code). Accordingly, you must comply with the policies and procedures set forth in this Code under the heading Fiduciary Duties .

 


TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

COVERED PERSONS

   5

COVERED SECURITIES

   5

ACCOUNTS COVERED UNDER CODE

   6

EXEMPT SECURITIES

   6

PRE-CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS

   9

PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

   9

PRIVATE PLACEMENTS

   11

USE OF BROKER-DEALERS AND BROKERAGE ACCOUNTS

   12

REPORTING AND CERTIFICATION

    

I NITIAL R EPORTING AND CERTIFICATION F OR N EW E MPLOYEES

   13

Q UARTERLY T RANSACTIONAL R EPORTING FOR N ON -D ESIGNATED B ROKER A CCOUNTS

   13

A NNUAL R EPORTING AND C ERTIFICATION

   13

FIDUCIARY DUTIES

    

G IFTS

   13

S ERVICE AS A D IRECTOR

   14

P RIVACY P OLICY

   14

REMEDIAL ACTIONS

   14

REPORTS TO MANAGEMENT AND TRUSTEES

   14

RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS

   15

APPENDICES

    

I.       INSIDER TRADING POLICY AND PROCEDURES

   16

II.     GUIDANCE ON BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP

   23

III.    GUIDANCE ON SHORT TERM PROFIT RECOVERY

   24

IV.   PRIVACY POLICY

   25

V.     CTI-iTRADE INSTRUCTIONS

   26

VI.   CHARLES SCHWAB WELCOME LETTER

   31

FORMS

    

VII.  INITIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT CERTIFICATION

   35

VIII. INITIAL LISTING OF PERSONAL SECURITIES HOLDINGS

   35

IX.   QUARTERLY TRANSACTION REPORT

   38

X.     ANNUAL LISTING OF SECURITIES HOLDINGS AND CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE

   39

XI.   EMPLOYEE PRE-CLEARANCE FORM (Manual)

   40

XII.  EMPLOYEE PRE-CLEARANCE FORM (CTI)

   41

XIII. PRIVATE PLACEMENT APPROVAL REQUEST FORM

   42

 

Questions

 

Questions regarding this Code should be addressed to your local Compliance Officer. As of the effective date of this Code, the Compliance Officers are: Anne-Marie Pitale (ADAM-East, Allianz Hedge Fund Partners, Allianz Private Client Services, Allianz Private Equity Partners, OCC Distributors, OpCap Advisors, Oppenheimer Capital, PA CD Distributors, PA Fund Management, PA Managed Accounts, PA Retail Holdings, and PEA Capital); Virginia Camp (ADAM-West); Mary Ellen Melendez (Cadence); Betty Holcomb (NFJ); and Beth Ann Coleman (Nicholas-Applegate). The Compliance Committee members are Frank Poli, Anne-Marie Pitale, Youse Guia, and Beth Ann Coleman.

 

4


I. COVERED PERSONS

 

Based upon your activities and role within ADAM, you will be placed in one or more of the following categories. Provisions of the Code pertaining to the pre-clearance requirements and certain prohibited transactions may apply to more than one category.

 

A. “NON-ACCESS PERSON” means any director, officer, or employee of an ADAM Adviser that does NOT, in connection with their regular duties, makes, participates in, or has access to information regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by the Advisory Clients of an ADAM Adviser. It also includes individuals who are not deemed an “interested person” of a Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19) of the Investment Company Act of 1940, i.e. outside Fund Trustees.

 

B. “ACCESS PERSON” means any director, officer, Portfolio Employee, or employee of an ADAM Adviser who, in connection with their regular duties, makes, participates in, or has access to information regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities by the Advisory Clients of an ADAM Adviser.

 

C. “PORTFOLIO EMPLOYEE” means any employee of an ADAM Adviser who, in connection with their regular functions and duties, makes, or participates in making, recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities on behalf of any Advisory Client, provides information or advice to a Portfolio Manager, or helps execute a portfolio manager’s recommendations. Generally, Portfolio Employees includes, but is not limited to, portfolio managers, research analysts and traders.

 

II. COVERED SECURITIES

 

The following list identifies the “ Covered Securities ” or “Securities” that are deemed subject to the requirements of the Code:

 

Any note, stock, treasury stock, bond, debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, pre-organization certificate or subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or any shares in proprietary funds of ADAM and other mutual funds sub-advised by the employee’s operating entity (collectively “Mutual Funds” 1 ), in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a security, or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any security. The purchase or sale of a Security includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Security.

 

The definition of Securities also includes security futures 2 and futures and options on any group or index of Securities (as defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940).


1 ADAM mutual funds includes funds available through the ADAM 401(k), Auto Invest Program and Deferred Compensation Plan. For a listing of sub-advised funds, see your local compliance officer.

 

2 A security future is a contract of sale for future delivery of a single security or a narrow-based security index.

 

5


III. ACCOUNTS COVERED UNDER THE CODE

 

All accounts where an employee is deemed to have beneficial ownership are subject to the provisions of this Code. For purposes of this Code, Beneficial Ownership shall be interpreted in the same manner as the definition contained in the provision of Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 under Rule 16a-1(a)(2).

 

Generally, you are considered to have Beneficial Ownership of Securities if you have or share a direct or indirect pecuniary interest in the Securities.

 

You have a pecuniary interest in Securities if you have the opportunity to directly benefit or share in any profit derived from a transaction in the Securities.

 

The following are examples of a person having Beneficial Ownership of Securities:

 

  a. Securities held in the name of the officer or employee of any ADAM Adviser.

 

  b. Securities held by members of your immediate family sharing the same household.

 

Immediate family includes any spouse, child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, and any adoptive relationship.

 

  c. Your interest as a general partner in Securities held by a general or limited partnership.

 

  d. Your interest as a manager-member in the Securities held by a limited liability company.

 

  e. Your ownership of Securities as a trustee where either you or members of your immediate family have a vested interest in the principal or income of the trust.

 

  f. Your ownership of a vested beneficial interest in a trust.

 

  g. Your status as a settler of a trust, unless the consent of all of the beneficiaries is required in order for you to revoke the trust.

 

You do not have an indirect Pecuniary Interest in Securities held by a corporation, partnership, a limited liability company or other entity in which you hold an equity interest, unless you are a controlling equity holder or you have (or share) investment control over the Securities held by the entity.

 

The final determination of Beneficial Ownership is a question to be determined in light of the facts for each particular case. If in doubt, employees should consult with their local Compliance Officer. Additional guidance on Beneficial Ownership can be found in Appendix II.

 

6


IV. EXEMPT SECURITIES

 

The following securities and transactions are exempt from the pre-clearance and certain reporting requirements under the Code (“ Exempt Securities”) :

 

  A. Direct obligations of the government of the United States, including fixed income securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of, or are unconditionally guaranteed by the government of the U.S.

 

  B. Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments 3 .

 

  C. Purchases of Covered Securities under a dividend reinvestment plan.

 

  D. Purchases of Covered Securities by exercise of rights issued to the holders of a class of Securities pro rata , to the extent they are issued with respect to Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership.

 

  E. Acquisitions or dispositions of Covered Securities as the result of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, merger, consolidation, spin-off or other similar corporate distribution or                      reorganization applicable to all holders of a class of Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership.

 

  F. Dispositions of Securities of a private issuer, i.e. private placements.

 

  G. Commodities, futures and options traded on a commodity exchange, including currency futures.

 

  H. Short sales, puts, calls, straddles, or options on any Exempt Security.

 

  I. Shares of non-proprietary registered open-end investment companies that are not advised or sub-advised by the employee’s operating entity.

 

  J. Shares of exchange-traded funds (ETF’s). Examples of ETF’s are SPDRS, QQQs, MDYs, DIAs, WEBS, Diamonds, iShares, etc.

 

  K. Exchange-traded futures and options on broadly-based indices.

 

  L. Shares of registered closed-end funds with the exception of Funds that are managed by ADAM. Refer to the ADAM Intranet for a current listing of closed-end funds managed by ADAM or contact your local compliance office.

 

  M. (For employees of NFJ only) Shares of any issuer not currently owned in any NFJ Advisory Clients’ accounts and not currently contemplated by any NFJ portfolio manager for purchase in any such Advisory Clients’ accounts, i.e. a determination would need to be made that the shares that the NFJ employee wishes to transact in does not conflict with any NFJ client account whereby the security is held in or eligible to be held in any NFJ client account.

3 Defined as any instrument that has a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated by one of the two highest rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization, including repurchase agreements.

 

7


Exempt Securities continued

 

M. *(For Non-Access Persons only) Purchases or sales that do not exceed 2,000 shares per day, per Large-Cap Issuer 4 .

 

N. *(For Non-Access Persons only) Purchases or sales up to the lesser of 1,000 shares or $10,000 per calendar week, per issuer of stock other than stock issued by a Large-Cap Issuer .

 

O. Purchases or sales up to $100,000 per calendar month per issuer of fixed-income Securities issued by U.S. corporations.

 

P. Purchases or sales up to $1,000,000 per calendar month per issuer of fixed-income Securities issued by Qualified Foreign Governments 5 .

 

Q. Other specific transactions as may be exempted by your local Compliance Officer or the Compliance Committee based upon a determination that the transaction(s) do not interfere or appear to interfere with making decisions in the best interest of our Advisory Clients. On a case-by-case basis, a Compliance Officer or the Compliance Committee may exempt a specific transaction from any of the provisions of this Code except for the provisions set forth in the Reporting And Certification section. All requests to exempt a transaction must be in writing and forwarded to your local Compliance Officer for approval prior to your executing the transaction.

 

CAUTION

 

Qualified Foreign Governments, Large-Cap Issuers and broadly based indices may change from time to time. Accordingly, you may purchase a Covered Security deemed to be an EXEMPT SECURITY only to find that when you wish to sell them, you may not do so without prior approval from your local Compliance Officer.

 

* The pre-clearance exemption for these items does not apply for employees of an ADAM Adviser that is based in New York. Such employees must pre-clear these transactions through CTI-iTrade. Refer to the General Pre-Clearance Requirements section for further details.

4 A Large-Cap Issuer is an issuer with a total market capitalization in excess of five billion dollars. Information concerning large-cap issuers is available on the Internet. If you are unsure whether a security is a large-cap issue, contact a Compliance Officer.

 

5 A Q ualified Foreign Government is a national government of a developed country with outstanding fixed-income securities in excess of fifty billion dollars.

 

8


V. GENERAL PRE-CLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS

 

A. Access Persons and Portfolio Employees

 

  a) All Access Persons and Portfolio Employees must pre-clear their personal securities transaction by either submitting a Pre-Clearance Request Form (Appendix XI) to a designated pre-clearance personnel or submitting such request through a designated system that is implemented at your location. Exempt Securities and Mutual Fund transactions, as defined in the Code, are not subject to pre-clearance requirements.

 

  b) All pre-clearance approvals are effective until the close of business on the day that pre-clearance is given (4:00 P.M EST). If the individual submitting the request wishes to execute a trade in the same Security or an equivalent Security on subsequent days, a new pre-clearance request must be submitted. GTC (good till canceled) orders will not be cleared .

 

B. New York or Nicholas-Applegate Employees

 

  a) All Non-Access, Access Persons, and Portfolio Employees who are affiliated with an ADAM Adviser that is located in New York as well as all Access Persons and Portfolio Employees who are employees of Nicholas-Applegate, must pre-clear all personal security transactions by submitting a Trade Request Form through CTI iTrade (Appendix XII). If you have any questions regarding the use of CTI, please call the ADAM-NY compliance hot-line or your local Nicholas-Applegate compliance officer. See Appendix V for instructions on how to use CTI iTrade.

 

  b) Investment management personnel that are employees of Nicholas-Applegate must receive written authorization for all non-exempt personal securities transactions from the Chief Investment Officer (“CIO”) or a senior portfolio manager.

 

VI. PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS

 

A. Access Person

 

  a) Same day securities may not be purchased or sold by an Access Person if, at the time of pre-clearance, there is a pending buy or sell order on the relevant trading desk on behalf of an Advisory Client in the same Security or an equivalent Security 6 . Such orders by an Access Person can only be purchased or sold on the following day that the Advisor Client(s) order has been executed.

 

  b) Securities may not be purchased or sold if, at the time of pre-clearance, you knew or should have known that an Advisory Client would be trading in the same security or an equivalent Security on the same day.

6 An equivalent Security of a given Security is (i) a Security issuable upon exercise, conversion or exchange of the given Security, (ii) a Security exercisable to purchase, convertible into or exchangeable for the given Security, or (iii) a Security otherwise representing an interest in or based on the value of the given Security.

 

9


B. Portfolio Employees

 

  a) Same day securities may not be purchased or sold by a Portfolio Employee if, at the time of pre-clearance, there is a pending buy or sell order on the relevant trading desk on behalf of an Advisory Client in the same Security or an equivalent Security 5 . Such orders by a Portfolio Employee can only be purchased or sold on the following day that the Advisor Client(s) order has been executed or withdrawn.

 

  b) Securities may not be purchased or sold if, at the time of pre-clearance, you knew or should have known that an Advisory Client would be trading in the same security or an equivalent Security on the same day.

 

  c) If you are a Portfolio Employee (or a person that has been identified as having access to the same information, i.e. portfolio managers, research analysts, traders), you may not purchase or sell Securities during the period beginning three days before and ending three days after the day on which an Advisory Client trades in the same Security or an equivalent Security.

 

NOTE; If you are a Portfolio Employee (or a person that has been identified as having access to the same information), and you pre-clear a Securities transaction prior to the commencement of an Advisory Client trading in the same Security or an equivalent Security, it may not be deemed a violation of this Code unless you knew or should have known that the Advisory Client would be trading in that Security or an equivalent Security within three days after your trade.

 

  d) If you are a Portfolio Employee, you may not profit from the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, within 30 calendar days, of the same Securities or equivalent Securities (other than Exempt Securities) of which you have Beneficial Ownership. Any such short-term trade must be unwound, or if that is not practical, the profits must be contributed to a charitable organization. NOTE: additional guidance on this restriction can be found in Appendix III.

 

You are considered to profit from a short-term trade if Covered Securities of which you have Beneficial Ownership are sold for more than the purchase price of the same Securities or equivalent Securities, even though the Securities purchased and the Securities sold are held of record or beneficially by different persons or entities.

 

  e) If you are a Portfolio Employee of any ADAM Adviser, you are prohibited from transactions involving puts, calls, straddles, options and/or short sales unless the security is an Exempt Security or the transaction is approved by your CIO and your local Compliance Officer.

 

  f) If you are a Portfolio Employee, you may not acquire Beneficial Ownership of any Securities in an initial public offering (as defined in Rule 17j-1)

 

10


C. Oppenheimer and Private Client Services Employees

 

  a) If you are an employee of Oppenheimer Capital or Allianz Private Client Services, you are prohibited from transactions involving puts, calls, straddles, options, and/or short sales in any Security within the Oppenheimer Capital Recommended List.

 

  b) If you are an employee of Oppenheimer Capital or Allianz Private Client Services, you may not purchase or sell Securities during the period ending three days after the day on which the Oppenheimer Large Cap Value Model (#50995) and the Value Fund (#63140) trades in the same Security or an equivalent Security.

 

D. Trading Restrictions in open-end mutual funds

 

  a) Excessive trading in registered open-end investment companies is strictly prohibited. No employee may engage in transactions that are in violation of a fund’s stated policy as disclosed in its prospectus and statement of additional information.

 

  b) Trading in Mutual Funds where ADAM is the Adviser or Sub-Adviser:

 

Employees may not purchase and sell, or sell and purchase the same Mutual Fund, in any 30-day period, regardless of whether those transactions occurred in a single account (e.g., a brokerage account, a 401(k) account, a deferred compensation account, PIMCO Auto-Invest Program, etc.) or across multiple accounts in which the employee has beneficial interest.

 

  i. This prohibition will not apply, however, with respect to purchases made pursuant to an automatic payroll investment feature in the PIMCO Auto-Invest Program, a deferred compensation, 401(k) or retirement plan (e.g., purchases of mutual fund shares every pay period in an employee’s 401(k) plan). In order to rely on this exception, your investment options in such plans may not be changed more than once each month.

 

  ii. This prohibition will not apply with respect to automatic reinvestments of dividends, income or interest received from the mutual fund.

 

  iii. This prohibition will not apply to purchases and sales of a mutual fund security that are made by a fund of funds in which an employee invests, as long as the employee’s operating entity does not manage or sub-advise that fund of funds.

 

VII. PRIVATE PLACEMENTS

 

If you are a Portfolio Employee, you may not acquire Beneficial Ownership of any Securities in a private placement 7 , unless you have received prior written approval from your local CIO and your local compliance officer. Approval will be not be given unless a determination is made that the investment opportunity should not be reserved for one or more Advisory Clients, and that the opportunity to invest has not been offered to you solely by virtue of your position. The form for requesting private placement approval is attached to this Code (Appendix XIII).


7 A private placement is an offering of ownership in a new or secondary issue to a single investor or group of investors. The sale or placement is usually made through an investment banker and the securities’ public resale restricted if they are not registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1933.

 

11


If you are a Portfolio Employee and you have acquired Beneficial Ownership of Securities in a private placement, you must disclose your investment when you play a part in any consideration of an investment by an Advisory Client in the issuer of the Securities, and any decision to make such an investment must be independently reviewed by your local CIO or a Portfolio Manager who does not have Beneficial Ownership of any Securities of the issuer.

 

VIII.  USE OF BROKER-DEALERS AND BROKERAGE ACCOUNTS

 

To assist in the implementation of the Code and meet regulatory requirements, all New York and San Diego based employees must maintain their personal brokerage and trading accounts (which they are deemed to have Beneficial Ownership) with a “Designated Broker”* (currently Charles Schwab-see appendix VI for further details). It is preferred that all other employees of an ADAM Adviser use a designated broker, although it is not required. If you are an employee with a Designated Broker, you are required to transfer your account(s) to the Designated Broker within a reasonable period of time from your initial commencement of employment. All employees are responsible for costs associated with transferring their personal brokerage/trading accounts. If you are maintaining a brokerage account other than with a designated broker, you are required to immediately disclose this to your local compliance department. Based upon the determination by the appropriate compliance officer, certain exemptions may be granted that would allow the employee” to continue maintaining his or her personal brokerage/trading accounts with a non-designated broker.

 

All employees that are maintaining a brokerage or trading account with a non-designated broker must ensure that duplicate copies of account statements and transactional confirms are sent directly to the attention of your local compliance department (if regularly prepared). The confirmations and statements must, in the aggregate, provide enough detail that would show the name of the broker, account number, date of transaction, whether it was a buy/sell, security name, amount of transaction, and the price.

 

Most brokers require that an ADAM Advisor provide a Rule “407” letter which acknowledges that your account is held by such broker and requests that the broker provide the relevant compliance department with duplicate client account statements and transactional confirms. Your local compliance officer will execute this letter for any of your beneficially owned accounts that have been approved by Compliance.

 

Employees are not required to comply with the provisions under this section if their brokerage or trading account 1) is fully managed by a third party, and 2) exclusively holds Exempt Securities and is unable to hold any Covered Securities.

 

* Note transactions in registered open-end investment companies are not required to be executed through a designated broker.

 

12


IX. REPORTING AND CERTIFICATION

 

A. Initial Reporting and Certification for New Employees

 

Within 10 days following the commencement of employment at an ADAM Adviser, all employees are required to complete and submit the Initial Acknowledgement Certification and the Initial Listing of Personal Securities Holdings, Mutual Fund and Brokerage Accounts forms to your local compliance department (See Appendix VII and VIII).

 

B. Quarterly Transactional Reporting for Non-Designated Broker Account(s)

 

All employees that maintain a brokerage, Mutual Fund or trading account with a non-designated broker AND do not have duplicate copies of account statements and transactional confirms being sent directly to the attention of your local compliance department, must complete and submit a Quarterly Transaction Report for all “Covered Securities” within 10 days following the end of each calendar quarter (Appendix IX). It is at the discretion of your local compliance officer to implement the quarterly reporting requirement for all other brokerage, Mutual Fund or trading accounts that the compliance department may be receiving duplicate account information.

 

C. Annual Reporting and Certification

 

Within 10 days following the end of the calendar year, all “active” employees are required to complete and submit the Annual Listing of Securities Holdings and Certification of Compliance form to your local compliance department (See Appendix X).

 

X. FIDUCIARY DUTIES

 

A. Gifts

 

No employee of an ADAM Adviser shall receive any gift or other consideration in merchandise, service, or otherwise that is excessive in value or frequency from any person, firm, corporation, association or other entity that does business with or on behalf of the Funds or an Advisory Client.

 

  a. Gifts and entertainment must be reasonable in terms of frequency and value. It may be reasonable to give or receive gifts at a more frequent basis under certain limited circumstance, i.e. holiday season.

 

  b. Do not accept gifts, favors, entertainment or other things of value which could influence your decision-making or make you feel beholden to a person or a firm.

 

  c. Do not offer gifts, favors, entertainment or other things of value that could be viewed as overly generous or aimed at influencing decision-making or making a client feel beholden to an ADAM Adviser.

 

  d. Entertainment situations may only be used to foster and promote business relationships with firms.

 

  e. Gifts should not be sent to an ADAM employee’s home. If they are, the employee must discourage this practice in the future.

 

13


  f. You may not GIVE a gift that exceeds $100. You may not RECEIVE a gift that exceeds $200.

 

  g. You may not accept or offer air transportation nor may you accept hotel or other accommodations without obtaining prior written approval from your local compliance officer.

 

B. Service as Director

 

If you are a Portfolio Employee, you may not serve on the board of directors or other governing board of a publicly traded entity, unless you have received the prior written approval of the local Chief Legal Officer or your local compliance officer. Approval will not be given unless a determination is made that your service on the board would be consistent with the interests of the Advisory Clients. If you are permitted to serve on the board of a publicly traded entity, you will be isolated from those Portfolio Employees who make investment decisions with respect to the securities of that entity, through a “Chinese Wall” or other procedures.

 

C. Privacy Policy

 

You must abide by the ADAM Privacy Policy (the “Privacy Policy”) which is attached to this Code of Ethics as Appendix XI. The Privacy Policy is designed to protect personal and account information of clients from disclosure to any non-affiliated third parties, except as required or permitted by law or certain circumstances and when duly authorized by a compliance officer or director of ADAM. You will be responsible for attesting to your compliance with the Privacy Policy in your Annual Certification of Compliance.

 

XI. REMEDIAL ACTIONS

 

ADAM reserves the right to cancel any trade (without prior notice and at the employee’s expense) or to instruct you to cancel a trade at your expense. ADAM may suspend or revoke your trading privileges at any time. Employee trading violations can result in penalties ranging from cancellation of an offending trade to termination of your employment. Any loss from an impermissible trade will be charged to the employee and any profits may be forfeited. Violations may also lead to civil or criminal proceedings and penalties. Failure to pre-clear trades or comply with any of the reporting requirements may result in sanctions including fines. All fines collected will be donated to an approved charity.

 

XII. REPORTS TO MANAGEMENT AND TRUSTEES

 

A. Board Review of Significant Remedial Action and Annual Report

 

In connection with ADAM advised funds, local compliance officers will, at least annually, inform the Funds’ Board of Directors or Trustees as well as ADAM senior management, of any significant remedial action taken in response to a violation of the Code. A significant remedial action means any action that has a

 

14


significant financial effect on the violator, such as a material disgorgement of profits, imposition of a significant fine, demotion, suspension or termination.

 

The annual report will, at a minimum contain the following:

 

  1. A summary of existing procedures concerning personal investing and any changes in the procedures made during the past year;

 

  2. A description of any issues arising under the Code of Ethics or procedures since the last report to the Funds’ Board, as the case may be, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to the material violations, and;

 

  3. Certify that ADAM, and its affiliates, have adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent all employees from violating the Code.

 

XIII.  RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS

 

ADAM shall maintain and preserve in an easily accessible place:

 

  A. A copy of this Code, or any other Code of Ethics, that was in effect within the previous 5 years.

 

  B. A record of any violation of this Code and of any action taken as a result of such violation for a period of 5 years following the end of the reporting year in which the violation occurs.

 

  C. A record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, that were used to approve an employee’s trade that was deemed an exception to the provisions of this Code.

 

  D. A copy of each report submitted under this Code for a period of 5 years.

 

  E. A list of all persons who are, or within the past 5 years were, subject to the reporting requirements of the Code.

 

15


A PPENDIX I

 

ALLIANZ DRESDNER ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA

 

I NSIDER T RADING P OLICY AND P ROCEDURES

 

S ECTION I. P OLICY S TATEMENT ON I NSIDER T RADING

 

A. Policy Statement on Insider Trading

 

Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P. (“ADAM”) and its division or its subsidiaries, including, Allianz Hedge Fund Partners L.P., Allianz Private Client Services LLC, Allianz Private Equity Partners LLC, Cadence Capital Management LLC, Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management LLC, NFJ Investment Group L.P., OCC Distributors LLC, OpCap Advisors LLC, Oppenheimer Capital LLC, PA Fund Management LLC, PA Managed Accounts LLC, PA Retail Holdings LLC, PA CD Distributors LLC, and PEA Capital LLC, collectively, the Company, ADAM or ADAM Advisers ) forbid any of their officers, directors or employees from trading, either personally or on behalf of others (such as, mutual funds and private accounts managed by an ADAM Advisor), on the basis of material non-public information or communicating material non-public information to others in violation of the law. This conduct is frequently referred to as “insider trading”. This is a group wide policy.

 

The term “insider trading” is not defined in the federal securities laws, but generally is used to refer to the situation when a person trades while aware of material non-public information or communicates material non-public information to others in breach of a duty of trust or confidence.

 

While the law concerning insider trading is not static, it is generally understood that the law prohibits:

 

  (1) trading by an insider, while aware of material, non-public information; or

 

  (2) trading by a non-insider, while aware of material, non-public information, where the information was disclosed to the non-insider in violation of an insider’s duty to keep it confidential; or

 

  (3) communicating material, non-public information to others in breach of a duty of trust or confidence.

 

This policy applies to every such officer, director and employee and extends to activities within and outside their duties at the Company. Every officer, director and employee must read and retain this policy statement. Any questions regarding this policy statement and the related procedures set forth herein should be referred to your local compliance officer.

 

The remainder of this memorandum discusses in detail the elements of insider trading, the penalties for such unlawful conduct and the procedures adopted by the Company to implement its policy against insider trading.

 

16


1. T O W HOM D OES T HIS P OLICY A PPLY ?

 

This Policy applies to all employees, officers and directors (direct or indirect) of the Company (“Covered Persons”), as well as to any transactions in any securities participated in by family members, trusts or corporations controlled by such persons. In particular, this Policy applies to securities transactions by:

 

  the Covered Person’s spouse;

 

  the Covered Person’s minor children;

 

  any other relatives living in the Covered Person’s household;

 

  a trust in which the Covered Person has a beneficial interest, unless such person has no direct or indirect control over the trust;

 

  a trust as to which the Covered Person is a trustee;

 

  a revocable trust as to which the Covered Person is a settlor;

 

  a corporation of which the Covered Person is an officer, director or 10% or greater stockholder; or

 

  a partnership of which the Covered Person is a partner (including most investment clubs) unless the Covered Person has no direct or indirect control over the partnership.

 

2. W HAT IS M ATERIAL I NFORMATION ?

 

Trading on inside information is not a basis for liability unless the information is deemed to be material. “Material information” generally is defined as information for which there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making his or her investment decisions, or information that is reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a company’s securities.

 

Although there is no precise, generally accepted definition of materiality, information is likely to be “material” if it relates to significant changes affecting such matters as:

 

  dividend or earnings expectations;

 

  write-downs or write-offs of assets;

 

  additions to reserves for bad debts or contingent liabilities;

 

  expansion or curtailment of company or major division operations;

 

  proposals or agreements involving a joint venture, merger, acquisition;

 

  divestiture, or leveraged buy-out;

 

  new products or services;

 

  exploratory, discovery or research developments;

 

  criminal indictments, civil litigation or government investigations;

 

  disputes with major suppliers or customers or significant changes in the relationships with such parties;

 

  labor disputes including strikes or lockouts;

 

  substantial changes in accounting methods;

 

  major litigation developments;

 

  major personnel changes;

 

  debt service or liquidity problems;

 

  bankruptcy or insolvency;

 

  extraordinary management developments;

 

  public offerings or private sales of debt or equity securities;

 

  calls, redemptions or purchases of a company’s own stock;

 

  issuer tender offers; or

 

  recapitalizations.

 

17


Information provided by a company could be material because of its expected effect on a particular class of the company’s securities, all of the company’s securities, the securities of another company, or the securities of several companies. Moreover, the resulting prohibition against the misuses of “material” information reaches all types of securities (whether stock or other equity interests, corporate debt, government or municipal obligations, or commercial paper) as well as any option related to that security (such as a put, call or index security).

 

Material information does not have to relate to a company’s business. For example, in Carpenter v. U.S. , 108 U.S. 316 (1987), the Supreme Court considered as material certain information about the contents of a forthcoming newspaper column that was expected to affect the market price of a security. In that case, a reporter for The Wall Street Journal was found criminally liable for disclosing to others the dates that reports on various companies would appear in the Journal and whether those reports would be favorable or not.

 

3. W HAT IS N ON - PUBLIC I NFORMATION ?

 

In order for issues concerning insider trading to arise, information must not only be “material”, it must be “ non-public ”. “Non-public” information is information which has not been made available to investors generally. Information received in circumstances indicating that it is not yet in general circulation or where the recipient knows or should know that the information could only have been provided by an “insider” is also deemed “non-public” information.

 

At such time as material, non-public information has been effectively distributed to the investing public, it is no longer subject to insider trading restrictions. However, for “non-public” information to become public information, it must be disseminated through recognized channels of distribution designed to reach the securities marketplace.

 

To show that “material” information is public, you should be able to point to some fact verifying that the information has become generally available, for example, disclosure in a national business and financial wire service (Dow Jones or Reuters), a national news service (AP or UPI), a national newspaper ( The Wall Street Journal , The New York Times or Financial Times ), or a publicly disseminated disclosure document (a proxy statement or prospectus). The circulation of rumors or “talk on the street”, even if accurate, widespread and reported in the media, does not constitute the requisite public disclosure. The information must not only be publicly disclosed, there must also be adequate time for the market as a whole to digest the information. Although timing may vary depending upon the circumstances, a good rule of thumb is that information is considered non-public until the third business day after public disclosure.

 

Material non-public information is not made public by selective dissemination. Material information improperly disclosed only to institutional investors or to a fund analyst or a favored group of analysts retains its status as “non-public” information which must not be disclosed or otherwise misused. Similarly, partial disclosure does not constitute public dissemination. So long as any material component of the “inside” information possessed by the Company has yet to be publicly disclosed, the information is deemed “non-public” and may not be misused.

 

18


Information Provided in Confidence . It is possible that one or more directors, officers, or employees of ADAM may become temporary “insiders” because of a duty of trust or confidence. A duty of trust or confidence can arise: (1) whenever a person agrees to maintain information in confidence; (2) when two people have a history, pattern, or practice of sharing confidences such that the recipient of the information knows or reasonably should know that the person communicating the material non-public information expects that the recipient will maintain its confidentiality; or (3) whenever a person receives or obtains material non-public information from certain close family members such as spouses, parents, children and siblings. For example, personnel at ADAM may become insiders when an external source, such as a company whose securities are held by one or more of the accounts managed by an ADAM Adviser, discloses material, non-public information to ADAM Adviser’s portfolio managers or analysts with the expectation that the information will remain confidential.

 

As an “insider”, ADAM has a duty not to breach the trust of the party that has communicated the “material, non-public” information by misusing that information. This duty may arise because an ADAM Adviser has entered or has been invited to enter into a commercial relationship with the company, client or prospective client and has been given access to confidential information solely for the corporate purposes of that company, client or prospective client. This duty remains whether or not an ADAM Adviser ultimately participates in the transaction.

 

Information Disclosed in Breach of a Duty . Analysts and portfolio managers at an ADAM Adviser must be especially wary of “material, non-public” information disclosed in breach of corporate insider’s duty of trust or confidence that he or she owes the corporation and shareholders. Even where there is no expectation of confidentiality, a person may become an “insider” upon receiving material, non-public information in circumstances where a person knows, or should know, that a corporate insider is disclosing information in breach of a duty of trust and confidence that he or she owes the corporation and its shareholders. Whether the disclosure is an improper “tip” that renders the recipient a “tippee” depends on whether the corporate insider expects to benefit personally, either directly or indirectly, from the disclosure. In the context of an improper disclosure by a corporate insider, the requisite “personal benefit” may not be limited to a present or future monetary gain. Rather, a prohibited personal benefit could include a reputational benefit, an expectation of a “quid pro quo” from the recipient or the recipient’s employer by a gift of the “inside” information.

 

A person may, depending on the circumstances, also become an “insider” or “tippee” when he or she obtains apparently material, non-public information by happenstance, including information derived from social situations, business gatherings, overheard conversations, misplaced documents, and “tips” from insiders or other third parties.

 

19


4. I DENTIFYING M ATERIAL I NFORMATION

 

Before trading for yourself or others, including investment companies or private accounts managed by the Company, in the securities of a company about which you may have potential material, non-public information, ask yourself the following questions:

 

i. Is this information that an investor could consider important in making his or her investment decisions? Is this information that could substantially affect the market price of the securities if generally disclosed?

 

ii. To whom has this information been provided? Has the information been effectively communicated to the marketplace by being published in The Financial Times , Reuters , The Wall Street Journal or other publications of general circulation?

 

Given the potentially severe regulatory, civil and criminal sanctions to which you the Company and its personnel could be subject, any director, officer and employee uncertain as to whether the information he or she possesses is “material non-public” information should immediately take the following steps:

 

i. Report the matter immediately to a Compliance Officer or the Chief Legal Officer of ADAM;

 

ii. Do not purchase or sell the securities on behalf of yourself or others, including investment companies or private accounts managed by an ADAM Adviser; and

 

iii. Do not communicate the information inside or outside the Company, other than to a Compliance Officer or the Chief Legal Officer of ADAM.

 

After the Compliance Officer or Chief Legal Officer has reviewed the issue, you will be instructed to continue the prohibitions against trading and communication or will be allowed to trade and communicate the information.

 

5. P ENALTIES FOR I NSIDER T RADING

 

Penalties for trading on or communicating material non-public information are severe, both for individuals involved in such unlawful conduct and their employers. A person can be subject to some or all of the penalties below even if he or she does not personally benefit from the violation. Penalties include: civil injunctions, treble damages, disgorgement of profits, jail sentences, fines for the person who committed the violation of up to three times, the profit gained or loss avoided, whether or not the person actually benefited, and fines for the employer or other controlling person of up to the greater of $1,000,000 or three times the amount of the profit gained or loss avoided.

 

In addition, any violation of this policy statement can be expected to result in serious sanctions by the Company, including dismissal of the persons involved.

 

20


S ECTION II. P ROCEDURES TO I MPLEMENT THE P OLICY A GAINST I NSIDER T RADING

 

A. Procedures to Implement the Policy Against Insider Trading

 

The following procedures have been established to aid the officers, directors and employees of an ADAM Adviser in avoiding insider trading, and to aid an ADAM Adviser in preventing, detecting and imposing sanctions against insider trading. Every officer, director and employee of an ADAM Adviser must follow these procedures or risk serious sanctions, including dismissal, substantial personal liability and criminal penalties.

 

T RADING R ESTRICTIONS AND R EPORTING R EQUIREMENTS

 

1. No employee, officer or director of the Company who is aware of material non-public information relating to the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, including Allianz AG, may buy or sell any securities of the Company, including Allianz AG, or engage in any other action to take advantage of, or pass on to others, such material non-public information.

 

2. No employee, officer or director of the Company who is aware of material non-public information which relates to any other company or entity in circumstances in which such person is deemed to be an insider or is otherwise subject to restrictions under the federal securities laws may buy or sell securities of that company or otherwise take advantage of, or pass on to others, such material non-public information.

 

3. No employee, officer or director of ADAM shall engage in a securities transaction with respect to the securities of Allianz AG, except in accordance with the specific procedures published from time to time by ADAM.

 

4. No employee shall engage in a personal securities transaction with respect to any securities of any other company, except in accordance with the specific procedures set forth in ADAM’s Code of Ethics.

 

5. Employees shall submit reports concerning each securities transaction in accordance with the terms of the Code of Ethics and verify their personal ownership of securities in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Code of Ethics.

 

6. Because even inadvertent disclosure of material non-public information to others can lead to significant legal difficulties, officers, directors and employees of ADAM should not discuss any potentially material non-public information concerning ADAM or other companies, including other officers, employees and directors, except as specifically required in the performance of their duties

 

21


B. Chinese Wall Procedures

 

The Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act in the US require the establishment and strict enforcement of procedures reasonably designed to prevent the misuse of “inside” information. Accordingly, you should not discuss material non-public information about ADAM or other companies with anyone, including other employees, except as required in the performance of your regular duties. In addition, care should be taken so that such information is secure. For example, files containing material non-public information should be sealed; access to computer files containing material non-public information should be restricted.

 

C. Resolving Issues Concerning Insider Trading

 

The federal securities laws, including the US laws governing insider trading, are complex. If you have any doubts or questions as to the materiality or non-public nature of information in your possession or as to any of the applicability or interpretation of any of the foregoing procedures or as to the propriety of any action, you should contact your Compliance Officer. Until advised to the contrary by a Compliance Officer, you should presume that the information is material and non-public and you should not trade in the securities or disclose this information to anyone.

 

22


A PPENDIX II

 

GUIDANCE ON BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP

 

1. Securities Held By Family Members

 

(a) Example 1-A:

 

X and Y are married. Although Y has an independent source of income from a family inheritance and segregates her funds from those of her husbands, Y contributes to the maintenance of the family home. X and Y have engaged in joint estate planning and have the same financial adviser. Since X and Y’s resources are clearly significantly directed towards their common property, they will be deemed to be beneficial owners of each other’s securities.

 

(b) Example 1-B:

 

X and Y are separated and have filed for divorce. Neither party contributes to the support of the other. X has no control over the financial affairs of his wife. Neither X nor Y is a beneficial owner of the other’s securities.

 

(c) Example 1-C:

 

X’s adult son Z lives in X’s home. Z is self-supporting and contributes to household expenses. X is a beneficial owner of Z’s securities.

 

(d) Example 1-D:

 

X’s mother A lives alone and is financially independent. X has power of attorney over his mother’s estate, pays all her bills and manages her investment affairs. X borrows freely from A without being required to pay back funds with interest, if at all. X takes out personal loans from A’s bank in A’s name, the interest from such loans being paid from A’s account. X is a significant heir of A’s estate. X is a beneficial owner of A’s securities.

 

2. Securities Held by a Company

 

(a) Example 2-A:

 

O is a holding company with 5 shareholders. X owns 30% of the shares of the company. Although O does no business on its own, it has several wholly-owned subsidiaries which manufacture oil- related products. X has beneficial interest in the securities owned by O.

 

3. Securities Held in Trust

 

(a) Example 3-A:

 

X is trustee of a trust created for his two minor children. When both of X’s children reach 21, each will receive an equal share of the corpus of the trust. X is a beneficial owner of the securities in the trust.

 

(b) Example 3-B:

 

X is trustee of an irrevocable trust for his daughter. X is a director of the issuer of the equity securities held by the trust. The daughter is entitled to the income of the trust until she is 25 years old, and is then entitled to the corpus. If the daughter dies before reaching 25, X is entitled to the corpus. X should report the holdings and transactions of the trust as his own.

 

23


A PPENDIX III

 

GUIDANCE ON SHORT TERM PROFIT RECOVERY

Portfolio Employees Only

 

Section VII.d. of the Code provides for the disgorgement of any profit realized by Portfolio Employee (e.g. portfolio managers, research analysts, traders) on transactions in the same or equivalent security within 30 days. This applies to the purchase and sale (or sale and purchase) of a security within a 30-day period in any beneficially owned account.

 

The following are various questions and answers to help you understand this provision. If you have any further questions regarding this provision, you should contact your local compliance officer.

 

Q. How is the 30-day period measured?

 

  A. A purchase or sale is ordinarily deemed to occur on trade date. If the purchase is considered to be made on day 0, day 31 is the first day a sale of those securities may be made without regard to the profit of recovery rule.

 

Q. How are profits measured when there is a series of purchases and sales within the 30 calendar day period?

 

  A. A series of purchases and sales will be measured on a first-in, first-out basis until all purchases and sale transactions within a 30-day period are matched. The sum of the profits realized on these paired purchases and sales will be subject to disgorgement. No reduction will be made for losses.

 

Q. In calculating the amount of profit that can be recovered, does it matter in what order the transactions occur?

 

  A. No, even if the sale precedes the purchase, these transactions will be matched if they occur with a 30-day period.

 

Q. Is the short sale of a security considered a sale?

 

  A. Yes, a short sale is considered a sale for all purposes (reporting, pre-clearance, and the 30-day profit recovery rule). It is important to keep in mind that when the profits are computed under the 30-day rule, the order of the transactions is not relevant in calculating profit; for example, a sale (or short sale) can be matched against a subsequent purchase. Please note that naked short sales are prohibited under the Code of Ethics.

 

Derivative Transactions

 

For the purposes of reporting, pre-clearance and the 30-day profit recovery rule, a transaction in any put or call option (except an option on an Exempt Security or index) or any future on a security (except a future on an Exempt Security or index), will be treated as a derivative transaction. For the purposes of this Code, derivative transactions will be divided into two categories: “call equivalent positions” and “put equivalent positions”. A “call equivalent position” is treated as a purchase of the underlying security. Conversely, a “put equivalent position” is treated as a sale of the underlying security. Please note that writing or acquiring naked options are prohibited under the Code of Ethics.

 

24


A PPENDIX IV

 

ALLIANZ DRESDNER ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA

 

PRIVACY POLICY

 

We consider customer privacy to be a fundamental aspect of our relationship with clients and are committed to maintaining the confidentiality, integrity and security of our current, prospective and former clients’ personal information. To ensure our client’s privacy, we have developed policies that are designed to protect this confidentiality, while allowing client needs to be served.

 

In the course of providing clients with products and services, we may obtain non-public personal information about clients which may come from sources such as account applications and other forms, from other written, electronic or verbal correspondence, from client transactions, from a client’s brokerage or financial advisory firm, financial adviser or consultant, and/or from information captured on our internet web sites.

 

As a matter of policy, we do not disclose any personal or account information provided by clients or gathered by us to non-affiliated third parties, except as required or permitted by law. As is common in the industry, non-affiliated companies may from time to time be used to provide certain services, such as preparing and mailing prospectuses, reports, account statements and other information, conducting research on client satisfaction and gathering shareholder proxies. We may also retain non-affiliated companies to market our products and enter in joint marketing agreements with other companies. These companies may have access to a client’s personal and account information, but are solely permitted to use this information to provide the specific service or as otherwise permitted by law. We may also provide a client’s personal and account information to their respective brokerage or financial advisory firm, Custodian, and/or to their financial adviser or consultant.

 

We reserve the right to disclose or report personal information to non-affiliated third parties, in limited circumstances, where we believe in good faith that disclosure is required under law to cooperate with regulators or law enforcement authorities, to protect our rights or property or upon reasonable request by any mutual fund in which a client has chosen to invest. In addition, we may disclose information about a client or a client’s accounts to a non-affiliated third party only if we receive a client’s written request or consent.

 

We may share client information with our affiliates in connection with servicing a client’s account or to provide a client with information about products and services that we believe may be of interest to them. The information we share may include, for example, a client’s participation in our mutual funds or other investment programs, a client’s ownership of certain types of accounts (such as IRAs), or other data about a client’s accounts. Our affiliates, in turn, are not permitted to share client information with non-affiliated entities, except as required or permitted by law.

 

We take seriously our obligation to safeguard client non-public personal information. In addition to this policy, we have also implemented procedures that are designed to restrict access to a client’s non-public personal information only to internal personnel who need to know that information in order to provide products or services to such clients. In addition, we have physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards in place to guard a client’s non-public personal information.

 

This privacy policy is applicable to the following entities: ADAM of America L.P, Allianz Hedge Fund Partners L.P., Allianz Private Client Services LLC, Allianz Private Equity Partners LLC, OCC Distributors LLC, OpCap Advisors LLC, Oppenheimer Capital LLC, PA Fund Management LLC, PA Managed Accounts LLC, PA Retail Holdings LLC, and PEA Capital LLC.

 

25


A PPENDIX V

 

INSTRUCTIONS FOR USING iTRADE

 

Welcome to iTrade, the automated software system that enables eligible employees the ability to receive quick and efficient notification that their personal transaction request is permitted for trading through the employee’s personal brokerage account. Pre-clearance for all eligible employees is based upon requirements contained within the ADAM Code of Ethics (the “Code”). It is important that each employee read and understand the Code of Ethics so that you are fully aware of what the Code requires.

 

The Code is based upon the principle that officers and employees of ADAM and its affiliated divisions and subsidiaries owe a fiduciary duty to both the shareholders of the registered investment companies and all other clients where ADAM serves as an advisor or sub-advisor (“Advisory Clients”). Accordingly, all employees must avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere or appear to interfere with making decisions in the best interest of our Advisory Clients.

 

In order to assist the ADAM-NY and Nicholas-Applegate Compliance Departments with administering the Code, all employees that are located in a New York operating entity as well as within Nicholas-Applegate are required to pre-clear every personal transaction through the iTrade system . Transactions that are excluded from having to be entered into iTrade are those transactions that are for Exempt Securities, i.e. direct obligations of the U.S. Government, certificates of deposit, shares of registered open-ended investment companies, ETF’s, exchange traded futures and options on broadly-based indices. For a complete listing of Exempt Securities, please refer to the Code.

 

Below are instructions on how to begin using the iTrade system, and instructions on how to enter electronically Personal Securities Transaction Requests.

 

A. Logging into iTrade (New York based employees only)

 

To begin using iTrade, you must first launch your Internet Explorer Web browser. Once the Internet Explorer Web browser has been launched, click on the Compliance section of the ADAM Intranet. In the compliance section click on the New York Employee Personal Trading link, shown below.

 

LOGO          CTI-iTrade Pre-Clearance Form

 

At the Login Screen, type your Employee Code (the name by which you are known to iTrade) and your Password. Your iTrade Employee Code is the first letter of your first name followed by the first 7 letters of your last name. PLEASE CALL THE HELPDESK AT EXT. 3444 FOR YOUR PASSWORD. Employees should change their password after initially logging in. Password resets can also be handled by the helpdesk. For visual security, asterisks appear in place of your password characters.

 

CTI iTrade Log-in Screen

 

LOGO

 

26


B. To Change your iTrade Password

 

Click on the Change Password hyperlink on the left frame of the browser screen.

 

Step 1:

   Enter the following information in the fields provided:
     Current Password;
     New Password;
     Verify New Password (to assure that you didn’t enter it incorrectly).

Step 2:

  

Click on the [Change] button. You will either be informed that your password

has been changed or you will be given a reason why it could not be changed.

 

Once your correct Login Name and Password are entered, click on the [Login] button.

 

If you receive the message “iTrade is currently unavailable”, this indicates that iTrade is not available at the current time. iTrade is only available from 8:00am to 8:00pm EST. Please try again during these hours.

 

C. Initial Brokerage Account Certification

 

When you login to iTrade for the first time, you will be shown a list of brokerage account number(s) that have been associated to your name within iTrade. The list of account(s) represents all accounts that each employee has previously reported to Compliance, based upon the employee’s determination that he or she has Beneficial Ownership. Beneficial Ownership is determined if the employee has an opportunity to directly benefit or share in any profit derived from any security transactions within the account, i.e. Accounts held in the name of the employee, and immediate family sharing the same household including spouse, child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, etc. All accounts where the employee is deemed to have Beneficial Ownership are subject to the requirements of the Code.

 

You will be asked to review the list of accounts and submit a certification that all of your Brokerage Accounts have been properly identified within iTrade. You must submit the electronic certification within 10 days from the date of your first transaction is entered into iTrade .

 

To certify the list of accounts, choose one of the following options:

 

  1. If the information is complete and accurate, click the [Certify Now] button.

 

  2. If the information is incorrect and/or needs to be revised click the [Certify Later] button and report any errors or additional brokerage accounts to the Compliance Department.

 

LOGO

 

27


D. Submitting a Trade Request

 

Once you have completed the Brokerage Account Certification, iTrade will bring you to the “Request screen”. In order to submit a request for pre-clearance, all required fields must be completed. The required fields are as follows:

 

  1. Selecting the Security

 

To enter a trade request, you must first enter a ticker symbol in the appropriate field for the security you wish to buy or sell. In order to identify the ticker in the security list, select the ticker for the trade request from the Security Lookup screen:

 

This can be done several ways:

 

  (a) If you know the ticker of the security:

 

Step 1:

   Type in the ticker and then Click on the [Lookup] button to the right hand side of the field. The
system will give you the choices that are close to, or match what you typed in.

Step 2:

   Select the ticker of the security you wish to trade by clicking on the hyperlink.

Step 3:

   CTI iTrade will fill in the Security Name, Security CUSIP and Security Type automatically on
the Trade Request.

 

  (b) If you don’t know the full ticker of the security you would like to trade:

 

Step 1:

  

Type in the first few letters followed by an asterisk* and then Click the [Lookup] button

 

For Example: If you want to buy shares of Intel and all you remember are the first few Letters,
type in int * then hit [Lookup]

Step 2:

   If any tickers are found they are displayed on a new screen. Select the hyperlink of the one you
want.

Step 3:

   CTI iTrade will automatically fill in the Security Name, Security CUSIP and Security Type on
the Trade Request.

 

  (c) If you only know the name of the security you would like to trade:

 

Step 1:

   Go to the Security Name field, type in an asterisk *, a few letters of the name and another
asterisk * (For Example: for American Brands type in *amer* )

Step 2:

   Any securities whose name have ‘amer’ in them will be displayed. Select the hyperlink of the one
you want.

Step 3:

   CTI iTrade will automatically fill in the Ticker , Security Name, Security CUSIP and Security
Type
on the Trade Request.

 

28


  (d) If the security you would like to trade is not located in the [Lookup] Screen you will need to contact the Compliance Hot-Line at (212) 762-3186. The Compliance Department will add the security to iTrade, so that it can determine if the trade request is permissible. CTI iTrade Screen for locating a ticker.

 

LOGO

 

  2. Completing the Request on iTrade

 

In order to complete the Request Screen, the following fields must be completed:

 

(a)    Brokerage Account -    Click on the dropdown arrow to the right of the field and select the account to be used for
the trade.

(b)    Transaction Type -

   Click on the dropdown arrow to the right of the field and select the type of transaction you wish to make: Buy, Sell, Cover Short, or Sell Short. (NOTE: if you are a Portfolio Employee of any ADAM Advisor, you are not permitted to affect Short sales, puts, calls, straddles, or options. Please refer to Code for additional information on the restrictions that apply to this group of employees).

(c)    Price -

   Fill in the anticipated price at which you expect to execute the trade.

 

LOGO

 

29


  3. Submitting the Request on iTrade

 

Once all the required fields on the iTrade Request Screen have been completed:

 

Step 1:

   Click the [Submit Request] button to send the request through iTrade.

Step 2:

  

A grid displaying the transactional information will appear.

Review the information and Click on the [Confirm] button if all appears correct.

LOGO

Step 3:

   A screen will appear confirming whether or not the trade request has been pre-cleared/approved for trading through the employee’s personal brokerage account. If the transaction has been denied, a message box will appear that offers a general explanation. If you have any questions about a denial, please contact the Compliance Hot-Line at (212) 762-3186.
     If the transaction has been approved, print out the confirmation as a record of the trade. You may
now proceed and execute the Transactions in your personal brokerage account.
     To continue with another transaction request, click on [Return To Request]. Otherwise, you can
log-out of iTrade.

 

30


  4. Exiting Without Submitting the Trade Request

 

If a decision is made to not submit the trade request before clicking the [Confirm] button, simply exit from the browser by clicking on the Logout hyperlink on the lower left side of the screen (or click the X button in the upper right corner of the screen).

 

  5. Starting Over

 

To clear everything on the screen and start over, Click the [Cancel] button on the confirmation screen. This will bring you back to the trade request screen. Click the [Clear Screen] button and enter a new trade request.

 

  6. View Code of Ethics

 

To view the ADAM Code of Ethics in iTrade, Click on the View Ethics Code hyperlink on the left frame of your browser screen. If you have any questions please call the Compliance Hot-Line at (212)762-3186 or your local Nicholas-Applegate compliance officer.

 

31


A PPENDIX VI

 

LOGO

 

Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P.

 

Designated Brokerage Program Offered by Charles Schwab

 

S CHWAB AS A D ESIGNATED B ROKER

 

Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P., and its affiliated divisions or subsidiaries (“ADAM”) 1 have chosen Schwab as a designated broker based on the level of services that Schwab offers at competitive prices and a high level of service to its clients.

 

  Charles Schwab started the business over 25 years ago with the goal of offering an alternative to traditional full-commission brokerage. His vision was to become one of the most useful and ethical financial service firms in the world.

 

  Unlike traditional firms, Schwab professionals are not commission based. So, whether a Schwab Investment Consultant is helping you develop a financial plan, choose investments, or invest for retirement, you can be assured that he or she is working in your best interest.

 

  This no pressure, no-conflict-of-interest approach sets Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. apart from the industry. And it has resulted in more than 7 million Schwab investors worldwide.

 

As a Schwab customer, you’ll enjoy:

 

  Access to Schwab’s extensive local branch network with over 370 branches nationwide

 

  A full range of self-directed retirement plans, including Traditional, Roth, SEP, SIMPLE, Rollover IRAs and Qualified Retirement Plan (QRP)

 

  Personalized assistance from Schwab Investment Consultants

 

  A broad array of investment choices, including stocks, options and mutual funds

 

  Schwab’s Mutual Fund OneSource Service which includes over 1,000 no-load Mutual Funds, including certain PIMCO products and funds from other prominent fund families, all available without transaction fees**

 

  Convenient services such as online bill payment, electronic money transfers and automated trading

 

Fixed Income Investments:

 

  Schwab BondSource ® offers a large range of fixed income investments including U.S. Treasuries, zero-coupon STRIPs, corporate bonds, tax-free municipal bonds, hybrid preferred securities, CDs and bond mutual funds/unit investment trusts

 

  Schwab Bond Consultants ® can help you structure a bond portfolio to meet your objectives while also helping you reduce the risks associated with fluctuations in interest rates

 

  Call 1-800-626-4600 to speak to a Bond Consultant today

 

As an ADAM employee, your special benefits include:

 

  Toll-free access to an assigned Schwab service team at 1-888-621-3933 and a customized website to meet your financial needs: www.schwabdesignatedbrokerage.com/23262

 

  Preferred rates on financial planning and consultation services***

 

  Preferred pricing on trades placed at Charles Schwab & Co., Inc.

 

  Account Maintenance Fee waiver through December 2003

 

  Reduced account minimum requirement to $2,500**** for Schwab One accounts

 

  Customized seminars and workshops on investing, retirement, estate planning and online investing

 

  Customized seminars and workshops on investing, retirement, estate planning and online investing

* Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P. its affiliated divisions or subsidiaries includes employees from the following operating entities: Allianz Hedge Fund Partners L.P., Allianz Private Client Services LLC, Allianz Private Equity Partners, Inc., OCC Distributors LLC, Oppenheimer Capital LLC, PA Fund Management LLC, PA Managed Accounts LLC, PA Retail Holdings LLC, PA CD Distributors LLC, and PEA Capital LLC.

 

** Schwab’s short-term transaction fee will be charged on redemptions of funds (except certain SchwabFunds) bought through Schwab’s Mutual Fund OneSource ® service (and certain other funds) with no transaction fee and held for 180 days or less. If you pay a transaction fee to purchase a fund, you will also pay a transaction fee when you sell it as well. Schwab reserves the right to change the funds we make available without transaction fees and to reinstate fees on any funds. Schwab receives remuneration from participating fund companies. Fund shares may be purchased from the fund company directly with no transaction fee.

 

*** You must open a brokerage account to receive these services. Your account will be a brokerage account and not an investment advisory account. The Personal Financial Plan service, however, is a separate investment advisory service regulated under the Investment Advisers act of 1940.

 

**** The standard minimum opening is $10,000 for Schwab One accounts. If you are opening a Schwab One account between $2,500-$4,999, please either call 1-888-621-3933 or mail your application to Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. P.O. Box 2976, Phoenix, AZ 85062-2976.

 

32


Preferred Pricing for Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P

 

Schwab and ADAM-U.S. have negotiated special pricing for transactions on U.S. equity trades on behalf of all employees of the designated affiliates of ADAM-U.S. This table provides the basic pricing schedule for such transactions.

 

    

QUANTITY


  

RATE


Broker Assisted Equity Trades:   

Up to 9,999 shares;

10,000 shares and over

  

$0.045 per share;

$0.03 per share

Broker Assisted Equity Trades For Stocks under $1.00 Per Share:    All quantities    $39 + 4% of principal
Equity Trades Placed via Electronic** Channels   

Up to 1,000 shares;

Over 1,000 shares

  

$19.95;

$0.0225 per share

Equity Trades Placed via Electronic** Channels For Stocks

Under $1.00 Per Share:

  

Up to 1,000 shares

Over 1,000 shares

  

$19.95

2% of principal with a $19.95

overriding minimum

 

Minimum Charge: Overriding minimum commission of $39 for broker assisted trades.

 

Preferred rates on financial planning and consultation services

 

Personal Financial Plan 1

 

An in-depth analysis of your financial goals including goal planning, risk management, estate planning, and tax consideration. A professional Investment Consultant thoroughly evaluates your complete financial situation, assesses your goals, and uses the data to develop an actionable financial plan designed to meet your unique needs. Receive a preferred rate of 20% off of Schwab’s standard rate*

 

Schwab Portfolio Consultation 2

 

A customized analysis of your entire investment portfolio. A professional Investment Consultant provides financial guidance based on your personal risk tolerance, investment objectives and time horizon. Receive a preferred rate of 20% off of Schwab’s standard rate.

 

Choose Schwab—Call 1-888-621-3933 between 8:30 a.m. and 5:00 p.m. Eastern Time.

 

Schwab has established a client support line for ADAM-U.S. employees to help you get started. Simply call the toll-free number above to receive assistance with the following:

 

  Scheduling an initial appointment with a Schwab Investment Consultant

 

  Opening a Schwab account

 

  Locating and receiving directions to a local Schwab Investment Center near you

 

  Finding out about Schwab events in your local area such as workshops, seminars and presentations on a wide variety of investment planning topics

 

It’s easy to open a Schwab account.

 

The easiest way to open a Schwab account is to call the client support line for ADAM-U.S. employees at the toll-free number above. You’ll also find the applications and forms you need in your information package. If you need additional applications or forms, you can call your team or simply:

 

  Download and print forms—including transfer of account forms—online at www.schwabdesignatedbrokerage.com/23262 OR

 

  Stop by any local Schwab Investment Center near you

 

Special Note: If you are opening a Schwab One account between $2,500 - $4,999 please call 1-888-621-3933 or mail your application to Charles Schwab & Co., Inc. P.O. Box 2976, Phoenix, AZ 85062-2976.

 

** Trades placed via schwab.com, Schwab Wireless and Schwab Software.

 

Pricing Details for Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P

 

  Eligible customers will automatically receive special pricing.

 

  Accounts managed by an enrolled Investment Manager with Schwab Institutional ® do not qualify for this offer.

 

  Certain affiliates of Charles Schwab & Co. are not currently included in this pricing offer.

 

  Only equity trades placed through schwab.com, Schwab Wireless and Schwab Software will receive discounted pricing. No option trades, penny stock trades or equity trades resulting from option exercises or assignments will be discounted.

 

1 The Personal Financial Plan service is a separate investment advisory service regulated under the Investment Advisors Act of 1940.

 

2 You must open a brokerage account to receive these services. Your account will be a brokerage account and not an investment advisory account regulated under the Investment Advisers act of 1940

 

33


The closest branches to Allianz Dresdner, Asset Management of America L.P. office locations are listed below.

 

Please be sure to identify yourself as part of the Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P. or one of its legal entities’ Designated Brokerage program.

 

NEW YORK, NY    NEW YORK, NY    NEW YORK, NY    NEW YORK, NY
1211 Avenue of the Americas    60 E. 42 nd Street    2 Penn Plaza    300 Park Avenue
     Near 5 th Avenue         at 50 th Street
NEW YORK, NY    NEW YORK, NY    NEW YORK, NY    NEW YORK, NY
330 Madison Ave.    Lincoln Center    1360 Third Street    46 Wall Street
(by appt. only)    1886 Broadway    at 77 th Street     
STAMFORD, CT    GREENWICH, CT          
300 Atlantic St.    289 Greenwich Ave.          
     Suite 400          

 

Or, to find a Schwab Investment Center near you call 1-888-621-3933

 

34


A PPENDIX VII

 

ALLIANZ DRESDNER ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA

 

INITIAL ACKNOWLEDGEMENT CERTIFICATION

 

CODE OF ETHICS

and

INSIDER TRADING POLICY AND PROCEDURES

 

I hereby certify that I have read and understand the attached Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America’s Code of Ethics and Insider Trading Policy and Procedures (the “Code”). Pursuant to such Code, I recognize that I must disclose or report all personal securities holdings and transactions required to be disclosed or reported thereunder and comply in all other respects with the requirements of the Code. I understand that any failure to comply in all aspects with the foregoing and these policies and procedures may lead to sanctions including dismissal. I hereby agree to abide by all of the Code’s requirements as it relates to my employment with Alliance Dresdner Asset Management of America.

 

Date:  

               
               

Signature

                 
               

Print Name

 

35


A PPENDIX VIII

 

ALLIANZ DRESDNER ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA

 

INITIAL LISTING OF

PERSONAL SECURITIES HOLDINGS,

MUTUAL FUND AND BROKERAGE ACCOUNTS

 

I hereby certify that the following is a complete and accurate listing as of the date hereof, of all beneficially owned brokerage accounts or Mutual Fund accounts and Covered Securities held therein. I understand that I must provide this information to my local compliance department no later than ten (10) calendar days after my start date. Failure to comply within this time period will be considered a violation of the ADAM Code of Ethics.

 

I. Brokerage and Mutual Fund Accounts Maintained : I maintain the following brokerage accounts or Mutual Fund accounts with brokerage facilities (list below or attach the most recent account statement containing ALL information required below):

 

Name on Account


 

Name of Brokerage Firm


 

Account Number(s)


  

Relationship

to Account Holder


              
              
              
              

 

Use additional sheets if necessary.

 

II. Securities Owned : List each Covered Security held in the account(s) listed above or attach the most recent brokerage or Mutual Fund account statement(s) containing ALL information required below:

 

Security Name


 

Security Type
(CS, Bond, MF, etc.)


 

# of Shares


   Market Value or
Principal Amount


   Date Acquired

                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   
                   

 

Use additional sheets if necessary.

 

Except where exceptional circumstances exist, accounts are required to be held with a Designated Broker. Accordingly, unless I am granted approval to maintain these account outside of a Designated Broker, I agree to transfer them as soon as possible (generally thirty days or less) to a Designated Broker. Pending transfer of these accounts to a Designated Broker, I will not effect any brokerage transactions in these accounts and I will arrange for my local compliance department to receive a duplicate copy of monthly statements for each such account.

 

36


III. Request to Maintain Outside Brokerage Accounts: I hereby request approval to maintain one or more of the brokerage accounts listed in Section I above, based on the following: Please check the appropriate box(es).

 

  ¨ The account is independently managed and I am not involved in investment selections through recommendation, advice, prior review or otherwise, or I am a passive beneficiary of the account and am not involved in the investment decisions.

 

List account(s): _____________________________________________________________________________________

 

Name of Investment Manager and/or family relationship:

 

_________________________________________________________________________________________________

 

  ¨ A participant in the account is employed by another asset management firm or brokerage firm that requires the account to be maintained at such firm. I will arrange for duplicate confirmations and monthly statements to be sent to my local compliance department.

 

List account(s): _____________________________________________________________________________________

 

  ¨ Other (explain) ______________________________________________________________________________________

 

List account(s): _____________________________________________________________________________________

 

By signing this form, I acknowledge that I have received and understand the ADAM Code of Ethics and Insider Trading Policy and Procedures. I agree to abide by the provisions of the Code and to promptly notify my local compliance department of any changes to the above information.

 

         

             /              /              

(Sign Name)

     

(Date)

             

(Print Name)

       
             

(Employee Position/Title)

       

 

LOCAL COMPLIANCE GROUP:

 

¨  Approved

   ¨ Not Approved

 

   

Signature

 

37


A PPENDIX IX

 

ALLIANZ DRESDNER ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA

QUARTERLY TRANSACTON REPORT

 

As an ADAM employee, you are required to report your personal security transactional information to your local compliance department no later than 10 calendar days after the end of each calendar quarter unless the personal security transaction(s), executed in your brokerage or Mutual Fund account(s), meets one of the following criteria:

 

  1) Your account is maintained with a designated broker whereby your local compliance department is aware of and has access to your personal security transactions via confirms and personal account statements;

 

  2) Your account is maintained with a non-designated broker that has been approved by your local compliance department whereby the compliance department is receiving duplicate copies of your transactional confirms and personal account statements; or

 

  3) Your quarterly security transactions involved securities that are exempt 8 from the reporting provisions pursuant to the ADAM Code even though such security transactions were executed in an account maintained with an approved non-designated broker that is unable to provide duplicate confirms or personal account statements.

 

Complete the section of this Form if you have effected a Covered Security transaction in your beneficially owned brokerage, Mutual Fund or trading account that does not meet any of the above criteria. You must provide this information on such security transactions to your local compliance department no later than the 10 th calendar day following the end of the calendar quarter.

 

The following are my Covered Securities transactions that have not been reported to my local Compliance Department:

 

Date


  

Buy/Sell


  

Security Name (if
applicable, interest
& maturity date)


  

Number of
Share/Principal
Amount


  

Unit Price


  

Broker
Name


  

Account

Number


                               
                               
                               

 

By signing this document, I am certifying that I have met the quarterly reporting requirements pursuant to the Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America’s Code in regards to disclosing my beneficially owned brokerage account(s) and any securities transactions that were effected in such account(s) for this quarterly reporting period.

 

             /              /                        
Date       Signature

8 You do not have to report any transactions that were executed in the following securities: 1) U.S. Government Securities, 2) Bank Certificates of Deposit, 3) Banker’s Acceptances, 4) Commercial Paper, 5) High Quality Short-Term Debt Instruments (including repurchase agreements), 6) U.S. Government Agency Securities, 7) Exchange Traded Mutual Funds (“ ETF’s”), 8) Closed-end investment companies unless managed by an ADAM Adviser, and 9) Exchange traded futures and options on broadly-based indices.

 

38


A PPENDIX X

 

ALLIANZ DRESDNER ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA

ANNUAL LISTING OF SECURITIES HOLDINGS

AND CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE

 

I hereby acknowledge that I have read and understand the Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America’s Code of Ethics and Insider Trading Policy and Procedures (the “Code”) and recognize the responsibilities and obligations incurred by my being subject to the Code. Furthermore, I certify that I have complied with the requirements of the Code for the year ended December 31,              , and that I have disclosed or reported all personal securities holdings and transactions required to be disclosed or reported thereunder, and complied in all other respects with the requirements of the Code. I further certify that I understand the amendments and new rules regarding Mutual Funds dated January 1, 2004 and will adhere to the trading restrictions in the open-end registered funds that I own and will not engage in any excessive trading in any funds that I have invested in.

 

For personal securities account(s) held at Charles Schwab & Co. or a pre-approved non-designated broker(s), I hereby authorize delivery of transactional confirms and account statement(s) in such account(s) to my local compliance department as deemed necessary pursuant to Rule 204-2(a)(12) of the Investment Advisors Act of 1940. I acknowledge that all of my personal securities accounts are reflected completely and accurately as shown below and all securities beneficially owned by me are reflected accurately in such accounts (see below). I also agree to cooperate fully with any investigation or inquiry as to whether a possible violation of the Code has occurred.

 

A. Brokerage and Mutual Fund Accounts Maintained : I maintain the following brokerage accounts or Mutual Fund accounts with brokerage facilities (list below or attach the most recent account statement containing ALL information required below):

 

Name of Account


  

Account Held At


  

Account Number


  

Relationship
to Account Holder


                
                

 

Use additional sheets if necessary.

 

B. Securities Owned : Check the applicable box

 

  ¨ My local compliance department has access to my transactions in Covered Securities that are held and traded in my personal securities account(s) with Charles Schwab & Co. or with any other brokerage firm that is providing duplicate copies of transactional confirmations and account statements for my personal securities account(s) to my local compliance department as shown above.

 

  ¨ My local compliance department does not receive any securities holdings or transactional information on my beneficially owned account(s). Therefore, I have attached a list of all Covered Securities that are beneficially owned by me in such account(s) that are shown above.

 

Date:          /              /             

         
       

Signature

         
       

Print Name

 

39


A PPENDIX XI

 

EMPLOYEE TRADE PRECLEARANCE FORM

 

PLEASE USE A SEPARATE FORM FOR EACH SECURITY AND

SEND A COPY OF THIS COMPLETED FORM TO YOUR LOCAL COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT

 

Name of Employee (please print)

Operating Entity Employed by:    Name of Your
Supervisor
   Telephone Number
(    )
   Date

Brokerage Account Number

   Brokerage Firm    Telephone Number
(    )
   Sales Representative (if applicable)

¨     Buy             ¨     Sell

   Ticker Symbol    Target Price: $
         

 

Intended Quantity    Name of Security
      
1 Portfolio Employee?    1 IPO?    Private Placement?    1 Traded
Security in Prior
30 days?
   1 Short Sale?    Special Instructions
¨ Yes     ¨ No    ¨ Yes     ¨ No   

¨ Yes     ¨ No

If yes, please use Private Placement Request Form

   ¨ Yes     ¨ No    ¨ Yes     ¨ No     

 

Approvals - DO NOT WRITE IN THIS SECTION
Trade Has Been         Date Approved:    Approved By
¨ Approved    ¨ Not Approved    _____/_____/______     

 

Approvals are valid until the close of business on the day approval has been granted. Accordingly, GTC (good till canceled) orders are prohibited. If a trade is not executed by the close of business, you submit a new preclearance request. Obtaining preclearance satisfies the preclearance requirements of the ADAM Code of Ethics (the “Code”) and does not imply compliance with the Code’s other provisions.

 

Preclearance procedures apply to transactions in a Covered Security (as defined in the Code) within an employees’ Beneficially Owned account(s) that includes but is not limited to: all accounts in the name of the employee or the employee’s spouse or minor children, immediate family members of the employee, all accounts in which any such persons have a beneficial interest, and all other accounts over which any such person exercises any investment discretion. Please see the Code for the complete description of accounts that are subject to the requirements of the Code.

 

By signing below, the employee certifies the following: The employee agrees that the above order is in compliance with the Adam Code of Ethics and is not based on knowledge of an actual client order within the previous three calendar days in the security that is being purchased or sold, or knowledge that the security is being considered for purchase or sale in one or more specific client accounts, or knowledge of a change or pendency of a change of an investment management recommendation. The employee also acknowledges that he/she is not in possession of material, inside information pertaining to the security or issuer of the security.

 

Employee Signature:

  Date

 

1 All employees who are categorized as Portfolio Employees, as defined by the Code, are prohibited from entering into the following transactions: 1) purchases of IPO’s, 2) Profiting from sales in a security held less than 30 days, or 3) short selling.

 

40


A PPENDIX XII

 

PRE-CLEARANCE TRADE REQUEST FORM FOR CTI iTrade USERS

 

LOGO

 

41


A PPENDIX XIII

 

ALLIANZ DRESDNER ASSET MANAGEMENT OF AMERICA

PRIVATE PLACEMENT APPROVAL REQUEST FORM

(M UST ATTACH A COPY OF THE PRIVATE PLACEMENT MEMORANDUM , OFFERING MEMORANDUM OR ANY OTHER RELEVANT DOCUMENTS )

 

Date Submitted:          /          /         

   Employee Name:                                                                                                                   

Dpt/Job Title: _________________________

   Entity/Employee Group:                                                                                                     
                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

 

1. Name of the Sponsor’s corporation, partnership or other entity:

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

 

a) Name of private placement: ______________________________________________________________________________

 

2. The sponsor’s corporation, partnership, or other entity is: ¨ Public ¨ Private

 

3. Describe the business to be conducted by the issuer of the private placement:

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

 

4. Nature of your participation: ¨ Stockholder ¨ Selling Agent ¨ General Partner ¨  limited partner

 

¨ Other: ________________________

 

5. Have you received, or will you receive “selling compensation” in connection with the transaction?

   ¨ YES ¨ NO If yes, describe the nature of your compensation: _______________________________________

 

6. Size of offering (if a fund-provide size of fund): _______________________________________________

 

7. Size of your participation as a percentage of total shares or units outstanding: __________________________

 

8. Have you or do you intend to recommend, refer, or solicit others in any way in connection with this investment?

¨ YES ¨ NO

 

If Yes, please describe: _________________________________________________________________________

 

9. Has this private placement been made available to any client account where either you, or the person you report to, exercise investment discretion? ¨ YES ¨ NO

 

If no, state why: ________________________________________________________________________________

 

10. Describe how you became aware of this private placement: ______________________________________________

 

11. To the best of your knowledge, will this private placement result in an IPO within the next 12-18 months?

¨ YES ¨ NO

 

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                       

 

Approved ¨    Disapproved ¨                                                                            Date:          /          /         
          Division Head Signature     

 

Approved ¨    Disapproved ¨                                                                            Date:          /          /         
          Compliance Officer     

 

42

Exhibit R3

 

PIMCO CODE OF ETHICS

 

Effective February 1, 2004

 

INTRODUCTION

 

General Principles

 

This Code of Ethics (“Code”) is based on the principle that you, as a director, officer or other Advisory Employee of Pacific Investment Management Company LLC (“PIMCO”), owe a fiduciary duty to, among others, the shareholders of Funds and other clients (together with the Funds, the “ Advisory Clients ”) for which PIMCO serves as an advisor or sub-advisor. Accordingly, you must avoid activities, interests and relationships that might interfere or appear to interfere with making decisions in the best interests of our Advisory Clients.

 

At all times, you must observe the following general rules :

 

  1. You must place the interests of our Advisory Clients first . In other words, as a fiduciary you must scrupulously avoid serving your own personal interests ahead of the interests of our Advisory Clients. You must adhere to this general fiduciary principle as well as comply with the Code’s specific provisions. Technical compliance with the Code’s procedures will not automatically insulate from scrutiny any trades that indicate an abuse of your fiduciary duties or that create an appearance of such abuse.

 

Your fiduciary obligation applies not only to your personal trading activities but also to actions taken on behalf of Advisory Clients. In particular, you may not cause an Advisory Client to take action, or not to take action, for your personal benefit rather than the benefit of the Advisory Client. For example, you would violate this Code if you caused an Advisory Client to purchase a Security or Futures Contract you owned for the purpose of increasing the value of that Security or Futures Contract. If you are a portfolio manager or an employee who provides information or advice to a portfolio manager or helps execute a portfolio manager’s decisions, you would also violate this Code if you made a personal investment in a Security or Futures Contract that might be an appropriate investment for an Advisory Client without first considering the Security or Futures Contract as an investment for the Advisory Client.

 

  2.

You must conduct all of your personal Investment Transactions in full compliance with this Code and the Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P. (“ADAM”) Insider Trading Policy and Procedures (the “ADAM Insider Trading Policy”) and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or potential conflict of interest or any abuse of your position of trust and responsibility. PIMCO encourages you and your family to develop personal investment programs. However, those investment programs must remain within boundaries reasonably necessary to ensure that appropriate safeguards exist to

 


 

protect the interests of our Advisory Clients and to avoid even the appearance of unfairness or impropriety. Accordingly, you must comply with the policies and procedures set forth in this Code under the heading PERSONAL INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS and you must comply with the policies and procedures set forth in the ADAM Insider Trading Policy, which is attached to this Code as Appendix II . Doubtful situations should be resolved in favor of our Advisory Clients and against your personal trading.

 

  3. You must not take inappropriate advantage of your position . The receipt of investment opportunities, perquisites, gifts or gratuities from persons seeking business with PIMCO directly or on behalf of an Advisory Client could call into question the independence of your business judgment. Accordingly, you must comply with the policies and procedures set forth in this Code under the heading GIFTS AND SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR . Doubtful situations should be resolved against your personal interest.

 

The General Scope Of The Code’s

Applications To Personal Investment Activities

 

The Code reflects the fact that PIMCO specializes in the management of fixed income portfolios. The vast majority of assets PIMCO purchases and sells on behalf of its Advisory Clients consist of corporate debt Securities, U.S. and foreign government obligations, asset-backed Securities, money market instruments, foreign currencies, and futures contracts and options with respect to those instruments. For its StocksPLUS Funds, PIMCO also purchases futures and options on the S & P 500 index and, on rare occasions, may purchase or sell baskets of the stocks represented in the S & P 500 index. For its Convertible Fund and other Advisory Clients, PIMCO purchases convertible securities that may be converted or exchanged into underlying shares of common stock. Other PIMCO Funds may also invest in convertible securities. The Convertible Fund and other Advisory Clients may also invest a portion of their assets in common stocks.

 

Rule 17j-1 under the Investment Company Act requires reporting of all personal transactions in Securities (other than certain Exempt Securities) by certain persons, whether or not they are Securities that might be purchased or sold by PIMCO on behalf of its Advisory Clients. The Code implements those reporting requirements as well as additional reporting requirements that PIMCO has adopted in light of regulatory developments regarding trading in mutual fund shares.

 

However, since the purpose of the Code is to avoid conflicts of interest arising from personal trading activities in Securities and other instruments that are held or might be acquired on behalf of our Advisory Clients, this Code only places restrictions on personal trading activities in such investments. As a result, this Code does not place restrictions (beyond reporting) on personal trading in most individual equity Securities. Although equities are Securities, they are not purchased or sold by PIMCO on behalf of the vast majority of PIMCO’s Advisory Clients and PIMCO has established special procedures to avoid conflicts of interest that might otherwise arise from personal trading in such equity securities. On the other hand, this

 

- 2 -


Code does require reporting and restrict trading in certain Futures Contracts that, although they are not Securities, are instruments in which PIMCO frequently trades for many of its Advisory Clients.

 

This Code applies to PIMCO’s officers and directors as well as to all of its Advisory Employees. The Code recognizes that portfolio managers and the investment personnel who provide them with advice and who execute their decisions occupy more sensitive positions than other Advisory Employees and that it is appropriate to subject their personal investment activities to greater restrictions.

 

The Organization Of The Code

 

The remainder of this Code is divided into three sections. The first section concerns Personal Investment Transactions . The second section describes the restrictions on Gifts And Service As A Director . The third section summarizes the methods for ensuring Compliance under the Code. In addition, the following Appendices are also a part of this Code:

 

I. Definitions of Capitalized Terms

 

II. The ADAM Insider Trading Policy

 

III. Form for Acknowledgment of Receipt of this Code

 

IV. Form for Annual Certification of Compliance with this Code

 

V. Form for Initial Report of Accounts

 

VI. Form for Quarterly Report of Investment Transactions

 

VII. Form for Annual Holdings Report

 

VIII. Preclearance Request Form

 

IX. Preclearance Request Form for an Investment Transaction in a PIMCO Closed End Fund

 

X. PIMCO Compliance Officers

 

Questions

 

Questions regarding this Code should be addressed to a Compliance Officer listed on Appendix X .

 

- 3 -


PERSONAL INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS

 

In General

 

Subject to the limited exceptions described below, you are required to report all Investment Transactions in Securities and Futures Contracts made by you, a member of your Immediate Family or a trust in which you have an interest, or on behalf of any account in which you have an interest or which you direct. In addition, you must preclear certain Investment Transactions in Securities and Futures Contracts that PIMCO holds or may acquire on behalf of an Advisory Client, including certain Investment Transactions in Related Securities .

 

The details of these reporting and preclearance requirements are described below. This Code uses a number of acronyms and capitalized terms, e.g. ADAM, Advisory Client, Advisory Employee, Beneficial Ownership, Code, Compliance Officer, Designated Equity Security, Duplicate Broker Reports, Exempt Security, Fixed Income Security, Fund, Futures Contract, Immediate Family, Initial Public Offering, Insider Trading Policy, Investment Company Act, Investment Transaction, Money Market Fund, Mutual Fund, Mutual Fund Security, PAD, Personal Account, PIMCO, Portfolio Employee, Private Placement, Qualified Foreign Government, Related Account, Related Security, Relevant Debt Security, Security, and Tax-Exempt Municipal Bond. The definitions of these acronyms and capitalized terms are set forth in Appendix I . To understand your responsibilities under the Code, it is important that you review and understand the definitions in Appendix I .

 

Reporting Obligations

 

Notification Of Reporting Obligations

 

As an Advisory Employee, you are required to report accounts and Investment Transactions in accordance with the requirements of this Code.

 

Use Of Broker-Dealers And Futures Commission Merchants

 

Unless you are an independent director, you must use a registered broker-dealer or registered futures commission merchant to engage in any purchase or sale of a publicly-traded Security or Publicly-Traded Futures Contract. This requirement also applies to any purchase or sale of a publicly-traded Security or of a Publicly-Traded Futures Contract in which you have, or by reason of an Investment Transaction will acquire, a Beneficial Ownership interest. Thus, as a general matter, any Investment Transaction in publicly-traded Securities or Publicly-Traded Futures Contracts by members of your Immediate Family will need to be made through a registered broker-dealer or futures commission merchant. For transactions involving a Mutual Fund Security that may be sold directly by a Mutual Fund, you may transact purchases or sales of these shares with the Mutual Fund’s transfer agent or other designated entity.

 

- 4 -


Initial Report

 

Within 10 days after commencing employment or within 10 days of any event that causes you to become subject to this Code ( e.g. promotion to a position that makes you an Advisory Employee), you shall supply to a Compliance Officer copies of the most recent statements for each and every Personal Account and Related Account that holds or is likely to hold a Security or a Futures Contract in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest, as well as copies of confirmations for any and all Investment Transactions subsequent to the effective date of those statements. These documents shall be supplied to the Compliance Officer by attaching them to the form appended hereto as Appendix V .

 

On that same form you shall supply the name of any broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or futures commission merchant and the number for any Personal Account and Related Account that holds or is likely to hold a Security or a Futures Contract in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest for which you cannot supply the most recent account statement. You shall also certify, where indicated on the form, that the contents of the form and the documents attached thereto disclose all such Personal Accounts and Related Accounts.

 

In addition, you shall also supply, where indicated on the form, the following information for each Security or Futures Contract in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest, to the extent that this information is not available from the statements attached to the form:

 

  1. A description of the Security or Futures Contract, including its name or title;

 

  2. The quantity ( e.g. in terms of numbers of shares, units or contracts) and principal amount (in dollars) of the Security or Futures Contract; and

 

  3. The name of any broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or futures commission merchant with which you maintained an account in which the Security or Futures Contract is held.

 

New Accounts

 

Immediately upon the opening of a new Personal Account or a Related Account that holds or is likely to hold a Security or a Futures Contract, you shall supply a Compliance Officer with the name of the broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or futures commission merchant for that account, the identifying number for that Personal Account or Related Account, and the date the account was established.

 

Timely Reporting Of Investment Transactions

 

You must cause each broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or futures commission merchant that maintains a Personal Account or a Related Account that holds a Security or a Futures Contract in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest to provide to a Compliance Officer, on a timely basis, duplicate copies of trade confirmations of all Investment Transactions in that account and of periodic statements for that account (“Duplicate Broker Reports”).

 

In addition, you must report to a Compliance Officer, on a timely basis, any Investment Transaction in a Security or a Futures Contract in which you have or acquired a Beneficial Ownership interest that was established without the use of a broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or futures commission merchant.

 

- 5 -


Quarterly Certifications And Reporting

 

At the end of the first, second and third calendar quarters, a Compliance Officer will provide you with a list of all accounts that you have previously identified to PIMCO as a Personal Account or a Related Account that holds or is likely to hold a Security or a Futures Contract. Within 10 days after the end of that calendar quarter, you shall make any necessary additions, corrections or deletions to that list and return it to a Compliance Officer with a certification that: (a) the list, as modified (if necessary), represents a complete list of the Personal Accounts and Related Accounts that hold Securities or Futures Contracts in which you have or had a Beneficial Ownership interest and for which PIMCO should have received or will receive timely Duplicate Broker Reports for the calendar quarter just ended, and (b) the broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or futures commission merchant for each account on the list has been instructed to send a Compliance Officer timely Duplicate Broker Reports for that account.

 

You shall provide, on a copy of the form attached hereto as Appendix VI , the following information for each Investment Transaction during the calendar quarter just ended, to the extent that the Duplicate Broker Reports for that calendar quarter did not supply this information to PIMCO:

 

  1. The date of the Investment Transaction, the title, the interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), the number of shares or contracts, and the principal amount of each Security or Futures Contract involved;

 

  2. The nature of the Investment Transaction ( i.e. purchase, sale or any other type of acquisition or disposition);

 

  3. The price of the Security or Futures Contract at which the transaction was effected; and

 

  4. The name of the broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank, or futures commission merchant with or through which the transaction was effected.

 

You shall provide similar information for the fourth calendar quarter on a copy of the form attached hereto as Appendix VII , which form shall also be used for the Annual Holdings Report described below.

 

Annual Holdings Reports

 

At the end of each calendar year, a Compliance Officer will provide to you promptly a list of all accounts that you have previously identified to PIMCO as a Personal Account or a Related Account that held or was likely to hold a Security or a Futures Contract during that calendar year. Within 10 days after the end of that calendar year, you shall make any necessary additions, corrections or deletions to that list and return it to a Compliance Officer with a certification that: (a) the list, as modified (if necessary), represents a complete list of the Personal Accounts and Related Accounts that held Securities or Futures Contracts in which you had a Beneficial Ownership interest as of the end of that calendar year and for which PIMCO should have received or will receive an account statement of holdings as of the end of that calendar year, and

 

- 6 -


(b) the broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or futures commission merchant for each account on the list has been instructed to send a Compliance Officer such an account statement.

 

You shall provide, on a copy of the form attached hereto as Appendix VII , the following information for each Security or Futures Contract in which you had a Beneficial Ownership interest, as of the end of the previous calendar year, to the extent that the previously referenced account statements have not supplied or will not supply this information to PIMCO:

 

  1. The title, quantity ( e.g. in terms of numbers of shares, units or contracts) and principal amount of each Security or Futures Contract in which you had any Beneficial Ownership interest; and

 

  2. The name of any broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or futures commission merchant with which you maintain an account in which any such Securities or Futures Contracts have been held or are held for your benefit.

 

In addition, you shall also provide, on that same form, Investment Transaction information for the fourth quarter of the calendar year just ended. This information shall be of the type and in the form required for the quarterly reports described above.

 

Effective as of February 1, 2004, all of the Reporting Obligations described above shall apply to Mutual Fund Securities (other than Money Market Funds) in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest. Mutual Fund Securities no longer are Exempt Securities for purposes of this Code.

 

Related Accounts

 

The reporting and certification obligations described above also apply to any Related Account (as defined in Appendix I ) and to any Investment Transaction in a Related Account.

 

It is important for you to recognize that the definitions of “Related Account” and “Beneficial Ownership” in Appendix I may require you to provide, or to arrange for the broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or futures commission merchant to furnish, copies of reports for any account used by or for a member of your Immediate Family or a trust in which you or a member of your Immediate Family has any vested interest, as well as for any other accounts in which you may have the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in the profit derived from any Investment Transaction in that account.

 

Exemptions From Reporting

 

You need not report Investment Transactions in any account over which neither you nor an Immediate Family Member has or had any direct or indirect influence or control.

 

You also need not report Investment Transactions in Exempt Securities (as defined in Appendix I ) nor need you furnish, or require a broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or futures commission merchant to furnish, copies of confirmations or periodic statements for accounts that hold only Exempt Securities. This exemption from reporting shall end immediately, however, at

 

- 7 -


such time as there is an Investment Transaction in that account in a Futures Contract or in a Security that is not an Exempt Security.

 

Prohibited Investment Transactions

 

Initial Public Offerings of Equity Securities

 

If you are a Portfolio Employee (as defined in Appendix I ), you may not acquire Beneficial Ownership of any equity Security in an Initial Public Offering.

 

Private Placements and Initial Public Offering of Debt Securities

 

You may not acquire a Beneficial Ownership interest in any Security through a Private Placement (or subsequently sell it), or acquire a Beneficial Ownership interest in any debt Security in an Initial Public Offering unless you have received the prior written approval of the Chief Executive Officer of PIMCO or of a Compliance Officer listed on Appendix X . Approval will not be given unless a determination is made that the investment opportunity should not be reserved for one or more Advisory Clients, and that the opportunity to invest has not been offered to you by virtue of your position with PIMCO.

 

If, after receiving the necessary approval, you have acquired a Beneficial Ownership interest in a debt Security through an Initial Public Offering or in a Security through a Private Placement, you must disclose that investment when you play a part in any consideration of any investment by an Advisory Client in the issuer of that Security, and any decision to make such an investment must be independently reviewed by a portfolio manager who does not have a Beneficial Ownership interest in any Security of that issuer.

 

Allianz AG

 

You may not engage in any Investment Transaction in Securities of Allianz AG, except during the trading windows applicable to such transactions.

 

Preclearance

 

All Investment Transactions in Securities and Futures Contracts in a Personal Account or Related Account, or in which you otherwise have or will acquire a Beneficial Ownership interest, must be precleared by a Compliance Officer unless an Investment Transaction, Security or Futures Contract falls into one of the following categories that are identified as “exempt from preclearance.”

 

- 8 -


Preclearance Procedure

 

Preclearance shall be requested by completing and submitting a copy of the applicable preclearance request form attached hereto as Appendix VIII or Appendix IX to a Compliance Officer. No Investment Transaction subject to preclearance may be effected prior to receipt of written authorization of the transaction by a Compliance Officer. The authorization and the date of authorization will be reflected on the preclearance request form. Unless otherwise specified, that authorization shall be effective, unless revoked, until the earlier of: (a) the close of business on the day the authorization is given, or (b) until you discover that the information on the preclearance request form is no longer accurate.

 

The Compliance Officer from whom authorization is sought may undertake such investigation as he or she considers necessary to determine that the Investment Transaction for which preclearance has been sought complies with the terms of this Code and is consistent with the general principles described at the beginning of the Code.

 

Before deciding whether to authorize an Investment Transaction in a particular Security or Futures Contract, the Compliance Officer shall determine and consider, based upon the information reported or known to that Compliance Officer, whether within the most recent 15 days: (a) the Security, the Futures Contract or any Related Security is or has been held by an Advisory Client, or (b) is being or has been considered for purchase by an Advisory Client. The Compliance Officer shall also determine whether there is a pending buy or sell order in the same Security or Futures Contract, or in a Related Security, on behalf of an Advisory Client. If such an order exists, authorization of the personal Investment Transaction shall not be given until the Advisory Client’s order is executed or withdrawn. This prohibition may be waived by a Compliance Officer if he or she is convinced that: (a) your personal Investment Transaction is necessary, (b) your personal Investment Transaction will not adversely affect the pending order of the Advisory Client, and (c) provision can be made for the Advisory Client trade to take precedence (in terms of price) over your personal Investment Transaction.

 

Exemptions From Preclearance

 

Preclearance shall not be required for the following Investment Transactions, Securities and Futures Contracts. They are exempt only from the Code’s preclearance requirement, and, unless otherwise indicated, remain subject to the Code’s other requirements, including its reporting requirements.

 

Investment Transactions Exempt From Preclearance

 

Preclearance shall not be required for any of the following Investment Transactions:

 

  1.

Any transaction in a Security or Futures Contract in an account that is managed or held by a broker, dealer, bank, futures commission merchant, investment adviser, commodity trading advisor or trustee and over which you do not exercise investment discretion, have notice of transactions prior to execution, or otherwise have any direct or indirect influence or control. There is a presumption that you

 

- 9 -


 

can influence or control accounts held by members of your Immediate Family sharing the same household. This presumption may be rebutted only by convincing evidence.

 

  2. Purchases of Securities under dividend reinvestment plans.

 

  3. Purchases of Securities by exercise of rights issued to the holders of a class of Securities pro rata , to the extent they are issued with respect to Securities in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest.

 

  4. Acquisitions or dispositions of Securities as the result of a stock dividend, stock split, reverse stock split, merger, consolidation, spin-off or other similar corporate distribution or reorganization applicable to all holders of a class of Securities in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest.

 

Securities Exempt From Preclearance Regardless Of Transaction Size

 

Preclearance shall not be required for an Investment Transaction in the following Securities or Related Securities, regardless of the size of that transaction:

 

  1. All Exempt Securities as defined in Appendix I , i.e. U.S. Government Securities, shares in Money Market Funds, and high quality short-term debt instruments.

 

  2. All Mutual Fund Securities as defined in Appendix I, and closed end funds (other than any fund for which PIMCO serves as the investment advisor or sub-advisor), and rights distributed to shareholders in closed end funds or Mutual Fund Securities.

 

  3. All options on any index of equity Securities.

 

  4. All Fixed Income Securities issued by agencies or instrumentalities of, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the Government of the United States.

 

  5. All options on foreign currencies or baskets of foreign currencies (whether or not traded on an exchange or board of trade).

 

  6. Except for Designated Equity Securities (as defined in Appendix I and discussed below), all equity Securities or options, warrants or other rights to equity Securities.

 

- 10 -


Securities Exempt from Preclearance Depending On Transaction Size

 

Preclearance shall not be required for an Investment Transaction in the following Securities or Related Securities if they do not exceed the specified transaction size thresholds (which thresholds may be increased or decreased by PIMCO upon written notification to employees in the future depending on the depth and liquidity of the markets for these Fixed Income Securities or Tax-Exempt Municipal Bonds):

 

  1. Purchases or sales of up to $1,000,000 (in market value or face amount whichever is greater) per calendar month per issuer of Fixed Income Securities issued by a Qualified Foreign Government.

 

  2. Purchases or sales of the following dollar values (measured in market value or face amount, whichever is greater) of corporate debt Securities, mortgage-backed and other asset-backed Securities, Tax-Exempt Municipal Bonds, taxable state, local and municipal Fixed Income Securities, structured notes and loan participations, and foreign government debt Securities issued by non-qualified foreign governments (hereinafter collectively referred to as “Relevant Debt Securities”):

 

  a. Purchases or sales of up to $100,000 per calendar month per issuer if the original issue size of any Relevant Debt Security being purchased or sold was less than $50 million;

 

  b. Purchases or sales of up to $500,000 per calendar month per issuer if the original issue size of any Relevant Debt Security being purchased or sold was at least $50 million but less than $100 million; or

 

  c. Purchases or sales of up to $1,000,000 per calendar month per issuer if the original issue size of any Relevant Debt Security being purchased or sold was at least $100 million.

 

Preclearance of Designated Equity Securities

 

If a Compliance Officer receives notification from a Portfolio Employee that an equity Security or an option, warrant or other right to an equity Security is being considered for purchase or sale by PIMCO on behalf of one of its Advisory Clients, the Compliance Officer will send you an e-mail message or similar transmission notifying you that this equity Security or option, warrant or other right to an equity Security is now a “Designated Equity Security.” A current list of Designated Equity Securities (if any) will also be available on the PIMCO intranet site. You must preclear any Investment Transaction in a Designated Equity Security or a Related Security during the period when that designation is in effect.

 

- 11 -


Futures Contracts Exempt From Preclearance Regardless Of Transaction Size

 

Preclearance shall not be required for an Investment Transaction in the following Futures Contracts, regardless of the size of that transaction (as indicated in Appendix I , for these purposes a “Futures Contract” includes a futures option):

 

  1. Currency Futures Contracts.

 

  2. U.S. Treasury Futures Contracts.

 

  3. Eurodollar Futures Contracts.

 

  4. Futures Contracts on any index of equity Securities.

 

  5. Futures Contracts on physical commodities or indices thereof ( e.g. contracts for future delivery of grain, livestock, fiber or metals, whether for physical delivery or cash).

 

  6. Privately-Traded Contracts.

 

Futures Contracts Exempt From Preclearance Depending On Transaction Size

 

Preclearance shall not be required for an Investment Transaction in the following Futures Contracts if the total number of contracts purchased or sold during a calendar month does not exceed the specified limitations:

 

  1. Purchases or sales of up to 50 Publicly-Traded Futures Contracts to acquire Fixed Income Securities issued by a particular Qualified Foreign Government.

 

  2. Purchases or sales of up to 10 of each other individual Publicly-Traded Futures Contract if the open market interest for such Futures Contract as reported in The Wall Street Journal on the date of your Investment Transaction (for the previous trading day) is at least 1,000 contracts. Examples of Futures Contracts for which this exemption would be available include a Futures Contract on a foreign government debt Security issued by a non-qualified foreign government as well as a 30-day Federal Funds Futures Contract.

 

For purposes of these limitations, a Futures Contract is defined by its expiration month. For example, you need not obtain preclearance to purchase 50 December Futures Contracts on German Government Bonds and 50 March Futures Contracts on German Government Bonds. Similarly, you may roll over 10 September Fed Funds Futures Contracts by selling those 10 contracts and purchasing 10 October Fed Funds Futures Contracts since the contracts being sold and those being purchased have different expiration months. On the other hand, you could not purchase 10 January Fed Funds Future Contracts if the open interest for those contracts was less than 1,000 contracts, even if the total open interest for all Fed Funds Futures Contracts was greater than 1,000 contracts.

 

- 12 -


Additional Exemptions From Preclearance

 

PIMCO’s Chief Compliance Officer, in consultation with PIMCO’s Chief Legal Officer, may exempt other classes of Investment Transactions, Securities or Futures Contracts from the Code’s preclearance requirement upon a determination that they do not involve a realistic possibility of violating the general principles described at the beginning of the Code.

 

Preclearance Required

 

Given the exemptions described above, preclearance shall be required for Investment Transactions in:

 

  1. Designated Equity Securities.

 

  2. Relevant Debt Securities in excess of the per calendar month per issuer thresholds specified for purchases or sales of those Securities in paragraph 2 under “Securities Exempt from Preclearance Depending on Transaction Size.”

 

  3. More than $1,000,000 per calendar month in debt Securities of a Qualified Foreign Government.

 

  4. Related Securities that are exchangeable for or convertible into one of the Securities requiring preclearance under (1), (2), or (3) above.

 

  5. More than 50 Publicly-Traded Futures Contracts per calendar month to acquire Fixed Income Securities issued by a particular Qualified Foreign Government.

 

  6. More than 10 of any other individual Publicly-Traded Futures Contract or any Publicly-Traded Futures Contract for which the open market interest as reported in The Wall Street Journal on the date of your Investment Transaction (for the previous trading day) is less than 1,000 contracts, unless the Futures Contract is exempt from preclearance regardless of transaction size.

 

  7. Any other Security or Publicly-Traded Futures Contract that is not within the “exempt” categories listed above.

 

  8. Any closed end fund for which PIMCO serves as the investment advisor or sub-advisor ( i.e. , PIMCO Commercial Mortgage Securities Trust, Inc., PIMCO Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO California Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO New York Municipal Income Fund, PIMCO Corporate Income Fund or any other closed end fund which PIMCO may advise from time to time).

 

- 13 -


Holding Periods for Certain Investments

 

An Advisory Employee may not, within 60 calendar days, purchase and sell, or sell and purchase, the same Fixed Income Security, Tax-Exempt Municipal Bond or Related Security in any account(s) in which the Advisory Employee has a Beneficial Ownership interest.

 

An Advisory Employee may not, within 6 months, purchase and sell, or sell and purchase, shares of a closed end Fund for which PIMCO serves as investment advisor or sub-advisor in any account(s) in which the Advisory Employee has a Beneficial Ownership interest. As described below, different minimum holding periods apply to Investment Transactions in Mutual Fund Securities (which do not include closed end Funds).

 

A Portfolio Employee may not, within 60 calendar days, purchase and sell, or sell and purchase, the same Designated Equity Security in any account(s) in which the Portfolio Employee has a Beneficial Ownership interest.

 

These minimum holding periods do not apply to Investment Transactions in U.S. Government Securities, most equity Securities, shares of Money Market Funds, index options or Futures Contracts nor do they apply to a purchase or sale in connection with one of the four categories of Investment Transactions Exempt From Preclearance described above.

 

Blackout Periods

 

You may not purchase or sell a Security, a Related Security or a Futures Contract at a time when you intend or know of another’s intention to purchase or sell that Security or Futures Contract on behalf of any Advisory Client.

 

As noted previously in the description of the Preclearance Process, a Compliance Officer may not preclear an Investment Transaction in a Security or a Futures Contract at a time when there is a pending buy or sell order in the same Security or Futures Contract, or a Related Security, until that order is executed or withdrawn.

 

These prohibitions do not apply to Investment Transactions in any Futures Contracts that are exempt from preclearance regardless of transaction size.

 

- 14 -


Transactions In Mutual Fund Securities

 

Reporting of Mutual Fund Security Transactions

 

Effective as of February 1, 2004, all of the Reporting Obligations described in the Code shall apply to Mutual Fund Securities (other than Money Market Funds) in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest. Mutual Fund Securities no longer are Exempt Securities for purposes of this Code. For purposes of the Code, shares of closed end Funds are not considered Mutual Fund Securities. Investment Transactions in closed end Funds are covered by other sections of the Code.

 

Holding Periods for Mutual Fund Security Transactions

 

An Advisory Employee may not, within 30 calendar days, purchase and sell, or sell and purchase, the same Mutual Fund Security in any account(s) in which the Advisory Employee has a Beneficial Ownership interest. This 30-day minimum holding period applies to purchases and sales of the same Mutual Fund Security regardless of whether those transactions occurred in a single account ( e.g. , a brokerage account, a 401(k) account, a deferred compensation account, etc.) or across multiple accounts in which the Advisory Employee has a Beneficial Ownership interest. With respect to a Mutual Fund that invests exclusively or primarily in Funds or other collective investment vehicles or pools (often referred to as a “fund of funds”), this minimum holding period applies only to the investment in the top-tier Mutual Fund. Thus, for purposes of determining compliance with this minimum holding period, an Advisory Employee is not required to “look through” a fund of funds in which he or she invests.

 

This minimum holding period shall not apply with respect to purchases or sales made pursuant to (1) automatic reinvestment of dividends, capital gains, income or interest received from a Mutual Fund, or (2) a periodic investment, redemption, or reallocation plan in a deferred compensation, 401(k), retirement or other account ( e.g. , purchases of Mutual Fund Securities every pay period in an employee’s 401(k) account). In order to rely on this exception, the investment options in the plan may not be changed more frequently than every 30 calendar days. This minimum holding period also does not apply to a purchase or sale in connection with one of the four categories of Investment Transactions Exempt From Preclearance described above.

 

- 15 -


GIFTS AND SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR

 

Gifts

 

You may not accept any investment opportunity, gift, gratuity or other thing of more than nominal value from any person or entity that does business, or desires to do business, with PIMCO directly or on behalf of an Advisory Client (a “Giver”). You may , however, accept gifts from a single Giver so long as their aggregate annual value does not exceed $500, and you may attend business meals, sporting events and other entertainment events at the expense of a Giver (without regard to their aggregate annual value), so long as the expense is reasonable, infrequent and both you and the Giver are present.

 

If you are a registered representative of PIMCO Advisors Distributors LLC (“PAD”), the aggregate annual gift value from a single Giver shall not exceed $100.00. As a PAD representative, you are required to maintain a record of each gift, gratuity, investment opportunity or similar item, and make such record available to the Compliance Department upon request.

 

Service As A Director

 

If you are an Advisory Employee, you may not serve on the board of directors or other governing board of a publicly traded entity, other than of a Fund for which PIMCO is an advisor or sub-advisor, unless you have received the prior written approval of the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Legal Officer of PIMCO. Approval will not be given unless a determination is made that your service on the board would be consistent with the interests of our Advisory Clients. If you are permitted to serve on the board of a publicly traded entity, you will be isolated from those Advisory Employees who make investment decisions with respect to the Securities of that entity, through a “Chinese Wall” or other procedures.

 

- 16 -


COMPLIANCE

 

Certifications

 

Upon Receipt Of This Code

 

Upon commencement of your employment or the effective date of this Code, whichever occurs later, you shall be required to acknowledge receipt of your copy of this Code by completing and returning a copy of the form attached hereto as Appendix III . By that acknowledgment, you will also agree:

 

  1. To read the Code, to make a reasonable effort to understand its provisions, and to ask questions about those provisions you find confusing or difficult to understand.

 

  2. To comply with the Code, including its general principles, its reporting requirements, its preclearance requirements, and its provisions regarding gifts and service as a director.

 

  3. To advise the members of your Immediate Family about the existence of the Code, its applicability to their personal trading activity, and your responsibility to assure that their personal trading activity complies with the Code.

 

  4. To cooperate fully with any investigation or inquiry by or on behalf of a Compliance Officer to determine your compliance with the provisions of the Code.

 

In addition, your acknowledgment will recognize that any failure to comply with the Code and to honor the commitments made by your acknowledgment may result in disciplinary action, including dismissal.

 

Annual Certificate Of Compliance

 

You are required to certify on an annual basis, on a copy of the form attached hereto as Appendix IV , that you have complied with each provision of your initial acknowledgment (see above). In particular, your annual certification will require that you certify that you have read and that you understand the Code, that you recognize you are subject to its provisions, that you complied with the requirements of the Code during the year just ended and that you have disclosed, reported, or caused to be reported all Investment Transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of the Code.

 

Post-Trade Monitoring

 

The Compliance Officers will review the Duplicate Broker Reports and other information supplied to them concerning your personal Investment Transactions so that they can detect and prevent potential violations of the Code. The Compliance Officers will perform such investigation and make such inquiries as they consider necessary to perform this function. You agree to cooperate with any such investigation and to respond to any such inquiry. You should

 

- 17 -


expect that, as a matter of course, the Compliance Officers will make inquiries regarding any personal Investment Transaction in a Security or Futures Contract that occurs on the same day as a transaction in the same Security or Futures Contract on behalf of an Advisory Client.

 

Waivers

 

PIMCO’s Chief Compliance Officer, in consultation with PIMCO’s Chief Legal Officer, may grant an individual waiver to an Advisory Employee from any requirement of this Code if together they determine that compliance with the requirement would impose an undue burden or hardship on the Advisory Employee. The Chief Compliance Officer shall maintain a log of each waiver granted that includes, among other things, the name of the Advisory Employee, the particular requirement of the Code to which the waiver applies, the effective date of the waiver, and a summary of the reasons why the waiver was granted.

 

Remedial Actions

 

If you violate this Code, you are subject to remedial actions, which may include, but are not limited to, full or partial disgorgement of profits, imposition of a fine, censure, demotion, suspension or dismissal, or any other sanction or remedial action required by law, rule or regulation. As part of any sanction, you may be required to reverse an Investment Transaction and to forfeit any profit or to absorb any loss from the transaction.

 

PIMCO’s Chief Legal Officer and Chief Compliance Officer shall have the ultimate authority to determine whether you have violated the Code and, if so, the remedial actions they consider appropriate or required by law, rule or regulation. In making their determination, the Chief Legal Officer and the Chief Compliance Officer shall consider, among other factors, the gravity of your violation, the frequency of your violations, whether any violation caused harm or the potential of harm to any Advisory Client, your efforts to cooperate with their investigation, and your efforts to correct any conduct that led to a violation.

 

Reports To Directors And Trustees

 

Reports Of Material Violations

 

The General Counsel of ADAM and the directors or trustees of any affected Fund that is an Advisory Client will be informed on a timely basis of any material violation of this Code.

 

Reports of Material Changes To The Code

 

PIMCO will promptly advise the directors or trustees of any Fund that is an Advisory Client if PIMCO makes any material change to this Code.

 

- 18 -


Annual Reports

 

PIMCO’s management will furnish a written report annually to the General Counsel of ADAM and to the directors or trustees of each Fund that is an Advisory Client. Each report, at a minimum, will:

 

  1. Describe any issues arising under the Code, or under procedures implemented by PIMCO to prevent violations of the Code, since management’s last report, including, but not limited to, information about material violations of the Code or procedures and sanctions imposed in response to such material violations; and

 

  2. Certify that PIMCO has adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Advisory Employees from violating the Code.

 

Recordkeeping

 

Beginning on the effective date of this Code, PIMCO will maintain, at its principal place of business, the following records, which shall be available to the Securities and Exchange Commission or any representative of the Commission at any time and from time to time for reasonable periodic, special or other examination:

 

  1. PIMCO’s Chief Compliance Officer shall maintain, in any easily accessible place:

 

  (a) a copy of PIMCO’s current Code and of each predecessor of that Code that was in effect at any time within the previous five (5) years;

 

  (b) a record of any violation of the Code, and of any action taken as a result of the violation, for at least five (5) years after the end of the fiscal year in which the violation occurred;

 

  (c) a copy of each report made by an Advisory Employee pursuant to this Code, including any Duplicate Broker Report submitted on behalf of that Advisory Employee, for at least two (2) years after the end of the fiscal year in which that report was made or that information was provided;

 

  (d) a record of all persons, currently or within the past five (5) years, who are or were required to make reports pursuant to this Code or who are or were responsible for reviewing such reports;

 

  (e) a copy of each report to the General Counsel of ADAM or to the directors or trustees of a Fund that is an Advisory Client for at least two (2) years after the end of the fiscal year in which that report was made; and

 

  (f) the log required under “Waivers” for at least five (5) years after the end of the fiscal year in which the relevant waivers were granted.

 

- 19 -


  2. PIMCO shall also maintain the following additional records:

 

  (a) a copy of each report made by an Advisory Employee pursuant to this Code, including any Duplicate Broker Report submitted on behalf of that Advisory Employee, for at least five (5) years after the end of the fiscal year in which that report was made or that information was provided;

 

  (b) a copy of each report to the General Counsel of ADAM or to the directors or trustees of a Fund that is an Advisory Client for at least five (5) years after the end of the fiscal year in which that report was made; and

 

  (c) a record of any decision, and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition by a Portfolio Employee of a Beneficial Ownership interest in any Security in an Initial Public Offering or in a Private Placement for at least five (5) years after the end of the fiscal year in which such approval was granted.

 

- 20 -


APPENDIX I

 

Definitions Of Capitalized Terms

 

The following definitions apply to the capitalized terms used in the Code:

 

ADAM

 

The acronym “ADAM” means Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P.

 

Advisory Client

 

The term “Advisory Client” shall have the meaning provided in the first paragraph of the Code.

 

Advisory Employee

 

The term “Advisory Employee” means: (1) a director, officer, general partner or employee of PIMCO who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a Security or Futures Contract by PIMCO on behalf of an Advisory Client, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales, or (2) or a natural person in a control relationship to PIMCO, or an employee of any company in a control relationship to PIMCO, who: (a) makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale of a Security by a Fund that is an Advisory Client, or whose functions relate to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or sales, or (b) obtains information concerning recommendations to a Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of a Security by the Fund.

 

Beneficial Ownership

 

As a general matter , you are considered to have a “Beneficial Ownership” interest in a Security or a Futures Contract if you have the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share in any profit derived from an Investment Transaction in that Security or Futures Contract. You are presumed to have a Beneficial Ownership interest in any Security or Futures Contract held, individually or jointly, by you or a member of your Immediate Family (as defined below). In addition, unless specifically excepted by a Compliance Officer based on a showing that your interest in a Security or a Futures Contract is sufficiently attenuated to avoid the possibility of conflict, you will be considered to have a Beneficial Ownership interest in a Security or a Futures Contract held by: (1) a joint account to which you are a party, (2) a partnership in which you are a general partner, (3) a partnership in which you or your Immediate Family holds a controlling interest and with respect to which Security or Futures Contract you or your Immediate Family has investment discretion, (4) a limited liability company in which you are a manager-member, (5) a limited liability company in which you or your Immediate Family holds a controlling interest and with respect to which Security or Futures Contract you or your Immediate Family has investment discretion, (6) a trust in which you or a member of your Immediate Family has a vested interest or serves as a trustee with investment

 

I-1


discretion, (7) a closely-held corporation in which you or your Immediate Family holds a controlling interest and with respect to which Security or Futures Contract you or your Immediate Family has investment discretion, or (8) any account (including retirement, pension, deferred compensation or similar account) in which you or your Immediate Family has a substantial economic interest.

 

For purposes of this Code, “Beneficial Ownership” shall also be interpreted in a manner consistent with SEC Rule 16a-1(a)(2) (17 C.F.R. §240.16a-1(a)(2)).

 

Code

 

The term “Code” shall have the same meaning provided in the first paragraph of the Code.

 

Compliance Officer

 

The term “Compliance Officer” means a PIMCO Compliance Officer listed on Appendix X to the Code.

 

Designated Equity Security

 

The term “Designated Equity Security” shall mean any equity Security, option, warrant or other right to an equity Security designated as such by a Compliance Officer, after receiving notification from a Portfolio Employee that said Security is being considered for purchase or sale by PIMCO on behalf of one of its Advisory Clients.

 

Duplicate Broker Reports

 

The term “Duplicate Broker Reports” means duplicate copies of trade confirmations of relevant Investment Transactions and of periodic statements for a relevant Personal Account or Related Account.

 

Exempt Security

 

The term “Exempt Security” refers to:

 

  1. Direct obligations of the Government of the United States;

 

  2. Shares issued by open-end Funds that are Money Market Funds; and

 

  3. Bankers’ acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper and high quality short-term debt instruments, including repurchase agreements. For these purposes, a “high quality short-term debt instrument” means any instrument having a maturity at issuance of less than 366 days and that is rated in one of the two highest rating categories by a Nationally Recognized Statistical Rating Organization.

 

I-2


Fixed Income Security

 

The term “Fixed Income Security” shall mean a fixed income Security issued by an agency or instrumentality of, or unconditionally guaranteed by, the Government of the United States, a corporate debt Security, a mortgage-backed or other asset-backed Security, a taxable fixed income Security issued by a state or local government or a political subdivision thereof, a structured note or loan participation, a foreign government debt Security, or a debt Security of an international agency or a supranational agency. For purposes of this Code, the term “Fixed Income Security” shall not be interpreted to include a U.S. Government Security or any other Exempt Security (as defined above) nor shall it be interpreted to include a Tax-Exempt Municipal Bond (as defined below).

 

Fund

 

The term “Fund” means an investment company registered under the Investment Company Act.

 

Futures Contract

 

The term “Futures Contract” includes (a) a futures contract and an option on a futures contract traded on a United States or foreign board of trade, such as the Chicago Board of Trade, the Chicago Mercantile Exchange, the London International Financial Futures Exchange or the New York Mercantile Exchange (a “Publicly-Traded Futures Contract”), as well as (b) a forward contract, a swap, a cap, a collar, a floor and an over-the-counter option (other than an option on a foreign currency, an option on a basket of currencies, an option on a Security or an option on an index of Securities) (a “Privately-Traded Contract”). Consult with a Compliance Officer prior to entering into a transaction in case of any doubt. For purposes of this definition, a Publicly-Traded Futures Contract is defined by its expiration month, i.e. a Publicly-Traded Futures Contract on a U.S. Treasury Bond that expires in June is treated as a separate Publicly-Traded Futures Contract, when compared to a Publicly-Traded Futures Contract on a U.S. Treasury Bond that expires in July. For purposes of this Code, “Futures Contract” shall not include a “security future” as defined in Section 3(a)(55) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. § 78c(a)(55)).

 

Immediate Family

 

The term “Immediate Family” means any of the following persons who reside in your household, depend on you for basic living support, or for whom you have investment discretion : your spouse, any child, stepchild, grandchild, parent, stepparent, grandparent, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, including any adoptive relationships.

 

I-3


Initial Public Offering

 

The term “Initial Public Offering” means an offering of securities registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (15 U.S.C. § 77a), the issuer of which, immediately before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements of Sections 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. § 78m or § 78o(d)).

 

Insider Trading Policy

 

The term “Insider Trading Policy” shall mean the ADAM Insider Trading Policy and Procedures attached as Appendix II to this Code.

 

Investment Company Act

 

The term “Investment Company Act” means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

 

Investment Transaction

 

The term “Investment Transaction” means any transaction in a Security or a Futures Contract in which you have, or by reason of the transaction will acquire, a Beneficial Ownership interest, and includes, among other things, the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Security.

 

Money Market Fund

 

The term “Money Market Fund” means any taxable or tax-exempt money market Fund or any similar open-end Fund.

 

Mutual Fund

 

The term “Mutual Fund” means (1) a collective investment vehicle or pool that is an open-end management investment company as defined in Section 5(a)(1) of the Investment Company Act and registered as an investment company under the Investment Company Act (other than Money Market Funds that are “Exempt Securities,” as defined above), (2) a collective investment vehicle or pool that is organized or established outside of the United States that generally provides the right to purchase or redeem Securities issued by such fund on a daily basis, or (3) a collective investment vehicle or pool organized or established in the United States that is either excluded from the definition of “investment company” under the Investment Company Act, or relies on an applicable exemption from registration under the Investment Company, and which generally provides the right to purchase or redeem Securities issued by such funds on a daily basis.

 

Mutual Fund Security

 

The term “Mutual Fund Security” means an equity Security issued by a Mutual Fund.

 

I-4


PAD

 

The acronym “PAD” means PIMCO Advisors Distributors LLC.

 

Personal Account

 

The term “Personal Account” means the following accounts that hold or are likely to hold a Security (as defined below) or a Futures Contract (as defined above) in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest: any account in your individual name; any joint or tenant-in-common account in which you have an interest or are a participant; any account for which you act as trustee, executor, or custodian; any account over which you have investment discretion or otherwise can exercise control (other than non-related clients’ accounts over which you have investment discretion), including the accounts of entities controlled directly or indirectly by you; and any other account in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest (other than such accounts over which you have no investment discretion and cannot otherwise exercise control).

 

PIMCO

 

The acronym “PIMCO” shall mean Pacific Investment Management Company LLC.

 

Portfolio Employee

 

The term “Portfolio Employee” means: (1) a portfolio manager or any employee of PIMCO (or of any company in a control relationship with PIMCO) who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities by a Fund, or (2) any natural person who controls PIMCO and who obtains information concerning recommendations made to a Fund that is an Advisory Client regarding the purchase or sale of Securities by the Fund. For these purposes, “control” has the same meaning as in Section 2(a)(9) of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. § 80a-2(a)(9)).

 

Private Placement

 

The term “Private Placement” means an offering that is exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2) or Section 4(6) (15 U.S.C. § 77d(2) or § 77d(6)) or pursuant to SEC Rules 504, 505 or 506 (17 C.F.R. §§ 230.504, 230.505, or 230.506) under the Securities Act of 1933.

 

Qualified Foreign Government

 

The term “Qualified Foreign Government” means a national government of a developed foreign country with outstanding Fixed Income Securities in excess of fifty billion dollars. A list of Qualified Foreign Governments will be prepared as of the last business day of each calendar quarter, will be available from the Chief Compliance Officer, and will be effective for the following calendar quarter.

 

I-5


Related Account

 

The term “Related Account” means any account, other than a Personal Account, that holds a Security or a Futures Contract in which you have a Beneficial Ownership interest.

 

Related Security

 

The term “Related Security” shall mean any option to purchase or sell, and any Security convertible into or exchangeable for, a Security that is or has been held by PIMCO on behalf of one of its Advisory Clients or any Security that is being or has been considered for purchase by PIMCO on behalf of one of its Advisory Clients.

 

Relevant Debt Security

 

The term “Relevant Debt Security” shall mean corporate debt Securities, mortgage-backed and other asset-backed Securities, Tax-Exempt Municipal Bonds, taxable state, local and municipal Fixed Income Securities, structured notes and loan participations, and foreign government debt Securities issued by non-qualified foreign governments.

 

Security

 

As a general matter , the term “Security” shall mean any stock, note, bond, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (including any loan participation or assignment), limited partnership interest or investment contract other than an Exempt Security (as defined above). The term “Security” includes a Mutual Fund Security or an option on a Security, on an index of Securities, on a currency or on a basket of currencies, including such an option traded on the Chicago Board of Options Exchange or on the New York, American, Pacific or Philadelphia Stock Exchanges, as well as such an option traded in the over-the-counter market. For purposes of this Code, the term “Security” shall include a “security future” as defined in Section 3(a)(55) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but otherwise shall not include a Futures Contract or a physical commodity (such as foreign exchange or a precious metal).

 

As a technical matter , the term “Security” shall, except as otherwise provided above, have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the Investment Company Act (15 U.S.C. § 80a-2(a)(36)), which defines a Security to mean:

 

Any note, stock, treasury stock, security future, bond debenture, evidence of indebtedness, certificate of interest or participation in any profit-sharing agreement, collateral-trust certificate, preorganization certificate of subscription, transferable share, investment contract, voting-trust certificate, certificate of deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other mineral rights, any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege on any security (including a certificate of deposit) or on any group or index of securities (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof), or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national securities exchange relating to foreign currency, or, in general, any interest or instrument commonly known as a “security”, or any certificate of interest or instrument commonly known as a “security”, or any certificate of interest or participation in, temporary or

 

I-6


interim certificate for, receipt for, guarantee of, warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase, any of the foregoing.

 

Tax-Exempt Municipal Bond

 

The term “Tax-Exempt Municipal Bond” shall mean any Fixed Income Security exempt from federal income tax that is issued by a state or local government or a political subdivision thereof.

 

I-7


A PPENDIX II

 

A LLIANZ D RESDNER A SSET M ANAGEMENT OF A MERICA L.P.

 

I NSIDER T RADING P OLICY AND P ROCEDURES

 

S ECTION I. P OLICY S TATEMENT ON I NSIDER T RADING

 

A. Policy Statement on Insider Trading

 

Allianz Dresdner Asset Management of America L.P. (“ADAM”) and its division or its subsidiaries, including, Allianz Hedge Fund Partners L.P., Allianz Private Client Services LLC, Allianz Private Equity Partners LLC, Cadence Capital Management LLC, Nicholas-Applegate Capital Management LLC, NFJ Investment Group L.P., OCC Distributors LLC, OpCap Advisors LLC, Oppenheimer Capital LLC, PIMCO Advisors Fund Management LLC, PIMCO Advisors Managed Accounts LLC, PIMCO Advisors Retail Holdings LLC, PIMCO Advisors CD Distributors LLC, and PIMCO Equity Advisors LLC,, collectively, the Company, ADAM or ADAM Advisers ) forbid any of their officers, directors or employees from trading, either personally or on behalf of others (such as, mutual funds and private accounts managed by an ADAM Advisor), on the basis of material non-public information or communicating material non-public information to others in violation of the law. This conduct is frequently referred to as “insider trading”. This is a group wide policy.

 

The term “insider trading” is not defined in the federal securities laws, but generally is used to refer to the situation when a person trades while aware of material non-public information or communicates material non-public information to others in breach of a duty of trust or confidence.

 

While the law concerning insider trading is not static, it is generally understood that the law prohibits:

 

  (1) trading by an insider, while aware of material, non-public information; or

 

  (2) trading by a non-insider, while aware of material, non-public information, where the information was disclosed to the non-insider in violation of an insider’s duty to keep it confidential; or

 

  (3) communicating material, non-public information to others in breach of a duty of trust or confidence.

 

This policy applies to every such officer, director and employee and extends to activities within and outside their duties at the Company. Every officer, director and employee must read and retain this policy statement. Any questions regarding this policy statement

 


and the related procedures set forth herein should be referred to your local compliance officer.

 

The remainder of this memorandum discusses in detail the elements of insider trading, the penalties for such unlawful conduct and the procedures adopted by the Company to implement its policy against insider trading.

 

1. T O W HOM D OES T HIS P OLICY A PPLY ?

 

This Policy applies to all employees, officers and directors (direct or indirect) of the Company (“Covered Persons”), as well as to any transactions in any securities participated in by family members, trusts or corporations controlled by such persons. In particular, this Policy applies to securities transactions by:

 

  the Covered Person’s spouse;

 

  the Covered Person’s minor children;

 

  any other relatives living in the Covered Person’s household;

 

  a trust in which the Covered Person has a beneficial interest, unless such person has no direct or indirect control over the trust;

 

  a trust as to which the Covered Person is a trustee;

 

  a revocable trust as to which the Covered Person is a settlor;

 

  a corporation of which the Covered Person is an officer, director or 10% or greater stockholder; or

 

  a partnership of which the Covered Person is a partner (including most investment clubs) unless the Covered Person has no direct or indirect control over the partnership.

 

2. W HAT IS M ATERIAL I NFORMATION ?

 

Trading on inside information is not a basis for liability unless the information is deemed to be material. “Material information” generally is defined as information for which there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making his or her investment decisions, or information that is reasonably certain to have a substantial effect on the price of a company’s securities.

 

Although there is no precise, generally accepted definition of materiality, information is likely to be “material” if it relates to significant changes affecting such matters as:

 

  dividend or earnings expectations;

 

  write-downs or write-offs of assets;

 

  additions to reserves for bad debts or contingent liabilities;

 

  expansion or curtailment of company or major division operations;

 

  proposals or agreements involving a joint venture, merger, acquisition;

 

  divestiture, or leveraged buy-out;

 

  new products or services;

 

  exploratory, discovery or research developments;

 

  criminal indictments, civil litigation or government investigations;

 


  disputes with major suppliers or customers or significant changes in the relationships with such parties;

 

  labor disputes including strikes or lockouts;

 

  substantial changes in accounting methods;

 

  major litigation developments;

 

  major personnel changes;

 

  debt service or liquidity problems;

 

  bankruptcy or insolvency;

 

  extraordinary management developments;

 

  public offerings or private sales of debt or equity securities;

 

  calls, redemptions or purchases of a company’s own stock;

 

  issuer tender offers; or

 

  recapitalizations.

 

Information provided by a company could be material because of its expected effect on a particular class of the company’s securities, all of the company’s securities, the securities of another company, or the securities of several companies. Moreover, the resulting prohibition against the misuses of “material” information reaches all types of securities (whether stock or other equity interests, corporate debt, government or municipal obligations, or commercial paper) as well as any option related to that security (such as a put, call or index security).

 

Material information does not have to relate to a company’s business. For example, in Carpenter v. U.S. , 108 U.S. 316 (1987), the Supreme Court considered as material certain information about the contents of a forthcoming newspaper column that was expected to affect the market price of a security. In that case, a reporter for The Wall Street Journal was found criminally liable for disclosing to others the dates that reports on various companies would appear in the Journal and whether those reports would be favorable or not.

 

3. W HAT IS N ON - PUBLIC I NFORMATION ?

 

In order for issues concerning insider trading to arise, information must not only be “material”, it must be “ non-public ”. “Non-public” information is information which has not been made available to investors generally. Information received in circumstances indicating that it is not yet in general circulation or where the recipient knows or should know that the information could only have been provided by an “insider” is also deemed “non-public” information.

 

At such time as material, non-public information has been effectively distributed to the investing public, it is no longer subject to insider trading restrictions. However, for “non-public” information to become public information, it must be disseminated through recognized channels of distribution designed to reach the securities marketplace.

 

To show that “material” information is public, you should be able to point to some fact verifying that the information has become generally available, for example, disclosure in a national business and financial wire service (Dow Jones or Reuters), a national news service (AP or UPI), a national newspaper ( The Wall Street Journal , The New York

 


Times or Financial Times ), or a publicly disseminated disclosure document (a proxy statement or prospectus). The circulation of rumors or “talk on the street”, even if accurate, widespread and reported in the media, does not constitute the requisite public disclosure. The information must not only be publicly disclosed, there must also be adequate time for the market as a whole to digest the information. Although timing may vary depending upon the circumstances, a good rule of thumb is that information is considered non-public until the third business day after public disclosure.

 

Material non-public information is not made public by selective dissemination. Material information improperly disclosed only to institutional investors or to a fund analyst or a favored group of analysts retains its status as “non-public” information which must not be disclosed or otherwise misused. Similarly, partial disclosure does not constitute public dissemination. So long as any material component of the “inside” information possessed by the Company has yet to be publicly disclosed, the information is deemed “non-public” and may not be misused.

 

Information Provided in Confidence . It is possible that one or more directors, officers, or employees of ADAM may become temporary “insiders” because of a duty of trust or confidence. A duty of trust or confidence can arise: (1) whenever a person agrees to maintain information in confidence; (2) when two people have a history, pattern, or practice of sharing confidences such that the recipient of the information knows or reasonably should know that the person communicating the material non-public information expects that the recipient will maintain its confidentiality; or (3) whenever a person receives or obtains material non-public information from certain close family members such as spouses, parents, children and siblings. For example, personnel at ADAM may become insiders when an external source, such as a company whose securities are held by one or more of the accounts managed by an ADAM Adviser, discloses material, non-public information to ADAM Adviser’s portfolio managers or analysts with the expectation that the information will remain confidential.

 

As an “insider”, ADAM has a duty not to breach the trust of the party that has communicated the “material, non-public” information by misusing that information. This duty may arise because an ADAM Adviser has entered or has been invited to enter into a commercial relationship with the company, client or prospective client and has been given access to confidential information solely for the corporate purposes of that company, client or prospective client. This duty remains whether or not an ADAM Adviser ultimately participates in the transaction.

 

Information Disclosed in Breach of a Duty . Analysts and portfolio managers at an ADAM Adviser must be especially wary of “material, non-public” information disclosed in breach of corporate insider’s duty of trust or confidence that he or she owes the corporation and shareholders. Even where there is no expectation of confidentiality, a person may become an “insider” upon receiving material, non-public information in circumstances where a person knows, or should know, that a corporate insider is disclosing information in breach of a duty of trust and confidence that he or she owes the corporation and its shareholders. Whether the disclosure is an improper “tip” that renders

 


the recipient a “tippee” depends on whether the corporate insider expects to benefit personally, either directly or indirectly, from the disclosure. In the context of an improper disclosure by a corporate insider, the requisite “personal benefit” may not be limited to a present or future monetary gain. Rather, a prohibited personal benefit could include a reputational benefit, an expectation of a “quid pro quo” from the recipient or the recipient’s employer by a gift of the “inside” information.

 

A person may, depending on the circumstances, also become an “insider” or “tippee” when he or she obtains apparently material, non-public information by happenstance, including information derived from social situations, business gatherings, overheard conversations, misplaced documents, and “tips” from insiders or other third parties.

 

4. I DENTIFYING M ATERIAL I NFORMATION

 

Before trading for yourself or others, including investment companies or private accounts managed by the Company, in the securities of a company about which you may have potential material, non-public information, ask yourself the following questions:

 

i. Is this information that an investor could consider important in making his or her investment decisions? Is this information that could substantially affect the market price of the securities if generally disclosed?

 

ii. To whom has this information been provided? Has the information been effectively communicated to the marketplace by being published in The Financial Times , Reuters , The Wall Street Journal or other publications of general circulation?

 

Given the potentially severe regulatory, civil and criminal sanctions to which you the Company and its personnel could be subject, any director, officer and employee uncertain as to whether the information he or she possesses is “material non-public” information should immediately take the following steps:

 

i. Report the matter immediately to a Compliance Officer or the Chief Legal Officer of ADAM;

 

ii. Do not purchase or sell the securities on behalf of yourself or others, including investment companies or private accounts managed by an ADAM Adviser; and

 

iii. Do not communicate the information inside or outside the Company, other than to a Compliance Officer or the Chief Legal Officer of ADAM.

 

After the Compliance Officer or Chief Legal Officer has reviewed the issue, you will be instructed to continue the prohibitions against trading and communication or will be allowed to trade and communicate the information.

 


5. P ENALTIES FOR I NSIDER T RADING

 

Penalties for trading on or communicating material non-public information are severe, both for individuals involved in such unlawful conduct and their employers. A person can be subject to some or all of the penalties below even if he or she does not personally benefit from the violation. Penalties include: civil injunctions, treble damages, disgorgement of profits, jail sentences, fines for the person who committed the violation of up to three times, the profit gained or loss avoided, whether or not the person actually benefited, and fines for the employer or other controlling person of up to the greater of $1,000,000 or three times the amount of the profit gained or loss avoided.

 

In addition, any violation of this policy statement can be expected to result in serious sanctions by the Company, including dismissal of the persons involved.

 


S ECTION II. P ROCEDURES TO I MPLEMENT THE P OLICY A GAINST I NSIDER T RADING

 

A. Procedures to Implement the Policy Against Insider Trading

 

The following procedures have been established to aid the officers, directors and employees of an ADAM Adviser in avoiding insider trading, and to aid an ADAM Adviser in preventing, detecting and imposing sanctions against insider trading. Every officer, director and employee of an ADAM Adviser must follow these procedures or risk serious sanctions, including dismissal, substantial personal liability and criminal penalties.

 

T RADING R ESTRICTIONS AND R EPORTING R EQUIREMENTS

 

1. No employee, officer or director of the Company who is aware of material non-public information relating to the Company or any of its affiliates or subsidiaries, including Allianz AG, may buy or sell any securities of the Company, including Allianz AG, or engage in any other action to take advantage of, or pass on to others, such material non-public information.

 

2. No employee, officer or director of the Company who is aware of material non-public information which relates to any other company or entity in circumstances in which such person is deemed to be an insider or is otherwise subject to restrictions under the federal securities laws may buy or sell securities of that company or otherwise take advantage of, or pass on to others, such material non-public information.

 

3. No employee, officer or director of ADAM shall engage in a securities transaction with respect to the securities of Allianz AG, except in accordance with the specific procedures published from time to time by ADAM.

 

4. No employee shall engage in a personal securities transaction with respect to any securities of any other company, except in accordance with the specific procedures set forth in ADAM’s Code of Ethics.

 

5. Employees shall submit reports concerning each securities transaction in accordance with the terms of the Code of Ethics and verify their personal ownership of securities in accordance with the procedures set forth in the Code of Ethics.

 

6. Because even inadvertent disclosure of material non-public information to others can lead to significant legal difficulties, officers, directors and employees of ADAM should not discuss any potentially material non-public information concerning ADAM or other companies, including other officers, employees and directors, except as specifically required in the performance of their duties.

 


B. Chinese Wall Procedures

 

The Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act in the US require the establishment and strict enforcement of procedures reasonably designed to prevent the misuse of “inside” information Accordingly, you should not discuss material non-public information about ADAM or other companies with anyone, including other employees, except as required in the performance of your regular duties. In addition, care should be taken so that such information is secure. For example, files containing material non-public information should be sealed; access to computer files containing material non-public information should be restricted.

 

C. Resolving Issues Concerning Insider Trading

 

The federal securities laws, including the US laws governing insider trading, are complex. If you have any doubts or questions as to the materiality or non-public nature of information in your possession or as to any of the applicability or interpretation of any of the foregoing procedures or as to the propriety of any action, you should contact your Compliance Officer. Until advised to the contrary by a Compliance Officer, you should presume that the information is material and non-public and you should not trade in the securities or disclose this information to anyone.


1 The antifraud provisions of United States securities laws reach insider trading or tipping activity worldwide which defrauds domestic securities markets. In addition, the Insider Trading and Securities Fraud Enforcement Act specifically authorizes the SEC to conduct investigations at the request of foreign governments, without regard to whether the conduct violates United States law.

 


A PPENDIX III

 

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT

 

of the

Code of Ethics of

and the

Insider Trading Policy and Procedures Applicable to

 

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC

 

I hereby certify that I have received the attached Code of Ethics and Insider Trading Policy and Procedures. I hereby agree to read the Code, to make a reasonable effort to understand its provisions and to ask questions about those provisions I find confusing or difficult to understand. I also agree to comply with the Code, including its general principles, its reporting requirements, its preclearance requirements, and its provisions regarding gifts and service as a director. I also agree to advise members of my Immediate Family about the existence of the Code of Ethics, its applicability to their personal trading activity, and my responsibility to assure that their personal trading activity complies with the Code of Ethics. Finally, I agree to cooperate fully with any investigation or inquiry by or on behalf of a Compliance Officer to determine my compliance with the provisions of the Code. I recognize that any failure to comply in all aspects with the Code and to honor the commitments made by this acknowledgment may result in disciplinary action, including dismissal.

 

         

Date:

           
           

Signature

             
           

Print Name

 


A PPENDIX IV

 

ANNUAL CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE

 

with the

Code of Ethics of

 

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC

 

I hereby certify that I have complied with the requirements of the Code of Ethics and Insider Trading Policy and Procedures that have applied to me during the year ended December 31, 200_. In addition, I hereby certify that I have read the Code and understand its provisions. I also certify that I recognize that I am subject to the provisions of the Code and that I have disclosed, reported, or caused to be reported all transactions required to be disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of the Code. I recognize that any failure to comply in all aspects with the Code and that any false statement in this certification may result in disciplinary action, including dismissal.

 

         

Date:

           
           

Signature

             
           

Print Name

 


A PPENDIX V

 

INITIAL REPORT OF ACCOUNTS

 

Pursuant to the

Code of Ethics of

 

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC

 

In accordance with the Code of Ethics, I have attached to this form copies of the most recent statements for each and every Personal Account and Related Account that holds or is likely to hold a Security or Futures Contract in which I have a Beneficial Ownership interest, as well as copies of confirmations for any and all Investment Transactions subsequent to the effective dates of those statements. 1

 

In addition, I hereby supply the following information for each and every Personal Account and Related Account in which I have a Beneficial Ownership interest for which I cannot supply the most recent account statement:

 

(1)

  Name of employee:    

(2)

  If different than (1), name of the person in whose name the account is held:    

(3)

  Relationship of (2) to (1):    

(4)

  Firm(s) at which Account is maintained:    
         
         
         

(5)

  Account Number(s):    
         
         
         
         

(6)

  Name and phone number(s) of Broker or Representative:    
         
         
         

1 The Code of Ethics uses various capitalized terms that are defined in Appendix I to the Code. The capitalized terms used in this Report have the same definitions.

 


(7) Account holdings:

 

    

Name of Security


  

Quantity


  

Principal Amount


  

Custodian


    
1.    ___________________    ___________________    ___________________    ___________________     
2.    ___________________    ___________________    ___________________    ___________________     
3.    ___________________    ___________________    ___________________    ___________________     
4.    ___________________    ___________________    ___________________    ___________________     
5.    ___________________    ___________________    ___________________    ___________________     

 

(Attach additional sheets if necessary)

 

I also supply the following information for each and every Security or Futures Contract in which I have a Beneficial Ownership interest, to the extent this information is not available elsewhere on this form or from the statements and confirmations attached to this form. This includes Securities or Futures Contracts held at home, in safe deposit boxes, or by an issuer.

 

    

Person Who

Owns the Security

Or Futures Contract


  

Description

of the Security

Or Futures Contract


  

Quantity


  

Principal Amount


  

Custodian


1.    ___________________    _________________    _________________    _________________    _________________
2.    ___________________    _________________    _________________    _________________    _________________
3.    ___________________    _________________    _________________    _________________    _________________
4.    ___________________    _________________    _________________    _________________    _________________
5    ___________________    _________________    _________________    _________________    _________________

 

(Attach additional sheets if necessary.)

 

I hereby certify that this form and the attachments (if any) identify all of the Personal Accounts, Related Accounts, Securities and Futures Contracts in which I have a Beneficial Ownership interest as of this date.

 

 

Signature

 

Print Name

Date:                     

 

Attachments

 


A PPENDIX VI

 

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC

 

PIMCO ADVISORS DISTRIBUTORS LLC

 

QUARTERLY REPORT OF INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS

 

FOR THE QUARTER ENDED                      , 200   

 

Please mark one of the following:

 

¨ No reportable Investment Transactions have occurred.

 

¨ Except as indicated below, all reportable Investment Transactions were made through Personal Accounts and Related Accounts identified on the attached list, which, as modified (if necessary), represents a complete list of the Personal Accounts and Related Accounts that hold Securities or Futures Contracts in which I have or had a Beneficial Ownership interest and for which PIMCO should have received or will receive timely Duplicate Broker Reports for the calendar quarter just ended. 1 I hereby certify that the broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or futures commission merchant for each such account has been instructed to send a Compliance Officer timely Duplicate Broker Reports for that account.

 

The following information for Investment Transactions during the calendar quarter just ended does not appear on the Duplicate Broker Reports referenced above.

 

Transaction

Date


 

Title, Interest Rate and
Maturity Date of
Security or Futures
Contract


 

Number of Shares or
Contracts And Principal
Amount


   Nature of
Transaction (i.e.,
Buy or Sell)


   Transaction Price

   Broker, Dealer,
Transfer Agent
Bank or FCM


 


 


 


 

SPECIAL NOTE TO PIMCO ADVISORS DISTRIBUTORS LLC REGISTERED REPS AND ACCESS PERSONS: You will not have to fill out an extra form for each quarter for PIMCO Advisors Distributors LLC.

 

SIGNED:        

PRINT NAME:

       

DATE:

       

1 The Code of Ethics uses various capitalized terms that are defined in Appendix I to the Code. The capitalized terms used in this Report have the same definitions.

 


1. Please see the Code of Ethics for a full description of the Investment Transactions that must be reported.

 

2. Transaction Date . In the case of a market transaction, state the trade date (not the settlement date).

 

3. Title of Security or Futures Contract . State the name of the issuer and the class of the Security ( e.g. , common stock, preferred stock or designated issue of debt securities). For Fixed Income Securities, please provide the Security’s interest rate and maturity date. For a Futures Contract, state the title of any Security subject to the Futures Contract and the expiration date of the Futures Contract.

 

4. Number of Shares or Contracts and Principal Amount . State the number of shares of Securities, the face amount of Fixed Income Securities or the units of other securities. For options, state the amount of securities subject to the option. Provide the principal amount of each Security or Futures Contract. If your ownership interest was through a spouse, relative or other natural person or through a partnership, trust, other entity, state the entire quantity of Securities or Futures Contracts involved in the transaction. You may indicate, if you wish, the extent of your interest in the transaction.

 

5. Nature of Transaction . Identify the nature of the transaction ( e.g. , purchase, sale or other type of acquisition or disposition).

 

6. Transaction Price . State the purchase or sale price per share or other unit, exclusive of brokerage commissions or other costs of execution. In the case of an option, state the price at which it is currently exercisable. No price need be reported for transactions not involving cash.

 

7. Broker, Dealer, Transfer Agent, Bank or FCM Effecting Transaction . State the name of the broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or FCM with or through which the transaction was effected.

 

8. Signature . Sign and date the report in the spaces provided.

 

9. Filing of Report . A report should be filed NOT LATER THAN 10 CALENDAR DAYS after the end of each calendar quarter with:

 

PIMCO

ATTN: Compliance Officer

840 Newport Center Drive

Suite 100

Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

10. Duplicate Broker Reports. Please remember that duplicates of all trade confirmations, purchase and sale reports, and periodic statements must be sent to the firm by your broker. You should use the address above.

 


A PPENDIX VII

 

PACIFIC INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT COMPANY LLC

 

PIMCO ADVISORS DISTRIBUTORS LLC

 

ANNUAL HOLDINGS REPORT AND

FOURTH QUARTER REPORT OF INVESTMENT TRANSACTIONS

 

FOR THE YEAR AND QUARTER ENDED DECEMBER 31, 200   

 

I hereby certify that, except as indicated below, all Securities or Futures Contracts in which I had a Beneficial Ownership interest at the end of the 200    calendar year were held in Personal Accounts or Related Accounts identified on the attached list, as modified (if necessary), for which PIMCO should have received or will receive an account statement of holdings as of the end of that calendar year. 1 I hereby certify that the broker, dealer, bank or futures commission merchant for each such account has been instructed to send a Compliance Officer timely Duplicate Broker Reports, including a statement of holdings in that account as of the end of the calendar year.

 

The following information describes other Securities or Futures Contracts in which I had a Beneficial Ownership interest as of the end of the 200    calendar year:

 

Title, Interest Rate and Maturity

Date of Security or Futures Contract


 

Number of Shares or Contracts

And Principal Amount


 

Broker, Dealer, Transfer Agent,

Bank or FCM


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



1 The Code of Ethics uses various capitalized terms that are defined in Appendix I to the Code. The capitalized terms used in this Report have the same definitions.

 


Except as indicated below, all reportable Investment Transactions during the quarter ended December 31, 200_ , were made through Personal Accounts and Related Accounts identified on the attached list, which, as modified (if necessary), represents a complete list of the Personal Accounts and Related Accounts that hold Securities or Futures Contracts in which I have or had a Beneficial Ownership interest and for which PIMCO should have received or will receive timely Duplicate Broker Reports for the calendar quarter just ended.

 

The following information for Investment Transactions during the calendar quarter just ended does not appear on the Duplicate Broker Reports referenced above.

 

Transaction

Date


 

Title, Interest Rate and
Maturity Date of
Security or Futures
Contract


 

Number of Shares or
Contracts And Principal
Amount


   Nature of
Transaction (i.e.,
Buy or Sell)


   Transaction Price

   Broker, Dealer,
Transfer Agent,
Bank or FCM


 


 


 


 


 

SPECIAL NOTE TO PIMCO ADVISORS DISTRIBUTORS LLC REGISTERED REPS AND ACCESS PERSONS: You will not have to fill out an extra form for each year for PIMCO Advisors Distributors LLC.

 

SIGNED:        

PRINT NAME:

       

DATE:

       

 


1. Please see the Code of Ethics for a full description of the Investment Transactions that must be reported.

 

2. Transaction Date . In the case of a market transaction, state the trade date (not the settlement date).

 

3. Title of Security or Futures Contract . State the name of the issuer and the class of the Security ( e.g. , common stock, preferred stock or designated issue of debt securities). For Fixed Income Securities, please provide the Security’s interest rate and maturity date. For a Futures Contract, state the title of any Security subject to the Futures Contract and the expiration date of the Futures Contract.

 

4. Number of Shares or Contracts and Principal Amount . State the number of shares of Securities, the face amount of Fixed Income Securities or the units of other securities. For options, state the amount of securities subject to the option. Provide the principal amount of each Security or Futures Contract. If your ownership interest was through a spouse, relative or other natural person or through a partnership, trust, other entity, state the entire quantity of Securities or Futures Contracts involved in the transaction. You may indicate, if you wish, the extent of your interest in the transaction.

 

5. Nature of Transaction . Identify the nature of the transaction ( e.g. , purchase, sale or other type of acquisition or disposition).

 

6. Transaction Price . State the purchase or sale price per share or other unit, exclusive of brokerage commissions or other costs of execution. In the case of an option, state the price at which it is currently exercisable. No price need be reported for transactions not involving cash.

 

7. Broker, Dealer, Transfer Agent, Bank or FCM Effecting Transaction . State the name of the broker, dealer, transfer agent, bank or FCM with or through which the transaction was effected.

 

8. Signature . Sign and date the report in the spaces provided.

 

9. Filing of Report . A report should be filed NOT LATER THAN 10 CALENDAR DAYS after the end of each calendar year with:

 

PIMCO

ATTN: Compliance Officer

840 Newport Center Drive

Suite 100

Newport Beach, CA 92660

 

10. Duplicate Broker Reports. Please remember that duplicates of all trade confirmations, purchase and sale reports, and periodic statements must be sent to the firm by your broker. You should use the address above.

 


A PPENDIX VIII

 

PRECLEARANCE REQUEST FORM

 

This form must be submitted to a Compliance Officer before executing any Investment Transaction for which preclearance is required under the PIMCO Code of Ethics. Before completing this form, you should review the PIMCO Code, including the terms defined in that Code. The capitalized terms used in this form are governed by those definitions. In addition, the Code provides information regarding your preclearance obligations under the Code, and information regarding the Transactions, Securities and Futures Contracts that are exempt from the Code’s preclearance requirement.1

 

No Investment Transaction subject to preclearance may be effected prior to receipt of written authorization of that Investment Transaction by a Compliance Officer. Unless otherwise specified, that authorization shall be effective, unless revoked, until the earlier of (a) the close of business on the date authorization is given, or (b) until you discover that information on this preclearance request form is no longer accurate.

 

(1)    Your Name:

             

(2)    If the Investment Transaction will be in someone else’s name or in the name of a trust, the name of that person or trust:

             

The relationship of that person or trust to you:

             

(3)    Name of the firm (e.g. , broker, dealer, bank, futures commission merchant) through which the Investment Transaction will be executed:

             

The relevant account number at that firm:

             

(4)    Issuer of the Security or identity of the Futures Contract for which preclearance is requested:

             

The relevant CUSIP number or call symbol:

             

(5)    The maximum number of shares, units or contracts for which preclearance is requested, or the market value or face amount of the Fixed Income Securities for which preclearance is requested:

             

(6)    The type of Investment Transaction for which preclearance is requested (check all that apply):

       ¨ Purchase ¨ Sale ¨ Market Order ¨ Limit Order (Price Of Limit Order:                  )     

 

Please answer the following questions TO THE BEST OF YOUR KNOWLEDGE AND BELIEF :

 

(a)    Do you possess material nonpublic information regarding the Security or Futures Contract identified above or regarding the issuer of that Security?

   ¨  Yes  ¨  No

(b)    Is the Security or Futures Contract identified above held by any PIMCO Advisory Client or is it a Related Security (as defined in the PIMCO Code)?

   ¨ Yes ¨ No

(c)    Is there a pending buy or sell order on behalf of a PIMCO Advisory Client

        

1 Unless exempted, preclearance is required for any Investment Transaction in Securities, Related Securities or Futures Contracts in a Personal Account or a Related Account in which you have or will acquire a Beneficial Ownership interest.

 


for the Security or Futures Contract identified above or for a Security for which the Security identified above is a Related Security?

   ¨  Yes  ¨  No

(d)    Do you intend or do you know of another’s intention to purchase or sell the Security or Futures Contract identified above, or a Security for which the Security identified above is a Related Security, on behalf of a PIMCO Advisory Client?

   ¨  Yes  ¨  No

(e)    Has the Security or Futures Contract identified above or a Related Security been considered for purchase by a PIMCO Advisory Client within the most recent 15 days? (Note: rejection of any opportunity to purchase the Security or Futures Contract for an Advisory Client would require an affirmative response to this question.)

   ¨  Yes  ¨  No

(f)     If you are a Portfolio Employee, is the Security being acquired in an Initial Public Offering? 2

   ¨  Yes  ¨  No

(g)    If you are a Portfolio Employee, are you acquiring or did you acquire Beneficial Ownership of the Security in a Private Placement? 3

   ¨  Yes  ¨  No

(h)    If you are seeking preclearance of a purchase or sale of Securities, have you purchased or sold the same or similar Securities, or have you acquired or disposed of a Beneficial Ownership interest in the same or similar Securities, within the past 60 calendar days? 4

   ¨  Yes  ¨  No

 

By executing this form, you hereby certify that you have reviewed the PIMCO Code of Ethics and believe that the Investment Transaction for which you are requesting preclearance complies with the General Principles and the specific requirements of the PIMCO Code.

 

 
Employee Signature

 

 
Print or Type Name

 

 
Date Submitted

2 Under the PIMCO Code, Portfolio Employees are not permitted to acquire equity Securities in an Initial Public Offering and all Advisory Employees must seek special preclearance to acquire debt Securities in an Initial Public Offering.

 

3 The PIMCO Code applies special rules to the acquisition of Securities through a Private Placement and to the disposition of Securities acquired through a Private Placement.

 

4 Under the PIMCO Code, there are certain minimum holding periods for Fixed Income Securities, Tax-Exempt Municipal Bonds or Related Securities, Designated Equity Securities, closed end Funds for which PIMCO serves as an investment advisor or sub-advisor, and Mutual Fund Securities. Minimum holding periods generally do not apply to transactions in U.S. Government Securities, most equity Securities, shares of Money Market Funds, index options or Futures Contracts. Please consult the Code for more details.

 


You are authorized to execute the Investment Transaction described above. Unless indicated otherwise below, this authorization remains effective, unless revoked, until: (a) the close of business today, or (b) until you discover that the information on this request form is no longer accurate.
   
Compliance Officer
   
Date of Authorization

 


A PPENDIX IX

 

PRECLEARANCE REQUEST FORM

FOR AN INVESTMENT TRANSACTION IN A

PIMCO CLOSED END FUND

 

This form must be submitted to a Compliance Officer before executing any Investment Transaction in a PIMCO Closed End Fund. Before completing this form, you should review the PIMCO Code, including the terms defined in that Code. The capitalized terms used in this form are governed by those definitions. In addition, the Code provides information regarding your preclearance obligations under the Code, and information regarding the Transactions, Securities and Futures Contracts that are exempt from the Code’s preclearance requirement. 5

 

No Investment Transaction subject to preclearance may be effected prior to receipt of written authorization of that Investment Transaction by a Compliance Officer. Unless otherwise specified, that authorization shall be effective, unless revoked, until the earlier of (a) the close of business on the date authorization is given, or (b) until you discover that information on this preclearance request form is no longer accurate.

 

(1)    Your name:

              

(2)    If different from (1), name of the person or trust

in which the Investment Transaction will occur:

              

(3)    Relationship of (2) to (1):

              

(4)    Name of the firm through which the Investment Transaction will be executed:

              

(5)    Name of the PIMCO Closed End Fund:

              

(6)    Maximum number of shares for which preclearance is requested:

              

(7)    Type of Investment Transaction (check all that apply):

              

          ¨ Purchase ¨ Sale ¨ Market Order ¨ Limit Order (Price of Limit Order:                  )

    

(8)    Do you possess material nonpublic information regarding

the PIMCO Closed End Fund 6

  

¨  Yes ¨  No


5 Unless exempted, preclearance is required for any Investment Transaction in Securities or Related Securities in a Personal Account or a Related Account in which you have or will acquire a Beneficial Ownership interest.

 

6 Employees are not permitted to acquire or sell a Security when they possess material nonpublic information regarding the Serurity or the issuer of the Security.

 


(9)    Have you or any Related Account covered by the authorization provisions of the Code purchased or sold shares of the PIMCO Closed End Fund within the past 6 months?

   ¨  Yes  ¨  No

 

By executing this form, you hereby certify that you have reviewed the PIMCO Code of Ethics and believe that the Investment Transaction for which you are requesting preclearance complies with the General Principles and the specific requirements of the PIMCO Code.

 

 
Employee Signature

 

 
Print or Type Name

 

 
Date Submitted

 

You are authorized to execute the Investment Transaction described above. Unless indicated otherwise below, this authorization remains effective, unless revoked, until: (a) the close of business today, or (b) until you discover that the information on this request form is no longer accurate.
   
Compliance Officer

 

   
Date of Authorization

 


A PPENDIX X

 

PIMCO COMPLIANCE OFFICERS

 

Mohan V. Phansalkar

(Chief Legal Officer)

 

Denise C. Seliga

(Chief Compliance Officer)

 

J. Stephen King, Jr.

 

Bradley W. Paulson